North American

Product Technical
Guide

A guide to specification
and installation

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

P.O. Box 21148, Tulsa, OK 74121 • Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 [Link] • Servicio al Cliente en español
1-800-879-5000 • Hilti (Canada) Corporation 1-800-363-4458 [Link] • Hilti is an equal opportunity employer
Hilti is a registered trademark of Hilti, Corp. ©Copyright 2006 by Hilti, Inc. • H440 • 3004711 • 1/08 HA
The data contained in this literature was current as of the date of publication. Updates and changes may be made based on later testing. If verification is needed that the
data is still current, please contact the Hilti Technical Support Specialists at 1-800-879-8000. All published load values contained in this literature represent the results of
testing by Hilti or test organizations. Local base materials were used. Because of variations in materials, on-site testing is necessary to determine performance at any *ISO 14001 US Only
specific site. Laser beams represented by red lines in this publication. Printed in the United States
2008 Edition
Prod_Tech_Guide_Cover_2008.qxd:MI_Kapitel_5_en.qxd 12/29/07 2:16 PM Page 4

Hilti Product Technical Guide

P R O F I S

PROFIS: Firestop Systems Hilti Diaphragm

The World’s Most Powerful When it comes to Life Safety and building Deck Design
Anchor Design Software code compliance, Hilti provides complete The Hilti Diaphragm Deck Design
solutions with a wide range of products Program allows designers to quickly
• Easy to Learn – Start working in and unmatched technical support. and accurately design roof deck and
just minutes composite floor deck diaphragms.
• Fast and Powerful – Produce detailed • Firestop Systems Guides
designs quickly - Through Penetrations • Ability to design with innovative
• Specify with Confidence – The - Joint Penetrations Hilti fasteners for frame and sidelap
largest number of approvals and • FACT Program connection
latest design codes • FS 411 • Creates easy to use load tables with
• BASIC Training span ranges based on user input
No charge. • Engineering Judgements • Allows for different safety factors
Download now at [Link] • Firestop Design Center online depending on load type, building
or [Link] at [Link] or [Link] code and field quality control
• Direct link to Hilti website

Hilti Online MI – Industrial

Pipe Support
• Technical Library Technical Guide
• Design Centers A guide to specifying the Hilti modular
• Interactive Product Advisors pipe support system for medium to
• Full-line Product Catalog heavy loads without welding.
• Online Ordering
• Maps to Hilti locations • MI System is the ideal solution for
• “Contact Us” program to pipes up to 24 in. diameter
answer your questions • Reliable fastenings without welds
• Easily installed

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
01_Intro_.QXD:H440.06_0102 [Link] 12/30/07 12:45 AM Page 1

Hilti Product Technical Guide

Table of Contents

Table of Contents

Introduction 1.0 2

Fastening Technology 2.0 3

Direct Fastening Systems 3.0 16

Anchoring Systems 4.0 128

Construction Chemicals 5.0 390

Installation Systems 6.0 404

Reference 7.0 438

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 1
01_Intro_.QXD:H440.06_0102 [Link] 12/30/07 12:45 AM Page 2

Hilti Product Technical Guide

1.0 Introduction

1.1 About Published Load Values 1.3 Our Purpose

The Product Technical Guide is intended to supplement the We passionately create enthusiastic customers and build
Hilti Product Catalog with technical information for the design- a better future!
er or specifier. Technical data presented herein was current as
of the date of publication (see back cover). Load values are
based on testing and analytical calculations by Hilti or by con-
tracted testing laboratories using testing procedures and con-
struction materials representative of current practice in North
America. Load values obtained from testing represent the
average results of multiple identical samples. Variations in
base materials such as concrete and local site conditions
require on-site testing to determine actual performance at any
specific site. Data may also be based on national standards or
professional research and analysis.
Note that design values published in reports issued by Enthusiastic Customers
approval agencies (e.g., ICC-ES, COLA, etc.) may differ
We create success for our customers by identifying their
from those contained in this Product Technical Guide.
needs and providing innovative and value-adding solutions.
For information regarding updates and changes, please
contact Hilti,Inc. (US) Technical Support at 1-800-879-8000 Build a better future
or Hilti (Canada) Corporation at 1-800-363-4458. We embrace our responsibility towards society
1.2 Units and environment.
Technical data is provided in both fractional (Imperial) and 1.4 Our Quality System
metric units. Metric values are provided using the International Hilti is one of a select group of
System of units (SI) in observance the Metric Conversion Act North American companies to
of 1975 as amended by the Omnibus Trade and receive the ISO 9001 and ISO
Competitiveness Act of 1988. Data for metric products, such 14001 Certifications. This
as the HSL and HDA anchors, is provided in SI units with recognition of our commitment
conversions to Imperial engineering units (inches, pounds, and to quality ensures our customers
so forth) given in parentheses. Data for fractional products that Hilti has the systems and
(e.g. the Kwik Bolt 3) is provided in Imperial engineering units procedures in place to maintain our position as the world
with the SI metric conversions shown in parentheses. market leader, and to continually evaluate and improve our
Additional information may be found in Section 8.3.1 Metric performance.
Conversions and Equivalents, provided in this Product
Technical Guide. That’s Total Customer Satisfaction!

For Technical Support, contact Hilti,Inc. (US) at 1-800-879-

8000 or Hilti (Canada) Corporation at 1-800-363-4458.

2 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
01_Intro_.QXD:H440.06_0102 [Link] 12/30/07 12:45 AM Page 3

Fastening Technology

Base Materials 2.1

2.1.1 Base Materials ASTM

Concrete Aggregate Grading Concrete Unit
for Fastening Type Specification Weight pcf
The design of modern buildings requires fastenings to be
Normal Weight ASTM C 33 145-155
made in a variety of base materials. To meet this challenge, Sand Lightweight ASTM C 330 105-115
fastener manufacturers have developed many products All Lightweight ASTM C 330 85-110
specifically targeting certain types of base materials. The Lightweight ASTM C 332 15-90
properties of the base material play a decisive role in the Insulating Concrete
suitability and performance of a fastener. The designer must The type and mechanical properties of concrete aggregate
carefully match the type of fastener with the base material to have a major influence on the behavior of drill bits used to drill
obtain the desired results. There is hardly a base material in anchor holes. The harder the aggregates cause higher bit
which a fastening cannot be made with a Hilti product. wear and reduced drilling performance.

2.1.2 Concrete The hardness of concrete aggregate can also affect the load
Concrete is a mineral building material which is made from capacity of power-actuated fasteners and anchors. Driven
three basic ingredients; cement, aggregate and water. Special fasteners or studs can generally penetrate “soft” aggregates
additives are also used to influence or change certain (shale or limestone), but hard aggregates (like granite) near the
properties. Concrete has a relatively high compressive surface of the concrete can adversely affect the penetration of
strength compared to its tensile strength. Thus, steel a fastener or stud and reduce its load capacity. The effect of
reinforcing bars are cast in concrete to carry the tensile forces, aggregate mechanical properties on anchor performance is
and this combination is referred to as reinforced concrete. less well understood, although in general harder/denser
aggregates such as granite tend to result in higher concrete
Cement is the binding agent which combines with water and
cone breakout loads, whereas lightweight aggregates produce
aggregate and hardens through the process of hydration to
lower tension and shear capacities.
form concrete. Portland cement is the most common cement
and is available in several different types, as outlined in ASTM Values for the ultimate strength of fasteners in concrete are
C 150, to meet specific design requirements. traditionally given in relation to the 28-day uniaxial
compressive strength of the concrete (actual, not specified).
The aggregates used in concrete consist of both fine
Concrete which has cured for less than 28 days is referred to
aggregate (usually sand) and coarse aggregate graded by
as green concrete. Aggregate type, cement replacements
particle size. Different types of aggregates can be used to
such as fly ash, and admixtures could have an effect on the
create concrete with specific characteristics. Normal weight
capacity of some fasteners, and this may not be reflected in
concrete is generally made from crushed stone or gravel.
the concrete strength as measured in a uniaxial compression
Lightweight concrete is used when it is desirable to reduce the
test. Generally, Hilti data reflects testing with common
dead load on a structure or to achieve a superior fire rating for
aggregates and cement types in plain, unreinforced concrete.
a floor structure. Lightweight aggregates are made from
In questionable cases, consult with Hilti Technical Support.
expanded clay, shale, slate or blast-furnace slag. Lightweight
insulating concrete is used when thermal insulating properties In view of the significantly lower strength of green concrete
are a prime consideration. Lightweight insulating aggregates (less than 28-day cure), it is recommended that anchors and
are manufactured from perlite, vermiculite, blast-furnace slag, power-actuated fastenings not be made in cast-in-place
clay or shale. Sand lightweight concrete is made from concrete which has cured for less than 7 days, unless site
lightweight aggregate and natural sand. All concrete with a testing is performed to verify the fastening capacity. If an
unit weight between 85 and 115 pcf is considered to be anchor is installed in green concrete, but not loaded until the
structural lightweight concrete. The ASTM specification and concrete has achieved full cure, the capacity of the anchor can
unit weight for each of these concretes is summarized as be based on the strength of the concrete at the time of
follows: loading. Power-actuated fastening capacity should be based
on the concrete strength at the time of installation.

Cutting through concrete reinforcement when drilling holes for

anchors should be avoided. If this is not possible, the
responsible design engineer should be consulted first.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 3
01_Intro_.QXD:H440.06_0102 [Link] 12/30/07 12:45 AM Page 4

Fastening Technology

2.1 Base Materials

2.1.3 Masonry Materials 8" 7 5\8"

Masonry is a heterogeneous building material consisting of
brick, block or clay tile bonded together using joint mortar. 8" 7 5\8"
The primary application for masonry is the construction of
walls which are made by placing masonry components in
horizontal rows (course) and vertical rows (wythe). Masonry 16" 15 5\8"
components are manufactured in a wide variety of shapes,
sizes, materials and both hollow and solid configurations. Nominal Size Modular Size
These variations require that the selection of an anchoring or (usually fictitious) (actual)
fastening system be carefully matched to the application and
type of masonry material being used. As a base material, CMU sizes generally refer to the nominal width of the unit (6”,
masonry generally has a much lower strength than concrete. 8”, 10” etc.). Actual dimensions are nominal dimensions
The behavior of the masonry components, as well as the reduced by the thickness of the mortar joint.
geometry of their cavities and webs, has a considerable
Concrete block construction can be reinforced, whereby
influence on the ultimate load capacity of the fastening.
reinforcing bars are placed vertically in the cells and those
When drilling holes for anchors in masonry with hollow cells are filled with grout to create a composite section
cavities, care must be taken to avoid spalling on the inside of analogous to reinforced concrete. If all cells, both
the face shell. This could greatly affect the performance of unreinforced and reinforced, are filled with grout, the
“toggle” type mechanical anchors whose length must be construction is referred to as fully grouted. If only the
matched to the face shell thickness. To reduce the potential reinforced cells are grouted, the construction is referred to as
for spalling, holes should be drilled using rotation only (i.e. partially grouted. Horizontal reinforcing may be placed in the
hammering action of the drill turned off). wall via a bond beam, which is always grouted. Ladder
reinforcement may also be placed in the mortar bed between
[Link] Concrete Block courses. Grout typically conforms to ASTM C476 and has a
Concrete block is the term which is commonly used to refer to
compressive strength of at least 2,000 psi. Concrete masonry
concrete masonry units (CMU) made from Portland cement,
units have a compressive strength which may range from
water and mineral aggregates. CMUs are manufactured in a
1,250 to over 4,800 psi, although the maximum specified
variety of shapes and sizes using normal weight and
compressive strength of the assembled masonry will generally
lightweight aggregates. Both hollow and solid load bearing
not exceed 3,000 psi. In general, both chemical and
CMUs are produced in accordance with ASTM C90.
mechanical anchors may be used in grouted CMU. If voids
Nominal Minimum face-shell Minimum web are present or suspected, mechanical anchors should not be
Width of Unit ThicknessA ThicknessA
in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm)
used, and chemical anchors should only be installed in
conjunction with a screen tube to prevent uncontrolled flow of
3 (76) and 4 (102) 3/4 (19) 3/4 (19)
the bonding material. In ungrouted CMU, anchor strength is
6 (152) 1 (25) 1 (25)
generally assumed to be derived from the face shell thickness,
8 (203) 1-1/4 (32) 1 (25)
which can be variable.
10 (254) 1-3/8 (35) 1-1/8 (29)
1-1/4 (32)B
≥12 (305) 1-1/2 (38) 1-1/8 (29)
1-1/4 (32)B
Adapted from ASTM C 90.
A Average of measurements on three units taken at the thinnest
point.
B This face-shell thickness is applicable where the allowable design
load is reduced in proportion to the reduction in thickness from
the basic face-shell thickness shown.

4 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
01_Intro_.QXD:H440.06_0102 [Link] 12/30/07 12:45 AM Page 5

Fastening Technology

Base Materials 2.1

[Link] Brick [Link] Mortar

Bricks are prismatic masonry units made Mortar is the product which is used in the construction of
from suitable mixture of soil, clay and a reinforced and non-reinforced unit masonry structures. The
stabilizing agent (emulsified asphalt). They role of mortar when hardened in the finished structure is to
are shaped by molding, pressing transfer the compressive, tensile and shear stresses between
or extruding and are fired at the units. Mortar consists of a mixture of cementitious
elevated temperature to meet material, aggregate and water combined in accordance with
the strength and durability ASTM C270. Either a cement/lime mortar or a masonry
requirements of ASTM C62 mortar, each in four types, can be used under this
for solid brick and C652 for specification.
hollow brick. Average Compressive
Mortar Type Strength at 28 Days,
Depending upon the grade, brick (solid clay Min psi (MPa)
masonry) can have a compressive strength Cement-Lime M 2500 (17.2)
ranging from 1,250 to over 25,000 psi. S 1800 (12.4)
12" Brick N 750 (5.2)
Bearing Walls Grouted multi-wyte masonry construction
O 350 (2.4)
typically consists of two wythes, each one Masonry Cement M 2500 (17.2)
unit masonry in thickness, separated by a space 2” to 4-1/2” S 1800 (12.4)
in width, which is filled with grout. The wythes are connected N 750 (5.2)
with wall ties. This space may also be reinforced with vertical O 350 (2.4)
reinforcing bars. Solid brick masonry consists of abutting Since mortar plays a significant role in the structural integrity
wythes interlaced with header courses. In general, chemical of the masonry wall, it is important to understand how post
anchors are recommended for use in brick. In older installed anchors interact with the structure. Within a masonry
unreinforced construction (URM), or where the condition of the structure there are designated joint locations. The proximity of
masonry is unknown, it is advisable to use a screen tube to a post-installed anchor or power-actuated fastener to one of
prevent unrestricted flow of the bonding material into voids. these locations must be considered in the design of the
anchorage. Product specific guidelines are provided within
[Link] Clay Tile
the guide.
Structural clay load-bearing wall tile is made from clay or shale
and heat treated (fired) at an elevated temperature to develop [Link] Grout
the strength and durability required by ASTM C34. These ACI defines grout as “a mixture of cementitious material and
units are manufactured in a variety of shapes and sizes with water, with or without aggregate, proportioned to produce a
one or more cavities and develop a compressive strength of pourable consistency without segregation of the constituents”.
500 to 1000 psi depending upon the grade and type. These The terms grout and mortar are frequently used interchangeably
units typically have a 3/4" face shell thickness and 1/2" interior but are, in actuality, not the same. Grout need not contain
web thickness. aggregate (mortar contains fine aggregate). Grout is supplied in a
pourable consistency where mortar is not. Grout fills voids while
mortar bonds elements together.

Grout is used to fill space or cavities and provide continuity

between building elements. In some applications, grout will act in
a structural capacity, such as in unreinforced masonry
construction.

Grout, in regards to post-installed anchorages, is specified by the

design official. When post-installed anchors are tested for the
Clay tile as a base material is somewhat more difficult to development of design values, the grout is specified according to
anchor to due to the thin face shell and low compressive applicable ASTM standards. Design engineers are encouraged to
strength. Adhesive anchors such as the Hilti HIT HY 20 with become familiar with the characteristics of the grout used in
a wire screen are usually recommended because they spread performance testing to better understand the applicability of the
the load over a larger area and do not produce expansion design loads published in this guide to the actual jobsite.
forces.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 5
01_Intro_.QXD:H440.06_0102 [Link] 12/30/07 12:45 AM Page 6

Fastening Technology

2.1 Base Materials

2.1.4 Gypsum Wallboard predetermined sizes. These AAC products are then placed
Gypsum wall board consists of an incombustible core, into an autoclave and steam cured for 10 to 12 hours.
essentially gypsum, surfaced with paper firmly bonded to the Autoclaving initiates a second chemical reaction that
core. It is made in flat sheets 4 feet by 8 feet or larger, and transforms the material into a hard calcium silicate. AAC was
from 1/4" to 5/8" thick in accordance with ASTM C 1396/C developed in Europe and is currently being manufactured in
1396M. the United States by licensed facilities.
Average Average Comp. Str.
Gypsum wallboard is attached to the wall studs and ceiling
Strength Compressive Density
joints in residential and commercial building to form the base Class Strength, psi (N/mm2) lb/ft3 (g/cm3)
for the finished wall or ceiling treatment. AAC - 2 360 (2.5) 32 (0.5)
AAC - 4 725 (5.0) 38 (0.6)
Gypsum wall board does not have the capacity to accept high
AAC - 6 1090 (7.5) 44 (0.7)
loads. Hilti offers several light duty anchors designed for use
Due to the low compressive strength of AAC, anchors that
in gypsum wallboard.
spread the load over the entire embedded section are
2.1.5 Light Gauge Steel Framing preferred (e.g., HUD, HRD, adhesives).

Light gauge steel framing uses cold-formed steel sections for 2.1.7 Steel
the construction of walls, floors and roofs. The framing Structural steel is a critical building component which serves
memers have industry standard dimensions similar to wood as the main structural support in many structures. Iron ore is
framing studs. There are a large variety of shapes and sizes processed and combined with other elements to produce
available for both residential and commercial markets. different types of steel. Reference to a particular type of steel
Framing members are generally produced in C-sections is usually made by ASTM standard. For example, ASTM A36
with thicknesses of 12 to 25 GA and varying widths. Other is the specification for what is usually referred to as A36 steel.
specialized shapes and connection components are also Steel is hot-rolled into structural shapes that are available in
available from a variety of manufacturers. Design of light different grades, with the grade corresponding to the yield
gauge steel framing is done in accordance with the strength. Common grades of structural steel include ASTM
American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI) Cold-Formed A36, which has a minimum yield strength of 36 ksi and ASTM
Steel Design Manual. A572, which is available in grades 42, 50, 55, 60 and 65.
ASTM A992 is a high strength steel used extensively for wide
Powder-actuated fasteners, self-drilling screws and anchors
flanged shapes.
are commonly used in light gauge steel construction. Powder-
actuated fasteners and anchors are used to attach the light The grade of steel is very important when selecting a power
gauge steel to concrete and steel base materials. Self-drilling actuated fastener. The grade and thickness determine the
screws are used to attach light gauge steel components as resistance that must be overcome when setting the fastener.
part of larger assemblies or systems. The power required to drive a fastener must be greater than
the resistance. If the power and resistance are too high, the
Fasteners are typically evaluated without the steel elements.
fastener could be damaged during the setting process. This is
The elements should be evaluated separately based on
referred to as exceeding the application range for the fastener.
applicable AISI design requirements. In some instances, such
For a given fastener, the application range is determined by its
as steel deck diaphragms, deflection slip clips and perimeter
length, diameter, material strength and hardness.
wall track at edge of slab, powder-actuated fasteners have
been tested with the light gauge steel components as a 2.1.8 Pre-tensioned/
system assembly and the corresponding data is provided in Pre-stressed Concrete
this Product Technical Guide. Pre-tensioned / prestressed concrete is concrete that is cast
2.1.6 Autoclave Aerated around already tensioned tendons or strands. This method
Concrete produces a good bond between the tendon and concrete,
which both protects the tendon from corrosion and allows for
Precast autoclaved aerated concrete (AAC) is a lightweight, direct transfer of tension. The cured concrete adheres and
precast building material of a uniform porous structure. bonds to the bars and when the tension is released it is
Adding aluminum powder to a cement, lime, fine sand and transferred to the concrete as compression by static friction.
water mixture causes it to expand dramatically. After mixing, Most pre-tensioned / prestressed concrete elements are
the slurry is poured into a mold and allowed to “rise”. The prefabricated in a factory and must be transported to the
product is removed from its mold after a few hours and fed construction site, which limits their size.
through a cutting machine, which sections the AAC into

6 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
01_Intro_.QXD:H440.06_0102 [Link] 12/30/07 12:45 AM Page 7

Fastening Technology

Evaluation of Test Data 2.2

Pre-tensioned / prestressed concrete poses a unique problem Fastener testing at Hilti is conducted in accordance with
when post-installed anchors and power-actuated fasteners are ASTM E 488, Standard Test Methods for Strength of Anchors
used. Drilling into the concrete is typically not recommended in Concrete and Masonry Elements, ASTM E 1512 Standard
unless a precise knowledge of the location of the tendons is Test Methods for Testing Bond Performance of Bonded
known. Since locating the tendons can be tedious and Anchors and ASTM E 1190 Standard Test Methods for
expensive other alternatives for post-installed anchors are Strength of Power-Actuated Fasteners Installed in Structural
needed. Typically, the clear cover over the tendons is known Members. Because of the wide variation in possible concrete
and can be used to provide connection points. Post-installed reinforcing configurations found in construction, testing is
anchors and power-actuated fasteners with embedments on typically performed in unreinforced concrete, which gives
the magnitude of 3/4" to 1” are typically ideal and do not conservative results.
interfere with the tendons or strands.
There are two methods of developing allowable loads; (1)
2.1.9 Bonded Post-tensioned apply an appropriate safety factor to the mean ultimate load
Concrete as determined from a given number of individual tests, or (2)
Bonded post-tensioned concrete is a term used for a method apply a statistical method to the test data which relates the
of applying compression after pouring concrete and the curing allowable working load to the performance variability of
process. This method is commonly used to create monolithic the fastening.
slabs. Slabs are created in-situ versus being manufactured at
2.2.2 Allowable Loads
a plant. The same considerations for avoiding post-tensioning
Historically, allowable loads for anchors have been derived by
strands should be considered when using post-installed
applying a global safety factor to the average ultimate value of
anchors and power-actuated fasteners.
test results. This approach is characterized by Eq. 2.2.1.
2.1.10 Admixtures Eq. 2.2.1 Fall = F
v
Chemical admixtures are the ingredients in concrete other than
Portland cement, water and aggregate that are added to the Where:
mix immediately before or during mixing. Chemical F = mean of test data (population sample)
admixtures are used to enhance the properties of concrete v = safety factor
and mortar in the plastic and hardened state. These
properties may be modified to increase compressive and Global safety factors of 4 to 8 for post-installed anchors have
flexural strength at all ages, decrease permeability and been industry practice for nearly three decades. The global
improve durability, inhibit corrosion, reduce shrinkage, safety factor is assumed to cover expected variations in field
accelerate or retard initial set, increase slump and workability, installation conditions and variation in anchor performance
improve pumpability and finishability, increase cement from laboratory tests.
efficiency, and improve the economy of the mixture. An Note that global safety factors applied to the mean do not
admixture or combination of admixtures may be the only explicitly account for anchor coefficient of variation, i.e., all
feasible means of achieving the desired results. anchors are considered equal with respect to variability in the
Testing of post-installed anchors and power-actuated test data.
fasteners is performed in concrete without admixtures. 2.2.3 Statistical Evaluation
Designers should take into consideration the affects of of Data
admixtures to the concrete when determining the applicability Experience from a large number of tests on anchors has
of particular post-installed anchors or power-actuated shown that ultimate loads generally approximate a normal
fasteners. Gaussian probability density function as shown in Fig. 2.2.1.
2.2.1 Developing Fastener This allows for the use of statistical evaluation techniques that
Performance Data relate the resistance to the system performance variability
Hilti published data is based on laboratory testing unless associated with a particular anchor.
otherwise indicated. However, the emergence of accurate One such technique is to adjust the mean such that the
predictive methods, as embodied in the Concrete Capacity resulting resistance represents a so-called 5% fractile, or
Design (CCD) method, allows for calculation of anchor characteristic value. As commonly applied, the characteristic
capacity for a variety of design conditions. The CCD method is load, Rk, for a given test series is derived from the mean, F, the
applicable to anchors for which pre-qualification testing has standard deviation, s, and the sample size, n, such that, for a
been performed in accordance with the testing standard 90% probability (90% confidence) 95% of the loads are above
developed by ACI Committee 355.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 7
01_Intro_.QXD:H440.06_0102 [Link] 12/30/07 12:45 AM Page 8

Fastening Technology

2.2 Evaluation of Test Data

the characteristic load. The characteristic load is calculated on the characteristic resistance. Unless stated otherwise, the
according to Eq. 2.2.2 whereby k is usually provided by a one- following safety factors are applied to the characteristic
sided population limit for a standard distribution for sample resistance:
size n. v = 3 for concrete and bond failure modes
Wahrscheinlichkeitsdichte

v = 5 for shallow anchors (due to the greater

density

Histogram of the
Histogramm der
variability associated with cover concrete)
test results
Versuchsergebnisse
Häufigkeit [%] (%)

and plastic anchors

Probability density
Probability

Wahrscheinlichkeitsdichte
Frequency

These safety factors are intended to cover the following

conditions, within reasonably expected variations:

1. variability of anchor performance in the field

FFrec
ALL R
Rkk F
Ru,m Ultimate Load
Versagenslast
Frec
F ALL==Rk/ν
Rk with respect to laboratory performance
v
Fig. 2.2.1 2. variability of actual loading with respect to calculated loads

Frequency distribution of fastener loads, 3. typical variability of base material (e.g., concrete) condition
demonstrating the significance of the 5% fractile with respect to specified or laboratory conditions
and the allowable load 4. reasonable installation deviations
As applied to the characteristic resistance, the global safety Note that installation error, e.g., installation not in accordance
factor, v, is not required to account for the variability of the with Hilti’s installation instructions, is not covered by the safety
system. This allows for a tighter definition of the components factor. It is the responsibility of the user or design engineer
to be covered by the safety factor, such as concrete variability to examine all factors that could influence an anchorage
and the variability of lab test data with respect to field and to adjust the design resistance accordingly.
performance. (Taken together with an ultimate strength design
method, whereby loading variability is accommodated via load
factors, the partial safety factors associated with these effects
can be converted into a strength reduction factor, f, thus
allowing for greater consistency in the safety factor). Fastening
systems exhibiting tightly grouped test data are rewarded with
a low standard deviation, s.

Eq. 2.2.2 Fall = Rk = F - k · s = F (1 - k · cv)

v v v
Where:
Rk = characteristic resistance of the tested
anchor system
F = mean ultimate resistance of the tested
anchor system
k = distribution value for test sample size n
s = standard deviation of the test data

cv = coefficient of variation = s
F

v = safety factor
Many of the allowable loads in this Technical Guide are based

8 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
01_Intro_.QXD:H440.06_0102 [Link] 12/30/07 12:45 AM Page 9

Fastening Technology

Corrosion 2.3

2.3.1 The Corrosion Process Galvanic Series of Metals and Alloys

Corrosion is defined as the chemical or electrochemical reaction between a material, Corroded End (anodic, or least noble)
usually a metal, and its environment that produces a deterioration of the material and Magnesium
its properties (ASTM G 15). The corrosion process can be very complex and have Magnesium alloys
many contributing factors that lead to immediate or delayed destructive results. Zinc
In anchorage and fastener design, the most common types of corrosion are direct Aluminum 1100
chemical attack and electro-chemical contact. Cadmium
Aluminum 2024-T4
2.3.2 Types of Corrosion Steel or Iron
Cast Iron
[Link] Direct Chemical Attack Chromium-iron (active)
Corrosion by direct chemical attack occurs when the base material is soluble in the Ni-Resist cast iron
corroding medium. One method of mitigating these effects is to select a fastener Type 304 Stainless (active)
Type 316 Stainless (active)
that is not susceptible to attack by the corroding chemical. Compatibility tables of
Lead tin solders
various chemical compounds with Hilti adhesive and epoxy fastening systems are Lead
provided in this Product Technical Guide. Tin
Nickel (active)
When selection of a base metal compatible with the corroding medium is not Inconel nickel-chromium alloy (active)
possible or economical, another solution is to provide a coating that is resistant to Hastelloy Alloy C (active)
the corroding medium. These might include metallic coatings such as zinc or Brasses
organic coatings such as epoxies or fluorocarbons. Copper
Bronzes
[Link] Electrochemical Copper-nickel alloys
Contact Corrosion Monel nickel-copper alloy
Silver solder
All metals have an electrical potential relative to each other and have been ranked
Nickel (passive)
accordingly to form the “electromotive force series” or galvanic series of metals. Inconel nickel-chromium alloy
When metals of different potential come into contact in the presence of an (passive)
electrolyte (moisture), the more active metal with more negative potential Chromium-iron (passive)
becomes the anode and corrodes, while the other metal becomes the cathode Type 304 Stainless (passive)
and is galvanically protected. Type 316 Stainless (passive)
Hastelloy Alloy C (passive)
The severity and rate of attack will be influenced by: Silver
Titanium
a. Relative position of the contacting metals in the galvanic series, Graphite
b. Relative surface areas of the contacting materials and, Gold
Platinum
c. Conductivity of the electrolyte.
Protected End
The effects of electro-chemical contact corrosion may be mitigated by: (cathodic, or most noble)
a. Using similar metals close together in the electromotive force series, Source: IFI Fastener Standards, 6th Edition

b. Separating dissimilar metals with gaskets, plastic washers or paint with low
electrical conductivity. Materials typically used in these applications include:
1. High Density Polyethylene (HDPE)
2. Polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE)
3. Polycarbonates
4. Neoprene / chloroprene
5. Cold galvanizing compound
6. Bituminous coatings or paint
Note: Specifiers must ensure that these materials are compatible with other
anchorage components in the service environment.
c. Selecting materials so that the fastener is the cathode, most noble or
protected component,
d. Providing drainage or weep holes to prevent entrapment of the electrolyte

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 9
01_Intro_.QXD:H440.06_0102 [Link] 12/30/07 12:45 AM Page 10

Fastening Technology

2.3 Corrosion

[Link] Hydrogen Assisted Atmosphere Mean Corrosion Rate

Stress Corrosion Industrial 5.6 µm/year
Cracking Urban Non-Industrial 1.5 µm/year
Often incorrectly referred to as hydrogen embrittlement, or Marine
hydrogen assisted stress corrosion cracking (HASCC) is an Suburban 1.3 µm/year
Rural 0.8 µm/year
environmentally induced failure mechanism that is sometimes
Indoors Considerably less
delayed and most times occurs without warning. HASCC than 0.5 µm/year
occurs when a hardened steel fastener is stressed (loaded) in
Source: ASTM B 633 Appendix X1. Service Life of Zinc
a service environment which chemically generates hydrogen
(such as when zinc and iron combine in the presence of [Link] Suggested Corrosion
moisture). The potential for HASCC is directly related to steel Resistance
hardness. The higher the fastener hardness, the greater the Use of AISI 316 stainless steel in environments where pitting
susceptibility to stress corrosion cracking failures. Eliminating or stress corrosion is likely should be avoided due to the
or reducing any one of these contributing factors (high steel possibility of sudden failure without visual warning. Fastenings
hardness, corrosion or stress) reduces the overall potential for in these applications should be regularly inspected for
this type of fastener failure. Hydrogen embrittlement, on the serviceability condition. See chart [Link] below.
other hand, refers to a potential damaging side effect of the
steel fastener manufacturing process, and is unrelated to
project site corrosion. Hydrogen embrittlement is neutralized Corrosion Resistance Typical Conditions of Use
by proper processing during fastener pickling, cleaning and Phosphate and Oil Coatings • Interior applications without
plating operations, specifically by “baking” the fasteners after (Black Oxide) any particular influence
the application of the galvanic coating. of moisture
Zinc electro-plated 5 – 10 µm • Interior applications without any
2.3.3 Corrosion Protection (ASTM B 633, SC 1, Type III) particular influence of moisture
The most common material used for corrosion protection of Organic Coatings – • If covered sufficiently by
carbon steel fasteners is zinc. Zinc coatings can be uniformly Kwik Cote ≥ 17.8 µm noncorrosive concrete
applied by a variety of methods to achieve a wide range of Mechanically deposited • Interior applications in damp
coating thickness depending on the application. All things zinc coating 40 – 107 µm environments and near saltwater
being equal, thicker coatings typically provide higher levels of (ASTM B 695)
protection. Hot-Dip Galvanizing (HDG) • Exterior applications in only
> 50 µm (ASTM A 153) slightly corrosive atmospheres
An estimating table for the mean corrosion rate and service life
Sherardizing Process > 50 µm
of zinc coatings in various atmospheres is provided to the
right. These values are for reference only, due to the large Stainless Steel • Interior applications where
variances in the research findings and specific project site (AISI 303 / 304) heavy condensation is present
• Exterior applications in
conditions, but they can provide the specifier with a better
corrosive environments
understanding of the expected service life of zinc coatings. In
controlled environments where the relative humidity is low and Stainless Steel (AISI 316) • Near saltwater
• Exterior corrosive environments
no corrosive elements are present, the rate of corrosion of zinc
coatings is approximately 0.15 microns per year.

Zinc coatings can be applied to anchors and fasteners by

different methods. These include (in order of increasing
coating thickness and corrosion protection):
a. ASTM B 633 – Standard Specification for
Electrodeposited Coatings of Zinc on Iron and Steel
b. ASTM B 695 – Standard Specification for Coatings of
Zinc Mechanically Deposited on Iron and Steel
c. ASTM A 153 – Standard Specification for Zinc
Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware
d. Sherardizing Process – Proprietary Diffusion
Controlled Zinc Coating Process

10 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
01_Intro_.QXD:H440.06_0102 [Link] 12/30/07 12:45 AM Page 11

Fastening Technology

Corrosion 2.3

2.3.4 Test Methods [Link] Power-Actuated

Various test methods have been used in the development of Fasteners
Hilti fastening systems to predict performance in corrosive Hilti carbon steel power-actuated fasteners are typically zinc
environments. Some of the internationally accepted standards plated to a minimum thickness of 5 µm for limited corrosion
and test methods used in these evaluations are: resistance. Another method used to resist corrosion for the
Hilti carbon steel ENP series decking fasteners is the use of
a. ASTM B 117 Standard Practice for Operating Salt
the stainless steel SDK2 sealing cap with an integrated
Spray (Fog) Apparatus
neoprene seal. Please see Section [Link].1.
b. ASTM G 85 Standard Practice for Modified Salt
Hilti also manufactures stainless steel X-CR powder-actuated
Spray (Fog) Testing
nails and threaded studs. The X-CR fasteners are made from
c. ASTM G 87 Standard Practice for Conducting Moist a proprietary material with corrosion resistance equivalent to
SO2 Tests AISI 316 material, but with higher strength and hardness.
d. DIN 50021 – SS Salt Spray Testing (ISO 3768) Because carbon steel power-actuated fasteners are hardened,
e. DIN 50018 2,0 Kesternich Test (ISO 6988) Testing they can be susceptible to HASCC. It is, therefore, important
in a Saturated Atmosphere in the Presence of to evaluate the suitability of the application prior to use if the
Sulfur Dioxide environment may be corrosive. If in doubt, stainless steel
X-CR fasteners are recommended.
2.3.5 Hilti Fastening Systems
[Link] Screw Fasteners
[Link] Anchors Hilti screw fasteners are available with three different
Most Hilti metal anchors are available in carbon steel with an types of coatings:
electrodeposited zinc coating of at least 5 µm with chromate a. phosphate and oil (black oxide)
passivation. Chromate passivation reduces the rate of
b. zinc electroplated
corrosion for zinc coatings, maintains color, abrasion
c. Kwik-Cote
resistance and when damaged, exhibits a unique “self healing”
property. This means that the chromium contained within the Black oxide offers the lowest resistance to corrosion and
film on the anchor surface will repassivate any exposed areas generally restricts use to interior finishing applications. Hilti
and lower the corrosion rate. Kwik-Cote is a proprietary copolymer organic coating that
helps protect against galvanic corrosion in a manner similar
Hilti standard and super HAS threaded rods in 7/8" diameter
to zinc. Zinc electro-plating is in accordance with ASTM B 633
size are zinc coated to at least 50 µm by the hot-dip
SC 1 Type III to a minimum thickness of 5 µm. Hilti provides
galvanizing process. Other sizes may be available through
the proprietary Kwik-Cote organic coating on certain types of
special orders.
Kwik-Pro screws and all Kwik-Flex screws. Stainless steel
Where the long-term integrity of a fastening is important, and screws (AISI 410 or 300 series) and sealing washers are
there is a risk of corrosion of a carbon steel anchor, then a available on a special order basis.
stainless steel anchor may be specified. It must be noted that
Warning: Because of the potential for HASCC failures,
under certain extreme conditions, even stainless steel anchors
standard hardened carbon steel fasteners are not
will corrode and additional protective measures will be
recommended for use with dissimilar metals or chemically
needed. Stainless steels should not be used when the
treated wood when moisture may be present or in
anchorage will be subjected to long term exposure, immersion
corrosive environments. For screws that are resistant to
in chloride solutions, or in corrosive environments where the
HASCC, consider using Hilti Kwik-Flex screws.
average temperature is above 86° F. Hilti HCR High Corrosion
Resistant threaded rod is available on a special order basis. It
provides superior corrosion resistance to AISI 316 and is an
alternative to titanium or other special stainless steels.

Note: Specifiers should also consult ACI 318-05 Chapter 4

Durability Requirements, Section 4.4 and Tables 4.4.1 and
4.2.2 for applications where concrete structures will be
exposed to chloride ion concentrations, deicing
chemicals, salt, salt water, brackish water, seawater or
spray from these sources.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 11
01_Intro_.QXD:H440.06_0102 [Link] 12/30/07 12:45 AM Page 12

Fastening Technology

2.3 Corrosion

2.3.6 Applications
It is difficult to offer generalized solutions to corrosion problems. An applications guide can be useful as a starting point for
fastener material selection. The specifier should also consult:
a. Local and national building code requirements (e.g., IBC, UBC)
b. Standard practice manuals for specific types of construction (e.g., ACI, PCI, AISC, PCA, CRSI, AASHTO, NDS/APA)
c. Manufacturers of structural components
d. Hilti technical support

[Link] General Applications8

Application Conditions Fastener Recommendations

Structural steel components to concrete & Interior applications without condensation Galvanic zinc plating
masonry (interior connections within the building
envelope not subjected to free weathering) 1, 2
Interior applications with occasional HDG or Sherardized
condensation
Structural steel components to concrete Slightly corrosive environments HDG or Sherardized
& masonry (exterior connections subjected to
free weathering) 1,2 Highly corrosive environments Stainless steel
Zinc coated or painted metal decking to steel Interior applications without condensation Galvanic zinc plating or Kwik-Cote
beam / joist connections with roof membrane or
cover 3, 4, 5
Exposed deck applications subject to free With sealing washers (SDK2) Galvanic zinc plating
weathering 3, 4, 5
Without sealing washers (SDK2) X-CR
Composite deck applications (steel connections Covered sufficiently by non-corrosive Galvanic zinc plating
with concrete overlayment) 1 concrete
Insulation fastenings / EIFS fastenings 6 Applications without condensation Galvanic zinc plating or Kwik-Cote
Applications with condensation X-CR
Temporary formwork, erection bracing and Interior applications Galvanic zinc plating
short-term scaffolding
Exterior applications HDG or Sherardized
Parking garages / parking decks subject to Non-safety critical HDG, Sherardized or X-CR1
periodic application of de-icers including chloride
solutions 7 Safety critical Stainless steel1
Road / bridge decks subject to periodic Non-safety critical HDG or Sherardized
application of de-icers including chloride
solutions Safety critical Stainless steel

1 Refer to ACI 318 Chapter 4 – Durability

2 Refer to ACI 530.1 Section 2.4F – Coatings for Corrosion Protection
3 Refer to SDI “A Rational Approach to Steel Deck Corrosion Protection”
4 Refer to Factory Mutual Approval Standard Class No. 4450 Section 5.4
5 Refer to Factory Mutual Approval Standard Class No. 4470 Section 5.6
6 Refer to ICC Evaluation Services Acceptance Criteria 24 – Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems
7 Refer to PCI Parking Structures: Recommended Practice for Design & Construction – Chapters 3, 5 and Appendix
8 General guidelines address environmental corrosion (direct chemical attack). Additional considerations should be taken into account when
using hardened steel fasteners susceptible to HASCC.

12 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
01_Intro_.QXD:H440.06_0102 [Link] 12/30/07 12:45 AM Page 13

Fastening Technology

Corrosion 2.3

[Link] Special Applications

These application charts are offered as general guidelines.4 Site specific conditions may influence the decision.

Application Conditions Fastener Recommendations

Aluminum fastenings (flashing / roofing Interior applications without condensation Galvanic zinc plating or Kwik-Cote
accessories, hand rails, grating panels, sign
posts and miscellaneous fixtures)
Exterior applications with condensation Stainless steel, X-CR
Water treatment Not submerged HDG, Sherardized or Stainless steel
Submerged Stainless steel 2
Waste water treatment Not submerged HDG, Sherardized or Stainless steel
Submerged Stainless steel 2
Marine (salt water environments, shipyards, Non-safety critical or temporary connections HDG, Sherardized or X-CR
docks, off-shore platforms)
High humidity with the presence of Stainless steel1
chlorides – splash zone
On the off-shore platform or rig Stainless steel or X-CR
Indoor swimming pools Non-safety critical HDG or Sherardized, X-CR

Safety critical or subjected to high Stainless steel1

concentrations of soluble chlorides
Pressure / chemically treated wood 3 Above grade HDG
Below grade Stainless steel, X-CR
Power plant stacks / chimneys Non-safety critical HDG or Stainless steel

Safety critical or subjected to high Stainless steel, X-CR1

concentrations of SO2

Tunnels (lighting fixtures, rails, guardposts) Non-safety critical HDG, Stainless steel or X-CR

Safety critical Stainless steel1

1 Steel selection depends on safety relevance

2 Must electrically isolate fastener from contact with concrete reinforcement through use of adhesive or epoxy anchoring system,
gasket or plastic washer with low electrical conductivity
3 Refer to APA Technical Note No. D485D and AF & PA Technical Report No. 7
4 General guidelines address environmental corrosion (direct chemical attack). Additional considerations should be taken into
account when using hardened steel fasteners susceptible to HASCC.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 13
01_Intro_.QXD:H440.06_0102 [Link] 12/30/07 12:45 AM Page 14

Fastening Technology

Notes

14 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
01_Intro_.QXD:H440.06_0102 [Link] 12/30/07 12:45 AM Page 15

Fastening Technology

Notes

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 15
01_Intro_.QXD:H440.06_0102 [Link] 12/30/07 12:45 AM Page 16

Direct Fastening Systems

Direct Fastening Systems Table of Contents

Section Description Page

3.1 Direct Fastening Terminology & Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

3.1.1 Direct Fastening Terminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
3.1.2 Benefits of Direct Fastening systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
3.1.3 Common Direct Fastening Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

3.2 General Construction Fastening Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

3.2.1 General Construction Fastener Design & Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
[Link] Fastening to Concrete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
[Link] Fastening to Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
[Link] Fastener Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

3.2.2 General Application Fasteners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

X-U, DS, EDS, X-ZF, X-S13, X-DAK, X-DNI, X-EDNI, X-GN, X-EGN and X-GHP
fastener series for general applications to concrete, steel or masonry

3.2.3 X-U Universal Knurled Shank Fastener . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

Universal X-U fastener for use in concrete, steel or masonry

3.2.4 Perimeter Wall Application Fasteners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

X-U, DS and EDS fasteners for attachment of perimeter track and deflection slip clips
to concrete or steel

3.2.5 Drywall Track Fastening Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

X-S13, X-DAK, X-DW, X-S16, X-GN, X-EGN, and X-GHP fastener series for
attachment of drywall track to concrete, steel or masonry

3.2.6 Sill Plate Fastening Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

X-CF 72, X-ZF 72, X-DNI 72, X-CP 72, and X-CR-L 72 fasteners for attachment of
wood sill plates to concrete

3.2.7 Ceiling Clip & Hanger Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

Sheet steel clips with pre-mounted powder-actuated fasteners with or without pre-tied wire
for suspending acoustical ceiling grids and panels from concrete

3.2.8 Stud Fasteners for Attachment to Concrete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

Carbon steel (1/4” and 3/8”) and stainless steel (1/4”) powder-actuated threaded studs
for attachment to concrete

3.2.9 Stud Fasteners for Attachment to Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

Carbon steel (1/4”, 3/8” and 8mm) and stainless steel (3/8” and 8mm) powder-actuated
threaded studs for attachment to steel .

3.2.10 X-BT Fastening Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

Innovative X-BT (3/8” and 8mm) blunt-tip threaded stud fastener for attachment to coated
or painted steel

3.2.11 Clips & Hangers for Mechanical and Electrical Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

Threaded and smooth rod hangers (X-HS and X-RH), cable holders, clamps and tie fasteners
(X-ECH, X-EKB MX, and X-ECT) and conduit clips (X-BX, X-EMTC and X-EMTSC MX)
for use in miscellaneous mechanical and electrical applications

3.2.12 Insulation or Soft Material Attachment Fasteners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

X-IE and X-SW fasteners for attachment of insulation and other soft materials to concrete,
masonry or steel

16 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:49 AM Page 17

Direct Fastening Systems

Direct Fastening Systems Table of Contents

Section Description Page

3.3 Grating & Checkerplate Fastening Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

3.3.1 Grating & Checkerplate Fastener Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

3.3.2 X-FCM & X-FCP Grating & Checkerplate Fastening Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

Removable and reusable grating (X-FCM) & checkerplate (X-FCP) fastening systems available
in zinc plated, HDG, and stainless steel corrosion resistance and consisting of a disk that threads
onto a powder-actuated threaded stud. Stainless steel version specifically designed for off-shore

3.3.3 X-GR, X-GR RU, & X-MGR Grating Fastening Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

Permanent (X-GR), or removable (X-GR RU and X-MGR) grating fastening systems with
HDG equivalent corrosion resistance for attachment of grating in on-shore industrial applications

3.4 Steel Deck Fastening Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

3.4.1 Steel Deck Fastener Design & Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
[Link] Steel Deck Terminology & Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
[Link] Steel Deck Diaphragm Design & Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
[Link] Fastener, Tool & Cartridge Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
[Link] Submittal Information for Roof Deck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
[Link] Submittal Information for Floor Deck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
[Link] Fastener Quantity Estimation Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
[Link] Common Steel Deck Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96

3.4.2 Deck Fasteners for Attachment to Bar Joist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97

X-EDN19 and X-EDNK22 fasteners for attachment of many types of steel deck
to bar joist up to 3/8-inch thick

3.4.3 Deck Fasteners for Attachment to Structural Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

X-ENP-19 fastener for attachment of many types of steel deck
to structural steel greater than or equal to 1/4-inch thick

3.4.4 X-HVB Shear Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109

Mechanically attached X-HVB shear connector for use in composite beam construction
with steel beams and concrete slabs

3.5 Screw Fastening Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112

3.5.1 Self-Drilling Screw Fastener Selection and Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
[Link] Drill Point Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
[Link] Thread Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
[Link] Head Style Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
[Link] Sealing Criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
[Link] Length Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

3.5.2 Kwik-Pro Self-Drilling Screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115

Self-drilling screws available in a variety of head styles, thread lengths and drill-flute lengths
for screw diameters #6 through 1/4” meeting ASTM C 1513 and SAE J78 or ASTM C954

3.5.3 Kwik-Flex Self-Drilling Screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123

Self-drilling screws specifically designed to resist embrittlement that can be caused by stress,
dissimilar metals and moisture available in HWH head style and diameters #10 through 5/16”

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 17
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:49 AM Page 18

Direct Fastening Systems

3.1 Direct Fastening Terminology & Applications

3.1.1 Direct Fastening Terminology

DX = Hilti Powder-Actuated Direct Fastening System Steel Deck Fastening Systems1

GX = Gas-Actuated Fastening Systems tf = flange thickness of beam or bar joist for steel
decking applications, in. (mm)
Characteristics of Steel and Other Metals
F = diaphragm flexibility factor, in./lb (mm x 10-6/N)
Fu = specified minimum ultimate tensile strength of metals,
ksi (MPa) G' = diaphragm shear stiffness lb/in. (N/mm x 10-6)

Fy = specified minimum yield strength of metals, ksi (MPa) q = allowable diaphragm shear, plf (N/mm)

Characteristics of Concrete and Masonry Qf = fastener strength, panel to frame, lb (kN)

fc = concrete compressive strength as measured by Sf = fastener flexibility factor, panel to frame,

testing of cylinder, psi (MPa) in./kip (mm/kN)

f'c = specified concrete compressive strength, psi (MPa) X-HVB Shear Connector

Fastening Details hr = nominal rib height, in. (mm)

cmin = minimum edge distance, in. (mm) Hs = connector height, in. (mm)

dnom = nominal fastener shank diameter, in. (mm) Nr = number of connectors in one rib

D = thread diameter for threaded studs, in. (mm) q = allowable shear strength, lb (kN)

hET = penetration of the fastener point below the Qn = nominal shear strength, lb (kN)
surface of the base material, in. (mm)
Rg = coefficient to account for group effect
hNVS = nailhead stand-off above the surface fastened
Rp = position effect factor shear connectors
into. For nails, this is the surface of the fastened
material. For threaded studs, the surface of the wr = average width of rib, in. (mm)
base material, in. (mm)
Ycon = distance from top of steel beam to top
Ls = length of fastener, in. (mm) of concrete slab, in. (mm)

smin = minimum fastener spacing, in. (mm) Screw Fastening Systems 2

tI = thickness of the fastened material, in. (mm) L = length of screw, in. (mm)

ΣtI = total thickness of the fastened material, where MT = maximum thickness of all attachments to be
more than one layer fastened, in. (mm) fastened, including the base material, in. (mm)

tII = thickness of the base material, in. (mm) Pss = nominal shear strength (resistance) of screw, lb (kN)

Tmax = maximum tightening torque, ft-lb (Nm) Pts = nominal tension strength (resistance) of screw, lb (kN)

1 More detailed definitions for Steel Deck Fastening Systems can be found on page 82.
2 Terminology for screw fastener head styles (e.g. hex washer head (HWH)) can be found on page 114.

Fastener Nomenclature1 Stud Nomenclature1

1. The fastener name preceded by an 2. P = Plastic washer
Fastener Washer Type2 and “E” (e.g. X-EDNI 16 P8), indicates a S = Steel washer Thread Size Thread Length
Series1 Diameter (mm) knurled shank for improved holding D = Double washer (mm) (mm) Washer Type2 and
Indicates
in steel. (Note: X-U fasteners have (1 plastic, 1 steel) Diameter (mm)
Collated Fastener
knurling.) L = Double washer (both steel)
X-U 37 P8 MX (strips of 10)
DP = Double washer (both plastic) X-W6 20 22 FP8
Shank Length FP = Ferrule and plastic guide washer Shank Length
(mm) 3. “MX” at the end of fastener name (mm) Thread Length
indicates fasteners collated in strips
of 10

Washer Shank Diameter Shank Diameter Washer Thread Size

18 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:49 AM Page 19

Direct Fastening Systems

Direct Fastening Terminology & Applications 3.1

3.1.2 Benefits of Direct Fastening Systems

Power-actuated fastening systems are recognized as Screw fastening systems are commonly used for the
a safe, acceptable and cost effective method of making attachment of cold-formed steel members. Self-drilling
instantaneous fastenings into various construction base screws allow for direct attachment without the need for
materials such as concrete, steel and masonry. Power- additional equipment such as a drill bit or welding machine
actuated fastening technology uses either powder cartridges making screw fastening portable, fast and lightweight.
(blank cartridges) or compressed gas cartridges. Without the
A key benefit to using direct fastening systems is increased
need for external power sources, it is portable, fast and
productivity for the end user due to the speed of making
lightweight allowing for reliable fastenings in difficult access
fastenings vs. drilling and anchoring or welding. Fastenings
areas on today’s construction sites.
are easily inspected and suitable for all trades in a variety
of applications.

3.1.3 Common Direct Fastening Applications

General Fastenings General Fastenings Perimeter Wall
to Concrete to Steel Applications
- Deflection
Reference Reference Slip Clips
Sections 3.2.2, Sections 3.2.2, - Steel Framing
3.2.3 and 3.2.8 3.2.3 and 3.2.9 Track
Reference
Section 3.2.4

Interior Partition Wood Sill Plate Ceiling

Walls (Drywall) Attachment Hangers

Reference Reference Reference

Section 3.2.5 Section 3.2.6 Section 3.2.7

Electrical Pipe Hangers Cable &

Grounding Conduit
Reference Attachment
Reference Section 3.2.11
Section 3.2.10 Reference
Section 3.2.11

Thermal Grating & Steel Deck

Insulation Checkerplate Attachment
Attachment Attachment
Reference
Reference Reference Section 3.4
Section 3.2.12 Section 3.3

Steel Deck Sidelap Light Steel

Attachment Framing
Connections
Reference Sections
3.4 and 3.5 Reference
Section 3.5

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 19
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:49 AM Page 20

General Construction Fastening Systems

3.2.1 General Construction Fastener Design & Selection

[Link] Fastening to Concrete

[Link].1 General Suitability
When a powder or gas-actuated A fastener driven into concrete is Compression
fastener is driven into concrete, the influenced by the following factors: Sintering Zone Zone

concrete around the fastener shank is • Depth of penetration

displaced. This displaced concrete
• Compressive strength
compresses against the shank creating of the concrete
a friction hold. In addition, heat • Fastener spacing and
generated during the driving process edge distance
causes a sintering of the concrete to the Fastener point magnified
• Fastener shank diameter
at sintering zone
fastener. • Concrete aggregate

[Link].2 Depth of Penetration into Concrete

Generally, as the fastener penetration increases, so does the load
capacity (1). However, a penetration depth which is too shallow or too
deep may cause an increase in fastening failure (2).

Depth of Penetration Guide1

Sprinkler Installations
Material Typical with W10 Stud Only
Concrete 3/4" to 1" –
block and joints (19 to 25 mm)
Average concrete 3/4" to 1-1/4" 1" to 1-5/8"
(2000-4000 psi) (19 to 32 mm) (25 to 41 mm)
Precast or pre-stressed 3/4" to 1" 1" to 1-1/4"
concrete (5000 psi +) (19 to 25 mm) (25 to 32 mm)
1 For allowable load capacities at specific embedment depths refer to specific product sections.

[Link].3 Compressive Strength of Concrete/Aggregate Hardness

Generally, as the concrete compressive strength increases, so does
the fastener’s load capacity (1). However, very high compressive
strength and aggregate hardness decrease the possibility of making
a successful fastening (2).

Concrete Compressive Strength

Optimum 2000 – 6000 psi (14-41 MPa)
Maximum *8500 psi (55 MPa)
* May require predrilling with DX-Kwik system (Section [Link].10)

[Link].4 Fastener Spacing, Edge Distance & Base

Material Thickness Requirements for Concrete
Nail Shank Diameter
Smin Cmin C min= Min. Edge Distance1
dnom in. (mm) Cmin in. (mm) Smin in. (mm) S min = Min. Fastener Spacing
0.118 (3.0) 2-3/8 (60) 2-3/8 (60) t II = Min. Concrete Thickness =
0.138 (3.5) 2-3/4 (70) 2-3/4 (70) 3 x Fastener Penetration
Penetration

0.145 (3.7) 2-3/4 (70) 2-3/4 (70) Depth2

Depth of

0.157 (4.0) (X-U) 2-3/4 (70) 2-3/4 (70) 1 Unless otherwise noted in corresponding
t II

load tables (e.g. sill plate application).

0.177 (4.5) (X-AL-H) 2-3/4 (70) 2-3/4 (70)
2 Unless otherwise noted in corresponding
0.177 (4.5) (DS) 3-1/8 (80) 3-1/8 (80)
load tables (e.g. lightweight concrete
0.205 (5.2) (W10) 4 (104) 4 (104) over metal deck applications)

[Link].5 Maximum Tightening Torque

Tmax Maximum Tightening Torque, Tmax, for Threaded Studs Driven into Concrete, ft-lb (Nm)
Stud Type
X-W6 X-CR W6 W10
3.0 (4.0) 3.0 (4.0) 4.5 (6.0)

20 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:49 AM Page 21

General Construction Fastening Systems

General Construction Fastener Design & Selection 3.2.1

[Link].6 Fastener Locations when Installing into Lightweight

Concrete over Metal Deck
Hilti Powder-Driven Fastener
3,000 psi Lightweight Concrete 12"

min. 3-1/4"

3"

Direction of 4-1/2" min.

Form Deck shear load
Lower Flute Location on fastener 4-1/2" min. 7-1/4" min.
Upper Flute Location 1-1/8"
Min. Edge
Distance
Direction of
tension load
on fastener

Figure 1 – Hilti Fastener Location in 3” Deep Composite Floor Deck Normal Deck Profile Orientation

Hilti Power-Driven Fastener

3,000 psi Lightweight Concrete 6"

min. 2-1/2"

Direction of
shear load
Form Deck on fastener 1-1/2"
1-3/4" 2-1/2"
7/8"
Upper Flute Location Edge
Direction of Distance 3-1/2"
Lower Flute Location tension load
on fastener

Figure 2 – Hilti Fastener Location in 1-1/2” Deep Composite Floor Deck Normal Deck Profile Orientation

Hilti Power-Driven Fastener

6"
3,000 psi Lightweight Concrete min. 2-1/2"

Direction of
Form Deck shear load 1-3/4" 1-3/4" 1-1/2"
on fastener Edge
Upper Flute Location Distance
Direction of 3-1/2"
Lower Flute Location tension load
on fastener

Figure 3 – Hilti Fastener Location in 1-1/2” Deep Composite Floor Deck Inverted Deck Profile Orientation

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 21
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:49 AM Page 22

General Construction Fastening Systems

3.2.1 General Construction Fastener Design & Selection

[Link].7 Bending Moments on Power-Actuated Fasteners

in Concrete
As with concrete anchors, bending moments on power- exceed the maximum torque discussed in Section [Link].5.
actuated fasteners installed in concrete and masonry base
Although no design equations are provided for determining
materials can be minimized through proper design detailing
equivalent bending moment loads on power-actuated
and installation practice. Proper design should include
fasteners, recommended allowable bending moments are
redundancy with multiple fastening points instead of single-
provided in the table below based on testing with a safety
point fastenings, in order to distribute bending moment effects
factor of 2:1 for static loading.
amongst multiple fasteners. Installation of threaded rod
coupler hangers on powder-actuated threaded studs should Relatively small bending moments can contribute to a
be done with the coupler run down over the stud shank and in significant reduction in the overall fastening capacity and
contact with the concrete or masonry base material as must be checked by the engineer.
depicted in the figure below. Care should be taken not to

Arrangements to reduce or Arrangement causing Non-symmetric arrangement:

prevent moment on shank: moment to act on shank:
• Moment on fastened part
• Prying effect must be considered in
determining loads acting on fastener
Coupler not
tight against
concrete

Coupler tight
against concrete

For information on concrete anchor bolt bending, reference Sections [Link] and [Link].

Allowable Bending Moments For Threaded Stud

Fasteners Installed in Minimum 2,000 psi Concrete1
Fastener
Designation Mrec ft-lb (Nm)
X-W6 3.6 (4.9)
X-CR W6 3.2 (4.3)
W10 10.0 (13.6)
1 Based on a safety factor greater than or equal to 2.0.

[Link].8 Combined Loading of Power-Actuated Fasteners

in Concrete
(Ns / Nrec)α + (Vs / Vrec)α ≤ 1.0
concrete can be treated with exponent α = 1 unless otherwise
Combined loading of power-actuated fasteners installed in

provided for the specific application (e.g. ceiling clips with where:
power-actuated fasteners with 45° loading). Ns = Applied Tension Load Nrec = Allowable Tension Load
Vs = Applied Shear Load Vrec = Allowable Shear Load

[Link].9 Fastener Clamping & Nailhead Stand-Off

Powder-actuated fastenings must be thought of in terms of a excessive nail head stand-off in order to drive them deeper.
fastening system consisting of the powder-actuated tool, This can create a safety hazard and break the bond or
cartridges and the fastener itself. Not all powder-actuated sintering between the fastener shank and the base material.
fastening systems can achieve adequate embedment and
proper clamping of the fastened part to the base material.
The installer should start with the lowest power regulation and
cartridge and work up until tight clamping is achieved.
Installers should never “double-shoot” fastenings with

22 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:49 AM Page 23

General Construction Fastening Systems

General Construction Fastener Design & Selection 3.2.1

[Link].10 DX Kwik System

[Link].10.1 Product Description
DX-KWIK is a method of fastening into • The fastener obtains its holding
concrete that combines the speed and power in the concrete deeper than
portability of powder-actuated standard powder-actuated fasten-
ings without pre-drilling
fastenings with the performance and
• Concrete stresses are
consistency of anchors. DX-KWIK Fasteners
distributed deeper below
The DX-KWIK System requires a the concrete surface
shallow, small diameter hole to be drilled DX-KWIK System Advantages
into the concrete, then a powder-
• Higher allowable loads
actuated fastener is driven through the
• Ability to fasten into high-strength
hole into the concrete. concrete
Product Features • Virtually eliminates concrete
surface spalls TE 7 A Rotary Hammer Drill
Two very important fastening principles
• More consistent fastening
are achieved by using the DX-KWIK
System:

DX 460
Powder-Actuated Fastening Tool

DX-Kwik Anchor Standard DX

[Link].10.2 Installation Instructions

23 mm

5 mm Ø

1. Drill a hole into the 2. Insert the special high 3. Using the required
concrete using a TX-C strength fastener into cartridge power
5/18 or TX-C 5/23 spe- the DX tool leaving drive the fastener
cial DX-KWIK Bit. the fastener point into the concrete.
protruding out.
Note:
• Typically, DX-KWIK
Fasteners are 47 mm
minimum in length.
• As of publication date,
only X-U and X-AL-H
series fasteners have
been tested.
Reference Section
[Link] for allowable
load capacity table.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 23
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:49 AM Page 24

General Construction Fastening Systems

3.2.1 General Construction Fastener Design & Selection

[Link] Fastening to Steel

[Link].1 General Suitability
When a powder or gas-actuated A fastener driven into steel is influenced
fastener is driven into steel, the steel by the following factors:
around the fastener shank is displaced. • Base steel thickness
This displaced steel flows back around
• Tensile strength of base steel
the shank and into the knurling creating
• Fastener spacing and
a keying hold or in the case of smooth edge distance
shank fasteners a friction hold. In
• Fastener shank diameter
addition, the heat generated during the
driving process, at temperatures of
approximately 1650°F, causes partial
fusion of the fastener to the steel.

[Link].2 Fastener Spacing, Edge Distance & Base Material

Thickness Requirements for Steel
Cmin = Min. Edge Distance = 1/2" (12 mm)1
Smin Cmin
Smin = Min. Fastener Spacing without reduction
in performance = 1" (25 mm)1
t II = Min. Base Steel Thickness = 1/8" (3 mm) t II
1 Unless otherwise noted (e.g. X-BT fastener)

[Link].3 Base Steel Thickness and Fastener

Driving Distance Requirements
Base Steel Thickness
Holding Power

Application Range
Optimum Thickness for Standard
3/8" to 1/2" Knurled Fasteners
(10 to 12 mm)

Steel Thickness Base Steel Tensile Strength (x1000) psi

Optimal holding power is obtained when fastener As the tensile strength of the base steel increases,
point is driven to distance h ET. the thickness of the base steel suitable for DX
fastenings decreases.

Recommended Driving Distance to

Nail Type Achieve Optimal Tension Capacity, h ET*
tI in. mm
X-U 0.394 - 0.551 10 - 14
LS hET
LS hET X-EDNI 0.394 - 0.551 10 - 14
X-EW6H-xx-9 0.315 - 0.433 8 - 11
EDS 0.472 - 0.669 12 - 17
L S = hET + t I X-EGN 0.315 - 0.433 8-11
X-EW10H-xx-14 0.512 - 0.630 13 - 16
X-DNI 0.591 - 1.063 15 - 27
* The objective of this table is to ensure adequate
DS 0.669 - 1.063 17 - 27
through-penetration of the base steel. For load
X-S13 P8THP 0.394 - 0.472 10-12
capacity of fasteners without through-penetration,
refer to corresponding allowable load table and X-S16 P8TH > 0.433 > 11
applicable footnotes for more details. X-ZF 0.591 - 1.063 15 - 27
X-CR > 0.394 > 10
X-AL-H 0.591 - 1.063 15 - 27

24 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:49 AM Page 25

General Construction Fastening Systems

General Construction Fastener Design & Selection 3.2.1

[Link].4 Recommended Fastener Lengths for

Attaching Wood to Steel Base Material

Thickness
Wood

(mm)
X-U DNI DS X-AL-H Application Limit X-U DNI Fasteners
Application Limit

Fasteners

Up to 1/4" (6 mm) 5/16" (8 mm) 3/8" (10 mm) 7/16" (11 mm) 1/2" (12 mm)

Base Material Thickness

Notes:
1 X-U, DNI, DS or X-AL-H up to 62 mm long may be used in base steel up to 1/4" (6 mm) thick.
2 If the application limit is exceeded, shank buckling can occur.
3 Numbers in ● and ■ represent fastener length in mm.

[Link].5 Recommendations for Attaching

Steel to Steel Base Material

Note
1 Directly fastened material ≤ 1/8" thick
t I ≤ 1/8 in. (3 mm)

usually deforms with the displaced base

material. This allows a tight fit between
the fastened steel and base material
without the need for pre-drilling.

[Link].6 Maximum Tightening Torque

Tightening-Torque
Maximum Tightening Torque, Tmax, for Threaded Studs Driven into Steel, ft-lb (Nm)

Tmax
Stud Type
Tmax
X-BT W10
X-EW6H X-EM8H X-EW10H X-CRM8
& X-BT M8
3.0 (4.1) 8.0 (10.8) 11.0 (14.9) 6.0 (8.1) 6.0 (8.1)

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 25
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:49 AM Page 26

General Construction Fastening Systems

3.2.1 General Construction Fastener Design & Selection

[Link].7 Bending Moments on Power-Actuated Fasteners

in Steel
As with weld studs, bending moments on power-actuated Although no design equations are provided for determining
fasteners installed in steel can be minimized through proper equivalent bending moment loads on power-actuated fasten-
design detailing and installation practice. Proper design ers, recommended allowable bending moments are provided
should include redundancy with multiple fastening points in the table below based on testing with a safety factor of 2:1
instead of single-point fastenings, in order to distribute bend- for static loading
ing moment effects amongst multiple fasteners. Installation
of threaded rod coupler hangers on powder-actuated thread- Relatively small bending moments can contribute to a
ed studs should be done with the coupler run down over the significant reduction in the overall fastening capacity and
stud shank and in contact with the steel base material as must be checked by the engineer.
depicted in the figure below. Care should be taken not to
exceed the maximum torque discussed in Section [Link].6.

Arrangements to reduce or Arrangement causing Non-symmetric arrangement:

prevent moment on shank: moment to act on shank:
• Moment on fastened part
• Prying effect must be considered in
determining loads acting on fastener
Coupler not tight
against steel

Coupler tight
against steel

Allowable Bending Moments For Threaded Stud

Fasteners Installed in Minimum ASTM A 36 Steel1
Fastener
Nomenclature Mrec ft-lb (Nm)
X-EW6H 2.2 (3.0)
X-EM8H 4.5 (6.2)
X-EW10H 6.5 (8.8)
X-CRM8 4.0 (5.5)
X-BT M8/W10 6.0 (8.2)
1 Based on a safety factor greater than or equal to 2.0.

[Link].8 Combined Loading of Power-Actuated Fasteners

in Steel

steel can be treated with exponent α = 1 unless otherwise

Combined loading of power-actuated fasteners installed in Hilti powder-actuated fasteners for attachment of steel decks
(X-ENP-19 L15, X-EDN19 THQ12 and X-EDNK22 THQ12)
provided for the specific application (e.g. powder-actuated have separate design equations for combined loading in the
fasteners for steel deck applications with diaphragm shear SDI Deck Diaphragm Design Manual, 3rd Edition (2006).
and tension uplift).

(Ns / Nrec)α + (Vs / Vrec)α ≤ 1.0

where:
Ns = Applied Tension Load Nrec = Allowable Tension Load
Vs = Applied Tension Load Vrec = Allowable Tension Load

26 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:49 AM Page 27

General Construction Fastening Systems

General Construction Fastener Design & Selection 3.2.1

[Link] Power-Actuated Fastener Selection Guide

Hilti Fastening Tool
Fastener Notes:

DX E72

DX 35

DX 351

DX 36

DX 460

DX 76

DX 600N
2008
• = Single
M = Collated Fasteners (magazine required)
Product Technical
Guide
P8 = 8 mm fastener guide required
P10 = 10 mm fastener guide required Section Page
Fastener Application Numbers Numbers
X-U Fastener For universal, high quality
fastenings to concrete and steel: 3.2.2 31-36
perimeter wall applications, form-
ing, underfloor, trunking, thin metal • • • • • 3.2.3
3.2.4
37-39
40-44
brackets, angles, etc.

X-U MX Magazine High-volume, repetitive fastenings

to concrete and steel: perimeter 3.2.2 31-36
wall applications, forming installa- M M 3.2.3 37-39
tion, etc. 3.2.4 40-44

DS/EDS Fastener For fastening to concrete (DS) and

steel (EDS): perimeter wall applica-
tions, forming, underfloor, trunking,
installation straps, thin metal,
P10 • • 3.2.2
3.2.4
31-36
40-44
brackets, angles, etc.

X-ZF Fastener A standard quality fastener for

fastenings to concrete and
CMU block
• • • • • 3.2.2 31-36

X-ZF MX Fastener Collated High volume repetitive fastenings

to concrete and CMU block
M M 3.2.2 31-36

X-CR Corrosion resistance equivalent

Corrosion Resistant to SAE 316 stainless steel
Fastener for exterior or corrosive
environments • • • • • 3.2.2 31-36

X-DNI/X-EDNI Fastener For fastening to concrete (X-DNI)

and steel (X-EDNI), forming, under-
floor, trunking, installation straps,
thin metal, brackets, angles, etc.
• • • • • 3.2.2 31-36

X-DNI MX Fastener Collated High-volume, repetitive fastenings

to concrete, forming installation,
etc. M M 3.2.2 31-36

X-EDNI MX Fastener Fastenings to steel: angles,

Collated brackets, channels, tracks, etc.
M 3.2.2 31-36

X-AL-H For high performance fastening to

High-Strength Fastener high strength concrete and steel
Note: Special drive piston • • • • • 3.2.2 31-36
is required

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 27
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:49 AM Page 28

General Construction Fastening Systems

3.2.1 General Construction Fastener Design & Selection

Hilti Fastening Tool
Fastener Notes:

DX E72

DX 35

DX 351

DX 36

DX 460

DX 450

GX 100/100E

GX 120
2008
• = Single
M = Collated Fasteners (magazine required)
Product Technical
Guide
P8 = 8 mm fastener guide required
Section Page
Fastener Application Numbers Numbers
X-NK Fastener* Fastenings to concrete and steel:
forming, underfloor, trunking,
installation straps, thin metal
brackets, angles, etc. • 3.2.2 31-36

SL Fastener Removable fastenings for forming

Single & Collated (concrete formwork, shuttering,
etc.)
• • • 3.2.2 31-36

BC Rebar basket clip with

Rebar Basket pre-mounted fastener
Clip
• • • 3.2.2 31-36

X-S13 THP Fastener Fastening of drywall track

to steel 3.2.2 31-36
• • • • • 3.2.5 45-48

X-DAK 16 Fastening of light gauge steel to

Stepped-Shank Fastener high strength steel. Available with
or without collapsible metal top
hat washer. Collated magazine
• P8 • 3.2.2
3.2.5
31-36
45-48
version is also available.

X-S16 Fastener Fastening of drywall track

to steel
• • • • • 3.2.5 45-48

X-DW Fastener For attaching drywall track to

concrete, CMU block or steel
• • M • M 3.2.5 45-48

X-GN/X-EGN Gas-actuated fastener for

Gas Fastener Collated attaching drywall track and light
gauge steel to concrete, steel and
CMU block
• • 3.2.2
3.2.5
31-36
45-48

X-GHP Gas-actuated hardened

Gas Fastener Collated fastener specifically designed
for attaching drywall track and
light gauge steel to hard concrete.
• • 3.2.2
3.2.5
31-36
45-48

X-CF Fastener An economical fastener made

specifically for repetitive 2x4
fastenings to concrete
• • • 3.2.6 49-50

* Available in Canada or by special order.

28 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:49 AM Page 29

General Construction Fastening Systems

General Construction Fastener Design & Selection 3.2.1

Hilti Fastening Tool
Fastener Notes:

DX E72

DX 35

DX 351

DX 36

DX 460

DX 600N
2008
• = Single
M = Collated Fasteners (magazine required)
Product Technical
Guide
P8 = 8 mm fastener guide required
P10 = 10 mm fastener guide required Section Page
Fastener Application Numbers Numbers
X-CP Fastener Thick mechanical plated fastener
made specifically for fastening
treated sill plates to concrete
• • • 3.2.6 49-50

X-CR-L Fastener Stainless steel fastener made

specifically for fastening treated
sill plates to concrete
• • • 3.2.6 49-50

CC27 Sheet metal ceiling clips with pre-

Ceiling Clip mounted fasteners with or without
pre-tied wires.
• • • • 3.2.7 51-52

X-W6 – 1/4" Installation of electrical clips and

Threaded Stud clamps, lamps and lighting as
well as switch boxes and P8 P8 P8 P8 P8 3.2.8 53-55
control cabinets
Available in stainless steel

W10 – 3/8" Holder brackets, pipe hangers and

Threaded Stud cable trays, to concrete
P10 • 3.2.8 53-55

X-EW6H – 1/4" Fastening of light brackets,

Threaded Stud electrical clamps, rings
and channels to steel P8 P8 P8 P8 P8 3.2.9 56-58

X-EM8H-8mm Fastening of grating in with X-FCM

Threaded Stud grating disk (Section 3.3.2)
P8 P8 P8 P8 P8 3.2.9 56-58

X-EW10H – 3/8" Fastening pipe hangers, cable

Threaded Stud trays, air ducts, brackets and
channels to steel P10 • 3.2.9 56-58

X-BT Fastening pipe hangers, cable

Threaded Stud trays, air ducts, brackets and
channels to steel. Also used as 3.2.9 56-58
electrical grounding stud. •BT
3.2.10 59-63
Tool

X-RH For suspending EMT from

Rod Hanger concrete or steel
• • • • • 3.2.11 64-68

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 29
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:49 AM Page 30

General Construction Fastening Systems

3.2.1 General Construction Fastener Design & Selection

Hilti Fastening Tool
Fastener Notes:

DX E72

DX 35

DX 351

DX 36

DX 460

GX 100-E
2008
• = Single
M = Collated Fasteners (magazine required)
Product Technical
Guide
P8 = 8 mm fastener guide required
Section Page
Fastener Application Numbers Numbers
X-HS For suspending ceilings, sprinkler
Threaded Rod pipes, mechanical (HVAC) and
Hanger electrical components with 1/4"
and 3/8" threaded rods • • • • • 3.2.11 64-68

X-HS MX For suspending ceilings, sprinkler

Threaded Rod pipes, mechanical (HVAC) and
Hanger electrical components with 1/4"
and 3/8" threaded rods • • • 3.2.11 64-68

X-EMTC/BX Thin wall conduit and armored

Conduit & cable clips with pre-mounted
Cable Clip fasteners
• • • • 3.2.11 64-68

X-EMTC/BX MX Thin wall conduit and armored

Conduit & cable clips for use with magazine
Cable Clip tools
• • • 3.2.11 64-68

X-EMTSC MX For stand-off conduit applications

Stand-Off
Conduit Clip
• • • 3.2.11 64-68

X-ECH For suspending cable from

Cable Holder concrete or steel
Note: Requires ECH adapter.
• • 3.2.11 64-68

X-EKB MX For suspending cable from

Cable Clamp concrete or steel

• • • 3.2.11 64-68

X-ECT MX For tie applications. To be used

Cable Tie with magazine tools and non-Hilti
Fastener supplied cable tie.
• • • 3.2.11 64-68

X-IE For attaching EPS insulating

Insulation boards to concrete and steel
Fastener Note: Requires X-IE Conversion
Kit
• 3.2.12 69-70

X-SW For fastening thin or easily

Soft Washer damaged materials to concrete
or steel
• • • • • 3.2.12 69-70

30 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:49 AM Page 31

General Construction Fastening Systems

General Application Fasteners 3.2.2

[Link] Product Description [Link] Product Description

[Link] Material Specifications

X-U* Premium Series Universal high DS/EDS Fastener Series The DS series
performance fastener designed for fastener is a high performance fastener [Link] Technical Data
applications in both concrete and steel of 0.177" shank diameter suitable for [Link] Ordering Information
of either high strength or standard both concrete and steel applications. It
strength. Shank diameter is consistent is offered in a single fastener version only
through the fastener offering at 0.157". with a 10 mm dome head design and a
X-U fastener lengths range from 5/8" 10 mm guidance washer. Available
through 2-7/8" and are available as lengths are 3/4" through 4-5/8". Knurling
single fasteners (P8) or collated (MX) in is offered on 3/4" and 7/8" lengths; NEW
strips of 10. Specific size single X-U designated as EDS and ideally suited for
fasteners can be pre-mounted with steel applications.
either 15 mm or 36 mm steel washers.
X-DAK Steel Fastener The X-DAK16
There is also a metal “tophat” (TH)
is a premium, high performance fastener
version as well for the 5/8", 3/4” and 1”
designed specifically for attachments to
lengths. All X-U fasteners have a unique X-U Universal Fastener*
steel (e.g. tagging, drywall track). It is
twist knurling reaching 7/8" from the tip
offered in a 5/8" length with a unique
up the shank.
step shank design either singly (P8 or
X-ZF Standard Series The ZF series of metal tophat) or collated (MX) in strips of
fasteners is a low cost solution for 10 and is discussed further in Section
applications in concrete and is best 3.2.5 Drywall Track Fastening Systems.
suited for concrete hardness less than
X-CR Fastener Series X-CR is a
4,000 psi. This fastener is generally not
high performance, corrosion resistant X-ZF DS X-CR
suited for steel applications. Fastener
fastener equivalent to SAE 316 stainless
lengths range from 3/4" – 2-7/8" with a
steel. This fastener is ideally suited for
shank diameter of 0.138". ZF fasteners
applications where corrosion is a
are offered in single (P8) fastener version
concern whether on concrete or steel
as well as in collated (MX) strips of 10.
base materials. The X-CR is offered as a
Pre-mounted washers are also available
single (P8) fastener in lengths from 5/8"
in 23 mm and 36 mm diameters on
through 2-1/8". Shank diameter for X-S13 EDS X-DAK
specific length non-collated fasteners.
these fasteners is 0.145" for shank
X-S13 Steel Fastener The X-S13 is a lengths less than 1-3/4” and 0.157” for
low cost fastener for steel. It has a longer fasteners.
0.145" smooth shank diameter and is
X-DNI/X-EDNI Fastener Series The
offered in a 1/2" length only. The X-S13
X-DNI Series fastener with a 0.145"
comes collated (MX) in strips of 10 or
shank diameter suitable for both
singly with a plastic “tophat” (THP). This
concrete and steel applications. It is
fastener is ideally suited for fastening
offered in single (P8) or collated (MX) in
drywall track to standard strength steel
strips of 10. Fastener lengths are 5/8"
and is discussed further in Section 3.2.5 X-DNI X-EDNI
and 1" to 1-1/2" with the 5/8" length
Drywall Track Fastening Systems. Listings/Approvals
shank knurled (X-EDNI) for increased
X-GN/X-GHP/X-EGN The collated performance in steel. This fastener ICC-ES (International Code Council)
fastener line for Hilti’s gas-actuated series specification is being replaced by ESR-2269 (X-U)
ESR-1663 (DS, X-ZF, EDS, X-DAK,
tools. Designed for applications in the X-U fastener series specification. X-CR, X-DNI & X-EDNI)
Interior Finishing, Mechanical and COLA (City of Los Angeles)
Electrical, these fasteners are used for RR 25675 (X-U)
RR 25646 (DS, X-ZF, EDS, X-DAK,
fastenings in concrete (X-GN standard,
X-CR, X-DNI, & X-EDNI
X-GHP premium) and steel (X-EGN). For
more details refer to Section 3.2.5
Drywall Track Fastening Systems.
* More details about the new innovative X-U fastener can be found in Section 3.2.3.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 31
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:49 AM Page 32

General Construction Fastening Systems

3.2.2 General Application Fasteners

[Link] Material Specifications

Fastener Fastener Fastener Steel Washer or Washer or 1 The 5 µm zinc coating is in accordance with ASTM

5 µm Zinc 5 µm Zinc
Designation Material Plating1 Clip Material2 Clip Plating1,2 B 633, SC 1, Type III.

5 µm Zinc
X-U Carbon Steel Carbon Steel 2 Most fasteners have a plastic washer for guidance

5 µm Zinc 5 µm Zinc
DS/EDS Carbon Steel N/A N/A when installing. Not all fastener lengths have a pre-
X-ZF Carbon Steel Carbon Steel mounted steel washer. Refer to Section [Link] for

5 µm Zinc
X-CR3 SAE 316 N/A SAE 316 N/A more information on available fasteners.

5 µm Zinc 5 µm Zinc
X-GN/X-GHP/X-EGN Carbon Steel N/A N/A 3. The X-CR fastener material is a proprietary material,

5 µm Zinc
X-DNI Carbon Steel Carbon Steel which provides a corrosion resistance equivalent to

5 µm Zinc
X-EDNI Carbon Steel N/A N/A SAE 316 stainless steel. The steel washer material is

5 µm Zinc 5 µm Zinc
X-AL-H Carbon Steel N/A N/A SAE 316 stainless steel.

5 µm Zinc
X-NK/ENK Carbon Steel Carbon Steel

5 µm Zinc 5 µm Zinc
SL Forming Nail Carbon Steel N/A N/A
BC ZF Carbon Steel Carbon Steel

[Link] Technical Data

Allowable Loads in Normal Weight Concrete 1, 4
Shank Min. Concrete Compressive Strength
Description Fastener Diameter Embedment 2000 psi 4000 psi 6000 psi
in. (mm) in. (mm) Tension lb ( kN ) Shear lb ( kN ) Tension lb ( kN ) Shear lb ( kN ) Tension lb ( kN ) Shear lb ( kN )

3/4 (19) 100 (0.44) 125 (0.57) 100 (0.44) 125 (0.57) 105 (0.47) 205 (0.91)
Universal Knurled 1 (25) 165 (0.73) 190 (0.85) 170 (0.76) 225 (1.00) 110 (0.49) 280 (1.25)
X-U* 0.157 (4.0)
Shank Fasteners 1-1/4 (32) 240 (1.07) 310 (1.38) 280 (1.25) 310 (1.38) 180 (0.80) 425 (1.89)
1-1/2 (38) 275 (1.22) 420 (1.87) 325 (1.45) 420 (1.87) – –
X-U 47 P8 with DX-Kwik X-U3 0.157 (4.0) 1-1/2 (38) – – 395 (1.76) 405 (1.80) 360 (1.60) 570 (2.54)
3/4 (19) 45 (0.20) 75 (0.33) 60 (0.27) 105 (0.47) – –
0.138 (3.5)
1 (25) 85 (0.38) 150 (0.67) 90 (0.40) 200 (0.89) – –
Standard Fastener X-ZF2 &
1-1/4 (32) 130 (0.58) 210 (0.93) 130 (0.58) 290 (1.29) – –
0.145 (3.7)
1-1/2 (38) 175 (0.78) 260 (1.16) 245 (1.09) 360 (1.60) – –
3/4 (19) 25 (0.11) 35 (0.16) – – – –
Limited Purpose
X-CF 0.145 (3.7) 1 (25) 50 (0.22) 160 (0.71) – – – –
Fastener
1-1/4 (32) 130 (0.58) 210 (0.93) – – – –
3/4 (19) 50 (0.22) 120 (0.53) 125 (0.56) 135 (0.60) – –
1 (25) 130 (0.58) 195 (0.87) 155 (0.69) 240 (1.07) – –
Heavy Duty Fastener DS 0.177 (4.5)
1-1/4 (32) 220 (0.98) 385 (1.71) 270 (1.20) 425 (1.89) – –
1-1/2 (38) 300 (1.33) 405 (1.80) 355 (1.58) 450 (2.00) – –
3/4 (19) 30 (0.13) 40 (0.18) 65 (0.29) 40 (0.18) – –
0.145 (3.7)
1 (25) 55 (0.24) 185 (0.82) 120 (0.53) 190 (0.85) 100 (0.44) 170 (0.76)
Stainless Steel Fastener X-CR &
1-1/4 (32) 110 (0.49) 290 (1.29) 125 (0.56) 300 (1.33) 120 (0.53) 440 (1.96)
0.157 (4.0)
1-1/2 (38) 265 (1.18) 405 (1.80) 350 (1.56) 450 (2.00) – –
3/4 (19) 95 (0.42) 120 (0.53) 95 (0.42) 120 (0.53) – –
Gas Fastener X-GN 0.118 (3.0)
1 (25) 115 (0.51) 220 (0.98) 115 (0.51) 220 (0.98) – –
Premium Gas Fastener X-GHP 0.118 (3.0) 5/8 (16) – – – – 50 (0.22) 100 (0.44)
3/4 (19) 60 (0.27) 105 (0.47) 110 (0.49) 120 (0.53) – –
1 (25) 145 (0.64) 185 (0.82) 160 (0.71) 240 (1.07) 100 (0.44) 125 (0.56)
Universal Fastener X-DNI 0.145 (3.7)
1-1/4 (32) 160 (0.71) 290 (1.29) 230 (1.02) 330 (1.47) 200 (0.89) 250 (1.11)
1-1/2 (38) 220 (0.98) 330 (1.47) 320 (1.42) 425 (1.89) – –
3/4 (19) 65 (0.29) 70 (0.31) 90 (0.40) 95 (0.42) 120 (0.53) 125 (0.56)
1 (25) 130 (0.58) 190 (0.85) 165 (0.73) 195 (0.87) 180 (0.80) 280 (1.25)
High Performance Fastener X-AL-H 0.177 (4.5)
1-1/4 (32) 135 (0.60) 265 (1.18) 240 (1.07) 270 (1.20) 240 (1.07) 440 (1.96)
1-1/2 (38) 200 (0.89) 340 (1.51) 240 (1.07) 460 (2.05) – –
X-AL-H 42 P8 with DX-Kwik X-AL-H3 0.177 (4.5) 1-1/2 (38) 355 (1.60) 470 (2.09) 475 (2.11) 565 (2.51) – –
Knob Head Fastener X-NK5 0.145 (3.7) 1 (25) 85 (0.38) 165 (0.73) 145 (0.64) 215 (0.96) – –
SL 44/476 0.145 (3.7) 1 (25) 60 (0.27) 65 (0.29) – – – –
Forming Fastener
SL 626 0.145 (3.7) 1 (25) 75 (0.33) 75 (0.33) – – – –
1 The tabulated allowable load values are for the low-velocity fasteners only, 4 Multiple fasteners are recommended for any attachment.
using a safety factor that is greater than or equal to 5.0, calculated in accor- 5 Available in Canada or by special order.
dance with ICC-ES AC 70. Wood or steel members connected to the sub-
6 For temporary fastening of formwork only.
strate must be investigated in accordance with accepted design criteria.
2 X-ZF fasteners with a shank length of 2-7/8" have a shank diameter of 0.145".
All other X-ZF fasteners for concrete have shank diameters of 0.138".
3 Fastener installed with DX-Kwik drilled pilot hole installation found in
Section [Link].10.

* More details about new the innovative X-U fastener can be found in Section 3.2.3.

32 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:49 AM Page 33

General Construction Fastening Systems

General Application Fasteners 3.2.2

Allowable Loads in Minimum f’c = 3000 psi Structural Lightweight Concrete1, 6
Fastener Location
Fastener Shank Min. Installed into Concrete Installed through 3" deep Metal Deck into Concrete 2,3
Fastener
Description Diameter Embedment
Tension Shear Tension lb (kN) Shear
in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) Upper Flute Lower Flute lb (kN)
3/4 (19) 125 (0.56) 115 (0.51) 130 (0.58) 95 (0.42) 245 (1.09)
Universal Knurled 1 (25) 205 (0.91) 260 (1.16) 215 (0.96) 120 (0.53) 330 (1.47)
X-U* 0.157 (4.0)
Shank Fasteners 1-1/4 (32) 315 (1.40) 435 (1.93) 295 (1.31) 120 (0.53) 375 (1.67)
1-1/2 (38) 425 (1.89) 475 (2.11) 400 (1.78) 260 (1.16) 430 (191)
3/4 (19) 110 (0.49) 175 (0.78) 120 (0.53) – 265 (1.18)
0.138 (3.5)
1 (25) 135 (0.60) 180 (0.80) 215 (0.96) 145 (0.64) 315 (1.40)
Standard Fastener X-ZF5 &
1-1/4 (32) 220 (0.98) 260 (1.16) 250 (1.11) 200 (0.89) 405 (1.80)
0.145 (3.7)
1-1/2 (38) 285 (1.27) 315 (1.40) 285 (1.27) 210 (0.93) 415 (1.85)
Limited Purpose Fastener X-CF 0.145 (3.7) 1 (25) 130 (0.58) 165 (0.73) 130 (0.58) – 165 (0.73)
3/4 (19) 100 (0.44) 200 (0.89) 100 (0.44) – 200 (0.89)
1 (25) 180 (0.80) 360 (1.60) 180 (0.80) 180 (0.80) 405 (1.80)
Heavy Duty Fastener DS4 0.177 (4.5)
1-1/4 (32) 300 (1.33) 520 (2.31) 300 (1.33) 250 (1.11) 515 (2.29)
1-1/2 (38) 450 (2.00) 680 (3.02) 450 (2.00) 325 (1.45) 625 (2.78)
0.145 (3.7) 1 (25) 230 (1.02) 240 (1.07) 230 (1.02) – 240 (1.07)
Stainless
X-CR & 1-1/4 (32) 320 (1.42) 400 (1.78) 320 (1.42) – 400 (1.78)
Steel Fastener
0.157 (4.0) 1-1/2 (38) 405 (1.80) 500 (2.22) 405 (1.80) – 500 (2.22)
3/4 (19) 115 (0.51) 140 (0.62) 75 (0.33) 85 (0.38) 175 (0.78)
Gas Fastener X-GN 0.118 (3.0)
1 (25) 170 (0.76) 220 (0.98) 155 (0.69) 160 (0.71) 255 (1.13)
3/4 (19) 120 (0.53) 180 (0.80) – – –
1 (25) 175 (0.78) 185 (0.82) 225 (1.00) 115 (0.51) 320 (1.42)
Universal Fastener X-DNI 0.145 (3.7)
1-1/4 (32) 240 (1.07) 315 (1.40) 365 (1.62) 205 (0.91) 420 (1.87)
1-1/2 (38) 300 (1.33) 365 (1.62) 480 (2.14) 280 (1.25) 450 (2.00)
3/4 (19) 115 (0.51) 155 (0.69) 115 (0.51) – 155 (0.69)
High Performance 1 (25) 225 (1.00) 350 (1.56) 225 (1.00) 120 (0.53) 340 (1.51)
X-AL-H 0.177 (4.5)
Fastener 1-1/4 (32) 330 (1.47) 475 (2.11) 330 (1.47) 195 (0.87) 385 (1.71)
1-1/2 (38) – – – 285 (1.27) 585 (2.60)
1 (25) 175 (0.78) 185 (0.82) 175 (0.78) – 185 (0.82)
Knob Head Fastener X-NK7 0.145 (3.7) 1-1/4 (32) 240 (1.07) 280 (1.25) 240 (1.07) – 280 (1.25)
1-1/2 (38) 300 (1.33) 295 (1.31) 300 (1.33) – 295 (1.31)
1 The tabulated allowable load values are for the low-velocity fasteners only, using a safety factor that is greater than or equal to 5.0, calculated in accordance with
ICC-ES AC 70. Wood or steel members connected to the substrate must be investigated in accordance with accepted design criteria.
2 The steel deck profile is 3" deep composite floor deck with a thickness of 20 gauge (0.0358"). Figure 1 (Section [Link].6) shows the nominal flute dimensions,
fastener locations, & load orientations for the deck profile.
3 Structural lightweight concrete fill above top of metal deck shall be a minimum of 3-1/4" deep.
4 DS fasteners installed at 1-1/2" embedment through steel deck into the lower flute must be installed at a minimum distance of 6" from the edge of the floor deck.
5 X-ZF fasteners with a shank length of 2-7/8" have a shank diameter of 0.145". All other X-ZF fasteners for concrete have shank diameters of 0.138".
6 Multiple fasteners are recommended for any attachment.
7 Available in Canada or by special order.

Allowable Loads Into Minimum f’c = 3000 psi Structural Lightweight Concrete Over 1-1/2" Deep, B-Type Steel Deck 1, 5
Fastener Location
Fastener Shank Min. Installed Through Metal Deck into Concrete 2, 3
Fastener
Description Diameter Embedment Tension lb (kN) Shear
in. (mm) in. (mm) Upper Flute Lower Flute lb (kN)
Universal Knurled 3/4 (19) 95 (0.42) 95 (0.42) 370 (1.65)
X-U* 0.157 (4.0)
Shank Fastener 1 (25) 125 (0.56) 125 (0.56) 415 (1.85)
0.138 (3.5) 3/4 (19) 80 (0.36) 80 (0.36) 315 (1.40)
Standard Fastener X-ZF4
& 0.145 (3.7) 1 (25) 205 (0.91) 205 (0.91) 445 (1.98)
3/4 (19) 75 (0.33) 85 (0.38) 175 (0.78)
Gas Fastener X-GN 0.118 (3.0)
1 (25) 155 (0.69) 160 (0.71) 255 (1.13)
1 The tabulated allowable load values are for the low-velocity fasteners only, using a safety factor that is greater than or equal to 5.0, calculated in accordance
with ICC-ES AC 70. Wood or steel members connected to the substrate must be investigated in accordance with accepted design criteria
2 Steel deck profiles are 1-1/2" deep, B-type deck with a thickness of 20 gauge (0.0358" thick steel). Fasteners may be installed through the metal deck into
lightweight concrete having both nominal & inverted deck profile orientations with a minimum lower flute width of 1-3/4" or 3-1/2", respectively. Fasteners shall
be placed at centerline of deck flutes. Refer to Figures 2 & 3 (Section [Link].6) for additional flute dimensions, fastener locations, and load orientations for both
deck profiles.
3 Structural lightweight concrete fill above top of metal deck shall be a minimum 2-1/2" deep.
4 X-ZF fasteners with a shank length of 2-7/8" have a shank diameter of 0.145". All other X-ZF fasteners for concrete have shank diameters of 0.138".
5 Multiple fasteners are recommended for any attachment.

* More details about the new innovative X-U fastener can be found in Section 3.2.3.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 33
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:49 AM Page 34

General Construction Fastening Systems

3.2.2 General Application Fasteners

Allowable Loads in Concrete Masonry Units 1,2,3,4,5,11
Hollow CMU Grout-Filled CMU
Shank Minimum Face Shell6 Mortar Joint Face Shell6 Mortar Joint 6 Top of Grouted Cell 8
Fastener Description Fastener Diameter Embedment Tension Shear Tension Shear7 Tension Shear Tension Shear 7 Tension Shear 9
in. (mm) in. (mm) lb lb lb lb lb lb lb lb lb lb
(kN) (kN) (kN) (kN) (kN) (kN) (kN) (kN) (kN) (kN)
Universal Knurled 1 70 85 25 70 225 220 150 190 165 240
X-U* 0.157 (4.0)
Shank Fasteners (25) (0.31) (0.38) (0.11) (0.31) (1.00) (0.98) (0.67) (0.85) (0.73) (1.07)
0.138 (3.5) 3/4 40 85 25 50 100 105 45 80 115 175
Standard Fastener X-ZF10
& 0.145 (3.7) (19) (0.18) (0.38) (0.11) (0.22) (0.44) (0.47) (0.20) (0.36) (0.51) (0.78)
Limited Purpose 1 30 65 25 50
X-CF 0.145 (3.7) – – – – – –
Fastener (25) (0.13) (0.29) (0.11) (0.22)
3/4 90 115 65 55 95 120 70 85 65 90
(19) (0.40) (0.51) (0.29) (0.24) (0.42) (0.53) (0.31) (0.38) (0.29) (0.40)
Gas Fastener X-GN 0.118 (3.0)
1 115 130 70 65 130 140 85 120 75 95
(25) (0.51) (0.58) (0.31) (0.29) (0.58) (0.62) (0.38) (0.53) (0.33) (0.42)
1 40 90 35 60 90 130 40 65
Universal Fastener X-DNI 0.145 (3.7) – –
(25) (0.18) (0.40) (0.16) (0.27) (0.40) (0.58) (0.18) (0.29)
1 40 90 35 60 90 130 40 65
Knob Head Fastener X-NK12 0.145 (3.7) – –
(25) (0.18) (0.40) (0.16) (0.27) (0.40) (0.58) (0.18) (0.29)
1 The tabulated allowable load values are for the low-velocity fastener only,
using a safety factor of 5.0 or higher. Wood or steel members connected to the
substrate must be investigated in accordance with accepted design criteria.
2 The tabulated allowable load values are for low-velocity fasteners installed in
concrete masonry units conforming to ASTM C 90, Grade N, Type 1.
3 The tabulated allowable load values are for low-velocity fasteners installed in
concrete masonry units with mortar conforming to ASTM C 270, Type N or S.
4 The tabulated allowable load values are for low-velocity fasteners installed in
concrete masonry units with grout conforming to ASTM C 476, as coarse grout.
5 No more than one low-velocity fastener may be installed in an individual con-
crete masonry unit cell.
6 Fastener can be located anywhere on the face shell or mortar joint as shown in T-Joint
the figure to the right.
7 Shear direction can be horizontal or vertical (Bed Joint or T-Joint) along the
CMU wall plane. Bed Concrete Masonry
8 Fastener located in center of grouted cell installed vertically.
1"
Joint 1" Unit (CMU)
9 Shear can be in any direction.
10 X-ZF fasteners with a shank length 2-7/8" have a shank diameter of 0.145". All Acceptance Locations (NON-SHADED AREAS) for Power-
other X-ZF fasteners for masonry have shank diameters of 0.138".
Actuated Fasteners in CMU Walls
11 Multiple fasteners are recommended for any attachment.
12 Available in Canada or by special order.

Allowable Tensile Pullover and Shear Bearing Load Capacities for Light Steel Framing with Power Driven Fasteners1,2,3,4

Head Sheet Steel Thickness

Dia.
Fastener Description Fastener
in. 14 ga. 16 ga. 18 ga. 20 ga. 22 ga. 24 ga. 25/26 ga.
(mm) Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
0.157” shank with or w/o plastic 0.322 825 1,085 685 720 490 525 360 445 300 330 205 255 120 145
X-U*
washers or MX collation (8.2) (3.67) (4.83) (3.05) (3.20) (2.18) (2.34) (1.60) (1.98) (1.33) (1.47) (0.91) (1.13) (0.53) (0.64)
0.145” shank with or w/o plastic X-ZF, X-DNI 0.322 985 685 720 490 515 360 440 300 310 205 235 120 145
–
washers or MX collation X-EDNI, X-CR (8.2) (4.38) (3.05) (3.20) (2.18) (2.29) (1.60) (1.96) (1.33) (1.38) (0.91) (1.05) (0.53) (0.64)
DS 0.390 965 1,085 810 815 625 535 460 465 360 350 300 260 240 180
0.177” shank without washer
EDS (10.0) (4.29) (4.83) (3.60) (3.63) (2.78) (2.38) (2.05) (2.07) (1.60) (1.56) (1.33) (1.16) (1.07) (0.80)
0.145” shank with plastic 0.322 985 685 720 490 515 360 440 300 310 205 235 120 145
X-S13 THP –
Top Hat washers (8.2) (4.38) (3.05) (3.20) (2.18) (2.29) (1.60) (1.96) (1.33) (1.38) (0.91) (1.05) (0.53) (0.64)
0.118" shank with X-EGN 0.276 325 390 265 335 250 235 170 185 100 125
– – – –
MX collation X-GN (7.0) (1.45) (1.73) (1.18) (1.49) (1.11) (1.05) (0.76) (0.82) (0.44) (0.56)
0.322 1,085 685 750 490 535 360 465 300 350 205 260 120 180
0.177” shank without washer X-AL-H –
(8.2) (4.83) (3.05) (3.34) (2.18) (2.38) (1.60) (2.07) (1.33) (1.56) (0.91) (1.16) (0.53) (0.8)
1 Allowable load values are based on a safety factor of 3.0 in accordance with the AISI NASPEC, 2001 edition with 2004 Supplement.
2 Allowable pullover capacities of sheet steel should be compared to the allowable fastener tensile load capacities in concrete, steel, and masonry to determine
controlling resistance load.
3 Allowable shear bearing capacities of sheet steel should be compared to allowable fastener shear capacities in concrete, steel and masonry to determine
controlling resistance load.
4 Data is based on the following minimum sheet steel properties, Fy=33 ksi, Fu=45 ksi (ASTM A 653 material).

* More details about the new innovative X-U fastener can be found in Section 3.2.3.

34 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:49 AM Page 35

General Construction Fastening Systems

General Application Fasteners 3.2.2

Allowable Loads in minimum ASTM A 36 (Fy ≥ 36 ksi, Fu ≥ 58 ksi) Steel 1,2,7,8
Shank Steel Thickness (in.)
Fastener Description Fastener Diameter 1/8 6 3/16 1/4 3/8 1/2 ≥3/4
Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear
in. (mm) lb (kN)6 lb (kN)6 lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
535 720 775 720 935 720 900 720 350 375
Universal Knurled Shank X-U9 0.157 (4.0) – –
(2.38) (3.20) (3.45) (3.20) (4.16) (3.20) (4.00) (3.20) (1.56) (1.67)
140 300 300 450 300 450 300 450
Standard Smooth Shank X-S13 0.145 (3.7) – – – –
(0.62) (1.33) (1.33) (2.00) (1.33) (2.00) (1.33) (2.00)
120 390 140 465 370 540
Standard Smooth Shank X-ZF 0.138 (3.5) – – – – – –
(0.53) (1.73) (0.62) (2.07) (1.65) (2.40)
Heavy Duty 305 530 330 665 665 935 800 970 890 995 400 655
EDS5 0.177 (4.5)
Knurled Shank (1.36) (2.36) (1.47) (2.96) (2.96) (4.16) (3.56) (4.31) (3.96) (4.43) (1.78) (2.91)
Heavy Duty 395 795 620 855 775 855 800 895
DS 0.177 (4.5) – – – –
Smooth Shank (1.76) (3.54) (2.76) (3.80) (3.45) (3.80) (3.56) (3.98)
485 480 700 560
X-CR 0.145 (3.7) – – – – – – – –
Stainless Steel (2.16) (2.14) (3.11) (2.49)
Smooth Shank 300 210 630 510 850 560 265 395 265 395
X-CR11 0.145 (3.7) – –
(1.33) (0.93) (2.80) (2.27) (3.78) (2.49) (1.18) (1.76) (1.18) (1.76)
Stepped-Shank 170 390 185 405 260 420 495 555 400 570 400 570
X-DAK10 0.145 (3.7)
Knurling-Lengthwise (0.76) (1.73) (0.82) (1.80) (1.16) (1.87) (2.20) (2.47) (1.78) (2.54) (1.78) (2.54)
140 270 220 275 225 320 280 375
X-EGN12 0.118 (3.0) – – – –
Drywall Track (0.62) (1.20) (0.98) (1.22) (1.00) (1.42) (1.25) (1.67)
Smooth Shank 220 315 260 375 280 400
X-EGN11,12 0.118 (3.0) – – – – – –
(0.98) (1.40) (1.16) (1.67) (1.25) (1.78)
95 235 225 555 675 620 750 660 635 605 260 385
Universal Knurled Shank X-EDNI3 0.145 (3.7)
(0.42) (1.05) (1.00) (2.47) (3.00) (2.76) (3.34) (2.94) (2.82) (2.69) (1.16) (1.71)
140 295
0.145 (3.7) – – – – – – – – – –
(0.62) (1.31)
Heavy Duty 240 685 480 715 645 745
X-AL-H4,5 0.157 (4.0) – – – – – –
Smooth Shank (1.07) (3.05) (2.14) (3.18) (2.87) (3.31)
685 970 145 600
0.177 (4.5) – – – – – – – –
(3.05) (4.31) (0.64) (2.67)
Knob Head Nail 225 555 535 620 620 660 590 605
X-ENK13 0.145 (3.7) – – – –
Knurled Shank (1.00) (2.47) (2.38) (2.76) (2.76) (2.94) (2.62) (2.69)
1 The tabulated allowable load values are for the low-velocity fasteners only, using a safety factor that is greater than or equal to 5.0, calculated in accordance
with ICC-ES AC 70. Wood or steel members connected to the substrate must be investigated in accordance with accepted design criteria.
2 Low-velocity fasteners shall be driven to where the point of the fastener penetrates the steel base material in accordance with Section [Link].3, except as
noted in this table.
3 X-EDNI fasteners installed into greater than 1/2" thick steel require 7/16" minimum penetration.
4 X-AL-H testing was performed with Fy = 50 ksi base material. X-AL-H fasteners with a shank length of 5/8" have a shank diameter of 0.145". X-AL-H
fasteners with shank lengths of 3/4" & 7/8" have shank diameters of 0.157". X-AL-H fasteners with shank lengths greater than or equal to 1" have a shank
diameter of 0.177".
5 X-AL-H and EDS fasteners installed into greater than 1/2" thick steel require 1/2" minimum penetration.
6 Except for the X-EDNI and X-ZF fasteners, testing in 1/8" thick steel was performed with Fy = 50 ksi base material.
7 Multiple fasteners are recommended for increased reliability.
8 Refer to guidelines for fastening to steel, Section [Link], for application limits.
9 Tabulated allowable load values provided for 3/4" steel are based upon minimum point penetration of 1/2". If 1/2" point penetration is not achieved, but a
point penetration of at least 3/8" is obtained, the tabulated tension value should be reduced by 20 percent and the tabulated shear load should be reduced by
8 percent.
10 X-DAK fasteners installed into greater than 3/8" thick steel require 3/8" minimum penetration. The allowable tension and shear values for 3/4" or thicker steel is
based on testing with Fy = 50 ksi base material.
11 Based on testing with Fy = 50 ksi base material.
12 X-EGN fasteners installed into 3/8" or thicker base steel require 0.320" minimum penetration depth.
13 Available in Canada or by special order.

* More details about the new innovative X-U fastener can be found in Section 3.2.3.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 35
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:49 AM Page 36

General Construction Fastening Systems

3.2.2 General Application Fasteners

[Link] Ordering Information

Carbon Steel Non-Collated (without pre-mounted steel washer)
Fastener Fastener Lengths Fastener Shank Ø
Description in. (mm) in. (mm) Washer Ø
Concrete and Steel
X-U P8* 5/8 to 2-7/8 (16 to 72) 0.157 (4.0) 8 mm plastic
X-U P8 TH* 5/8, 3/4, 1 (16, 19, 27) 0.157 (4.0) 8 mm plastic and metal tophat
Concrete
DS P10 1 to 4-5/8 (27 to 117) 0.177 (4.5) 8 mm plastic
X-ZF P8 1 to 2-1/2 (19 to 62) 0.138 (3.5) 8 mm plastic
X-ZF THP 3/4 (20) 0.138 (3.5) 8 mm plastic tophat
X-DNI P8 3/4 to 4-5/8 (19 to 117) 0.145 (3.7) 8 mm plastic
Steel
X-S13 THP 1/2 (13) 0.145 (3.7) 8 mm plastic tophat
EDS P10 3/4, 7/8 (19, 22) 0.177 (4.5) 10 mm plastic
X-EDNI P8 5/8, 3/4, 7/8 (16, 19, 22) 0.145 (3.7) 8 mm plastic
Carbon Steel Collated (without pre-mounted steel washer)
Fastener Fastener Lengths Fastener Shank Ø
Description in. (mm) in. (mm) Washer Ø
Concrete and Steel
X-U MX* 5/8 to 2-7/8 (16 to 72) 0.157 (4.0) Collated
Concrete
X-ZF MX 1 to 2-1/2 (27 to 62) 0.138 (3.5) Collated
X-GN MX 3/4 to 1-5/8 (20 to 39) 0.118 (3.0) Collated
X-GHP MX 11/16, 3/4 (18, 20) 0.118 (3.0) Collated
X-DNI MX 3/4 to 2-7/8 (19 to 72) 0.145 (3.7) Collated
Steel
X-S13 MX 1/2 (13) 0.145 (3.7) Collated
X-EGN MX 1/2 (14) 0.118 (3.0) Collated
X-EDNI MX 5/8, 3/4, 7/8 (16, 19, 22) 0.145 (3.7) Collated
Carbon Steel Non-Collated (with pre-mounted steel washer)
Fastener Fastener Lengths Fastener Shank Ø
Description in. (mm) in. (mm) Washer Ø
Concrete and Steel
X-U P8 S15* 1, 1-1/4 (27, 32) 0.157 (4.0) 8 mm plastic and 15 mm steel
X-U P8 S36* 1-1/4, 2-7/8 (32, 72) 0.157 (4.0) 8 mm plastic and 36 mm steel
Concrete
X-ZF P8 S23 1 to 1-7/8 (27 to 47) 0.138 (3.5) 8 mm plastic and 23 mm steel
X-ZF P8 S36 1-1/2, 2, 2-1/2 (37, 52, 62) 0.138 (3.5) 8 mm plastic and 36 mm steel
X-ZF P8 S36 2-7/8 (72) 0.145 (3.7) 8 mm plastic and 36 mm steel
X-DNI P8 S15 1, 1-1/4 (27, 32) 0.145 (3.7) 8 mm plastic and 23 mm steel
X-DNI P8 S36 1-1/4, 2-7/8 (32, 72) 0.145 (3.7) 8 mm plastic and 36 mm steel
X-CF P8 S23 2-7/8 (72) 0.145 (3.7) 8 mm plastic and 36 mm steel
X-NK S12** 7/8 to 2-7/8 (22 to 72) 0.145 (3.7) 12 mm steel
Steel
X-ENK S12** 5/8, 3/4 (16, 19) 0.145 (3.7) 12 mm steel
SAE 316 Stainless Steel Non-Collated (with and without pre-mounted steel washer)
Fastener Fastener Lengths Fastener Shank Ø
Description in. (mm) in. (mm) Washer Ø
Concrete and Steel
X-CR P8 11/16 to 1-9/16 (18 to 39) 0.145 (3.7) 8 mm plastic
X-CR P8 1-3/4, 2-1/8 (44, 54) 0.157 (4.0) 8 mm plastic
X-CR P8 S12 1-9/16 (39) 0.145 (3.7) 8 mm plastic and 12 mm steel
X-CR P8 S12 1-3/4 (44) 0.157 (4.0) 8 mm plastic and 12 mm steel
Steel
X-CR P8 9/16, 5/8 (14, 16) 0.145 (3.7) 8 mm plastic
X-CR S12 5/8 (16) 0.145 (3.7) 12 mm steel
Carbon Steel Removable and Clip Fasteners
Fastener Fastener Lengths Fastener Shank Ø
Description in. (mm) in. (mm) Washer Ø
Forming Nail
SL DP8 1-3/4, 1-7/8, 2-7/16 (44, 47, 62) 0.145 (3.7) Double 8 mm plastic
Rebar Basket Clip
BC ZF P8T 7/8, 1-1/2, 1-7/8, 2-7/16 0.145 (3.5) 8 mm plastic &
(22, 37, 47, 62) rebar basket clip

* More details about the new innovative X-U fastener can be found in Section 3.2.3.
** Available in Canada or by special order.

36 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:49 AM Page 37

General Construction Fastening Systems

X-U Universal Knurled Shank Fasteners 3.2.3

[Link] Product Description [Link] Product Description

The Hilti X-U Universal Knurled Product Features [Link] Material Specifications

Shank Fastener is designed as a high [Link] Technical Data

• A 0.157" shank diameter for high
performance solution to simplify performance in both tension and [Link] Ordering Information
powder-actuated fastener selection. shear applications
The X-U is one fastener type that • Unique knurling design offering
performs equally well on both high and higher pullout strength and
standard strength concrete and steel. anchorage in concrete and steel
• Full range of fasteners in single
To help ensure reliable fastenings, the or collated configurations to
X-U fastener is match toleranced to all maximize productivity
Hilti powder-actuated tools using 8 mm • No requirement for unique drive NEW
fastener guides and drive pistons pistons or special equipment
through an 8 mm nail head diameter
and an 8 mm plastic guidance washer
set near the nail tip. The X-U program
also includes fasteners with pre-
mounted steel washers of 15 mm
or 36 mm diameters.
Listings/Approvals
ICC-ES (International Code Council)
[Link] Material Specifications ESR-2269
COLA (City of Los Angeles)
Fastener Designation Fastener Material Fastener Plating Fastener Hardness
RR 25675
X-U Carbon Steel 5 µm Zinc1 58 HRC
1 ASTM B 633, SC 1, Type III.

[Link] Technical Data

Allowable Loads in Normal Weight Concrete 1
Concrete Compressive Strength
Shank Minimum 2000 psi 4000 psi 6000 psi
Fastener Diameter Embedment Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear
in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
3/4 (19) 100 (0.44) 125 (0.57) 100 (0.44) 125 (0.57) 105 (0.47) 205 (0.91)
1 (25) 165 (0.73) 190 (0.85) 170 (0.76) 225 (1.00) 110 (0.49) 280 (1.25)
X-U 0.157 (4.0)
1-1/4 (32) 240 (1.07) 310 (1.38) 280 (1.25) 310 (1.38) 180 (0.80) 425 (1.89)
1-1/2 (38) 275 (1.22) 420 (1.87) 325 (1.45) 420 (1.87) – –
1 The tabulated allowable load values are for the low-velocity fasteners only, using a safety factor that is greater than or equal to 5.0, calculated in accordance with
ICC-ES AC 70. Wood or steel members connected to the substrate must be investigated in accordance with accepted design criteria.

Allowable Loads in Normal Weight Concrete Using DX-Kwik1,2

Concrete Compressive Strength
Shank Minimum 4000 psi 6000 psi
Fastener
Diameter Embedment Tension Shear Tension Shear
in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
X-U 47 P8
0.157 (4.0) 1-1/2 (38) 395 (1.76) 405 (1.80) 360 (1.60) 570 (2.54)
w/DX-Kwik
1 X-U Fastener is installed using the DX-Kwik drilled pilot hole installation procedure shown in Section [Link].10.
2 The tabulated allowable load values are for the low-velocity fasteners only, using a safety factor that is greater than or equal to 5.0, calculated in accordance
with ICC-ES AC 70. Wood or steel members connected to the substrate must be investigated in accordance with accepted design criteria.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 37
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:49 AM Page 38

General Construction Fastening Systems

3.2.3 X-U Universal Knurled Shank Fasteners

Allowable Loads in f’c = 3000 psi Structural Lightweight Concrete1,4
Fastener Location
Installed Through Metal Deck into Concrete
Installed into Concrete 3 Inch Deep 1-1/2 Inch Deep
Fastener
Shank Minimum Composite Floor Deck 2 Composite Floor Deck 3
Diameter Embedment Tension Shear Tension lb (kN) Shear Tension lb (kN) Shear
in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) Upper Flute Lower Flute lb (kN) Upper Flute Lower Flute lb (kN)
3/4 (19) 125 (0.56) 115 (0.51) 130 (0.58) 95 (0.42) 245 (1.09) 95 (0.42) 95 (0.42) 370 (1.65)
1 (25) 205 (0.91) 260 (1.16) 215 (0.96) 120 (0.53) 330 (1.47) 125 (0.56) 125 (0.56) 415 (1.85)
X-U 0.157 (4.0)
1-1/4 (32) 315 (1.40) 435 (1.93) 295 (1.31) 120 (0.53) 375 (1.67) – – –
1-1/2 (38) 425 (1.89) 475 (2.11) 400 (1.78) 260 (1.16) 430 (1.91) – – –
1 The tabulated allowable load values are for the low-velocity fasteners only, using a safety factor that is greater than or equal to 5.0, calculated in accordance with
ICC-ES AC 70. Wood or steel members connected to the substrate must be investigated in accordance with accepted design criteria.
2 The steel deck profile for the 3" deep composite floor deck has a minimum thickness of 20 gauge (0.0358") and a minimum Fy of 33 ksi. Lower and upper flute
width must be a minimum of 4-1/2". Figure 1 in Section [Link].6 shows the nominal flute dimensions, fastener locations and load orientations for the deck
profile. Structural lightweight concrete fill above top of steel deck must be minimum 3-1/4".
3 The steel deck profile for the 1-1/2" deep composite floor deck has a minimum thickness of 20 gauge (0.0358") and a minimum Fy of 33 ksi. Lower flute and
upper flute widths must be a minimum of 1-3/4" and 3-1/2", respectively. This deck may also be inverted as shown in Figure 3 in Section [Link].6. Figures 2
and 3 in Section [Link].6 show the nominal flute dimensions, fastener locations and load orientations for the deck profile. Structural lightweight concrete fill
above top of steel deck must be minimum 2-1/2".
4 Multiple fasteners are recommended for any attachment.

Allowable Loads in Concrete Masonry Units 1,2,3,4,5,10

Hollow CMU Grout-Filled CMU
Fastener Shank Minimum Face Shell 6 Mortar Joint 6 Face Shell 6 Mortar Joint 6 Top of Grouted Cell 8
Diameter Embedment Tension Shear Tension Shear7 Tension Shear Tension Shear7 Tension Shear9
in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
X-U 0.157 (4.0) 1 (25) 70 (0.31) 85 (0.38) 25 (0.11) 70 (0.31) 225 (1.00) 220 (0.98) 150 (0.67) 190 (0.85) 165 (0.73) 240 (1.07)
1 The tabulated allowable load values are for the low-velocity fastener into
concrete masonry units only, using a safety factor equal to or greater than
5.0, calculated in accordance with ICC-ES AC 70. Wood or steel members
connected to the substrate must be investigated in accordance with
accepted design criteria.
2 The tabulated allowable load values are for low-velocity fasteners installed
in concrete masonry units conforming to ASTM C 90, Grade N, Type 1.
3 The tabulated allowable load values are for low-velocity fasteners installed
in concrete masonry units with mortar conforming to ASTM C 270, Type S.
4 The tabulated allowable load values are for low-velocity fasteners installed
in concrete masonry units with grout conforming to ASTM C 476. T-Joint
5 No more than one low-velocity fastener may be installed in an individual
concrete masonry unit cell.
6 Fastener can be located anywhere on the face shell or mortar joints as Bed Concrete Masonry
shown in the figure to the right. 1"
Joint 1" Unit (CMU)
7 Shear load direction can be horizontal or vertical (Bed Joint or T-Joint)
along the CMU wall plane. Acceptance Locations (NON-SHADED AREAS) for X-U
8 Fastener located in center of grouted cell installed vertically. Universal Knurled Shank Fasteners in CMU Walls
9 Shear load can be in any direction in top of grouted cell application.
10 Multiple fasteners are recommended for any attachment.

Allowable Loads in minimum ASTM A 36 (Fy ≥ 36 ksi; Fu ≥ 58 ksi) Steel 1,2,4

Steel Thickness in.
Shank 3/16 1/4 3/8 1/2 ≥ 3/4 3
Fastener Diameter Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear
in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
X-U 0.157 (4.0) 535 (2.38) 720 (3.20) 775 (3.45) 720 (3.20) 935 (4.16) 720 (3.20) 900 (4.00) 720 (3.20) 350 (1.56) 375 (1.67)
1 The tabulated allowable load values are for the low-velocity fasteners only, using a safety factor that is greater than or equal to 5.0, calculated in accordance
with ICC-ES AC 70. Wood or steel members connected to the substrate must be investigated in accordance with accepted design criteria.
2 Low-velocity fasteners shall be driven to where the point of the fastener penetrates the steel base material, except as noted.
3 Tabulated allowable load values provided for ≥ 3/4" steel are based upon minimum point penetration of 1/2". If 1/2" point penetration is not achieved, but a
point penetration of at least 3/8" is obtained, the tabulated tension value should be reduced by 20 percent and the tabulated shear load should be reduced by
8 percent.
4 Multiple fasteners are recommended for any attachment.

38 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:49 AM Page 39

General Construction Fastening Systems

X-U Universal Knurled Shank Fasteners 3.2.3

Allowable Tensile Pullover and Shear Bearing Load Capacities for Light Steel Framing with X-U Powder-Actuated Fasteners 1,2,3,4
Sheet Steel Thickness

Fastener Head 14 ga. 16 ga. 18 ga. 20 ga. 22 ga. 24 ga. 25/26 ga.
Description Fastener Dia.
Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear
in. lb lb lb lb lb lb lb lb lb lb lb lb lb lb
(mm) (kN) (kN) (kN) (kN) (kN) (kN) (kN) (kN) (kN) (kN) (kN) (kN) (kN) (kN)
0.157"shank
with or
0.322 825 1,085 685 720 490 525 360 445 300 330 205 255 120 145
w/o plastic X-U
(8.2) (3.67) (4.83) (3.05) (3.20) (2.18) (2.34) (1.60) (1.98) (1.33) (1.47) (0.91) (1.13) (0.53) (0.64)
washers or
MX collation
1 Allowable load values are based on a safety factor of 3.0 in accordance with the AISI NASPEC, 2001 edition with 2004 supplement.
2 Allowable pullover capacities of sheet steel should be compared to allowable fastener tensile load capacities in concrete, steel, and masonry to determine con-
trolling resistance load.
3 Allowable shear load bearing capacities of sheet steel should be compared to allowable fastener shear capacities in concrete, steel and masonry to determine
controlling resistance load.
4 Data is based on the following minimum sheet steel properties, Fy = 33 ksi, Fu = 45 ksi (ASTM A 653 material).

[Link] Ordering Information

Fastener Fastener Length Shank Ø
Description in. (mm) in. (mm) Washer Ø Packaging Qty
X-U 16 5/8 (16) 0.157 (4.0) Plastic 8 mm or collated 100 pcs / box
X-U 19 3/4 (19) 0.157 (4.0) Plastic 8 mm or collated 100 pcs / box
X-U 22 7/8 (22) 0.157 (4.0) Plastic 8 mm or collated 100 pcs / box
X-U 27 1 (27) 0.157 (4.0) Plastic 8 mm or collated 100 pcs / box
X-U 32 1-1/4 (32) 0.157 (4.0) Plastic 8 mm or collated 100 pcs / box
X-U 37 1-1/2 (37) 0.157 (4.0) Plastic 8 mm or collated 100 pcs / box
X-U 42 1-5/8 (42) 0.157 (4.0) Plastic 8 mm or collated 100 pcs / box
X-U 47 1-7/8 (47) 0.157 (4.0) Plastic 8 mm or collated 100 pcs / box
X-U 52 2 (52) 0.157 (4.0) Plastic 8 mm or collated 100 pcs / box
X-U 57 2-1/8 (57) 0.157 (4.0) Plastic 8 mm or collated 100 pcs / box
X-U 62 2-1/2 (62) 0.157 (4.0) Plastic 8 mm or collated 100 pcs / box
X-U 72 2-7/8 (72) 0.157 (4.0) Plastic 8 mm or collated 100 pcs / box
Fastener Fastener Length Shank Ø
Description in. (mm) in. (mm) Washer Ø Packaging Qty
X-U 27 P8 S15 1 (27) 0.157 (4.0) Steel 15 mm 100 pcs / box
X-U 32 P8 S15 1-1/4 (32) 0.157 (4.0) Steel 15 mm 100 pcs / box
X-U 32 P8 S36 1-1/4 (32) 0.157 (4.0) Steel 36 mm 100 pcs / box
X-U 72 P8 S36 2-7/8 (72) 0.157 (4.0) Steel 36 mm 100 pcs / box
Fastener Fastener Length Shank Ø
Description in. (mm) in. (mm) Washer Ø Packaging Qty
X-U 16 P8 TH 5/8 (16) 0.157 (4.0) 8 mm plastic & metal “tophat” 100 pcs / box
X-U 19 P8 TH 3/4 (19) 0.157 (4.0) 8 mm plastic & metal “tophat” 100 pcs / box
X-U 27 P8 TH 1 (27) 0.157 (4.0) 8 mm plastic & metal “tophat” 100 pcs / box

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 39
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:49 AM Page 40

General Construction Fastening Systems

3.2.4 Perimeter Wall Application Fasteners

[Link] Application Description [Link] Application Description
[Link] Product Description Perimeter wall applications as part of outside perimeter of the building.
[Link] Material Specifications curtain walls and bypass balloon Steel track is fastened directly or with
framing are common in steel and metal other cold-formed steel components
[Link] Technical Data
framed structures. Light gauge steel to steel framing members or to concrete
[Link] Ordering Information
framing and track encompass the slab edges.

Perimeter Wall Track Applications

Deflection Slip Clip Connections

X-U DS EDS

Listings/Approvals
ICC-ES (International Code Council)
ESR-2269 (X-U)
ESR-1663 (DS, EDS)
COLA (City of Los Angeles)
RR 25675 (X-U)
RR 25646 (DS, EDS)

[Link] Product Description

X-U DS/EDS

The Hilti X-U Universal Knurled Shank The DS series fastener is a high
Fastener is designed as a high performance fastener of 0.177" shank
performance solution to simplify diameter suitable for both concrete
powder-actuated fastener selection. and steel applications. It is offered in
The X-U is one fastener type that a single fastener version only with a
performs equally well on both high and 10 mm dome head design and a 10 mm
standard strength concrete and steel. guidance washer. Available lengths are
Refer to Section 3.2.3 for additional 1" through 4-5/8". EDS fasteners have
information on the X-U Universal knurled shanks intended for use with
Knurled Shank Fastener. steel base materials and are available in
lengths of 3/4" and 7/8". The DS/EDS
fasteners are intended only for cases
where a 0.177" diameter shank
specification is mandated.

[Link] Material Specifications

Fastener Designation Fastener Material Fastener Plating1
X-U Universal Knurled Shank Fastener Carbon Steel 5 µm Zinc
DS/EDS Heavy Duty Fasteners Carbon Steel 5 µm Zinc
1 ASTM B 633, SC 1, Type III.

40 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:49 AM Page 41

General Construction Fastening Systems

Perimeter Wall Application Fasteners 3.2.4

[Link] Technical Data

Perimeter Wall Track Applications

2-1/4" 2-1/4" 2-1/4" 2-1/4"

3-5/8" 3" 3-5/8" 3"
3-5/8" 3-5/8"

2-1/4" 2-1/4" 2-1/4" 2-1/4"

3-5/8" 3" 3-5/8" 3"
3-5/8" 3-5/8"

Figure 1 - 3-5/8" Track - 1 Fastener Figure 2 - 3-5/8" Track - 2 Fasteners

2-1/4" 2-1/4"
2-1/4" 2-1/4"
6" 6"
4-1/2" 4-1/2"
6" 6"

Figure
2-1/4" 3 - 6" Track - 1 Fastener 2-1/4" 2-1/4" Figure 4 - 6" Track - 2 Fasteners
2-1/4"
6" 4-1/2" 6" 4-1/2"
6" 6"

Allowable Loads for Attachment of Perimeter Track to 4000 psi Normal Weight Concrete 1,2,3,4,5,6
Fastener Shank Fastener Track Number Shear
Fastener
Decription Diameter in. (mm) Length in. (mm) Width in.7 of Fasteners lb (kN)
1 225 (1.00)
3-5/8
2 450 (2.00)
1 (27)
1 225 (1.00)
Universal 6
0.157 2 450 (2.00)
Knurled Shank X-U (4.0) 1 275 (1.22)
Fasteners 3-5/8
2 –
1-1/4 (32)
1 275 (1.22)
6
2 620 (2.76)
1 240 (1.07)
3-5/8
2 410 (1.82)
1 (27)
1 240 (1.07)
6
Heavy Duty 0.177 2 480 (2.14)
Fasteners DS (4.5) 1 350 (1.56)
3-5/8
2 –
1-1/4 (32)
1 350 (1.56)
6
2 –
1 Allowable loads were developed from testing the low-velocity fasteners with 16 gauge 33 ksi minimum steel track. A safety factor greater
than or equal to 5.0 was used in accordance with ICC-ES AC 70. Steel track members not meeting the specification noted must be
investigated in accordance with accepted design criteria.
2 Allowable values are for fasteners installed in concrete having the designated compressive strength at the time of installation.
3 Spacing and edge distance constraints are as noted in Figure 1-4 at the top of this page.
4 Allowable shear load values are for loads applied perpendicular to the edge of the concrete.
5 Multiple fasteners are recommended for any attachment.
6 Minimum edge distance of 2-1/4" cannot be decreased. Closer edge distances can result in edge breakout failure of the base material
during installation. As a result, fasteners are offset from the center line of the track.
7 SSMA track designation for 3-5/8" track is 362T 150-54 and for 6" track is 600T 150-54.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 41
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:49 AM Page 42

General Construction Fastening Systems

3.2.4 Perimeter Wall Application Fasteners

Allowable Loads for Attachment of Perimeter Track to 3000 psi Lightweight Concrete 1,2,3,4,5,6
Fastener Shank Fastener Track Number Shear
Fastener
Decription Diameter in. (mm) Length in. (mm) Width in.7 of Fasteners lb (kN)
1 260 (1.16)
3-5/8
2 490 (2.18)
1 (27)
1 260 (1.16)
6
2 520 (2.31)
1 350 (1.56)
Universal 3-5/8
0.157 2 465 (2.07)
Knurled Shank X-U 1-1/4 (32)
(4.0) 1 350 (1.56)
Fasteners 6
2 720 (3.20)
1 295 (1.31)
3-5/8
2 465 (2.07)
1-1/2 (37)
1 295 (1.31)
6
2 755 (3.36)
1 205 (0.91)
3-5/8
2 395 (1.76)
1 (27)
1 205 (0.91)
6
2 720 (3.20)
1 225 (1.00)
3-5/8
Heavy Duty 0.177 2 370 (1.65)
DS 1-1/4 (32)
Fasteners (4.5) 1 225 (1.00)
6
2 595 (2.65)
1 215 (0.96)
3-5/8
2 370 (1.65)
1-1/2 (37)
6 1 215 (0.96)
2 590 (2.62)
1 Allowable loads were developed from testing the low-velocity fasteners with 16 gauge 33 ksi minimum steel track. A safety factor greater
than or equal to 5.0 was used in accordance with ICC-ES AC 70. Steel members not meeting the specification noted must be investigated
in accordance with accepted design criteria.
2 Allowable values are for fasteners installed in concrete having the designated compressive strength at the time of installation.
3 Spacing and edge distance constraints are as noted in Figures 1-4 at the top of the previous page.
4 Allowable shear load values are for loads applied perpendicular to the edge of the concrete.
5 Multiple fasteners are recommended for any attachment.
6 Minimum edge distance of 2-1/4" cannot be decreased. Closer edge distances can result in edge breakout failure of the base material
during installation. As a result, fasteners are offset from the center line of the track.
7 SSMA track designation for 3-5/8" track is 362T 150-54 and for 6" track is 600T 150-54.

≥1/2" ≥1/2" ≥1/2" ≥1/2"

≥1" ≥1"

Figure 5 - Figure 6 -
3-5/8" or 6" Track - 3-5/8" or 6" Track -
1 Fastener 2 Fasteners

Allowable Shear Loads for Attachment of Perimeter Track to Minimum ASTM A 36 (Fy ≥ 36 ksi; FU ≥ 58 ksi) Steel, lb (kN)1,2,3,4
Fastener Shank Steel Thickness (in.)
Number of
≥ 3/45
Description Fastener Diameter
Fasteners 3/16 1/4 3/8 1/2
in. (mm)
720 720 720 720 375
1
Universal 0.157 (3.20) (3.20) (3.20) (3.20) (1.67)
X-U
Knurled Shank (4.0) 1440 1440 1440 1440 750
2
(6.40) (6.40) (6.40) (6.40) (3.34)
665 935 970 995 655
1
Heavy Duty 0.177 (2.96) (4.16) (4.31) (4.43) (2.91)
EDS
Knurled Shank (4.5) 1330 1870 1940 1990 1310
2
(5.92) (8.32) (8.62) (8.86) (5.82)
1 The tabulated allowable load values are for the low-velocity fasteners only, using a safety factor that is greater than or equal to 5.0, calculated in accordance with
ICC-ES AC 70. Steel members connected to the substrate must be investigated in accordance with accepted design criteria.
2 Low-velocity fasteners shall be driven to where the point of the fastener penetrates the steel base material, except as noted.
3 Multiple fasteners are recommended for increased reliability.
4 The minimum edge distance for fastening into steel is 1/2". Minimum spacing for fastening into steel without reduction in performance is 1".
5 Tabulated allowable load values provided for ≥3/4" steel are based upon minimum point penetration of 1/2". If 1/2" point penetration is not achieved, but a point
penetration of at least 3/8" is obtained, the tabulated shear load should be reduced by 8 percent.

42 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:50 AM Page 43

General Construction Fastening Systems

Perimeter Wall Application Fasteners 3.2.4

Deflection Slip Clip Connections

Figure 7 - Figure 8 -
Normal Weight Concrete Lightweight Concrete with Pour Stop

Allowable Loads for Attachment of Cold-Formed Steel Deflection Slip Clips with X-U Universal
Powder-Actuated Fasteners 3,4,5,6,7,8,9
Normal Weight Lightweight Concrete
Clip Type Fastener Number of Concrete with Pour Stop Location
Fasteners Allowable Load 1 Allowable Load 2 of Fasteners
lb (kN) lb (kN)
160 160
2
(0.71) (0.71)
Verticlip SLB600 245 245
X-U 27 3
(14 GA.) (1.09) (1.09)
330 380
4
(1.47) (1.69)
125 155
2
(0.56) (069)
WSC 950 145 275
X-U 27 3
(16 GA.) (0.64) (1.22)
220 275
4
(0.98) (1.22)
90 130
2
WSC 1500 (0.40) (0.58)
X-U 27
(12 GA.) 185 235
3
(0.82) (1.05)
140 170
2
FCSC 0.62) (0.76)
X-U 27
(14 GA.) 290 320
3
(1.29) (1.42)
1 Allowable load based on a safety factor of 5.0 in direction shown in Figure 7 above for attachment of deflection slip clip to 4000 psi Normal Weight Concrete Slab.
2 Allowable load based on a safety factor of 5.0 in direction shown in Figure 8 above for attachment of deflection slip clip to 3000 psi Lightweight Concrete Slab with
12 GA. sheet steel pour stop with minimum yield strength (Fy) of 33 ksi.
3 Testing based on deflection slip clips obtained in February 2007. Subsequent changes by the manufacturer to the deflection slip clip design may affect load values.
4 Allowable values are for fasteners installed in concrete having the designated compressive strength at the time of installation.
5 Allowable values are based off of the fixtures tested. Steel members connected to the deflection slip clips must be investigated in accordance with accepted
design criteria.
6 Spacing of fasteners are subsequent to the design of each deflection slip clip and the location of any pre-drilled holes.
7 For edge distance and base material thickness requirements, reference Section [Link].
8 Allowable values are for loads applied perpendicular to the edge of the concrete.
9 Multiple fasteners are recommended for any attachment.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 43
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:50 AM Page 44

General Construction Fastening Systems

3.2.4 Perimeter Wall Application Fasteners

Figure 9 - Steel
Allowable Loads for Attachment of Cold-Formed Steel Deflection Slip Clips with X-U Universal
Powder-Actuated Fasteners to Minimum ASTM A36 Steel 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8
Number of Allowable Load Location
Clip Type Fastener
Fasteners lb (kN) of Fasteners
445
2
(1.98)
Verticlip SLB600 895
X-U 16 3
(14 GA.) (3.98)
1270
4
(5.65)
280
2
(1.25)
WSC 950 335
X-U 16 3
(16 GA.) (1.49)
480
4
(2.14)
610
2
(2.71)
WSC 1500 695
X-U 16 3
(12 GA.) (3.09)
820
4
(3.65)
595
2
(2.65)
FCSC 780
X-U 16 3
(14 GA.) (3.47)
875
4
(3.89)
1 Allowable load based on a safety factor of 5.0 in direction shown in Figure 9.
2 Testing based on deflection slip clips developed in February 2007. Subsequent changes by the deflection slip clip manufacturer to the
clip design may affect load values.
3 Allowable values are for fasteners installed in concrete having the designated compressive strength at the time of installation.
4 Allowable values are based off of the connections tested. Steel members connected to the deflection slip clips must be investigated in
accordance with accepted design criteria.
5 Spacing of the fasteners depends on the specific deflection slip clip and location of pre-drilled holes in the deflection slip clip.
6 For edge distance and base material thickness requirements reference Section [Link].
7 Allowable values are for loads applied perpendicular to the edge of the steel base member.
8 Multiple fasteners are recommended for any attachment.

[Link] Ordering Information

Fastener Fastener Packaging
Description Length in. (mm) Shank Ø in. (mm) Washer Ø Quantity
X-U 16 P8TH 5/8 (16) 0.157 (4.0) Plastic 8mm or collated 100 pcs/box
X-U 19 P8TH 3/4 (19) 0.157 (4.0) Plastic 8mm or collated 100 pcs/box
X-U 27 P8TH 1 (27) 0.157 (4.0) Plastic 8mm or collated 100 pcs/box
X-U 32 1-1/4 (32) 0.157 (4.0) Plastic 8mm or collated 100 pcs/box
EDS 19 P10 3/4 (19) 0.177 (4.5) Plastic 10mm 100 pcs/box
EDS 22 P10 7/8 (22) 0.177 (4.5) Plastic 10mm 100 pcs/box
DS 27 P10 1 (27) 0.177 (4.5) Plastic 10mm 100 pcs/box
DS 32 P10 1-1/4 (32) 0.177 (4.5) Plastic 10mm 100 pcs/box

44 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:50 AM Page 45

General Construction Fastening Systems

Drywall Track Fastening Systems 3.2.5

[Link] Product Description [Link] Product Description
[Link] Material Specifications
Hilti offers both powder-actuated and Product Features
[Link] Technical Data gas-actuated systems for attaching
Powder-actuated fasteners:
[Link] Ordering Information drywall track to concrete or steel.
Powder-actuated fastening systems • Shank diameters* of 0.145",
0.118", 0.138" or 0.157" are avail-
typically have more power than gas-
able providing a variety of solutions
actuated fastening systems allowing for depending on application
higher application limits with various requirements.
base materials. Powder-actuated • Knurled shank fasteners available
fasteners range in length from 1/2" to for steel applications.
Collated Track Fasteners for Concrete
2-1/2" for a wide variety of applications • Full range of fasteners either
such as drywall track or attaching 2x4's. collated or in single fastener
Gas-actuated fastening systems are configurations to maximize
focused on high volume repetitive productivity.
fastenings such as drywall track to Gas-actuated fasteners:
Collated Track Fasteners for Steel
standard strength concrete or steel • Shank diameter of 0.118" provides
(1/2" to 1-5/8" fastener length). ease of penetration in concrete
and steel.
• Collated fastener offering for
high productivity in high volume
applications.
Track Fastener Track Fastener
with Metal with Plastic • Ideally suited for interior (drywall
"Top Hat" "Top Hat"
Washer Washer track), non-load bearing, non-
structural framing applications
in concrete or steel.
Listings/Approvals
ICC-ES (International Code Council)
ESR-1752 (X-GN & X-EGN)
ESR-1663 (X-S16, X-DAK, X-DW,
X-ZF 22 P8TH & X-ZF 20 THP)
COLA (City of Los Angeles)
RR 25662 (X-GN & X-EGN)
RR 25646 (X-S16, X-DAK, X-DW,
X-ZF 22 P8TH & X-ZF 20 THP)

[Link] Material Specifications

Fastener Fastener Fastener Base Powder-Actuated

5 µm Zinc
Designation* Material Plating1 Material or Gas-Actuated

5 µm Zinc
X-S13 THP Carbon Steel Steel Powder-Actuated

5 µm Zinc
X-S16 Carbon Steel Steel Powder-Actuated
X-DAK Carbon Steel Steel Powder-Actuated
5 µm Zinc
Concrete, Masonry
X-DW Carbon Steel Powder-Actuated
5 µm Zinc
or Steel

5 µm Zinc
X-ZF Carbon Steel Concrete or Masonry Powder-Actuated

5 µm Zinc
X-GN Carbon Steel Concrete or Masonry Gas-Actuated

5 µm Zinc
X-GHP Carbon Steel High-Strength Concrete Gas-Actuated
X-EGN Carbon Steel Steel Gas-Actuated
1 ASTM B 633, SC 1, Type III.

* X-U Universal Powder-Actuated fasteners with 0.157" shank diameter are also available for drywall track fastening and are discussed in more detail in Sections
3.2.3 and 3.2.4.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 45
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:50 AM Page 46

General Construction Fastening Systems

3.2.5 Drywall Track Fastening Systems

[Link] Technical Data

Allowable Loads in Normal Weight Concrete1,2
Shank Min. Concrete Compressive Strength
Description Fastener Diameter* Embedment 2000 psi 4000 psi 6000 psi
in. (mm) in. (mm) Tension lb ( kN ) Shear lb ( kN ) Tension lb ( kN ) Shear lb ( kN ) Tension lb ( kN ) Shear lb ( kN )

0.138
Drywall Track Fastener X-ZF 22 P8TH 3/4 (19) 55 (0.24) 130 (0.58) 90 (0.40) 170 (0.76) – –
(3.5)
0.118 5/8 (16) 20 (0.09) 55 (0.24) 45 (0.20) 55 (0.24) – –
Drywall Track Fastener X-DW
(3.0) 3/4 (19) 60 (0.27) 65 (0.29) 90 (0.40) 65 (0.29) – –
0.118 3/4 (19) 95 (0.42) 120 (0.53) 95 (0.42) 120 (0.53) – –
Drywall Track Gas Fastener X-GN
(3.0) 1 (25) 115 (0.51) 220 (0.98) 115 (0.51) 220 (0.98) – –
0.118
Drywall Track Gas Fastener X-GHP 5/8 (16) – – – – 50 (0.22) 100 (0.44)
(3.0)
1 The tabulated allowable load values are for the low-velocity fasteners only, using a safety factor that is greater than or equal to 5.0, calculated in accordance with
ICC-ES AC 70. Wood or steel members connected to the substrate must be investigated in accordance with accepted design criteria.
2 Multiple fasteners are recommended for any attachment.

Allowable Loads in Minimum f’c = 3000 psi Structural Lightweight Concrete1,4

Fastener Location
Fastener
Shank Min. Installed into Concrete Installed through 3" deep Metal Deck into Concrete 2,3
Description Fastener
Diameter* Embedment
Tension Shear Tension lb (kN) Shear
in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) Upper Flute Lower Flute lb (kN)
Drywall Track 0.138
X-ZF 20 THP 5/8 (16) 55 (0.24) 110 (0.49) 55 (0.24) – 110 (0.49)
Fastener (3.5)
Drywall Track 0.138
X-ZF 22 P8TH 3/4 (19) 110 (0.49) 220 (0.98) 120 (0.53) 60 (0.27) 260 (1.16)
Fastener (3.5)
Drywall 0.118 3/4 (19) 100 (0.44) 180 (0.80) 70 (0.31) 35 (0.16) 170 (0.76)
X-DW
Track Fastener (3.0) 1 (25) 165 (0.73) 210 (0.93) 165 (0.73) 110 (0.49) 270 (1.20)
Drywall Track 0.118 3/4 (19) 115 (0.51) 140 (0.62) 75 (0.33) 85 (0.38) 175 (0.78)
X-GN
Gas Fastener (3.0) 1 (25) 170 (0.76) 220 (0.98) 155 (0.69) 160 (0.71) 255 (1.13)
1 The tabulated allowable load values are for the low-velocity fasteners only, using a safety factor that is greater than or equal to 5.0, calculated in accordance with
ICC-ES AC 70. Wood or steel members connected to the substrate must be investigated in accordance with accepted design criteria.
2 The steel deck profile is 3" deep composite floor deck with a thickness of 20 gauge (0.0358"). Figure 1 (Section [Link].6) shows the nominal flute dimensions,
fastener locations, & load orientations for the deck profile.
3 Structural lightweight concrete fill above top of metal deck shall be a minimum of 3-1/4" deep.
4 Multiple fasteners are recommended for any attachment.

Allowable Loads In Minimum f’c = 3000 psi Structural Lightweight Concrete Over 1-1/2" Deep, B-Type Steel Deck1,4
Fastener Location
Fastener Shank Min. Installed Through Metal Deck into Concrete 2, 3
Fastener
Description Diameter* Embedment Tension lb (kN) Shear
in. (mm) in. (mm) Upper Flute Lower Flute lb (kN)
0.118 3/4 (19) 105 (0.47) 65 (0.29) 315 (1.40)
Drywall Track Fastener X-DW
(3.0) 1 (25) 210 (0.93) 185 (0.82) 350 (1.56)
0.138
Drywall Track Fastener X-ZF 22 P8TH 3/4 (19) 90 (0.40) 110 (0.49) 295 (1.31)
(3.5)
0.118 3/4 (19) 75 (0.33) 85 (0.38) 175 (0.78)
Drywall Track Gas Fastener X-GN
(3.0) 1 (25) 155 (0.69) 160 (0.71) 255 (1.13)
1 The tabulated allowable load values are for the low-velocity fasteners only, using a safety factor that is greater than or equal to 5.0, calculated in accordance with
ICC-ES AC 70. Wood or steel members connected to the substrate must be investigated in accordance with accepted design criteria.
2 Steel deck profiles are 1-1/2" deep, B-type deck with a thickness of 20 gauge (0.0358"). Fasteners may be installed through the metal deck into lightweight con-
crete having both nominal & inverted deck profile orientations with a minimum lower flute width of 1-3/4" or 3-1/2", respectively. Fasteners shall be placed at
centerline of deck flutes. Refer to Figures 2 & 3 (Section [Link].6) for additional flute dimensions, fastener locations, and load orientations for both deck profiles.
3 Structural lightweight concrete fill above top of metal deck shall be a minimum 2-1/2" deep.
4 Multiple fasteners are recommended for any attachment.

* X-U Universal Powder-Actuated fasteners with 0.157" shank diameter are also available for drywall track fastening and are discussed in more detail in Sections
3.2.3 and 3.2.4.

46 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:50 AM Page 47

General Construction Fastening Systems

Drywall Track Fastening Systems 3.2.5

Allowable Loads in Concrete Masonry Units 1,2,3,4,5,10
Hollow CMU Grout-Filled CMU
Shank Minimum Face Shell6 Mortar Joint Face Shell 6 Mortar Joint 6 Top of Grouted Cell 8
Fastener Description Fastener Diameter* Embedment Tension Shear Tension Shear7 Tension Shear Tension Shear7 Tension Shear9
in. in. lb lb lb lb lb lb lb lb lb lb
(mm) (mm) (kN) (kN) (kN) (kN) (kN) (kN) (kN) (kN) (kN) (kN)
0.118 1 115 130 30 65 120 140 45 120 120 165
Drywall Track Fastener X-DW
(3.0) (25) (0.51) (0.58) (0.13) (0.29) (0.53) (0.62) (0.20) (0.53) (0.53) (0.73)
3/4 90 115 65 55 95 120 70 85 65 90
Drywall Track 0.118 (19) (0.40) (0.51) (0.29) (0.24) (0.42) (0.53) (0.31) (0.38) (0.29) (0.40)
X-GN
Gas Fastener (3.0) 1 115 130 70 65 130 140 85 120 75 95
(25) (0.51) (0.58) (0.31) (0.29) (0.58) (0.62) (0.38) (0.53) (0.33) (0.42)
1 The tabulated allowable load values are for the low-velocity fastener only,
using a safety factor of 5.0 or higher. Wood or steel members connected
to the substrate must be investigated in accordance with accepted design
criteria.
2 The tabulated allowable load values are for low-velocity fasteners installed
in concrete masonry units conforming to ASTM C 90, Grade N, Type 1.
3 The tabulated allowable load values are for low-velocity fasteners installed
in concrete masonry units with mortar conforming to ASTM C 270, Type N.
4 The tabulated allowable load values are for low-velocity fasteners installed
in concrete masonry units with grout conforming to ASTM C 476, as
coarse grout.
T-Joint
5 No more than one low-velocity fastener may be installed in an individual
concrete masonry unit cell.
6 Fastener can be located anywhere on the face shell as shown in the figure
to the right. Bed Concrete Masonry
1"
7 Shear direction can be horizontal or vertical (Bed Joint or T-Joint) along the Joint 1" Unit (CMU)
CMU wall plane.
8 Fastener located in center of grouted cell installed vertically. Acceptance Locations (NON-SHADED AREAS) for Drywall
9 Shear can be in any direction.
Track Fasteners in CMU Walls
10 Multiple fasteners are recommended for any attachment.

Allowable Loads in Minimum ASTM A 36 (Fy ≥ 36 ksi; Fu ≥ 58 ksi) Steel 1,2,6,7

Shank Steel Thickness (in.)
Fastener Description Fastener Diameter* 1/8 3/16 1/4 3/8 1/2 ≥3/4
Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear
in. (mm)
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
0.145 140 300 300 450 300 450 300 450
Standard Smooth Shank X-S13 – – – –
(3.7) (0.62) (1.33) (1.33) (2.00) (1.33) (2.00) (1.33) (2.00)
Stepped-Shank 0.145 170 3 390 3 185 405 260 420 495 555 400 570 400 3 570 3
X-DAK4
Knurling-Lengthwise (3.7) (0.76) (1.73) (0.82) (1.80) (1.16) (1.87) (2.20) (2.47) (1.78) (2.54) (1.78) (2.54)
Drywall Track Smooth Shank 0.145 250 530 330 575 335 610 265 480
X-S16 P8TH – – – –
w/ Metal Top Hat Washer (3.7) (1.11) (2.36) (1.47) (2.56) (1.49) (2.71) (1.18) (2.14)
0.118 240 400 320 425
Drywall Track Smooth Shank X-DW – – – – – – – –
(3.0) (1.07) (1.78) (1.42) (1.89)
0.118 140 270 220 275 225 320 280 375
X-EGN5 – – – –
(3.0) (0.62) (1.20) (0.98) (1.22) (1.00) (1.42) (1.25) (1.67)
Drywall Track Smooth Shank
0.118 220 315 260 375 280 400
X-EGN3,5 – – – – – –
(3.0) (0.98) (1.40) (1.16) (1.67) (1.25) (1.78)
1 The tabulated allowable load values are for the low-velocity fasteners only, using a safety factor that is greater than or equal to 5.0, calculated in accordance with
ICC-ES AC 70. Wood or steel members connected to the substrate must be in investigated in accordance with accepted design criteria.
2 Low-velocity fasteners shall be driven to where the point of the fastener penetrates the steel base material in accordance with Section [Link].3, except as noted
in this table.
3 Based on testing with Fy = 50 ksi base material.
4 X-DAK fasteners installed into 1/2" or thicker steel require 3/8" minimum penetration. The allowable tension and shear values for 3/4" or thicker steel is based on
testing with Fy = 50 ksi base material.
5 X-EGN fasteners installed into 3/8" or thicker base steel require 0.320" minimum penetration depth.
6 Multiple fasteners are recommended for increased reliability.
7 Refer to guidelines for fastening to steel, Section [Link], for application limits.

* X-U Universal Powder-Actuated fasteners with 0.157" shank diameter are also available for drywall track fastening and are discussed in more detail in Sections
3.2.3 and 3.2.4.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 47
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:50 AM Page 48

General Construction Fastening Systems

3.2.5 Drywall Track Fastening Systems

Allowable Tensile Pullover and Shear Bearing Load Capacities for Light Steel Framing
with Power-Driven Fasteners 1, 2, 3, 4

Head Sheet Steel Thickness

Diameter
Fastener Description Fastener
in.
14 ga. 16 ga. 18 ga. 20 ga. 22 ga. 24 ga. 25/26 ga.
(mm) Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
0.118" shank with Plastic 0.276 650 635 410 390 300 335 250 235 170 185 100 125
X-DW THP – –
Top Hat Washer (7.0) (2.89) (2.82) (1.82) (1.73) (1.33) (1.49) (1.11) (1.05) (0.76) (0.82) (0.44) (0.56)
X-DW
0.118" shank with 0.276 325 390 265 335 250 235 170 185 100 125
X-EGN – – – –
MX collation (7.0) (1.45) (1.73) (1.18) (1.49) (1.11) (1.05) (0.76) (0.82) (0.44) (0.56)
X-GN
0.138" shank with Plastic 0.322 860 685 715 490 465 360 375 300 265 205 200 120 130
X-ZF 20 THP –
Top Hat Washer (8.2) (3.83) (3.05) (3.18) (2.18) (2.07) (1.60) (1.67) (1.33) (1.18) (0.91) (0.89) (0.53) (0.58)
0.145" shank with Plastic 0.322 985 685 720 490 515 360 440 300 310 205 235 120 145
X-S13 THP –
Top Hat Washer (8.2) (4.38) (3.05) (3.20) (2.18) (2.29) (1.60) (1.96) (1.33) (1.38) (0.91) (1.05) (0.53) (0.64)
0.145" shank with Metal X-S16 P8TH 0.322 940 940 785 685 625 550 510 465 390 365 335 315
– –
Top Hat Washer X-DAK16 P8TH (8.2) (4.18) (4.18) (3.49) (3.05) (2.78) (2.45) (2.27) (2.07) (1.73) (1.62) (1.49) (1.40)
1 Allowable load values are based on a safety factor of 3.0 in accordance with the AISI NASPEC, 2001 edition with 2004 Supplement.
2 Allowable pullover capacities of sheet steel should be compared to the allowable fastener tensile load capacities in concrete, steel, and masonry to
determine controlling resistance load.
3 Allowable shear bearing capacities of sheet steel should be compared to allowable fastener shear capacities in concrete, steel and masonry to determine
controlling resistance load.
4 Data is based on the following minimum sheet steel properties, Fy = 33 ksi, Fu = 45 ksi (ASTM A 653 material).

[Link] Ordering Information

Powder-Actuated (Concrete)
Description Length in. (mm) Shank Ø* in. (mm) Washer Ø Quantity
X-ZF 20 THP 3/4 (20) 0.138 (3.5) 8 mm plastic tophat 1000 pcs/box
X-ZF 22 TH 7/8 (22) 0.138 (3.5) 8 mm metal tophat 1000 pcs/box
X-ZF 20 MX 3/4 (20) 0.138 (3.5) Collated 1000 pcs/box
X-DW 20 THP 3/4 (20) 0.118 (3.0) 8 mm plastic tophat 1000 pcs/box
X-DW 20 MX 3/4 (20) 0.118 (3.0) Collated 1000 pcs/box

Powder-Actuated (Steel)
Description Length in. (mm) Shank Ø* in. (mm) Washer Ø Quantity
X-S13 THP 1/2 (13) 0.145 (3.7) 8 mm plastic tophat 100 or 1000 pcs/box
X-S13 MX 1/2 (13) 0.145 (3.7) Collated 100 or 1000 pcs/box
X-DAK 16 TH 5/8 (16) 0.145 (3.7) 8 mm metal tophat 1000 pcs/box
X-DAK 16 MX 5/8 (16) 0.145 (3.7) Collated 1000 pcs/box
X-S16 TH 5/8 (16) 0.145 (3.7) 8 mm metal tophat 1000 pcs/box

Gas-Actuated (Concrete)
Description Length in. (mm) Shank Ø in. (mm) Washer Ø Quantity
X-GN 20 MX 3/4 (20) 0.118 (3.0) Collated 750 pcs/box
X-GN 27 MX 1 (27) 0.118 (3.0) Collated 750 pcs/box
X-GN 32 MX 1-1/4 (32) 0.118 (3.0) Collated 750 pcs/box
X-GN 39 MX 1-5/8 (39) 0.118 (3.0) Collated 750 pcs/box
X-GHP 18 MX 11/16 (18) 0.118 (3.0) Collated 750 pcs/box
X-GHP 20 MX 3/4 (20) 0.118 (3.0) Collated 750 pcs/box

Gas-Actuated (Steel)
Description Length in. (mm) Shank Ø in. (mm) Washer Ø Quantity
X-EGN 14 MX (steel) 1/2 (14) 0.118 (3.0) Collated 750 pcs/box

* X-U Universal Powder-Actuated fasteners with 0.157" shank diameter are also available for drywall track fastening and are discussed in more detail in Sections
3.2.3 and 3.2.4.

48 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:50 AM Page 49

General Construction Fastening Systems

Sill Plate Fastening Systems 3.2.6

[Link] Product Description [Link] Product Description

[Link] Material Specifications

The 2-7/8" Hilti X-CF, X-ZF, X-DNI, X-CP Product Features and Benefits
and X-CR-L fasteners are specifically [Link] Technical Data
• Fasteners for use with chemical
designed for attaching wood sill plates pressure treated lumber (X-CP [Link] Ordering Information
to concrete substrates. Hilti offers a and X-CR-L).
suitable fastener for all sill plate • Pre-assembled washer for fast
application conditions. The new carbon and reliable installation.
steel thick coated X-CP 72 P8S23 • Washer clearly stamped with
fastener together with the new SAE 316 material/coating for easy
X-CR-L 72 P8S23 fastener complement inspection.
the Hilti powder-actuated fastener • X-CP: Additional plastic insert
to minimize coating damage
portfolio specifically for sill plate
during installation.
applications where pressure treated
lumber is being used.

Both new X-CP and X-CR-L fasteners

are suitable for use with pressure treated
lumber sill plates. Reference General
Guidelines on top of following page for
product recommendation dependent on Listings/Approvals
environment conditions and lumber type ICC-ES (International Code Council)
used. Both fasteners have a pre- ESR-2379
mounted 0.905" (23 mm) 16 gauge
washer for fast and reliable installation.
The carbon steel thick coated X-CP
fastener has an additional plastic
washer that minimizes coating damage
by the washer during installation. These
sill plate fasteners are suitable for use
with Hilti's powder-actuated tools
and cartridges.
Installed X-CR-L Installed X-CP
fastener with fastener with
“316” clearly “A 153” clearly
marked on washer. marked on washer.

[Link] Material Specifications

Fastener Fastener Washer Fastener Washer
Designation Material Material Plating Plating
X-CF 72 P8 S23 Carbon Steel Carbon Steel 5 µm Zinc1 5 µm Zinc1
X-ZF 72 P8 S36 Carbon Steel Carbon Steel 5 µm Zinc1 5 µm Zinc1
X-DNI 72 P8 S36 Carbon Steel Carbon Steel 5 µm Zinc1 5 µm Zinc1
Thick Mechanical Thick Mechanical
Plated2 > 86 µm Plated2 > 86 µm
X-CP 72 P8 S23 Carbon Steel Carbon Steel

X-CR-L 72 P8 S23 SAE 316 SS SAE 304 SS N/A N/A

1 ASTM B 633, SC 1, Type III.
2 Equivalent in corrosion resistance to ASTM A 153 HDG.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 49
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:50 AM Page 50

General Construction Fastening Systems

3.2.6 Sill Plate Fastening Systems

General Guidelines for Untreated and Pressure-Treated Lumber1,2,3
Low Medium High

Indoor & Exterior - Wet:

Indoor - Dry: Indoor & Exterior - Dry: Heavy industrial or coastal areas with high
Environment Pressure Treated Lumber with no moisture prolonged moisture levels but no direct
Untreated Lumber with no moisture exposure
exposure exposure to chlorides, and average
temperatures below 86 ºF (30 °C).

SBX/DOT, Zinc borated All wood types (Untreated Lumber,

Wood Type Untreated lumber ACQ, CA-B,CBA-A treated or untreated SBX/DOT, Zinc borated ACQ, CA-B,
Lumber CBA-A, ACZA)

Carbon Steel, electro-galvanized Carbon Steel, Thick Mechanical Plated

SAE 316
Fastener (Power Driven Fasteners
(min. 5 - 13 microns) Stainless Steel
> 86 microns)

Washer
Designation
Inspection
X-CF washer, X-ZF washer X-CP washer denoting X-CR-L washer denoting the material of the
and X-DNI washer ASTM A 153 Corrosion Resistance fastener
SAE 316 Stainless Steel
1 If the moisture content of Pressure Treated Lumber is high (> 18 %) or unknown, stainless steel fasteners are recommended. Select appropriate stainless steel
grade for your application.
2 Guidelines based on fastener coating / material resistance to environmental corrosion (commonly called “rusting”). Evaluate site conditions which may affect
these guidelines, such as: corrosive agents other then those listed; expected service life; other (non environmental) types of corrosion etc.
3 In highly corrosive environments (such as direct exposure to chlorides with average temperatures above 86 ºF (30 °C)) it is generally recommended that a Highly
Corrosive Resistant (HCR) Fastener be used such as Hilti HAS HCR Adhesive Anchor Rods. Contact Hilti Technical Support for more information.

[Link] Technical Data

Allowable Loads for Sill Plate Fasteners Installed in Minimum f 'c = 2,000 psi Normal Weight Concrete1,2,3
Shank Diameter Washer Diameter Fastener Length Tension Shear
Fastener Designation
in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN)
Interior Shear Wall or Interior Non-Shear Wall4
X-CF 72 P8 S23 0.145 (3.7) 0.905 (23) 2-7/8 (72) 130 (0.58) 210 (0.93)
X-ZF 72 P8 S36 0.145 (3.7) 1.417 (36) 2-7/8 (72) 130 (0.58) 210 (0.93)
X-DNI 72 P8 S36 0.145 (3.7) 1.417 (36) 2-7/8 (72) 160 (0.71) 290 (1.29)
X-CP 72 P8 S23 0.145 (3.7) 0.905 (23) 2-7/8 (72) 175 (0.78) 250 (1.11)
X-CR-L 72 P8 S23 0.145 (3.7) 0.905 (23) 2-7/8 (72) 140 (0.62) 155 (0.69)
Exterior Shear Wall5
X-CF 72 P8 S23 0.145 (3.7) 0.905 (23) 2-7/8 (72) 130 (0.58) 165 (0.73)
X-ZF 72 P8 S36 0.145 (3.7) 1.417 (36) 2-7/8 (72) 130 (0.58) 165 (0.73)
X-DNI 72 P8 S36 0.145 (3.7) 1.417 (36) 2-7/8 (72) 160 (0.71) 180 (0.80)
X-CP 72 P8 S23 0.145 (3.7) 0.905 (23) 2-7/8 (72) 165 (0.73) 95 (0.42)
X-CR-L 72 P8 S23 0.145 (3.7) 0.905 (23) 2-7/8 (72) 140 (0.62) 130 (0.58)
1 The tabulated allowable load values are for the low-velocity fasteners only, using a safety factor greater than or equal to 5.0, calculated in accordance with
ICC-ES AC70. Wood sill plates connected to the substrate must be investigated in accordance with accepted design criteria.
2 Multiple fasteners are recommended for any attachment.
3 Allowable load values are for attachment of nominal 2x lumber with the steel washer bearing on the top surface of the wood.
4 These load values based on testing performed at a minimum 2-3/4" edge distance (i.e. middle of slab).
5 These load values based on testing performed at 1-3/4" edge distance.

[Link] Ordering Information

Carbon Steel - 5 µm Zinc
Fastener Description Fastener Length Shank Ø Washer Ø
in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) Packaging Qty.
X-CF 72 P8 S23 2-7/8 (72) 0.145 (3.7) 0.905 (23) 100 pcs. / box
X-ZF 72 P8 S36 2-7/8 (72) 0.145 (3.7) 1.417 (36) 100 pcs. /box
X-DNI 72 P8 S36 2-7/8 (72) 0.145 (3.7) 1.417 (36) 500 pcs. / box
Carbon Steel - Thick Mechanical Plated min. 86 µm
X-CP 72 P8 S23 2-7/8 (72) 0.145 (3.7) 0.905 (23) 100 pcs. / box
Stainless Steel – SAE 316 fastener / SAE 304 washer
X-CR-L 72 P8 S23 2-7/8 (72) 0.145 (3.7) 0.905 (23) 100 pcs. / box

50 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:50 AM Page 51

General Construction Fastening Systems

Ceiling Clip & Hanger Assemblies 3.2.7

[Link] Product Description [Link] Product Description

Ceiling clip assemblies are an wire of varying lengths depending on [Link] Material Specifications

economical and recognized method of ceiling height requirements. When the [Link] Technical Data
suspending acoustical ceiling grids and fastening is made, the clip, fastener and [Link] Ordering Information
panels from concrete. These pre- wire are installed in one step. Further
assembled ceiling clips consist of a productivity can be achieved through
sheet steel clip with a pre-mounted the use of a Hilti powder-actuated pole
powder-actuated fastener and are tool.
typically pre-tied with a single 12 gauge

[Link] Material Specification

Item Material Steel Plating
Diameter/Thickness
X-ZF Fastener Carbon Steel 0.138" 5 µm Zinc1
X-AL-H Fastener Carbon Steel 0.177" 5 µm Zinc1
CC27 Clip Carbon Steel 13 GA 5 µm Zinc1
Wire2 Carbon Steel 12, 10 or 8 GA 5 µm Zinc1
1 ASTM B 633, SC 1, Type III.
Listings/Approvals
2 Pre-mounted ASTM A 641 wires come attached with a minimum of three tight turns in 1-1/2". ICC-ES (International Code Council)
ESR-2184
COLA (City of Los Angeles)
RR 25651

[Link] Technical Data

Allowable Loads for Hilti Ceiling Clip Assemblies Installed in Normal Weight Concrete1,2,3,4
Concrete Compressive Strength
4000 psi (27.6 MPa) 6000 psi (41.4 MPa)
Tension Shear 45 Degree Tension Shear 45 Degree
Ceiling Clip lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
CC27XZF27 185 (0.82) 205 (0.91) 240 (1.07) – – –
CC27XZF32 220 (0.98) 270 (1.20) 260 (1.16) – – –
CC27XZF37 270 (1.20) 430 (1.91) 260 (1.16) – – –
CC27XALH22 – – – 95 (0.42) 175 (0.78) 70 (0.40)
CC27XALH27 150 (0.67) 215 (0.96) 145 (0.76) 145 (0.65) 205 (0.91) 130 (0.62)
CC27XALH32 180 (0.80) 285 (1.27) 305 (0.96) 195 (0.87) 240 (1.07) 190 (0.87)
CC27XALH37 210 (0.93) 325 (1.71) 310 (1.38) 250 (1.11) 275 (1.22) 250 (1.11)
CC27XALH32-DX Kwik 240 (1.07) 350 (1.56) 330 (1.56) – – –
CC27XALH42-DX Kwik 300 (1.33) 470 (2.09) 330 (1.56) – – –
1 The tabulated allowable load values apply to the powder-actuated ceiling clip assemblies only, using a safety factor that is greater than or equal to 5.0, calculated
in accordance with ICC-ES AC 70. Connected components, including wires*, must be investigated separately.
2 Allowable values are for fasteners installed in concrete having the designated compressive strength at the time of installation.
3 Concrete thickness at the point of penetration must be a minimum of the fastener embedment depth plus 1-1/2".
4 Multiple fasteners are recommended for any attachment.
* Note: For Hilti supplied wire, the recommended allowable load capacities of 12, 10 and 8 gauge wire are 210, 340 and 500 lb, respectively.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 51
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:50 AM Page 52

General Construction Fastening Systems

3.2.7 Ceiling Clip & Hanger Assemblies

Allowable Loads for Hilti Ceiling Clip Assemblies Installed in Lightweight Concrete Over Metal Deck1,2,3,4
f'c = 3000 psi Concrete Compressive Strength
Lower Flute Upper Flute
Ceiling Clip Tension Shear 45 Degree Tension Shear 45 Degree
Assembly lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
CC27XZF27 50 (0.22) 295 (1.31) 135 (0.60) 105 (0.47) 295 (1.31) 290 (1.29)
CC27XZF32 65 (0.29) 325 (1.45) 180 (0.88) 130 (0.58) 325 (1.45) 315 (1.40)
CC27XZF37 80 (0.36) 355 (1.58) 230 (1.02) 155 (0.69) 355 (1.58) 350 (1.56)
CC27XALH27 70 (0.31) 240 (1.07) 145 (0.65) 160 (0.71) 240 (1.07) 240 (1.07)
CC27XALH32 130 (0.58) 295 (1.31) 245 (1.09) 240 (1.07) 295 (1.31) 325 (1.45)
CC27XALH37 195 (0.87) 350 (1.56) 345 (1.53) 325 (1.45) 350 (1.56) 405 (1.80)
CC27XALH42-DX Kwik 200 (0.89) 570 (2.54) 210 (0.93) 250 (1.11) 570 (2.54) 395 (1.76)
1 The tabulated allowable load values apply to the powder-actuated ceiling clip assemblies only, using a safety factor that is greater than or equal to 5.0, calculated
in accordance with ICC-ES AC 70. Connected components, including wires*, must be investigated separately.
2 Allowable values are for fasteners installed in concrete having the designated compressive strength at the time of installation.
3 Testing completed in 3" deep composite floor deck having a minimum thickness of 20 gauge (0.0358") and a minimum yield strength (Fy) of 38 ksi. Lower and
upper flute width must be a minimum of 4-1/2". Figure 1 in Section [Link].6 shows nominal flute dimensions, fastener locations and load orientations for the
deck profile. Concrete thickness at the point of penetration must be a minimum of the fastener embedment plus 1-1/2".
4 Multiple fasteners are recommended for any attachment.
* Note: For Hilti supplied wire, the recommended allowable load capacities of 12, 10 and 8 gauge wire are 210, 340 and 500 lb, respectively.

[Link] Ordering Information

Fastener Fastener Length Shank Ø Packaging
Description1 in. (mm) in. (mm) Washer Ø Quantity1
CC27XZF-27P8T 1 (27) 0.138 (3.5) 8 mm metal tophat 100 or 1000 pcs
CC27XZF-32P8T 1-1/4 (32) 0.138 (3.5) 8 mm metal tophat 100 or 1000 pcs
CC27XZF-37P8T 1-1/2 (37) 0.138 (3.5) 8 mm metal tophat 100 or 1000 pcs
CC27XALH-22P8T 7/8 (22) 0.157 (4.0) 8 mm metal tophat 100 or 1000 pcs
CC27XALH-27P8T 1 (27) 0.177 (4.5) 8 mm metal tophat 100 or 1000 pcs
CC27XALH-32P8T 1-1/4 (32) 0.177 (4.5) 8 mm metal tophat 100 or 1000 pcs
CC27XALH-37P8T 1-1/2 (37) 0.177 (4.5) 8 mm metal tophat 100 or 1000 pcs
CC27XALH-42P8T 1-5/8 (42) 0.177 (4.5) 8 mm metal tophat 100 or 1000 pcs

1 Ceiling clip and fastener combinations can be assembled with pre-tied wire 4', 6', 8', 10' & 12' lengths

52 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:50 AM Page 53

General Construction Fastening Systems

Stud Fasteners for Attachment to Concrete 3.2.8

[Link] Product Description [Link] Product Description

[Link] Material Specifications

The Hilti threaded stud program is for The X-W6 and W10 threaded studs have
use with Hilti powder-actuated tools to varying shank lengths to provide reliable [Link] Technical Data
provide a fast and reliable solution for fastenings to standard and high strength [Link] Installation Instructions
making attachments to concrete base concrete. Thread diameters of 1/4" [Link] Ordering Information
material. Threaded studs are available have thread lengths ranging from 1/2"
in standard carbon steel or SAE 316 through 1-1/2". The 3/8" thread
equivalent stainless steel for high diameter has a single thread length
corrosion resistance in order to meet a of 1-3/16".
wide variety of application requirements.

[Link] Material Specifications

Fastener Fastener Fastener
Designation Material Plating
X-W6 Carbon Steel 5 µm Zinc1
W10 Carbon Steel 5 µm Zinc1
X-CR W6 SAE 316 Equivalent N/A
1 ASTM B 633, SC1, Type III
X-W6 X-CR W6 W10

[Link] Technical Data

Fastener Thread Thread Length Shank Length
Listings/Approvals
Designation Designation in. (mm) in. (mm) ICC-ES (International Code Council)
X-W6-11-22 UNC 1/4-inch 7/16 (11) 7/8 (22) ESR-1663
X-W6-11-27 UNC 1/4-inch 7/16 (11) 1 (27) COLA (City of Los Angeles)
X-W6-20-22 UNC 1/4-inch 3/4 (20) 7/8 (22) RR 25646
X-W6-20-27 UNC 1/4-inch 3/4 (20) 1 (27) FM (Factory Mutual)
X-W6-38-27 UNC 1/4-inch 1-1/2 (38) 1 (27) W10-30-27P10, W10-30-32P10 & W10-
X-CR W6-11-27 UNC 1/4-inch 7/16 (11) 1 (27)
30-42P10 Fasteners for Sprinkler Pipe
Hangers
X-CR W6-22-27 UNC 1/4-inch 7/8 (22) 1 (27)
UL (Underwriters Laboratories)
W10-30-27 UNC 3/8-inch 1-3/16 (30) 1 (27)
W10-30-32P10 & W10-30-42P10,
W10-30-32 UNC 3/8-inch 1-3/16 (30) 1-1/4 (32)
Fasteners for Sprinkler Pipe Hangers
W10-30-42 UNC 3/8-inch 1-3/16 (30) 1-5/8 (42)

Thread Shank
Length Length

Allowable Loads in Normal Weight Concrete 1,2

Shank Min. Concrete Compressive Strength
Description Fastener Diameter Embedment 2000 psi 4000 psi
in. (mm) in. (mm) Tension lb ( kN ) Shear lb ( kN ) Tension lb ( kN ) Shear lb ( kN )

0.145 3/4 (19) 40 (0.18) 55 (0.24) 40 (0.18) 55 (0.24)

1/4–20 Threaded Stud X-W6
(3.7) 1 (25) 85 (0.38) 195 (0.87) 110 (0.49) 225 (1.00)
1 (25) 85 (0.38) 95 (0.42) 100 (0.44) 105 (0.47)
0.205
3/8–16 Threaded Stud W10 1-1/4 (32) 175 (0.78) 345 (1.53) 200 (0.89) 380 (1.69)
(5.2)
1-5/8 (41) 285 (1.27) 380 (1.69) 385 (1.71) 395 (1.76)
1 The tabulated allowable load values are for the low-velocity fasteners only, using a safety factor that is greater than or equal to 5.0, calculated in accordance with
ICC-ES AC 70. Wood or steel members connected to the substrate must be investigated in accordance with accepted design criteria.
2 Multiple fasteners are recommended for any attachment.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 53
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:50 AM Page 54

General Construction Fastening Systems

3.2.8 Stud Fasteners for Attachment to Concrete

Allowable Loads in Minimum f’c = 3000 psi Structural Lightweight Concrete1,4
Fastener Location
Fastener Shank Min. Installed into Concrete Installed through 3" deep Metal Deck into Concrete 2,3
Fastener
Description Diameter Embedment
Tension Shear Tension lb (kN) Shear lb
in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) Upper Flute Lower Flute lb (kN)
1 (25) 175 (0.78) 185 (0.82) 175 (0.78) - 185 (0.82)
1/4–20 0.145
X-W6 1-1/4 (32) 240 (1.07) 315 (1.40) 240 (1.07) - 315 (1.40)
Threaded Stud (3.7) 1-1/2 (38) 300 (1.33) 365 (1.62) 300 (1.33) - 365 (1.62)
1 (25) 265 (1.18) 190 (0.85) 160 (0.71) - 185 (0.82)
3/8–16 0.205
W10 1-1/4 (32) 280 (1.25) 380 (1.69) 160 (0.71) 70 (0.31) 470 (2.09)
Threaded Stud (5.2) 1-5/8 (41) 445 (1.98) 540 (2.40) 455 (2.02) 335 (1.49) 675 (3.00)
1 The tabulated allowable load values are for the low-velocity fasteners only, using a safety factor that is greater than or equal to 5.0, calculated in accordance with
ICC-ES AC 70. Wood or steel members connected to the substrate must be investigated in accordance with accepted design criteria.
2 The steel deck profile is 3" deep composite floor deck with a thickness of 20 gauge (0.0358"). Figure 1 (Section [Link].6) shows the nominal flute dimensions,
fastener locations, & load orientations for the deck profile.
3 Structural lightweight concrete fill above top of metal deck shall be a minimum of 3-1/4" deep.
4 Multiple fasteners are recommended for any attachment.

Allowable Loads in Concrete Masonry Units 1,2,3,4,5,8

Hollow CMU Grout-Filled CMU
Fastener Shank Minimum Face Shell6 Mortar Joint6 Face Shell6 Mortar Joint6
Description Fastener Diameter Embedment Tension Shear Tension Shear7 Tension Shear Tension Shear7
in. in. lb lb lb lb lb lb lb lb
(mm) (mm) (kN) (kN) (kN) (kN) (kN) (kN) (kN) (kN)
0.145 1 105 175 80 110 125 175 135 150
1/4–20 Threaded Stud X-W6
(3.7) (25) (0.47) (0.78) (0.36) (0.49) (0.56) (0.78) (0.60) (0.67)

1 The tabulated allowable load values are for the low-velocity fastener only, using
a safety factor of 5.0 or higher. Wood or steel members connected to the sub-
strate must be investigated in accordance with accepted design criteria.
2 The tabulated allowable load values are for low-velocity fasteners installed in
concrete masonry units conforming to ASTM C 90, Grade N, Type 1.
3 The tabulated allowable load values are for low-velocity fasteners installed in
concrete masonry units with mortar conforming to ASTM C 270, Type N.
4 The tabulated allowable load values are for low-velocity fasteners installed in
concrete masonry units with grout conforming to ASTM C 476, as coarse grout.
5 No more than one low-velocity fastener may be installed in an individual con-
crete masonry unit cell. T-Joint
6 Fastener can be located anywhere on the face shell or mortar joint as shown in
the figure to the right.
7 Shear direction can be horizontal or vertical (Bed Joint or T-Joint) along the Bed Concrete Masonry
CMU wall plane. 1"
Joint 1" Unit (CMU)
8 Multiple fasteners are recommended for any attachment.
Acceptance Locations (NON-SHADED AREAS) for
Threaded Studs in CMU Walls

54 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:50 AM Page 55

General Construction Fastening Systems

Stud Fasteners for Attachment to Concrete 3.2.8

[Link] Installation Instructions

Tmax

Press tip of fastener to concrete Ensure proper threaded stud Make attachment. Do not exceed
base material. Drive fastener with embedment. Maximum Tightening Torque, Tmax.
Hilti powder-actuated tool.

Maximum Tightening Torque, Tmax, for Threaded Studs Driven into Concrete, ft-lb (Nm)
Stud Type
X-W6 X-CR W6 W10
3.0 (4.0) 3.0 (4.0) 4.5 (6.0)

[Link] Ordering Information

Fastener Shank Length Shank Ø Thread Length Guidance Packaging
Description in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) Thread Ø Washer Ø Quantity
X-W6-11-22 FP8 7/8 (22) 0.145 (3.7) 7/16 (11) UNC 1/4-inch 8 mm plastic 100 pcs
X-W6-11-27 FP8 1 (27) 0.145 (3.7) 7/16 (11) UNC 1/4-inch 8 mm plastic 100 pcs
X-W6-20-22 FP8 7/8 (22) 0.145 (3.7) 3/4 (20) UNC 1/4-inch 8 mm plastic 100 pcs
X-W6-20-27 FP8 1 (27) 0.145 (3.7) 3/4 (20) UNC 1/4-inch 8 mm plastic 100 pcs
X-W6-38-27 FP8 1 (27) 0.145 (3.7) 1-1/2 (38) UNC 1/4-inch 8 mm plastic 100 pcs

X-W6-11-22 D12 7/8 (22) 0.145 (3.7) 7/16 (11) UNC 1/4-inch 12 mm plastic 100 pcs
X-W6-20-22 D12 7/8 (22) 0.145 (3.7) 3/4 (20) UNC 1/4-inch 12 mm plastic 100 pcs
X-W6-20-27 D12 1 (27) 0.145 (3.7) 3/4 (20) UNC 1/4-inch 12 mm plastic 100 pcs

X-CR W6-11-22 FP8 7/8 (22) 0.145 (3.7) 7/16 (11) UNC 1/4-inch 8 mm plastic 100 pcs
X-CR W6-11-27 FP8 1 (27) 0.145 (3.7) 7/16 (11) UNC 1/4-inch 8 mm plastic 100 pcs

W10-30-27 P10 1 (27) 0.205 (5.2) 1-3/16 (30) UNC 3/8-inch 10 mm plastic 100 pcs
W10-30-32 P10 1-1/4 (32) 0.205 (5.2) 1-3/16 (30) UNC 3/8-inch 10 mm plastic 100 pcs
W10-30-42 P10 1-5/8 (42) 0.205 (5.2) 1-3/16 (30) UNC 3/8-inch 10 mm plastic 100 pcs

X-W6

X-CR W6

W10

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 55
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:50 AM Page 56

General Construction Fastening Systems

3.2.9 Stud Fasteners for Attachment to Steel

[Link] Product Description [Link] Product Description
[Link] Material Specifications The Hilti threaded stud program is for fastenings to steel greater than or equal
[Link] Technical Data use with Hilti powder-actuated tools to to 3/16”. The X-EW6H, X-EM8H and
provide a fast and reliable solution for X-EW10H threaded studs are hardened
[Link] Installation Instructions
making attachments to steel base fasteners with a unique knurled shank
[Link] Ordering Information
material in lieu of through bolting, screw design for improved penetration and
fastening, or stud welding. Threaded high tension and shear values in ASTM
studs are available in SAE 316 stainless A 36 and higher grades of steel.
steel equivalent corrosion resistance or Thread diameters are 1/4”, 3/8”, and
carbon steel to meet a wide range of 8 mm with thread lengths ranging from
application requirements when making 3/8" to 1-1/2".

[Link] Material Specifications

Fastener Fastener Fastener
X-EW6H X-CRM8 X-BT W10* Designation Material Plating
X-EW10H X-BT M8* X-EW6H Carbon Steel 5 µm Zinc1
X-EM8H X-EM8H Carbon Steel 5 µm Zinc1
X-EW10H Carbon Steel 5 µm Zinc1
Listings/Approvals X-CRM8 SAE 316 Stainless Steel2 N/A
ICC-ES (International Code Council) X-BT M8* SAE 316 Stainless Steel2 N/A
ESR-2347 X-BT W10* SAE 316 Stainless Steel2 N/A
COLA (City of Los Angeles)
1 ASTM B 633, SC 1, Type III
RR 25684
2 Equivalent corrosion resistance to SAE 316 stainless steel
FM (Factory Mutual)
X-EW10H and X-EW6H
UL (Underwriters Laboratories)
X-EW10H and X-EW6H [Link] Technical Data
ABS (American Bureau of Shipping)
Lloyds Register Threaded Steel Stud Specification Table
Threaded Stud Stand-Off,
Designation Thread Thread Length Shank Length hNVS
Designation in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm)
X-EW6H-11-9 UNC 1/4-inch 7/16 (11) 3/8 (9) 3/8 – 1/2 ( 9.5 - 12.5)
X-EW6H-20-9 UNC 1/4-inch 3/4 (20) 3/8 (9) 23/32 – 27/32 ( 18.5 - 21.5)
X-EW6H-28-9 UNC 1/4-inch 1-1/8 (28) 3/8 (9) 1-1/16 – 1-5/32 (26.5 - 29.5)
X-EW6H-38-9 UNC 1/4-inch 1-1/2 (38) 3/8 (9) 1-7/16 – 1-9/16 (36.5 - 39.5)
X-EM8H-15-12 Metric 8 mm 5/8 (15) 1/2 (12) 5/8 – 3/4 (15.5 - 19.5)
Thread hNVS
Length X-EW10H-30-14 UNC 3/8-inch 1-3/16 (30) 9/16 (14) 1-3/32 – 1-7/32 (28.0 - 31.0)
X-CRM8-9-12 Metric 8 mm 3/8 (9) 1/2 (12) 7/16 – 19/32 (11.0 – 15.0)
Shank X-CRM8-15-12 Metric 8 mm 5/8 (15) 1/2 (12) 5/8 – 25/32 (16.0 – 20.0)
Length
X-BT M8-15-6 * Metric 8 mm 5/8 (15) 1/4 (6) 5/8 – 11/16 (15.7 - 16.8)
Thread and Threaded Stud X-BT W10-24-6* UNC 3/8-inch 15/16 (24) 1/4 (6) 1 – 1-1/16 (25.7 – 26.8)
Shank Length Stand-off (hNVS)

* Innovative blunt-tip X-BT fasteners are discussed in more detail in Section 3.2.10

56 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:50 AM Page 57

General Construction Fastening Systems

Stud Fasteners for Attachment to Steel 3.2.9

Allowable Loads in Minimum ASTM A 36 (Fy ≥ 36 ksi; Fu ≥ 58 ksi) Steel1,2,3
Shank Steel Thickness in. (mm)
Stud Type Diameter 3/16 (4.8) 1/4 (6.4) 3/8 (9.5) 1/2 (12.7) ≥ 3/4 (19.1)
in. (mm) Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
360 500 500 600 500 600 500 600
X-EW6H 0.145 (3.7) (1.60) (2.22) (2.22) (2.67) (2.22) (2.67) (2.22) (2.67) – –
700 700 700 700 700 700
X-EM8H 0.177 (4.5) – – (3.11) (3.11) (3.11) (3.11) (3.11) (3.11) – –
970 1000 1100 1100 1100 1100 800 800
X-EW10H 0.205 (5.2) – – (4.31) (4.45) (4.89) (4.89) (4.89) (4.89) (3.56) (3.56)
405 405 405 405 405 405
X-CRM8 0.157 (4.0) – – (1.80) (1.80) (1.80) (1.80) (1.80) (1.80) – –
245 425 405 585 405 585 405 585
X-BT W10/M84 0.177 (4.5) – – (1.09) (1.89) (1.80) (2.60) (1.80) (2.60) (1.80) (2.60)
1 The tabulated allowable load values are for the low-velocity threaded studs only, using a factor of safety that is greater than or equal to 5.0, calculated in
accordance with AC 70. Wood or steel members connected to the substrate must be investigated in accordance with accepted design criteria.
2 Tabulated allowable load values based upon embedment in steel such that threaded stud stand-off, hNVS, complies with the Threaded Steel Stud
Specification Table.
3 To prevent through penetration or damage to coatings on the base steel, a minimum base steel thickness of 5/16" is required for X-BT threaded studs.
Load values provided for 3/8" base steel thickness are also valid for 5/16" base steel thickness. For further information, reference Section 3.2.10.

[Link] Installation Instructions

Tmax
hNVS

Press tip of fastener to steel material. Ensure proper threaded stud stand-off. Make attachment. Do not exceed
Drive fastener with Hilti powder- Maximum Tightening Torque, Tmax.
actuated tool.
Note: Installation instructions for innovative blunt-tip X-BT fasteners are provided in Section [Link]

Maximum Tightening Torque, Tmax, for Threaded Studs Driven into Steel, ft-lb (Nm)
Stud Type
X-BT W10*
X-EW6H X-EM8H X-EW10H X-CRM8
& X-BT M8*
3.0 (4.1) 8.0 (10.8) 11.0 (14.9) 6.0 (8.1) 6.0 (8.1)

*Innovative blunt-tip X-BT fasteners are installed with a Hilti DX-351BT powder-actuated tool and discussed in more detail in Section 3.2.10.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 57
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:50 AM Page 58

General Construction Fastening Systems

3.2.9 Stud Fasteners for Attachment to Steel

[Link] Ordering Information

Fastener Shank Length Shank Ø Thread Length Guidance Packaging
Description in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) Thread Ø Washer Ø Quantity
X-EM8H-15-12P8 1⁄2 (12) 0.177 (4.5) 5/8 (15) Metric 8 mm 8 mm plastic 100 pcs
X-EM8H-15-12FP10 1⁄2 (12) 0.177 (4.5) 5/8 (15) Metric 8 mm 10 mm plastic 100 pcs
X-EW10H-30-14P10 9/16 (14) 0.205 (5.2) 1-3/16 (30) UNC 3/8-inch 10 mm plastic 100 pcs
X-EW6H-38-9FP8 3/8 (9) 0.145 (3.7) 1-1/2 (38) UNC 1/4-inch 8 mm plastic 100 pcs
X-EW6H-38-9FP12 3/8 (9) 0.145 (3.7) 1-1/2 (38) UNC 1/4-inch 12 mm plastic 100 pcs
X-EW6H-28-9FP8 3/8 (9) 0.145 (3.7) 1-1/8 (28) UNC 1/4-inch 8 mm plastic 100 pcs
X-EW6H-28-9FP12 3/8 (9) 0.145 (3.7) 1-1/8 (28) UNC 1/4-inch 12 mm plastic 100 pcs
X-EW6H-20-9FP8 3/8 (9) 0.145 (3.7) 3/4 (20) UNC 1/4-inch 8 mm plastic 100 pcs
X-EW6H-20-9FP12 3/8 (9) 0.145 (3.7) 3/4 (20) UNC 1/4-inch 12 mm plastic 100 pcs
X-EW6H-11-9FP8 3/8 (9) 0.145 (3.7) 7/16 (11) UNC 1/4-inch 8 mm plastic 100 pcs
X-EW6H-11-9FP12 3/8 (9) 0.145 (3.7) 7/16 (11) UNC 1/4-inch 12 mm plastic 100 pcs
X-BT W10-24-6 SN12-R* 1/4 (6) 0.177 (4.5) 15/16 (24) UNC 3/8-inch 12 mm steel 100 pcs
X-BT M8-15-6 SN12-R* 1/4 (6) 0.177 (4.5) 5/8 (15) Metric 8 mm 12 mm steel 100 pcs
X-CRM8-15-12-P8 1⁄2 (12) 0.177 (4.5) 5/8 (15) Metric 8 mm 8 mm plastic 100 pcs
X-CRM8-15-12-FP10 1⁄2 (12) 0.177 (4.5) 5/8 (15) Metric 8 mm 10 mm plastic 100 pcs
X-CRM8-9-12-P8 1⁄2 (12) 0.177 (4.5) 5/8 (9) Metric 8 mm 8 mm plastic 100 pcs
X-CRM8-9-12-FP10 1⁄2 (12) 0.177 (4.5) 5/8 (9) Metric 8 mm 10 mm plastic 100 pcs

X-EW6H, X-EW10H & X-EM8H

X-CRM8

X-BT W10* & X-BT M8*

* Innovative blunt-tip X-BT fasteners are discussed in more detail in Section 3.2.10
58 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:50 AM Page 59

General Construction Fastening Systems

X-BT Fastening Systems 3.2.10

[Link] Product Description [Link] Product Description

[Link] Material Specifications

The Hilti X-BT fastening system is an Product Features and Benefits
innovative method of fastening to pre- [Link] Technical Data
• Efficient: No through penetration of
painted steel without damaging the base material — eliminating rework [Link] Installation Instructions
surface coating. The system consists of of the base steel coating. [Link] Ordering Information
a Hilti powder-actuated tool equipped • Fast: 100 studs per hour can be
with specially adapted fastener guides easily set by one user.
for use with X-BT threaded studs. The • Durable: Highly corrosion resistant
X-BT fasteners are stainless steel A4 (SAE 316) stainless steel.
threaded studs available with thread Fusion to base steel resulting in
high load capacities compared to
diameters 8 mm & 3/8" (W10). The
similar methods of fastening.
stud, with or without sealing washer, is
• Flexible: Works on most steel
cleanly set in a small pre-drilled hole in shapes and thicknesses down to
the base steel. The X-BT system is 8mm (5/16"), ideal for both mild X-BT W10
designed to work on carbon steels as and high strength carbon steel X-BT M8
thin as 5/16" (8 mm) without through- base materials.
penetration or damage to surface • Simple: Easy to use portable Listings/Approvals
coatings eliminating time consuming system requiring no electrical ICC-ES (International Code Council)
cords or heavy equipment. ESR-2347
surface preparation and rework (such
COLA (City of Los Angeles)
as with welding). Guide Specification RR 25684
UL (Underwriters Laboratories)
The X-BT M8 threaded stud, in 05090 Metal Fastenings X-BT W10 with sealing washers for use
conjunction with the X-FCM grating as Grounding Studs
Blunt-tip (X-BT), powder-actuated,
disks, can be used to fasten grating to a Note: UL listing does not include
3/8" [or M8] threaded stud, X-BT M8 or any X-BT studs without
variety of different steel shapes (Refer to
manufactured by Hilti for attaching items sealing washers
Section 3.3.2.). The larger W10 threaded ABS (American Bureau of Shipping)
to coated / uncoated carbon steels
fasteners can be used to support cable / Lloyds Register
having base material thickness greater
conduit connectors and trays, piping,
than or equal to 5/16". Contact a
channels, instrumentation, lighting
manufacturer’s representative from Hilti
fixtures, signage, junction boxes, and
to provide installation training to the
other fastenings to steel.
operators at the project site.

[Link] Material Specifications

Part Shank Threaded sleeve and Sealing X-BT W10-24-6 SN12-R X-BT M8-15-6 SN12-R
SN12-R washer1 washer1
UNC
3/8"

Material designation CR-500 X2CrNiMo17132 / Elastomer,

X5CrNiMo17-12-2+2H black,
resistant to:
Chrome (%) ≥ 23.5 ≥ 16.5 UV, salt water,
Nickel (%) ≥ 14.5 ≥ 10.0 water, ozone,
Molybdenum (%) ≥ 2.0 ≥ 2.0 oils
Manganese (%) ≥ 3.5 ≥ 3.5
Tensile strength, fu (N/mm2) ≥ 1850 ≥ 750 X-BT W10-24-6-R X-BT M8-15-6-R
Yield stress, Fy (N/mm2) ≥ 400
UNC

–
3/8"

1 SN12-R and sealing washer only found on X-BT M8-15-6 SN12-R and X-BT W10-24-6 SN12-R.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 59
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:50 AM Page 60

General Construction Fastening Systems

3.2.10 X-BT Fastening Systems

[Link] Technical Data

Allowable Loads in ≥ 5/16" Steel 1,2,3

Minimum Minimum Detailing:
Spacing: ≥ 5/8" (15 mm)
Load Type
ASTM A 36 steel Grade 50 steels
Tension, lb (kN) 405 (1.8) 515 (2.3) Edge Distance: ≥ 1/4" (6 mm)
Shear, lb (kN) 585 (2.6) 765 (3.4)
≥ 1/4" ≥ 1/4" ≥ 5/8" ≥ 5/8"
Moment, ft-lb (Nm) 6 (8.1) 6 (8.1)
Torque, ft-lb (Nm) 6 (8.1) 6 (8.1)
1 The tabulated allowable load values are for the X-BT fastener only, using a safety factor of 5.0.
Wood or steel members connected to the substrate must be investigated in accordance with
accepted design criterion.

≥ 5/16"
2 Minimum edge distance and minimum spacing are 1/4" and 5/8", respectively.
3 Multiple fasteners are recommended for any attachment.

Technical Information for use of X-BT as Grounding Stud 1,2

Maximum Minimum
Ambient Base Steel
Maximum Temp. Thickness Grounding
Fastener Voltage °F (°C) in. (mm) Connectors
Ring Terminated
Copper or
X-BT W10 SN12-R 600 V 212 (100) 5/16 (8)
Aluminum
Conductors
1 Additional information for installation of X-BT when used as a grounding stud can be found
on page 62.
2 Information based upon Underwriters Laboratories (UL) listing from testing conducted per
Standard UL 467, Grounding and Bonding Equipment with a maximum of 6 AWG copper or
aluminum wire

X-BT Fastener Selection

unless indicated otherwise, dimensions in. (mm)
Designation D hNVS2 LG LU 3
For use in coated steel or HDG
X-BT W10-24-6 SN12-R 3/8 1.055 ( 26.8) 0.608 ( 15.5) 0.368 ( 9.4)
X-BT M8-15-6 SN12-R M8 0.661 ( 16.8) 0.274 ( 7.0) 0.309 ( 7.9)
hNVS
hNVS

For use in uncoated steel

X-BT W10-24-6-R 1 3/8 1.055 ( 26.8) 0.689 ( 17.5) 0.287 ( 7.3)
X-BT M8-15-6-R 1 M8 0.661 ( 16.8) 0.354 ( 9.0) 0.228 ( 5.8)
1 If used on coated steel, rework of the coating is required, due to no sealing washer.
2 Maximum value allowable. May vary by -0.043" (-1.1 mm.)
3 LU corresponds to maximum hNVS. Reduces with decreasing hNVS.

60 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:50 AM Page 61

General Construction Fastening Systems

X-BT Fastening Systems 3.2.10

[Link] Installation Instructions

1. Mark location for each 2. Pre-drill with TX-BT 4/7 3. Drive fastener into drilled 4. Put on material to be fas- 5. Tighten using an electric
fastening step shank drill bit hole only with DX351-BT/ tened, washer and nut screw driver with torque
BTG tool and Hilti clutch
6.8/11M High Precision
brown cartridge. High
precision cartridge is a
cartridge with a specific
energy level and a
narrow energy band.

Installation Details

Pre-drill until shoulder grinds a Adjust power on the DX351-BT/BTG so that Tightening torque,
shiny ring (to assure proper the fastener stand-off, hNVS, is: Tmax = 6 ft-lb (8 Nm)
drilling depth). Fastener hNVS
X-BT W10 1.012"–1.055" (25.7–26.8 mm) Hilti Tool Torque Setting1
X-BT M8 0.618"–0.661" (15.7–16.8 mm) SF 121-A 11
SF 150-A 9
SF 180-A 8
hNVS

hNVS

Before fastener installation:

The drilled hole must be clear of
Tmax
liquids and debris. Area around
drilled hole must be free from
liquids and debris. Proper compression of the sealing washer must be achieved.
2 NO NO
debris water,
oil, etc.
1 Guideline setting only. Set clutch to
appropriate setting to obtain desired
torque.
Power regulation guide to check fastener stand-off available from Hilti.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 61
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:50 AM Page 62

General Construction Fastening Systems

3.2.10 X-BT Fastening Systems

Additional Installation Information for use of X-BT as Grounding Stud

Typical installation of X-BT as grounding stud

Typical parts list for grounding application

1. X-BT W10-24-6 SN12-R fastener.

1
2
2. Hex jam nut 3/8-16, alloy group 2 (316SS) according
to ASTM F 594. 3
4
3. Regular helical spring lock washer according to B18.12.1, 316
stainless steel according to SAE J405.
4. Type A plain washer according to ANSI B18.22.1, material
according to ASTM AZ4D type 316.
Note: Additional grounding connector as described in Technical
Data required.

X-BT 4000-A Drill & TX-BT Step Drill Bit X-BT 351 BT Tool & Brown Cartridge Strip X-BT

62 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:50 AM Page 63

General Construction Fastening Systems

X-BT Fastening Systems 3.2.10

[Link] Ordering Information

X-BT Stainless Steel Threaded Studs *
Shank diameter 0.177" (4.5 mm), sealing washer diameter 1/2" (12 mm)
Thread Thread Length Package Ordering
diameter in. (mm) contents designation
M8 5/8 (15) 100 X-BT M8-15-6 SN12-R
W10 15/16 (24) 100 X-BT W10-24-6 SN12-R
Box includes: 100 studs, 1 power regulation guide, 1 coating protector, 1 TX-BT step drill bit
* X-BT stainless steel threaded studs also available without sealing washer on request by special order

TX-BT Step Drill Bits *

4 mm drill bit diameter, 7.2 mm drilling depth
Overall length Package Ordering
in. (mm) contents designation
3-1/8 (80) 10 TX-BT 4/7 - 80 drill bit
4-5/16 (110) 10 TX-BT 4/7 - 110 drill bit
* 150 mm length bits available upon request by special order

Cartridges
(in magazine strips of 10)
Color Package Ordering
code contents designation
Brown 100 6.8/11M “high precision” brown cartridge
“high precision” is a narrow energy band at a specific energy level
Tool Sets
For use Package Ordering
code contents designation
W10 1 X-BT Set
M8 1 X-BTG Set
Set includes: 1 DX 351 BT or BTG powder-actuated tool, 1 BT cleaning kit, 1 XBT 4000-A cordless drill, 1
charger, 2 batteries, 1 information sheet, 1 spray lube, 3 operating instructions, packed complete in a Hilti
toolbox.

Individual Tools
For use Package Ordering
code contents designation
W10 1 DX 351 BT powder-actuated tool
Supplied in an impact-resistant plastic toolbox with cleaning kit, ear protectors, safety goggles, Hilti spray
lubricant and operating instructions, info sheet.
M8 1 DX 351 BTG powder-actuated tool
Supplied in an impact-resistant plastic toolbox with cleaning kit, ear protectors, safety goggles, Hilti spray
lubricant and operating instructions, info sheet.
X-BT 1 XBT 4000-A drill
Supplied in a cardboard box with operating instructions. Battery and charger sold separately.

XBT 4000-A Drill Accessories

Package Ordering
contents designation
1 X-BT CD 18/24 centering device for grating applications
1 C 7/24 Standard Charger
1 SFB185 18 volt, 3 amp battery pack
1 Belt adapter SFB 180/185 BAP
DX 351 BT /BTG Spare Parts
Package For use with: Ordering
contents DX 351 BT DX 351 BTG designation
10 • • X-351 BT Coating protector
1 • X-351 BT FG G fastener guide
1 • X-351 BT FG W1024 fastener guide
1 • X-351 BT P1024 piston
1 • X-351 BT PG piston
DX 351 BT/BTG Powder-Actuated Tool Accessories
Package Ordering
contents designation
1 Cleaning kit DX 351 BT

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 63
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:50 AM Page 64

General Construction Fastening Systems

3.2.11 Clips and Hangers for Mechanical/Electrical

[Link] Product Description [Link] Product Description
[Link] Material Specifications X-HS & X-HS MX Hangers
[Link] Technical Data Threaded rod hangers available with pre-mounted
[Link] Installation Instructions fasteners (X-HS W6 and X-HS W10) or without
pre-mounted fasteners (X-HS W6 MX) for use with
[Link] Ordering Information
magazine tools. For attachment of 1/4" (W6) or
3/8" (W10) threaded rods to concrete or steel. X-HS & X-HS MX
Listings/Approvals Threaded Rod Hangers
FM (Factory Mutual) Threaded Studs with Couplers
W10-30-27P10, W10-30-32P10, For attachment of 1/4" (X-W6) or 3/8" (W10)
W10-30-42P10, EW10-30-15P10, threaded rods to concrete or steel. More
X-EW10H & X-EW6H fasteners for
sprinkler pipe hangers information on Threaded Studs can be found in X-W6, W10, X-EW6H or
UL (Underwriters Laboratories) Sections 3.2.8 and 3.2.9 X-EW10H with Coupler
X-ECH, X-EKB and X-ECT hangers for
wire positioning devices X-RH Rod Hanger
W10-30-32P10, W10-30-42P10 & For suspending telecommunications, electrical
X-EW10H & X-EW6H, EW10-30-15P10 cable or conduit from concrete ceilings or steel
fasteners for sprinkler pipe hangers
Cable and Conduit Hardware Hangers members. It may be used to support smooth or
X-HS W6, X-HS W10 & X-RH threaded 1/4" diameter rod. The product is UL/cUL
listed and plenum rated per NEC requirements. It X-RH Rod Hanger
meets ANSI / TIA / EIA-568-A /-569-A and UL
C
2239 standards for cable and conduit support
devices. Center-to-center spacing for hangers
shall not exceed 5'-0".
X-ECH Cable Holder
For suspending telecommunication or electrical
cable from concrete or steel. UL/cUL listed,
plenum rated (for air handling spaces) per the
requirements of UL1565, CAN/CSA C22.2
No. 18.5-02, and National Electric Code Sec. X-ECH Cable Holder
300-22 (c)(d)
Threaded and Smooth Rod Hangers X-EKB MX Cable Clamps
For telecommunications and premise wiring
applications. Cable clamp attached directly to
base material designed to support multiple cables
approximately 1/4" in diameter. X-EKB MX Cable Clamp

X-ECT Cable Tie Fastener

For telecommunications and premise wiring
applications. Cable or conduit support using an
adjustable cable tie to secure cable or pipe. X-ECT MX Cable Tie Fastener
X-BX/EMTC & X-BX/EMTC MX Thin Wall
Conduit Clips
Thin wall conduit clips available in thicker premium
grade (BX/EMTC) or in thinner standard grade
(X-BX/EMTC) with pre-mounted fasteners.
X-BX/EMTC & X-BX/EMTC MX
Also available without pre-mounted fastener Conduit Clips
(X-BX/EMTC MX) for use with magazine tools.
Cable and Conduit Attachment For fastening thin wall conduit.
X-EMTSC MX Stand-Off Conduit Clips
Similar to EMTC clips to hold conduits away from
base material and align conduit to knockouts on X-EMTSC MX Stand-Off
junction boxes. Conduit Clip

64 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:50 AM Page 65

General Construction Fastening Systems

Clips and Hangers for Mechanical/Electrical 3.2.11

[Link] Material Specifications

Clip/Hanger Powder-Actuated Powder-Actuated Clip/Hanger Clip/Hanger
Designation Fastener Material Fastener Plating Material Plating
X-HS W10/W6 Carbon Steel 5 µm Zinc Carbon Steel 5 µm Zinc
X-HS W6 MX Carbon Steel1 5 µm Zinc1 Carbon Steel 5 µm Zinc
X-ECH Carbon Steel 5 µm Zinc Nylon Plastic N/A
X-RH Carbon Steel 5 µm Zinc Carbon Steel 5 µm Zinc
X-EKB MX Carbon Steel1 5 µm Zinc1 Plastic N/A
X-ECT MX Carbon Steel1 5 µm Zinc1 Plastic N/A
X-BX/EMTC Carbon Steel 5 µm Zinc Carbon Steel 5 µm Zinc
X-BX/EMTC MX Carbon Steel1 5 µm Zinc1 Carbon Steel 5 µm Zinc
X-EMTSC MX Carbon Steel1 5 µm Zinc1 Carbon Steel 5 µm Zinc
1 Noted clips/hangers do not come with a pre-mounted powder-actuated fastener. Material and plating information provided for the powder-actuated fasteners
commonly used with these clips.

[Link] Technical Data

Allowable Loads in Normal Weight Concrete1,2
Concrete Compressive Strength
Shank Min.
2000 psi 4000 psi
Description Fastener Diameter Embedment
Tension Shear Tension Shear
in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)

3/8" threaded rod hanger 0.145

X-HS W10 DNI 1 (25) 85 (0.38) 180 (0.80) 85 (0.38) 180 (0.80)
with pre-mounted fastener (3.7)
0.145
1/4" Rod Hanger X-RH1/4"-C-DNI27 3/4 (19) – – 45 (0.20) –
(3.7)
1 The tabulated allowable load values are for the low-velocity fasteners only, using a safety factor that is greater than or equal to 5.0,
calculated in accordance with ICC-ES AC 70. Threaded or smooth rod must be investigated in accordance with accepted design
criteria.
2 Multiple fasteners are recommended for any attachment.

Allowable Loads in Minimum ASTM A 36 (Fy ≥ 36 ksi; Fu ≥ 58 ksi) Steel1,2,3,4

Shank Steel Thickness (in.)
Fastener Description Fastener Diameter 3/16 1/4 3/8 1/2
Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear
in. (mm)
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)

3/8" threaded rod hanger 0.145 345 305 345 305 345 305 345 305
X-HS W10
with pre-mounted fastener (3.7) (1.53) (1.36) (1.53) (1.36) (1.53) (1.36) (1.53) (1.36)
1 The tabulated allowable load values are for the low-velocity fasteners only, using a safety factor that is greater than or equal to 5.0,
calculated in accordance with ICC-ES AC 70. Threaded rod must be investigated in accordance with accepted design criteria.
2 Low-velocity fasteners shall be driven to where the point of the fastener penetrates the steel base material in accordance with Section
[Link].3, except as noted in this table.
3 Multiple fasteners are recommended for any attachment.
4 Reference Section [Link] for installation instructions.

Maximum Load Rating for X-ECH Cable Holder1

Fastener Fastener Maximum Load Rating
Designation Size lb (kN)
X-ECH/FR-S Small 40 (0.18)
X-ECH/FR-M Medium 40 (0.18)
X-ECH/FR-L Large 100 (0.44)
1 Maximum Load Rating per UL listing.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 65
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:50 AM Page 66

General Construction Fastening Systems

3.2.11 Clips and Hangers for Mechanical/Electrical

Allowable Loads Values for MX Version Hangers and Clips1,3,4,5,6
X-HS W6 MX
X-HS W6 MX Fastening Accessories
Allowable Load Nrec
Nail Length Tensile
in. (mm) lb (kN)
X-GHP 20 MX 3/4 (20)
X-GN 27 MX 1 (27) 15 (0.07)
X-EGN 14 MX 1/2 (14)
Nrec

X-EKB 4 MX Fastening Accessories X-EKB 4 MX

Allowable Load Nrec
Nail Length Tensile
in. (mm) lb (kN) Nrec
X-GHP 20 MX 3/4 (20)
X-GN 27 MX 1 (27) 5 (0.02)
X-EGN 14 MX 1/2 (14)

X-EKB 8 MX
X-EKB 8 MX Fastening Accessories
Allowable Load Nrec
Nail Length Tensile Nrec
in. (mm) lb (kN)
X-GHP 20 MX 3/4 (20)
X-GN 27 MX 1 (27) 10 (0.04)
X-EGN 14 MX 1/2 (14)

X-EKB 16 MX Fastening Accessories X-EKB 16 MX

Allowable Load Nrec
Nail Length Tensile
in. (mm) lb (kN) Nrec Nrec
X-GHP 20 MX 3/4 (20)
X-GN 27 MX 1 (27) 15 (0.07)
X-EGN 14 MX 1/2 (14)

X-ECT MX
X-ECT MX Fastening Accessories
Allowable Load Nrec
Nail Length Tensile
in. (mm) lb (kN)
X-GHP 20 MX 3/4 (20)
X-GN 27 MX 1 (27) 10 (0.04) Nrec
X-EGN 14 MX 1/2 (14)

X-BX/EMTC MX
X-BX 3/8" MX 2 Fastening Accessories
X-EMTC 1" MX 2 Allowable Load Nrec
Nail Length Tensile
in. (mm) lb (kN)
X-GHP 20 MX 3/4 (20)
X-GN 27 MX 1 (27) 10 (0.04)
X-EGN 14 MX 1/2 (14) Nrec

X-EMTSC MX
X-EMTSC 1/2" MX Fastening Accessories
X-EMTSC 1" MX Allowable Load Nrec
Nail Length Tensile
in. (mm) lb (kN)
X-GHP 20 MX 3/4 (20)
X-GN 27 MX 1 (27) 15 (0.07)
X-EGN 14 MX 1/2 (14) Nrec
1 The allowable load capacities are based on a factor of safety of 5.0 or higher.
2 Load capacites are based on armored cable and EMT.
3 X-GHP 20 must be installed at a minimum penetration depth of 9/16" into concrete. X-GN 27 must be installed at a minimum penetration depth of 3/4" into CMU
or mortar joint. X-EGN 14 must be installed at a minimum penetration depth of 0.320" through or into steel. Hanger assemblies must be firmly clamped to the
base material.
4 Concrete base materials include 2000 to 6000 psi normal weight or lightweight types and also includes attachment through steel deck into concrete.
5 Steel base materials include 1/8" or thicker carbon steel base material with minimum yield strengths (Fy) of 36 ksi.
6 CMU base materials include hollow or grout-filled concrete masonry units conforming to ASTM C 90.

66 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:50 AM Page 67

General Construction Fastening Systems

Clips and Hangers for Mechanical/Electrical 3.2.11

[Link] X-HS Installation Instructions

X-HS Installation Instructions

1 Insert appropriate 2 Press tip of fastener 3 Ensure proper 4 Bend fastener until threaded rod is in desired
sized threaded rod to concrete/steel fastener embedment. location, vertical or horizontal for ceiling or wall
into hanger. base material. Drive hanger applications, respectively.
with Hilti powder-
actuated tool.

Note: The X-HS Fastener is intended to be fastened to the base material and bent once from the installed position to vertical or horizontal for ceiling or wall
hanger applications, respectively. Excessive bending of the X-HS Fastener through complete back and forth cycles should not exceed three (3) times.

[Link] Ordering Information

X-HS & X-HS MX Threaded Rod Hangers
Fastener Fastener Fastener
Description Length in. (mm) Shank Ø in. (mm) Thread Rod Ø
Concrete
X-HS W10 DNI 32 P8 S15 1-1/4 (32) 0.145 (3.7) UNC 3/8-inch
X-HS W6 DNI 32 P8 S15 1-1/4 (32) 0.145 (3.7) UNC 1/4-inch
X-HS W10 AL-H 27 P8 S15 1 (27) 0.177 (4.5) UNC 3/8-inch
X-HS W6 AL-H 27 P8 S15 1 (27) 0.177 (4.5) UNC 1/4-inch
Steel
X-HS W10 EDNI 16 P8 S15 5/8 (16) 0.145 (3.7) UNC 3/8-inch
X-HS W6 EDNI 16 P8 S15 5/8 (16) 0.145 (3.7) UNC 1/4-inch
MX Version (without pre-mounted fastener)
X-HS W6 MX N/A N/A UNC 1/4-inch

Threaded Studs
Fastener Shank Fastener Thread
Description Length in. (mm) Shank Ø in. (mm) Length in. (mm) Thread Ø
Concrete & Masonry
X-W6-11-22 FP8/D12 7/8 (22) 0.145 (3.7) 1/2 (11) UNC 1/4-inch
X-W6-11-27 FP8 1 (27) 0.145 (3.7) 1/2 (11) UNC 1/4-inch
X-W6-20-22 FP8/D12 7/8 (22) 0.145 (3.7) 3/4 (20) UNC 1/4-inch
X-W6-20-27 FP8/D12 1 (27) 0.145 (3.7) 3/4 (20) UNC 1/4-inch
X-W6-38-27 FP8 1 (27) 0.145 (3.7) 1-1/2 (38) UNC 1/4-inch
W10-30-27 P10 1 (27) 0.205 (5.2) 1-3/16 (30) UNC 3/8-inch
W10-30-32 P10 1-1/4 (32) 0.205 (5.2) 1-3/16 (30) UNC 3/8-inch
W10-30-42 P10 1-5/8 (42) 0.205 (5.2) 1-3/16 (30) UNC 3/8-inch
Steel
X-EW6H-11-9 FP8/P12 3/8 (9) 0.145 (3.7) 1/2 (11) UNC 1/4-inch
X-EW6H-20-9 FP8/P12 3/8 (9) 0.145 (3.7) 3/4 (20) UNC 1/4-inch
X-EW6H-28-9 FP8/P12 3/8 (9) 0.145 (3.7) 1-1/8 (28) UNC 1/4-inch
X-EW6H-38-9 FP8/P12 3/8 (9) 0.145 (3.7) 1-1/2 (38) UNC 1/4-inch
X-EW10H-30-14 P10 9/16 (14) 0.205 (5.2) 1-3/16 (30) UNC 3/8-inch

Couplers
Fastener Overall Thread Ø Thread Ø
Description Length in. (mm) Stud Rod
Coupler 1/4-20 1 (25) UNC 1/4-inch UNC 1/4-inch
Coupler 3/8-16 1 (25) UNC 3/8-inch UNC 3/8-inch
Adapter B-1/4x3/8 7/8 (22) UNC 1/4-inch UNC 3/8-inch

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 67
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:50 AM Page 68

General Construction Fastening Systems

3.2.11 Clips and Hangers for Mechanical/Electrical

X-RH Rod Hanger
Fastener Fastener Fastener
Description Length in. (mm) Shank Ø in. (mm) Rod Ø
Concrete
X-RH 1/4-C-DNI27 1 (27) 0.145 (3.7) 1/4-inch

X-ECH Cable Holder

Fastener Fastener Fastener Number of
Description Length in. (mm) Shank Ø in. (mm) 1/4" Ø cables
Without Pre-Mounted Fastener
X-ECH-F/R-S N/A N/A 15-22
X-ECH-F/R-M N/A N/A 30-37
X-ECH-F/R-L N/A N/A 45-52
With Pre-Mounted Fastener
X-ECH-F/R-S DNI-H42 P8 1-5/8 (42) 0.145 (3.7) 15-22
X-ECH-F/R-M DNI-H42 P8 1-5/8 (42) 0.145 (3.7) 30-37
X-ECH-F/R-L DNI-H42 P8 1-5/8 (42) 0.145 (3.7) 45-52
Tool Accessories
ECH Adapter For use with DX 351 and DX 460-F8

X-EKB MX Cable Clamps

Fastener Max Diameter Maximum No.
Description of Cable in. (mm) of Cables
X-EKB 4 MX 1/4 (6) 4
X-EKB 8 MX 1/4 (6) 8
X-EKB 16 MX 1/4 (6) 16
X-EKB MX
X-ECT MX Cable Tie Fastener*
Fastener Cable Tie*
Description Size in. (mm)
X-ECT FR MX 1/2 (12)
*Cable tie is not available through Hilti.

X-BX/EMTC and X-BX/EMTC MX Conduit Clips

Fastener Fastener Fastener Conduit X-ECT
Description Length in. (mm) Shank Ø in. (mm) Ø in. (mm) without Cable Tie
Premium Grade (with pre-mounted fastener)
BX DNI 22 P8T 3/8" 7/8 (22) 0.145 (3.7) 3/8 (10)
EMTC DNI 27 P8T 1/2" 1 (27) 0.145 (3.7) 1/2 (13)
EMTC DNI 27 P8T 3/4" 1 (27) 0.145 (3.7) 3/4 (19)
EMTC DNI 27 P8T 1" 1 (27) 0.145 (3.7) 1 (25)
EMTC DNI 27 P8T 1" 1 (27) 0.145 (3.7) 1 (25) X-BX/EMTC
Standard Grade (with pre-mounted fastener)
X-BX ZF 22 P8TH 3/8" 7/8 (22) 0.138 (3.5) 3/8 (10)
X-EMTC ZF 22 P8TH 1/2" 7/8 (22) 0.138 (3.5) 1/2 (13)
X-EMTC ZF 22 P8TH 3/4" 7/8 (22) 0.138 (3.5) 3/4 (19)
X-EMTC ZF 22 P8TH 1" 7/8 (22) 0.138 (3.5) 1 (25)
X-BX ZF 27 P8TH 3/8" 1 (27) 0.138 (3.5) 3/8 (10)
X-EMTC ZF 27 P8TH 1/2" 1 (27) 0.138 (3.5) 1/2 (13)
X-EMTC ZF 27 P8TH 3/4" 1 (27) 0.138 (3.5) 3/4 (19)
X-EMTC ZF 27 P8TH 1" 1 (27) 0.138 (3.5) 1 (25)
MX Version (without pre-mounted fastener)
X-BX 3/8" MX N/A N/A 3/8 (10)
X-EMTC 1/2" MX N/A N/A 1/2 (13)
X-EMTC 3/4" MX N/A N/A 3/4 (19)
X-EMTC 1" MX N/A N/A 1 (25)
X-BX/EMTC MX
X-EMTSC Stand-Off Conduit Clips
Fastener
Description Conduit Ø
MX Version (without pre-mounted fastener)
X-EMTSC 1/2" MX 1/2 (13)
X-EMTSC 3/4" MX 3/4 (19)
X-EMTSC 1" MX 1 (25)
X-EMTSC MX

68 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:50 AM Page 69

General Construction Fastening Systems

Insulation / Soft Material Attachment Fasteners 3.2.12

[Link] Product Description [Link] Product Description

[Link] Material Specifications

The X-IE insulation fastener is a unique The X-SW soft washer with pre-
fastener designed for the attachment of mounted powder-actuated fastener is [Link] Technical Data
rigid foam insulation to concrete, designed for attaching thin membranes [Link] Installation Instructions
masonry or steel base materials. The or panels to concrete base materials. [Link] Ordering Information
fastener is pushed through the insulation The washers are 30mm and 60mm in
until it touches the base material and diameter with nail lengths of 1-1/2",
then it is fastened in place with a Hilti 1-7/8” and 2-1/2". These fasteners
powder-actuated tool. The X-IE fastener are installed using a Hilti powder-
can fasten insulation panels ranging in actuated tool.
thickness from 1” through 4-3/4”.

[Link] Material Specifications

Fastener Powder-Actuated Powder-Actuated Washer X-IE X-SW
Designation Fastener Material Fastener Material Material1
X-IE Carbon Steel 5 µm Zinc Plastic
X-SW Carbon Steel 5 µm Zinc Plastic
1 Due to potential embrittlement degradation of fastener plastic, exposure to UV light should be limited
to less than 90 days.

[Link] Technical Data

Allowable Loads for X-IE Fasteners 1,2,3
Insulation Thickness in. (mm)
Insulation Type 1-9/16 (40) 1-3/4 (45) 2 (50) 2-3/8 (60) 2-3/4 (70) 3 (75) 3-1/8 (80) 4 (100) 4-3/4 (120) 5-1/2 (140)
Shear lb (kN)
Polystyrol (15 kg/m3) 35 (0.15) 45 (0.20) 55 (0.25) 65 (0.30) 65 (0.30) 75 (0.33) 80 (0.35) 80 (0.35) 80 (0.35) 80 (0.35)
Polystyrene (15 kg/m3) 135 (0.60) 135 (0.60) 135 (0.60) 135 (0.60) 135 (0.60) 135 (0.60) 135 (0.60) 135 (0.60) 135 (0.60) 135 (0.60)
Pullover lb (kN)
Polystyrol (15 kg/m3) 55 (0.25) 60 (0.27) 65 (0.30) 65 (0.30) 65 (0.30) 65 (0.30) 65 (0.30) 65 (0.30) 65 (0.30) 65 (0.30)
Polystyrene (15 kg/m3) 65 (0.30) 65 (0.30) 65 (0.30) 65 (0.30) 65 (0.30) 65 (0.30) 65 (0.30) 65 (0.30) 65 (0.30) 65 (0.30)
1 Multiple fasteners are recommended for any attachment.
2 When project site base material properties are questionable, site qualification is necessary.
3 Based on attachment to concrete (2000 psi - 5000 psi), CMU masonry walls, or 1/8" to 1/4" steel (Fy = 36 ksi to 50 ksi).

Allowable Loads for X-SW Fasteners in Concrete 1,2

Base Material Tension Shear
Strength psi (MPa) lb (kN) lb (kN)
≥ 4,000 (27.6) 65 (0.30) 65 (0.30)
1 Minimum of five fastenings per fastened unit.
2 Loads valid for fastener strength. Fastened material must be considered separately.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 69
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:50 AM Page 70

General Construction Fastening Systems

3.2.12 Insulation / Soft Material Attachment Fasteners

[Link] Installation Instructions

Installation Instructions for X-IE Insulation Fasteners
1. Load X-IE on tool 2. Push the X-IE all the way 3. Pull the trigger
into the insulation

Recognition of placing failures Visual check immediately after fastening –

Fastener rebounds Correct: Top hat crushed Incorrect: Top hat not crushed.

Installation Instructions for X-SW Fasteners

1. Load X-SW on tool 2. Press the X-SW against the surface 3. Pull the trigger

[Link] Ordering Information

X-IE
Shank Length Shank Ø Insulation Material
Description in. (mm) in. (mm) Thickness in. (mm) Quantity
X-IE 6-25 PH47 1-7/8 (47) 0.177 (4.5) 1 (25) 300 pcs
X-IE 6-35 PH47 1-7/8 (47) 0.177 (4.5) 1-1/2 (38) 300 pcs
X-IE 6-40 PH52 2 (52) 0.177 (4.5) 1-5/8 (42) 300 pcs
X-IE 6-45 PH52 2 (52) 0.177 (4.5) 1-3/4 (44) 300 pcs
X-IE 6-50 PH52 2 (52) 0.177 (4.5) 2 (51) 300 pcs
X-IE 6-60 PH52 2 (52) 0.177 (4.5) 2-1/2 (64) 300 pcs
X-IE 6-70 PH52 2 (52) 0.177 (4.5) 2-3/4 (70) 200 pcs
X-IE 6-75 PH52 2 (52) 0.177 (4.5) 3 (76) 200 pcs
X-IE 6-80 PH52 2 (52) 0.177 (4.5) 3-1/4 (83) 200 pcs
X-IE 6-100 PH52 2 (52) 0.177 (4.5) 4 (102) 200 pcs
X-IE 6-120 PH72 2-7/8 (72) 0.177 (4.5) 4-3/4 (120) 150 pcs

X-SW
Shank Length Shank Ø Washer Ø Washer
Description in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) Color Quantity
X-SW 30 ZF37 1-1/2 (37) 0.138 (3.5) 1-3/16 (30) Gray 150 pcs
X-SW 30 ZF37 1-1/2 (37) 0.138 (3.5) 1-3/16 (30) White 100 pcs
X-SW 30 ZF62 2-1/2 (62) 0.138 (3.5) 1-3/16 (30) Gray 100 pcs
X-SW 60 ZF37 1-1/2 (37) 0.138 (3.5) 2-3/8 (60) Gray 100 pcs
X-SW 60 ZF47 1-7/8 (47) 0.138 (3.5) 2-3/8 (60) Gray 100 pcs
X-SW 60 ZF62 2-1/2 (62) 0.138 (3.5) 2-3/8 (60) Gray 100 pcs

70 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:50 AM Page 71

Grating & Checkerplate Fastening Systems

Grating & Checkerplate Fastener Selection 3.3.1

The following sections describe grating and checkerplate tool set which enables the installer to pre-drill a small pilot hole
fastening solutions for marine (Oil and Gas Upstream) and into the base steel. A blunt tip stud, the diameter of which is
non-marine environments. These solutions consist of powder- slightly larger than that of the pre-drilled hole is then fastened
actuated and mechanical fasteners which provide the installer down with a Hilti powder-actuated tool directly into the pilot
with highly productive, high quality solutions which are hole. Finally, the disk is installed with a screw fastening tool.
designed to fit the needs of the particular application.
For non-marine environments, Hilti offers a portfolio of
The primary concern when determining which solution to powder-actuated fasteners which feature stainless steel
choose will be the level of corrosion resistance required. fasteners and duplex coated (similar to hot dip galvanized)
For marine environments, Hilti offers a stainless steel grating pre-mounted fasteners. These fasteners offer high productivity
or checkerplate disk and powder-actuated stud. Stainless and corrosion resistance at a level which is typically needed in
steel studs are attached directly using Hilti powder-actuated non-marine, semi-corrosive exposed environments. For those
tools, while the disk is then attached using a screw fastening cases where powder-actuated solutions are not desired, or
tool. If through penetration of the base material is not desired, where base materials are very thick (over 1/2" structural steel),
or if the base material onto which the grating panels are Hilti also offers a mechanical clamp, the X-MGR. This fastener
installed is very thick, an option for stud attachment is the Hilti features a hot dip galvanized coating, and will fit most
X-BT system. The Hilti X-BT system consists of a specialized standard open bar grating panels.

X-FCM Grating Disk System X-GR Grating Fastening System X-GR RU Grating Fastening System X-MGR Grating Fastening System

NEW NEW NEW

Hilti Grating and Checkerplate Product Selection Guide1

Corrosion Resistance Grating/ Base Steel Connection Type

Hilti System Zinc Hot-Dipped Stainless Checkerplate Thickness Powder-Actuated/ Permanent/
Electroplated Galvanized Steel Height in. (mm) in. (mm) Mechanical Removable

X-FCM Grating X-FCM-M Steel or FRP Grating

X-FCM X-FCM-R Powder-Actuated Removable5
Disk System Duplex Coated2 1 to 2 (25 to 50) ≥ 1/4 3
X-FCP Checkerplate X-FCP-M Checkerplate (≥ 6)
- X-FCP-R Powder-Actuated Removable5
Disk System Duplex Coated2 1/4 to 1/2 (6 to 12)

X-GR Grating Steel Grating 1/4 to 1/2

- Duplex Coated2 - Powder-Actuated Permanent
Fastening System 1 to 1-1/2 (25 to 38) (6 to 12)

X-GR RU Grating Steel Grating 1/4 to 1/2 4

- Duplex Coated2 - Powder-Actuated Removable5
Fastening System 1 to 1-1/2 (25 to 38) (6 to 12)

Minimum 45 µm
X-MGR Grating Steel Grating 1/8 to 1
- - Mechanical Removable
Fastening System 1 to 1-1/2 (25 to 38) (3 to 25)
1. Reference entire section for specific details on load values, selection and installation. More information on X-FCM Grating and X-FCP Checkerplate Disk
Systems can be found in Section 3.3.2. More information on X-GR, X-GR RU and X-MGR Grating Systems can be found in Section 3.3.3.
2. Duplex coating tested to 480 hours salt spray test per DIN 50021 and 10 cycles Kesternich test per DIN 50018/2.0 (Comparable to 45 microns HDG coating).
3. X-BT M8 threaded studs require a minimum steel thickness of 5/16" (8 mm) to ensure no through point penetration. X-CRM8 threaded studs have an application limit
of 1/2" (12 mm).
4. Fastening X-GR RU fasteners into base material thicknesses greater than 1/2" (12 mm) may be possible. Site testing is required.
5. Disk or saddle may be removed easily. Threaded stud or base will remain in base steel unless removed by overloading fastener.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 71
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:50 AM Page 72

Grating & Checkerplate Fastening Systems

3.3.2 X-FCM & X-FCP Grating & Checkerplate

[Link] Product Description [Link] Product Description
[Link] Material Specifications The Hilti Grating Fastening System Guide Specification
[Link] Technical Data consists of the X-FCM Grating Disk, an
05500 Metal Fabrications
[Link] Installation Instructions 8 mm powder-actuated threaded stud,
05540 Grating
and a powder-actuated tool equipped
[Link] Ordering Information
with a special grating adapter that fits Disk: X-FCM Disk shall be electroplated
through the bar grating and contacts the or duplex coated carbon steel or
base steel. The X-FCM Grating Disk is stainless steel, which consists of an
available in three lengths to accommo- assembly of a disk and an 8 mm
date grating thickness of 1" to 2". internally threaded screw manufactured
Carbon steel disks are available zinc by Hilti.
plated or with duplex coating. The
Stud: Powder-actuated threaded stud
stainless steel disks offer the highest
for attaching the X-FCM Disk shall be
corrosion resistance. The 8 mm
X-CRM8-15-12, X-BT M8-15-6 SN12-R
threaded studs are available in zinc
X-FCM stainless steel or X-EM8H-15-12
plated hardened steel or stainless steel.
electroplated carbon steel studs
The X-FCP Fastening System is used to manufactured by Hilti.
fasten flat floorplates with thicknesses
Installation: Contact a manufacturer's
of 1/4" to 1/2" to supporting steel
representative from Hilti to provide
structures. The Hilti X-FCP Fastening
X-FCP training to the operators at the
System includes the X-FCP Disk, an
project site.
8 mm powder-actuated threaded stud
and a powder-actuated tool with 0553X Floor Plates
specialized adapter. The adapter is Disk : X-FCP Disk shall be duplex
designed to fit through a 3/4” diameter coated carbon steel or stainless steel,
HILTI

pre-drilled hole in the checkerplate or which consists of an assembly of a disk

other similar solid flooring material, and and an 8 mm internally threaded screw
contact the base steel. The X-FCP Disk manufactured by Hilti.
is available in duplex coated carbon
steel or stainless steel. The 8 mm Stud : Powder-actuated threaded stud
Bar grating (with X-FCM) for attaching the X-FCP Disk shall be
threaded studs are available in zinc
plated hardened steel or stainless steel. X-CRM8-9-12 or X-CRM8-15-12
stainless steel studs manufactured
Product Features by Hilti.
HILTI

• Grating or checkerplate are fas-

Installation : Contact a manufacturer's
tened in place
representative from Hilti to provide
HILTI

• Topside only access needed

training to the operators at the
• Removable* and reusable*
project site.
Checker plate (with X-FCP disk) • Corrosion resistance of stainless
disks and X-CRM8 Threaded Studs
• Non-trip profile Note: For exterior or potentially
Listings/Approvals
• Non-slip surfaces corrosive environments, the
ABS (American Bureau of Shipping)
for X-FCM-R and X-FCP-R stainless steel stud is generally
• No electrical or pneumatic power
Lloyds Register required recommended due to potential for
for all X-FCM types HASCC with carbon steel studs.
* Only disk part of fastener can be removed and Refer to Section [Link].
reused. Threaded stud remains in place unless
removed by overloading the fastener.

72 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:50 AM Page 73

Grating & Checkerplate Fastening Systems

X-FCM & X-FCP Grating & Checkerplate 3.3.2

[Link] Material Specifications

X-FCM X-FCM-M and X-FCP-M X-FCM-R and X-FCP-R
Component
Material Coating Material Coating Material Coating

65 µm Zinc
ASTM B 633
Disk Carbon Steel SC 1, Type III Carbon Steel SAE 316 None
ASTM B 633
Threaded Extension Carbon Steel SC 1, Type III Carbon Steel Duplex1 SAE 316 None
ASTM B 633 SAE 316 SAE 316
Threaded Stud Carbon Steel SC 1, Type III equivalent None equivalent None

1 480 hour salt spray test per DIN 500 21 and 10 cycles Kesternich test per DIN 50018/2.0 (Comparable to 45 microns HDG coating).

[Link] Technical Data

Allowable Tension Loads for X-FCM, X-FCM-M or X-FCM-R with Grating, lb (kN)1,2,4
Fastener Rectangular Grid Barspacing in. (mm) Square Grid Barspacing in. (mm)
Description 3/4 (19) 1-3/16 (30) 3/4 (19) 1-3/16 (30)
X-FCM 180 (0.8) 180 (0.8) 540 (2.4) 3 180 (0.8)
X-FCM-M 180 (0.8) 180 (0.8) 405 (1.8) 3 180 (0.8)
X-FCM-R 315 (1.4) 225 (1.0) 405 (1.8) 3 225 (1.0)
1. Allowable loads represent the capacity of the Hilti Grating System only. The capacity of the grid must be investigated in accordance with accepted design criteria.
2. Unless otherwise noted, load values are limited by plastic deformation of the X-FCM disk.
3. Load value is limited by recommended load for threaded stud.
4. X-FCM, X-FCM-M, X-FCM-R Fastening Systems resist shear by friction and are not suitable for explicit shear load designs, e.g. diaphragms. Depending on
surface characteristics, shear loads of up to 65 lb (0.3 kN) will not result in permanent deformation. Therefore, small unexpected shear loads can generally be
accommodated without damage.

Allowable Tension Load for X-FCP-M

and X-FCP-R with Checkerplate1,3
Fastener Allowable Tension Loads 2
Description lb (kN) Note: For exterior or potentially
X-FCP-M corrosive environments, the
405 (1.8)
X-FCP-R stainless steel stud is generally
1 Allowable loads represent capacity of X-FCP disk or recommended due to potential for
threaded stud. The capacity of checkerplate must be HASCC with carbon steel studs.
investigated in accordance with accepted design criteria.
Refer to Section [Link].
2 Limited by the strength of the X-CRM8 threaded stud.
3 X-FCP-M and X-FCP-R are not intended for shear loading.

Ø50[1.969"] Product Selection Guide for Grating

8.6[0.339"]

L
Grating Height
Electroplated Duplex Coated1 Stainless Steel in.
in. (mm)
L+4[0.157"]

(mm)
L
[0.768"]

0.906
[0.630"]
19.6

X-FCM 25/30 X-FCM-M 25/30 X-FCM-R 25/30 1 to 1-3/16 (25-30)

16

(23)
1.181
Ø10.3 X-FCM 1-1/4 to 1-1/2 X-FCM-M 1-1/4 to 1-1 /2 X-FCM-R 1-1/4 to 1-1/2 1-1/4 to 1-1/2 (32-38)
(30)
[0.406"] Grating
1.299
5[0.197"] Disk X-FCM 35/40 X-FCM-M 35/40 X-FCM-R 35/40 1-3/8 to 1-9/16 (35-40)
(33)
1.693
X-FCM 45/50 X-FCM-M 45/50 X-FCM-R 45/50 1-3/4 to 2 (45-50)
(43)
X-EM8H-15-12 FP10 –
Threaded – X-CRM8-15-12 FP10
Stud X-EM8H-15-12 P8 –
– X-BT M8-15-6 SN12-R
1 480 hour salt spray test per DIN 500 21 and 10 cycles Kesternich test per DIN 50018/2.0
(Comparable to 45 microns HDG coating).

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 73
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:50 AM Page 74

Grating & Checkerplate Fastening Systems

3.3.2 X-FCM & X-FCP Grating & Checkerplate

[Link] Installation Instructions

Threaded stud placing Tightening torque Fitting tolerances/height of grating (dimensions in mm)
X-CRM8-15-12 Tmax = 6.0 ft-lb (8.0 N-m) for Min. grating height = L + 2 Max. grating height = L + 7
hNVS = 5/8" to 25/32" X-CRM8 and studs.
(16.0 to 20.0 mm)
t II ≥ 1/4" (6 mm) Tmax = 8.0 ft-lb (11.0 N-m) for
X-EM8H studs.

L
L
21.5
Tmax = 6.0 ft-lb (8.0 N-m) for

26.5
20
18

23
NVS
hhNVS

16
X-BT M8 studs.1

7
2
Tightening tool:
Hilti screwdriver SF 121-A
thII

SF 150-A or SF 180-A with 5 mm

Torx Bit (Item no. 00087904) Governing requirement:
Governing requirement:
X-EM8H-15-12 Set clutch to appropriate setting to • Minimum 2 mm clearance
hNVS = 5/8" to 3/4" obtain desired torque. between X-FCM and surface • Minimum 5 mm thread
(15.5 to 19.5 mm) of base steel to allow for engagement at the minimum
t II ≥ 1/4" (6 mm) deflections allowable stand-off, hNVS.
Example: Note:
X-FCM 25/30 • The maximum grating height
hhNVS
NVS

Min. grating ht. = 23 + 2 = 25 mm for an X-FCM type can be

Max. grating ht. = 23 + 7 = 30 mm extended if hNVS is tightly con-
trolled, e.g. at 18 mm instead
Grating height of 32 can be
accommodated if hNVS ≥ 18 mm
of 16 mm.
thII

X-BT M8-15-6 SNR121

hNVS = 5/8" to 11/16"
(15.7 to 16.8 mm)
t II ≥ 5/16" (8 mm)
hNVS
t II

1 Reference Section 3.2.10 for more details on proper installaton of X-BT fasteners.

Installation procedure for bar grating

1. Place the grating sections 2. Widen opening at fastening 3. Place the threaded stud 4. Tighten the disk, without exceed-
following recognized safety ing maximum tightening torque
precautions.
DX 750
1 2 3 4
R

11/16"
30

hNVS
NVS
11/16"

74 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:50 AM Page 75

Grating & Checkerplate Fastening Systems

X-FCM & X-FCP Grating & Checkerplate 3.3.2

Product Selection Guide for Checkerplate
Fastening Height in. (mm) X-FCP Disk1 DX 76 2 / DX 460 F10 Grating Stud DX 460-GR Stud
1/4 to 21/64 X-FCP-M5/10 X-CRM8-9-12P10 X-CRM8-9-12P8
(6.4 to 8.3) X-FCP-R5/10 Stud Stand-off 31/64 – 37/64 X-CRM8-9-12P8
11/32 to 1/2 X-FCP-M5/10 X-CRM8-15-12P10 X-CRM8-15-12P8
(8.7 to 12.7) X-FCP-R5/10 Stud Stand-off 41/64" – 25/32" Stud Stand-off 41/64" – 25/32"
1/4 to 1/2
X-FCP sealing ring Optional Optional
(6.4 to 12.7)
1 X-FCP-M = Galvanized, X-FCP-R = Stainless
2 Additional equipment required

Installation procedure for checkerplate

1. Place and align the plate

section following recog-
nized safety precautions.

hNVS*

3.7 – 6 ft-lb
(5-8 Nm)

2. Place the 8 mm stainless [Link] the disk, without

threaded stud through the exceeding maximum
pre-drilled hole. tightening torque.
3. Start the X-FCP on the stud *hNVS = Stud Stand-off Length
by hand.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 75
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:50 AM Page 76

Grating & Checkerplate Fastening Systems

3.3.2 X-FCM & X-FCP Grating & Checkerplate

[Link] Ordering Information

Grating Disks
Description Coating/Material Box Qty
X-FCM 25/30 Electro Galvanized 100
X-FCM 35/40 Electro Galvanized 100
X-FCM 1-1/4 - 1-1/2 Electro Galvanized 100
X-FCM 45/50 Electro Galvanized 100
X-FCM-M 25/30 Duplex Coated 100
X-FCM-M 35/40 Duplex Coated 100
X-FCM-M 1-1/4 - 1-1/2 Duplex Coated 100
X-FCM-M-45/50 Duplex Coated 100
X-FCM-R 25/30 Stainless Steel 100
X-FCM-R 35/40 Stainless Steel 100
X-FCM-R 1-1/4 - 1-1/2 Stainless Steel 100
X-FCM-R 45/50 Stainless Steel 100

Threaded Studs
Description Coating/Material Box Qty
X-EM8H-15-12 FP10 Electro Galvanized 100
X-EM8H-15-12 P8 Electro Galvanized 100
X-CRM8-15-12 FP10 Stainless Steel 100
X-CRM8-15-12 P8 Stainless Steel 100
X-CRM8-9-12 FP10 Stainless Steel 100
X-CRM8-9-12 P8 Stainless Steel 100
X-BT M8-15-6 SN12-R Stainless Steel 100

Checkerplate Disks
Description Coating/Material Box Qty
X-FCP-M5/10 Duplex Coated 200
X-FCP-R5/10 Stainless Steel 200
X-FCP Sealing Ring Polyurethane 200

76 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:50 AM Page 77

Grating & Checkerplate Fastening Systems

X-GR, X-GR RU, X-MGR Grating Fastening Systems 3.3.3

[Link] Product Description [Link] Product Description

[Link] Material Specifications

Hilti provides a wide range of solutions Product Features
[Link] Technical Data
for the attachment of grating. These • Grating or checkerplate fastened
[Link] Installation Instructions
solutions allow attachment of different in place
grating heights, have HDG* equivalent • Topside only access needed [Link] Ordering Information
corrosion resistance and provide • Removable and reusable**
removable or permanent grating • Corrosion resistance of HDG*
attachment. • Non-trip profile
NEW
• No electrical or pneumatic
power required

* Refer to material specifications below for more details on coatings.

** Only disk/saddle and screw parts of powder-actuated fasteners can be removed and reused.

[Link] Material Specifications

X-GR, X-GR RU, and X-MGR Grating Fastening Systems

System X-GR X-GR RU X-MGR

Component Material Coating Material Coating Material Coating
X-GR Grating Fastening System
Hook/ Carbon Carbon Carbon 65 µm
Duplex1 Duplex1
Saddle Steel Steel Steel Zinc

8 µm Zinc2 8 µm Zinc2
Powder-Actuated Stainless Stainless NEW
– –
Fastener Steel Steel

Carbon Carbon 60 µm
Screw – – Duplex1
Steel Steel Zinc

Carbon 45 µm
Nut – – – –
Steel Zinc

Stainless
Nut Holder – – – – –
Steel
1 Duplex coating tested to 480 hours salt spray test per DIN 50021 and 10 cycles Kesternich test per DIN
50018/2.0 (Comparable to 45 microns HDG coating).
2 Coating on X-GR and X-GR RU powder-actuated fasteners for improved driving.

[Link] Technical Data X-GR RU Grating Fastening System

Allowable Static Tension Loads for Hilti Grating Systems with Grating1,2,3
Fastener Bearing Bar Base Steel Allowable
Spacing4 Thickness Tension Load NEW
Description in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (mm)

X-GR ≥ 3/4 (≥ 20) 1/4 to 1/2 (6 to 12) 135 (0.6)

X-GR RU 1 to 1-1/4 (25 to 32) 1/4 to 1/2 (6 to 12)5 180 (0.8)

X-MGR ≥ 1-3/16 (≥ 30) 1/8 to 1 (3 to 25) 135 (0.6)

1 Allowable loads represent the static capacity of the Hilti Grating System only. The capacity of the grid
must be investigated in accordance with accepted design criteria.
2 Load values are limited by plastic deformation of the X-GR hook, X-GR RU saddle clip, or the X-MGR
saddle clip.
3 X-GR, X-GR RU, and X-MGR Grating Fastening Systems resist shear by friction and are not suitable for
explicit shear load designs, e.g. diaphragms. Depending on surface characteristics, shear loads of up to
65 lb (0.3 kN) will not result in permanent deformation. Therefore, small unexpected shear loads can
generally be accommodated without damage.
4 Reference installation instructions for more details regarding bearing and cross bar dimensions.
X-MGR Grating Fastening System
5 Fastening X-GR RU fasteners into base material thicknesses greater than 1/2" (12 mm) may be possible.
Site testing is required.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 77
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:51 AM Page 78

Grating & Checkerplate Fastening Systems

3.3.3 X-GR, X-GR RU, X-MGR Grating Fastening Systems

[Link] Installation Instructions (including selection guides)

General Spacing Edge Distance & Base Steel Thickness Guidelines

X-GR and X-GR RU X-MGR

Edge Distance: c ≥ 1/2" (12 mm) Edge Distance: No general restriction for end of beam
Spacing: s ≥ 5/8" (15mm) condition (reference X-MGR Installation Procedures for
Base Steel Thickness: tll = 1/4" to 1/2" (6 mm to 12 mm)* more detail).
* Fastening X-GR RU fasteners into base steel thicknesses greater than Spacing: No general restriction.
1/2" (12 mm) may be possible. Site testing is required. Base Steel (Flange) Thickness: 1/8" to 1" (3 mm to 25 mm)

X-GR Selection Guide for Grating

Nominal Grating Minimum Bar Base Steel

Fastener Powder-Actuated
Height Spacing 2 Thickness DX Tool
Description Fastener 1
in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm)

X-GR 25 / 1" 1 (25) DX 460 with

X-CR 16-4.5R Zn 3/4 1/4 to 1/2
X-GR 1-1/4" 1-1/4 (32) 6.8/11M black
P8 SN12-R (20) (6 to 12)
X-GR 1-1/2" 1-1/2 (38) cartridges

1. Comes pre-assembled as part of X-GR fastener.

2. Reference step 2 of the X-GR Installation Procedures below for more details on bar spacing requirements.

X-GR Installation Procedures for Grating

1. Place the grating sections following 2. Place the X-GR Fastener (Continued) 3. Check Installed Fastener
recognized safety precautions.
Bearing bar spacing (a): a ≥ 3/4" (20 mm)
Cross bar spacing (b): b ≥ 3/4" (20 mm)

hNVS = 0.20" – 0.30" (5 mm – 7.6 mm)

Check nail stand-off (hNVS).

2. Place the X-GR Fastener

Note: position the flat side of the fastener guide to the hook!

78 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:51 AM Page 79

Grating & Checkerplate Fastening Systems

X-GR, X-GR RU, X-MGR Grating Fastening Systems 3.3.3

X-GR RU Selection Guide for Grating

Nominal Grating Minimum Cross Bearing Bar Base Steel

Fastener Powder-Actuated
Height Bar Spacing 2 Spacing 2 Thickness 3 DX Tool
Description Fastener 1
in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm)
1
X-GR RU 1"
(25)
1-1/4 1-3/16 1 to 1-1/4 1/4 to 1/2 DX 460 with
X-GR RU 1-1/4" X-CR 20-4.5R Zn P8
(32) (30) (25 to 32) (6 to 12) 6.8/11M black cartridges
1-1/2
X-GR RU 1-1/2"
(38)

1. Comes pre-assembled as part of X-GR RU fastener.

2. Reference step 2 of the X-GR RU Installation Procedures below for more details on bar spacing requirements.
3. Fastening X-GR RU fasteners into base material thicknesses greater than 1/2" (12 mm) may be possible. Site testing is required.

X-GR RU Installation Procedures for Grating

1. Place the grating sections following 2. Place X-GR RU Fastener 3. Tighten the screw
recognized safety precautions. Trec = 2.2 – 3.7 ft-lb (3 - 5 Nm)

Tightening tool:
• Screw driver with torque release coupling (TRC)
• 6 mm Allen-type bit
Trec = 2.2 - 3.7 ft-lb (3 - 5 Nm)

Note: position the flat side of the fastener guide to the saddle!

4. Check Installed Fastener Bearing bar spacing (a): a = 1" to 1-1/4"

(25 to 32 mm)
Cross bar spacing (b): b ≥ 1-3/16"
(30 mm)
Hilti Screw Driver Torque Setting
SF 121-A TRC 5 – 7
SF 150-A TRC 3 – 5

Do not over tighten: The saddle of the fastener

hNVS = 0.28" – 0.41" should not be bent.
(7.0 mm – 10.5 mm)
4a. Check nail stand-off (hNVS).
4b. Check that screw has not been over
tightened as shown in step 3.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 79
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:51 AM Page 80

Grating & Checkerplate Fastening Systems

3.3.3 X-GR, X-GR RU, X-MGR Grating Fastening Systems

X-MGR Selection Guide for Grating

Minimum Maximum Base Steel

Bearing Bar
Fastener Powder-Actuated Grating Height Cross Bar Bearing Bar Thickness Fastening
Spacing1
Description Fastener in. (mm) Spacing1 Thickness1 in. (mm) Tool
in. (mm)
in. (mm) in. (mm)
1 to 1-1/2 1-3/16 1 3/16 1/8 to 1 SF 121-A,
X-MGR-W60 None
(25 to 38) (30) (25) (4.8) (3 to 25) SF 150-A
1 Reference step 2 of the X-MGR Installation Procedures below for more details on bar spacing and thickness requirements.

X-MGR Installation Procedures for Grating

1. Place the grating sections following 2. Place the X-MGR Fastener 3. Tighten the screw
recognized safety precautions. Trec = 3.7 - 6.0 ft-lb
(5 - 8 Nm)

Tightening tool:
• Screw driver with torque release coupling (TRC)
• 1/4" Allen-type bit
Trec = 3.7 - 6.0 ft-lb (5 - 8 Nm)

4. Check
4a. Check that the indentation line on the clip is
positioned under the steel flange as shown
below.
indentation line
a b c Hilti Screw Driver Torque Setting
X-MGR 1" ≥ 1-3/16" ≤ 3/16" SF 121-A TRC 7 – 11
W60 (25 mm) (30 mm) (4.8 mm) SF 150-A TRC 5 – 9

Do not over tighten: The saddle of the fastener

should not be bent.

4b. Check that screw has not been over

tightened as shown in step 3.

80 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:51 AM Page 81

Grating & Checkerplate Fastening Systems

X-GR, X-GR RU, X-MGR Grating Fastening Systems 3.3.3

[Link] Ordering Information

DX 460-GR
Description
DX 460-GR Deluxe Grating Tool
Includes tool, ramrod, cleaning brushes, cleaning cloth, spray lubricant
and operating instructions in an impact-resistant plastic tool box

Replacement Parts Guide Sleeve

Description
X-460-F8GR Fastener Guide Assembly
X-460-TGR Fastener Guide Sleeve
X-460-PGR Piston
Fastener Guide Assembly
X-GR Fastener
Fastener Only Packs
Non-Combo
Description Qty
X-GR 1" 25 CR 16 P8 100 pcs
X-GR 1-1/4" CR 16 P8 100 pcs

Combo Packs (includes equal quantities of fasteners and cartridges)

Description Qty
X-GR 1" Grating Fastener Cartridge Combo 100 pcs
X-GR 1-1/4" Grating Fastener Cartridge Combo 100 pcs
X-GR 1-1/2" Grating Fastener Cartridge Combo 100 pcs
X-GR 1" Grating Fastener Partial Pallet Combo 3200 pcs
X-GR 1-1/4" Grating Fastener Partial Pallet Combo 3200 pcs
X-GR 1-1/2" Grating Fastener Partial Pallet Combo 3200 pcs

X-GR RU Fastener
Fastener Only Packs
Non-Combo
Description Qty
X-GR RU 1" 25/30 CR 20 P8 100 pcs
X-GR RU 1-1/4" CR 20 P8 100 pcs
X-GR RU 1-1/2" CR 20 P8 100 pcs
Combo packs (includes equal quantities of fasteners and cartridges)
Description Qty
X-GR RU 1" Grating Fastener Cartridge Combo 100 pcs
X-GR RU 1-1/4" Grating Fastener Cartridge Combo 100 pcs
X-GR RU 1-1/2" Grating Fastener Cartridge Combo 100 pcs
X-GR RU 1" Grating Fastener Partial Pallet Combo 2400 pcs
X-GR RU 1-1/4" Grating Fastener Partial Pallet Combo 2400 pcs
X-GR RU 1-1/2" Grating Fastener Partial Pallet Combo 2400 pcs

X-MGR Fastener
Fastener Only Packs
Description Qty
X-MGR W 60 20 pcs
X-MGR Mechanical Grating Fastener Pallet 2560 pcs

.27 Caliber Cartridge — Short (strips of 10 each)

Description Qty
6.8/18 M Black — Extra Heavy (Power Level 6) 100 pcs

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 81
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:51 AM Page 82

Steel Deck Fastening Systems

3.4.1 Steel Deck Fastener Design & Selection

[Link] Steel Deck Terminology & Definitions

[Link].1 Decking Fastener [Link].3 Steel Deck Definitions

Terminology Base Material - The existing part of the work that is a base
DX = Hilti terminology for direct fastening for the fastening. The structural steel or bar joist framing
powder-actuated technology members in steel deck applications.

ENP = Hilti fastener type used for attaching steel deck Beam - One of the principal horizontal supporting members
to structural support steel with DX 76 PTR of a building.
and DX 860-ENP powder-actuated tools Burn Through - Unintended welding-related holes created
(X-ENP19 L15) in steel deck.
F = diaphragm flexibility factor, in./lb (mm x 10-6/N) Button Punch - A mechanical means of connecting two
G' = diaphragm shear stiffness lb/in. (N/mm x 10-6) pieces of sheet metal together by crimping with a special
tool. This method is used on BI or interlocking deck panels.
HSN = Hilti High Shear Nail fastener type for attaching
steel deck to bar joist support steel used Direct Fastening - A fastening method in which the
with DX 860-HSN and DX 460-SM fastenings are made without any preparation steps such
powder-actuated tools (X-EDN19 THQ12, as drilling a hole. Examples are powder-actuated fastening,
X-EDNK22 THQ12) self-drilling screws and welding.

q = allowable diaphragm shear, plf (N/mm) Diaphragm Deck - A decking system which is designed
to carry lateral loads due to wind or seismic action in addition
Qf = structural connector strength, lb (kN) to gravity loads and wind uplift.
Qs = fastener strength, panel to panel, lb (kN) Endlap - The overlap of adjacent steel deck panels at the
Sf = fastener flexibility factor, panel to frame, ends of the panels (end edges perpendicular to the steel deck
in./kip (mm/kN) panel fluting). Typically specified as 2 or 4 inches. Butted
deck with no endlap should be used for thicker steel deck.
Ss = fastener flexibility factor, panel to panel,
in./kip (mm/kN) Fastener Pattern - The number and spacing of fasteners at
each support for a steel deck panel.
t f ( t || ) = flange thickness of beam or bar joist for steel
Fastened Material - The component that must be attached
deck applications, in. (mm)
to the base or supporting material.
ICC-ES = International Code Council - Evaluation Service
Fastening - The combination of fastener, fastened material
SDI = Steel Deck Institute and base material all in final position.
CSSBI = Canadian Sheet Steel Building Institute Fastening System - The fastener, fastening tool and driving
power source all taken together as a system with specific
[Link].2 X-HVB (Section 3.4.4)
performance characteristics.
Terminology
Gauge - A measure of thickness for sheet metal. Reference
hr = nominal rib height, in. (mm)
page 96 for common steel deck gauges.
Hs = connector height, in. (mm)
Interlocking Sidelap (BI Connection) - Steel deck panels
Nr = number of connectors in one rib having male and female side edges. The adjacent deck panel
male and female edges interlock into each other when the
q = allowable shear strength, lb (kN)
deck is installed. The interlocks are fastened together using
Qn = nominal shear strength, lb (kN) button punches, proprietary punch systems, welds,
or screws
Rg = coefficient to account for group effect
Joist - A structural member in a building which is used to
Rp = position effect factor for shear connectors
support a floor or roof.
wr = average width of rib, in. (mm)

Ycon = distance from top of steel beam to top

of concrete slab, in. (mm)

82 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:51 AM Page 83

Steel Deck Fastening Systems

Steel Deck Fastener Design & Selection 3.4.1

Nestable Sidelap - Steel deck type in which the side edge of Pullout - As related to fasteners, a failure mode that occurs
a steel deck panel contains a partial valley profile and over- when the fastener pulls out of the base steel support.
laps, or “nests” on top of the side edge of the adjacent steel
Pullover - As related to fasteners, a failure mode that
deck panel, which contains a full valley profile. Often fas-
occurs when the steel deck panel pulls over the fastener
tened together using self-drilling stitch screws.
head or washer(s).
Non-Diaphragm Deck - A steel deck system which is
Punch Systems - A mechanical means of connecting two
designed to carry only gravity loads.
pieces of sheet metal together by punching through the steel
Pneumatic Tool - A tool that uses compressed air to drive to create a flap of metal which is then crimped. This is done
a fastener. with a proprietary pneumatic tool on interlocking deck panels.

Powder - Actuated Cartridge - A powder filled metal casing Purlin - A secondary horizontal structural member attached
used as the source of driving energy in a powder-actuated to the primary frame and supporting the roof covering.
tool. The ANSI A10.3 terminology is a “cased powder load.”
Sidelap - The side edge overlap of adjacent steel deck
Powder-Actuated Fastener (PAF) - A nail or threaded stud panels (side edges parallel to the steel deck panel fluting).
fastener capable of being driven into steel, concrete or
Stitch Screws - Screws used to fasten the overlapping edges
masonry. Fasteners may be equipped with washers suitable
of two deck panels between joists or beams.
for clamping the fastened material to the base or supporting
material. Also referred to as Hilti DX, powder-actuated Tack Weld - A weld of no structural significance. Used for
fasteners (PAF), power-driven fasteners (PDF), drive pins temporary attachment of steel to the supporting frame. A
or shot pins. weld made to hold the parts in proper alignment until the final
welds are made.
Powder-Actuated Tool - A tool that uses expanding gases
from powder-actuated cartridges to drive a fastener. Uplift - Vertical load on the steel deck panels due to
wind forces.
Powder-Actuated, Indirect-Acting Tool - A powder-actuat-
ed tool in which the expanding gas of the powder load acts Wind Tacking - Limited fastening of the steel deck panel
on a captive piston, which in turn drives the fastener into the at the edges to hold the panels in place until all specified fas-
base material. If the test velocity of the lightest fastener when tenings have been made.
using the strongest powder load is less than 328 fps (100
m/s), the tool meets the ANSI A10.3 requirements and is
classified as a low-velocity tool. All Hilti powder-actuated
tools used in the construction industry are classified as
low velocity.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 83
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:51 AM Page 84

Steel Deck Fastening Systems

3.4.1 Steel Deck Fastener Design & Selection

[Link] Steel Deck Diaphragm Design & Theory

[Link].1 General Discussion
A steel deck diaphragm is a horizontal assembly that resists 1. Steel Deck Profile Type and Thickness
wind, seismic and other lateral forces. A diaphragm can be 2. Supporting Steel Frame Spacing or Deck Span
modeled as a horizontal beam with interconnected floor and 3. Frame Fastener Type and Spacing (connector for steel
roof deck units that act as the beam web. Intermediate joists deck to steel frame)
or beams act as web stiffeners and perimeter beams or 4. Sidelap Fastener Type and Spacing (connector for steel
reinforcement on the diaphragm perimeter act as the beam deck panel edge to edge)
flanges. Figure 1, based on graphics from the Steel Deck 5. Safety Factors (ASD) or Resistance Factor (LRFD/LSD)
Institute (SDI) Diaphragm Design Manual, depicts a roof deck based on load type (wind, seismic, combined) and fas-
diaphragm model. tening type (mechanical, weld)
ICC Evaluation Services recognizes both design methods as
Design of steel deck diaphragms has traditionally been done
acceptable in AC43, Acceptance Criteria for Steel Deck Roof
using the Steel Deck Institute (SDI) Diaphragm Design Manual
and Floor Systems. An ICC Evaluation Service Report (ESR)
or Technical Manual (TM) 5-809-10 Seismic Design for
based on ICC-ES AC43 provides recognition for use with the
Buildings, Departments of the Army, Navy and Air Force (Tri-
IBC. Hilti deck fasteners are currently listed in the SDI DDM03
Services Design Manual). Both methods provide equations for
and Appendix VI and were evaluated in ICC ESR-2197 and
determining the strength and stiffness of the diaphragm
ESR-2199. Verco Manufacturing Company and ASC Profiles
considering the following parameters:
also provide Hilti deck fastener performance data with their
proprietary sidelap clinching systems in ER-2078P and ESR-
1414. Additional industry research on quasi-static and
seismic/cyclic loading of diaphragms is ongoing. Other
system approvals are pending.

Figure 1 – Diaphragm Model

[Link].2 Fastener Test Programs

A variety of test programs have been conducted on Hilti deck
fasteners to evaluate their performance.

1. Small Element Connection Tests

Small element connection tests are used to determine • AISI TS 5-02 (S905) Test Methods for Mechanically
fastener pullout, pullover and lap shear strength and Fastened Cold-Formed Steel Connections
stiffness with sheet steel and base steel representative of • ASTM E1190 Standard Test Methods for Strength of
typical construction. The data is analyzed and used in a Power-Actuated Fasteners Installed In Structural Members
predictive model to calculate the performance of the larger • ICC-ES AC70 Acceptance Criteria for Fasteners Power
steel deck diaphragm assembly or system. These tests are Driven Into Concrete, Steel and Masonry Elements
conducted in accordance with the following standards, and
• ICC-ES AC118 Acceptance Criteria for Tapping Screws
shown in Figure 2.

84 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:51 AM Page 85

Steel Deck Fastening Systems

Steel Deck Fastener Design & Selection 3.4.1

Figure 2 – Small Element Connection Tests

2. Full Scale Diaphragm Tests

Full scale diaphragm tests are used to determine the strength • ICC-ES AC43 Acceptance Criteria for Steel Deck Roof
and stiffness of a larger steel deck diaphragm assembly and Floor Systems
directly. The data is analyzed and fit in a predictive model to
• AISI TS 7-02 (S907) Cantilever Test Method for Cold-
address varying configurations of base steel, steel deck,
Formed Steel Diaphragms
fastener types and span. These tests are conducted in
accordance with the following standards and shown in Figures • ASTM E455 Standard Test Method for Static Load
3, 4 and 5 Testing of Framed Floor or Roof Diaphragm
Constructions for Buildings

Figure 3 – ICC-ES AC43 Diaphragm Test Frame Schematics

30
'-0
"

"
24'-0
Figure 4 – AC43 Diaphragm Test Frame
Fastening Systems Research Laboratory (FSRL), Schaan, Liechtenstein

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 85
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:51 AM Page 86

Steel Deck Fastening Systems

3.4.1 Steel Deck Fastener Design & Selection

Hilti powder-actuated deck fasteners are recognized
alternatives to traditional arc spot puddle welds and self-
drilling screws. The fasteners can be used on roof deck
diaphragms as well as composite concrete filled floor
Load (kips)

diaphragms. Hilti provides training for powder-actuated tool

operators in accordance with ANSI A10.3 Safety Requirements
for Powder-Actuated Fastening Systems.

Hilti Mechanical Fastening Systems Provide Superior

Solutions for Attaching Steel Deck to Steel Support
Members
Displacement [inch]
• Consistent Fastening Quality
Figure 5 – AC43 Deck Diaphragm Load Displacement Curve
• High Production Rate
• No Burn Throughs, No Joist Damage

[Link].3 Proper Fastener Selection & Steel Deck Layout

(Pre-Fastener Installation)
Selection of the proper Hilti deck fastener depends on the Rolled beam or wide Angles or joist top chords
supporting base steel thickness as shown in Secton [Link].1. flange shape bx
The Hilti Deck Fastener Selection Gauge shown in Figure 6 should
t ||
be used by the decking installer to confirm fastener selection. t ||
The cut-out slot on the gauge is fit against the bar joist top chord
≥ 3/8"
or steel beam flange. As the internal card slides in the gauge, the ≥ 3/8"
proper Hilti deck fastener is highlighted with a green box. A red
box indicates that the corresponding Hilti deck fastener is outside bx ≤ 8 t ||
the base material application limits and should not be used for Figure 7 – Edge Distance Recommendations
steel deck fastening to the base material being gauged.
Extra care must be taken at the end lap and corner lap
conditions where multiple layers of steel deck nest or interlock
on adjacent panels. End lap and corner lap conditions of two
and four deck layers must be snug and tight against one
another and the supporting steel frame in order for the
fastening to be made as shown in Figure 8. Tight end lap and
corner lap requirements are independent of the fastening type
and contribute directly to the performance of arc spot welds,
screws, powder-actuated fasteners, punches and
crimps/clinches. If the steel deck end laps and corner
Figure 6 – Hilti Deck Fastener Selection Gauge laps aren’t tight, a proper fastening can’t be made.

Steel deck installers must layout deck properly and mark

frame fastening lines in order to ensure that steel deck
panels are connected to the supporting steel frame. Marking
frame fastening lines is essential when attaching steel deck
to thin base steels (tII < 1/4"), including open web steel joists.
To avoid damage to thin base steels, the fasteners should be
installed at least 3/8" (10 mm) from the edge or toe of the
joist top chord or light steel beam flange. Additionally, when
installing into a bar joist top chord (angle), the fasteners need
to be installed at a distance from the angle, bx ≤ 8 x tII.
Reference Figure 7 for edge distance and bx dimensions. Figure 8 – Tight Nesting of Steel Deck Sheets

86 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:51 AM Page 87

Steel Deck Fastening Systems

Steel Deck Fastener Design & Selection 3.4.1

[Link].4 Fastener Inspection (Post-Fastener Installation)

Steel deck construction projects may present a challenge There are three main characteristics of proper fastenings that
with respect to the quality control of connections between must be considered:
sheet steel and the supporting steel structure. Quality control 1. Fasteners installed in proper locations. The fasteners
measures for traditional fastening methods typically consist of must be installed in the proper steel deck valleys or flutes in
visual checks and dimensional or size verifications, which accordance with the structural roof deck plans and design.
may or may not confirm a proper fastening. Field verification The fastener point must penetrate into, but not necessarily
of the adequacy of steel deck mechanical fastenings through, the supporting steel (top chord or flange), depending
(powder-actuated or pneumatic driven) can be conducted as on the fastener/deck/base steel configuration.
described in this section.
2. Clamping of fastened part to base material.
The use of mechanical fasteners does not imply a need to The fasteners must clamp the steel deck down to the base
inspect every fastening point unless specified by the steel (top chord or flange). There should not be any visible
structural engineer. No guideline standards are published by gaps between the steel deck and the base steel or between
SDI, AWS, AISC or OSHA for percentages of steel deck the steel deck laps.
connections that must be checked or that can be
3. Washer placement and condition. In general, the
unsatisfactory. This determination must be made by the
fastener washer edges must be clamping the steel deck sheet
structural engineer and Authority Having Jurisdiction.
to the base steel. The washers should not curl upwards away
Hilti has multiple systems in from the deck surface and must not be digging or cutting into
place that help ensure steel the steel deck surface. For the X-EDN19 and X-EDNK22
deck fastenings are done right fasteners, the top hat washer must be compressed. For the
the first time. Together with a X-ENP-19 fastener, the piston mark (indentation) should be
commitment to field quality clearly visible on the fastener washer as shown in Figure 10.
control by the steel deck installer,
these systems may alleviate the
need for post-fastener
installation inspection. Hilti has
over one thousand account Piston Mark
managers and field engineers
available for training steel deck
installers. This hands-on training
includes the use of the Hilti
Powder-Actuated Tools in
accordance with ANSI A10.3
Figure 9 – safety requirements, use of the
Figure 10 – X-ENP-19 L15 Piston Mark (indentation)
Hilti Power Deck Fastener Selector Gauge,
Adjustment Guide proper steel deck layout and When the inspector is unclear about the compression of the
end/corner lap nesting as top hat washer or the piston mark, the Hilti Power Adjustment
discussed in Section [Link].3. Proper fastener, tool and Guide may be used to ensure proper fastener nailhead stand-
cartridge selection as discussed in Section [Link], as well off, hNVS. Note that measuring nail head stand-off does not
as the use of the Hilti Power Adjustment Guide, shown in verify proper fastener embedment unless the steel deck and
Figure 9 and discussed in more detail in Section [Link].3 base material are tightly clamped, with the base steel not
are also key elements of the installer training. Furthermore, deformed or bent.
the Hilti DX 860-HSN and DX 76-PTR tools come equipped
The following Figures 11 and 12 provide visual examples of
with piston brakes, which virtually eliminate the possibility of
proper and improper steel deck fastenings for Hilti bar joist
overdriven fasteners.
(X-EDN19/X-EDNK22) and structural steel (X-ENP-19 L15)
fasteners, respectively.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 87
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:51 AM Page 88

Steel Deck Fastening Systems

3.4.1 Steel Deck Fastener Design & Selection

Excessive hNVS Top Hat not collapsed, not

snug against washer and
not clamping deck sheet
to base steel

Figure 11a. Under Driven X-EDN19/X-EDNK22 Fastener with Single

Sheet to Base Steel

hNVS within Top Hat properly

acceptable limits collapsed, snug against
washer and clamping deck
sheet to base steel

Figure 11b. Properly Driven X-EDN19/X-EDNK22 Fastener with Single

Sheet to Base Steel

Insufficient hNVS Washers cutting into deck

sheet, deforming base
steel and deck sheet

Figure 11c. Over Driven X-EDN19/X-EDNK22 Fastener with Single Sheet

to Base Steel

88 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:51 AM Page 89

Steel Deck Fastening Systems

Steel Deck Fastener Design & Selection 3.4.1

Excessive hNVS Piston Mark (indentation) not

visible on fastener
Gap visible between washers

Washers not clamping deck

sheet to base steel

Figure 12a. Under Driven X-ENP-19 Fastener with Single Sheet

to Base Steel.

hNVS within Piston Mark (indentation)

acceptable limits clearly visible on fastener

Washers snug against one

another and clamping
deck sheet to base steel

Figure 12b. Properly Driven X-ENP-19 Fastener with Single Sheet

to Base Steel

Insufficient hNVS Washers cutting into deck

sheet, deforming base
steel and deck sheet

Figure 12c. Over Driven X-ENP-19 Fastener with Single Sheet

to Base Steel

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 89
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:51 AM Page 90

Steel Deck Fastening Systems

3.4.1 Steel Deck Fastener Design & Selection

[Link] Fastener, Tool & Cartridge Selection Guide

Solutions for Bar Joist (Open Web Joists) Applications (Reference Section 3.4.2)

DX 460 MX SM

Kwik-Pro
S-MD 10-16
or 12-14 HWH
Stitch Screws*
R4X12-S

DX 860-HSN
X-EDNK22 THQ12 or X-EDN19 THQ12

SDT-25

Solutions for Structural Steel Applications (Reference Section 3.4.3)

DX 76 PTR

Kwik-Pro
S-MD 10-16
or 12-14 HWH
Stitch Screws*
X-ENP-19 L15
DX 860-ENP

* Reference Section 3.5.2 for more information on Hilti Kwik-Pro screws. SDT-25

90 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:51 AM Page 91

Steel Deck Fastening Systems

Steel Deck Fastener Design & Selection 3.4.1

[Link].1 Fastener Selection

Bar Joist (Reference Secton 3.4.2)

Base Fastener Installation

Material 1 Type 2 Tools

X-EDN19 THQ123
Bar Joist and DX 860-HSN
Structural Steel DX 460-SM
3/16" (5 mm) < t f ≤ 3/8" (10 mm) R4X12-S Pneumatic Tool

X-EDNK22 THQ12
DX 860-HSN4
Bar Joist DX 460-SM
1/8" (3 mm) ≤ t f < 1/4" (6 mm) R4X12-S Pneumatic Tool

1 t f is the thickness of the steel support member base material.

2 X-EDN19 and X-EDNK22 fit in all deck types except A-deck.
3 This fastener can be used with structural steel within the thickness ranges shown.
4 For thinner top chords in the 1/8" to 5/32" range, the DX 860-HSN is the recommended tool for best results.

Structural Steel (Reference Secton 3.4.3)

Base Fastener Installation Options

Material1 Type 2 Tools

X-ENP-19 L15 • Sealing cap for exposed

Structural Steel, hardened structural exterior applications
DX 860-ENP
steel and Heavy Bar Joist • Collated (MX R) fasteners for
DX 76 PTR
t f ≥ 1/4" (6 mm) DX 76 FN-15
DX 76 PTR & DX 860-ENP
• Collated (MX) fasteners for DX 76 PTR
• Single fasteners for DX 76 FN-15

1 t f is the thickness of the steel support member base material.

2 X-ENP-19 L15 fasteners fit in all types of deck except A and F.

Sealing Caps
The SDK2 is an SAE 304 stainless steel sealing cap with a
neoprene seal. This is installed over the head of the X-ENP-19
fastener using the SDK2 hand setting
tool. The SDK2 sealing cap provides
added corrosion protection for exposed SDK2 Sealing Cap
exterior steel deck applications in
SDK2 Setting Tool X-ENP-19 L15
accordance with IBC requirements.
hnvs = 8.2 mm - 9.8 mm

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 91
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:51 AM Page 92

Steel Deck Fastening Systems

3.4.1 Steel Deck Fastener Design & Selection

[Link].2 Tool Selection

DX 860-HSN The DX 860-HSN stand up decking tool is a fully automatic powder-
actuated tool designed for attaching steel deck to steel base materials.
With a high fastening rate and 40-nail magazine, the DX 860-HSN can
significantly help reduce the time it takes to attach deck. Fastenings
can be made on very thin support structures without the need for weld
washers. Suitable for base steels with a thickness of 1/8" to 3/8".
Fastens X-EDN19 THQ12 and X-EDNK22 THQ12 collated fasteners.

DX 460-SM The DX 460-SM decking tool is a medium duty powder-actuated

tool with adjustable power regulation used for attaching steel deck
to steel base materials. This system is best suited for deck with a
flute width of 1/2" or greater and for base steels with a thickness of
5/32 to 3/8". Fastens X-EDN19 THQ12 and X-EDNK22 THQ12
collated fasteners.

R4X12-S The R4X12-S decking system is a medium duty pneumatic system

designed for attaching steel deck to steel base materials. With a
20-fastener magazine and rapid cycling rate, this system offers high
productivity in deck installation.

This system is best suited for deck with a flute width of 1/2" or greater
and for base steels (bar joist) with a thickness of 5/32 to 5/16". Fastens
X-EDN19 THQ12 and X-EDNK22 THQ12 collated fasteners.

DX 860-ENP The DX 860-ENP is a fully automatic powder-actuated tool

designed for attaching steel deck to structural steel beams. The
tool has capacity of 1 strip of 40 cartridges and 4 flexible strips of
10 each X-ENP-19 fasteners in an MXR collated configuration.

The DX 860-ENP is ergonomically designed to work in an upright

position, and can be loaded without the operator bending over.
The system is suitable for deck with a flute width of 3/4" or greater
and base steels with a thickness of 1/4" or greater.

DX 76 FN-15 & DX 76 PTR The DX 76 decking system is a heavy duty fastening system consisting
of semi-automatic, low velocity powder-actuated tool, fasteners and
cartridges for attaching steel deck to steel base materials. Special
features include cartridge power regulation which allows for high
productivity. This system is suitable for deck with a flute width of 3/4"
or greater and base steels with a thickness of 1/4" or greater. Use with
DX 76 PTR Shown. DX 76 FN-15 X-ENP-19 fasteners in single, MX or MXR collated configurations.
(Single fastener tool) also available.

SDT-25 The SDT-25 Stand Up Decking Tool is a steel deck sidelap and frame
fastening tool. Combined with the DX 860-HSN or DX 860-ENP,
these tools deliver a high speed, high productivity system for
mechanically fastening metal deck. The SDT-25 can consistently
drive up to 50 screws in the sidelaps of 16-26 gauge nestable decks
before reloading. Its comfortable, durable design features an 18
position torque clutch to provide consistent fastening quality. In
a competitive market, the SDT-25 represents a major gain in
productivity essential to staying on time and on budget.

92 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:51 AM Page 93

Steel Deck Fastening Systems

Steel Deck Fastener Design & Selection 3.4.1

[Link].3 Cartridge and Power Regulation Selection

When installing powder-actuated deck fasteners it is Cartridge colors available for Hilti
important for the installed fasteners to have a nailhead stand- Decking Tools are (in order of
off, hNVS, within the specified range. The Hilti Power increasing power): yellow, red and
Adjustment Guide, shown in Figure 1, is a valuable quality black. All Hilti Decking Tools
assurance aid to the decking foreman. It is primarily intended come equipped with a power
for power adjustment of the powder actuated tool. This is adjustment capability. The
done by installing test fastenings into representative base settings on the power regulation
steel and then checking the nailhead stand-off, hNVS, at the dials range from 1 to 4.
beginning of the work to achieve the optimal cartridge and Figures 2 and 3 provide the
tool power level. This is a critical step in the work because of installer with a recommended
variations in the structural steel strengths (Fy, Fu ) and member cartridge color and power setting
thicknesses. By investing this time up front and properly for Hilti bar joist and structural
correlating the fastening system to actual site materials, most steel deck fasteners, respectively.
fastening issues can be avoided. During installation, it is also These charts are guidelines that
advisable for the foreman to check the work periodically to the installer can use to start the
spot deficiencies before large portions of the deck might be process of test fastenings
fastened incorrectly. Failure to properly set the tool, fastener Figure 1 –
discussed above. This also helps
and cartridge prior to starting work can decrease fastening Hilti Power
ensure the installer will have the
quality consistency. Adjustment Guide
proper color cartridges on the
Prior to starting work, the installer shall install a test fastening project site.
and check the hNVS using the Hilti Power Adjustment Guide.
If necessary, the installer shall adjust the power or force that
drives the piston into the fastener into the base steel. There
are two ways to accomplish this power adjustment. One is
by use of different cartridge colors and the other is by
adjusting the power on the tool itself.

Figure 2 – Cartridge and Power Regulation Guidelines for Bar Figure 3 – Cartridge and Power Regulation Guidelines for
Joist Fasteners installed with a DX 860-HSN1 Structural Steel Fastener1

1 Cartridge recommendations for the X-ENP-19 fastener are acceptable for all current Hilti Decking Tools for attachment to structural steel.
Cartridge recommendations for the X-EDN-19 and X-EDNK-22 fasteners are for the DX 860-HSN. Cartridge and air pressure recommendations
for the DX 460-SM and R4X12-S Decking Tools, respectively, can be found in the tool operator manuals.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 93
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:51 AM Page 94

Steel Deck Fastening Systems

3.4.1 Steel Deck Fastener Design & Selection

[Link] Submittal Information for Roof Deck

Hilti Account Manager: Date:

Phone: Fax:

Decking Installer: Contact Name (Last, First):

Phone: Fax:

Engineer of Record: Contact Name (Last, First):

Phone: Fax:

Project Name: Project Location:

Total Area: Deck Manufacturer:

Regional Hilti Field Engineer: Design Reference: SDI ICC-ES CSSBI Other

Submittal Recipient: Decking Installer Account Manager Other:

Bar Str.
Joist Steel
Zone _______ Support Span (ft) _______ Support Steel Design Diaphragm Capacity (plf) _______
X-ENP-19 X-EDN19/EDNK22 Exposed to Weather
Deck Type Deck Gauge Weld Size Weld Pattern Sidelap Type Sidelap Pattern Base Thickness
B (1.5") 24 1/2" 36 / 9 #10 Screw _____# Per Span ≤3/16"
N (3") 22 5/8" 30 / 7 #12 Screw _____(in.) On Center 1/4"
Other 20 3/4" 24 / 5 Button Punch 5/16"
18 __ / 4 _______(in.) Top Seam Weld Length 3/8"
16 3 Proprietary Punch System ≥7/16"
__ Other

Bar Str.
Joist Steel
Zone _______ Support Span (ft) _______ Support Steel Design Diaphragm Capacity (plf) _______
X-ENP-19 X-EDN19/EDNK22 Exposed to Weather
Deck Type Deck Gauge Weld Size Weld Pattern Sidelap Type Sidelap Pattern Base Thickness
B (1.5") 24 1/2" 36 / 9 #10 Screw _____# Per Span ≤3/16"
N (3") 22 5/8" 30 / 7 #12 Screw _____(in.) On Center 1/4"
Other 20 3/4" 24 / 5 Button Punch 5/16"
18 __ / 4 _______(in.) Top Seam Weld Length 3/8"
16 3 Proprietary Punch System ≥7/16"
__ Other
Bar Str.
Joist Steel
Zone _______ Support Span (ft) _______ Support Steel Design Diaphragm Capacity (plf) _______
X-ENP-19 EDN19/EDNK22 Exposed to Weather
Deck Type Deck Gauge Weld Size Weld Pattern Sidelap Type Sidelap Pattern Base Thickness
B (1.5") 24 1/2" 36 / 9 #10 Screw _____# Per Span ≤3/16"
N (3") 22 5/8" 30 / 7 #12 Screw _____(in.) On Center 1/4"
Other 20 3/4" 24 / 5 Button Punch 5/16"
18 __ / 4 _______(in.) Top Seam Weld Length 3/8"
16 3 Proprietary Punch System ≥7/16"
__ Other

Notes

Fax or email completed forms to Hilti Technical Support: (918) 252-6849; HNAtechnicalservices@[Link]
94 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:51 AM Page 95

Steel Deck Fastening Systems

Steel Deck Fastener Design & Selection 3.4.1

[Link] Submittal Information for Floor Deck

Hilti Account Manager: Date:

Phone: Fax:

Decking Installer: Contact Name (Last, First):

Phone: Fax:

Engineer of Record: Contact Name (Last, First):

Phone: Fax:

Project Name: Project Location:

Total Area: Deck Manufacturer:

Regional Hilti Field Engineer: Design Reference: SDI ICC-ES CSSBI Other

Submittal Recipient: Decking Installer Account Manager Other:

Bar Str.
Joist Steel
Zone _______ Support Span (ft) _______ Support Steel Design Diaphragm Capacity (plf) _______
X-ENP-19 X-EDN19/EDNK22
Deck Type Deck Gauge Weld Size Weld Pattern Sidelap Type Sidelap Pattern Base Thickness
B (1.5") 24 1/2" 36 / 9 #10 Screw _____# Per Span ≤3/16"
N (3") 22 5/8" 30 / 7 #12 Screw _____(in.) On Center 1/4"
2" X 12" 20 3/4" 24 / 5 Button Punch 5/16"
3" X 12" 18 __ / 4 _______(in.) Top Seam Weld Length 3/8"
9/16" 16 3 Other ≥7/16"
Other __

Normal Weight Concrete 3000 psi _________(Inches) Concrete Depth Above Top of Flute
Lightweight Concrete 3500 psi
4000 psi
Insulating Concrete………………130 psi

Perform Calculations based on Shear Studs Present in Design

Deck fastened at a 36/4 pattern with standing seam sidelaps fastened by button punches @ 36" O.C. maximum.
Refer to ICC-ES ESR-2197, Tables 16-20, for more details.

Minimum Concrete Shear Reinforcement .00075 bw s2 .00025 bw s2

Minimum Average Spacing of Shear Studs 12" 18" 24" 30" 36"

Minimum Welded Wire Fabric for Tabulated Shear Values 6 x 6 – W 1.4 x W 1.4
6 x 6 – W 2.0 x W 2.0
6 x 6 – W 2.9 x W 2.9
6 x 6 – W 4.0 x W 4.0
4 x 4 – W 4.0 x W 4.0
6 x 6 – W 7.5 x W 7.5
6 x 6 – W 8.3 x W 8.3

Notes

Fax or email completed forms to Hilti Technical Support: (918) 252-6849; HNAtechnicalservices@[Link]

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 95
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:51 AM Page 96

Steel Deck Fastening Systems

3.4.1 Steel Deck Fastener Design & Selection

[Link] Fastener Quantity Estimation Table1,2,3

Frame Fasteners per Square of Roof

Fastener Fastener Support Spacing, ft

Pattern Spacing 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0 6.5 7.0 8.0
36/11 6" 78 69 63 59 53 50 46 40
36/9 6" 61 56 50 45 43 39 36 33
36/7 6" 53 48 43 39 37 34 32 28
36/5 6-12-12-6 37 33 30 28 26 24 23 20
36/4 12" 29 26 22 22 21 19 18 16
36/3 18" 21 19 17 16 15 14 13 12
30/6 6" 53 48 43 39 37 34 32 28
30/4 6-18-6 34 30 28 26 24 22 21 19
30/3 12-18 24 22 20 19 17 16 15 14
24/5 6" 53 48 43 39 37 34 32 28
24/3 6" 29 26 22 22 21 19 18 16
24/4 8" 41 37 34 31 29 27 25 22
1 Hilti Profis DF software also estimates fastener quantities
2 Estimated quantities are for one square of decking. A square of roof decking is an area of 100 ft 2.
No provision is made for waste. Perimeter fastening spacing is based on 12" on-center assumption.
3 For interlocking sidelaps, add 15% to quantities in table.

[Link] Common Steel Deck Dimensions

Common Steel Deck Types and Dimensions1
Deck Common Steel Deck Gauge (GA) Inch
Type Thickness Standard Dimensions and Millimeter Equivalent2
6"
1.5"

2.5"
Gauge Approximate Sheet
Steel Thickness
B 16-24 GA (GA)
in. (mm)
1.75" 16 0.0598 (1.52)
36"
18 0.0474 (1.21)
20 0.0358 (0.91)
6" 2.5" 3.5"
1.75" 22 0.0295 (0.76)
1.5"

BI 16-24 GA
24 0.0239 (0.61)
36"
26 0.0179 (0.45)
28 0.0149 (0.38)
8"
2.75"
N 16-22 GA
3"

1.75" 1 Dimensions shown are typical. However,

24"
0.75"

the structural engineer should always con-

sult with the steel deck manufacturer on the
6" dimensions for the specific product as they
1.5"

can vary depending on the manufacturer.

1.75"
2 Deck gauge inch equivalents taken from
F 18-22 GA
SDI Diaphragm Design Manual. Millimeter
0.5"
equivalents taken from CSSBI Design of
36"
Steel Deck Diaphragms.

12"
0.75"

3"
7.25"
1"

Composite
16-22 GA
Deck
4.75" 36"
9/16"

1.5" 2.5"
Form Deck 24-28 GA
1"
30"

96 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:51 AM Page 97

Steel Deck Fastening Systems

Deck Fasteners for Attachment to Bar Joist 3.4.2

[Link] Product Description [Link] Product Description

The Hilti bar joist deck fastening system deck profile and base steel thicknesses [Link] Material Specifications

consists of a variety of powder-actuated of 1/8" to 3/8". These fasteners are [Link] Technical Data
tools which are primarily used with the available in collated strips of 10. Four [Link] Ordering Information
following fasteners: the X-EDN19 THQ12 of these strips are loaded into the
and the X-EDNK22 THQ12, which are DX 860-HSN tool along with the strips
available in a collated version. of cartridges, and enable the operator
to fasten at a rate of up to 1,000 quality
For many bar joist decking jobs, the tool
fastenings per hour. Additionally, this
of choice will be the DX 860-HSN tool.
tool offers punch through resistance in X-EDN19 THQ12
This self-contained stand up decking
cases where the base material is
tool is powered by 0.27 caliber short
inadvertently missed.
cartridges, which are loaded into the
tool in strips of 40. The cartridges drive Other tools include the hand held
the X-EDN19 or X-EDNK22 MX DX-460 MX SM, a semi-automatic X-EDNK22 THQ12
fasteners into almost any type of steel magazine tool for use on smaller jobs.

[Link] Material Specifications Listings/Approvals

ICC-ES (International Code Council)
Fastener Fastener Fastener Nominal Fastener
Designation Material Plating Hardness
ESR-2197, ESR-2199, ESR-1414,
ER-2078P
X-EDN 19 THQ12 Carbon Steel 5 µm Zinc1 55 HRC COLA (City of Los Angeles)
X-EDNK22 THQ 12 Carbon Steel 5 µm Zinc1 55 HRC RR 25296
1 ASTM B 633, SC 1, Type III. FM (Factory Mutual)
For attaching Class 1 Steel Roof Decks
[Link] Technical Data with 1-60 and 1-90 wind uplift ratings.
Listed for higher wind uplift ratings with
Allowable Pullout Loads for Attachments to Steel Base Material lb (kN)1, 2, 3
FM Approved Lightweight Insulating
Base Material Thickness (in.) Concrete Roof Deck Assemblies.
Fastener Refer to FM RoofNav for specific
1/8 3/16 1/4 3/8 1/2
assembly listings.
X-EDN19 THQ12 – 425 (1.89) 515 (2.29) 630 (2.80) 405 (1.80)4
UL (Underwriters Laboratories)
X-EDNK22 THQ12 395 (1.76) 590 (2.62) 610 (2.71)4 – – Fasteners for attaching steel roof deck
1 These values represent testing performed in ASTM A 36 plate steel. Performance values in a different (uplift and fire classification)
grade, condition or shape of base material may provide different values.
2 The values must be compared with allowable tensile pullover values.
3 Allowable values based on safety factor of 5.0.
4 Outside of recommended base material thickness range for roof and floor diaphragm applications.

Allowable Pullover and Shear Loads for Attaching Steel Deck 3,4,5
Steel Deck Gauge (in.)
16 (0.0598) 18 (0.0474) 20 (0.0358) 22 (0.0295) 24 (0.0239) 26 (0.0179)
Fastener
Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
X-EDN19 THQ12 1 610 585 530 470 415 360 240 300 195 245 140 185
X-EDNK22 THQ12 2 (2.71) (2.60) (2.36) (2.09) (1.85) (1.60) (1.07) (1.33) (0.87) (1.09) (0.62) (0.82)
1 For base steel thickness 1/8" to 1/4".
2 For base steel thickness 3/16" to 3/8".
3 Allowable values are based on a safety factor of 5.0.
4 For alternate pullover capacities and factors of safety for uplift, refer to SDI Diaphragm Design Manual.
5 Loads based on ASTM A 1008, or minimum ASTM A 653 SQ33 steel deck.

Shear Strength (Qf) and Flexibility Factor (Sf) for Calculating

Steel Deck Diaphragm Strength and Stiffness 1, 2, 3
1 This data can be used to calculate fastener performance when
Steel Deck Gauge (in.)
Fastener Term attaching steel deck diaphragms based on SDI Diaphragm
16 (0.0598) 18 (0.0474) 20 (0.0358) 22 (0.0295) 24 (0.0239) Design Manual.
Qf 2925 2350 1795 1500 1215 2 Values based on ASTM A 1008 or minimum ASTM A653 SQ33
X-EDN19 & lb (kN) (13.01) (10.45) (7.98) (6.67) (5.40) steel deck.
X-EDNK22 Sf 0.0051 0.0057 0.0066 0.0073 0.0081 3 Profis DF software is available to generate diaphragm tables in
in./kip (mm/kN) (0.0294) (0.0329) (0.0381) (0.0421) (0.0468) accordance with SDI equations. A free download is available at
[Link].

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 97
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:51 AM Page 98

Steel Deck Fastening Systems

3.4.2 Deck Fasteners for Attachment to Bar Joist

Diaphragm Tables for Standard 1.5" Deck – X-EDNK22 or X-EDN19 (Pattern: 36/7)

Additional tables can be generated from the Hilti Profis DF software which is available for download at [Link].
Bar Joist 1, 2 For detailed information contact Hilti Tech Support 1-877-749-6337.

Frame Fastening: Hilti X-EDNK22 / X-EDN19 Pattern: 36/7

Stitch Fastening: #10 Drill Screws Safety Factor: 2.35 36/7
GAUGE: 22 t = design thickness = 0.0295"
Stitch ALLOWABLE DIAPHRAGM SHEAR, plf
Connectors Span, ft
per span 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0 6.5 7.0 K1
0 414 360 313 277 247 224 204 187 172 0.528
1 487 426 378 337 301 273 249 228 211 0.402
2 555 489 435 392 355 322 294 270 249 0.325
3 618 547 490 442 403 369 338 311 288 0.272
4 675 602 541 490 448 411 380 353 326 0.235
5 727 652 589 536 491 452 419 390 364 0.206
6 774 699 634 579 532 491 456 425 398 0.184
Dwr = 129 Dir = 226 Dnr = 356 K2 = 870
Substitute these values into the G' equation as appropriate.
GAUGE: 20 t = design thickness = 0.0358"
Stitch ALLOWABLE DIAPHRAGM SHEAR, plf
Connectors Span, ft
per span 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0 6.5 7.0 7.5 8.0 K1
0 379 335 300 271 247 227 210 194 181 0.581
1 456 408 365 331 302 277 256 238 222 0.443
2 525 473 430 390 356 328 303 282 263 0.358
3 591 534 486 446 411 378 350 325 304 0.300
4 654 592 541 497 460 427 396 369 345 0.258
5 712 648 593 547 506 471 440 412 386 0.227
6 767 700 643 594 551 514 481 452 426 0.202
7 818 750 691 640 595 555 520 489 462 0.182
Dwr = 97 Dir = 169 Dnr = 266 K2 = 1056
Substitute these values into the G' equation as appropriate.
GAUGE: 18 t = design thickness = 0.0474"
Stitch ALLOWABLE DIAPHRAGM SHEAR, plf
Connectors Span, ft
per span 5.0 5.5 6.0 6.5 7.0 7.5 8.0 8.5 9.0 K1
0 395 358 326 300 277 257 240 225 211 0.669
1 482 436 398 366 339 315 294 276 259 0.510
2 564 515 471 433 401 373 348 327 307 0.412
3 639 586 541 500 463 430 402 378 355 0.345
4 711 654 604 562 524 488 456 428 404 0.297
5 780 719 666 620 579 544 511 479 452 0.261
6 846 782 725 676 633 595 560 530 500 0.233
7 909 842 783 731 685 644 608 575 546 0.210
8 969 899 838 784 735 693 654 619 588 0.191
Dwr = 63 Dir = 111 Dnr = 175 K2 = 1398
Substitute these values into the G' equation as appropriate.
G' = K2
3.78 + 0.3 Dxx/span + 3 x K1 x span
Where K1 = Refer to table for values; span in feet (ft)
1 Allowable diaphragm shear loads shown are calcu- 3 To calculate LRFD values, multiply values in table by Dwr – For Wide Rib Deck
lated in accordance with SDI equations with safety 2.35 and multiply again by φ=0.7 for wind or φ=0.65 K1 – Fastener Flexibility Factor
factor of 2.35 for wind loads. for earthquake. K2 – 29500 t
2 To calculate ASD values for load combinations 4 At diaphragm perimeter: X-EDN19 / X-EDNK22 G' – Diaphragm Shear Stiffness
involving earthquake, multiply values in table by frame fasteners should be spaced at identical spac-
Dxx – Dwr, Dir, or Dnr (whichever
2.35 and divide by a safety factor of 2.50. ing as sidelap connectors.
is applicable)
5 Panel buckling has been checked.

98 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:51 AM Page 99

Steel Deck Fastening Systems

Deck Fasteners for Attachment to Bar Joist 3.4.2

Diaphragm Tables for Standard 1.5" Deck – Hilti X-EDNK22 or X-EDN19 (Pattern: 36/4)
Additional tables can be generated from the Hilti Profis DF software which is available for download at [Link].
Bar Joist 1, 2 For detailed information contact Hilti Tech Support 1-877-749-6337.

Frame Fastening: Hilti X-EDNK22 / X-EDN19 Pattern: 36/4

Stitch Fastening: #10 Drill Screws Safety Factor: 2.35 36/4
GAUGE: 22 t = design thickness = 0.0295"
Stitch ALLOWABLE DIAPHRAGM SHEAR, plf
Connectors Span, ft
per span 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0 6.5 7.0 K1
0 281 247 219 193 172 155 141 129 119 0.792
1 340 303 273 247 226 204 186 171 157 0.539
2 389 351 319 292 268 247 230 212 196 0.409
3 429 392 360 331 306 284 265 247 232 0.329
4 461 426 395 366 340 317 297 279 262 0.275
5 487 455 424 396 371 348 327 308 290 0.237
6 508 479 450 423 398 375 354 334 316 0.208
DWR = 1072 DIR = 1216 DNR = 1282 K2 = 870
Substitute these values into the G' equation as appropriate.
GAUGE: 20 t = design thickness = 0.0358"
Stitch ALLOWABLE DIAPHRAGM SHEAR, plf
Connectors Span, ft
per span 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0 6.5 7.0 7.5 8.0 K1
0 265 235 210 189 172 157 145 134 125 0.872
1 329 298 273 248 226 208 192 178 166 0.594
2 385 352 324 299 277 258 238 221 206 0.450
3 434 400 370 343 320 299 281 264 247 0.362
4 477 442 411 384 359 337 317 299 283 0.303
5 513 479 448 420 395 372 351 332 315 0.261
6 544 511 481 453 427 404 383 363 345 0.229
7 570 539 510 482 457 433 412 392 373 0.204
DWR = 802 DIR = 909 DNR = 959 K2 = 1056
Substitute these values into the G' equation as appropriate.
GAUGE: 18 t = design thickness = 0.0474"
Stitch ALLOWABLE DIAPHRAGM SHEAR, plf
Connectors Span, ft
per span 5.0 5.5 6.0 6.5 7.0 7.5 8.0 8.5 9.0 K1
0 277 250 228 209 192 178 166 155 145 1.004
1 357 329 300 275 254 236 220 206 193 0.693
2 425 392 364 340 316 294 274 257 242 0.518
3 486 451 420 393 369 347 328 308 290 0.417
4 540 504 472 443 417 394 373 354 336 0.349
5 589 552 519 489 462 437 415 394 375 0.300
6 632 595 562 531 503 478 454 433 413 0.263
7 670 634 601 570 542 515 491 469 448 0.234
8 703 668 636 605 577 550 526 503 481 0.211
DWR = 526 DIR = 597 DNR = 630 K2 = 1398
Substitute these values into the G' equation as appropriate.
G' = K2
3.78 + 0.3 Dxx/span + 3 x K1 x span
Where K1 = Refer to table for values; span in feet (ft)
1 Allowable diaphragm shear loads shown are calcu- 3 To calculate LRFD values, multiply values in table Dwr – For Wide Rib Deck
lated in accordance with SDI equations with safety by 2.35 and multiply again by φ=0.7 for wind or K1 – Fastener Flexibility Factor
factor of 2.35 for wind loads. φ=0.65 for earthquake. K2 – 29500 t
2 To calculate ASD values for load combinations 4 At diaphragm perimeter: X-EDN19 / X-EDNK22 G' – Diaphragm Shear Stiffness
involving earthquake, multiply values in table by frame fasteners should be spaced at identical
Dxx – Dwr, Dir, or Dnr (whichever
2.35 and divide by a safety factor of 2.50. spacing as sidelap connectors.
is applicable)
5 Panel buckling has been checked.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 99
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:51 AM Page 100

Steel Deck Fastening Systems

3.4.2 Decking Fasteners for Attachment to Bar Joist

Limit States Design-Factored Resistance Diaphragm Tables for Deck Fasteners (Canada)
Diaphragm Table 36-7 Limit States Design (LSD)-Factored Resistance Diaphragm Shear, q, (N/mm) and Flexibility Factor, F, (mm x 10-6/N)
w/X-EDNK22/EDN19 Metric for 38 mm deep steel nestable deck fastened with Hilti X-EDNK22/EDN19 with screwed sidelaps (Canada only)1, 2, 3
No. of Transverse Nails per 900 mm Wide Deck Units=7 (every flute)

Sidelap Connection #10 Screw at 600 mm O.C. #10 Screw at 450 mm O.C. #10 Screw at 300 mm O.C. #10 Screw at 150 mm O.C.
Span (mm)
Deck Gauge Thickness 22 20 18 16 22 20 18 16 22 20 18 16 22 20 18 16
Strength, q 6.5 7.9 10.2 12.8 6.5 7.9 10.2 12.8 8.3 10.1 13.3 16.7 11.6 14.0 18.4 23.1
1200
Flexibility Factor, F 120 88 60 45 120 88 60 45 110 79 52 38 101 71 45 32
Strength, q 5.2 6.2 8.2 10.3 6.1 7.4 9.6 12.1 7.6 9.3 12.2 15.3 11.0 13.4 17.6 22.0
1500
Flexibility Factor, F 115 88 62 49 108 81 56 43 99 73 49 37 89 64 42 30
Strength, q 5.1 6.1 8.1 10.1 5.8 7.1 9.3 11.6 7.2 8.7 11.4 14.3 10.7 12.9 17.0 21.3
1800
Flexibility Factor, F 106 81 59 46 99 76 54 42 91 68 47 36 81 59 39 29
Strength, q 4.2 5.2 6.9 8.7 4.9 6.0 8.0 10.0 6.8 8.2 10.8 13.6 9.6 12.6 16.6 20.7
2100
Flexibility Factor, F 106 83 62 50 99 77 56 45 86 66 46 36 75 56 38 28
Strength, q 4.2 5.2 6.9 8.7 4.8 5.9 7.9 9.9 6.6 7.9 10.5 13.0 7.4 9.8 15.0 20.3
2400
Flexibility Factor, F 99 79 59 48 94 73 54 44 83 64 46 36 71 53 37 28
Strength, q 3.8 4.6 6.1 7.6 4.8 5.9 7.8 9.8 5.9 7.6 10.1 12.7 5.9 7.8 11.9 16.6
2700
Flexibility Factor, F 101 82 62 51 90 71 53 43 80 62 45 36 68 51 36 27
Strength, q 3.9 4.7 6.2 7.8 4.3 5.3 6.9 8.7 4.7 6.2 9.6 12.3 4.7 6.2 9.6 13.5
3000
Flexibility Factor, F 96 78 60 49 91 73 55 45 77 61 45 36 65 50 35 27

Diaphragm Table 36-4 Limit States Design (LSD)-Factored Resistance Diaphragm Shear, q, (N/mm) and Flexibility Factor, F, (mm x 10-6/N)
w/X-EDNK22/EDN19 Metric for 38 mm deep steel nestable deck fastened with Hilti X-EDNK22/EDN19 with screwed sidelaps (Canada only)1, 2, 3
No. of Transverse Nails per 900 mm Wide Deck Units=4 (every other flute)

Sidelap Connection #10 Screw at 600 mm O.C. #10 Screw at 450 mm O.C. #10 Screw at 300 mm O.C. #10 Screw at 150 mm O.C.
Span (mm)
Deck Gauge Thickness 22 20 18 16 22 20 18 16 22 20 18 16 22 20 18 16
Strength, q 4.7 5.6 7.4 9.3 4.7 5.6 7.4 9.3 6.2 7.4 9.8 12.2 8.1 9.8 12.8 16.0
1200
Flexibility Factor, F 595 384 210 132 595 384 210 132 578 369 197 120 567 359 188 113
Strength, q 3.9 4.7 6.1 7.6 4.6 5.5 7.3 9.2 5.9 7.1 9.3 11.6 7.9 9.5 12.6 15.7
1500
Flexibility Factor, F 500 328 186 122 487 317 176 113 474 305 166 103 462 294 156 95
Strength, q 4.0 4.7 6.2 7.8 4.6 5.5 7.2 9.2 5.6 6.8 8.9 11.2 7.8 9.4 12.3 15.5
1800
Flexibility Factor, F 425 281 161 106 415 272 154 100 405 262 145 92 392 251 135 83
Strength, q 3.4 4.1 5.4 6.8 4.0 4.8 6.3 7.9 5.4 6.6 8.6 10.8 7.6 9.3 12.2 15.3
2100
Flexibility Factor, F 383 257 152 103 372 247 143 96 355 232 130 84 342 220 120 75
Strength, q 3.5 4.2 5.6 7.1 4.0 4.8 6.3 8.0 5.3 6.3 8.5 10.6 7.6 9.2 12.1 15.2
2400
Flexibility Factor, F 340 230 137 94 332 222 130 88 318 209 119 78 304 197 108 68
Strength, q 3.1 3.8 4.9 6.2 4.0 4.9 6.5 8.1 5.2 6.2 8.2 10.3 7.5 9.2 12.0 15.0
2700
Flexibility Factor, F 318 218 133 93 301 203 120 82 289 192 110 73 275 179 99 63
Strength, q 3.2 3.9 5.2 6.6 3.6 4.5 5.9 7.4 5.1 6.2 8.1 10.2 7.5 9.0 12.0 14.9
3000
Flexibility Factor, F 290 365 123 86 283 193 117 81 266 177 103 69 252 165 92 59

Diaphragm Table 36-7 Limit States Design (LSD)-Factored Resistance Diaphragm Shear, q, (N/mm) and Flexibility Factor, F, (mm x 10-6/N)
w/X-EDNK22/EDN19 Metric for 38 mm deep steel deck fastened with Hilti X-EDNK22/EDN19 (Canada only)1, 2, 3
No. of Transverse Nails per 900 mm Wide Deck Units=7 (every flute)

Sidelap Connection Button Punch 600 mm O.C. Button Punch 450 mm O.C. Button Punch 300 mm O.C. Button Punch 150 mm O.C.
Span (mm)
Deck Gauge Thickness 22 20 18 16 22 20 18 16 22 20 18 16 22 20 18 16
Strength, q 5.8 7.1 9.5 12.1 5.8 7.1 9.5 12.1 6.5 8.1 11.2 14.8 7.8 10.0 14.3 19.6
1200
Flexibility Factor, F 129 96 67 51 129 96 67 51 126 94 65 50 122 90 62 47
Strength, q 4.6 5.6 7.5 9.8 4.8 6.0 8.3 10.9 5.5 6.9 9.9 13.2 6.9 8.9 13.2 18.2
1500
Flexibility Factor, F 126 97 71 56 125 96 69 55 122 94 67 53 116 88 63 49
Strength, q 4.0 4.9 6.9 9.2 4.2 5.4 7.5 10.1 4.8 6.1 8.8 12.1 6.2 8.2 12.2 17.3
1800
Flexibility Factor, F 126 100 75 61 124 98 73 59 121 95 71 57 114 89 65 52
Strength, q 3.4 4.2 5.9 7.8 3.6 4.6 6.5 8.7 4.2 5.5 8.1 11.3 5.8 7.8 11.6 16.6
2100
Flexibility Factor, F 130 105 81 66 128 103 79 65 122 98 75 61 113 90 67 55
Strength, q 3.2 4.0 5.6 7.5 3.3 4.2 6.1 8.3 3.9 5.1 7.5 10.7 5.4 7.3 11.2 16.0
2400
Flexibility Factor, F 133 109 85 71 130 107 83 69 125 102 79 66 113 91 70 57
Strength, q 2.7 3.5 4.9 6.6 3.1 4.0 5.8 8.0 3.6 4.7 7.2 10.1 5.2 6.9 10.8 15.6
2700
Flexibility Factor, F 139 115 92 77 134 111 88 74 128 106 83 70 114 93 72 60
Strength, q 2.6 3.3 4.8 6.6 2.7 3.5 5.2 7.2 3.4 4.5 6.8 9.8 4.9 6.7 10.5 15.3
3000
Flexibility Factor, F 143 120 96 81 140 118 94 80 131 110 87 73 115 95 75 62
1 The ratio of span of deck unit to average length of sheet is taken to be 1/3.
2 Diaphragm loads are based on steel decks having an average ultimate tensile strength of 55 ksi.
3 Values shown calculated in accordance with SDI equations using a φ factor of 0.5 for LSD for all load conditions.

100 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:51 AM Page 101

Steel Deck Fastening Systems

Deck Fasteners for Attachment to Bar Joist 3.4.2

Limit States Design-Factored Resistance Diaphragm Tables for Deck Fasteners (Canada)
Diaphragm Table 36-4 Limit States Design (LSD)-Factored Resistance Diaphragm Shear, q, (N/mm) and Flexibility Factor, F, (mm x 10-6/N)
w/X-EDNK22/EDN19 Metric for 38 mm deep steel deck fastened with Hilti X-EDNK22/EDN19 (Canada only)1, 2, 3
No. of Transverse Nails per 900 mm Wide Deck Units=4 (every other flute)

Sidelap Connection Button Punch 600 mm O.C. Button Punch 450 mm O.C. Button Punch 300 mm O.C. Button Punch 150 mm O.C.
Span (mm)
Deck Gauge Thickness 22 20 18 16 22 20 18 16 22 20 18 16 22 20 18 16
Strength, q 4.1 4.3 5.7 7.4 3.5 4.3 5.7 7.4 4.0 5.0 7.0 9.3 4.8 6.2 8.9 12.0
1200
Flexibility Factor, F 612 399 224 144 612 399 224 144 607 395 220 141 599 388 214 135
Strength, q 3.3 4.0 5.5 7.2 3.5 4.5 6.2 8.1 4.1 5.2 7.4 10.0 5.3 6.8 9.9 13.6
1500
Flexibility Factor, F 521 348 203 137 518 345 201 134 513 340 196 130 502 330 188 123
Strength, q 2.9 3.6 5.2 6.9 3.2 4.1 5.9 7.9 3.6 4.7 6.9 9.4 4.9 6.5 9.5 13.2
1800
Flexibility Factor, F 462 315 190 132 459 311 188 130 452 306 183 125 438 293 172 116
Strength, q 2.5 3.2 4.5 6.0 2.7 3.8 4.9 6.8 3.3 4.5 6.5 8.9 4.7 6.1 9.2 12.9
2100
Flexibility Factor, F 426 297 186 134 422 293 183 131 412 283 175 124 394 268 161 111
Strength, q 2.4 2.9 4.3 6.0 2.5 3.5 4.8 6.7 3.1 4.1 6.2 8.6 4.5 5.9 8.9 12.7
2400
Flexibility Factor, F 398 282 182 134 394 278 179 131 383 268 170 123 362 249 154 109
Strength, q 2.0 2.6 3.8 5.3 2.4 3.4 4.7 6.6 2.9 3.9 6.0 8.3 4.2 5.8 8.8 12.5
2700
Flexibility Factor, F 382 276 184 139 373 268 177 132 361 257 168 124 337 236 149 107
Strength, q 2.0 2.6 3.8 5.3 2.1 3.2 4.2 6.0 2.7 3.6 5.8 8.1 4.1 5.6 8.7 12.3
3000
Flexibility Factor, F 367 393 183 140 362 265 180 137 346 250 166 125 318 225 145 106

Diaphragm Table 24-5 Limit States Design (LSD)-Factored Resistance Diaphragm Shear, q, (N/mm) and Flexibility Factor, F,
w/X-EDNK22/EDN19 Metric (mm x 10-6/N) for 75 mm deep steel deck fastened with Hilti X-EDNK22/EDN19 (Canada only)1, 2, 3
No. of Transverse Nails per 600 mm Wide Deck Units=5 (every flute)

Sidelap Connection Button Punch 600 mm O.C. Button Punch 450 mm O.C. Button Punch 300 mm O.C. Button Punch 150 mm O.C.
Span (mm)
Deck Gauge Thickness 22 20 18 16 22 20 18 16 22 20 18 16 22 20 18 16
Strength, q 2.0 2.6 3.7 5.2 2.1 2.8 4.2 5.8 2.6 3.5 5.4 7.8 3.9 5.4 8.8 12.9
2400
Flexibility Factor, F 281 227 173 143 275 222 169 139 262 209 158 130 235 185 137 111
Strength, q 1.7 2.2 3.3 4.5 2 2.6 4 5.7 2.4 3.3 5.1 7.5 3.7 5.2 8.5 12.6
2700
Flexibility Factor, F 290 238 185 154 279 227 176 146 264 214 165 136 233 186 140 115
Strength, q 1.6 2.1 3.2 4.5 1.7 2.3 3.5 5.1 2.3 3.1 4.9 7.2 3.6 5 8.2 12.4
3000
Flexibility Factor, F 295 244 192 161 289 238 187 157 268 220 171 143 233 188 143 118
Strength, q 1.4 1.9 2.9 4.1 1.7 2.2 3.5 5 2.1 2.9 4.7 7 3.4 4.8 8 12.2
3300
Flexibility Factor, F 307 257 205 173 293 245 194 164 272 225 177 149 233 189 146 121
Strength, q 1.4 1.9 2.9 4.1 1.6 2.2 3.4 5 2 2.8 4.5 6.8 3.3 4.7 7.9 12
3600
Flexibility Factor, F 312 263 211 180 299 251 201 170 277 231 183 155 233 191 149 124
Strength, q 1.2 1.7 2.6 3.8 1.4 2 3.1 4.6 1.9 2.7 4.4 6.6 3.2 4.6 7.8 11.9
3900
Flexibility Factor, F 325 276 224 191 311 263 212 181 282 237 189 160 234 193 152 127
Strength, q 1.2 1.6 2.6 3.8 1.4 1.9 3.1 4.6 1.9 2.6 4.3 6.5 3.2 4.5 7.6 11.8
4200
Flexibility Factor, F 331 282 230 197 316 269 218 186 287 242 195 166 235 195 154 129
1 The ratio of span of deck unit to average length of sheet is taken to be 1/3.
2 Diaphragm loads are based on steel decks having an average ultimate tensile strength of 55 ksi.
3 Values shown calculated in accordance with SDI equations using a φ factor of 0.5 for LSD for all load conditions.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 101
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:51 AM Page 102

Steel Deck Fastening Systems

3.4.2 Deck Fasteners for Attachment to Bar Joist

[Link] Ordering Information

DX 860-HSN Decking System
Tools
Description Notes Quantity
DX 860-HSN Stand Up Decking Tool 1 pcs
DX 860-HSN Stand-Up Decking Tool Use on Demand service provides one tool for 1 pcs
One Month Use one month
Accessories
Description Notes Quantity
Spare Set (HSN Piston and Brake) Piston and brake for DX 860-HSN 1 pcs
Fasteners (Combos with 40-strip Cartridges)
Description Base Steel Thickness Quantity
X-EDN19 Bulk Fastener/Cartridge Combo 3/16” < tf ≤ 3/8” 2,000 pcs
X-EDN19 Pallet Fastener/Cartridge Combo 3/16” < tf ≤ 3/8” 32,000 pcs
X-EDNK22 Bulk Fastener/Cartridge Combo 1/8” ≤ tf < 1/4” 2,000 pcs
X-EDNK22 Pallet Fastener/Cartridge Combo 1/8” ≤ tf < 1/4” 32,000 pcs
Cartridges (Strips of 40)
Description Notes Quantity
0.27 Caliber Short Yellow Cartridges Heavy duty for most applications 400 pcs
0.27 Caliber Short Black Cartridges Extra-heavy for harder steel 400 pcs

DX 460-SM Decking System

Tools
Description Notes Quantity
DX 460-SM Hand Held Decking Tool 1 pcs
DX 460-SM Stand Up Decking Tool Includes Hand Held Tool and Stand Up Handle 1 pcs
Accessories
Description Notes Quantity
Stand Up Handle DX 460-SM DLX Converts DX 460-SM Hand Held to Stand Up 1 pcs
Magazine X-SM Replacement magazine for DX 460-SM 1 pcs
Piston X-AP PSM Replacement piston for DX 460-SM 1 pcs
Buffer (reinforced) X-460-B Replacement buffer for DX-460-SM 1 pcs
Fasteners (Combos with 10-strip Cartridges for DX 460-SM)
Description Base Steel Thickness Quantity
X-EDN19 Bulk Fastener/Cartridge Combo 3/16” < tf ≤ 3/8” 1,000 pcs
X-EDN19 Pallet Fastener/Cartridge Combo 3/16” < tf ≤ 3/8” 32,000 pcs
X-EDNK22 Bulk Fastener/Cartridge Combo 1/8” ≤ tf < 1/4” 1,000 pcs
X-EDNK22 Pallet Fastener/Cartridge Combo 1/8” ≤ tf < 1/4” 32,000 pcs
Cartridges (Strips of 10)
Description Notes Quantity
0.27 Caliber Short Red Cartridges Heavy duty for most applications 1,000 pcs
0.27 Caliber Short Black Cartridges Extra-heavy for harder steel 1,000 pcs

R4X12-S Decking System

Tools
Description Notes Quantity
R4X12-S Deluxe Drive Tool 1 pcs
Accessories
Description Notes Quantity
AS2-PH13-30H (Honda Gas) 13 HP, 24.0 CFM at 175 psi Compressor 1 pcs
Fasteners (Non-Combo)
Description Base Steel Thickness Quantity
X-EDN19 Fastener (Bulk) 3/16” < tf ≤ 3/8” 2,000 pcs
X-EDN19 Fastener (Pallet) 3/16” < tf ≤ 3/8” 32,000 pcs
X-EDNK22 Fastener (Bulk) 1/8” ≤ tf < 1/4” 2,000 pcs
X-EDNK22 Fastener (Pallet) 1/8” ≤ tf < 1/4” 32,000 pcs
X-EDNK22 Bulk Fastener/Cartridge Combo 1/8” ≤ tf < 1/4” 2,000 pcs
X-EDNK22 Pallet Fastener/Cartridge Combo 1/8” ≤ tf < 1/4” 32,000 pcs

102 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:51 AM Page 103

Steel Deck Fastening Systems

Deck Fasteners for Attachment to Structural Steel 3.4.3

[Link] Product Description [Link] Product Description

[Link] Material Specifications

The Hilti structural steel deck fastening thicknesses greater than or equal to
system consists of a variety of powder- 1/4". These fasteners are available in [Link] Technical Data
actuated tools which are primarily used collated strips of 10. Four of these strips [Link] Ordering Information
with one fastener: the X-ENP-19 L15, are loaded into the DX 860-ENP tool
which is available either collated or along with the strips of cartridges, and
non-collated. enable the operator to fasten at a rate of
up to 1,000 quality fastenings per hour.
For most structural steel decking
jobs, the tool of choice will be the Other tools include the hand held
DX 860-ENP tool. This self-contained DX-76 PTR, a semi-automatic X-ENP 19 L15 MX & MXR
stand up decking tool is powered by magazine tool which offers punch
0.27 caliber long cartridges, which are through resistance in cases where the
loaded into the tool in strips of 40. The base material is inadvertently missed.
cartridges drive the X-ENP-19 L15 MXR Other configurations of the DX 76
fastener (collated version) into almost include a single fastener guide variation
any type of steel deck and base steel of the tool for miscellaneous use.

[Link] Material Specifications X-ENP 19 L15

Fastener Fastener Nominal Fastener

Fastener
Material Plating Hardness
Listings/Approvals
X-ENP-19 L15 Carbon Steel 5 µm Zinc1 58 HRC
ICC-ES (International Code Council)
1 ASTM B 633, SC 1, Type III. ESR-2197
FM (Factory Mutual)
[Link] Technical Data For attaching Class 1 Steel Roof Decks
Allowable Pullout Loads for Attachments to Steel Base Material lb (kN) 1,2,3 with 1-60 and 1-90 wind uplift ratings.
Listed for higher wind uplift ratings with
Base Material Thickness (in.) FM Approved Lightweight Insulating
≥ 5/8 4
Fastener
1/4 3/8 1/2 4 Concrete Roof Deck Assemblies.
X-ENP-19 L15 905 (4.03) 1125 (5.00) 1010 (4.49) 965 (4.29) Refer to FM RoofNav for specific
1 These values represent testing performed in ASTM A 36 plate steel. Performance values in a assembly listings.
different grade, condition or shape of base material may provide different values. UL (Underwriters Laboratories)
2 The values must be compared with allowable tensile pullover values. Fasteners for attaching steel roof deck
3 Allowable values based on safety factor of 5.0. (uplift and fire classification)
4 Allowable values are based on minimum 1/2" penetration depth through or into base steel. For
3/8” penetration depth into 1/2" and thicker steels, reduce the allowable load capacity to 635 lb.

Allowable Pullover and Shear Loads for Attaching Steel Deck 2,3,4
Steel Deck Gauge (in.)
16 (0.0598) 18 (0.0474) 20 (0.0358) 22 (0.0295) 24 (0.0239) 26 (0.0179)
Fastener
Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
645 630 590 505 540 385 485 320 400 265 110 200
X-ENP-19 L151
(2.87) (2.80) (2.62) (2.25) (2.40) (1.71) (2.16) (1.42) (1.78) (1.18) (0.49) (0.89)
1 Minimum base steel thickness must be greater than or equal to 1/4".
2 Allowable values are based on a safety factor of 5.0.
3 For alternate pullover capacities and factors of safety for uplift, refer to SDI Diaphragm Design Manual.
4 Loads based on ASTM A 1008, or minimum ASTM A 653 SQ33 steel deck.

Shear Strength (Qf) and Flexibility Factor (Sf) for Calculating

Steel Deck Diaphragms Strength and Stiffness 1, 2, 3
1 This data can be used to calculate fastener perfor-
Steel Deck Gauge (in.)
Fastener Term mance when attaching steel deck diaphragms based
16 (0.0598) 18 (0.0474) 20 (0.0358) 22 (0.0295) 24 (0.0239) on SDI Diaphragm Design Manual.
Qf 3149 2529 1933 1603 1320 2 Values based on ASTM A 1008 or minimum ASTM
lb (kN) (14.01) (11.25) (8.60) (7.13) (5.87) A653 SQ33 steel deck.
X-ENP-19 L15
Sf 0.0031 0.0034 0.0040 0.0044 0.0048 3 Hilti Profis DF software is available to generate
in./kip (mm/kN) (0.0179) (0.0196) (0.0231) (0.0254) (0.0277) diaphragm tables in accordance with SDI equations.
A free download is available at [Link].

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 103
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:51 AM Page 104

Steel Deck Fastening Systems

3.4.3 Deck Fasteners for Attachment to Structural Steel

Diaphragm Tables for Standard 1.5" Deck – Hilti X-ENP-19 L15 (Pattern: 36/7)
Additional tables can be generated from the Hilti Profis DF software which is available for download at [Link]. For detailed information
contact Hilti Tech Support 1-877-749-6337.

Heavy Joist or Structural Steel

Frame Fastening: Hilti X-ENP-19 Pattern: 36/7
Stitch Fastening: #10 Screws Safety Factor: 2.35 36/7
GAUGE: 22 t = design thickness = 0.0295"
Stitch ALLOWABLE DIAPHRAGM SHEAR, plf
Connectors Span, ft
per span 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0 6.5 7.0 K1
0 446 388 337 298 266 - - - - 0.317
1 519 454 402 358 320 290 264 243 224 0.267
2 588 517 460 414 374 339 309 284 263 0.230
3 651 576 515 465 423 388 354 326 301 0.203
4 710 631 569 513 468 430 397 367 340 0.181
5 763 683 616 560 512 471 436 406 378 0.163
6 812 731 663 604 554 511 474 441 413 0.149
Dwr = 129 K2 = 870
Substitute these values into the G' equation as appropriate.
GAUGE: 20 t = design thickness = 0.0358"
Stitch ALLOWABLE DIAPHRAGM SHEAR, plf
Connectors Span, ft
per span 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0 6.5 7.0 7.5 8.0 K1
0 408 361 323 - - - - - - 0.349
1 486 434 389 352 321 195 272 253 236 0.294
2 555 500 454 411 375 345 319 297 277 0.223
3 622 561 511 468 430 395 366 340 318 0.223
4 685 620 566 520 480 446 413 384 359 0.199
5 745 677 619 570 528 491 458 427 400 0.180
6 801 730 670 618 573 534 499 469 440 0.164
7 854 781 719 665 617 576 539 507 478 0.151
Dwr = 97 K2 = 1056
Substitute these values into the G' equation as appropriate.
GAUGE: 18 t = design thickness = 0.0474"
Stitch ALLOWABLE DIAPHRAGM SHEAR, plf
Connectors Span, ft
per span 5.0 5.5 6.0 6.5 7.0 7.5 8.0 8.5 9.0 K1
0 426 - - - - - - - - 0.401
1 512 464 424 389 360 335 313 293 276 0.338
2 595 543 496 456 422 393 367 344 324 0.292
3 671 615 458 523 484 450 421 395 372 0.257
4 744 683 632 587 546 508 475 446 420 0.229
5 814 749 694 645 603 566 529 497 468 0.207
6 881 813 754 702 657 617 581 548 516 0.189
7 945 874 812 758 710 667 629 595 564 0.174
8 1007 933 869 812 761 716 676 640 607 0.161
Dwr = 63 K2 = 1398
Substitute these values into the G' equation as appropriate.
Shear stiffness modulus (G’) determined by the following equation:
G' = K2
3.78 + 0.3 Dxx/span + 3 x K1 x span
Where K1 = Refer to table for values; span in feet (ft)
1 Allowable diaphragm shear loads shown are calcu- 3 To calculate LRFD values, multiply values in table Dwr – For Wide Rib Deck
lated in accordance with SDI equations with safety by 2.35 and multiply again by φ=0.7 for wind or K1 – Fastener Flexibility Factor
factor of 2.35 for wind loads. φ=0.65 for earthquake. K2 – 29500 t
2 To calculate ASD values for load combinations 4 At diaphragm perimeter: X-ENP-19 frame fasteners G' – Diaphragm Shear Stiffness
involving earthquake, multiply values in table by should be spaced at identical spacing as sidelap
Dxx – Dwr, Dir, or Dnr (whichever
2.35 and divide by a safety factor of 2.50. connectors.
is applicable)
5 Panel buckling has been checked.

104 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:51 AM Page 105

Steel Deck Fastening Systems

Deck Fasteners for Attachment to Structural Steel 3.4.3

Diaphragm Tables for Standard 1.5" Deck – Hilti X-ENP-19 L15 (Pattern: 36/4)

Additional tables can be generated from the Hilti Profis DF which is available for download at [Link]. For detailed information
contact Hilti Tech Support 1-877-749-6337.
Heavy Joist or Structural Steel
Frame Fastening: Hilti X-ENP-19 Pattern: 36/4
Stitch Fastening: #10 Screws Safety Factor: 2.35 36/4
GAUGE: 22 t = design thickness = 0.0295"
Stitch ALLOWABLE DIAPHRAGM SHEAR, plf
Connectors Span, ft
per span 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0 6.5 7.0 K1
0 302 266 236 208 186 - - - - 0.475
1 362 322 290 263 239 216 197 180 166 0.371
2 412 371 337 307 282 260 242 222 205 0.304
3 453 413 378 348 321 298 277 259 243 0.258
4 487 449 415 384 356 332 310 291 273 0.224
5 515 479 446 416 388 363 341 320 302 0.197
6 538 505 473 444 416 391 369 348 329 0.177
Dwr = 1072 K2 = 870
Substitute these values into the G' equation as appropriate.
GAUGE: 20 t = design thickness = 0.0358"
Stitch ALLOWABLE DIAPHRAGM SHEAR, plf
Connectors Span, ft
per span 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0 6.5 7.0 7.5 8.0 K1
0 286 253 226 - - - - - - 0.523
1 350 317 289 263 240 220 230 188 175 0.408
2 407 371 341 315 292 270 249 232 216 0.335
3 457 420 388 360 335 313 294 275 257 0.284
4 501 464 431 401 375 351 331 312 295 0.246
5 539 502 469 439 412 387 365 345 327 0.217
6 572 536 503 473 446 421 398 377 358 9.195
7 600 566 534 504 477 451 428 407 387 0.176
Dwr = 802 K2 = 1056
Substitute these values into the G' equation as appropriate.
GAUGE: 18 t = design thickness = 0.0474"
Stitch ALLOWABLE DIAPHRAGM SHEAR, plf
Connectors Span, ft
per span 5.0 5.5 6.0 6.5 7.0 7.5 8.0 8.5 9.0 K1
0 298 - - - - - - - - 0.602
1 375 348 317 291 269 250 233 218 205 0.470
2 448 413 383 357 331 307 287 269 253 0.385
3 510 473 440 411 386 363 341 320 301 0.327
4 566 527 493 462 435 410 388 368 349 0.283
5 616 577 542 509 481 454 431 409 389 0.250
6 661 622 586 553 523 496 471 448 428 9.224
7 702 663 627 594 563 535 509 486 464 0.203
8 737 699 664 631 600 572 545 521 498 0.185
Dwr = 526 K2 = 1398
Substitute these values into the G' equation as appropriate.
Shear stiffness modulus (G’) determined by the following equation:
G' = K2
3.78 + 0.3 Dxx/span + 3 x K1 x span
Where K1 = Refer to table for values; span in feet (ft)
1 Allowable diaphragm shear loads shown calculated 3 To calculate LRFD values, multiply values in table Dwr – For Wide Rib Deck
in accordance with SDI equations with safety factor by 2.35 and multiply again by φ=0.7 for wind or K1 – Fastener Flexibility Factor
of 2.35 for wind loads. φ=0.65 for earthquake. K2 – 29500 t
2 To calculate ASD values for load combinations 4 At diaphragm perimeter: X-ENP-19 frame fasteners G' – Diaphragm Shear Stiffness
involving earthquake, multiply values in table by should be spaced at identical spacing as sidelap
Dxx – Dwr, Dir, or Dnr (whichever
2.35 and divide by a safety factor of 2.50. connectors.
is applicable)
5 Panel buckling has been checked.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 105
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:51 AM Page 106

Steel Deck Fastening Systems

3.4.3 Deck Fasteners for Attachment to Structural Steel

Limit States Design-Factored Resistance Diaphragm Tables for Deck Fasteners (Canada)
Diaphragm Table 36-7 Limit States Design (LSD)-Factored Resistance Diaphragm Shear, q, (N/mm) and Flexibility Factor, F, (mm x 10-6/N)
w/X-ENP-19 L15 Metric for 38 mm deep steel nestable deck fastened with Hilti X-ENP-19 L15 with screwed sidelaps (Canada only)1, 2, 3
No. of Transverse Nails per 900 mm Wide Deck Units=7 (every flute)

Sidelap Connection #12 Screws 600 mm O.C. #12 Screws 450 mm O.C. #12 Screws 300 mm O.C. #12 Screws 150 mm O.C.
Span (mm)
Deck Gauge Thickness 22 20 18 16 22 20 18 16 22 20 18 16 22 20 18 16
Strength, q 7.1 8.5 11.2 13.9 7.1 8.5 11.2 13.9 9.2 11.0 14.6 18.2 12.8 15.4 20.3 25.4
1200
Flexibility Factor, F 109 78 51 38 109 78 51 38 104 74 47 34 99 69 43 30
Strength, q 5.6 8.5 8.9 11.3 6.7 8.0 10.6 13.2 8.5 10.2 13.4 16.8 12.2 14.7 19.4 24.3
1500
Flexibility Factor, F 102 75 52 39 98 72 49 37 93 68 45 33 87 62 40 29
Strength, q 5.5 6.7 8.8 11.0 6.3 7.8 10.2 12.7 7.9 9.5 12.6 15.7 11.8 14.2 18.8 23.5
1800
Flexibility Factor, F 94 71 50 38 91 68 47 36 86 64 44 33 79 57 38 28
Strength, q 4.7 5.6 7.5 9.4 5.4 6.6 8.7 10.9 7.5 9.2 12.0 15.0 11.5 13.9 18.3 22.9
2100
Flexibility Factor, F 93 72 52 41 89 68 49 38 82 61 43 33 74 54 37 27
Strength, q 4.7 5.8 7.6 9.5 5.4 6.5 8.6 10.8 7.3 8.7 11.5 14.5 11.3 13.6 18.0 22.6
2400
Flexibility Factor, F 89 69 50 40 85 66 48 38 78 60 42 33 70 52 35 27
Strength, q 4.2 5.1 6.7 8.5 5.3 6.5 8.6 10.8 7.1 8.5 11.2 14.0 11.0 13.4 17.6 22.2
2700
Flexibility Factor, F 89 70 52 42 82 64 47 37 76 58 42 33 66 50 35 26
Strength, q 4.2 5.2 6.8 8.6 4.8 5.8 7.6 9.6 6.8 8.2 10.9 13.6 10.9 13.3 17.4 21.9
3000
Flexibility Factor, F 86 68 51 42 82 65 49 39 73 57 41 33 64 48 34 26

Diaphragm Table 36-4 Limit States Design (LSD)-Factored Resistance Diaphragm Shear, q, (N/mm) and Flexibility Factor, F, (mm x 10-6/N)
w/X-ENP-19 L15 Metric for 38 mm deep steel nestable deck fastened with Hilti X-ENP-19 L15 with screwed sidelaps (Canada only)1, 2, 3
No. of Transverse Nails per 900 mm Wide Deck Units=4 (every other flute)

Sidelap Connection #12 Screws 600 mm O.C. #12 Screws 450 mm O.C. #12 Screws 300 mm O.C. #12 Screws 150 mm O.C.
Span (mm)
Deck Gauge Thickness 22 20 18 16 22 20 18 16 22 20 18 16 22 20 18 16
Strength, q 5.1 6.1 8.0 10.0 5.1 6.1 8.0 10.0 6.7 8.1 10.7 13.4 8.8 10.7 14.0 17.5
1200
Flexibility Factor, F 582 372 200 123 582 372 200 123 573 364 193 117 565 357 187 111
Strength, q 4.2 5.1 6.7 8.3 5.1 6.1 8.0 10.0 6.3 7.8 10.2 12.7 8.7 10.5 13.7 17.2
1500
Flexibility Factor, F 483 313 173 110 477 307 168 105 469 300 162 100 460 292 155 94
Strength, q 4.3 5.2 6.8 8.6 4.9 6.0 7.9 9.9 6.1 7.4 9.8 12.2 8.6 10.3 13.5 16.9
1800
Flexibility Factor, F 413 270 151 98 407 265 147 94 400 258 141 89 390 249 134 82
Strength, q 3.6 4.5 6.0 7.5 4.3 5.3 6.9 8.7 6.0 7.3 9.5 11.9 8.5 10.2 13.4 16.8
2100
Flexibility Factor, F 368 244 141 93 362 238 136 89 351 228 127 81 340 219 119 74
Strength, q 3.9 4.7 6.2 7.8 4.5 5.4 7.1 8.8 5.9 7.1 9.3 11.6 8.3 10.1 13.3 16.7
2400
Flexibility Factor, F 329 220 128 86 324 215 124 82 314 206 116 75 303 196 107 67
Strength, q 3.4 4.1 5.5 6.9 4.5 5.4 7.2 8.9 5.8 6.9 9.2 11.4 8.3 10.1 13.2 16.6
2700
Flexibility Factor, F 305 206 123 84 294 196 115 77 285 188 107 70 274 178 99 62
Strength, q 3.6 4.3 5.8 7.3 4.1 4.9 6.5 8.1 5.6 6.8 8.9 11.3 8.2 10.0 13.2 16.5
3000
Flexibility Factor, F 280 190 115 79 275 186 111 76 262 174 101 67 251 164 92 59

Diaphragm Table 36-7 Limit States Design (LSD)-Factored Resistance Diaphragm Shear, q, (N/mm) and Flexibility Factor, F,
w/X-ENP-19 L15 Metric (mm x 10-6/N) for 38 mm deep steel deck fastened with Hilti X-ENP-19 L15 (Canada only)1, 2, 3
No. of Transverse Nails per 900 mm Wide Deck Units=7 (every flute)
Sidelap Connection Button Punch 600 mm O.C. Button Punch 450 mm O.C. Button Punch 300 mm O.C. Button Punch 150 mm O.C.
Span (mm)
Deck Gauge Thickness 22 20 18 16 22 20 18 16 22 20 18 16 22 20 18 16
Strength, q 6.1 7.5 10.1 12.9 6.1 7.5 10.1 12.9 6.9 8.6 11.9 15.6 8.2 10.5 15.0 20.4
1200
Flexibility Factor, F 113 82 54 40 113 82 54 40 112 81 53 40 110 79 52 38
Strength, q 4.8 6.0 8.1 10.3 5.2 6.5 8.9 11.6 5.8 7.3 10.3 13.9 7.2 9.3 13.6 18.9
1500
Flexibility Factor, F 106 79 55 42 106 79 55 42 105 78 54 41 102 76 52 40
Strength, q 4.2 5.3 7.3 9.6 4.6 5.6 8.0 10.7 5.1 6.5 9.3 12.7 6.6 8.6 12.8 17.9
1800
Flexibility Factor, F 103 79 57 45 103 79 56 44 101 77 55 43 98 75 53 41
Strength, q 3.6 4.5 6.2 8.2 3.9 4.8 6.8 9.2 4.5 5.8 8.5 11.8 6.0 8.0 12.1 17.2
2100
Flexibility Factor, F 103 81 60 48 102 80 59 47 100 78 57 46 96 74 54 43
Strength, q 3.3 4.2 5.9 7.9 3.5 4.5 6.3 8.7 4.1 5.3 7.9 11.0 5.6 7.5 11.5 16.6
2400
Flexibility Factor, F 104 83 62 51 103 82 62 50 101 80 60 49 95 75 56 45
Strength, q 2.9 3.6 5.2 7.1 3.3 4.2 6.1 8.3 3.8 4.9 7.4 10.5 5.3 7.2 11.2 16.1
2700
Flexibility Factor, F 106 86 66 54 104 84 64 53 102 82 63 51 96 76 58 47
Strength, q 2.8 3.5 5.1 6.9 2.9 3.8 5.4 7.5 3.5 4.7 7.1 10.0 5.1 6.9 10.8 15.6
3000
Flexibility Factor, F 108 89 69 57 107 88 68 57 104 84 65 54 96 78 59 49

1 The ratio of span of deck unit to average length of sheet is taken to be 1/3.
2 Diaphragm loads are based on steel decks having an average ultimate tensile strength of 55 ksi.
3 Values shown calculated in accordance with SDI equations using a φ factor of 0.5 for LSD for all load conditions.

106 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:51 AM Page 107

Steel Deck Fastening Systems

Deck Fasteners for Attachment to Structural Steel 3.4.3

Limit States Design-Factored Resistance Diaphragm Tables for Deck Fasteners (Canada)
Diaphragm Table 36-4 Limit States Design (LSD)-Factored Resistance Diaphragm Shear, q, (N/mm) and Flexibility Factor, F,
w/X-ENP-19 L15 Metric (mm x 10-6/N) for 38 mm deep steel deck fastened with Hilti X-ENP-19 L15 (Canada only)1, 2, 3
No. of Transverse Nails per 900 mm Wide Deck Units=4 (every other flute)
Sidelap Connection Button Punch 600 mm O.C. Button Punch 450 mm O.C. Button Punch 300 mm O.C. Button Punch 150 mm O.C.
Span (mm)
Deck Gauge Thickness 22 20 18 16 22 20 18 16 22 20 18 16 22 20 18 16
Strength, q 4.3 5.4 7.2 9.3 4.3 5.4 7.2 9.3 4.9 6.2 8.7 11.5 6.0 7.6 11.0 14.8
1200
Flexibility Factor, F 589 378 205 128 589 378 205 128 587 377 204 127 584 374 201 124
Strength, q 3.5 4.3 5.9 7.6 3.8 4.8 6.6 8.6 4.3 5.5 7.8 10.5 5.5 7.1 10.3 14.2
1500
Flexibility Factor, F 492 322 180 116 491 321 179 115 489 318 177 114 484 314 174 111
Strength, q 3.2 3.9 5.5 7.4 3.4 4.2 6.1 8.2 3.9 5.1 7.2 9.9 5.2 6.7 10.0 13.7
1800
Flexibility Factor, F 430 285 165 110 428 284 164 109 426 282 162 107 419 276 157 102
Strength, q 2.6 3.3 4.7 6.2 2.8 3.6 5.3 7.2 3.4 4.6 6.8 9.4 4.8 6.3 9.6 13.4
2100
Flexibility Factor, F 388 262 156 107 387 261 155 106 382 257 152 103 374 250 145 97
Strength, q 2.5 3.2 4.6 6.2 2.6 3.4 5.1 7.1 3.2 4.2 6.5 8.9 4.6 6.1 9.3 13.2
2400
Flexibility Factor, F 358 246 150 106 356 244 149 105 351 240 145 101 341 231 138 94
Strength, q 2.2 2.8 4.0 5.5 2.5 3.3 4.8 6.9 3.1 4.0 6.1 8.7 4.5 6.0 9.2 12.9
2700
Flexibility Factor, F 337 235 148 107 333 232 145 104 328 227 141 101 316 216 132 92
Strength, q 2.1 2.7 4.0 5.5 2.2 2.9 4.3 6.1 2.8 3.9 5.9 8.5 4.3 5.8 8.9 12.7
3000
Flexibility Factor, F 320 227 146 107 318 225 145 106 311 218 139 101 297 206 128 91

Diaphragm Table 24-5 Limit States Design (LSD)-Factored Resistance Diaphragm Shear, q, (N/mm) and Flexibility Factor, F, (mm x 10-6/N)
w/X-ENP-19 L15 Metric for 75 mm deep steel nestable deck fastened with Hilti X-ENP-19 L15 with screwed sidelaps (Canada only)1, 2, 3
No. of Transverse Nails per 600 mm Wide Deck Units=5 (every flute)

Sidelap Connection #12 Screws 600 mm O.C. #12 Screws 450 mm O.C. #12 Screws 300 mm O.C. #12 Screws 150 mm O.C.
Span (mm)
Deck Gauge Thickness 22 20 18 16 22 20 18 16 22 20 18 16 22 20 18 16
Strength, q 4.1 4.9 6.6 8.2 4.7 5.8 7.6 9.5 6.7 8.1 10.7 13.4 10.8 13.2 17.3 21.7
2400
Flexibility Factor, F 190 144 102 79 183 138 96 74 169 125 85 65 154 112 73 54
Strength, q 3.6 4.5 5.8 7.3 4.8 5.9 7.6 9.6 6.6 7.9 10.5 13.2 10.7 12.9 17.0 21.5
2700
Flexibility Factor, F 188 145 105 83 174 132 93 73 161 121 84 64 145 106 71 53
Strength, q 3.8 4.6 6.1 7.6 4.3 5.3 6.9 8.7 6.3 7.8 10.2 12.8 10.6 12.8 16.9 21.3
3000
Flexibility Factor, F 179 139 101 80 172 133 96 75 155 117 82 63 138 102 69 52
Strength, q 3.4 4.2 5.5 6.9 4.5 5.3 7.1 8.8 6.2 7.6 10.0 12.6 10.5 12.7 16.8 21.0
3300
Flexibility Factor, F 179 141 104 84 165 129 93 74 150 114 81 63 132 99 67 51
Strength, q 3.6 4.3 5.8 7.2 4.5 5.4 7.2 8.9 6.2 7.5 9.9 12.5 10.5 12.6 16.7 20.9
3600
Flexibility Factor, F 172 136 101 81 160 125 91 73 146 112 80 63 128 96 66 50
Strength, q 3.3 4.0 5.3 6.7 4.1 5.1 6.6 8.3 6.1 7.4 9.8 12.2 10.3 12.6 16.6 20.8
3900
Flexibility Factor, F 173 138 104 84 160 127 94 75 142 110 79 62 124 93 65 49
Strength, q 3.4 4.2 5.5 6.9 4.2 5.2 6.7 8.5 6.0 7.3 9.6 12.1 10.3 12.5 16.5 20.7
4200
Flexibility Factor, F 168 134 101 82 156 124 92 74 139 108 79 62 120 91 64 49

Diaphragm Table 24-5 Limit States Design (LSD)-Factored Resistance Diaphragm Shear, q, (N/mm) and Flexibility Factor, F, (mm x 10-6/N)
w/X-ENP-19 L15 Metric for 75 mm deep steel deck fastened with Hilti X-ENP-19 L15 (Canada only)1, 2, 3
No. of Transverse Nails per 600 mm Wide Deck Units=5 (every flute)

Sidelap Connection Button Punch 600 mm O.C. Button Punch 450 mm O.C. Button Punch 300 mm O.C. Button Punch 150 mm O.C.
Span (mm)
Deck Gauge Thickness 22 20 18 16 22 20 18 16 22 20 18 16 22 20 18 16
Strength, q 2.7 3.4 4.8 6.6 2.9 3.8 5.4 7.3 3.5 4.6 6.8 9.6 5.1 6.8 10.7 15.5
2400
Flexibility Factor, F 226 177 130 104 224 175 128 103 218 170 124 99 206 158 114 90
Strength, q 2.5 3.1 4.3 5.9 2.8 3.5 5.2 7.2 3.3 4.2 6.5 9.3 4.8 6.6 10.5 15.2
2700
Flexibility Factor, F 228 182 136 111 224 177 133 108 217 172 128 103 203 158 116 93
Strength, q 2.4 2.9 4.2 5.9 2.5 3.2 4.7 6.5 3.1 4.1 6.2 9.0 4.6 6.3 10.1 14.9
3000
Flexibility Factor, F 230 185 141 116 227 183 139 114 218 175 132 108 201 159 118 96
Strength, q 2.1 2.7 3.9 5.3 2.4 3.1 4.6 6.5 2.9 3.9 6.0 8.8 4.5 6.2 10.0 14.7
3300
Flexibility Factor, F 235 192 148 123 230 187 144 119 220 178 137 112 201 160 121 99
Strength, q 2.1 2.7 3.9 5.4 2.4 3.1 4.6 6.5 2.8 3.8 5.9 8.6 4.3 6.0 9.8 14.5
3600
Flexibility Factor, F 239 196 153 128 233 191 149 124 223 182 141 117 201 162 123 101
Strength, q 1.9 2.5 3.6 5.1 2.1 2.8 4.2 6.0 2.7 3.6 5.8 8.3 4.2 5.9 9.6 14.2
3900
Flexibility Factor, F 246 204 161 135 239 198 156 131 226 186 146 121 201 164 126 104
Strength, q 1.9 2.5 3.6 5.1 2.1 2.8 4.2 6.0 2.6 3.5 5.6 8.2 4.1 5.8 9.5 14.1
4200
Flexibility Factor, F 250 209 166 140 243 203 161 135 230 191 150 126 202 166 128 106

1 The ratio of span of deck unit to average length of sheet is taken to be 1/3.
2 Diaphragm loads are based on steel decks having an average ultimate tensile strength of 55 ksi.
3 Values shown calculated in accordance with SDI equations using a φ factor of 0.5 for LSD for all load conditions.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 107
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:51 AM Page 108

Steel Deck Fastening Systems

3.4.3 Deck Fasteners for Attachment to Structural Steel

[Link] Ordering Information

DX 860-ENP Decking System
Tools
Description Notes Quantity
DX 860-ENP Stand Up Decking Tool 1 pcs
DX 860-ENP Stand-Up Decking Tool Use on Demand service provides 1 pcs
One Month Use one tool for one month
Accessories
Description Notes Quantity
Stop Ring X-76-PS Stop Ring for DX 860-ENP 1 pcs
Piston X-76-P-ENP & Stop Ring Set Piston and Stop Ring for DX 860-ENP 1 pcs
Fasteners (Combos with 40-strip Cartridges)
Description Base Steel Thickness Quantity
X-ENP-19 MXR Bulk Fastener/Cartridge Combo ≥ 1/4” 2,000 pcs
X-ENP-19 MXR Pallet Fastener/Cartridge Combo ≥ 1/4” 32,000 pcs
Cartridges (Strips of 40)
Description Notes Quantity
0.27 Caliber Long Red Cartridges Heavy duty 400 pcs
0.27 Caliber Long Black Cartridges Extra-heavy for harder steel 400 pcs
DX 76 PTR Decking System
Tools
Description Notes Quantity
DX 76 PTR Hand Held Decking Tool Includes 10 fastener magazine 1 pcs
Accessories
Description Notes Quantity
Magazine X-SM Replacement magazine for DX 76 PTR 1 pcs
Piston X-P-PTR Replacement piston for DX 76 PTR 1 pcs
Piston X-P-PTR with Brake Replacement piston and brake for DX 76 PTR 1 pcs
Brake (reinforced) X-B-PTR Replacement brake for DX 76 PTR 1 pcs
Fasteners (Combos with 10-strip Cartridges)
Description Base Steel Thickness Quantity
X-ENP-19 MX Bulk Fastener/Cartridge Combo ≥ 1/4” 1,000 pcs
X-ENP-19 MX Pallet Fastener/Cartridge Combo ≥ 1/4” 32,000 pcs
Cartridges (Strips of 10)
Description Notes Quantity
0.27 Caliber Long Red Cartridges Heavy duty 100 pcs
0.27 Caliber Long Red Cartridges Heavy duty 1,000 pcs
0.27 Caliber Long Black Cartridges Extra-heavy 100 pcs
0.27 Caliber Long Black Cartridges Extra-heavy 1,000 pcs
DX 76 FN-15 Single Fastener Decking System
Tools
Description Notes Quantity
DX 76 FN-15 Single Shot Tool 1 pcs
Accessories
Description Notes Quantity
Fastener Guide X-76-FN-15 Replacement fastener guide for DX 76-FN15 1 pcs
Piston/Stopper X-76-PS Replacement stopper for DX 76-FN15 1 pcs
Piston/Stopper X-76-P-ENP Replacement piston and stopper for DX 76-FN15 1 pcs
Fasteners (Non-Combo)
Description Base Steel Thickness Quantity
X-ENP-19 Fastener (Singles) ≥ 1/4” 100 pcs
Cartridges (Strips of 10)
Description Notes Quantity
0.27 Caliber Long Red Cartridges Heavy duty 100 pcs
0.27 Caliber Long Red Cartridges Heavy duty 1,000 pcs
0.27 Caliber Long Black Cartridges Extra-heavy 100 pcs
0.27 Caliber Long Black Cartridges Extra-heavy 1,000 pcs

108 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:51 AM Page 109

Steel Deck Fastening Systems

X-HVB Shear Connector 3.4.4

[Link] Product Description [Link] Product Description

[Link] Material Specifications

The Hilti X-HVB shear connector is a Guide Specification
[Link] Technical Data
mechanically attached shear transfer
Shear Connector: Shear connectors
device for use in composite beam [Link] Installation Instructions
shall be one piece formed steel with zinc
construction with steel beams and [Link] Ordering Information
plating in accordance with ASTM B 633
concrete slabs as an alternate to
SC 1 Type III. Connectors shall be Hilti
welded studs.
X-HVB as supplied by Hilti Inc.
Product Features
Installation: Shear connectors shall
• Ductile connections be installed using Hilti ENPH2-21 L15
• Minimal damage to coatings or X-ENP-21 HVB powder-actuated
• Fast and simple installation fasteners in accordance with
• Install in virtually any weather manufacturer’s recommendation.
• No electrical power source required (Note: Do not use X-ENP-19 L15.)

[Link] Material Specification

X-HVB: Carbon Steel with Fu = 39,000 psi
Zinc plated for corrosion resistance in accordance with ASTM B 633, SC 1,
Type III.

[Link] Technical Data

Ycon
Hs
hr

wr wr

Product Selection and Performance in Concrete Over Metal Deck Composite Floor Slabs

Connector Minimum Slab Maximum Rib Height, hr Nominal Allowable

X-HVB
Height, Hs Thickness, Ycon in. (mm) Shear Strength1, Qn Shear Strength2, q
wr /hr ≥ 1.8 wr /hr < 1.8
Connector
in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN)

3-1/8 3-11/16 1-3/4 1-3/4 6294 3147

X-HVB80 (80) (93) (45) (45) (28.0) (14.0)
3-3/4 4-1/4 2-3/8 2-1/4
X-HVB95 (95) (108) (60) (57)
4-5/16 4-13/16 2-15/16 2-5/8 7868 3934
X-HVB110 (110) (123) (75) (66) (35.0) (17.5)
4-15/16 5-7/16 3-1/8 2-15/16
X-HVB125 (125) (138) (80) (75)
1 Nominal shear strength to be used for designs per AISC-LRFD and unfactored shear resistance per AISC design formulas.
2 Allowable shear strength to be used for designs per AISC-ASD.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 109
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:51 AM Page 110

Steel Deck Fastening Systems

3.4.4 X-HVB Shear Connector

Strength Reduction Factors for Concrete Over Metal Deck Composite Floor Slabs

Ribs transverse to the beam Ribs parallel to the beam

Number of X-HVB’s Rg Rp1 Condition Rg Rp1

in One Rib wr
1 1.00 0.60 ≥ 1.5 1.00 0.75
hr
2 0.85 0.60 wr
≥3 0.70 0.60 < 1.5 0.851 0.75
hr
1 These values may be increased to 0.75
when the distance from the edge of the 1 For a single shear connector.
X-HVB to the steel deck web, measured
at mid-height of the deck rib and in the
load bearing direction of the X-HVB (in
other words, in the direction of maximum
moment for a simply supported beam),
is greater than or equal to 2" (51 mm).

Connector placement along the beams Deflections

The ductile performance of the X-HVB connector allows Beam deflections are computed by conventional elastic
distribution of the calculated required number of X-HVB’s formulas. For beams with partial shear connection, deflections
uniformly between the points of zero and maximum moment. may be estimated by using the following formula for the
effective moment of inertia:
Point loads
I eff = Is + n x ( l t r – ls )
Application of large point loads causes abrupt changes in
ls = moment of inertia of steel section
shear. To avoid excessive slip, additional X-HVB connectors
n = connection fraction
may be necessary between the point load and the support.
l tr = moment of inertia with 100% connection
Partial shear connection
Continuous beams
AISC-LRFD and AISC-ASD both require that the capacity of
Hilti X-HVB shear connectors are also suitable for use in
the installed shear connectors must be no less than 25% of
continuous composite beams. The connectors are distributed
the calculated shear load for full composite design. This
uniformly between the point of zero moment and the point of
requirement is applicable, independent of whether welded
maximum moment.
studs or X-HVB’s are used for the shear connection.

To obtain access to Hilti’s BDES Composite Design Software, which designs and analyzes composite and
non-composite beams using X-HVB shear connectors under distributed and point loads in accordance
with AISC LRFD, contact Hilti Technical Support at 1-877-749-6337.

110 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:51 AM Page 111

Steel Deck Fastening Systems

X-HVB Shear Connector 3.4.4

[Link] Installation instructions

Connector Positioning (metal decking ribs transverse to beam)

1. One to three X-HVB’s per rib. 2 X-HVB’s transverse or parallel to beam.

= = ≥^
1-9/16"
40 ≥^
1-9/16"
40 = =

Wr ≥1-9/16" Wr ≥1-9/16"

3. With one X-HVB per rib, the leg may be either centered in the rib or 4. With two or three X-HVB’s per rib, the legs may be either centered in the
positioned to give a 1-9/16" (40 mm) clearance to the side of the rib rib or alternated about the center.

≥^ 2" ≥^ 2" 5b. Spacings along the ribs (in.) (other decking
≥ ≥
50 50
4"
^ 100 4"
^ 100 profiles)

Minimum spacing ≥ 2" (50 mm), however

for decking profiles with:
≤ 2"% 51
>>100
4" wr /m < 0.7 and wr /hr < 1.8, the minimum
spacing is increased from 2" to 4"
(50 to 100 mm).

5a. Spacing along the ribs (2" and 3" U.S. com- m = spacing of ribs 6. If the decking has a stiffener in the rib bottom,
posite floor deck profiles) position the X-HVB’s against the stiffener.

Connector Positioning (ribs parallel to beam and solid slabs)

≥
%≤44d X-HVB’s may be placed with zero clearance to
2"
^ 50
d or 24"
600
^≥100
4" edge of flange.
Ycon
d

[Link] Ordering Information

X-HVB Shear Connectors* Setting Equipment for X-HVB

Description Qty/Pkg Shear Connectors
X-HVB80 250 Description
X-HVB95 250 X-76-F-HVB Baseplate
X-HVB110 250 X-76-P-HVB Piston
X-HVB125 200 X-76-PS Stop Ring
* X-HVB shear connectors must be fastened with the X-76-F-HVB fastener guide, the
X-76-P-HVB piston and the ENPH2-21 L15 or X-ENP-21 HVB fastener (sold separately)

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 111
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:51 AM Page 112

Screw Fastening Systems

3.5.1 Self-Drilling Screw Fastener Design & Selection

[Link] Drill Point Selection

Top Material to be Drilled

Total Thickness to be Drilled
Bottom Material to be Drilled

Top Material to be Drilled

Void or Insulation Total Thickness to be Drilled
Bottom Material to be Drilled

Hole Diameter
Larger than Screw Threads
Top Material
Void or Insulation
Bottom Material to be Drilled Total Thickness to be Drilled

Drill Flute Point Length Drilling Through

The length of the drill The unthreaded Wood to Metal
flute determines the section from the point If your application
Point Winged
metal thickness that Length to the first thread calls for drilling
Reamer
Drill can be drilled. The should be long enough through wood over
Flute flute itself provides a to assure the drilling 1/2" thick, a clearance
channel for chip action is complete hole is required. Select
removal during drilling action. If it before the first thread engages the a fastener with breakaway wings for this
becomes completely embedded in drilled metal. Screw threads advance at type of job. The wings will ream a clear-
material, drill chips will be trapped in a rate of up to ten times faster than the ance hole and break-off when they con-
the flute and cutting action will cease. drill flute can remove metal. All drilling tact metal surface (minimum metal
This will cause the point to burn up therefore should be complete before thickness 0.06") to be drilled.
or break. threads begin to form.

Drilling Capacity – Material Thickness Recommendations (Steel to Steel)

#2 Point #3 Point #4 Point #5 Point

0.500 0.500
Thickness of material to be drilled (in.)

0.400

0.300
0.250 0.250
0.210 0.220
0.200 0.250
0.175
0.140 0.175 0.175
0.100 0.110
0.100
0.100 0.110 0.110 0.110
0.035

Screw #6, #8 #10 #8 #10 #12 1/4" #12 1/4" #12

Diameter

Note: Meets or exceeds ASTM C 1513. Shaded areas represent total thickness of all steel including any void spaces between layers.

112 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:51 AM Page 113

Screw Fastening Systems

Self-Drilling Screw Fastener Design & Selection 3.5.1

[Link] Thread Selection

Metal Gauge Fraction to Decimal Thread Length
Aluminum Sheet Always choose a fastener with sufficient threads to fully
Fraction (in.) Decimal
Metal engage in the base metal. For attachments to 1/4" base steel,
Equivalent (in.)
Gauge (Approx. Thickness in
decimal parts of an inch) 1/64 0.015 a self-drilling screw should have at least 1/4" of threads. It is
000000 0.5800 — 1/32 0.031 helpful, but not critical, that the threads also engage in the
00000 0.5165 — 3/64 0.046 material being fastened. The head of the fastener provides
0000 0.4600 0.4062 1/16 0.062 the bearing force for the material being fastened, while the
000 0.4096 0.3750 5/64 0.078
threads provide the clamping force in the base material.
00 0.3648 0.3437 3/32 0.093
0 0.3249 0.3125 7/64 0.109
1 0.2893 0.2812 1/8 0.125 Clamping
2 0.2576 0.2656 9/64 0.140 Material Being Fastened
3 0.2294 0.2391 5/32 0.156
4 0.2043 0.2242 11/64 0.171 Base Material
5 0.1819 0.2092 3/16 0.187
6 0.1620 0.1943 13/64 0.203 Threading
7 0.1443 0.1793 7/32 0.218
8 0.1285 0.1644 15/64 0.234
9 0.1144 0.1495 1/4 0.250
10 0.1019 0.1345 Thread Pitch
11 0.0907 0.1196
The thickness of material being fastened and diameter of
12 0.0808 0.1046 Screw Wire Gauge
13 0.0720 0.0897 the screw determine the type of thread pitch to be used.
Gauge Decimal In general, the thinner the fastened materials, the fewer the
14 0.0641 0.0747 Equivalent (in.)
15 0.0571 0.0673 number of threads. The thicker the material, the greater the
16 0.0508 0.0598 #6 0.1380
number of threads. This principle is due to two primary
17 0.0493 0.0538 #7 0.1510
#8 0.1640 methods of thread engagement/holding power: Clamping
18 0.0403 0.0474
#10 0.1900 and Threading. In light gauge metal, the materials are
19 0.0359 0.0418
20 0.0320 0.0358 #12 0.2160 actually being clamped together by the upper and
21 0.0285 0.0329 1/4 0.2500 lower threads.
22 0.0253 0.0295 5/16 0.3125
23 0.0226 0.0269 Clamping
24 0.0201 0.0239
25 0.0179 0.0209
26 0.0159 0.0179
27 0.0142 0.0164
28 0.0126 0.0149
29 0.0113 0.0135
30 0.0100 0.0120
31 0.0089 0.0105
32 0.0080 0.0097 Thinner base material requires a coarser thread pitch to assure
33 0.0071 0.0090 proper clamping. The thicker the material, the finer the threads
34 0.0063 0.0082 must be. In very thick metal (3/8" to 1/2" thick), a fine thread
35 0.0056 0.0075 is advisable. This will allow the thread to tap into the base
36 0.0050 0.0067 material with less installation torque than a coarse thread.
37 0.0045 0.0064
38 0.0040 0.0060

Thread Engagement

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 113
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:51 AM Page 114

Screw Fastening Systems

3.5.1 Self-Drilling Screw Fastener Design & Selection

[Link] Head Style Selection

HWH (HHWH) PPH (PPFH) PFH PWH PBH

(High) Hex Washer Phillips Pan Phillips Flat Head: Phillips Wafer Head: Phillips Bugle Head:
Head : Washer face (Framing) Head: Used primarily in Large head provides Used primarily for
provides a bearing Conventional head for wood to countersink the bearing surface fastening drywall,
surface for the driving general applications and seat flush without necessary to seat plywood or insulation
sockets. and provides low splintering the wood. flush in soft materials. board to steel studs
profile fastening. up to 14 GA thick.

PTH (MPTH) PPCH PFTH PFHUC SHWH

(Modified) Phillips Phillips Pancake Phillips Flat Truss Pancake Framing Slotted Hex Washer
Truss Head: Large Conventional Head: Head: Lowest profile Head Undercut: Used Head: Hex washer
head and low profile head for general appli- head available for for countersinking head with slot in
provides surface area cations and provides attaching metal where a full head center to provide
needed to attach wire low and flat profile. to metal. taper would cause additional drive
lath to metal stud. stand-off of the screw. connection.
[Link] Sealing Criteria [Link] Length Selection
The Kwik-Seal sealing screws offer weatherproof fastenings Length of the screw (L)
where moisture or condensation is a factor. The integrated
Depending on the screwhead, there are two different ways to
washer/head design seals the hole to prevent moisture from
measure the overall length of a screw.
dripping into the fastener threads, reducing corrosive build-up.
As added protection against corrosion, all Kwik-Seal sealing For HWH/HHWH and PPH screws, the overall length is
screws come standard with Kwik-Cote coating. The torque measured from the bottom of the washer under the head to
control and adjustment of the electric screwdrivers help the point of the screw.
ensure that the optimal seal is applied. For PWH, PFH and PBH screws, the overall length is
measured from the top of the head to the point of the screw.

MT
MF
If you underdrive, If you overdrive, If you angle-drive, L
the compression the compression the design of the
ring design ring, outer skirt, fastener head, Maximum Total Thickness (MT)
results in a low and rugged outer skirt, and The maximum total thickness (MT) for all screws is the length
torque seal. washer prevents compression ring,
of the threads reduced by the first three threads (protruding
spinout and along with the
the one-piece special washer, past the back-side of the base material). See drawings below.
head design still helps provide The maximum total thickness (MT) describes the maximum
completely a positive seal.
thickness of all attachments to be fastened plus the
eliminates the
possibility of base material.
washer inversion.

MT
MF
L
114 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:51 AM Page 115

Screw Fastening Systems

Kwik-Pro Self-Drilling Screws 3.5.2

[Link] Product Description [Link] Product Description

[Link] Material Specifications

The Hilti Kwik-Pro Self-Drilling Screws Product Features
are designed to drill their own hole in [Link] Technical Data
• Hex head for metal-to-metal
steel base materials up to 1/2" thick. applications [Link] Installation Instructions
These screws are available in a variety • Flush head for wood-to-metal [Link] Ordering Information
of head styles, thread lengths and drill- applications
flute lengths for screw diameters #6 • For metal from 0.035" to
through 1/4". Hilti Kwik-Pro self-drilling 0.500" thick
screws meet ASTM C 1513, ASTM C • Winged reamers for wood over
954 and SAE J78 standards. 1/2" thick
• Stitch screws for light gauge
metal-to-metal
• Sealing screws for water
resistant fastenings

[Link] Material Specifications Listings/Approvals

Material ASTM A 510 Grade 1018-1022 ICC-ES (International Code Council)
ESR-2196 (HWH screws only)
Heat Treatment Case hardened and tempered COLA (City of Los Angeles)
• Sizes 8, 10 and 12: 0.004" to 0.009" case depth RR 25678 (HWH screws only)
• Size 1/4": 0.005" to 0.011" case depth FM (Factory Mutual)
Plating • Wood decking screws: Black Phosphate (8-18 x 1 5/16" PFH S-MD 12-14 x 1 stitch and S-MD 10-16
#3 and 8-18 x 1 15/16" and 5/16" PFH #3) x 7/8 pilot point fasteners for securing
• Kwik-Cote and Kwik-Seal screws: 0.0007" to 0.0015" Class 1 Steel Roof Deck sidelaps with
1-60 and 1-90 wind uplift ratings.
Kwik-Cote Treatment
Listed for higher wind uplift ratings with
Note: Due to environmental considerations, Hilti does not plate FM Approved Lightweight Insulating
with cadmium. Concrete Roof Deck Assemblies.
• Most Hilti zinc plated screws conform to ASTM F 1941 (which Refer to FM RoofNav for specific
replaces ASTM B 633), as tested in accordance with ASTM assembly listings.
B 117. The minimum zinc thickness is 5 microns.
Refer to Secton [Link] for screw coating information.
Kwik-Cote Treatment Kwik-Cote is a unique copolymer coating that provides greater
corrosion resistance than zinc or cadmium plating.

[Link] Technical Data

Ultimate Tensile Strengths – Pullout (Tension), lb (kN) 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
Thickness of member not in contact with the screw head, GA (in.)
Nominal
Screw
Diameter 20 18 16 14 12 10 8
Designation
in. (0.036) (0.048) (0.060) (0.075) (0.090) (0.105) (0.135)

190 250 320 395 475 555 715

#6 0.138
(0.85) (1.11) (1.42) (1.76) (2.11) (2.47) (3.18)
210 275 345 435 520 605 780
#7 0.151
(0.93) (1.22) (1.53) (1.93) (2.31) (2.69) (3.47)
225 300 375 470 565 660 845
#8 0.164
(1.00) (1.33) (1.67) (2.09) (2.51) (2.94) (3.76)
260 350 435 545 655 765 980
#10 0.190
(1.16) (1.56) (1.93) (2.42) (2.91) (3.40) (4.36)
295 395 495 620 745 870 1120
#12 0.216
(1.31) (1.76) (2.20) (2.76) (3.31) (3.87) (4.98)
345 460 575 715 860 1000 1290
1/4 in. 0.250
(1.53) (2.05) (2.56) (3.18) (3.83) (4.45) (5.74)
1 The lower of the ultimate pull-out, pullover, and tension fastener strength of screw should be used for design.
2 Load values based upon calculations done in accordance with Section E4 of the AISI North American Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural
Members (NASPEC) 2001 edition with 2004 Supplement.
3 The NASPEC recommends a safety factor of 3.0 be applied for allowable strength design and a Φ factor of 0.5 be applied for LRFD design.
4 ANSI/ASME standard screw diameters were used in the calculations and are listed in the tables.
5 The screw diameters in the table above are available in head styles of pan, hex washer head, pancake, flat, wafer and bugle.
6 The load data in the table is based upon sheet steel with Fu = 45 ksi. For Fu = 55 ksi steel, multiply values by 1.22. For Fu = 65 ksi steel, multiply values by 1.44.
7 Refer to Section [Link] to ensure drilling capacities.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 115
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:51 AM Page 116

Screw Fastening Systems

3.5.2 Kwik-Pro Self-Drilling Screws

Ultimate Tensile Strengths – Pullover (Tension) lb (kN) 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
Thickness of member not in contact with the screw head, ga (in.)
Washer or
Screw
Head Diameter 22 20 18 16 14 12 10 8
Designation
in. (0.030) (0.036) (0.048) (0.060) (0.075) (0.090) (0.105) (0.135)
Hex Washer Head (HWH)
675 815 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
#8 0.335
(3.00) (3.63) (4.45) (4.45) (4.45) (4.45) (4.45) (4.45)
805 970 1290 1370 1370 1370 1370 1370
#10 0.399
(3.58) (4.31) (5.74) (6.09) (6.09) (6.09) (6.09) (6.09)
835 1010 1340 1680 2100 2325 2325 2325
#12-14 0.415
(3.71) (4.49) (5.96) (7.47) (9.34) (10.34) (10.34) (10.34)
835 1010 1340 1680 2100 2520 2940 3780
#12-24 0.415
(3.71) (4.49) (5.96) (7.47) (9.34) (11.21) (13.08) (16.81)
1010 1220 1620 2030 2530 3040 3540 4560
1/4 in. 0.500
(4.49) (5.43) (7.21) (9.03) (11.25) (13.52) (13.75) (20.28)
Phillips Pan Head (PPH)
615 735 980 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
#7 0.303
(2.74) (3.27) (4.36) (4.45) (4.45) (4.45) (4.45) (4.45)
630 755 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
#8 0.311
(2.80) (3.36) (4.45) (4.45) (4.45) (4.45) (4.45) (4.45)
740 885 1180 1370 1370 1370 1370 1370
#10 0.364
(3.29) (3.94) (5.25) (6.09) (6.09) (6.09) (6.09) (6.09)
Phillips Truss Head (PTH)
875 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
#8 0.433
(3.89) (4.45) (4.45) (4.45) (4.45) (4.45) (4.45) (4.45)
Phillips Pancake Head (PPCH)
830 995 1325 1370 1370 1370 1370 1370
#10 0.409
(3.69) (4.43) (5.89) (6.09) (6.09) (6.09) (6.09) (6.09)
Phillips Flat Truss Head (PFTH)
740 885 1180 1475 1840 2170 2170 2170
#10 0.364
(3.29) (3.94) (5.25) (6.56) (8.18) (9.65) (9.65) (9.65)
1. The lower of the ultimate pull-out, pullover, and tension fastener strength of screw should be used for design.
2. Load values based upon calculations done in accordance with Section E4 of the AISI North American Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural

3. The NASPEC recommends a safety factor of 3.0 be applied for allowable strength design and a Φ factor of 0.5 be applied for LRFD design.
Members (NASPEC) 2001 edition with 2004 Supplement.

4. ANSI/ASME standard screw head diameters were used in the calculations and are listed in the tables.
5. Phillips Bugle Head (PBH) and Phillips Wafer Head (PWH) styles are not covered by this table because they are not used for attachment of steel to steel.
6. The load data in the table is based upon sheet steel with Fu = 45 ksi. For Fu = 55 ksi steel, multiply values by 1.22. For Fu = 65 ksi steel, multiply values by 1.44.
7. Refer to Section [Link] for drilling capacities.

Nominal Fastener Strength of Screw Torsional Strength –

Nominal Nominal Fastener Strength Screw Only. Does Not
Screw
Diameter Tension, Pts Shear, Pss Consider Base
Designation
(in.) lb (kN)1 lb (kN)2,3,4 Material Limitations
#6-20 0.138 1000 (4.45) 890 (3.96)
Min. Torsional
#7-18 0.151 1000 (4.45) 890 (3.96) Size Strength
#8-18 0.164 1000 (4.45) 1170 (5.20) in-lb (Nm)
#10-16 0.190 1370 (6.09) 1215 (5.40) 6-20 24 (2.7)
#10-12 0.190 2170 (9.65) 1645 (7.32) 7-18 38 (4.3)
#12-14 0.216 2325 (10.34) 1880 (8.36) 8-18 42 (4.8)
#12-24 0.216 3900 (17.35) 2285 (10.16) 10-16 61 (6.9)
1/4 in. 0.250 4580 (20.37) 2440 (10.85) 10-24 65 (7.3)
1 The lower of the ultimate pull-out, pullover, and tension fastener strength 12-14 92 (10.4)
of screw should be used for design. The Pullout and Pullover tables in
this section have already been adjusted where screw strength governs. 12-24 100 (11.3)
2 The lower of the ultimate shear fastener strength and shear bearing 1/4-14 150 (17.0)
should be used for design. The Shear Bearing table in this section has
1/4-20 156 (17.6)
already been adjusted where screw strength governs.

strength design and a Φ factor of 0.5 be applied for LRFD design.

3 The NASPEC recommends a safety factor of 3.0 be applied for allowable

4 When the distance to the end of the connected part is parallel to the line
of the applied force the allowable shear fastener strength must be
reduced for end distance, when necessary, in accordance with E4.3.2 of
Appendix A of the AISI North American Specifications for the Design of
Cold Formed Steel Structural Membrane (NASPEC) 2001 edition with
2004 Supplement.

116 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:51 AM Page 117

Screw Fastening Systems

Kwik-Pro Self-Drilling Screws 3.5.2

Ultimate Shear Strengths – Bearing (Shear), lb (kN) 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
Thickness of
Nominal member in Thickness of member not in contact with the screw head, GA (in.)
Screw
Diameter contact with
Designation
≥ 12 (0.090)
in. screw head,
20 (0.036) 18 (0.048) 16 (0.060) 14 (0.075)
GA (in.)
20 (0.036) 500 (2.22) 660 (2.94) 660 (2.94) 660 (2.94) 660 (2.94)
#7 0.151 18 (0.048) 500 (2.22) 660 (2.94) 880 (3.91) 880 (3.91) 880 (3.91)
≥ 16 (0.060) 500 (2.22) 660 (2.94) 890 (3.96) 890 (3.96) 890 (3.96)
20 (0.036) 525 (2.34) 715 (3.18) 715 (3.18) 715 (3.18) 715 (3.18)
#8 0.164 18 (0.048) 525 (2.34) 805 (3.58) 955 (4.25) 955 (4.25) 955 (4.25)
≥ 16 (0.060) 525 (2.34) 805 (3.58) 1120 (4.98) 1170 (5.20) 1170 (5.20)
20 (0.036) 565 (2.51) 830 (3.69) 830 (3.69) 830 (3.69) 830 (3.69)
#10-16 0.190 18 (0.048) 565 (2.51) 865 (3.85) 1110 (4.94) 1110 (4.94) 1110 (4.94)
≥ 16 (0.060) 565 (2.51) 865 (3.85) 1210 (5.38) 1215 (5.40) 1215 (5.40)
20 (0.036) 565 (2.51) 830 (3.69) 830 (3.69) 830 (3.69) 830 (3.69)
18 (0.048) 565 (2.51) 865 (3.85) 1110 (4.94) 1110 (4.94) 1110 (4.94)
#10-12 0.190
16 (0.060) 565 (2.51) 865 (3.85) 1210 (5.38) 1390 (6.18) 1390 (6.18)
≥ 14 (0.075) 565 (2.51) 865 (3.85) 1210 (5.38) 1645 (7.32) 1645 (7.32)
20 (0.036) 600 (2.67) 930 (4.14) 945 (4.20) 945 (4.20) 945 (4.20)
18 (0.048) 600 (2.67) 925 (4.11) 1260 (5.60) 1260 (5.60) 1260 (5.60)
#12-14 0.216
16 (0.060) 600 (2.67) 925 (4.11) 1290 (5.74) 1570 (6.98) 1570 (6.98)
≥ 14 (0.075) 600 (2.67) 925 (4.11) 1290 (5.74) 1800 (8.00) 1800 (8.36)
20 (0.036) 600 (2.67) 930 (4.14) 945 (4.20) 945 (4.20) 945 (4.20)
18 (0.048) 600 (2.67) 925 (4.11) 1260 (5.60) 1260 (5.60) 1260 (5.60)
#12-24 0.216 16 (0.060) 600 (2.67) 925 (4.11) 1290 (5.74) 1570 (6.98) 1570 (6.98)
14 (0.075) 600 (2.67) 925 (4.11) 1290 (5.74) 1800 (8.00) 1970 (8.76)
≥ 12 (0.090) 600 (2.67) 925 (4.11) 1290 (5.74) 1800 (8.00) 2285 (10.16)
20 (0.036) 645 (2.87) 1020 (4.54) 1090 (4.85) 1090 (4.85) 1090 (4.85)
18 (0.048) 645 (2.87) 995 (4.43) 1400 (6.23) 1460 (6.49) 1460 (6.49)
1/4 in. 0.250 16 (0.060) 645 (2.87) 995 (4.43) 1390 (6.18) 1820 (8.10) 1820 (8.10)
14 (0.075) 645 (2.87) 995 (4.43) 1390 (6.18) 1940 (8.63) 2280 (10.14)
≥ 12 (0.090) 645 (2.87) 995 (4.43) 1390 (6.18) 1940 (8.63) 2440 (10.85)
1 The lower of the ultimate shear bearing and shear fastener strength of screw should be used for design.
2 Load values based upon calculations done in accordance with Section E4 of the AISI North American Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural

3 The NASPEC recommends a safety factor of 3.0 be applied for allowable strength design and a Φ factor of 0.5 be applied for LRFD design.
Members (NASPEC) 2001 edition with 2004 Supplement.

4 ANSI/ASME standard screw head diameters were used in the calculations and are listed in the tables.
5 Load values in table are for Hex Washer Head (HWH and HHWH), Phillips Pan Head (PPH), Phillips Truss Head (PTH), Phillips Pancake Head (PPCH), and Phillips
Flat Truss Head (PFTH) style screws. Phillips Bugle Head (PBH) and Phillips Wafer Head (PWH) styles are not covered by this table because they are not used for
attachment of steel to steel.
6 The load data in the table is based upon sheet steel with Fu = 45 ksi. For Fu = 55 ksi steel, multiply values by 1.22. For Fu = 65 ksi steel, multiply values by 1.44.
7 Refer to Section [Link] to ensure drilling capacities.

Warning: Because of the potential for delayed hydrogen

assisted stress corrosion cracking, many hardened steel
fasteners are not recommended for use with dissimilar metals
or chemically treated wood when moisture may be present or in
corrosive environments. For further information, contact Hilti
Technical Support at 1-877-749-6337.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 117
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:51 AM Page 118

Screw Fastening Systems

3.5.2 Kwik-Pro Self-Drilling Screws

Steel Deck Diaphragms
For allowable diaphragm loads and stiffness values for steel Example:
roof or floor deck utilizing Hilti self-drilling screws as frame or
sidelap fasteners, download Hilti’s Profis DF software at Total area: . . . . . . . . . . . . 50,000 square feet
[Link] (US), or [Link] (Canada). Sheet width: . . . . . . . . . . 36" = 3 ft
Helpful Tip: To estimate the number of sidelap screws on a Joist spacing: . . . . . . . . . 5 ft
steel roof or floor deck project, multiply the total deck area in No. of sidelap fasteners per span: 5
square feet times the number of required stitch screws per
span and then divide by the sheet width times the joist spacing # of screws needed = 50,000 ft2 x 5 x 1.05 = 17,500
(both in feet). A 5% contingency is also recommended for 3 ft x 5 ft
waste and loss.

[Link] Installation Instructions

It is essential that proper rpm, setting depth and torque be
utilized when installing Hilti screws. Socket & Bit Sizes

Install self-drilling screws perpendicular to the work surface. Screw Magnetic Nut Phillips
Size Setter Size Bit Size
The self-drilling feature of the screw will drill a hole completely
#8 1/4" 2
through the base material before tapping the threads. Do not
#10 5/16" 2
apply excessive pressure. Too much pressure will slow the
speed of the screwdriver, increasing the install time and possibly #12 5/16" 3

leading to drill tip failure. The variable speed motors of Hilti 1/4" 3/8" 3
screwdrivers enable the operator to start the screw in a precise
position and drive it at the speed best suited for the application.

The Hilti ST 2500 Heavy Duty Screwdriver features a 2,500

Warning: Because of the potential for delayed hydrogen
rpm motor for fastening self-drilling screws in steel up to ¼”
assisted stress corrosion cracking, many hardened steel
(6mm) thick. There is a depth gauge on the front of the tool for
fasteners are not recommended for use with dissimilar
correct depth setting of screws.
metals or chemically treated wood when moisture may be
The Hilti ST 1800 Heavy Duty Torque Adjustable Screwdriver present or in corrosive environments. For further information,
features a 1,800 rpm for fastening self-drilling screws in steel up contact Hilti Technical Support at 1-877-749-6337.
½” (13mm) thick. There is a depth gauge on the front of the tool
for correct depth setting of screws. There is also an 18 position
adjustable torque clutch for correct torque release setting of
screws. By avoiding overdriving, proper torque adjustment will
deliver consistent fastening quality.

The ST 1800 may also be operated with the SDT-25 for a stand-
up decking system to fasten sidelaps.

118 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:51 AM Page 119

Screw Fastening Systems

Kwik-Pro Self-Drilling Screws 3.5.2

[Link] Ordering Information

Collated Self-Drilling Screws

Light/Medium Gauge Metal Applications (Sidelap)
Thread Drilling Capacity Maximum Total Box
Description Length Min Max Thickness (MT)1 Recess Coating2 Qty
S-MD 10-16 x 7/8 HWH Collated 3/8" 0.028" 0.120" 3/16" 0.188" 5/16" Zinc-1 250
S-MD 12-14 x 1 HWH Collated 3/4" 0.028" 0.120" 3/8" 0.375" 5/16" Zinc-1 250

Medium/Heavy Gauge Metal Applications (Frame Fastener)

Thread Drilling Capacity Maximum Total Box
Description Length Min Max Thickness (MT)1 Recess Coating2 Qty
S-MD 10-16 x 3/4 HWH#3 Collated 1/2" 0.110" 0.175" 3/8" 0.375" 5/16" Zinc-1 250
S-MD 12-24 x 7/8 HWH#4 Collated 1/2" 0.175" 0.312" 3/8" 0.375" 5/16" Zinc-1 250
1 Refer to Figure in Section [Link].
2 For coating abbreviations, Zinc-1 = ASTM F 1941.

PPH HWH #5 Point Stitch HWH HWH PFH PWH

Kwik-Seal with bonded with wings
washer
Single Self-Drilling Screws
Sidelap (unsupported metal sheets)
Thread Drilling Capacity Maximum Total Box
Description Length Min Max Thickness (MT)1 Recess Coating2 Qty
Unexposed to Weather
S-MD 12-14x1 HHWH Stitch 3/4" 0.028" 0.120" 3/8" 0.375" 5/16" Zinc-1 3000
S-MD 10-16x7/8 HHWH Pilot Point 3/8" 0.028" 0.120" 3/16" 0.188" 5/16" Zinc-1 6000
Exposed to Weather
S-MD 1/4-14x7/8 HWH Stitch Kwik-Seal 1/2" 0.028" 0.140" 5/16" 0.313" 5/16" KwikCote 2500

Light Gauge Applications: Steel to Steel

Thread Drilling Capacity Maximum Total Box
Description Length Min Max Thickness (MT)1 Recess Coating2 Qty
S-MD 8-18x1/2 HWH #2 1/4" 0.035" 0.100" 1/8" 0.125" 1/4" Zinc-1 1000
S-MD 8-18x3/4 HWH #2 1/2" 0.035" 0.100" 3/8" 0.375" 1/4" Zinc-1 1000
S-MD 8-18x1/2 PPH #2 1/4" 0.035" 0.100" 1/8" 0.125" PHL #2 Zinc-1 1000
S-MD 10-16x1/2 HWH #2 5/16" 0.035" 0.110" 3/16" 0.188" 5/16" Zinc-1 85000
S-MD 10-16x3/4 HWH #2 1/2" 0.035" 0.110" 5/16" 0.313" 5/16" Zinc-1 65000
S-MD 10-16x1 HWH #2 3/4" 0.035" 0.110" 1/2" 0.500" 5/16" Zinc-1 5000
1 Refer to Figure in Section [Link].
2 For coating abbreviations, Zinc-1 = ASTM F 1941; Kwik Cote = Proprietary Coating, Section [Link].

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 119
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:52 AM Page 120

Screw Fastening Systems

3.5.2 Kwik-Pro Self-Drilling Screws

Light / Medium Gauge Metal Applications
Thread Drilling Capacity Maximum Total Box
Description Length Min Max Thickness (MT)1 Recess Coating2 Qty
Unexposed to Weather
S-MD 10-16x5/8 HWH #3 5/16" 0.110" 0.175" 3/16" 0.187" 5/16" Zinc-1 7500
S-MD 10-16x3/4 HWH #3 1/2" 0.110" 0.175" 3/8" 0.375" 5/16" Zinc-1 6500
S-MD 10-16x1 HWH #3 3/4" 0.110" 0.175" 5/8" 0.625" 5/16" Zinc-1 5000
S-MD 10-16x1 1/4 HWH #3 1" 0.110" 0.175" 7/8" 0.875" 5/16" Zinc-1 4000
S-MD 10-16x1 1/2 HWH #3 1-1/4" 0.110" 0.175" 1-1/8" 1.125" 5/16" Zinc-1 4000
S-MD 10-16x5/8 PPH #3 5/16" 0.110" 0.175" 5/16" 0.313" PHL #2 Zinc-1 7500
S-MD 10-16x3/4 PPH #3 1/2" 0.110" 0.175" 3/8" 0.375" PHL #2 Zinc-1 6500
S-MD 12-14x3/4 HWH #3 1/2" 0.110" 0.210" 5/16" 0.313" 5/16" Zinc-1 5000
S-MD 12-14x1 HWH #3 3/4" 0.110" 0.210" 9/16" 0.562" 5/16" Zinc-1 3000
S-MD 12-14x1 1/2 HWH #3 1-1/4" 0.110" 0.210" 1-1/16" 1.062" 5/16" Zinc-1 2500
S-MD 12-14x2 HWH #3 1-5/8" 0.110" 0.210" 1-9/16" 1.562" 5/16" Zinc-1 2000
S-MD 1/4-14x3/4 HWH #3 1/2" 0.110" 0.220" 5/16" 0.313" 3/8" Zinc-1 4000
S-MD 1/4-14x1 HWH #3 3/4" 0.110" 0.220" 9/16" 0.562" 3/8" Zinc-1 3000
S-MD 1/4-14x1 1/2 HWH #3 1-1/4" 0.110" 0.220" 1-1/16" 1.062" 3/8" Zinc-1 2000
S-MD 1/4-14x2 HWH #3 1-5/8" 0.110" 0.220" 1-9/16" 1.562" 3/8" Zinc-1 1000
Exposed to Weather
S-MD 12-14x3/4 HWH #2 Kwik-Seal 1/4" 0.035" 0.140" 1/8" 0.125" 5/16" Kwik-Cote 3000
S-MD 12-14x1 HWH #2 Kwik-Seal 5/8" 0.035" 0.140" 3/8" 0.375" 5/16" Kwik-Cote 2500
S-MD 12-14x1 1/4 HWH #2 Kwik-Seal 1" 0.035" 0.140" 5/8" 0.625" 5/16" Kwik-Cote 2000
S-MD 12-14x1 1/2 HWH #2 Kwik-Seal 1-1/4" 0.035" 0.140" 7/8" 0.875" 5/16" Kwik-Cote 2000
S-MD 12-14x2 HWH #2 Kwik-Seal 1-1/2" 0.035" 0.140" 1-3/8" 1.375" 5/16" Kwik-Cote 1500
S-MD 1/4-14x3/4 HWH #3 Kwik-Seal 1/4" 0.110" 0.220" 1/8" 0.125" 3/8" Kwik-Cote 2500
S-MD 1/4-14x1 HWH #3 Kwik-Seal 5/8" 0.110" 0.220" 3/8" 0.375" 3/8" Kwik-Cote 2000
S-MD 1/4-14x1 1/2 HWH #3 Kwik-Seal 1" 0.110" 0.220" 7/8" 0.875" 3/8" Kwik-Cote 1500
1 Refer to Figure in Section [Link].
2 For coating abbreviations, Zinc-1 = ASTM F 1941, Kwik-Cote = Proprietary Coating, Section [Link].

Single Self-Drilling Screws – Heavy Gauge Metal Applications

Thread Drilling Capacity Maximum Total Box
Description Length Min Max Thickness (MT)1 Recess Coating2 Qty
Unexposed to Weather
S-MD 12-24x7/8 HWH #4 1/2" 0.175" 0.250" 3/8" 0.375" 5/16" Zinc-1 4500
S-MD 12-24x1 1/4 HWH #4 3/4" 0.175" 0.250" 5/8" 0.625" 5/16" Zinc-1 3500
S-MD 12-24x1 1/4 HWH #5 1/2" 0.250" 0.500" 7/16" 0.437" 5/16" Zinc-1 4000
S-MD 12-24x2 HWH #5 Kwik-Cote 1-1/4" 0.250" 0.500" 1-3/16" 1.187" 5/16" KwikCote 2000
S-MD 12-24x3 HWH #5 Kwik-Cote 2-1/4" 0.250" 0.500" 2-3/16" 2.187" 5/16" KwikCote 1000
S-MD 12-24x1 1/4 HWH #5 Kwik-Cote 1/2" 0.250" 0.500" 5/16" 0.313" 5/16" KwikCote 4000
Exposed to Weather
S-MD 12-24x1 1/4 HWH #5 Kwik-Cote
Bond Washer 1/2" 0.250" 0.500" 5/16" 0.313 5/16’’ KwikCote 2500
1 Refer to Figure in Section [Link].
2 For coating abbreviations, Zinc-1 = ASTM F 1941; Kwik Cote = Proprietary Coating, Section [Link].

Warning: Because of the potential for delayed hydrogen assisted stress corrosion cracking, many hardened steel fasteners are
not recommended for use with dissimilar metals or chemically treated wood when moisture may be present or in corrosive
environments. For further information, contact Hilti Technical Support at 1-877-749-6337.

120 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:52 AM Page 121

Screw Fastening Systems

Kwik-Pro Self-Drilling Screws 3.5.2

Wood to Steel Applications
Thread Drilling Capacity Maximum Total Box
Description Length Min Max Thickness (MT)1 Recess Coating2 Qty
Decking Screws (Plywood to Framing)
S-WD 8-18x1 5/16 PFH #3 1/2" 0.050" 0.140" 1/2" 0.500" PHL #2 BP 6000
S-WD 8-18x1 15/16 PFH #3 5/8" 0.050" 0.140" 3/4" 0.750" PHL #2 BP 4000

Wafer Head (Plywood <1/2" to Framing)

S-WD 10-24x1 PWH #3 3/4" 0.050" 0.175" 5/8" 0.625" PHL #2 Zinc-1 6000
S-WD 10-24x1 1/4 PWH #3 1" 0.050" 0.175" 7/8" 0.875" PHL #2 Zinc-1 5000
S-WD 10-24x1 1/2PWH #3 1-1/4" 0.050" 0.175" 1-1/8" 1.125" PHL #2 Zinc-1 3500

Small Wing Screws (3/4" Plywood to Framing)

S-WW 10-24x1 7/16 PWH #3 wings 1" 0.050" 0.175" 3/4" 0.750" PHL #2 Zinc-1 4000

Flooring Screws ≤ 1 3/4" Wood to Steel Member

S-WW 12-24x2 PFH #4 wings 1-3/8" 0.050" 0.232" 1-1/4" 1.250" PHL #2 Zinc-1 2000
S-WW 12-24x2 1/2 PFH #4 wings 2" 0.050" 0.232" 1-3/4" 1.750" PHL #2 Zinc-1 1500

Wood ≤ 2"
S-WW 14-20x2 3/4 PFH #4 wings 2-1/4" 0.050" 0.250" 2" 2.000" PHL #2 Zinc-1 1000
1 Refer to Figure in Section [Link].
2 For coating abbreviations, Zinc-1 = ASTM F 1941; BP = Black Phosphate

Ductwork and HVAC

Thread Drilling Capacity Maximum Total Box

Description Length Min Max Thickness (MT)1 Recess Coating2 Qty
S-MD 8-18x1/2 HWH #2 1/4" 0.035" 0.100" 1/8" 0.125" 1/4" Zinc-1 10000
S-MD 8-18x3/4 HWH #2 1/2" 0.035" 0.100" 3/8" 0.325" 1/4" Zinc-1 10000
S-MD 8-18x1 HWH #2 3/4" 0.035" 0.100" 1/2" 0.500" 1/4" Zinc-1 8000
S-MD 8-18x1/2 PPH #2 1/4" 0.035" 0.100" 1/8" 0.125" PHL #2 Zinc-1 10000
S-MD 8-18x3/4 PPH #2 1/2" 0.035" 0.100" 3/8" 0.325" PHL #2 Zinc-1 10000
S-MD 8-18x1 PPH #2 3/4" 0.035" 0.100" 1/2" 0.500" PHL #2 Zinc-1 8000
S-MD 8-18x1 1/2 PPH #2 1-1/4" 0.035" 0.100" 1" 1.000" PHL #2 Zinc-1 5000
S-MD 10-16x1/2 HWH #2 5/16" 0.035" 0.110" 3/16" 0.187" 5/16" Zinc-1 8500
S-MD 10-16x3/4 HWH #2 1/2" 0.035" 0.110" 7/16" 0.437" 5/16" Zinc-1 6500
S-MD 10-16x1 HWH #2 3/4" 0.035" 0.110" 11/16" 0.687" 5/16" Zinc-1 5000
S-MD 10-16x5/8 PPH #3 5/16" 0.110" 0.175" 3/16" 0.187" PHL #2 Zinc-1 7500
S-MD 10-16x3/4 PPH #3 1/2" 0.110" 0.175" 3/8" 0.375" PHL #2 Zinc-1 6500
S-MD 10-16x1 PPH #3 3/4" 0.110" 0.175" 5/8" 0.625" PHL #2 Zinc-1 5000
S-MD 10-16x7/8 HHWH Pilot Point 1/2" 0.028" 0.120" 3/16" 0.188" 5/16" Zinc-1 6000
1 Refer to Figure in Section [Link].
2 For coating abbreviations, Zinc-1 = ASTM F 1941; BP = Black Phosphate

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 121
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:52 AM Page 122

Screw Fastening Systems

3.5.2 Kwik-Pro Self-Drilling Screws

Drywall Applications (Drywall to steel, framing and lathing screws)
Box
Description Coating1 Qty Application
6 x 1 PBH SD BP 10,000 Fastening Drywall, plywood, insulation,
6 x 1 PBH SD Zinc Zinc-2 10,000 etc. to metal studs from 14 ga to 20 ga
6 x 1-1/8 PBH SD BP 10,000
6 x 1-1/8 PBH SD Zinc Zinc-2 10,000
6 x 1-1/4 PBH SD BP 8,000
6 x 1-1/4 PBH SD Zinc Zinc-2 8,000
6 x 1-5/8 PBH SD BP 5,000
6 x 1-5/8 PBH SD Zinc Zinc-2 5,000
6 x 1-7/8 PBH SD BP 4,000
6 x 1-7/8 PBH SD Zinc Zinc-2 4,000
8 x 2-3/8 PBH SD BP 2,500
8 x 2-3/8 PBH SD Zinc Zinc-2 2,500
8 x 2-5/8 PBH SD BP 1,600
8 x 2-5/8 PBH SD Zinc Zinc-2 1,600
8 x 3 PBH SD BP 1,400
8 x 3 PBH SD Zinc Zinc-2 1,400
7 x 7/16 PPFH SD Framer BP 10,000 Fastening stud to track
7 x 7/16 PPFH SD Framer Zinc Zinc-2 10,000 from 14 ga to 20 ga
8 x 1/2 PPH SD Framer Zinc Zinc-2 10,000
10 x 5/8 PPCH SD Framer Zinc-1 7,500
10 x 3/4 PFTH SD Framer Zinc Zinc-1 7,500
8 x 1/2 PTH SD Lathing Zinc Zinc-2 10,000 Fastening wire lath to 14 ga to 20 ga
8 x 3/4 PTH SD Lathing Zinc Zinc-2 10,000
8 x 1 PTH SD Lathing Zinc Zinc-2 8,000
8 x 1-1/4 PTH SD Lathing Zinc Zinc-2 8,000
6 x 1-5/8 SFH SD BP 5,000 Fastening wood trim and base to
6 x 1-5/8 SFH SD Zinc Zinc-2 5,000 14 ga to 20 ga studs
6 x 2-1/4 SFH SD BP 3,000
6 x 2-1/4 SFH SD Zinc Zinc-2 3,000
1 For coating abbreviations, Zinc-1 = ASTM F 1941; Zinc-2 = EN /ISO 4042 A/72/E; BP = Black Phosphate

Warning: Because of the potential for delayed hydrogen assisted stress corrosion cracking, many hardened steel fasteners are
not recommended for use with dissimilar metals or chemically treated wood when moisture may be present or in corrosive
environments. For further information, contact Hilti Technical Support at 1-877-749-6337.

122 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:52 AM Page 123

Screw Fastening Systems

Kwik-Flex Self-Drilling Screws 3.5.3

[Link] Product Description [Link] Product Description

[Link] Material Specifications

Hilti Kwik-Flex fasteners combine the Product Features
in-place economy of self-drilling screws [Link] Technical Data
• Virtually immune to embrittlement
with the strength and performance of failure [Link] Installation Instructions
bolted connections. The precision- • Self-drilling for convenience, labor [Link] Ordering Information
milled point and lead threads of a Kwik- savings
Flex fastener are selectively hardened • Kwik-Cote finish provides up to
for dependable self-drilling and tapping. three times the corrosion resis-
The balance of the fastener retains the tance of cadmium or zinc plating
ductility. This results in superior • Complies with the
resistance to embrittlement that can be Buy America Act
caused by stress, dissimilar metals • Suitable for:
and moisture. Aluminum to steel
Fire retardant plywood
Corrosive environments

Tapping Threads eliminate

nuts to simplify installation
Hex Washer Head:
uses standard tools, Precision-milled drill point
efficient drive system, speeds installation
resists pullover

Flutes remove
Kwik-Flex Head: metal chips
Hardened to
Marking simplifies for easy drilling
Rockwell C52
inspection Shank has Grade 5 bolt ductility and strength
min. for drilling
(SAE J429 and ASTM A 449) without
and tapping
embrittlement; Rc 28-34 hardness

Listings/Approvals
ICC-ES (International Code Council)
[Link] Material Specifications ER-4780
Material strength of fasteners Mechanical Properties
Yield Strength, Fy Tensile Strength Fu
ksi (MPa) ksi (MPa)
92 (634) 120 (828)

[Link] Technical Data

Kwik-Flex Screw Specification Table

Fastener Fastened Minimum Minimum Edge

Size/Diameter Material Spacing (in.) Distance (in.) Note: These fasteners address
No. 10 Steel 5/8 9/32 delayed failure due to hydrogen
Aluminum 15/32 3/8 assisted stress corrosion cracking.
No. 12 Steel 11/16 3/8 They are not any more resistant to
Aluminum 9/16 7/16 other corrosion effects than standard
1/4 Inch Steel 3/4 3/8 Hilti Kwik-Cote screws.
Aluminum 5/8 1/2

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 123
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:52 AM Page 124

Screw Fastening Systems

3.5.3 Kwik-Flex Self-Drilling Screws

Kwik-Flex Screw Allowable Pull-Out Values (Tension)1,4
Pullout (lb)
Drill Drill Aluminum
Screw Steel Gauge3 or Thickness (in.)
Point Cap.2 Thickness (in.)
Size
Type (in.)
18 GA 16 GA 14 GA 12 GA 1/8 3/16 1/4 5/16 3/8 1/2 1/8 1/4 3/8
10-16 3 0.150 158 200 254 638 677 — — — — — 306 — —
12-14 3 0.187 158 210 284 460 620 1159 — — — — 210 914 —
1/4-14 3 0.187 159 212 274 480 740 1015 — — — — 240 969 —
1/4-20 4 0.312 — 206 260 500 765 1045 1215 1275 — — 230 700 1473
1 Steel members shall conform to ASTM A 36. Aluminum members shall be 6063-T5 aluminum alloy.
2 The maximum drill capacity is the maximum metal thickness the fastener can self-drill and self-tap.
3 The base-metal thickness of No. 12 gauge steel is 0.105", of No. 14 gauge steel is 0.075", of No. 16 gauge steel is 0.060" and of No. 18 gauge steel is 0.048".
4 Based on using a safety factor of 3.0.

Kwik-Flex Screw Allowable Shear Values 1,4

Shear (lb)
Drill Drill Aluminum
Screw Steel Gauge3 or Thickness (in.)
Point Cap.2 Thickness (in.)
Size
Type (in.) 18-18 18-14 16-16 14-14 1/4"-12
1/8"-3/16" 3/16"-1/4" 1/8"-1/8" 1/8"-1/4"
GA GA GA GA GA
10-16 3 0.150 545 693 585 — — — — 587 —
12-14 3 0.187 526 847 662 727 — — — 335 475
1/4-14 3 0.187 558 925 672 967 635 — — 405 590
1/4-20 4 0.312 540 835 633 980 670 715 660 395 570
1 Steel members shall conform to ASTM A 36. Aluminum members shall be 6063-T5 aluminum alloy.
2 The maximum drill capacity is the maximum metal thickness the fastener can self-drill and self-tap.
3 The base-metal thickness of No. 12 gauge steel is 0.105", of No. 14 gauge steel is 0.075", of No. 16 gauge steel is 0.060" and of No. 18 gauge steel is 0.048".
4 Based on using a safety factor of 3.0.

124 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:52 AM Page 125

Screw Fastening Systems

Kwik-Flex Self-Drilling Screws 3.5.3

[Link] Installation Instructions

Self-drilling/Self-tapping Fasteners: 17/64" in diameter for No. 12 and 1/4"
diameter fasteners, respectively.
Self-drilling/self-tapping fasteners are
Fasteners must be installed with a
installed without predrilling holes in the
1800 to 2500 rpm electric screwdriver
receiving member of the connection.
incorporating a depth sensitive or
The drilling function of the fastener must
torque-limiting nosepiece. Installed
be completed prior to the lead threads
fasteners shall protrude through the
of the fastener engaging the metal. This
attached members with the high-
is normally accomplished by predrilling
hardness drill point and lead threads
a clearance hole in the component
beyond the attached members.
being fastened to the receiving member.
Clearance holes shall be 15/64" and

[Link] Ordering Information

Thread Coating1 Box
Description Length Kwik-Cote Qty
(in.) Organic

10-16 x 3/4 HWH #3 0.350 • 6,000

10-24 x 1 1/4 PWH #3 0.850 • 5,000
12-14 x 1 PFHUC #3 0.530 • 4,000
12-14 x 7/8 HWH #3 0.470 • 5,000
12-14 x 1 HWH #3 0.530 • 4,000
12-14 x 1 1/2 HWH #3 1.030 • 2,500
12-14 x 2 HWH #3 1.530 • 2,000
1/4-14 x 1 HWH #3 0.480 • 3,000
1/4-14 x 1 1/2 HWH #3 0.950 • 2,000
1/4-14 x 2 HWH #3 1.480 • 1,500
1/4-20 x 1 1/2 HWH #4 0.860 • 2,000
1/4-20 x 2 HWH #4 1.360 • 1,500
1 Refer to Section 2.3 for more information regarding corrosion protection.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 125
02_3.0_DX_Mod15.QXD:H440.04_03 [Link] 12/30/07 12:52 AM Page 126

Direct Fastening Systems

Notes

126 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
03_4.1_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a [Link] 12/30/07 12:55 AM Page 127

Direct Fastening Systems

Notes

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 127
03_4.1_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a [Link] 12/30/07 12:55 AM Page 128

Anchoring Systems

Anchoring Systems Table of Contents

Section Description Page

4.1 Anchor Principles & Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

4.1.1 Allowable Stress Design (ASD) Terminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
4.1.2 Strength Design (SD) Terminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
4.1.3 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
4.1.4 Anchors in Concrete and Masonry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
4.1.5 Anchor Working Principles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
4.1.6 Anchor Behavior Under Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
[Link] Long Term Behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
4.1.7 Anchor Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
4.1.8 Allowable Stress Design (ASD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
[Link] Recommended Loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
[Link] Critical and Minimum Spacing and Edge Distance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
[Link] Interaction – ASD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
[Link] Bolt Bending – ASD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
[Link] Increase in Capacity for Short Term Loading – ASD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
4.1.9 Strength Design – SD (LRFD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
[Link] Load Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
[Link] General Requirements for Anchor Strength . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
[Link] Strength Reduction Factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
[Link] Design Requirements for Tensile Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
[Link] Design Requirements for Shear Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
[Link] Interaction – Strength Design (LRFD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
[Link] Required Edge Distances, Anchor Spacing and Member Thickness – Strength Design (LRFD) . . 141
[Link] Bolt Bending –Strength Design (LRFD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
4.1.10 Torquing and Pretensioning of Anchors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
4.1.11 Design of Anchors for Fatigue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
4.1.12 Design of Anchors for Fire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
4.1.13 Design of Post-Installed Reinforcing Bar Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
4.1.14 Anchor Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144

4.2 Adhesive Anchoring Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

4.2.1 HVA Capsule Adhesive Anchoring System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
4.2.2 The Hilti HIT System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
4.2.3 HIT-TZ with HIT HY 150 MAX or HIT ICE Adhesive Anchoring System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
4.2.4 HIT-HY 150 MAX Adhesive Anchoring System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
4.2.5 HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Adhesive Anchoring System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
4.2.6 HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
4.2.7 HIT RE 500 Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
4.2.8 HIT HY 20 for Masonry Construction Adhesive Anchoring System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278

128 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
03_4.1_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a [Link] 12/30/07 12:55 AM Page 129

Anchoring Systems

Anchoring Systems Table of Contents

4.3 Mechanical Anchoring Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
4.3.1 HDA Undercut Anchor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
4.3.2 HSL-3 Heavy Duty Expansion Anchor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
4.3.3 HSL Heavy Duty Expansion Anchor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
4.3.4 Kwik Bolt TZ Expansion anchor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
4.3.5 Kwik Bolt 3 Expansion anchor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
4.3.6 HUS-H Screw Anchor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
4.3.7 HCA Coil anchor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
4.3.8 HDI & HDI-L Drop-In Anchor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
4.3.9 HDI-P Drop-In Anchor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
4.3.10 HCI-WF/MD Cast-In Anchor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
4.3.11 HLC Sleeve Anchor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
4.3.12 KWIK-CON II+ Fastening System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
4.3.13 Metal Hit Anchor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
4.3.14 HPS-1 Impact Anchor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
4.3.15 HTB TOGGLER® Bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384
4.3.16 HLD Kwik Tog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
4.3.17 HSP/HFP Drywall Anchor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386
4.3.18 IDP Insulation Anchor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 129
03_4.1_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a [Link] 12/30/07 12:55 AM Page 130

Anchoring Systems

4.1 Anchor Principles & Design

4.1.1 Allowable Stress Design (ASD) Terminology

The following terminology is generally compliant with that hef = effective anchor embedment
used in ICC-ES acceptance criteria for allowable stress
hmin = minimum member thickness
design of anchors.
hnom = standard embedment depth
Anom = nominal bolt cross sectional area
ho = depth of full diameter hole in base material
Asl = cross sectional area of anchor sleeve
ᐍ = anchor embedded length
Ast = tensile stress area of threaded part
ᐍ th = anchor useable thread length
c = distance from anchor centerline to free edge of
base material MuM,5% = characteristic flexural resistance of anchor
bolt (5% fractile)
ccr = critical edge distance
Nallow = allowable load (based on mean value from
cmin = minimum edge distance
tests and a global safety factor)
d = anchor bolt diameter (shank diameter)
Nd = design tension load (unfactored)
dbit = nominal drill bit diameter
Nrec = recommended tension load
dh = diameter of clearance hole in attachment
s = anchor axial spacing
(e.g. baseplate)
scr = critical spacing between adjacent
dnom = nominal anchor diameter
loaded anchors
do = anchor O.D.
smin = minimum spacing between adjacent
dw = washer diameter loaded anchors

fa = adjustment factor for anchor spacing s = elastic section modulus of anchor bolt

fc = concrete compressive strength as measured by sW = width of anchor nut across flats

testing of cylinders
t fix = maximum thickness of attachment
f 'c = specified concrete compressive strength (e.g. baseplate) to be fastened

fRN = adjustment factor for edge distance, Tinst = recommended anchor installation torque
tension loading
Tmax = maximum tightening torque
fRV1 = adjustment factor for edge distance, shear
Vallow = allowable shear load (based on mean value
loading perpendicular and towards free edge
from tests and a global safety factor)
fRV2 = adjustment factor for edge distance, shear
Vd = design shear load (unfactored)
loading parallel to edge
Vrec = recommended shear load
fRV3 = adjustment factor for edge distance, shear
loading perpendicular and away from free edge

fy = specified reinforcing bar yield strength

Fy = specified bolt minimum yield strength

Fu = specified bolt minimum ultimate strength

h = thickness of member in which anchor is

embedded as measured parallel to anchor axis

130 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
03_4.1_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a [Link] 12/30/07 12:55 AM Page 131

Anchoring Systems

Anchor Principles & Design 4.1

4.1.2 Strength Design (SD) Terminology

The following terminology is generally compliant with that do = anchor O.D.
used in ACI 318-05 Appendix D for the strength design
e'N = distance between geometric centroid of a group
of anchors.
of anchors loaded in tension, and the resultant
A Nc = the projected area of the failure surface for the tension load applied to the group
anchor or group of anchors for calculation of
e'V = distance between geometric centroid of a group
strength in tension
of anchors loaded in shear, and the resultant
A Nco = the projected area of the failure surface of a single shear load applied to the group
anchor without the influence of proximate edges
fc = concrete compressive strength as measured by
for calculation of strength in tension
testing of cylinders
A sl = cross sectional area of anchor sleeve
f 'c = specified concrete compressive strength
A se = tensile stress area of threaded part
fya = specified bolt minimum yield strength
A Vc = the projected area of the failure surface for the
futa = specified bolt minimum ultimate strength
anchor or group of anchors for calculation of
strength in shear ha = thickness of member in which anchor is
embedded as measured parallel to anchor axis
A Vco = the projected area of the failure surface of a single
anchor without the influence of proximate edges hef = effective anchor embedment
for the calculation of strength in shear
hmin = minimum member thickness
c = distance from anchor centerline to free edge of
h0 = depth of full diameter hole in base material
base material
kcr = coefficient for basic concrete strength in
cac = critical edge distance required to develop the
tension, cracked concrete
basic concrete breakout strength of a post-
installed anchor in uncracked concrete with kuncr = coefficient for basic concrete strength in
out supplementary reinforcement to control tension, uncracked concrete
splitting kcp = coefficient for pryout strength
ca,max = distance to furthest edge ᐍe = load-bearing length of anchor for shear, not to
(ca,max < 1.5cac ) from anchor centerline exceed 8do, in.
ca,min = distance to closest edge = hef for anchors with a constant stiffness over the
(ca,min < 1.5cac ) from anchor centerline full length of the embedded section, such as
ca1 = distance from edge to anchor centerline; for a headed studs or post-installed anchors with
group of anchors, the distance from the edge to one tubular shell over the full length of the
the axis of the furthest anchor row embedment depth

c'a1 = limiting value of when anchors are located less = 2 d 0 for torque-controlled expansion anchors
than 1.5 h ef from three or more edges with a distance sleeve separated from the
expansion sleeve
ca2 = distance from centerline of anchor to edge of
concrete in the direction perpendicular to c a1 ᐍ th = anchor useable thread length

ccr = critical edge distance MuM,5% = characteristic flexural resistance of anchor

bolt (5% fractile)
cmin = minimum edge distance
n = number of anchors in a group
d = anchor bolt diameter (shank diameter)
Nb = basic concrete breakout strength in tension
dbit = nominal drill bit diameter
of a single anchor in cracked concrete
dh = diameter of clearance hole in attachment
Ncb = nominal concrete breakout strength of a single
(e.g. baseplate)
anchor in tension
dnom = nominal anchor diameter

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 131
03_4.1_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a [Link] 12/30/07 12:55 AM Page 132

Anchoring Systems

4.1 Anchor Principles & Design

4.1.2 Strength Design (SD) Terminology

Ncbg = nominal concrete breakout strength of a group Ψc,p = factor modifying the pullout strength of anchors
of anchors in tension in tension based on whether the concrete is
considered to be cracked or uncracked for
Nn = nominal strength in tension
design purposes

Ψc,V
Np = pullout strength of a single anchor in
= factor modifying the shear strength of anchors
cracked concrete
based on whether the concrete is considered
Npn = nominal pullout strength of a single anchor to be cracked or uncracked and whether
supplementary reinforcement is present
Nsa = nominal strength in tension of a single anchor or
group of anchors as governed by steel strength Ψcp,N = factor modifying the tension strength of anchors
in uncracked concrete where supplementary
Nsb = side face blowout strength of a single anchor
reinforcement is not present

Ψec,N
Nsbg = side face blowout strength of a group of anchors
= factor modifying the tension strength of anchors
Nua = factored tensile force applied to an anchor subjected to eccentric tension loading

Ψec,V
or group of anchors
= factor modifying the shear strength of anchors
s = anchor axial spacing subjected to eccentric shear loading
scr = critical spacing between adjacent Ψed,N = factor modifying the tension strength of anchors
loaded anchors based on proximity to near edges
smin = minimum spacing between adjacent Ψed,V = factor modifying the shear strength of anchors
loaded anchors based on proximity to near edges
s = elastic section modulus of anchor bolt 4.1.3 Definitions
tfix = maximum thickness of attachment Adhesive Anchor System = a device for transferring tension
(e.g. baseplate) to be fastened and shear loads to structural concrete, consisting of an anchor
Tinst = recommended anchor installation torque element embedded with an adhesive compound in a
cylindrical hole drilled in hardened concrete. The system
Tmax = maximum tightening torque includes the fastening itself and the necessary accessories to
Vb = basic concrete breakout strength in shear install it appropriately.
of a single anchor in cracked concrete Anchor Category = an assigned rating that corresponds to a
specific strength reduction factor for concrete failure modes
Vcb = nominal concrete breakout strength of a
associated with anchors in tension. The anchor category is
single anchor in shear
established based on the performance of the anchor in
Vcbg = nominal concrete breakout strength of a reliability tests
group of anchors in shear Anchor Group = a group of anchors of approximately equal
embedment and stiffness where the maximum anchor spacing
Vcp = nominal pryout strength of a single anchor
is less than the critical spacing
Vcpg = nominal pryout strength of a group of anchors Anchor Spacing = centerline to centerline distance between
Vn = nominal strength in shear adjacent loaded anchors
Attachment = the structural assembly, external to the surface
Vsa = nominal strength in shear of a single anchor or of the concrete, that transmits loads to or receives loads from
group of anchors as governed by steel strength the base material
Vua = factored shear force applied to a single Characteristic capacity = 5% fractile of the anchor capacity,
anchor or group of anchors defined as that value that will be exceeded by 95% of the

φ
population with a 90% confidence
= strength reduction factor
Concrete Breakout = failure of the anchor characterized by
Ψc,N = factor modifying the concrete breakout the formation of a conical fracture surface originating at or
strength of anchors in tension based on near the embedded end of the anchor element and projecting
whether the concrete is considered to be to the surface of the base material. An angle between the
cracked or uncracked for design purposes

132 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
03_4.1_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a [Link] 12/30/07 12:55 AM Page 133

Anchoring Systems

Anchor Principles & Design 4.1

surface and the breakout of 35° (Strength Design) or 45° (ASD) Torque Controlled Expansion Anchor = an expansion
can be assumed. anchor designed to expand with the application of torque to
Cracked Concrete = condition of concrete in which the anchor the anchor bolt or nut
is installed; concrete is assumed to be cracked (ft>fr) for anchor Torque Controlled Adhesive Anchor = an adhesive anchor
design purposes if cracks could form in the concrete at or near employing an anchor element designed to generate expansion
the anchor location over the service life of the anchor. Cracked forces in response to tension loading
concrete must be assumed for Seismic Design Category C Undercut Anchor = a mechanical anchor designed to
through F. interlock with drilled deformations (undercuts) in the
Critical Spacing = required spacing between adjacent loaded base material
anchors to achieve full capacity
4.1.4 Anchors in Concrete
Critical Edge Distance = required edge distance to achieve
full capacity
and Masonry
Cure Time = the elapsed time after mixing of the adhesive Anchor bolts fulfill a variety of needs in construction, from
material components to achieve a state of hardening of the securing column baseplates to supporting mechanical and
adhesive material in the drilled hole corresponding to the electrical systems; from attaching facade panels to anchoring
design mechanical properties and resistances. After the full guardrails. Critical connections, i.e., those that are either
cure time loads can be applied. safety-related or whose failure could result in significant
Displacement Controlled Expansion Anchor = financial loss, require robust anchor solutions capable of
an expansion anchor designed to expand in response to providing a verifiable and durable load path. The proper
driving a plug into the anchor body selection of a suitable anchor system and its incorporation in
Ductile Steel Element = an element with a tensile test connection design requires an understanding of the
elongation of at least 14% and corresponding reduction of fundamental principles of anchor function. An overview is
area of at least 30% at failure provided here. Additional references are provided at the
Gel Time = the elapsed time after mixing of the adhesive conclusion of this section.
material components to onset of significant chemical reaction
4.1.5 Anchor Working Principles
as characterized by an increase in viscosity. During the gel
time the anchors can be inserted. After the gel time has Anchors designed for use in concrete and masonry develop
elapsed, the anchors must not be disturbed. resistance to tension loading on the basis of one or more of
Edge Distance = distance from centerline of anchor to free the following mechanisms:
edge of base material in which the anchor is installed Friction: This is the mechanism used by most post-installed
Effective Embedment Depth = effective anchor embedment mechanical expansion anchors to resist tension loads,
equal to distance from surface of base material to point of load including the Hilti Kwik Bolt, HDI and HSL. The frictional
introduction into the base material, for expansion anchors resistance resulting from expansion forces generated between
taken as distance from surface of base material to tip of the anchor and the wall of the drilled hole during setting of the
expansion element(s) anchor may also be supplemented by local deformation of the
Minimum Edge Distance = minimum edge distance to concrete. The frictional force is proportional to the magnitude
preclude splitting of the base material during anchor of the expansion stresses generated by the anchor. Torque-
installation controlled expansion anchors like the KWIK Bolt and HSL use
Minimum Spacing = minimum spacing between adjacent follow-up expansion to increase the expansion force in
loaded anchors to preclude splitting of the base material response to increases in tension loading beyond the service
during anchor installation (preload) load level or to adjust for changes in the state of the
Minimum Member Thickness = required thickness of base material (cracking).
member in which anchor is embedded to prevent splitting of
Keying: Undercut anchors, and to a lesser degree certain
the base material
types of expansion anchors, rely on the interlock of the anchor
Projected Area = the area on the free surface of the concrete
with deformations in the hole wall to resist applied tension.
member that is used to represent the base of the assumed
The bearing stresses developed in the base material at the
rectilinear failure surface
interface with the anchor bearing surfaces can reach relatively
Side Face Blowout = failure mode characterized by blowout
high levels without crushing due to the triaxial nature of
of side cover of an anchor loaded in tension
the state of stress. Undercut anchors like the Hilti HDA offer
Supplementary Reinforcement = reinforcement that is much greater resilience to variations in the base material
proportioned and positioned to tie the concrete breakout condition and represent the most robust solution for most
surface into the structural member anchoring needs.
Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 133
03_4.1_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a [Link] 12/30/07 12:55 AM Page 134

Anchoring Systems

4.1 Anchor Principles & Design

Bonding (Adhesion): Regardless of the material used • concrete breakout as characterized by the formation of a
(polymer adhesive, cementitious grout), grouted anchors rely conical fracture surface;
on bond to resist tension loads at the service load level. The • concrete splitting whereby the member in which the
degree of bond available is influenced by the condition of the anchor is embedded fractures in a plane coincident with
the anchor axis.
hole wall at the time of anchor installation. Injection adhesive
anchor systems like Hilti’s RE 500 Epoxy Adhesive Anchor Failure modes associated with anchors loaded to failure in
offer unparalleled flexibility and high bond resistance for a shear may be characterized as follows:
wide variety of anchor element options. • shear/tension rupture of the anchor bolt or body;
Hybrid systems like the Hilti HIT-TZ combine the functionality • anchor pullout or pull-through whereby the anchor is
extracted intact from the hole;
of an adhesive anchor with the working principle of a torque-
controlled expansion anchor for increased reliability under • concrete edge breakout as generated by near-edge
anchors loaded in shear toward a free edge;
adverse job-site conditions.
• pryout whereby the anchor body rotates and produces
Shear Resistance: Most anchors develop resistance to shear a spall surface on the lee side of load application.
loading via bearing of the anchor element against the hole wall
[Link] Long Term Behavior
near the surface of the base material. Shear loading may
cause surface spalling resulting in significant flexural stresses For the long term behavior of anchoring systems various
and secondary tension in the anchor body. influences may have to be considered:

Independent of the anchor working principle, proper Adhesive Anchoring Systems:

installation in accordance with Hilti’s published installation • Pretensioning relaxation • Fatigue
instructions is required. • Chemical resistance / durability • Concrete cracking
• Creep • Corrosion
4.1.6 Anchor Behavior
• Freeze / Thaw conditions • Fire
Under Load
• High temperature • Seismic
In general, correctly installed anchors do not exhibit noticeable Mechanical Anchoring Systems:
deflection at service load levels since the preload in the anchor • Pretensioning relaxation • Corrosion
bolt resulting from the application of installation torque sets
• Fatigue • Fire
(pre-displaces) the anchor to the level of the preload applied.
• Concrete cracking • Seismic
External tension loading results in a reduction of the clamping
Hilti’s current product portfolio of Adhesive anchoring
force in the connection with little corresponding increase in the
Systems meets or exceeds the creep test requirements of
bolt tension force. Likewise, shear loads are resisted by a ICC-ES AC58. More information is available in section
combination of friction resulting from the anchor preload 4.1.10-12, and 4.1.14 (anchor selection guide) or contact Hilti.
forces and bearing.
4.1.7 Anchor Design
At load levels beyond the clamping load, anchor deflections
The design of anchors to resist a specific constellation of
increase and the response of the anchor varies according to
exterior loads is properly based on an assessment of the
the anchor force-resisting mechanism. Expansion anchors
anchor strength. Both Allowable Stress Design (ASD) and
capable of follow-up expansion will show increased deflection
Strength Design (SD) or Load and Resistance Factor Design
corresponding to relative movement of the cone and
(LRFD) as incorporated in the Concrete Capacity Design
expansion elements. Grouted anchors exhibit a change in
(CCD) method, are currently in use in North America for the
stiffness corresponding to loss of adhesion between the grout
design of anchors.
and the base material whereby tension resistance at increasing
displacement levels is provided by friction between the uneven Allowable loads: Under the allowable stress design approach
hole wall and the grout plug. In all cases, increasing stress still prevalent in many building codes, the “allowable load”, or
levels in the anchor bolt/body result in increased anchor resistance, is based on the application of a global safety factor
displacements. to the mean result of laboratory testing to failure, regardless of
the controlling failure mode observed in the tests. The global
When loaded in tension to failure, anchors may exhibit one or
safety factor is intended to account for reasonably expected
more identifiable failure modes. These include:
variations in loading as well as resistance and, in many
• rupture of the anchor bolt or body; application codes, is traditionally set at 4 for inspected
• anchor pullout or pull-through whereby the anchor is installations and 8 for uninspected work. Adjustments for
extracted more or less intact from the hole;
anchor edge distance and spacing are developed as individual

134 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
03_4.1_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a [Link] 12/30/07 12:55 AM Page 135

Anchoring Systems

Anchor Principles & Design 4.1

factors based on testing of two- and four-anchor groups and
single anchors near free edges. These factors are multiplied
together for specific anchor layouts. This approach is
discussed further in 4.1.8.

Strength design: The Concrete Capacity Design (CCD)

method for anchor design has been incorporated into several
codes such as ACI 318 during the past decade. It assigns
specific strength reduction factors to each of several possible
failure modes, provides predictions for the strength associated
with each failure mode, and compares the controlling strength

Frec,a = Fallow,a ⋅ fRx ⋅ fRy ⋅ fAx ⋅ fAy

with factored loads. The CCD method is generally considered
to result in a more consistent factor of safety and a more
reliable estimate of anchor resistance as compared to the
“allowable loads” approach (ASD). The CCD method, as Note that no reduction factor for the diagonally located
incorporated in ACI 318-05, is discussed in 4.1.9. Strength adjacent anchor is required.
Design is state of the art and Hilti recommends the use of [Link] Critical and Minimum
Strength Design where applicable. Spacing and Edge
4.1.8 Allowable Stress Distance
Design (ASD) In all cases, the adjustment factors are applicable for cases
[Link] Recommended Loads where the anchor spacing is:

The recommended allowable load for an anchor or group of s min ≤ s < s cr

anchors is obtained as follows: where:
Tension: Nrec = Nallow ⋅ fRN ⋅ fA s min = minimum spacing between adjacent loaded
Shear: Vrec = Vallow ⋅ fRVN ⋅ fA anchors; and

where: s cr = critical spacing between adjacent loaded anchors;

anchor spacing equal to or greater than requires
Nrec = recommended tension load; no reduction factor.
Nallow = allowable load (based on mean value from tests Similarly, for near-edge anchors, the adjustment factor(s) are
and a global safety factor); applicable for cases where the anchor edge distance is:
Vrec = recommended shear load; c min ≤ c < c cr
Vallow = allowable shear load (based on mean value from where:
tests and a global safety factor); c min = minimum edge distance; and
fA = adjustment factor for anchor spacing; c cr = critical edge distance; anchor edge distance equal
fRN = adjustment factor for edge distance, to or greater than requires no reduction factor.
tension loading; [Link] Interaction - ASD
fRV1 = adjustment factor for edge distance, shear loading Where anchors are loaded simultaneously in tension and
perpendicular and toward free edge; shear, interaction must be considered. The usual form of the
fRV2 = adjustment factor for edge distance, shear loading interaction equation for anchors is as follows:
Nd α Vd α
parallel to edge; and
[ ] [ ] + ≤ 1.0
N rec Vrec
fRV3 = adjustment factor for edge distance, shear loading where:
perpendicular and away from free edge.
Nd = design tension load (ASD);
Adjustment factors are applied for all applicable near edge and
spacing conditions. Vd = design shear load (ASD); and

For example, the recommended tension load corresponding to α = exponent, 1 ≤ α ≤ 2

anchor a in the figure below is evaluated as follows:

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 135
03_4.1_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a [Link] 12/30/07 12:55 AM Page 136

Anchoring Systems

4.1 Anchor Principles & Design

For cases governed by steel failure, an exponent of 2 may be n = 0.5 for static loading without clamping at the concrete
appropriate. For most cases, however, an exponent of 5/3 surface, e.g., adhesive anchor without nut and
represents the mean behavior as observed in tests. For load washer at concrete surface;
cases involving a substantial seismic or fatigue component,
n = 1.0 for cyclic or seismic loading.
recent investigations indicate that an exponent of 1 should
be used.

[Link] Bolt Bending - ASD

Where shear loads are applied at some distance from the
surface of the base material, the anchor bolt will be subject to
combined shear and bending, and a separate assessment of
this combined stress condition in the anchor bolt is
appropriate. In the absence of other guidance, the
recommended shear load associated with bolt bending
for anchors subjected to shear loads applied at a standoff
distance z may be evaluated as follows:
αM ⋅ MuM,5%
1.7 ⋅ ᐍ
Vrec = Determination of bolt bending – ASD
where: Note that stand-off installations of post-installed mechanical
α M = 1 standoff installation without rotational restraint anchors require a nut and bearing washer at the concrete

α M = 2 standoff installation with rotational restraint,

surface as shown above in order to ensure proper anchor
function and to properly resist compression loads.
e.g. double-nutted baseplate as shown
[Link] Increase in Capacity
Vrec = recommended shear load corresponding
for Short-Term
to bending;
Loading – ASD
αM = adjustment of bending moment associated
Some building codes allow a capacity (stress) increase of 1/3
with rotational restraint;
when designing for short-term loading such as wind or seismic
MuM,5% = characteristic flexural resistance of bolt with allowable stress design methodologies. The origin of the
corresponding to approximately 1/3 increase is unclear as it relates to anchor design, but it is
1/2 degree rotation generally assumed to address two separate issues: 1) strain-

= 1.2 ⋅ S ⋅ fuM,5% ( 1 - NN )d rate effects, whereby the resistance of some materials is

rec increased for transitory stress peaks, and 2) the lower
fu,min = minimum nominal ultimate tensile strength probability of permanent and transitory loads occurring
of anchor rod, see 8.3.2; simultaneously.
S = elastic section modulus of anchor bolt While Hilti does not include the 1/3 increase in published
at concrete surface (assumes uniform capacities for anchors in concrete, the IBC continues to permit
cross section); its use in conjunction with the Alternate Basic Allowable Load
Combinations. It is the responsibility of the designer to
ᐍ = internal lever arm adjusted for spalling of
determine the appropriateness of such a capacity increase
the surface concrete as follows:

= z + (n ⋅ do) ;
under the applicable code.

Hilti does not recommend the use of the 1/3 increase for
z = standoff distance; and power-driven fasteners.
d = anchor outer diameter at concrete surface. 4.1.9 Strength Design –
n=0 for static loading with clamping at the concrete SD (LRFD)
surface as provided by a nut and washer assembly The strength design of anchors should be in conformance with
(required for mechanical anchors); ACI 318 and ICC-ES AC193 and AC308. A summary of
selected relevant design provisions contained in that
document, especially as they pertain to post-installed anchors,
is provided here.

136 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
03_4.1_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a [Link] 12/30/07 12:55 AM Page 137

Anchoring Systems

Anchor Principles & Design 4.1

[Link] Load Distribution [Link] General Requirements

Per D.3 – General requirements, load distribution should be
for Anchor Strength
determined on the basis of elastic analysis unless it can be In accordance with general LRFD principles and D.4.1 –
shown that the nominal anchor strength is controlled by General requirements for strength of anchors, the design of
ductile steel elements. Where plastic analysis (assumption of anchors must satisfy the following conditions:

φNn ≥ Nua
fully yielded anchors) is used, deformational compatibility must
(D-1)

φVn ≥ Vua
be checked.
(D-2)

whereby φNn and φVn are the controlling design strengths

from all applicable failure modes and Nua and Vua are factored
tension and shear loads resulting from the governing load
combination. (The load combinations given in 9.2 – Required
Strength conform generally with ASCE 7-05 load
combinations.) For this assessment, the following possible
failure modes are considered:
a) steel rupture of the anchor bolt in tension
b) steel rupture of the anchor bolt in shear
c) concrete cone breakout in tension
d) concrete edge breakout in shear
e) anchor pullout in tension
Example of deformational incompatibility
f) side-face blowout of the concrete
For most cases, elastic analysis yields satisfactory results and g) pryout failure in shear
is recommended. It should be noted, however, that an
The splitting failure mode (characterized by the formation of a
assumption that the anchor load is linearly proportional to the
planar crack in the base material passing through and
magnitude of the applied load and the distance from the
coincident with the anchor axis) is not directly addressed.
neutral axis of the group also implies that the attachment (e.g.
Minimum edge distances, anchor spacings and member
baseplate) is sufficiently stiff in comparison to the axial
thickness are generally considered as preventing this failure
stiffness of the anchors. For additional information on elastic
mode from controlling for the design.
load distribution in typical column baseplate assemblies,
the reader is referred to Blodgett, O., Design of Welded Note that per D.4.1.2, the strength reduction factors applicable
Structures, The James F. Lincoln Arc Welding Foundation, for each failure mode must be applied prior to determining the
Cleveland, Ohio. controlling strength. Thus, for an anchor group, the controlling
strength would be determined as follows:

φ N n = min | φ N sa, φ nN pn, φ N sbg, φ N cbg |

Note: Hilti’s PROFIS Anchor analysis and design software
performs a simplified finite element analysis to establish
anchor load distribution on an elastic basis and provides φ V n = min | φ V sa, φ V cpg, φ V cbg |
recommendations for attachment thickness as required.
[Link] Strength
Reduction Factors
Strength reduction factors are intended to account for
possible reductions in resistance due to normally expected
variations in material strengths, anchor installation procedures,
etc. Relevant strength reduction factors as given in D.4.4 for
load combinations in accordance with 9.2 –
Required Strength are provided below:

Steel failure of a ductile steel element:

Tension . . . . . . .0.75

Shear . . . . . . . .0.65
Example of simplified elastic load distribution in a
beam-wall connection

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 137
03_4.1_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a [Link] 12/30/07 12:55 AM Page 138

Anchoring Systems

4.1 Anchor Principles & Design

Steel failure of a non-ductile steel element: [Link] Design Requirements
Tension . . . . . . .0.65 for Tensile Loading
Shear . . . . . . . .0.60 In accordance with D.5.1 – Steel strength of anchor in
tension, anchor steel strength is determined as follows:
Note that the Hilti HDA, HSL-3 and KB-TZ are equipped with
bolt elements that conform to the definition of a ductile steel Nsa = nAsefuta (D-3)

where futa ≤ 1.9fya ≤ 125,000 psi (860 MPa)

element as given in ACI 318-05 (see 4.03 Definitions).

Failure characterized by concrete breakout, side-face blowout,

For reference purposes, nominal minimum bolt steel strengths
anchor pullout or anchor pryout:
for selected Hilti anchors are tabulated below:
Condition A Condition B
fya futa
i) Shear . . . . . . . . . . . 0.75 . . . . . . . 0.70
Hilti Anchor Designation ksi (MPa) ksi (MPa)
ii) Tension
HDA-T/-TF/-P/-PF 92.8 (640) 116 (800)
Cast-in headed studs and bolts,
HDA-TR/-PR (SS) 87.0 (600) 116 (800)
hooked bolts . . . . . . . .0.75 . . . . . . . .0.70
HSL-3 92.8 (640) 116 (800)
Post-installed anchors:
HSL-3-R (SS) 65.0 (450) 102 (700)
Category 1 . . . . . . . . 0.75 . . . . . . . 0.65
KB-TZ 3/8"ø 100 (690) 125 (862)
Category 2 . . . . . . . . 0.65 . . . . . . . 0.55
KB-TZ > 3/8"ø 84.8 (585) 106 (731)
Category 3 . . . . . . . . 0.55 . . . . . . . 0.45
SS KB-TZ < 3/4"ø 92.0 (634) 115 (793)
Note that Condition A applies only in the case of concrete
SS KB-TZ 3/4"ø 76.1 (525) 102 (700)
breakout where supplementary reinforcing (typically in the
form of hairpins, see below) specifically designed to take up ASTM A193, B7 105 (724) 125 (862)
the forces in the concrete introduced by the anchor is present The concrete breakout strength of single anchors loaded in
in the concrete. tension is determined in accordance with D.5.2 – Concrete
In general, post-installed anchors should be designed breakout strength of anchor in tension, as follows:

Ψ ed,N Ψ c,N Ψ cp,N Nb

assuming Condition B. A Nc
Ncb = (D-4)
A Nco
Anchor categories are determined via testing conducted in The concrete breakout strength of anchor groups is likewise
accordance with ACI 355.2, wherein the anchor sensitivity to determined as follows:
variations in installation parameters and in the concrete
Ncbg = Nc Ψ ec,N Ψ ed,N Ψ c,N Ψ c,N Nb
A
condition is investigated. (D-5)
A Nco
where:

A Nco = 9 h ef2

A Nc = area defined by projecting from the

centerlines of the anchor or from the
centerline of anchor rows in each of two
orthogonal directions .

Ψ ec,N = modification factor for anchor groups

loaded by an eccentric tension force
tension shear
1
Example hairpin layouts corresponding to Condition A = ≤1
2 e'N
1+
3 h ef

Ψ ed,N = modification factor for near edges for single

anchors and anchor groups

138 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
03_4.1_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a [Link] 12/30/07 12:55 AM Page 139

Anchoring Systems

Anchor Principles & Design 4.1

ca,min
= 0.7 + 0.3 if ca,min < 1.5hef
1.5hef
Ψ c,N = modification factor for concrete that is
anticipated to remain uncracked for the
service life of the anchor (> 1)
k uncr
=
k cr
Ψ cp,N = modification factor for splitting
ca,min
≥
1.5hef
= if ca,min < cac
cac cac
= basic concrete breakout strength of a single
anchor in tension in cracked concrete
e'N
= kcr f 'c hef1.5

Note that ACI 318-05 refers to k c ( ≡ k cr ) as the “coefficient for

basic concrete breakout strength in tension” and default Definition of e'N for anchor
ca1 groups
values for k c and Ψ ec,N are provided in Appendix D.
s

ca2,1
For post-installed anchors that have been tested in
ca2,2
accordance with ACI 355.2, specific values of k cr (cracked
concrete) and k uncr (uncracked concrete) are established in ca2,1 ca2,2
accordance with the provisions of that document or the ca1 s/2 s/2

relevant ICC-ES acceptance criteria. A summary of values for

selected Hilti anchors is provided below:
h'ef
Hilti Anchor hef

Designation k cr k uncr Ψec,N

HDA 24 30 1.25 h

HSL-31 24 24 1.00

KB-TZ 17 24 1.41

*HSL-3 M81 ca1 ca2,1 ca2,2 s

17 24 1.41 h'ef = max 1.5 ,
1.5
,
1.5
,
3
1 These values supersede default values provided for post-installed
anchors in ACI 318.

Example of determination of h'ef in a stem wall

The pullout strength of anchors loaded in tension is

determined in accordance with D.5.3 – Pullout strength of
ca,1 s1 1.5hef anchor in tension, as follows:

Npn = Ψ c,P Np (D-14)

where:
A Nc
1.5hef

Np = for post-installed anchors, pullout strength

in cracked concrete as determined by tests
in accordance with ACI 355.2 or the relevant
s2

ICC-ES acceptance criteria

Ψ c,P = modification factor for concrete that is

ca,2

anticipated to remain uncracked for the

service life of the anchor (> 1)
Example of determination of A Nc

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 139
03_4.1_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a [Link] 12/30/07 12:55 AM Page 140

Anchoring Systems

4.1 Anchor Principles & Design

1
≤1
Pullout values are based on direct tension testing of anchors in
cracks as well as on the results of the crack movement test. =
2 e'V
Additional pullout values associated with seismic testing may 1+
also be provided. 3 ca1

For deep headed anchors placed close to an edge (c a1 < Ψ ed,V = modification factor for near edges for single
0.4h ef), side-face blowout may control the design. In most anchors and anchor groups
cases, restrictions on the placement of post-installed anchors ca2
= 0.7 + 0.3 if ca,min < 1.5h ef
close to an edge will preclude this failure mode. For further 1.5ca1
information, see D.5.4 – Concrete side-face blowout Ψ c,V = modification factor for concrete that is
strength of a headed anchor in tension. anticipated to remain uncracked for the
service life of the anchor
[Link] Design Requirements
for Shear Loading = 1.4

In accordance with D.6.1 – Steel strength of anchor in shear, Vb = basic concrete breakout strength of a single
anchor steel strength for headed stud anchors is determined anchor in shear in cracked concrete
0.2
as follows: = 7
le
do
( do )
f 'c ( ca1 )1.5
Vsa = n A se futa (D-19) The concrete pryout strength of single anchors loaded in
For post-installed anchors without a sleeve extending through shear is determined in accordance with D.6.3 – Concrete
the shear plane: pryout strength of anchor in shear, as follows:

Vsa = n 0.6A se futa (D-20) Vcp = k cp Ncb (D-29)

where futa ≤ 1.9 fy ≤ 125,000 psi (860 MPa). Likewise, for anchor groups, the pryout strength is determined
as follows:
For other post-installed anchors, the shear strength as
controlled by steel failure must be determined by test in Vcpg = k cp Ncbg (D-30)
accordance with ACI 355.2 or the relevant ICC-ES where:
acceptance criteria.
k cp = 1.0 for h ef < 2.5 in.

h ef ≥ 2.5 in.
In accordance with D.6.1.3, the shear strength of baseplate
k cp = 2.0 for
anchors used in conjunction with grout pads must be reduced
by 20%. [Link] Interaction –
The concrete breakout strength of single anchors loaded in Strength Design (LRFD)
shear is determined in accordance with D.6.2 – Concrete Where anchors are loaded simultaneously in tension and
breakout strength of anchor in shear, as follows: shear, interaction must be considered. In accordance with D.7
Ψ ed,N Ψ c,V Vb
A Vc – Interaction of tensile and shear forces, interaction may be
Vcb = (D-21)
A Vco checked as follows:

Vua ≤ 0.2 φVn φVn ≥ Vua

The concrete breakout strength of anchor groups is likewise
determined as follows: If

Vcbg = A Vc Ψ ec,V Ψ ed,V Ψ c,V Vb (D-22) If Nua ≤ 0.2 φ Nn φ Nn ≥ Nua

Nua > 0.2 φ Nn
A Vco
where: If

A Vco = 4.5hef2 Vua > 0.2 φVn

and [ φNN ] + [ φVV ] ≤ 1.2
ua

n
ua

A Vc = area defined by projecting 1.5 c a1 from Alternatively, ACI 318-05 permits the use of an interaction
the centerlines of the anchor or from the expression of the form:
α α
centerline of anchor rows to the face of the
free edge being considered .
[ φNN ] + [ φVV ]
ua ua
≤ 1.0
Ψ ec,V
n n
= modification factor for anchor groups loaded
by an eccentric shear force with α = 5/3.

140 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
03_4.1_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a [Link] 12/30/07 12:55 AM Page 141

Anchoring Systems

Anchor Principles & Design 4.1

[Link] Required Edge αM = adjustment of bending moment associated

Distances, Anchor with rotational restraint
Spacing and Member MuM,5% = characteristic flexural resistance of bolt
Thickness – corresponding to approximately 1/2
Strength Design (LRFD) degree rotation
In accordance with D.8 – Required edge distances, spacing, = 1.2 ⋅ S ⋅ fu,min ( 1 - NN )
d

and thicknesses to preclude splitting failure, default rec

fu,min = minimum nominal ultimate tensile strength
minimum edge distance, spacing and member thickness are
of anchor rod
given as follows:
S = elastic section modulus of anchor bolt
min. min. min.
at concrete surface (assumes uniform
edge anchor member
cross section)
Anchor type dist.*† spacing† thickness†
Untorqued min.
4do
ᐍ = internal lever arm adjusted for spalling of the
anchors cover surface concrete as follows:

z + (n ⋅ do)
Torqued anchors 6do 6do
=
Undercut
6do 6do
anchors z = standoff distance
Torque- 1.5hef
do = anchor outer diameter at concrete surface
controlled
8do 6do
expansion n=0 for static loading with clamping at the concrete
anchors surface as provided by a nut and washer assembly
Displacement- (required for mechanical anchors)
controlled
10do 6do n = 0.5 for static loading without clamping at the concrete
expansion
surface, e.g., adhesive anchor without nut and
anchors
washer at concrete surface
* may not be less than twice the max. aggregate size
† unless determined in accordance with AC193/AC308 n = 1.0 for cyclic or seismic loading

The critical edge distance value cac to be used in the Note that stand-off installations of post-installed mechanical
determination of Ψ cp,N for post-installed anchors is determined anchors require a nut and bearing washer at the concrete
by tests in accordance with ACI 355.2. Default values are surface as shown below in order to ensure proper anchor
given in ACI 318-05 as follows: function and to properly resist compression loads.

Undercut anchors: cac = 2.5 h ef

Torque-controlled
and displacement-controlled
expansion anchors: cac = 4 h ef

[Link] Bolt Bending –

Strength Design (LRFD)
Hilti recommends that an additional check of bolt bending be
performed for so-called stand-off installations as follows:

Vrec = Nominal shear strength corresponding

to bolt bending
Determination of bolt bending – strength design

αM ⋅ MuM,5%
whereby:

Vsa,bending =
ᐍ

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 141
03_4.1_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a [Link] 12/30/07 12:55 AM Page 142

Anchoring Systems

4.1 Anchor Principles & Design

4.1.10 Torquing and 4.1.11 Design of Anchors

Pretensioning for Fatigue
of Anchors The design of structural elements to resist fatigue loading can
Application of torque to anchor bolts is intended to induce a be a significant aspect of the connection design. The reader is
tension force in the anchor bolt. It is therefore important that referred to standard texts for additional information on this
the torque-tension relationship associated with the anchor nut, subject. Design of anchors for fatigue should consider the
washer and threaded anchor element be maintained as close following points:
to factory conditions as possible during anchor installation. 1. The use of preload to prevent stress fluctuations in the
This is best accomplished by keeping the anchor assembly in anchor rod element may be complicated by gradual loss
its packaging to prevent undue contamination with dust, oil, of preload over time, particularly in cases where cracking
etc. prior to anchor installation. Note that damage to anchor in the base material may occur, and the fact that many
anchor designs do not provide sufficient gauge length to
threads as caused by attempts to re-straightening an anchor
permit the development of a meaningful degree of pre-
after installation, hammer impacts, etc., can significantly alter load strain.
the torque-tension relationship and result in improper anchor
2. Design of anchor groups for fatigue is often far more criti-
function under load. Likewise, application of lubricants to the cal than the design of a single anchor due to the unequal
threads may generate excessive pretension loads in the distribution of loads. Load distribution is affected by
anchor during torquing. anchor slip as well as by the degree of annular gap
between the anchor and the baseplate and the specific
There are three possible reasons to apply torque to an anchor location of the anchor with respect to the hole in the
bolt in concrete or masonry: baseplate. It is therefore recommended that where
anchor groups are to be subjected to significant fatigue
1. To produce a clamping force, therefore eliminating gaps
loading, the annular gap between the anchors and the
and play in the connected parts. Note that this clamping
baseplate be eliminated through the use of weld wash-
force is not assumed to be sufficient to permit the shear
ers, grout, or other means.
resistance of the anchorage to be determined on the
basis of baseplate friction (i.e., as a slip-critical condition) 3. Secondary flexural stresses as generated by eccentrici-
owing to the relaxation of clamping forces over time. ties or gaps in the connection may be critical to the
fatigue behavior of the anchor.
2. To produce a pretension force in the anchor bolt which is
resisted by a corresponding pre-compression in the base Hilti has conducted extensive testing of a variety of anchor
material (concrete or masonry). Pretension force serves types under fatigue conditions and can provide specific design
to reduce anchor displacements under service load and recommendations for many situations. For specific cases,
may also serve to reduce the fatigue effects of cyclic
please contact Hilti Technical Support at 1-800-879-6000
loading.
ext. 6337.
3. To properly set the anchor. This applies to most post-
installed mechanical anchors (expansion anchors) but 4.1.12 Design of Anchors
may or may not apply to undercut anchors.
for Fire
Where given, the installation torque Tinst should be
Building codes in the U.S. are generally silent on the need to
differentiated from the maximum tightening torque Tmax .
design anchors specifically for fire conditions. It may be
The former is the torque required to properly set the anchor assumed, however, that structural connections to concrete or
and to produce a residual clamping force that is roughly masonry involving sustained dead and live loads should be
equivalent to the anchor working tension load ( N ult /4). The protected for fire exposure in the same manner as other
second term, Tmax, refers to the maximum torque that may be structural steel elements, i.e., through the use of appropriate
applied to the anchor and is intended to prevent premature fireproofing materials, concrete cover, etc.
damage to the anchor rod (in the form of steel yielding).
In some cases, it may be necessary to ascertain the length of
Anchor pretensioning forces dissipate over time due to time over which unprotected anchorages will survive fire
relaxation in the concrete and, to a lesser degree, in the bolt exposure. The design of anchors for fire conditions is
threads. Re-torquing anchors can result in a higher level of predicated on the availability of test data for the performance
residual prestress. of anchors subjected to a standardized time-temperature
Anchor pretensioning should not be counted on for cases curve (e.g., ASTM E 119, ISO 834) while under load. Hilti can
where cracking of the concrete may occur such as provide such data for specific cases, as well as specific
earthquake loading. information for the design of reinforcing dowels embedded in
Hilti HIT HY or RE bonding materials. Please contact Hilti
Technical Support at 1-800-879-6000 ext. 6337.

142 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
03_4.1_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a [Link] 12/30/07 12:55 AM Page 143

Anchoring Systems

Anchor Principles & Design 4.1

4.1.13 Design of Post-Installed ccritical scritical

Reinforcing Bar
Connections
Polymer bonding materials such as Hilti HIT HY and RE are
increasingly used to execute the installation of reinforcing bars
in hardened concrete, either to serve as dowels for structural
extensions (slabs, footings), or to provide shear connection for
seismic retrofitting elements such as infill shear walls.

Reinforcing dowels designed using anchor theory

post-installed
reinforcing bars

transverse
reinforcement
Dowels placed in preparation for a new structural topping slab limits width of
splitting cracks
A
A
CIP
reinforcing
bars

forces
transferred
directly to CIP
reinforcing bars
Post-installed reinforcing for widening of a bridge deck via bond

A distinction must be made between cases where the Section A-A

reinforcing bar is designed in the same manner as a post- Post-installed reinforcement designed as a lap splice
installed adhesive anchor, i.e. using the principles of anchor
For specific cases, please contact Hilti Technical Support
design as described in this document, and those instances
at 1-800-879-6000 ext. 6337.
where the bar embedment length is established using the
principles of reinforcing, e.g. in accordance with ACI 318
Chapter 12. This distinction is generally made on the basis of
the specific geometry of the connection and whether the
anticipated concrete failure mode corresponds to one of those
considered in anchor design, e.g., concrete breakout, pryout
etc. as opposed to the splitting failure mode associated with
reinforcing bar design.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 143
03_4.1_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a [Link] 12/30/07 12:55 AM Page 144

Anchoring Systems

4.1.14 Anchor Selection Guide

Applications Grid Key:  Very Suitable  May be Suitable Per Application

HVA Adhesive HIT HY 150 MAX HIT ICE8/HIT HY 150 Adhesive
Anchor
Products HVU Capsule with with HAS with HAS
with HIT-TZ rod with HIT-TZ rod
HAS threaded rod threaded rod threaded rod

Design R R R

Criteria

Non-cracked Concrete     
 
Fastening Base Material 1

Cracked Concrete
Lightweight Concrete     
Hollow Core Concrete
Grout Filled Concrete Block     
Hollow Concrete Block
Solid Brick   
Hollow Brick
Hard Natural Stone     
Soft Natural Stone     
Oversized Holes  
  
Installation 2

Cored Holes
Water Saturated Concrete     
Water-Filled Holes 
Submerged
In-place (through) Fastening     
Application Criteria 2

Immediate Loading
Bolt Head or Flush Finish w/ HIS Insert w/ HIS or HIT-I w/ HIS or HIT-I
Removable to Flush Surface w/ HIS Insert w/ HIS or HIT-I w/ HIS or HIT-I
Seismic     
High Cycle Fatigue     
Shock / Impact Load     
High Temperature Resistance     
    
Miscellaneous Corrosion 3

Electro or Mechanically Zinc Plated

Sherardized Carbon Steel

Hot-dipped Galvanized 7/8" Diameter 7/8" Diameter 7/8" Diameter
Stainless Steel (AISI Series) 304 & 316 304 & 316 316 304 & 316 304 & 316
Anchor Rod Diameters 3/8, 1/2, 5/8, 3/4, 3/8, 1/2, 5/8, 3/4, 3/8, 1/2, 5/8, 3/4,
3/8, 1/2, 5/8, 3/4 3/8, 1/2, 5/8, 3/4
Available (in.)4 7/8, 1, 1-1/4 7/8, 1, 1-1/4 7/8, 1, 1-1/4
Anchor Versions Available Stud, Rebar, Insert Stud, Rebar, Insert Stud Stud, Rebar, Insert Stud
Anchor is bonded Anchor is bonded Expansion against and Anchor is bonded Expansion against and
Anchor Working Principles5
to base material to base material bonding to base material to base material Bonding to base material
1 Base materials may vary widely. Site specific anchor testing may be required.
2 Most testing is performed in normal weight concrete. For specific base materials tested, see selected anchor.
3 Refer to Section 2.3 for a more detailed discussion on corrosion and corrosion resistance.
4 Listed diameters are those with published load data. Larger diameter anchor rods may be used. Contact Hilti for more information.
5 Refer to Section [Link] for a more detailed discussion on anchor working principles.

144 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
03_4.1_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a [Link] 12/30/07 12:55 AM Page 145

Anchoring Systems

Anchor Selection Guide 4.1.14

Applications Grid Key:  Very Suitable  May be Suitable Per Application

HIT HY 20 Adhesive HSL-3

HIT-RE 500-SD HIT-RE 500 HDA
Anchor Masonry Hollow CMU, Epoxy Anchoring Epoxy Anchoring Heavy-Duty
Undercut
Products Construction Tile & Brick Expansion
System System Anchor
with Voids with Holes Anchor

Design
Criteria

Non-cracked Concrete     
  
Fastening Base Material 1

Cracked Concrete
Lightweight Concrete    


1
Hollow Core Concrete
Grout Filled Concrete Block  
Hollow Concrete Block 
Solid Brick   
Hollow Brick  
Hard Natural Stone   
Soft Natural Stone   
Oversized Holes  
     
Installation 2

Cored Holes
Water Saturated Concrete (per ICC)    
Water-filled holes (per ICC)    
Submerged   
In-place (through) Fastening      
 
Application Criteria 2

Immediate Loading
Bolt Head or Flush Finish w/ HIT-I w/ HIS Insert w/ HIS Insert Bolt 
Removable to Flush Surface w/ HIT-I w/ HIS Insert w/ HIS Insert  
Seismic      
High Cycle Fatigue      
Shock / Impact Load    
High Temperature Resistance      
     
Corrosion 3

Electro or Mechanically Zinc Plated

Sherardized Carbon Steel 

Hot-dipped Galvanized 7/8" Diameter 7/8" Diameter 7/8" Diameter
Stainless Steel (AISI Series) 304 & 316 304 & 316 304 & 316 304 & 316 316
Anchor Diameters 3/8, 1/2, 5/16, 3/8, 1/2, 5/8, 3/4, 3/8, 1/2, 5/8, 3/4, M10, M12, M8, M10, M12
Miscellaneous

Available (in.)4 5/8, 3/4 3/8, 1/2 7/8, 1, 1-1/4 7/8, 1, 1-1/4 M16, M20 M16, M20, M24
Stud, Bolt,
Anchor Versions Available Stud, Rebar Stud, Insert Rebar, Stud, Insert Rebar, Stud, Insert Stud
Torque Cap
Anchor is attached to base Anchor is bonded Anchor is bonded Metal Undercut Metal Circumferential
Anchor Working Principles5
material by adhesive keying to base material to base material Keying Expander Sleeve

1 Base materials may vary widely. Site specific anchor testing may be required.
2 Most testing is performed in normal weight concrete. For specific base materials tested, see selected anchor.
3 Refer to Section 2.3 for a more detailed discussion on corrosion and corrosion resistance.
4 Listed Diameters are those with published load data. Larger diameter anchor rods may be used. Contact Hilti for more information.
5 Refer to Section [Link] for a more detailed discussion on anchor working principles.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 145
03_4.1_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a [Link] 12/30/07 12:55 AM Page 146

Anchoring Systems

4.1.14 Anchor Selection Guide

Applications Grid Key:  Very Suitable  May be Suitable Per Application

Anchor Kwik Bolt TZ Kwik Bolt 3

HSL Heavy-Duty HUS-H Concrete HCA
Expansion Expansion
Products Expansion Anchor Screw Anchor Coil Anchor
Anchor Anchor

Design
Criteria

Non-cracked Concrete     
  
Fastening Base Material1

Cracked Concrete
Lightweight Concrete     
Hollow Core Concrete 
 
1

Grout Filled Concrete Block

Hollow Concrete Block
Solid Brick
Hollow Brick
Hard Natural Stone 
Soft Natural Stone
Oversized Holes
    
Installation 2

Cored Holes
Water Saturated Concrete (per ICC)     
Water-filled holes (per ICC)     
Submerged     
No Hole Cleaning Procedures
In-place (through) Fastening     
    
Application Criteria 2

Immediate Loading
Bolt Head or Flush Finish see offering bolt both  
Removable to Flush Surface     
Seismic 
High Cycle Fatigue 
Shock / Impact Load 
High Temperature Resistance     

   
Electrodeposited or Mechanically
Corrosion 3

HSL-I M12 65/80

Zinc Plated
Sherardized Carbon Steel
Hot-dipped Galvanized 
Stainless Steel (AISI Series) A4 (316) 304 304 & 316
Anchor Diameters 1/4, 3/8, 1/2, 5/8, 1/4, 3/8, 1/2, 5/8,
M12, M16, M20 3/8, 1/2, 5/8, 3/4 3/8, 1/2, 5/8
Miscellaneous

Available (in. except as noted) 4 3/4, 1 3/4

Stud, Long Thread,
Anchor Versions Available Stud, Insert Stud Counter Sunk, Tie Wire, Bolt Bolt
Rod coupling
Metal Circumfrential Single metal expansion Single metal expansion Undercutting Screw Metal Expansion
Anchor Working Principles 5
Expander Sleeve piece three section wedge. piece three section wedge. Threads Coil
1 Base materials may vary widely. Site specific anchor testing may be required.
2 Most testing is performed in normal weight concrete. For specific base materials tested, see selected anchor.
3 Refer to Section 2.3 for a more detailed discussion on corrosion and corrosion resistance.
4 Listed Diameters are those with published load data. Larger diameter anchor rods may be used. Contact Hilti for more information.
5 Refer to Section [Link] for a more detailed discussion on anchor working principles.

146 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
03_4.1_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a [Link] 12/30/07 12:55 AM Page 147

Anchoring Systems

Anchor Selection Guide 4.1.14

Applications Grid Key:  Very Suitable  May be Suitable Per Application

Anchor HDI / HDI-L HDI-P HCI-WF/MD HLC Kwik Con II+

Drop-In Drop-In Cast-in Sleeve Screw
Products Anchors Anchors Anchors Anchor Anchor

Design
Criteria

Non-cracked Concrete     
Fastening Base Material 1

Cracked Concrete
Lightweight Concrete     
Hollow Core Concrete   
Grout Filled Concrete Block  
Hollow Concrete Block   
Solid Brick 

Hollow Brick  
Hard Natural Stone   
Soft Natural Stone 
Oversized Holes N/A
  
Installation 2

Cored Holes N/A

Water Saturated Concrete (per ICC)   N/A  
Water-filled holes (per ICC)   N/A  
Submerged   N/A  
No Hole Cleaning Procedures N/A
In-place (through) Fastening  
    
Application Criteria 2

Immediate Loading
Bolt Head or Flush Finish     
Removable to Flush Surface     
Seismic
High Cycle Fatigue
Shock / Impact Load
High Temperature Resistance     

    
Electrodeposited or Mechanically
Corrosion 3

Zinc Plated
Sherardized Carbon Steel
Hot-dipped Galvanized
Stainless Steel (AISI Series) 303 304 410
Anchor Diameters 1/4, 3/8, 1/2, 1/4, 3/8, 1/2, 1/4, 3/8, 5/16,
3/8 3/16, 1/4, 3/8
Miscellaneous

Available (in.) 5/8, 3/4 5/8, 3/4 1/2, 5/8, 3/4

Bolt, rod coupling, Torx HWH, Torx Flat
Anchor Versions Available Insert Insert Insert hex nut, wire tie Head, Phillips Flat Head

Impact Expansion Impact Expansion Metal Circumferential Thread Undercut

Anchor Working Principles5 Cast-in Head
Sleeve Sleeve Expander Sleeve Keying
1 Base materials may vary widely. Site specific anchor testing may be required.
2 Most testing is performed in normal weight concrete. For specific base materials tested, see selected anchor.
3 Refer to Section 2.3 for a more detailed discussion on corrosion and corrosion resistance.
4 Listed Diameters are those with published load data. Larger diameter anchor rods may be used. Contact Hilti for more information.
5 Refer to Section [Link] for a more detailed discussion on anchor working principles.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 147
03_4.1_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a [Link] 12/30/07 12:55 AM Page 148

Anchoring Systems

4.1.14 Anchor Selection Guide

Applications Grid Key:  Very Suitable  May be Suitable Per Application

Anchor HPS-1 HTB

HLD HSP/HFP IDP
Metal HIT Impact TOGGLER® Drywall Insulation
Products Anchor Anchor Bolt Kwik-Tog Anchor Anchor

Design
Criteria
Non-cracked Concrete    
   
Fastening Base Material1

Light Weight Concrete

Hollow Core Concrete    
Grout Filled Concrete Block    
Hollow Concrete Block     
Solid Brick    
Hollow Brick    
Hard Natural Stone    
Soft Natural Stone    
Gypsum Drywall   
Oversized Holes
Cored Holes     
Installation

Water Saturated Concrete (per ICC)      

Water-filled holes (per ICC)      
Submerged      
No Hole Cleaning Procedures      
In-place (through) Fastening   
     
Application Criteria

Immediate Loading
Bolt Head or Flush Finish      
Removable to Flush Surface      
Seismic
High Cycle Fatigue
Shock / Impact Load
High Temperature Resistance    
Electrodeposited or   
Mechanically Zinc Plated (Drive Pin) (Drive Screw)
Zinc Aluminum Alloy 
Corrosion2

(Body) 
Plastic 
(Body)   
Stainless Steel (AISI Series) 304 (Drive Pin) 304 (Drive Screw)
Anchor Diameters Available (in.) 3/16, 1/4 3/16, 1/4, 5/16 3/16, 1/4, 3/8, 1/2 #8, #10 3/16, 1/4, 3/8
Anchor Versions Available Round Head
Miscellaneous

Round Head, Phillips, Flat

Nail Drive-screw
Head, Machine Screw Plastic
Anchor Working Principles(3) Impact Expansion Impact Expansion Anchor holds Keying in hollow Self-drilling Anchor holds by
base materials. Friction
Anchor Anchor by keying in solid base materials. Self-tapping friction

1 Base materials may vary widely. Site specific anchor testing may be required.
2 Refer to Section 2.3 for a more detailed discussion on corrosion and corrosion resistance.
3 Refer to Section [Link] for a more detailed discussion on anchor working principles.

148 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
03_4.1_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a [Link] 12/30/07 12:55 AM Page 149

Anchoring Systems

Notes

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 149
03_4.1_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a [Link] 12/30/07 12:55 AM Page 150

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2 Adhesive Anchoring Systems

[Link] Hilti leads the way with [Link] Frequently Asked

products and education Questions
Hilti leads the way in sharing knowledge and experience by What is creep?
educating users on various aspects of Adhesive Anchoring
Creep is the slow and continuous deformation of a material
Systems. We know the importance of selecting the right
over time, generally due to a sustained load. All materials
adhesive anchor system for a specific application.
experience some sort of creep - concrete, steel, stone and
When comparing two adhesive anchor systems, users should adhesive anchor systems.
give special consideration to the following key parameters: • All current Hilti Adhesive Anchor Systems passed the
• Cure time • Installation procedure creep test requirements of ICC-ES AC58.
• Bond Strength • Temperature sensitivity Does temperature have an effect on adhesive
• Creep resistance • Inspection requirements anchor performance?

Yes - Temperature affects an adhesive anchor system

[Link] Hilti Accredited throughout its lifetime - from storage to installation and
Installer Program throughout the life cycle of an anchor.

The Hilti Difference • Temperature is an important factor which influences an

adhesive anchor system’s strength, cure time, ease of
Beginning in 2008, Hilti will introduce the Hilti Accredited installation and creep performance. Some Adhesive
Installer Program. Participants in this program will enhance Anchoring Systems are engineered for colder climates
their Adhesive Anchoring System knowledge and sharpen their and others
for warmer climates.
installation skills.
How does installation affect adhesive anchors?
Accredited Installer Program
Proper installation is the single most influential factor when it
Hilti Accredited Installers will take pride in applying their new
comes to an adhesive anchor system’s bond strength and
skills after completing this 4-hour course.
ultimately, creep performance.
• Advanced skills include challenging applications such as
• Hilti is the only manufacturer that provides the entire
deep embedment and water-filled holes
solution from drilling and cleaning the hole to injecting
• All participants will gain hands on experience and take a adhesive into boreholes as deep as 125”.
written exam to test their knowledge
What are ICC-ES AC58 and ICC-ES AC308?
• Participants will understand how various jobsite
conditions may influence the performance of adhesive ICC-ES AC58 is an acceptance criteria used for evaluating
anchor systems adhesive anchor systems published in 1995. ICC-ES AC308 is
• Hilti Accredited Installers will become knowledgeable and the latest acceptance criteria for evaluating Adhesive
efficient installers of Hilti Adhesive Anchoring Systems Anchoring Systems published in 2005. How do they differ?
On-Site Training Program
• ICC-ES AC308 only requires periodic special inspection
Participants receive application specific training to improve for the highest performing products. ICC-ES AC58
requires continuous special inspection for all products.
speed and efficiency.
• ICC-ES AC308 includes provisions for evaluating adhe-
• Course conducted on-site at no cost sive anchor systems in cracked concrete. ICC-ES AC58
• 1-hour course on Hilti Adhesive Anchoring Systems based reports did not qualify products for use in cracked
includes basic hands-on and theory concluded by a concrete.
written test • ICC-ES AC308 more thoroughly examines the sensitivity
Upon completion of either program, students will receive a of adhesive anchor systems to improperly cleaned holes.
pocket card and/or certificate to document their achievement.
Contact your Hilti representative for details.

150 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
04_4.2_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a [Link] 12/30/07 12:57 AM Page 151

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HVA Capsule Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.1

[Link] Product Description [Link] Product Description

[Link] Material Specifications

[Link] Technical Data

[Link] Installation Instructions

HVU Adhesive Capsule HIS Internally Threaded Insert
[Link] Ordering Information

HAS Anchor Rod Assembly Rebar (Not supplied by Hilti)

with nut and washer
The Hilti HVA system is a heavy duty, Anchor Rod Shall be provided with 45
Listings/Approvals
two component adhesive anchor degree chisel or cut point to provide
City of Los Angeles
consisting of a self-contained adhesive proper mixing of the adhesive Research Report #25363
capsule and either a threaded rod with components. Anchor rod shall be NSF/ANSI Std 61
nut and washer or an internally threaded manufactured to meet the following certification for use in potable water
European Technical approval
insert. requirements: 1. ISO 898 Class 5.8 ETA-05/0255
2. ASTM A 193 Grade B7 3. AISI 304 or ETA-05/0256
Product Features ETA-05/0257
AISI 316 stainless steel meeting the
• High loading capacity mechanical requirements of ASTM F
• Small edge distance and anchor 593 (Condition CW). 4. Rebar with chisel
spacing allowance or cut point.
• Excellent dynamic load resistance
Special order HAS Rod materials may Code Compliance
• Wide range of installation
temperatures vary from standard steel rod product. IBC®/IRC® 2000 (ICC-ES AC58)
• Excellent performance in holes UBC® 1997 (ICC-ES AC58)
Nuts and Washers Shall be furnished
cored using Hilti LEED ®: Credit 4.1-Low Emitting
to meet the requirements of the above Materials
DD-B or DD-C diamond core bits
anchor rod specifications.
• Excellent elevated temperature
performance Adhesive Capsule Shall consist of a
• Excellent performance in freezing dual chamber foil capsule. The resin
and thawing conditions material shall be vinyl urethane
The Leadership in Energy and
• No hole brushing required—just methacrylate.
Environmental Design ( LEED® ) Green
blow out hole with compressed Building Rating systemTM is the nation-
air—makes installation fast Steel Insert The internally threaded
ally accepted benchmark for the design,
and easy insert shall have a 45 degree (from construction and operation of high per-
• Seismic qualified per IBC®/IRC® central axis) chisel pointed end. The formance green buildings.
2000 and UBC® 1997 (ICC-ES insert shall be carbon steel or stainless
AC58) Please refer to ER-5369 steel material which meets minimum
Guide Specifications ultimate tensile strengths of 66.7 and
101.5 ksi, respectively.
Master Format Section:
The adhesive anchoring system shall be
03250 (Concrete accessories) the Hilti HVA anchoring system,
Related Sections: consisting of the Hilti HVU adhesive
capsule and the Hilti HAS anchor rod or
03200 (Concrete Reinforcing HIS internally threaded insert.
Accessories)
05050 (Metal Fabrication) Installation Adhesive anchors to be
05120 (Structural Steel) installed in holes drilled using the
specified diameter of Hilti carbide tipped
Adhesive anchors shall consist of an all- drill bit or matched tolerance Hilti DD-B
thread anchor rod, nut, washer and or DD-C diamond core bit. Anchors shall
adhesive capsule. Alternatively, be installed in strict accordance to
adhesive anchors shall consist of a section [Link]. Do not disturb until cure
steel insert and an adhesive capsule. time has elapsed.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 151
04_4.2_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a [Link] 12/30/07 12:57 AM Page 152

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.1 HVA Capsule Adhesive Anchoring System

Mechanical Properties
fy min. fu
[Link] Material Specifications ksi (MPa) ksi (MPa)
Standard HAS-E rod material meets the requirements of ISO 898 Class 5.8 58 (400) 72.5 (500)
High Strength or ‘Super HAS’ rod material meets the requirements of ASTM A 193, Grade B7 105 (724) 125 (862)
Stainless HAS rod material meets the requirements of ASTM F 593 (304/316) Condition CW 3/8" to 5/8" 65 (448) 100 (689)
Stainless HAS rod material meets the requirements of ASTM F 593 (304/316) Condition CW 3/4" to 1-1/4" 45 (310) 85 (586)
HIS Insert 11SMnPb30+C Carbon Steel conforming to DIN 10277-3 54.4 (375) 66.7 (460)
HIS-R Insert X5CrNiMo17122 K700 Stainless Steel conforming to DIN EN 10088-3 50.8 (350) 101.5 (700)
HAS Super & HAS-E Standard Nut material meets the requirements of ASTM A 563, Grade DH
HAS Stainless Steel Nut material meets the requirements of ASTM F 594
HAS Carbon Steel and Stainless Steel Washers meet dimensional requirements of ANSI B18.22.1 Type A Plain
HAS Super & HAS-E Standard Washers meet the requirements of ASTM F 436
All HAS-E & HAS Super Rods (except 7/8") & HAS-E Standard, HIS inserts, nuts & washers are zinc plated to ASTM B 633 SC 1
7/8" Standard HAS-E & HAS Super rods hot-dip galvanized in accordance with ASTM A 153
HVU Adhesive—Vinyl Urethane Methacrylate Resin with a Dibenzoyl Peroxide hardener
Note: Special Order steel rod material may vary from standard steel rod materials.

[Link] Technical Data

HAS Rod Specification Table

HAS Rod Size in. 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/4
Details (mm) (9.5) (12.7) (15.9) (19.1) (22.2) (25.4) (31.8)
dbit : nominal bit diameter1, 2 in. 15/32 9/16 11/16 7/8 1 1-1/8 1-3/8 dbit Tmax

hef = hnom: std. depth of in. 3-1/2 4-1/4 5 6-5/8 6-5/8 8-1/4 12 hef t
embed.3 = capsule length (mm) (90) (110) (125) (170) (170) (210) (305) h
,

t : max. thickness fastened4 in. 1 1-1/2 1-3/4 2 2-1/4 2-1/2 2-3/4

(mm) (25.4) (38.1) (44.5) (50.8) (57.2) (63.5) (69.9)
tmax : Max. tightening All Hilti ft-lb 18 30 75 150 175 235 400
torque Rods (N·m) (24) (41) (102) (203) (237) (319) (540)
h: hef = hnom in. 5-1/2 6-1/4 7 8-1/2 8-1/2 10-1/2 15
minimum base (mm) (140) (160) (180) (220) (220) (270) (380)
material 1.0 hef+ 1.0 hef+ 1.0 hef+ 1.0 hef+ 1.0 hef+ 1.0 hef+ 1.0 hef+
thickness5 hef ≠ hnom in. 2 2 2 2 2 2-1/4 3
(mm) (51) (51) (51) ( 51) ( 51) (57) (76)
Recommended
TE 6, 16 TE 16, 25, 35, 46 TE 46, 56, 76 TE 76
Hilti Rotary Hammer Drill
1 Use matched tolerance carbide tipped bits or Hilti matched tolerance DD-B or DD-C diamond core bit.
2 Hilti matched tolerance carbide tipped drill bits
3 Data available for varying embedments; see Load Tables.
4 When using standard length rods at standard embedment (hnom)
5 Minimum base material thickness given to avoid backside blowout from drilling. Ability of base material
to withstand loads applied (e.g. bending of concrete slab) should be determined by design engineer.

152 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
04_4.2_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a [Link] 12/30/07 12:57 AM Page 153

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HVA Capsule Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.1

HIS Insert Specification Table

HIS Insert in. 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4
Details (mm) (9.5) (12.7) (15.9) (19.1)
HVU capsule required 1/2 x 4-1/4 5/8 x 5 7/8 x 6-5/8 1 x 8-1/4 dbit Tmax

dbit bit diameter1 in. 11/16 7/8 1-1/8 1-1/4

hnom std. depth of embed. in. 4-1/4 5 6-5/8 8-1/4 hef
= capsule length (mm) (110) (125) (170) (210) h
ᐉth useable thread in. 1 1-3/16 1-1/2 2
length (mm) (25) (30) (40) (50)
Tmax Max. tightening ft lb 18 30 75 150
torque (N·m) (24) (41) (102) (203)
h min. base material in. 6-3/8 7-1/2 10 12-3/8
thickness (mm) (162) (191) (254) (314)
Recommended Hilti TE 6, 16, TE 16, 25, TE 46, 56, 76
Rotary Hammer Drill 25, 35 35, 46
2 Hilti matched tolerance carbide tipped drill bits

Rebar Specification Table

Rebar Size: #4 #5 #6 #7 #8
dbit bit diameter1, 2 in. 5/8 13/16 1 1-1/8 1-1/4
hnom std. depth of embed. in. 4-1/4 5 6-5/8 6-5/8 8-1/4
= capsule length (mm) (110) (125) (170) (170) (210)
1 Rebar diameters may vary; the witnessed test was performed using the above mentioned drill bit diameters.
Rebar must have a minimum length 4" greater than embedment to accommodate the setting equipment.
2 Hilti matched tolerance carbide tipped drill bits

Metric Rebar Specification Table

(Canada Only)
Rebar Size : 10M 15M 20M 25M

dbit bit diameter1 in. or mm 9/16 13/16 1 32 mm

hnom std. depth of embed. mm 90 125 170 210
= capsule length (in.) (3-1/2) (5) (6-5/8) (8-1/4)
2 Hilti matched tolerance carbide tipped drill bits

Combined Shear and Tension Loading

≤ 1.0 (Ref. Section [Link])

5/3 5/3
( NN ) + ( VV )
d
rec
d
rec

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 153
04_4.2_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a [Link] 12/30/07 12:57 AM Page 154

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.1 HVA Capsule Adhesive Anchoring System

HVA Allowable and Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity for HAS Rods in Normal Weight Concrete1, 2

HVU Allowable Bond/Concrete Capacity HVU Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity

Tensile Shear Tensile Shear
Rod Embedment Adhesive f'c =2000 psi f'c =4000 psi f'c =2000 psi f'c =4000 psi f'c =2000 psi f'c =4000 psi f'c =2000 psi f'c =4000 psi
Diameter Depth3 Capsule(s) (13.8 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (13.8 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (13.8 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (13.8 MPa) (27.6 MPa)
in. (mm) in. (mm) Required lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
3-1/2 (1) 3/8 X 3-1/2 2085 2595 3335 4710 8345 10380 10000 14120
(90) (9.3) (11.5) (14.8) (21.0) (37.1) (46.2) (45.8) (64.8)
3/8 5-1/4 (2) 3/8 X 3-1/2 2325 4185 6120 8655 9295 16730 18360 25960
(9.5) (133) (10.3) (18.6) (27.2) (38.5) (41.3) (74.4) (91.3) (129.2)
7 (2) 3/8 X 3-1/2 4405 4895 9420 13330 17630 19590 28260 39980
(178) (19.6) (21.8) (41.9) (59.3) (78.4) (87.1) (149.0) (210.7)
4-1/4 (1) 1/2 X 4-1/4 3250 4735 5450 7280 12990 18940 15440 21840
(110) (14.5) (21.1) (24.2) (32.4) (57.8) (84.3) (69.5) (98.3)
1/2 6-3/8 (1) 1/2 X 4-1/4 & 4890 5455 9455 13375 19565 21815 28360 40120
(12.7) (162) (1) 3/8 X 3-1/2 (21.8) (24.3) (42.1) (59.5) (87.0) (97.0) (138.5) (195.9)
8-1/2 (2) 1/2 X 4-1/4 6700 7545 14560 20590 26810 30190 43680 61760
(216) (29.8) (33.6) (64.8) (91.6) (119.3) (134.3) (225.9) (319.5)
5 (1) 5/8 X 5 3970 5245 7350 10390 15890 20970 22040 31160
(125) (17.7) (23.3) (32.7) (46.2) (70.7) (93.3) (98.0) (138.6)
5/8 7-1/2 (1) 5/8 X 5 & 5770 10465 13495 19080 23080 41865 40480 57240
(15.9) (184) (1) 1/2 X 4-1/4 (25.7) (46.6) (60.0) (84.9) (102.7) (186.2) (195.2) (276.1)
10 (2) 5/8 X 5 11700 12835 20775 29375 46795 51340 62320 88120
(254) (52.0) (57.1) (92.4) (130.7) (208.2) (228.4) (318.4) (450.3)
6-5/8 (1) 3/4 X 6-5/8 6080 8615 12270 17355 24330 34470 36800 52060
(170) (27.0) (38.3) (54.6) (77.2) (108.2) (153.3) (167.0) (236.2)
3/4 10 (1) 3/4 X 6-5/8 & 9110 14835 22755 32180 36445 59350 68260 96540
(19.1) (254) (1) 1/2 X 4-1/4 (40.5) (66.0) (101.2) (143.1) (162.1) (264.0) (336.3) (475.6)
13-1/4 (2) 3/4 X 6-5/8 15220 15310 34700 49080 60875 61230 104100 147240
(337) (67.7) (68.1) (154.4) (218.3) (270.8) (272.4) (542.6) (767.4)
6-5/8 (1) 7/8 X 6-5/8 7145 9130 13110 18535 28580 36525 39320 55600
(170) (31.8) (40.6) (58.3) (82.4) (127.1) (162.5) (174.9) (247.4)
7/8 10 (2) 3/4 X 6-5/8 10475 18970 24575 34755 41905 75870 73720 104260
(22.2) (254) (46.6) (84.4) (109.3) (154.6) (186.4) (337.5) (352.2) (498.1)
13-1/4 (2) 7/8 X 6 5/8 16475 23055 34780 53010 65895 92220 112440 159020
(337) (73.3) (102.6) (154.7) (235.8) (293.1) (410.2) (568.3) (803.7)
8 1/4 (1) 1 X 8-1/4 8640 13425 19690 27840 34560 53695 59060 83520
(210) (38.4) (59.7) (87.6) (123.8) (153.7) (238.8) (264.3) (373.8)
1 12-3/8 (2) 7/8 X 6-5/8 14665 23450 36170 51150 58665 93800 108500 153440
(25.4) (314) (65.2) (104.3) (160.9) (227.5) (261.0) (417.2) (526.7) (744.8)
16-1/2 (2) 1 X 8-1/4 26645 30805 55690 78750 106580 123220 167060 236240
(419) (118.5) (137.0) (247.7) (350.3) (474.1) (548.1) (858.9) (1214.6)
12 (1) 1-1/4 X 12 19175 23920 38615 54610 76740 95680 115840 163820
(305) (85.3) (106.4) (171.8) (242.9) (341.4) (425.6) (534.4) (755.8)
1- 1/4 15 (1) 1-1/4 X 12 & 24750 26855 53960 76315 99000 107420 161880 228940
(31.8) (381) (1) 1 X 8 1/4 (110.1) (119.5) (240.0) (339.5) (440.4) (477.8) (781.0) (1104.5)
18 (1) 1-1/4 X 12 & 29535 37920 70935 100320 118140 151680 212800 300960
(457) (2) 1 X 8 1/4 (131.4) (168.7) (315.5) (446.2) (525.5) (674.7) (1064.7) (1505.8)
1 Influence factors for spacing and/or edge distance are applied to concrete/bond values above, and then compared to the steel value. The lesser of the values is to be used for the design.
2 Average ultimate concrete shear capacity based on Concrete Capacity Design (CCD) method.
3 Hilti does not recommend the use of alternate embedment other than those tested and listed above.

154 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
04_4.2_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a [Link] 12/30/07 12:57 AM Page 155

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HVA Capsule Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.1

Allowable Steel Strength for HAS Rods1
Rod HAS-E Standard HAS Super HAS SS
Diameter ISO 898 Class 5.8 ASTM A 193 B7 AISI 304/316 SS
in. Tensile Shear Tensile Shear Tensile Shear
(mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
3/8 2640 1360 4555 2345 3645 1875
(9.5) (11.7) (6.0) (20.3) (10.4) (16.2) (8.3)
1/2 4700 2420 8100 4170 6480 3335
(12.7) (20.9) (10.8) (36.0) (18.5) (28.8) (14.8)
5/8 7340 3780 12655 6520 10125 5215
(15.9) (32.7) (16.8) (56.3) (29.0) (45.0) (23.2)
3/4 10570 5445 18225 9390 12390 6385
(19.1) (47.0) (24.2) (81.1) (41.8) (55.1) (28.4)
7/8 14385 7410 24805 12780 16865 8690
(22.2) (64.0) (33.0) (110.3) (56.9) (75.0) (38.6)
1 18790 9680 32400 16690 22030 11350
(25.4) (83.6) (43.0) (144.1) (74.2) (98.0) (50.5)
1-1/4 29360 15125 50620 26080 34425 17735
(31.8) (130.6) (67.3) (225.2) (116.0) (153.1) (78.9)

1 Steel strength as defined in AISC Manual of Steel Construction (ASD):

Tensile = 0.33 x Fu x Nominal Area

Shear = 0.17 x Fu x Nominal Area

Ultimate Steel Strength for HAS Rods1

Rod HAS-E Standard HAS Super HAS SS
Diameter ISO 898 Class 5.8 ASTM A 193 B7 AISI 304/316 SS
in. Yield Tensile Shear Yield Tensile Shear Yield Tensile Shear
(mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
3/8 4495 6005 3605 8135 10350 6210 5035 8280 4970
(9.5) (20.0) (26.7) (16.0) (36.2) (43.4) (27.6) (22.4) (36.8) (22.1)
1/2 8230 10675 6405 14900 18405 11040 9225 14720 8835
(12.7) (36.6) (47.5) (28.5) (66.3) (79.0) (49.1) (41.0) (65.5) (39.3)
5/8 13110 16680 10010 23730 28760 17260 14690 23010 13805
(15.9) (58.3) (74.2) (44.5) (105.6) (125.7) (76.8) (65.3) (102.4) (61.4)
3/4 19400 24020 14415 35120 41420 24850 15050 28165 16800
(19.1) (86.3) (106.9) (64.1) (156.2) (185.7) (110.5) (66.9) (125.3) (75.2)
7/8 26780 32695 19620 48480 56370 33825 20775 38335 23000
(22.2) (119.1) (145.4) (87.3) (215.7) (256.9) (150.5) (92.4) (170.5) (102.3)
1 35130 42705 25625 63600 73630 44180 27255 50070 30040
(25.4) (156.3) (190.0) (114.0) (282.9) (337.0) (196.5) (121.2) (222.7) (133.6)
1-1/4 56210 66730 40035 101755 115050 69030 43610 78235 46940
(31.8) (250.0) (296.8) (178.1) (452.6) (511.8) (307.1) (194.0) (348.0) (208.8)
1 Steel strength as defined in AISC Manual of Steel Construction 2nd Ed. (LRFD):

Yield = Fy x Tensile Stress Area

Tensile = 0.75 x Fu x Nominal Area
Shear = 0.45 x Fu x Nominal Area

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 155
04_4.2_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a [Link] 12/30/07 12:57 AM Page 156

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.1 HVA Capsule Adhesive Anchoring System

HVA Allowable Bond/Concrete Capacity and Steel Strength for HIS Carbon Steel
and HIS-R Stainless Steel Internally Threaded Inserts

HVU Allowable Steel Bolt Strength1, 2

Bond/Concrete Capacity2
Tensile ASTM A 325 ASTM F 593
Anchor Embedment Adhesive f'c ≥ 2000 psi Carbon Steel Stainless Steel
Diameter Depth Capsule(s) (13.8 MPa) Tensile1 Shear1 Tensile1 Shear1
in. (mm) in. (mm) Required lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
3/8 4-1/4 (1) 1/2 x 4-1/4 3180 4370 2250 3645 1875
(9.5) (108) (14.1) (19.4) (10.0) (16.2) (8.3)
1/2 5 (1) 5/8 x 5 4570 7775 4005 6480 3335
(12.7) (127) (20.3) (34.6) (17.8) (28.8) (14.8)
5/8 6-5/8 (1) 7/8 x 6-5/8 7460 12150 6260 10125 5215
(15.9) (168) (33.2) (54.0) (27.8) (45.0) (23.2)
3/4 8-1/4 (1) 1 x 8-1/4 9165 17495 9010 12395 6385
(19.1) (210) (40.8) (77.8) (40.1) (55.1) (28.4)

HVA Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity and Steel Strength for HIS Carbon Steel
and HIS-R Stainless Steel Internally Threaded Inserts

HVU Ultimate Ultimate Bolt Strength1, 2

Bond/Concrete Capacity 2
Tensile ASTM A 325 ASTM F 593
Anchor Embedment Adhesive f'c ≥ 2000 psi Carbon Steel Stainless Steel
Diameter Depth Capsule(s) (13.8 MPa) Tensile 1 Shear 1 Tensile 1 Shear 1
in. (mm) in. (mm) Required lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
3/8 4-1/4 (1) 1/2 x 4-1/4 12715 9935 5960 8280 4970
(9.5) (108) (56.6) (44.2) (26.5) (36.8) (22.1)
1/2 5 (1) 5/8 x 5 18275 17665 10600 14720 8835
(12.7) (127) (81.3) (78.6) (47.2) (65.5) (39.3)
5/8 6-5/8 (1) 7/8 x 6-5/8 29840 27610 16565 23010 13805
(15.9) (168) (132.7) (122.8) (73.7) (102.4) (61.4)
3/4 8-1/4 (1) 1 x 8-1/4 36660 39760 23855 28165 16900
(19.1) (210) (163.1) (176.9) (106.1) (125.3) (75.1)
1 Steel values in accordance with AISC
ASTM A 325 bolts: Fy = 92 ksi , Fu = 120 ksi
ASTM F 593 (AISI 304/316): Fy = 65 ksi, Fu = 100 ksi for 3/8" thru 5/8"
Fy = 45 ksi, Fu = 85 ksi for 3/4"

Allowable Load Values Ultimate Load Values

Tension = 0.33 x Fu x Anom Tension = 0.75 x Fu x Anom
Shear = 0.17 x Fu x Anom Shear = 0.45 x Fu x Anom

2 Use lower value of either bond/concrete capacity or steel strength.

156 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
04_4.2_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a [Link] 12/30/07 12:57 AM Page 157

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HVA Capsule Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.1

HVA Ultimate Bond Strength and Steel Strength for Rebar in Concrete

HVU Ultimate Bond Strength1 Grade 60 Rebar1

Embedment Adhesive f'c=2000 psi f'c=3000 psi f'c=4000 psi f'c=6000 psi Yield Tensile
Rebar Depth Capsule(s) (13.8 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (41.4 MPa) Strength Strength
Size in. (mm) Required lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
4-1/4 (1) 1/2 x 4-1/4 9680 10980 12270 14850
(108) (43.1) (48.8) (54.6) (66.1)
#4 6-3/8 (1) 1/2 x 4-1/4 & 14520 16460 18400 22280 12000 18000
(162) (1) 3/8 x 3-1/2 (64.6) (73.2) (81.9) (99.1) (53.4) (80.1)
8-1/2 (2) 1/2 x 4-1/4 19360 21950 24530 29710
(216) (86.1) (97.6) (109.1) (132.2)
5 (1) 5/8 x 5 15000 16920 18830 22650
(127) (66.7) (75.3) (83.8) (100.8)
#5 7-1/2 (1) 5/8 x 5 & 22490 25370 28240 33980 18600 27900
(184) (1) 1/2 x 4-1/4 (100.4) (112.9) (125.6) (151.1) (82.7) (124.1)
10 (2) 5/8 x 5 29990 33820 37650 45310
(254) (133.4) (150.4) (167.5) (201.5)
6-5/8 (1) 7/8 x 6-5/8 21020 24250 27470 33930
(168) (93.5) (107.9) (122.2) (150.9)
#6 10 (2) 3/4 x 6-5/8 31530 36370 41210 50890 26400 39600
(254) (140.3) (161.8) (183.3) (226.4) (117.4) (176.1)
13-1/4 (2) 7/8 x 6-5/8 42040 48500 54950 67850
(337) (187.0) (215.7) (244.4) (301.8)
6-5/8 (1) 1 x 8-1/4 23650 27280 30910 38170
(168) (105.2) (121.3) (137.5) (169.8)
#7 10 (2) 3/4 x 6-5/8 35470 40920 46360 57250 36000 54000
(254) (157.8) (182.0) (206.2) (254.7) (160.1) (240.2)
13-1/4 (2) 1 x 8-1/4 47300 54560 61810 76330
(337) (210.4) (242.7) (274.9) (339.5)
8-1/4 (1) 1 x 8-1/4 & 35640 40500 45360 55080
(210) (1) 5/8 x 5 (158.5) (180.2) (201.8) (245.0)
#8 12-3/8 (1) 7/8 x 6-5/8 & 53460 60750 68040 82610 47400 71100
(314) (1) 1 x 8-1/4 (237.8) (270.2) (302.7) (367.5) (210.8) (316.3)
16-1/2 (2) 1 x 8-1/4 & 71270 80990 90710 110150
(419) (1) 3/4 x 6-5/8 (317.0) (360.3) (403.5) (490.0)
1 Use lower of either bond/concrete or steel strength.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 157
04_4.2_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a [Link] 12/30/07 12:57 AM Page 158

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.1 HVA Capsule Adhesive Anchoring System

HVA Allowable Bond Strength and Steel Strength for Metric Rebar in Concrete (Canada Only)1,2,3

Strength Properties of
HVU Allowable Tensile Concrete/Bond Strength Metric Rebar
fy = 400 MPa
Embedment Adhesive 14 MPa 20 MPa 28 MPa 40 MPa Yield Tensile
Rebar Depth Capsule(s) (2000 psi) (3000 psi) (4000 psi) (6000 psi) Strength Strength
Size mm (in.) Required kN (lb) kN (lb) kN (lb) kN (lb) kN (lb) kN (lb)
125 (1) M16 16.7 18.8 21.0 25.2
(5) (3750) (4230) (4705) (5660)
15M 185 (1) M16 & 25.1 28.2 31.4 37.8 80 120
(7-1/2) (1) M12 (5620) (6340) (7060) (8495) (17985) (26975)
255 (2) M16 33.4 37.6 41.9 50.4
(10) (7495) (8455) (9410) (11325)
170 (1) M20 23.4 27.0 30.6 37.7
(6-5/8) (5255) (6060) (6865) (8480)
20M 255 (2) 3/4 x 6-5/8 35.1 40.5 45.8 56.6 120 180
(10) (7880) (9090) (10300) (12720) (26975) (40465)
340 (2) M20 46.8 53.9 61.1 75.4
(13-1/4) (10510) (12125) (13735) (16960)
210 (1) M24 39.6 45.0 50.4 61.3
(8-1/4) (8910) (10125) (11340) (13770)
25M 315 (1) M24 & 59.4 67.6 75.7 91.9 200 300
(12-3/8) (1) 3/4 x 6-5/8 (13365) (15185) (17010) (20650) (44960) (67440)
420 (2) M24 79.2 90.1 100.9 122.5
(16-1/2) (17815) (20245) (22675) (27535)
1 Allowable bond/concrete strength based on a safety factor of 4.0.
2 Actual tensile bond test data developed for imperial-sized rebar. Yield and ultimate rebar strengths are for metric sizes.
3 For anchor spacing and edge distance guidelines, refer to page 160 of the HVA Adhesive Anchor System.

158 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
04_4.2_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a [Link] 12/30/07 12:57 AM Page 159

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HVA Capsule Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.1

HVA Ultimate Bond Strength and Steel Strength for Metric Rebar in Concrete (Canada Only)1,2

Strength Properties of
HVU Ultimate Tensile Concrete/Bond Strength Metric Rebar
fy = 400 MPa
Embedment Adhesive 14 MPa 20 MPa 28 MPa 40 MPa Yield Tensile
Rebar Depth Capsule(s) (2000 psi) (3000 psi) (4000 psi) (6000 psi) Strength Strength
Size mm (in.) Required kN (lb) kN (lb) kN (lb) kN (lb) kN (lb) kN (lb)
125 (1) M16 66.7 75.3 83.3 100.8
(5) (15000) (16920) (18830) (22650)
15M 185 (1) M16 & 100.4 112.9 125.6 151.1 80 120
(7-1/2) (1) M12 (22490) (25370) (28240) (33980) (17985) (26975)
255 (2) M16 133.4 150.4 167.5 201.5
(10) (29990) (33820) (37650) (45310)
170 (1) M20 93.5 107.9 122.2 150.9
(6-5/8) (21020) (24250) (27470) (33930)
20M 255 (2) 3/4 x 6-5/8 140.3 161.8 183.3 226.4 120 180
(10) (31530) (36370) (41210) (50890) (26975) (40465)
340 (2) M20 187.0 215.7 244.4 301.8
(13-1/4) (42040) (48500) (54950) (67850)
210 (1) M24 158.5 180.2 201.8 245.0
(8-1/4) (35640) (40500) (45360) (55080)
25M 315 (1) M24 237.8 270.2 302.7 367.5 200 300
(12-3/8) & (1) 3/4 x 6-5/8 (53460) (60750) (68040) (82610) (44960) (67440)
420 (2) M24 317.0 360.3 403.5 490.0
(16-1/2) (71270) (80990) (90710) (110150)
1 Actual tensile bond test data developed for imperial-sized rebar. Yield and ultimate rebar strengths are for metric sizes.
2 For anchor spacing and edge distance guidelines, refer to page 160 of the HVA Adhesive Anchor System.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 159
04_4.2_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a [Link] 12/30/07 12:57 AM Page 160

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.1 HVA Capsule Adhesive Anchoring System

Anchor Spacing and Edge Distance Guidelines in Concrete

Anchor Spacing Adjustment Factors Edge Distance Adjustment Factors
N
s = Actual spacing c = Actual edge distance
hef = Actual embedment hef = Actual embedment
s smin = 0.5 hef cmin = 0.5 hef Tension and shear
V scr = 1.5 hef ccr = 1.5 hef Tension
= 2.0 hef Shear
⊥ =
c
Perpendicular to edge
h ll = Parallel to edge
scr ccr
1.5 2.0

Shear &
Tension
Note:Tables apply for listed ccr
1.0 1.5
embedment depths. Reduction
factors for other embedment s c
depths must be calculated
using equations below. hef hef
smin

)
'
r(
0.5 1.0

ea

(II)
Sh

ar
Spacing Tension/Shear

Sh e

n
sio
cmin

Ten
smin = 0.5 hef, scr = 1.5 hef
0 0.5
fA = 0.3(s/hef) + 0.55 0 .2 .4 .6 .8 1.0
for scr>s>smin Anchor Spacing Adjustment Factor
(fA)
Edge Distance Tension 0
cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 1.5 hef 0 .2 .4 .6 .8 1.0

fRN = 0.4(c/hef) + 0.40 Edge Spacing Adjustment Factor

(fRV, fRN)
for ccr>c>cmin
Edge Distance Shear
( ⊥ toward edge) Load Adjustment Factors for 3/8" Diameter Anchor
cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 2.0 hef Anchor
3/8" diameter
Diameter
fRV1 = 0.54(c/hef) – 0.09 Adjustment Spacing Edge Distance Edge Distance Shear Edge Distance Shear
for ccr>c>cmin Factor Tension/Shear, Tension, (⊥ toward edge), (II to or away from edge),
fA fRN fRV1 fRV2
Edge Distance Shear Embedment 3-1/2 5-1/4 7 3-1/2 5-1/4 7 3-1/2 5-1/4 7 3-1/2 5-1/4 7
(II to or away from edge) Depth, in.
1-3/4 0.70 0.60 0.18 0.46
cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 2.0 hef 2 0.72 0.63 0.22 0.49
fRV2 = 0.36(c/hef) + 0.28 2-5/8 0.78 0.70 0.70 0.60 0.32 0.18 0.55 0.46
for ccr>c>cmin 3 0.81 0.72 0.74 0.63 0.37 0.22 0.59 0.49
3-1/2 0.85 0.75 0.70 0.80 0.67 0.60 0.45 0.27 0.18 0.64 0.52 0.46
Spacing (s)/Edge Distance (c), in.

4 0.89 0.78 0.72 0.86 0.70 0.63 0.53 0.32 0.22 0.69 0.55 0.49
4-1/2 0.94 0.81 0.74 0.91 0.74 0.66 0.60 0.37 0.26 0.74 0.59 0.51
5-1/4 1.00 0.85 0.78 1.00 0.80 0.70 0.72 0.45 0.32 0.82 0.64 0.55
6 0.89 0.81 0.86 0.74 0.84 0.53 0.37 0.90 0.69 0.59
7 0.95 0.85 0.93 0.80 1.00 0.63 0.45 1.00 0.76 0.64
7-7/8 1.00 0.89 1.00 0.85 0.72 0.52 0.82 0.69
8-1/2 0.89 0.86 0.78 0.57 0.86 0.72
9 0.91 0.89 0.84 0.60 0.90 0.74
10 0.94 0.91 0.94 0.68 0.97 0.79
10-1/2 0.96 0.94 1.00 0.72 1.00 0.82
12 0.98 0.97 0.84 0.90
13 1.00 1.00 0.91 0.95
14 1.00 1.00

160 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
04_4.2_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a [Link] 12/30/07 12:57 AM Page 161

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HVA Capsule Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.1

Note:Tables apply for listed
Load Adjustment Factors for 1/2" Diameter Anchor embedment depths. Reduction
Anchor factors for other embedment
1/2" diameter
Diameter depths must be calculated
Adjustment Spacing Edge Distance Edge Distance Shear Edge Distance Shear using equations below.
Factor Tension/Shear, Tension, (⊥ toward edge), (II to or away from edge),
fA fRN fRV1 fRV2
Embedment Spacing Tension/Shear
4-1/4 6-3/8 8-1/2 4-1/4 6-3/8 8-1/2 4-1/4 6-3/8 8-1/2 4-1/4 6-3/8 8-1/2
Depth, in.
smin = 0.5 hef, scr = 1.5 hef
2-1/8 0.70 0.60 0.18 0.46
3 0.76 0.68 0.29 0.53 fA = 0.3(s/hef) + 0.55
3-3/16 0.78 0.70 0.70 0.60 0.32 0.18 0.55 0.46 for scr>s>smin
3-1/2 0.80 0.71 0.73 0.62 0.35 0.21 0.58 0.48
4 0.83 0.74 0.78 0.65 0.42 0.25 0.62 0.51 Edge Distance Tension
4-1/4 0.85 0.75 0.70 0.80 0.67 0.60 0.45 0.27 0.18 0.64 0.52 0.46 cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 1.5 hef
5 0.90 0.79 0.73 0.87 0.71 0.64 0.55 0.33 0.23 0.70 0.56 0.49
fRN = 0.4(c/hef) + 0.40
Spacing (s)/Edge Distance (c), in.

5-1/2 0.94 0.81 0.74 0.92 0.75 0.66 0.61 0.38 0.26 0.75 0.59 0.51
6 0.97 0.83 0.76 0.96 0.78 0.68 0.67 0.42 0.29 0.79 0.62 0.53 for ccr>c>cmin
6-3/8 1.00 0.85 0.78 1.00 0.80 0.70 0.72 0.45 0.32 0.82 0.64 0.55 Edge Distance Shear
7 0.88 0.80 0.84 0.73 0.80 0.50 0.35 0.87 0.68 0.58 ( ⊥ toward edge)
8 0.93 0.83 0.90 0.78 0.93 0.59 0.42 0.96 0.73 0.62 cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 2.0 hef
8-1/2 0.95 0.85 0.93 0.80 1.00 0.63 0.45 1.00 0.76 0.64
9 0.97 0.87 0.96 0.82 0.67 0.48 0.79 0.66 fRV1 = 0.54(c/hef) – 0.09
9-9/16 1.00 0.89 1.00 0.85 0.72 0.52 0.82 0.69 for ccr>c>cmin
10 0.90 0.87 0.76 0.55 0.84 0.70
Edge Distance Shear
10-1/2 0.92 0.89 0.80 0.58 0.87 0.72
(II to or away from edge)
12 0.97 0.96 0.93 0.67 0.96 0.79
12-3/4 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.72 1.00 0.82 cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 2.0 hef
14 0.80 0.87 fRV2 = 0.36(c/hef) + 0.28
16 0.93 0.96 for ccr>c>cmin
17 1.00 1.00

Load Adjustment Factors for 5/8" and 3/4" Diameter Anchors

Anchor
5/8" diameter 3/4" diameter
Diameter
Adjustment Spacing Edge Distance Edge Distance Shear Edge Distance Shear Spacing Edge Distance Edge Distance Shear Edge Distance Shear
Factor Tension/Shear, Tension, (⊥ toward edge), (II to or away from edge), Tension/Shear, Tension, (⊥ toward edge), (II to or away from edge),
fA fRN fRV1 fRV2 fA fRN fRV1 fRV2
Embedment 5 7-1/2 10 5 7-1/2 10 5 7-1/2 10 5 7-1/2 10 6-5/8 10 13-1/4 6-5/8 10 13-1/4 6-5/8 10 13-1/4 6-5/8 10 13-1/4
Depth, in.
2-1/2 0.70 0.60 0.18 0.46
3-5/16 0.75 0.67 0.27 0.52 0.70 0.60 0.18 0.46
3-3/4 0.78 0.70 0.70 0.60 0.32 0.18 0.55 0.46 0.72 0.63 0.22 0.48
4 0.79 0.71 0.72 0.61 0.34 0.20 0.57 0.47 0.73 0.64 0.24 0.50
4-1/2 0.82 0.73 0.76 0.64 0.40 0.23 0.60 0.50 0.75 0.67 0.28 0.52
5 0.85 0.75 0.70 0.80 0.67 0.60 0.45 0.27 0.18 0.64 0.52 0.46 0.78 0.70 0.70 0.60 0.32 0.18 0.55 0.46
5-1/2 0.88 0.77 0.72 0.84 0.69 0.62 0.50 0.31 0.21 0.68 0.54 0.48 0.80 0.72 0.73 0.62 0.36 0.21 0.58 0.48
6 0.91 0.79 0.73 0.88 0.72 0.64 0.56 0.34 0.23 0.71 0.57 0.50 0.82 0.73 0.76 0.64 0.40 0.23 0.61 0.50
6-5/8 0.95 0.82 0.75 0.93 0.75 0.67 0.63 0.39 0.27 0.76 0.60 0.52 0.85 0.75 0.70 0.80 0.67 0.60 0.45 0.27 0.18 0.64 0.52 0.46
Spacing (s)/Edge Distance (c), in.

7 0.97 0.83 0.76 0.96 0.77 0.68 0.67 0.41 0.29 0.78 0.62 0.53 0.87 0.76 0.71 0.82 0.68 0.61 0.48 0.29 0.20 0.66 0.53 0.47
7-1/2 1.00 0.85 0.78 1.00 0.80 0.70 0.72 0.45 0.32 0.82 0.64 0.55 0.89 0.78 0.72 0.85 0.70 0.63 0.52 0.32 0.22 0.69 0.55 0.48
8 0.87 0.79 0.83 0.72 0.77 0.49 0.34 0.86 0.66 0.57 0.91 0.79 0.73 0.88 0.72 0.64 0.56 0.34 0.24 0.71 0.57 0.50
9 0.91 0.82 0.88 0.76 0.88 0.56 0.40 0.93 0.71 0.60 0.96 0.82 0.75 0.94 0.76 0.67 0.64 0.40 0.28 0.77 0.60 0.52
9-15/16 0.95 0.85 0.93 0.80 0.98 0.63 0.45 1.00 0.76 0.64 1.00 0.85 0.78 1.00 0.80 0.70 0.72 0.45 0.32 0.82 0.64 0.55
10 0.95 0.85 0.93 0.80 1.00 0.63 0.45 0.76 0.64 0.85 0.78 0.80 0.70 0.73 0.45 0.32 0.82 0.64 0.55
11-1/4 1.00 0.89 1.00 0.85 0.72 0.52 0.82 0.69 0.89 0.80 0.85 0.74 0.83 0.52 0.37 0.89 0.69 0.59
12 0.91 0.88 0.77 0.56 0.86 0.71 0.91 0.82 0.88 0.76 0.89 0.56 0.40 0.93 0.71 0.61
13 0.94 0.92 0.85 0.61 0.90 0.75 0.94 0.84 0.92 0.79 0.97 0.61 0.44 0.99 0.75 0.63
13-1/4 0.95 0.93 0.86 0.63 0.92 0.76 0.95 0.85 0.93 0.80 1.00 0.63 0.45 1.00 0.76 0.64
15 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.72 1.00 0.82 1.00 0.89 1.00 0.85 0.72 0.52 0.82 0.69
18 0.88 0.93 0.96 0.94 0.88 0.64 0.93 0.77
20 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.73 1.00 0.82
22 0.81 0.88
24 0.89 0.93
26-1/2 1.00 1.00

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 161
04_4.2_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a [Link] 12/30/07 12:57 AM Page 162

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.1 HVA Capsule Adhesive Anchoring System

Note:Tables apply for listed
embedment depths. Reduction Load Adjustment Factors for 7/8" Diameter Anchor
factors for other embedment Anchor
7/8" diameter
depths must be calculated Diameter
using equations below. Adjustment Spacing Edge Distance Edge Distance Shear Edge Distance Shear
Factor Tension/Shear, Tension, (⬜ toward edge), (II to or away from edge),
fA fRN fRV1 fRV2
Spacing Tension/Shear Embedment 6-5/8 10 13-1/4 6-5/8 10 13 1/4 6-5/8 10 13-1/4 6-5/8 10 13-1/4
Depth, in.
smin = 0.5 hef, scr = 1.5 hef
3-5/16 0.70 0.60 0.18 0.46
fA = 0.3(s/hef) + 0.55 4 0.73 0.64 0.24 0.50
for scr>s>smin 4-1/2 0.75 0.67 0.28 0.52
5 0.78 0.70 0.70 0.60 0.32 0.18 0.55 0.46
Edge Distance Tension 6 0.82 0.73 0.76 0.64 0.40 0.23 0.61 0.50
cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 1.5 hef 6-5/8 0.85 0.75 0.70 0.80 0.67 0.60 0.45 0.27 0.18 0.64 0.52 0.46
7 0.87 0.76 0.71 0.82 0.68 0.61 0.48 0.29 0.20 0.66 0.53 0.47
fRN = 0.4(c/hef) + 0.40
8 0.91 0.79 0.73 0.88 0.72 0.64 0.56 0.34 0.24 0.71 0.57 0.50

Spacing (s)/Edge Distance (c), in.

for ccr>c>cmin 9 0.96 0.82 0.75 0.94 0.76 0.67 0.64 0.40 0.28 0.77 0.60 0.52
Edge Distance Shear 9-15/16 1.00 0.85 0.78 1.00 0.80 0.70 0.72 0.45 0.32 0.82 0.64 0.55
( ⊥ toward edge) 10 0.85 0.78 0.80 0.70 0.73 0.45 0.32 0.82 0.64 0.55
cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 2.0 hef
11 0.88 0.80 0.84 0.73 0.81 0.50 0.36 0.88 0.68 0.58
12 0.91 0.82 0.88 0.76 0.89 0.56 0.40 0.93 0.71 0.61
fRV1 = 0.54(c/hef) – 0.09 13 0.94 0.84 0.92 0.79 0.97 0.61 0.44 0.99 0.75 0.63
for ccr>c>cmin 13-1/4 0.95 0.85 0.93 0.80 1.00 0.63 0.45 1.00 0.76 0.64
14 0.97 0.87 0.96 0.82 0.67 0.48 0.78 0.66
Edge Distance Shear
15 1.00 0.89 1.00 0.85 0.72 0.52 0.82 0.69
(II to or away from edge)
16 0.91 0.88 0.77 0.56 0.86 0.71
cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 2.0 hef 18 0.96 0.94 0.88 0.64 0.93 0.77
fRV2 = 0.36(c/hef) + 0.28 20 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.73 1.00 0.82
for ccr>c>cmin
22 0.81 0.88
24 0.89 0.93
26-1/2 1.00 1.00

Load Adjustment Factors for 1" and 1-1/4" Diameter Anchors

Anchor
1" diameter 1-1/4" diameter
Diameter
Adjustment Spacing Edge Distance Edge Distance Shear Edge Distance Shear Spacing Edge Distance Edge Distance Shear Edge Distance Shear
Factor Tension/Shear, Tension, (⬜ toward edge), (II to or away from edge), Tension/Shear, Tension, (⊥ toward edge), (II to or away from edge),
fA fRN fRV1 fRV2 fA fRN fRV1 fRV2
Embedment 8-1/4 12-3/8 16-1/2 8-1/4 12-3/8 16-1/2 8-1/4 12-3/8 16-1/2 8-1/4 12-3/8 16-1/2 12 15 18 12 15 18 12 15 18 12 15 18
Depth, in.
4-1/8 0.70 0.60 0.18 0.46
4-1/2 0.71 0.62 0.20 0.48
5 0.73 0.64 0.24 0.50
6 0.77 0.69 0.30 0.54 0.70 0.60 0.18 0.46
6-3/16 0.78 0.70 0.70 0.60 0.32 0.18 0.55 0.46 0.70 0.61 0.19 0.47
7 0.80 0.72 0.74 0.63 0.37 0.22 0.59 0.48 0.73 0.63 0.23 0.49
7-1/2 0.82 0.73 0.76 0.64 0.40 0.24 0.61 0.50 0.74 0.70 0.65 0.60 0.25 0.18 0.51 0.46
8-1/4 0.85 0.75 0.70 0.80 0.67 0.60 0.45 0.27 0.18 0.64 0.52 0.46 0.76 0.72 0.68 0.62 0.28 0.21 0.53 0.48
9 0.88 0.77 0.71 0.84 0.69 0.62 0.50 0.30 0.20 0.67 0.54 0.48 0.78 0.73 0.70 0.70 0.64 0.60 0.32 0.23 0.18 0.55 0.50 0.46
Spacing (s)/Edge Distance (c), in.

10 0.91 0.79 0.73 0.88 0.72 0.64 0.56 0.35 0.24 0.72 0.57 0.50 0.80 0.75 0.72 0.73 0.67 0.62 0.36 0.27 0.21 0.58 0.52 0.48
11 0.95 0.82 0.75 0.93 0.76 0.67 0.63 0.39 0.27 0.76 0.60 0.52 0.83 0.77 0.73 0.77 0.69 0.64 0.41 0.31 0.24 0.61 0.54 0.50
12-3/8 1.00 0.85 0.78 1.00 0.80 0.70 0.72 0.45 0.32 0.82 0.64 0.55 0.86 0.80 0.76 0.81 0.73 0.68 0.47 0.36 0.28 0.65 0.58 0.53
13 0.87 0.79 0.82 0.72 0.76 0.48 0.34 0.85 0.66 0.56 0.88 0.81 0.77 0.83 0.75 0.69 0.50 0.38 0.30 0.67 0.59 0.54
14 0.89 0.80 0.85 0.74 0.83 0.52 0.37 0.89 0.69 0.59 0.90 0.83 0.78 0.87 0.77 0.71 0.54 0.41 0.33 0.70 0.62 0.56
16 0.94 0.84 0.92 0.79 0.96 0.61 0.43 0.98 0.75 0.63 0.95 0.87 0.82 0.93 0.83 0.76 0.63 0.49 0.39 0.76 0.66 0.60
16-1/2 0.95 0.85 0.93 0.80 1.00 0.63 0.45 1.00 0.76 0.64 0.96 0.88 0.83 0.95 0.84 0.77 0.65 0.50 0.41 0.78 0.68 0.61
18 0.99 0.88 0.98 0.84 0.70 0.50 0.80 0.67 1.00 0.91 0.85 1.00 0.88 0.80 0.72 0.56 0.45 0.82 0.71 0.64
18-9/16 1.00 0.89 1.00 0.85 0.72 0.52 0.82 0.69 0.92 0.86 0.90 0.81 0.75 0.58 0.47 0.84 0.73 0.65
22-1/2 0.96 0.95 0.89 0.65 0.93 0.77 1.00 0.93 1.00 0.90 0.92 0.72 0.59 0.96 0.82 0.73
24 0.99 0.98 0.96 0.70 0.98 0.80 0.95 0.93 1.00 0.77 0.63 1.00 0.86 0.76
24-3/4 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.72 1.00 0.82 0.96 0.95 0.80 0.65 0.87 0.78
27 0.79 0.87 1.00 1.00 0.88 0.72 0.93 0.82
30 0.89 0.93 1.00 0.81 1.00 0.88
33 1.00 1.00 0.90 0.94
36 1.00 1.00

162 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
04_4.2_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a [Link] 12/30/07 12:57 AM Page 163

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HVA Capsule Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.1

Chemical Resistance Table

% By Not Partially Note: In actual use, the majority of the resin is encased in the
Chemical/Liquid Weight Resistant Resistant Resistant concrete, leaving very little surface area exposed. In some cases,
Acetic acid conc. • this would allow the HVA system to be used where it would be
10% • exposed to the “Partially Resistant” chemical compounds.
Acetone •
Ammonia 25% •
5% •
Ammonium nitrate 10% • Influence of Temperature on Bond Strength
Ammonium sulphate 10% •
Carbolic acid solution HVU IN-SERVICE TEMPERATURE
(Phenol) 10% • 120
•

(53% @ 212°F)
Carbon tetrachloride conc. 100

Allowable Bond Strength

Caustic soda 40% •

(% of Load @ 70°F)

(100% @ 70°F)
Sodium hydroxide 20% • 80
Chlorinated lime solution conc. • 60
Citric acid 10% •
Common salt solution 10% • 40
Communal waste water • 20
Diesel oil •
Ethanol 96% • 0
Ethylene glycol conc. • 20 60 100 140 180 220
Formic acid 10% • Base Material Temperature (°F)
Hydrochloric acid 20% • Note: Test procedure involves the concrete being held at the
Hydrogen peroxide 30% • temperature for 24 hours then removing it from the
5% • controlled environment and testing to failure.
Lactic acid 50% • Long term creep test in accordance with AC58 is
10% • available; please contact Hilti Technical Services.
Machine oil •
Methanol conc. •
Methyl isobutyl kentone conc. • Curing Time Table
Mixture of amines Vol%1 •
Mixture of aromatic HVU Capsule Volume (Approximate)
Vol%2 •
hydrocarbons Size Vol (in3) Base
Nitric acid 40% • HVU 3/8" (M10) 0.37
Material Approx.
20% • Temperature Full Cure
Petrol/Gasoline • HVU 1/2" (M12) 0.61 °F °C Time
Phosphoric acid 40% • HVU 5/8" (M16) 1.04 23 –5 5 hr
20% • HVU 3/4" 2.07 32 0 1 hr
2-Propanol conc. • 50 10 30 min
Propylene glycol conc. • HVU 7/8" (M20) 2.62
above 68 20 20 min
Sodium carbonate 10% • HVU 1" (M24) 4.21
Sodium silicate (pH=14) 50% • HVU 1-1/4" (M32) 9.46
Sulphuric acid 40% •
20% •
Xylene conc. •
Influence of High Energy Radiation
1 35 Vol% Triethanolamine, 30 Vol% n-Butylamine and 35 Vol% N,N-Dimethylaniline
Radiation Detrimental Recommendation
2 60 Vol% Toluene, 30 Vol% Xylene and 10 Vol% Methylnaphthalene
Exposure Effect for Use
< 10 Mrad Insignificant Full Use
Samples of the HVU Resin were immersed in the various chemical compounds
for up to one year. At the end of the test period, the samples were analyzed. Restricted Use
10 – 100 Mrad Moderate
Any samples showing no visible damage and having less than a 25% reduction Frec. = 0.5 Fperm.
in bending (flexural) strength were classified as “Resistant.” Samples that had No recommendation
slight damage, such as small cracks, chips, etc. or reduction in bending > 100 Mrad Medium to strong
for use
strength of 25% or more, were classified as “Partially Resistant.” Samples that
were heavily damaged or destroyed were classified as “Not Resistant.”

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 163
 04_4.2_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a [Link] 12/30/07 12:57 AM Page 164
!
h1 h1 h1
h1

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.1 HVA Capsule Adhesive Anchoring System

[Link] Installation Instructions

1b 2 3
1a 1a 1a 1b 1b
HAS Rod, Rebar and Insert Installation Instructions
2 3 3 3 43
2 2 3 4 4HAS
1a 1b
2 2 2
! 3
! ! 4
HIS
4
HAS
1b HAS4x HAS Rebar
1a HIS HIS HAS
HIS HAS
4x 4x 4x Rebar Rebar HIS
Rebar HIS
h1 Rebar h1 h1
! 4x 4x Rebar
!
!
1a. Drilling the hole - Rotary 1b. Drilling the hole - Diamond 2. Clean the hole immediately 3. Ensure that the specified
hammer hdrill:
1
Set the depth coring: Mark the correct before setting the anchor. setting depth is marked on h1
gauge to the correct drilling drilling depth on the height Remove drilling dust and the anchor rod. If not, add an
depth. h1 adjustment mechanism. standing water from the base embedment mark, for
of the hole by blowing out well example with tape or marker.
with at least 4 strokes of the
blow-out pump, or using

2 2 3 3 3 compressed air or an
4 4
2 industrial vacuum cleaner. The4
5 anchor holes must be free of 6
HAS HAS HAS dust, water, ice, oil, bitumen,
HIS 6 HIS 6HISchemicals or 6 any other foreign 7 7 7
5 5 5 6 7
4 4x 4x 2 4x 5 Rebar
5 Rebar 3Rebar
matter or contaminants. Poorly- 6 4 7
cleaned holes = poor hold.
4 HVU
4 5 6 HAS 7 trel trel trel
HVU HVU HVU HIS trel
4x HVU HVU Rebar

4. Caution! Check that the hole 5. Push the anchor capsule into 6. Use the setting tool at a 7. Switch off the rotary hammer
is drilled to the correct depth the drilled hole. speed of 250–1000 r.p.m. to drill immediately when the
before setting the anchor. drive the anchor rod into the specified setting depth is
Hole depth is correct hole, applying moderate reached ( refer to mark on the
when the anchor rod
5 the base of the hole 6 6 6 pressure and with the
7 7 7anchor rod). After setting,
5 5 contacts hammering action switched on. adhesive mortar must fill the
and the setting depth mark annular gap completely, right
coincides with the concrete up to the concrete surface.
surface. trelCaution! Prolonged relt
rel rotary
t
7 HVU HVU 68 action may cause7
9 mortar to
HVU
5 be forced out of the hole,
7 +≠ +≠ +≠
8 8 8 9 9 9 resulting in reduced anchor +≠ +≠
8 8 9 9loading capacity.
trel tcure tTrelinst.
8 9 10
trel tcure tHVU
cure tcure Tinst. Tinst. T11inst.
tcure tcure Tinst.
˚C ˚F ˚Ctrel tcure
Tinst.
˚F ˚Ctrel tcure ˚F
˚C60' min.23°...32°
˚F
trel tc
t60'rel ˚Ct
min.-5°...0° min.23°...32° 5h 60'
min.-5°...0°
min.23°...32°
min.-5°...0° 5h
min.-5°...0° min.23°...32° 60' min.-5
0°...10° 30'
32°...50° 0°...10° 1 32°...50°
h 30'
0°...10° 132°...50°
h 30'
0°...10° 32°...50° 30' 0°
10°...20° 20'
50°...68° 10°...20° 30'50°...68° 10°...20°
20' 30'
50°...68° 20'
10°...20° 50°...68° 20' 10°
20°...max.40° 68°...max.104° 8'
20°...max.40° 20' 20°...max.40°
68°...max.104° 8' 68°...max.104°
20' 8'
20°...max.40° 68°...max.104° 8' 20°...ma
8. The working time “t rel”, which 9. After reaching the end of the 10. A load may be applied to the 11. The working time “t rel”
depends on base material working time “t rel”, do not anchor only after the curing and curing time “t cure”,
temperature, must be observed manipulate or disturb the time “t cure” has elapsed. which depend on base
(see fig. 10). The screwed-on anchor rod in any way until material temperature, must
setting tool may be removed the curing time “t cure” be observed!
+≠ +≠
8 8 the time “t rel” has
only after
9 has elapsed. 9 +≠
8elapsed. 9

tcure tcure
164 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008

+≠ tcure Tinst. [Link]. ˚C ˚F ˚Ctrel ˚Ctcure

˚F
˚F trel tcure
+≠ tcure
trel
8 9 min.-5°...0° min.23°...32° 60' 5h
min.-5°...0° min.23°...32° 60'
min.-5°...0° 5h
min.23°...32° 60' 5h
+≠ 0°...10° 32°...50° 30' 1h
0°...10° 30'
32°...50° 0°...10° 132°...50°
h 30' 1h
04_4.2_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a [Link] 12/30/07 12:57 AM Page 165

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HVA Capsule Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.1

[Link] Ordering Information

HVU Adhesive Capsules, Carbon Steel HAS Rods/Stainless Steel HAS Rods
HVU HVU HAS HAS Super HAS Rods HAS Rods HAS/
Adhesive Capsules Qty Rods 5.8 A193 B71 304 SS 316 SS HAS Qty
Description Item No. Per Box Description Item No. Description Item No. Description Item No. Description Item No. Per Box
3/8" x 3-1/2" (M10) 256692 10 3/8" x 5-1/8" 385419 3/8" x 5-1/8" 68657 3/8" x 5-1/8" 385462 3/8" x 5-1/8" 3024335 20/10
3/8" x 3-1/2" (M10) 3/8" x 8" 385463
1/2" x 4-1/4" (M12) 256693 10 1/2" x 6-1/2" 385424 1/2" x 6-1/2" 68658 1/2" x 6-1/2" 385464 1/2" x 6-1/2" 3024336 20/10
1/2" x 4-1/4" (M12) 1/2" x 8" 385425 1/2" x 8" 385465 10
1/2" x 4-1/4" (M12) 1/2" x 10" 385426 1/2" x 10" 385466 1/2" x 11" 3024337 10
5/8" x 5" (M16) 256694 10 5/8" x 8" 385428 5/8" x 7-5/8" 333783 5/8” x 7-5/8” 385467 5/8" x 7-5/8" 333781 20/10
5/8" x 5" (M16) 5/8" x 9" 385429 5/8” x 10” 385468 5/8" x 9" 3024338 10
5/8" x 5" (M16) 5/8" x 12" 385430 5/8" x 12" 3024339 10
3/4" x 6-5/8" 256702 5 3/4" x 10" 385432 3/4" x 9-5/8" 68660 3/4" x 9-5/8" 385469 3/4" x 9-5/8" 3024340 10/5
3/4" x 6-5/8" 3/4" x 11" 385433 10
3/4" x 6-5/8" 3/4" x 12" 385434 3/4" x 12" 385470 10
3/4" x 6-5/8" 3/4" x 14" 385435 3/4" x 14" 3006083 3/4" x 14" 385471 10
7/8" x 6-5/8" (M20) 256695 5 7/8" x 10"2 385440 7/8" x 10" hdg1 68661 7/8" x 10" 885473 10/5
7/8" x 6-5/8" (M20) 7/8" x 13"2 385441 7/8" x 12 hdg1 3006077 10
7/8" x 6-5/8" (M20) 7/8" x 16" hdg1 45259 5
1" x 8-1/4" (M24) 256696 5 1" x 12" 385442 1" x 12" 68662 1" x 12" 385474 1" x 12" 3024341 4/5
1" x 8-1/4" (M24) 1" x 14" 385443 1" x 14" 3006079 2
1" x 8-1/4" (M24) 1" x 16" 385444 1" x 16" 3006080 2
1" x 8-1/4" (M24) 1" x 20" 385445 1" x 21" 3006081 2
1-1/4" x 12" (M33) 256699 4 1-1/4" x 16" 385446 1-1/4" x 16" 333779 4/4
1-1/4" x 12" (M33) 1-1/4" x 22" 385447 1-1/4" x 23" 3006082 2/4
1 Hot-Dip Galvanized (7/8" rod only). Coating thickness 2 mils (50.8 µm).
2 Requires setting nuts when using 1-7/16" x 3/4" drive socket.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 165
04_4.2_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a [Link] 12/30/07 12:57 AM Page 166

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.1 HVA Capsule Adhesive Anchoring System

HVU Adhesive Capsules, HIS Internally Threaded Carbon Steel Inserts/HIS-R Stainless Steel Inserts

HIS Insert HIS-R Insert HVU Adhesive Capsule HIS Setting Tool1 Quantity
Carbon Steel 316 SS used with HIS Inserts Drive Socket Setting Tool per Box
Product Item No. Product Item No. Product Item No. Required Item No. HIS HVU
3/8" x 4-1/4" 258020 3/8" x 4-1/4" 258029 1/2" x 4-1/4" 256693 9/16" 45969 10 10
1/2" x 5" 258021 1/2" x 5" 258030 5/8" x 5" 256694 3/4" 45970 5 10
5/8" x 6-5/8" 258022 5/8" x 6-5/8" 258031 7/8" x 6-5/8" 256695 15/16" 45971 5 5
3/4" x 8-1/4" 258023 3/4" x 8-1/4" 258032 1" x 8-1/4" 256696 1-1/8" 45972 5 5
1 Select square drive shaft and drive socket from “Setting Products” below.

Square Drive Shaft

Black Finished
HAS Threaded Rod w/Setting Nut Drive Socket Setting Nuts 2,3

HIS Internally Threaded HIS Setting Tool

Sleeve Insert Rebar Rebar Adaptor

Setting Products
HAS Rod, Square Drive Shaft Setting Nuts2,3 HIS Setting Tools1 Rebar Setting Tools
HIS/ Item No. 00032220 Item No. 0032221 TE-Y-SD-3/4" Item No. 00220693 Setting Drive
Rebar TE-C + SD-1/2" Item No. 00332169 TE-T-SD-3/4" TE-Y-SD-1" Tool Socket TE-Y
Diameter Item No. Drive Socket Item No. Drive Socket Item No. Drive Socket Item No. Qty/Pkg. Item No. Required Item No. Adaptor
3/8" / #3 65277 9/16" x 1/2" 45138 10 45969 9/16"
1/2" / #4 65278 3/4" x 1/2" 65279 3/4" x 3/4" 45140 10 45970 3/4" 220695 #4
5/8" / #5 65280 15/16" x 1/2" 65281 15/16" x 3/4" 45139 5 45971 15/16" 220696 #5/15M
3/4" / #6 65282 1-1/8" x 3/4" 45141 5 45972 1-1/8" 220697 #6/20M
7/8" / #7 65283 1-7/16" x 3/4" 45142 5 220698 #7
1" / # 8 65284 1-1/2" x 3/4" 45143 5 220699 #8/25M
1-1/4" 65285 1-7/8" x 1" 45144 5
1 To be used with appropriate drive socket and drive shaft from selector chart above. Setting nuts not required with HIS setting tools.
2 Nuts furnished with HAS-E and the HAS Super are oversized and will not fit the drive sockets listed above.
Use the black setting nuts with Hilti drive sockets for anchor installation.
3 Setting nuts have a black finished coating, except 7/8” which are hot-dip galvanized.

Accessories

Item No. Description Use

381215 Blowout Tool For holes up to 11" deep
38251 HIT-DL 10/0.8 Extension Hose For holes up to 30" deep
38252 HIT-DL 16/0.8 Extension Hose For holes up to 30" deep

166 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
04_4.2_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a [Link] 12/30/07 12:58 AM Page 167

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

The Hilti HIT System 4.2.2

[Link] Hilti Adhesive Anchor Systems HIT Portfolio

To address the various conditions found on today’s construction projects, Hilti offers Products for Specified Applications
the most complete selection of products. We call it the HIT Portfolio.
• HIT-HY 20
No matter what application you have on the jobsite, Hilti has a product for you. • HIT-HY 150
• HIT-HY 150 MAX
Every product in the HIT Portfolio was developed using the
• HIT-RE 500
same stringent standards and is backed by the experience of the company that • HIT-RE 500-SD
brought cartridge adhesive anchor systems to the world...Hilti.
Products for Non-Specified Applications
• HIT-HY 10
• HFX

HIT-HY 20 HIT-HY 150 MAX HIT RE 500-SD

Fast Cure Hybrid Adhesive Fast Cure Hybrid Adhesive Slow Cure Epoxy Adhesive
• Structural anchors into brick/block • Anchor and dowel applications where time is key • Deep anchors and dowels
• Retrofit/Strengthening of historic structures • Seismic retrofit of concrete structures • Installation in diamond cored, wet or oversized holes
• Facade rehabilitation • Holes may be up to 1/4” larger than rods • Seismic retrofit of concrete structures
• SD = Strength Design

Hollow Base Solid Base

(Brick & Hollow block) (Concrete & Aerated block)

Fast Cure Slow Cure

Specified

HY 150 MAX RE 500-SD

HY 20
HY 150 RE 500
Specified

HY 10 HY 10
Non-

HFX HFX

Specified applications are those involving a project engineer/architect having provided guidance on proper anchor selection. To help ensure a product approved for
the current building code in your area, contact Hilti. Technical data for HIT-HT 10 and HFX are not included in this manual.

HIT-HY 10 and HFX

Fast Cure Hybrid Adhesives
• Ornamental iron, gates and fencing
• Dowels for curbs and sidewalks
• Non-specified fastening and doweling
• HIT-HY 10:
Great for volume jobs - 2-part foil pack that
uses the same MD 2000, MD 2500 or ED 3500
dispensers as all other Hilti foil pack adhesives
• HFX:
Great for smaller jobs - Single, self-opening
HIT-HY 10 cartridge fits standard caulk gun and cartridge HFX
dispensers

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 167
04_4.2_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a [Link] 12/30/07 12:58 AM Page 168

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.2 The Hilti HIT System

HIT HY and RE Refill Packs

The HIT adhesives are supplied in the

revolutionary refill packs*
• Integrated piercing device in refill
packs for self-opening
convenience — no
cutting required
Hilti HIT HY 150 MAX, HIT-RE
500, HIT-RE 500-SD and HIT • The refill pack
reduces waste up to
HY 20 are also available in
70% when compared
medium (16.9 oz.) cartridges to conventional hard
and in large (47.3 oz.) car- cartridges
tridges for high-volume appli- • HIT-ICE allows easy handling even
cations. with heavy winter gloves by using
co-axial hard cartridges and
large twist off caps
* excluding HIT-ICE

Refill Pack Holder

The refill pack holder is a reusable,

hard cartridge
• The refill pack is easily inserted in
the holder and the holder in the
dispenser, for quick easy use
• The holder can be used to store and
transport partially used refill packs

HIT HY or RE Dispensers
• Fast, trouble free injections with
a minimum of effort
• Designed and built to last
• ED 3500 Battery Dispenser for
effortless dispensing

168 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
04_4.2_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a [Link] 12/30/07 12:58 AM Page 169

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-TZ with HIT-HY 150 MAX or HIT-ICE 4.2.3

[Link] Product Description [Link] Product Description

[Link] Material Specifications

Please refer to Section 4.2.4 for HIT-HY Product Features of HIT-TZ
[Link] Technical Data
150 MAX or Section 4.2.5 for HIT-ICE Threaded Rods
Adhesive product specific information. • Full tensile capacity with installation [Link] Installation Instructions
The Hilti HIT-TZ is an innovative in drilled holes without any hole [Link] Ordering Information
threaded rod installed with HIT-HY 150 cleaning procedures
MAX hybrid adhesive or HIT-ICE. With • Develops the tensile strength of
the combination of HIT HY 150 MAX or HAS-E (ISO898, Class 5.8) thread-
ed rods and HAS-SS (F 593 and A
HIT-ICE and the innovative design of the
193, B8, Class 1 for stainless steel
HIT-TZ rod, anchoring into uncleaned in Canada only) at 20% shallower
holes, wet holes (including standing embedment
water) and/or Hilti matched tolerance • Full tensile capacity in Hilti matched
diamond-cored holes does not tolerance diamond-cored holes
adversely affect tensile capacity. Use • Develops full tensile capacity when
HIT-ICE in base material temperatures ≤ installed in wet holes (with standing
40° F (5° C). water) per ICC-ES AC 58
• Seismic qualified per IBC®/IRC®
How It Works expansion forces 2003, IBC®/IRC® 2000 and UBC®
When an axial 1997 (ICC-ES AC58). Please refer
load is applied, to ESR-1967
the innovative Axial Load

HIT-TZ creates
expansion
expansion forces
forces which
supplement the bonding power of HIT-
HY 150 MAX or HIT-ICE and the
concrete. This compensates for
unfavorable hole conditions.
Listings/Approvals
No more: City of Los Angeles
(pending)
• removing water or drying holes NSF/ANSI Std 61
• roughening diamond cored holes. Certification for use of HIT-HY 150 MAX
in potable water

Code Compliance
IBC®/IRC® 2003 (ICC-ES AC58)
IBC®/IRC® 2000 (ICC-ES AC58)
UBC® 1997 (ICC-ES AC58)
LEED ®: Credit 4.1-Low Emitting
Materials

The Leadership in Energy and

Environmental Design (LEED® ) Green
Building Rating systemTM is the nationally
accepted benchmark for the design, con-
struction and operation of high perfor-
mance green buildings.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 169
04_4.2_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a [Link] 12/30/07 12:58 AM Page 170

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.3 HIT-TZ with HIT-HY 150 MAX or HIT-ICE

Guide Specifications Anchor Rods Shall be furnished with a
helical cone shaped thread on the
Master Format Section:
embedded end and standard threads on
03250 (Concrete accessories) the exposed end. Anchor rods shall be
manufactured to meet the following
Related Sections:
requirements:
03200 (Concrete Reinforcing 1. ASTM A 510 with chemical
Accessories) composition of AISI 1038; 2. AISI 316
05050 (Metal Fabrication) stainless steel, meeting the
05120 (Structural Steel) requirements of ASTM A 493.
Injectable adhesive shall be used for Nuts and Washers Shall be furnished
installation of all threaded anchor rods to meet the requirements of the above
into new or existing concrete. Adhesive anchor rod specifications.
shall be furnished in containers which
keep component A and component B
separate. Containers shall be designed
to accept static mixing nozzle which
thoroughly blends component A and
component B and allows injection
directly into drilled hole. Only injection
tools and static mixing nozzles as
supplied by manufacturer shall be used.
Manufacturer’s instructions shall be
followed. Injection adhesive shall be
formulated to include resin and hardener
to provide optimal curing speed as well
as high strength and stiffness. Typical
curing time at 68°F shall be 30 minutes
for HIT-HY 150 MAX and 1 hour for HIT-
ICE. Injection adhesive shall be HIT-HY
150 MAX or HIT-ICE, as furnished
by Hilti.

[Link] Material Specifications Mechanical Properties

fy min. fu
Material ksi (MPa) ksi (MPa)
Carbon steel HIT-TZ Rod meets requirements of ASTM A 510 with
chemical composition of AISI 1038 70 (480) 87 (600)
Stainless Steel HIT-TZ Rod meets requirements of AISI 316 70 (480) 87 (600)
HIT-TZ Standard Nut material meets the requirements of ASTM A 563, Grade A
HIT-TZ Carbon Steel Washers meet the requirements of ASTM F 844
HIT-RTZ Stainless Steel Washers meet the requirements of AISI 316 conforming to ASTM A 240

170 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
04_4.2_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a [Link] 12/30/07 12:58 AM Page 171

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-TZ with HIT-HY 150 MAX or HIT-ICE 4.2.3

[Link] Technical Data

HIT-HY 150 MAX/HIT-ICE Installation Specification
Table for HIT-TZ Rods dc
HIT-TZ Rod Size in. 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4
Details (mm) (9.5) (12.7) (15.9) (19.1) do Tinst
dbit bit diameter1 in. 7/16 9/16 11/16 13/16
hnom std. depth of in. 2-7/8 3-1/2 4 5-1/4
embedment2 (mm) (73) (89) (102) (133) hnom tfix
h
ᐉ length of anchor in. 4-1/2 5-11/16 7-1/16 10-1/2
(mm) (114) (144) (180) (267)
Tmax max tightening torque ft lb 18 30 75 150
(Nm) (24) (40) (100) (200)
h min. base material in. 3-3/4 5-1/4 6 7-7/8
thickness (mm) (95) (133) (153) (200)
Combined Shear and Tension Loading

≤ 1.0 (Ref. Section [Link])

5/3 5/3
tfix maximum thickness
fastened
in.
(mm)
1
(25)
1-1/2
(37)
2-1/4
(56)
2-1/4
(56) ( NN ) + ( VV )
d
rec
d
rec

1 For Hilti matched tolerance carbide tipped drill bits. For Hilti diamond core bits, refer to the Hilti
Full Line Catalog.
2 For uncleaned holes in floor applications, add 3/8" (10 mm) to drilled hole depth.

Allowable and Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity of HIT-TZ and HIT-RTZ Rods in Normal
Weight Concrete with HIT HY 150 MAX/HIT-ICE1
Allowable Bond/Concrete Capacity Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity
Tensile Shear Tensile Shear
Anchor Embedment f'c = 2000 psi f'c = 4000 psi f'c = 2000 psi f'c = 4000 psi f'c = 2000 psi f'c = 4000 psi f'c = 2000 psi f'c = 4000 psi
Diameter Depth
(13.8 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (13.8 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (13.8 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (13.8 MPa) (27.6 MPa)
in (mm) in (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
3/8 2-7/8 1800 2255 1710 2415 7200 9020 6840 9660
(9.5) (73) (8.0) (10.0) (7.6) (10.7) (32.0) (40.1) (30.4) (43.0)
1/2 3-1/2 2720 3020 2600 3680 10880 12080 10400 14720
(12.7) (12.1) (12.1) (13.4) (11.6) (16.4) (48.4) (53.7) (46.3) (65.5)
5/8 4 3850 5750 3490 4935 15400 23000 13960 19740
(15.9) (102) (17.1) (25.6) (15.5) (22.0) (68.5) (102.3) (62.1) (87.8)
3/4 5-1/4 5405 7275 5850 8275 21620 29100 23400 33100
(19.1) (133) (24.0) (32.4) (26.0) (36.8) (96.2) (129.4) (104.1) (147.2)
1 Influence factors for spacing and/or edge distance shown on page 172 are applied to the allowable concrete/bond values above, and then compared to the allowable steel
values below. The lesser of the values is to be used for the design.
Allowable1 & Ultimate2 Steel Strengths for
HIT-TZ (ASTM A 510) & HIT-RTZ Rods
Allowable Ultimate
Rod
Diameter Steel Strength1 Steel Strength2
in. (mm) Tensile Shear Yield Tensile Shear
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)

3/8 3170 1635 5690 7210 4325

(9.5) (14.1) (7.3) (25.3) (32.1) (19.2)
1/2 5636 2900 10105 12810 7685
(12.7) (25.0) (12.9) (44.9) (56.9) (34.2)
5/8 8805 4535 15795 20020 12010
(15.9) (39.1) (20.1) (70.2) (89.0) (53.4)
3/4 12685 6535 22750 28825 17295
(19.1) (56.4) (29.1) (101.2) (128.2) (76.9)
1 Allowable Steel strength as defined in AISC Manual of Steel Construction (ASD):
Tensile = 0.33 x Fu x Nominal Area ; Shear = 0.17 x Fu x Nominal Area
2 Ultimate Steel strength as defined in AISC Manual of Steel Construction (LRFD):
Yield = Fy x Tensile Stress Area ; Tensile = 0.75 x Fu x Nominal Area
Shear = 0.45 x Fu x Nominal Area

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 171
04_4.2_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a [Link] 12/30/07 12:58 AM Page 172

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.3 HIT-TZ with HIT-HY 150 MAX or HIT-ICE

Anchor Spacing and Edge Distance Guidelines in Concrete for HIT-TZ and HIT-RTZ Threaded Rods

Load Adjustment Factors for 3/8" and 1/2" Diameter Anchors

Anchor Diameter 3/8" diameter 1/2" diameter
Spacing Edge Distance Spacing Edge Distance
Adjustment Shear Shear Shear Shear
Factor Tension or Shear, Tension, (toward edge), (II to or away from edge), Tension or Shear, Tension, (⊥ toward edge), (II to or away from edge),
fA fRN fRV1 fRV2 fA fRN fRV1 fRV2
Embedment
Depth, in. 2-7/8 2-7/8 2-7/8 2-7/8 3-1/2 3-1/2 3-1/2 3-1/2
2 0.77 0.63 0.25 0.53
2-7/16 0.79 0.68 0.35 0.59 0.77 0.63 0.25 0.53
3 0.81 0.74 0.46 0.67 0.79 0.68 0.35 0.59
Spacing (s)/Edge Distance (c), in.

3-3/8 0.83 0.78 0.55 0.72 0.80 0.71 0.42 0.63

4 0.86 0.84 0.68 0.80 0.83 0.77 0.53 0.70
4-3/8 0.87 0.88 0.76 0.85 0.84 0.80 0.59 0.75
5 0.90 0.95 0.90 0.94 0.86 0.85 0.71 0.82
5-1/4 0.91 1.98 0.95 0.97 0.87 0.88 0.75 0.84
5-7/16 0.92 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.88 0.89 0.79 0.87
6 0.95 0.90 0.94 0.88 0.93
6-11/16 0.98 0.92 1.00 1.00 1.00
7 0.99 0.94
7-3/16 1.00 0.94
8-1/2 0.99
8-3/4 1.00

Load Adjustment Factors for 5/8" and 3/4" Diameter Anchors

Anchor Diameter 5/8" diameter 3/4" diameter
Spacing Edge Distance Spacing Edge Distance
Adjustment Shear Shear Shear Shear
Factor Tension or Shear, Tension, (toward edge), (II to or away from edge), Tension or Shear, Tension, (⊥ toward edge), (II to or away from edge),
fA fRN fRV1 fRV2 fA fRN fRV1 fRV2
Embedment
Depth, in. 4 4 4 4 5-1/4 5-1/4 5-1/4 5-1/4
2-13/16 0.77 0.63 0.25 0.53
3 0.78 0.65 0.36 0.55
3-11/16 0.80 0.70 0.44 0.62 0.77 0.63 0.25 0.53
4-5/16 0.82 0.75 0.52 0.68 0.79 0.67 0.33 0.58
4-1/2 0.82 0.76 0.60 0.70 0.79 0.68 0.35 0.59
Spacing (s)/Edge Distance (c), in.

4-3/4 0.83 0.78 0.68 0.72 0.80 0.69 0.38 0.61

5 0.84 0.80 0.76 0.75 0.80 0.71 0.42 0.63
5-3/4 0.86 0.86 0.83 0.82 0.82 0.75 0.50 0.69
6-3/4 0.90 0.93 0.91 0.92 0.84 0.81 0.62 0.76
7-3/16 0.91 0.97 1.00 0.96 0.86 0.84 0.67 0.79
7-5/8 0.92 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.87 0.86 0.72 0.82
8 0.94 0.88 0.88 0.76 0.85
8-7/16 0.95 0.89 0.91 0.82 0.89
9 0.97 0.90 0.94 0.88 0.93
10 1.00 0.92 1.00 1.00 1.00
11-1/4 0.95
12 0.97
13-1/8 1.00

NOTE: Tables apply for listed embedments. Reduction factors for other embedment depths must be calculated using equations below.
Spacing Tension/Shear Edge Distance Tension Edge Distance Shear Edge Distance Shear
smin = 0.7 hef, scr = 2.5 hef cmin = 0.7 hef, ccr = 1.9 hef (⬜ toward edge) (II to or away from edge)
fA = 0.128(s/hef) + 0.68 fRN = 0.308(c/hef) + 0.414 cmin = 0.7 hef, ccr = 1.9 hef cmin = 0.7 hef, ccr = 1.9 hef
for scr>s>smin for ccr>c>cmin fRV1 = 0.625(c/hef) – 0.1875 fRV2 = 0.392(c/hef) + 0.256
for ccr>c>cmin for ccr>c>cmin

172 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
04_4.2_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a [Link] 12/30/07 12:58 AM Page 173

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-TZ with HIT-HY 150 MAX or HIT-ICE 4.2.3

[Link] Installation Instructions

HIT-TZ and HIT-RTZ Installation Instructions

1 2 3 4 5 PUSH 6 7
Do Not
Twist.

HIT-HY HIT-HY HIT-HY HIT-HY

150 MAX / 150 MAX / 150 MAX / 150 MAX /
HIT-ICE HIT-ICE HIT-ICE HIT-ICE

Drill hole using a roto- Push the HIT-TZ in the hole to verify sufficient hole Inject adhesive starting Fill the hole 1/2 to 2/3 full. If the hole is full of water, Do not adjust the HIT-TZ
hammer or Hilti diamond depth (only threads visible). For floor applications from the bottom of the it is suggested to start injecting from the bottom of rod between the gel and
coring machine. pushing the rod compacts the drill dust. hole. the hole and fill entirely with adhesive. cure times. Apply a load
only after the appropri-
ate cure time has
elapsed.

[Link] Ordering Information

Threaded Rod Drill Bit Depth of Maximum Item No. Item No.
Description Diameter Diameter Embedment Fastening Overall Length HIT-TZ HIT-RTZ 316 Quantity
(in.) (in.) (in.) Thickness (in.) (in.) Carbon Steel Stainless Steel per Box
HIT-TZ 3/8x2-7/8/1 3/8 7/16 2-7/8 1 4-1/2 337484 337498 40
HIT-TZ 1/2x3-1/2/1-1/2 1/2 9/16 3-1/2 1-1/2 5-11/16 337485 337499 24
HIT-TZ 5/8x4/2-1/4 5/8 11/16 4 2-1/4 7-1/16 337486 337500 16
HIT-TZ 3/4x5-1/4/2-1/4 3/4 13/16 5-1/4 2-1/4 8-9/16 337487 337501 8

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 173
04_4.2_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a [Link] 12/30/07 12:58 AM Page 174

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.4 HIT-HY 150 MAX Adhesive Anchoring System

[Link] Product Description [Link] Product Description
[Link] Material Specifications
Hilti HIT HY 150 MAX is a hybrid adhesive Product Features of HIT HY 150 MAX
[Link] Technical Data mortar combining urethane methacrylate • Average 20% higher load
[Link] Installation Instructions resin, hardener, cement and water. The capacities than HIT HY 150
[Link] Ordering Information components are kept separate from the • May be used for oversized holes
hardener and water by means of a dual- up to 1/4" larger than rod size
cylinder foil cartridge attached to a • May be used in solid and hollow
manifold. It is formulated for fast curing base materials
and installation in a wide range of solid • Quick cure saves time
and hollow base material temperatures • Complete system available,
from 14°F (-10°C) up to 104°F (40°C). including HAS-E, HIS, HIT-TZ
HY 150 MAX
Foil Pack • Contains no styrene, virtually
The system consists of adhesive
odorless
cartridges, a mixing nozzle, a HIT
• Extended temperature range
Listings/Approvals dispenser and either a threaded rod, rebar,
• Seismic qualified per IBC®/IRC®
ICC-ES (International Code Council) HIS internally threaded inserts or other
ESR-1967 2003, IBC®/IRC® 2003, IBC®/IRC®
fastening element. HIT-HY 150 MAX is 2000 and UBC® 1997 (ICC-ES
City of Los Angeles
(pending) designed for fastenings into solid base AC58). Please refer to ESR-1967
NSF/ANSI Standard 61 materials such as concrete, stone, and
Certification for use of HIT HY 150 MAX grout-filled block and is also suitable for
in potable water
Metro-Dade County fastening into base materials containing
(pending) voids and holes such as hollow block,
lightweight hollow block, brick with holes,
and clay tile (with use of screen tubes).

The Hilti HIT-TZ is an innovative

threaded rod installed with HIT HY 150
MAX hybrid adhesive. With the
Code Compliance combination of HIT HY 150 MAX and
IBC®/IRC® 2003 (ICC-ES AC58) the innovative design of the HIT-TZ rod,
IBC®/IRC® 2000 (ICC-ES AC58)
UBC® 1997 (ICC-ES AC58) anchoring into uncleaned holes, wet
LEED ®: Credit 4.1-Low Emitting holes (including standing water) and/or
Materials Hilti matched tolerance diamond-cored
holes does not adversely affect
tensile capacity.

The Leadership in Energy and

Environmental Design ( LEED® ) Green
Building Rating systemTM is the nation-
ally accepted benchmark for the design,
construction and operation of high per-
formance green buildings.

174 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
05_4.2.4_HY150MAX.QXD:H440.04_04b HY 150 [Link] 12/30/07 1:00 AM Page 175

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-HY 150 MAX Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.4

Guide Specifications Adhesive: Shall be furnished in Mesh Screen Tube: Shall be formed into
containers which keep component A and a cylindrical shape, with one end closed
Master Format Section:
component B separate. Containers shall to prevent extrusion of adhesive through
03250 (Concrete accessories)
be designed to accept static mixing that end. Screen tube shall be
Related Sections:
nozzle which thoroughly blends manufactured with a mesh size, length
03200 (Concrete Reinforcing)
component A and component B and and diameter as specified by the adhesive
05050 (Metal Fabrication)
allows injection directly into drilled hole. manufacturer. Mesh shall be
05120 (Structural Steel)
Only injection tools and static mixing manufactured from:
Injectable adhesive: Shall be used for nozzles supplied by manufacturer shall 1. Low carbon steel with zinc electro-
installation of all reinforcing steel dowels be used. Manufacturer’s installation plating or
or threaded rods and inserts into new or instructions shall be followed. Injection 2. AISI 304 stainless steel or
existing solid concrete or masonry. For adhesives shall be formulated to include 3. plastic. Anchor rods and screens
hollow base materials an injectable resin and hardener to provide optimal shall be the Hilti HIT system as man-
adhesive shall be used with a cylindrical curing speed as well as high strength and ufactured by Hilti (refer to page 197).
mesh screen tube per the adhesive stiffness. Typical curing time at 68°F shall Nuts and Washers: Shall be furnished to
manufacturer’s specifications. be 30 minutes. Injection adhesive shall be meet the requirements of the above
HIT-HY 150 MAX, as furnished by Hilti. anchor rod specifications.
Anchor Rods: Shall be furnished with
chamfered ends so that either end will
accept a nut and washer. Alternatively,
anchor rods shall be furnished with a 45
degree chisel point on one end to allow
for easy installation into the adhesive-filled
hole. Anchor rods shall be manufactured
to meet the following requirements:
1. ISO 898 Class 5.8;
2. ASTM A 193, Grade B7 (high
strength carbon steel anchor);
3. AISI 304 or AISI 316 stainless steel,
meeting the requirements of ASTM F
593 (condition CW). Special order of
HAS or HIT rods may vary from stan-
dard product.

ED 3500
Battery
Fastener Components Dispenser

MD 2000
Dispenser
HAS Threaded Rod HIS Internally
HIT-RE Mixer HIT-HY 150 MAX HIT Foil
Threaded Inserts
Foil Pack Pack Holder
P 3500
Dispenser
HIT-TZ and HIT-RTZ Rods Rebar
(supplied by contractor)

P 8000
Dispenser

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 175
05_4.2.4_HY150MAX.QXD:H440.04_04b HY 150 [Link] 12/30/07 1:00 AM Page 176

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.4 HIT-HY 150 MAX Adhesive Anchoring System

[Link] Material Specifications

Material Properties for Cured Adhesive

Compressive Strength ASTM C 579 > 50 MPa >7252 psi

Flexural Strength ASTM C 580 > 20 MPa > 2900 psi

Modulus of Elasticity ASTM C 307 > 3500 MPa > 5.07 x 105 psi
Water Absorption ASTM D 570 < 2% < 2%
Electrical Resistance DIN/VDE 0303T3 ~ 2 x 1011 OHM/cm ~ 5.1 x 1011 OHM/in.

Mechanical Properties
Material f ymin. f u

ksi (MPa) ksi (MPa)

Standard HAS-E rod material meets the requirements of ISO 898 Class 5.8 58 (400) 72.5 (500)
High Strength or ‘Super HAS’ rod material meets the requirements of ASTM A 193, Grade B7 105 (724) 125 (862)
HIS-R Insert X5CrNiMo17122 K700 Stainless Steel conforming to DIN EN 10088-3 50.8 (350) 101.5 (700)
HIS & HIT-I Insert 11SMnPb30+C Carbon Steel conforming to DIN 10277-3 54.4 (375) 66.7 (460)
Stainless HAS Rod material meets the requirements of ASTM F 593 (AISI 304/316) Condition CW 3/8" to 5/8" 65 (448) 100 (689)
Stainless HAS Rod material meets the requirements of ASTM F 593 (AISI 304/316) Condition CW 3/4" to 1-1/4" 45 (310) 85 (586)
HIT-A Rod material ASTM A 36, 9SMNPB36K &/or 9SMN36K conforming to DIN 1651. 36 (248) 58 (400)
Mechanical properties meet or exceed values for ASTM A 36
HAS Super & HAS-E Standard Nut material meets the requirements of ASTM A 563, Grade DH
HAS Stainless Steel Nut material meets the requirements of ASTM F 594
HAS & HIT Standard and Stainless Steel Washers meet dimensional requirements of ANSI B18.22.1 Type A Plain
HAS Stainless Steel Washers meet the requirements of AISI 304 or AISI 316 conforming to ASTM A 240
HAS Super & HAS-E Standard Washers meet the requirements of ASTM F 436
All HAS Super Rods (except 7/8”), HIT & HAS-E Standard, HIS inserts, Nuts & Washers are zinc plated to ASTM B 633 SC 1
7/8” HAS Super Rods hot-dip galvanized in accordance with ASTM A 153
HIT and HAS-E Nut material meets dimensional requirements of ASTM A 563, Grade A
Note: Special Order threaded rods may vary from standard materials.

[Link] Technical Data

HIT-HY 150 MAX Installation Specification Table for HAS Rods

HAS Rod Size in. 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/4
dbit Tmax
Details (mm) (9.5) (12.7) (15.9) (19.1) (22.2) (25.4) (31.8)
hef t
dbit bit diameter1 in. 7/16 9/16 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/8 1-3/8
ᐉ
hef = hnom in. 3-3/8 4-1/2 5-5/8 6-3/4 7-7/8 9 11-1/4 h
standard embedment2 (mm) (86) (114) (143) (172) (200) (229) (286)
Tmax All hef > hnom ft lb 18 30 75 150 175 235 400
max. Hilti (Nm) (24) (41) (102) (203) (237) (319) (540)
tightening Threaded hef < hnom ft lb 15 20 50 105 125 165 280
torque Rods (Nm) (20) (27) (68) (142) (169) (224) (375)
h hef = hnom in. 5-3/8 6-1/2 7-5/8 8-3/4 9-7/8 11-1/4 14-1/4
minimum (mm) (136) (165) (195) (222) (250) (286) (362)
base material 1.0 hef+ 1.0 hef+ 1.0 hef+ 1.0 hef+ 1.0 hef+ 1.0 hef+ 1.0 hef+
thickness3 hef = hnom in. 2 2 2 2 2 2-1/4 3
(mm) (51) (51) (51) (51) (51) (57) (76)
1 Use Hilti matched tolerance carbide tipped drill bits.
2 Data available for varying embedment depths, see load tables.
3 Minimum base material thickness given to avoid back side blowout during drilling process. Ability of base material to
withstand loads applied (e.g. bending of concrete slab) should be determined by design engineer.

176 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
05_4.2.4_HY150MAX.QXD:H440.04_04b HY 150 [Link] 12/30/07 1:00 AM Page 177

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-HY 150 MAX Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.4

HIT-HY 150 MAX Installation Specification Table for HIT-TZ Rods
dc
HIT-TZ Rod in. 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4
Details (mm) (9.5) (12.7) (15.9) (19.1) do Tinst
dbit bit diameter in. 7/16 9/16 11/16 13/16
hnom standard depth in. 2-7/8 3-1/2 4 5-1/4
of embedment1 (mm) (73) (89) (102) (133) hnom tfix
h
l length of anchor in. 4-1/2 5-11/16 7-1/16 10-1/2
(mm) (114.3) (144.5) (179.4) (267)
Tmax max. tightening ft lb 18 30 75 150
torque (Nm) (24) (40) (100) (200)
h min. base material in. 3-3/4 5-1/4 6 7-7/8
thickness (mm) (95) (133) (152) (200)
hfix max. thickness in. 1 1-1/2 2-1/4 2-1/4
fastened (mm) (25.4) (38.1) (57.2) (57.2)
1 For uncleaned holes in floor applications, add 3/8” (10 mm) to drilled hole depth.

HIT-HY 150 MAX Installation Specification Table for HIS Inserts

HIS Insert in. 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4

Details (mm) (9.5) (12.7) (15.9) (19.1) dbit Tmax
dbit bit diameter in. 11/16 7/8 1-1/8 1-1/4
hnom standard depth in. 4 1/4 5 6-5/8 8-1/4
hnom
ef
of embedment (mm) (110) (127) (168) (210)
h
ᐉ th usable thread in. 1 1-3/16 1-1/2 2
length (mm) (25) (30) (38) (51)
Tmax max. tightening ft lb 18 35 80 160
torque (Nm) (24) (47) (108) (217)
h min. base material in. 6-3/8 7-1/2 10 12-3/8
thickness (mm) (162) (191) (254) (314)
Recommended Hilti TE 6, 16, TE 16, 25, TE 46, 56, 76
Rotary Hammer Drill 25, 35 35, 46

HIT-HY 150 MAX Installation Specification Table for Rebar in Concrete

Rebar Size: No. 3 No. 4 No. 5 No. 6 No. 7 No. 8 No. 9 No. 10
Details
dbit bit diameter1, 2 in. 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/8 1-3/8 1-1/2
1 Rebar diameters may vary. Use smallest drill bit which will accommodate rebar.
2 Use Hilti matched tolerance carbide tipped drill bits.

HIT-HY 150 MAX Installation Specification Table for Metric Rebar in Concrete (Canada Only)

Rebar Size: 10M 15M 20M 25M 30M 35M

Details
dbit bit diameter1, 2 14 mm 3/4" 24mm 1-1/8" 37mm 1-9/16"
1 Rebar diameters may vary. Use smallest drill bit which will accommodate rebar.
2 Use Hilti matched tolerance carbide tipped drill bits.

Combined Shear and Tension Loading

5/3 5/3

( ) ( ) Nd
N rec
+
Vd
Vrec
< 1.0 (Ref. Section [Link])

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 177
05_4.2.4_HY150MAX.QXD:H440.04_04b HY 150 [Link] 12/30/07 1:00 AM Page 178

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.4 HIT-HY 150 MAX Adhesive Anchoring System

HIT-HY 150 MAX Installation Specification for HIT-A Rods in Hollow Block, Tile & Brick with Holes

Anchor Size Tile Hollow and Lightweight Block Brick w/Holes, Clay Tile
in. 1/4 x 2-1/2 5/16 x 2-1/2 3/8 x 3 1/2 x 3-1/8 5/16 x 4 3/8 x 4-3/8 1/2 x 4-1/2
Details (mm) (6.4 x 64) (7.9 x 64) (9.5 x 75) (12.7 x 80) (7.9 x 100) (9.5 x 110) (12.7 x 115)

dbit bit diameter in. 1/2 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8
h1 min. depth in. 2-3/81 2-3/81 2-3/81 2-3/81 3-3/4 3-3/4 3-3/4
of hole (mm) (60) (60) (60) (60) (95) (95) (95)
hmin min. base material in. 3-1/2 3-1/2 3-1/2 3-1/2 5 5 5
thickness (mm) (89) (89) (89) (89) (127) (127) (127)
required screen tube HIT S - 12A HIT S - 16/2 HIT S - 16
t max. thickness in. 1/4 1/4 5/8 3/4 5/8 3/4 3/4
fastened (mm) (6) (6) (16) (19) (16) (19) (19)
Tmax max. tightening ft-lb Finger 3 5 7 3 5 7
torque (Nm) Tight (4) (7) (9) (4) (7) (9)
1 Bore hole should be through face of base material.

HIT-HY 150 MAX Installation Specification for HIT-I Inserts in Hollow Block, Tile & Brick with Holes

Anchor Size Tile Hollow and Lightweight Block Brick w/Holes, Clay Tile
in. 5/16 x 2 3/8 x 2 1/2 x 2 5/16 x 3-3/16 3/8 x 3-3/16 1/2 x 3-3/16
(mm) #14 Screw
Details (7.9 x 50) (9.5 x 50) (12.7 x 50) (7.9 x 80) (9.5 x 80) (12.7 x 80)

dbit bit diameter in. 1/2 5/8 27/32 27/32 5/8 27/32 27/32
h1 min. depth in. 2-3/81 2-3/81 2-3/81 2-3/81 3-3/4 3-3/4 3-3/4
of hole (mm) (60) (60) (60) (60) (95) (95) (95)
hmin min. base material in. 3-1/2 3-1/2 3-1/2 3-1/2 5 5 5
thickness (mm) (89) (89) (89) (89) (127) (127) (127)
required screen tube HIT S - 12I HIT S - 16/2 HIT S - 22/2 HIT S - 16/2 HIT S - 22/2
hs max. usable in. min 1-1/4 - 1-1/2 min 1/2 – 1-1/2 min 1/2 – 3
thread length (mm) (min 30-40) (min 12-35) (min 12-75)
Tmax max. tightening ft-lb Finger 3 5 7 3 5 7
torque (Nm) Tight (4) (7) (9) (4) (7) (9)
1 Bore hole should be through face of base material.

178 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
05_4.2.4_HY150MAX.QXD:H440.04_04b HY 150 [Link] 12/30/07 1:00 AM Page 179

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-HY 150 MAX Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.4

HIT-HY 150 MAX Allowable and Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity for HAS Rods in Normal Weight Concrete 1, 2, 3

HIT-HY 150 MAX Allowable Bond/Concrete Capacity HIT-HY 150 MAX Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity
Tensile Shear Tensile Shear

Anchor Embedment f’c = 2000 psi f’c = 4000 psi f’c = 2000 psi f’c = 4000 psi f’c = 2000 psi f’c = 4000 psi f’c = 2000 psi f’c = 4000 psi
Diameter Depth
(13.8 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (13.8 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (13.8 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (13.8 MPa) (27.6 MPa)
in (mm) in (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)

1 3/4 725 1155 1675 2360 2900 4620 5020 7080

(44) (3.2) (5.1) (7.5) (10.5) (12.9) (20.6) (12.3) (31.5)
3/8 3 3/8 2110 3055 3155 4460 8440 12220 9460 13380
(9.5) (86) (9.4) (13.6) (14.0) (19.8) (37.5) (54.4) (42.1) (59.5)
4 1/2 2150 3055 4855 6860 8600 12220 14560 20580
(114) (9.6) (13.6) (21.6) (30.5) (38.3) (54.4) (64.8) (91.5)
2 1/4 1385 2090 2750 3890 5540 8360 8240 11660
(57) (6.2) (9.3) (12.2) (17.3) (24.6) (37.2) (6.7) (51.9)
1/2 4 1/2 4000 4980 5610 7935 16000 19920 16820 23800
(12.7) (114) (17.8) (22.2) (25.0) (35.3) (71.2) (88.6) (74.8) (105.9)
6 4705 4980 8635 12210 18820 19920 25900 36620
(152) (20.9) (22.2) (38.4) (54.3) (83.7) (88.6) (115.2) (162.9)
2 7/8 1940 2730 4095 5790 7760 10920 12280 17360
(73) (8.6) (12.1) (18.2) (25.8) (34.5) (48.6) (54.6) (77.2)
5/8 5 5/8 5955 8410 8760 12395 23820 33640 26280 37180
(15.9) (143) (16.5) (37.4) (39.0) (55.1) (106.0) (149.6) (116.9) (165.4)
7 1/2 7320 8410 13495 19080 29280 33640 40480 57240
(190) (32.6) (37.4) (60.0) (84.9) (130.2) (149.6) (180.1) (254.6)
3 3/8 2625 4295 6110 8635 10500 17180 18320 25900
(86) (11.7) (19.1) (27.2) (38.4) (46.7) (76.4) (81.5) (115.2)
3/4 6 3/4 6460 9985 12615 17840 25840 39940 37840 53520
(19.1) (172) (28.7) (44.4) (56.1) (79.4) (114.9) (177.7) (168.3) (238.1)
9 11175 11175 19430 27470 44700 44700 58280 82400
(229) (49.7) (49.7) (86.4) (122.2) (198.8) (198.8) (259.2) (366.5)
4 3375 5300 7670 10840 13500 21200 23000 32520
(101) (15.0) (23.6 (34.1) (48.2) (60.1) (94.3) (102.3) (144.7)
7/8 7 7/8 9910 14815 17175 24290 39640 59260 51520 72860
(22.2) (200) (44.1) (65.9) (76.4) (108.0) (176.3) (263.6) (229.2) (324.1)
10 1/2 14385 15345 26440 37390 57540 61380 79320 112160
(267) (64.0) (68.3) (117.6) (166.3) (255.9) (273.0) (352.8) (498.9)
4 1/2 5210 6570 9990 14120 20840 26280 29960 42360
(114) (23.2) (29.2) (44.4) (62.8) (92.7) (116.9) (133.3) (188.4)
1 9 11595 17475 22435 31720 46380 69900 67300 95160
(25.4) (229) (51.6) (77.7) (99.8) (141.1) (206.3) (310.9) (299.4) (423.3)
12 17340 18685 34535 48830 69360 74740 103600 146480
(305) (77.1) (83.1) (153.6) (217.2) (308.5) (332.5) (460.8) (651.6)
5 5/8 6985 9935 13180 18640 27940 39740 39540 55920
(143) (31.1) (44.2) (58.6) (82.9) (124.3) (176.8) (175.9) (248.7)
1 1/4 11 1/4 18345 30085 35050 49570 73380 120340 105140 148700
(31.8) (286) (81.6) (133.8) (155.9) (220.5) (326.4) (535.3) (467.7) (661.4)
15 25575 30085 53960 76300 102300 120340 161880 228900
(381) (113.8) (133.8) (240.0) (339.4) (455.1) (535.3) (720.1) (1018.2)
1 Influence factors for spacing and edge distance 2 For hef > hnom average ultimate concrete shear 3 All values based on holes drilled with carbide
are applied to concrete/bond values above, and capacity based on Concrete Capacity Design bit and cleaned with compressed air and
then compared to the steel value. The lesser of (CCD) method. For hef < hnom average ultimate wire brush per manufacturer’s instructions.
the values is to be used for the design. concrete shear values based on testing.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 179
05_4.2.4_HY150MAX.QXD:H440.04_04b HY 150 [Link] 12/30/07 1:00 AM Page 180

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.4 HIT-HY 150 MAX Adhesive Anchoring System

Allowable Steel Strength for HAS Rods, HIT-TZ (ASTM A 510) and HIT-RTZ Rods1

HAS-E Standard HAS Super HAS SS HIT-TZ (ASTM A 510)

Anchor ISO 898 Class 5.8 ASTM A 193 B7 AISI 304/316 SS & HIT-RTZ Rods
Diameter Tensile Shear Tensile Shear Tensile Shear Tensile Shear
in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
3/8 2640 1360 4555 2345 3645 1875 3170 1635
(9.5) (11.7) (6.0) (20.3) (10.4) (16.2) (8.3) (14.1) (7.3)
1/2 4700 2420 8100 4170 6480 3335 5636 2900
(12.7) (20.9) (10.8) (36.0) (18.5) (28.8) (14.8) (25.1) (12.9)
5/8 7340 3780 12655 6520 10125 5215 8805 4535
(15.9) (32.6) (16.8) (56.3) (29.0) (45.0) (23.2) (39.2) (20.2)
3/4 10570 5445 18225 9390 12390 6385 12685 6535
(19.1) (47.0) (24.2) (81.1) (41.8) (55.1) (28.4) (56.4) (29.1)
7/8 14385 7410 24805 12780 16865 8690 - -
(22.2) (64.0) (33.0) (110.3) (56.9) (75.0) (38.7) - -
1 18790 9680 32400 16690 22030 11350 - -
(25.4) (83.6) (43.1) (144.1) (74.2) (98.0) (50.5) - -
1-1/4 29360 15125 50620 26080 34425 17735 - -
(31.8) (130.6) (67.3) (225.2) (116.0) (153.1) (78.9) - -

1 Steel strength as defined in AISC Manual of Steel Construction (ASD):

Tensile = 0.33 x Fu x Nominal Area

Shear = 0.17 x Fu x Nominal Area

Ultimate Steel Strength for HAS Rods, HIT-TZ (ASTM A 510) and HIT-RTZ Rods1

HAS-E Standard HAS Super HAS SS HIT-TZ (ASTM A 510)

Anchor ISO 898 Class 5.8 ASTM A 193 B7 AISI 304/316 SS & HIT-RTZ Rods
Diameter Yield Tensile Shear Yield Tensile Shear Yield Tensile Shear Yield Tensile Shear
in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
3/8 4495 6005 3605 8135 10350 6210 5035 8280 4970 5690 7210 4325
(9.5) (20.0) (26.7) (16.0) (36.2) (46.0) (27.6) (22.4) (36.8) (22.1) (25.3) (32.1) (19.2)
1/2 8230 10675 6405 14900 18405 11040 9225 14720 8835 10105 12810 7685
(12.7) (36.6) (47.5) (28.5) (66.3) (81.9) (49.1) (41.0) (65.5) (39.3) (44.9) (57.0) (34.2)
5/8 13110 16680 10010 23730 28760 17260 14690 23010 13805 15795 20020 12010
(15.9) (58.3) (75.1) (44.5) (105.6) (127.9) (76.8) (65.3) (102.4) (61.4) (70.3) (89.1) (53.4)
3/4 19400 24020 14415 35120 41420 24850 15050 28165 16800 22750 28825 17295
(19.1) (86.3) (106.8) (64.1) (156.2) (184.2) (110.5) (66.9) (125.3) (74.7) (101.2) (128.2) (76.9)
7/8 26780 32695 19620 48480 56370 33825 20775 38335 23000 - - -
(22.2) (119.1) (145.4) (87.3) (215.6) (250.7) (150.5) (92.3) (170.5) (102.3) - - -
1 35130 42705 25625 63600 73630 44180 27255 50070 30040 - - -
(25.4) (156.3) (190.0) (114.0) (282.9) (327.5) (196.5) (121.2) (222.7) (133.6) - - -
1-1/4 56210 66730 40035 101755 115050 69030 43610 78235 46940 - - -
(31.8) (250.0) (296.8) (178.1) (452.6) (511.8) (307.1) (194.0) (348.0) (208.8) - - -
1 Steel strength as defined in AISC Manual of Steel Construction 2nd Ed. (LRFD):

Yield = Fy x Tensile Stress Area

Tensile = 0.75 x Fu x Nominal Area
Shear = 0.45 x Fu x Nominal Area

180 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
05_4.2.4_HY150MAX.QXD:H440.04_04b HY 150 [Link] 12/30/07 1:00 AM Page 181

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-HY 150 MAX Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.4

HIT-HY 150 MAX Allowable and Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity for
HIT-TZ and HIT-RTZ Rods in Normal Weight Concrete1
HIT-HY 150 MAX Allowable Bond/Concrete Capacity HIT-HY 150 MAX Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity
Tensile Shear Tensile Shear
Anchor Embedment f’c= 2000 psi f’c= 4000 psi f’c= 2000 psi f’c= 4000 psi f’c= 2000 psi f’c= 4000 psi f’c= 2000 psi f’c= 4000 psi
Diameter Depth (13.8 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (13.8 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (13.8 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (13.8 MPa) (27.6 MPa)
in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
3/8 2-7/8 1800 2255 1710 2415 7200 9020 6840 9660
(9.5) (73) (8.0) (10.0) (7.6) (10.7) (32.0) (40.1) (30.4) (43.0)
1/2 3-1/2 2720 3020 2600 3680 10880 12080 10400 14720
(12.7) (89) (12.1) (13.4) (11.6) (16.4) (48.4) (53.7) (46.3) (65.5)
5/8 4 3850 5750 3490 4935 15400 23000 13960 19740
(15.9) (102) (17.1) (25.6) (15.5) (22.0) (68.5) (102.3) (62.1) (87.8)
3/4 5-1/4 5405 7275 5850 8275 21620 29100 23400 33100
(19.1) (133) (24.0) (32.4) (26.0) (36.8) (96.2) (129.4) (104.1) (147.2)
1 Influence factors for spacing and edge distance are applied to concrete/bond values above, and then compared to the steel value.
The lesser of the values is to be used for the design.

HIT-HY 150 MAX Allowable Bond/Concrete Capacity and Steel Strength

for HIS Carbon Steel and HIS-R Stainless Steel Internally Threaded Inserts
HIT-HY 150 MAX Allowable Allowable Bolt Strength1,2
Bond/Concrete Capacity
Tensile Shear ASTM A 325 ASTM F 593
Anchor Embedment f’c >
_ 2000 psi f’c >
_ 2000 psi Carbon Steel Stainless Steel
Diameter Depth (13.8 MPa) (13.8 MPa) Tensile Shear Tensile Shear
in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
3/8 4-1/4 2875 1605 4370 2250 3645 1875
(9.5) (108) (12.8) (7.1) (19.4) (10.0) (16.2) (8.3)
1/2 5 4890 3040 7775 4005 6480 3335
(12.7) (127) (21.8) (13.5) (34.6) (17.8) (28.8) (14.8)
5/8 6-5/8 7430 4575 12150 6260 10125 5215
(15.9) (168) (33.1) (20.4) (54.0) (27.8) (45.0) (23.2)
3/4 8-1/4 9920 6305 17495 9010 12395 6385
(19.1) (210) (44.1) (28.0) (77.8) (40.1) (55.1) (28.4)

HIT-HY 150 MAX Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity and Steel Strength

for HIS Carbon Steel and HIS-R Stainless Steel Internally Threaded Inserts
HIT-HY 150 MAX Ultimate Ultimate Bolt Strength1,2
Bond/Concrete Capacity2
Tensile Shear ASTM A 325 ASTM F 593
Anchor Embedment f’c >
_ 2000 psi f’c >
_ 2000 psi Carbon Steel Stainless Steel
Diameter Depth (13.8 MPa) (13.8 MPa) Tensile Shear Tensile Shear
in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
3/8 4-1/4 11495 6425 9935 5960 8280 4970
(9.5) (108) (51.1) (28.6) (44.2) (26.5) (36.8) (22.1)
1/2 5 19570 12170 17665 10600 14720 8835
(12.7) (127) (87.1) (54.1) (78.6) (47.2) (65.5) (39.3)
5/8 6-5/8 29720 18310 27610 16565 23010 13805
(15.9) (168) (132.2) (81.4) (122.8) (73.7) (102.4) (61.4)
3/4 8-1/4 39675 25215 39760 23855 28165 16900
(19.1) (210) (176.5) (112.2) (176.9) (106.1) (125.3) (75.2)
1 Steel values in accordance with AISC Ultimate Load Values Allowable Load Values
ASTM A 325 bolts: Fy = 92 ksi , Fu = 120 ksi Tension = 0.75 x Fu x Anom Tension = 0.33 x Fu x Anom
ASTM F 593 (AISI 304/316): Fy = 65 ksi, Fu = 100 ksi for 3/8" thru 5/8"
Shear = 0.45 x Fu x Anom Shear = 0.17 x Fu x Anom
Fy = 45 ksi, Fu = 85 ksi for 3/4"
2 Use lower value of either bond/concrete capacity or steel strength.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 181
05_4.2.4_HY150MAX.QXD:H440.04_04b HY 150 [Link] 12/30/07 1:00 AM Page 182

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.4 HIT-HY 150 MAX Adhesive Anchoring System

HIT-HY 150 MAX Allowable and Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity for HAS Rods installed in
Lightweight Concrete >
_ 3000 psi (20.7 MPa) 1, 2

Anchor Embedment Allowable Bond/Concrete Capacity Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity

Diameter Depth lb (kN) lb (kN)
in. (mm) in. (mm) Tensile Shear Tensile Shear
1-3/4 855 1510 3420 6040
3/8 (44) (3.8) (6.7) (15.2) (26.9)
(9.5) 3-3/8 2210 1590 8840 6360
(86) (9.8) (7.1) (39.3) (28.3)
2-1/4 1515 2405 6060 9620
1/2 (57) (6.7) (10.7) (27.1) (42.8)
(12.7) 4-1/2 3815 2440 15260 9760
(114) (17.0) (10.9) (67.9) (43.4)
2-7/8 2110 4755 8440 19020
5/8 (73) (9.4) (21.2) (37.5) (84.6)
(15.9) 5-5/8 4655 4755 18620 19020
(143) (20.7) (21.2) (82.8) (84.6)
3-3/8 2560 6160 10240 24640
3/4 (86) (1.4) (27.4) (45.5) (109.6)
(19.1) 6-3/4 6765 6160 27060 24640
(172) (30.1) (27.4) (120.4) (109.6)
1 Influence factors for spacing and edge distance are applied to concrete/bond values above, and then compared to the allowable steel value. The lesser of these
values is to be used for design.
2 All values based on holes drilled with carbide tipped bit and cleaned with a wire brush.

HIT-HY 150 MAX Allowable Bond/Concrete Capacity for Sill Plate Applications
Allowable Loads for Attachment of Sill Plates to f’c= 2000 psi Normal Weight Concrete with HIT-HY 150 MAX

Anchor Embedment Edge Shear lb (kN)

Diameter Depth Distance Tension
in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (kN) Load II to Edge Load to Edge
1-3/4 (44.5) 1790 (8.0) 1555 (6.9) 555 (2.5)
1/2 (12.7) 4-1/2 (114)
2-3/4 (69.9) 2240 (10.0) 1815 (8.1) 940 (4.2)
1-3/4 (44.5) 2275 (10.1) 2550 (11.3) 555 (2.5)
5-5/8 (143)
2-3/4 (69.9) 2525 (11.2) 2670 (11.9) 940 (4.2)
5/8 (15.9)
1-3/4 (44.5) 4410 (19.6) 2550 (11.3) 855 (3.8)
10 (254)
2-3/4 (69.9) 5045 (22.4) 2670 (11.9) 975 (4.3)
1-3/4 (44.5) 2660 (11.8) 2620 (11.7) 910 (4.0)
3/4 (19.1) 6-3/4 (172)
2-3/4 (69.9) 3150 (14.0) 3375 (15.0) 1105 (4.9)
1-3/4 (44.5) 3420 (15.2) 3980 (17.7) 1070 (4.8)
7-7/8 (200)
2-3/4 (69.9) 4320 (19.2) 4320 (19.2) 1300 (5.8)
7/8 (22.2)
1-3/4 (44.5) 7980 (35.5) 3980 (17.7) 1070 (4.8)
15 (381)
2-3/4 (69.9) 8085 (36.0) 4320 (19.2) 1300 (5.8)

Allowable Loads for Attachment of Sill Plates to Top of Grout Filled Block Wall with HIT-HY 150 MAX1
Anchor Embedment Edge Shear lb (kN)
Diameter Depth Distance Tension
in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (kN) Load II to Edge Load to Edge
1/2 (12.7) 4-1/2 (114) 1-3/4 (44.5) 1095 (6.1) 815 (4.5) 295 (2.5)
5/8 (15.9) 5-5/8 (143) 1-3/4 (44.5) 1240 (6.9) 965 (5.4) 400 (2.2)
1 Loads are based on concrete or masonry failure. Steel strength must be checked separately. Values based on safety factor of 4.0.

182 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
05_4.2.4_HY150MAX.QXD:H440.04_04b HY 150 [Link] 12/30/07 1:00 AM Page 183

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-HY 150 MAX Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.4

HIT-HY 150 MAX Allowable Loads for Threaded Rods in
Grout-Filled Concrete Masonry Units (ASTM C 90 Block) 1, 2, 3, 4

Anchor Embedment Distance

Diameter Depth from Edge Tension5 Shear5
in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN)
4 (101.6) 1100 (4.9) 1419 (6.3)
3/8 (9.5) 3-3/8 (86)
>
_ 20 (508) 1188 (5.3) 1419 (6.3)
4 (101.6) 1319 (5.9) 2181 (9.7)
1/2 (12.7) 4-1/2 (114)
>
_ 20 (508) 1581 (7.0) 2338 (10.4)
4 (101.6) 1713 (7.6) 2650 (11.8)
5/8 (15.9) 5-5/8 (143)
>
_ 20 (508) 2313 (10.3) 3238 (14.4)
4 (101.6) 1975 (8.8) 2756 (12.3)
3/4 (19.1) 6-3/4 (172)
>
_ 20 (508) 3050 (13.6) 3481 (15.5)

HIT-HY 150 MAX Ultimate Loads for Threaded Rods in

Grout-Filled Concrete Masonry Units (ASTM C 90 Block) 1, 2, 3, 4

Anchor Embedment Distance

Diameter Depth from Edge Tension5 Shear5
in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN)
4 (101.6) 4400 (19.6) 5675 (25.2)
3/8 (9.5) 3-3/8 (86)
>
_ 20 (508) 4750 (21.1) 5675 (25.2)
4 (101.6) 5275 (23.5) 8725 (38.8)
1/2 (12.7) 4-1/2 (114)
>
_ 20 (508) 6325 (28.1) 9350 (41.6)
4 (101.6) 6850 (30.5) 10600 (47.2)
5/8 (15.9) 5-5/8 (143)
>
_ 20 (508) 9250 (41.1) 12950 (57.6)
4 (101.6) 7900 (35.1) 11025 (49.0)
3/4 (19.1) 6-3/4 (172)
>
_ 20 (508) 12200 (54.3) 13925 (61.9)

1 Values are for lightweight, medium weight or normal weight concrete masonry units conforming to ASTM C 90 with 1500 psi grout
conforming to ASTM C 476.
2 Embedment depth is measured from the outside face of the concrete masonry unit.
3 Values are for anchors located in the grouted cell, head joint, bed joint, "T" joint, cross web or any combination of the above.
4 Values for edge distance between 4 inches and 20 inches can be calculated by linear interpolation.
5 Loads are based on the lesser of bond strength, steel strength or base material strength.

Anchor Spacing and Edge Distance Guidelines for Grout-Filled Block

Influence of Anchor Spacing and Edge Distance

Anchor in. 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 N
Size (mm) (9.5) (12.7) (15.8) (19.1)
hnom in. 3-3/8 4-1/2 5-5/8 6-3/4
s
(mm) (86) (114) (143) (172) V
hnom = standard embedment depth
c

Edge Distance for Shear and Tension:

Grout Filled, Normal Weight and Lightweight Block
ccr = 20 in. (508 mm) minimum from free edge
cmin = 4 in. (102 mm) minimum from free edge
Anchor Spacing for Shear and Tension:
Grout Filled, Normal Weight and Lightweight Block
scr = smin = One (1) anchor per cell (max), and 8 in. (203mm) (min)

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 183
05_4.2.4_HY150MAX.QXD:H440.04_04b HY 150 [Link] 12/30/07 1:00 AM Page 184

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.4 HIT-HY 150 MAX Adhesive Anchoring System

HIT-HY 150 MAX Allowable Loads for Threaded HIT-A Rods in Hollow Concrete Block,
Lightweight Concrete Block, Brick with Holes, Clay Tile 1, 2

HIT-A Short 2" (51mm) Embedment HIT-A Standard 3-3/8" (86mm) Embedment
Anchor
Anchor L/W or N/W Hollow Concrete Block Brick with Holes Clay Tile
Diameter
Type
in. (mm) Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
1/4 3 190 340 365 305 130 100
(6.4) (0.8) (1.5) (1.6) (1.4) (0.6) (0.4)
HIT-A 5/16 275 505 565 530 150 220
Rod (7.9) (1.2) (2.2) (2.5) (2.4) (0.7) (1.0)
Anchor 3/8 395 790 775 930 150 220
(9.5) (1.8) (3.5) (3.4) (4.1) (0.7) (2.2)
1/2 395 1230 775 1375 150 500
(12.7) (1.8) (5.5) (3.4) (6.1) (0.7) (2.2)
1 Based on using a safety factor of 6 for tension and 4 for shear.
2 Due to wide strength variations encountered in masonry, these values should be considered as guide values.
3 1/4" anchor diameter installed at 2" embedment in brick with holes and clay tile.

HIT-HY 150 MAX Allowable Loads for Internally Threaded HIT-I Inserts in Hollow Concrete Block,
Lightweight Concrete Block, Brick with Holes, Clay Tile 1, 2

HIT-I Short 2" (51mm) Embedment HIT-I Standard 3-3/8" (86mm) Embedment
Anchor
Anchor L/W or N/W Hollow Concrete Block Brick with Holes Clay Tile
Diameter
Type
in. (mm) Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
No 14 screw
w/ insert3 180 510 300 530 85 150
(6.4) (0.8) (2.3) (1.3) (2.4) (0.4) (0.7)
HIT-I 5/16 300 780 585 750 175 220
Insert (7.9) (1.3) (3.5) (2.6) (3.3) (0.8) (1.0)
Anchor 3/8 300 1425 1160 1380 185 435
(9.5) (1.3) (6.3) (5.2) (6.1) (0.8) (1.9)
1/2 300 1800 1160 1635 185 500
(12.7) (1.3) (8.0) (5.2) (7.3) (0.8) (2.2)
1 Based on using a safety factor of 6 for tension and 4 for shear.
2 Due to wide strength variations encountered in masonry, these values should be considered as guide values.
3 1/4" anchor diameter installed at 2" embedment in brick with holes and clay tile.

Anchor Spacing and Edge Distance Guidelines

Brick with Holes & Multi-Wythe Brick Walls Clay Tile Hollow, Normal Weight & Lightweight
Concrete Block
Spacing: Spacing:
Spacing:
scr = smin = Two (2) complete bricks scr = smin = One (1) anchor per tile cell
scr = smin = One (1) anchor per block cell
in any direction
Edge Distance:
Edge Distance:
Edge Distance: ccr = cmin = 12" (305 mm) from free edge
ccr = cmin = 12" (305 mm) min. from free edge
ccr = cmin = Two (2) complete bricks (max), and
16" (406 mm) in any direction (min)
(whichever is less.)

Wall Elevation

184 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
05_4.2.4_HY150MAX.QXD:H440.04_04b HY 150 [Link] 12/30/07 1:00 AM Page 185

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-HY 150 MAX Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.4

HIT-HY 150 MAX Ultimate Bond Strength and Steel Strength for Rebar in Concrete
Concrete Compressive Strength
Grade 60 Rebar
f’c = 2000 psi f’c = 4000 psi
Nominal Embed.
Rebar Depth Ultimate Embed. to Ultimate Embed. to
Embed. to Develop Embed. to Tensile
Size in. (mm) Bond Develop Yield Bond Develop Yield Develop Yield
Strength Tensile Strength Tensile Strength Strength
Strength1 Strength1 Strength1 lb (kN)
lb (kN) lb (kN) Strength1 lb (kN)
in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm)
3-3/8 8100 8240
(86) (36.0) 3-3/8 5 (36.7) 3-3/8 4 6600 9900
#3
4-1/2 8700 (86) (127) 11380 86) (102) (29.4) (44.0)
(114) (38.7) (50.6)
4-1/2 13840 14840
(114) (61.6) 4-1/2 5-7/8 (66.0) 4-1/2 5 3/8 12000 18000
#4
6 18800 (114) (149) 20620 (114) (137) (53.4) (80.1)
(152) (83.6) (91.7)
5-5/8 20200 25060
(143) (89.9) 5-5/8 7-3/8 (111.5) 5-5/8 6 3/4 18600 27900
#5
7-1/2 28600 (143) (187) 29900 (143) (172) (82.7) (124.1)
(190) (127.2) (133.0)
6-3/4 27080 27080
(172) (120.5) 6-3/4 10 (120.5) 6-3/4 8 1/2 26400 39600
#6
9 36680 (172) (254) 43820 (172) (216) (117.4) (176.2)
(229) (163.2) (194.9)
7-7/8 36200 40360
(200) (161.0) 7-7/8 11-5/8 (179.5) 7-7/8 10 36000 54000
#7
10-1/2 49940 (200) (295) 57760 (200) (254) (160.1) (240.2)
(267) (222.1) (256.9)
9 45860 58860
(229) (204.0) 9-3/8 13-3/8 (261.8) 9 11 1/2 47450 71100
#8
12 66680 (238) (340) 73800 (229) (292) (211.1) (316.3)
(305) (296.6) (328.3)
10-1/8 54660 68580
(257) (243.1) 10-3/4 15 (305.1) 10-1/8 14 3/8 60000 90000
#9
13-1/2 88000 (273) (381) 88000 (257) (365) (266.9) (400.3)
(343) (391.4) (391.4)
11-1/4 68200 80520
(286) (303.4) 12-1/4 16-7/8 (358.2) 11-1/4 15 76200 114300
#10
15 101720 (311) (429) 115160 (286) (381) (339.0) (508.4)
(381) (452.5) (512.3)

1 Based on comparison of average ultimate adhesive bond test values or ultimate bond stress calculated strength values versus ultimate tensile strength of rebar.
For more information, contact Hilti.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 185
05_4.2.4_HY150MAX.QXD:H440.04_04b HY 150 [Link] 12/30/07 1:00 AM Page 186

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.4 HIT-HY 150 MAX Adhesive Anchoring System

HIT-HY 150 MAX Bond Strength and Steel Strength for Rebar in Concrete 1, 4, 5
Concrete Compressive Strength 2, 3, 4 Strength Properties of Metric Rebar 2, 3
f’c = 14 MPa f’c = 28 MPa fy = 400 MPa

Embedment Ultimate Allowable Ultimate Allowable Yield Tensile

Rebar
Depth Bond Bond Bond Bond Strength Strength
Size
mm kN kN kN kN kN kN

85 36.0 9 36.7 9.2

10M 40 60
115 38.7 9.7 50.6 12.7

145 89.9 22.5 111.5 27.9

15M 80 120
190 127.2 31.8 133 33.3

170 120.5 30.1 120.5 30.1

20M 120 180
230 163.2 40.8 194.9 48.7

230 204.0 51 261.8 65.5

25M 200 300
305 296.6 74.2 328.3 82.1

260 243.1 60.8 305.1 76.3

30M 280 420
345 391.4 97.9 391.4 97.9

1 For anchoring to grout filled block or bond beams, please refer to table for loads in grout filled concrete masonry units for HIT-HY 150 MAX.
2 Use lesser values of bond strength or rebars steel strength for tensile capacity.
3 Actual bond test data developed for imperial-sized rebar. Yield and ultimate rebar strengths are for metric sizes.
4 Test data developed for hammer drilled holes. For diamond cored holes, contact Hilti Engineering.
5 For HIT-HY 150 MAX anchor spacing and edge distance guidelines, please refer to section 4.2.4.

186 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
05_4.2.4_HY150MAX.QXD:H440.04_04b HY 150 [Link] 12/30/07 1:00 AM Page 187

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-HY 150 MAX Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.4

Anchor Spacing and Edge Distance Guidelines in Concrete for HIT-HY 150 MAX
Load Adjustment Factors for 3/8" and 1/2" Diameter Anchors
Anchor
Diameter 3/8" diameter 1/2" diameter
Adjustment Spacing Edge Distance Edge Distance Edge Distance Spacing Edge Distance Edge Distance Edge Distance
Factor Tension/Shear, Tension, Shear, fRV1 Shear, fRV2 Tension/Shear Tension, Shear, fRV1 Shear, fRV2
fA fRN (⊥ toward edge) (II to or away from edge) fA fRN (⊥ toward edge) (II to or away from edge)
Embedment
Depth, in. 1-3/4 3-3/8 4-1/2 1-3/4 3-3/8 4-1/2 1-3/4 3-3/8 4-1/2 1-3/4 3-3/8 4-1/2 2-1/4 4-1/2 6 2-1/4 4-1/2 6 2-1/4 4-1/2 6 2-1/4 4-1/2 6
7/8 0.75 0.60 0.17 0.45
1 0.76 0.63 0.20 0.47
1-1/8 0.78 0.66 0.23 0.49 0.75 0.60 0.17 0.45
1-11/16 0.83 0.75 0.79 0.60 0.36 0.17 0.58 0.45 0.80 0.70 0.27 0.52
2 0.86 0.77 0.86 0.64 0.44 0.22 0.63 0.48 0.82 0.76 0.33 0.56
2-1/4 0.88 0.78 0.75 0.91 0.67 0.60 0.50 0.26 0.17 0.67 0.51 0.45 0.84 0.75 0.80 0.60 0.38 0.17 0.59 0.45
2-1/2 0.91 0.79 0.76 0.97 0.70 0.62 0.56 0.30 0.20 0.70 0.54 0.47 0.86 0.76 0.84 0.62 0.42 0.20 0.62 0.47
2-5/8 0.92 0.80 0.77 1.00 0.71 0.63 0.59 0.32 0.22 0.72 0.55 0.48 0.87 0.77 0.87 0.63 0.45 0.22 0.63 0.48
Spacing (s)/Edge Distance (c), in.

3 0.95 0.82 0.78 0.76 0.67 0.67 0.39 0.26 0.78 0.59 0.51 0.90 0.78 0.75 0.93 0.67 0.60 0.52 0.26 0.17 0.68 0.51 0.45
3-3/8 1.00 0.84 0.79 0.80 0.70 0.76 0.45 0.31 0.84 0.63 0.54 0.92 0.79 0.76 1.00 0.70 0.63 0.59 0.31 0.20 0.72 0.54 0.47
4 0.87 0.82 0.87 0.76 0.91 0.55 0.39 0.94 0.70 0.59 0.97 0.82 0.78 0.76 0.67 0.70 0.39 0.26 0.80 0.59 0.51
4-3/8 0.88 0.83 0.92 0.79 1.00 0.61 0.43 1.00 0.74 0.62 1.00 0.83 0.79 0.79 0.69 0.77 0.43 0.30 0.85 0.62 0.53
5 0.91 0.85 0.99 0.84 0.71 0.51 0.81 0.67 0.85 0.81 0.84 0.73 0.88 0.51 0.35 0.92 0.67 0.57
5-1/16 0.92 0.86 1.00 0.85 0.72 0.52 0.82 0.68 0.86 0.81 0.85 0.74 0.90 0.52 0.36 0.93 0.68 0.58
5-1/4 0.93 0.86 0.87 0.75 0.54 0.84 0.69 0.86 0.81 0.87 0.75 0.93 0.54 0.38 0.95 0.69 0.59
5-5/8 0.95 0.88 0.90 0.82 0.59 0.88 0.72 0.88 0.82 0.90 0.78 1.00 0.59 0.41 1.00 0.72 0.61
6 0.96 0.89 0.93 0.88 0.63 0.92 0.76 0.89 0.84 0.93 0.80 0.63 0.45 0.76 0.63
6-3/4 1.00 0.92 1.00 1.00 0.72 1.00 0.82 0.92 0.86 1.00 0.85 0.72 0.52 0.82 0.68
7 0.93 0.75 0.84 0.93 0.86 0.87 0.75 0.54 0.84 0.69
8 0.96 0.88 0.92 0.96 0.89 0.93 0.88 0.63 0.92 0.76
8-1/2 0.98 0.94 0.96 0.98 0.90 0.97 0.94 0.68 0.96 0.79
9 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.92 1.00 1.00 0.72 1.00 0.82
10 0.95 0.82 0.88
11 0.97 0.91 0.94
12 1.00 1.00 1.00

Note:
Tables apply for listed embedment depths. Reduction factors for
other embedment depths must be calculated using equations below.

Spacing Edge Distance

for scr > s > smin for ccr > c > cmin

Tension and Shear Tension

smin = 0.5 hef, scr = 2.0 hef cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 1.5 hef
fAN = 0.165 (s/hef) + 0.67 fRN = 0.40 (c/hef) + 0.4

Shear, where hef < 9.0 x d1

cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 2.5 hef

⊥ toward edge II or away from edge

fRV1 = 0.415 (c/h ef ) – 0.0375 fRV2 = 0.275 (c/h ef ) + 0.312

Shear, where hef ≥ 9.0 x d1

cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 2.0 hef

⊥ toward edge II or away from edge

fRV1 = 0.554 (c/h ef ) – 0.107 fRV2 = 0.366 (c/h ef ) + 0.267
1 d = nominal bolt diameter

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 187
05_4.2.4_HY150MAX.QXD:H440.04_04b HY 150 [Link] 12/30/07 1:00 AM Page 188

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.4 HIT-HY 150 MAX Adhesive Anchoring System

Anchor Spacing and Edge Distance Guidelines in Concrete for HIT-HY 150 MAX
Load Adjustment Factors for 5/8" and 3/4" Diameter Anchors
Anchor
Diameter 5/8" diameter 3/4" diameter
Adjustment Spacing Edge Distance Edge Distance Edge Distance Spacing Edge Distance Edge Distance Edge Distance
Factor Tension/Shear, Tension, Shear, fRV1 Shear, fRV2 Tension/Shear Tension, Shear, fRV1 Shear, fRV2
fA fRN (⊥ toward edge) (II to or away from edge) fA fRN (⊥ toward edge) (II to or away from edge)
Embedment
Depth, in. 2-7/8 5-5/8 7-1/2 2-7/8 5-5/8 7-1/2 2-7/8 5-5/8 7-1/2 2-7/8 5-5/8 7-1/2 3-3/8 6-3/4 9 3-3/8 6-3/4 9 3-3/8 6-3/4 9 3-3/8 6-3/4 9
1-7/16 0.75 0.60 0.17 0.45
1-11/16 0.77 0.63 0.21 0.47 0.75 0.60 0.17 0.45
2 0.78 0.68 0.25 0.50 0.77 0.64 0.21 0.47
2-1/4 0.80 0.71 0.29 0.53 0.79 0.67 0.24 0.50
2-1/2 0.81 0.75 0.32 0.55 0.80 0.70 0.27 0.52
2-13/16 0.83 0.75 0.79 0.60 0.37 0.17 0.58 0.45 0.81 0.73 0.31 0.54
3 0.84 0.76 0.82 0.61 0.40 0.19 0.60 0.46 0.82 0.76 0.33 0.56
3-3/8 0.86 0.77 0.87 0.64 0.45 0.23 0.63 0.49 0.84 0.75 0.80 0.60 0.38 0.17 0.59 0.45
3-3/4 0.89 0.78 0.75 0.92 0.67 0.60 0.50 0.26 0.17 0.67 0.51 0.45 0.86 0.76 0.84 0.62 0.42 0.20 0.62 0.47
Spacing (s)/Edge Distance (c), in.

4-5/16 0.92 0.80 0.76 1.00 0.71 0.63 0.59 0.32 0.21 0.72 0.55 0.48 0.89 0.78 0.91 0.66 0.49 0.25 0.66 0.50
4-1/2 0.93 0.80 0.77 0.72 0.64 0.61 0.34 0.23 0.74 0.56 0.49 0.90 0.78 0.75 0.93 0.67 0.60 0.52 0.26 0.17 0.68 0.51 0.45
4-3/4 0.94 0.81 0.77 0.74 0.65 0.65 0.36 0.24 0.77 0.58 0.50 0.91 0.79 0.76 0.96 0.68 0.61 0.55 0.28 0.19 0.70 0.52 0.46
5-1/16 0.96 0.82 0.78 0.76 0.67 0.69 0.39 0.27 0.80 0.60 0.51 0.92 0.79 0.76 1.00 0.70 0.63 0.59 0.31 0.20 0.72 0.54 0.47
5-3/4 1.00 0.84 0.80 0.81 0.71 0.79 0.46 0.32 0.86 0.64 0.55 0.96 0.81 0.78 0.74 0.66 0.67 0.36 0.25 0.78 0.58 0.50
6-3/4 0.87 0.82 0.88 0.76 0.94 0.56 0.39 0.96 0.71 0.60 1.00 0.84 0.79 0.80 0.70 0.79 0.45 0.31 0.86 0.63 0.54
7-3/16 0.88 0.83 0.91 0.78 1.00 0.60 0.42 1.00 0.73 0.62 0.85 0.80 0.83 0.72 0.85 0.48 0.34 0.90 0.66 0.56
7-1/2 0.89 0.84 0.93 0.80 0.63 0.45 0.76 0.63 0.85 0.81 0.84 0.73 0.88 0.51 0.35 0.92 0.67 0.57
8 0.90 0.85 0.97 0.83 0.68 0.48 0.79 0.66 0.87 0.82 0.87 0.76 0.95 0.55 0.39 0.96 0.70 0.59
8-7/16 0.92 0.86 1.00 0.85 0.72 0.52 0.82 0.68 0.88 0.82 0.90 0.78 1.00 0.59 0.41 1.00 0.72 0.61
9 0.93 0.87 0.88 0.78 0.56 0.85 0.71 0.89 0.84 0.93 0.80 0.63 0.45 0.76 0.63
10-1/8 0.97 0.89 0.94 0.89 0.64 0.93 0.76 0.92 0.86 1.00 0.85 0.72 0.52 0.82 0.68
11-1/4 1.00 0.92 1.00 1.00 0.72 1.00 0.82 0.95 0.88 0.90 0.82 0.59 0.88 0.72
12 0.93 0.78 0.85 0.96 0.89 0.93 0.88 0.63 0.92 0.72
13 0.96 0.85 0.90 0.99 0.91 0.98 0.96 0.69 0.97 0.80
13-1/2 0.97 0.89 0.93 1.00 0.92 1.00 1.00 0.72 1.00 0.82
14 0.98 0.93 0.95 0.93 0.75 0.84
15 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.95 0.82 0.88
16 0.96 0.88 0.92
18 1.00 1.00 1.00

Note:
Tables apply for listed embedment depths. Reduction factors for
other embedment depths must be calculated using equations below.

Spacing Edge Distance

for scr > s > smin for ccr > c > cmin

Tension and Shear Tension

smin = 0.5 hef, scr = 2.0 hef cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 1.5 hef
fAN = 0.165 (s/hef) + 0.67 fRN = 0.40 (c/hef) + 0.4

Shear, where hef < 9.0 x d1

cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 2.5 hef

⊥ toward edge II or away from edge

fRV1 = 0.415 (c/h ef ) – 0.0375 fRV2 = 0.275 (c/h ef ) + 0.312

Shear, where hef ≥ 9.0 x d1

cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 2.0 hef

⊥ toward edge II or away from edge

fRV1 = 0.554 (c/h ef ) – 0.107 fRV2 = 0.366 (c/h ef ) + 0.267
1 d = nominal bolt diameter

188 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
05_4.2.4_HY150MAX.QXD:H440.04_04b HY 150 [Link] 12/30/07 1:00 AM Page 189

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-HY 150 MAX Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.4

Anchor Spacing and Edge Distance Guidelines in Concrete for HIT-HY 150 MAX
Load Adjustment Factors for 7/8" Diameter Anchors
Anchor 7/8" diameter
Diameter
Adjustment Spacing Edge Distance Edge Distance Edge Distance
Factor Tension/Shear, Tension, Shear, fRV1 Shear, fRV2
fA fRN (⊥ toward edge) (II to or away from edge)
Embedment
Depth, in. 4 7-7/8 10-1/2 4 7-7/8 10-1/2 4 7-7/8 10-1/2 4 7-7/8 10-1/2
2 0.75 0.60 0.17 0.45
2-1/4 0.76 0.63 0.20 0.47
2-1/2 0.77 0.65 0.22 0.48
3 0.79 0.70 0.27 0.52
3-1/2 0.81 0.75 0.33 0.55
3-15/16 0.83 0.75 0.79 0.60 0.37 0.17 0.58 0.45
4-1/2 0.86 0.76 0.85 0.63 0.43 0.21 0.62 0.48
4-3/4 0.87 0.77 0.88 0.64 0.46 0.23 0.64 0.49
5 0.88 0.77 0.90 0.65 0.48 0.24 0.66 0.50
Spacing (s)/Edge Distance (c), in.

5-1/4 0.89 0.78 0.75 0.93 0.67 0.60 0.51 0.26 0.17 0.67 0.51 0.45
6 0.92 0.80 0.76 1.00 0.70 0.63 0.59 0.32 0.21 0.72 0.55 0.48
6-3/4 0.95 0.81 0.78 0.74 0.66 0.66 0.37 0.25 0.78 0.58 0.50
7-1/2 0.98 0.83 0.79 0.78 0.69 0.74 0.42 0.29 0.83 0.62 0.53
8 1.00 0.84 0.80 0.81 0.70 0.79 0.46 0.32 0.86 0.64 0.55
8-1/2 0.85 0.80 0.83 0.72 0.84 0.49 0.34 0.90 0.66 0.56
9 0.86 0.81 0.86 0.74 0.90 0.53 0.37 0.93 0.69 0.58
10 0.88 0.83 0.91 0.78 1.00 0.60 0.42 1.00 0.73 0.62
11 0.90 0.84 0.96 0.82 0.67 0.47 0.78 0.65
11-1/2 0.91 0.85 0.98 0.84 0.70 0.50 0.80 0.67
11-13/16 0.92 0.86 1.00 0.85 0.72 0.52 0.82 0.68
12 0.92 0.86 0.86 0.74 0.53 0.82 0.69
13 0.94 0.87 0.90 0.81 0.58 0.87 0.72
14 0.96 0.89 0.93 0.88 0.63 0.92 0.76
15 0.98 0.91 0.97 0.95 0.68 0.96 0.79
15-3/4 1.00 0.92 1.00 1.00 0.72 1.00 0.82
18 0.95 0.84 0.89
20 0.98 0.95 0.96
21 1.00 1.00 1.00

Note:
Tables apply for listed embedment depths. Reduction factors for
other embedment depths must be calculated using equations below.

Spacing Edge Distance

for scr > s > smin for ccr > c > cmin
Tension and Shear Tension
smin = 0.5 hef, scr = 2.0 hef cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 1.5 hef
fAN = 0.165 (s/hef) + 0.67 fRN = 0.40 (c/hef) + 0.4

Shear, where hef < 9.0 x d1

cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 2.5 hef

⊥ toward edge II or away from edge

fRV1 = 0.415 (c/h ef ) – 0.0375 fRV2 = 0.275 (c/h ef ) + 0.312

Shear, where hef ≥ 9.0 x d1

cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 2.0 hef

⊥ toward edge II or away from edge

fRV1 = 0.554 (c/h ef ) – 0.107 fRV2 = 0.366 (c/h ef ) + 0.267
1 d = nominal bolt diameter

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 189
05_4.2.4_HY150MAX.QXD:H440.04_04b HY 150 [Link] 12/30/07 1:00 AM Page 190

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.4 HIT-HY 150 MAX Adhesive Anchoring System

Anchor Spacing and Edge Distance Guidelines in Concrete for HIT-HY 150 MAX
Load Adjustment Factors for 1" and 1-1/4" Diameter Anchors
Anchor 1" diameter 1-1/4" diameter
Diameter
Adjustment Spacing Edge Distance Edge Distance Edge Distance Spacing Edge Distance Edge Distance Edge Distance
Factor Tension/Shear, Tension, Shear, fRV1 Shear, fRV2 Tension/Shear Tension, Shear, fRV1 Shear, fRV2
fA fRN (⊥ toward edge) (II to or away from edge) fA fRN (⊥ toward edge) (II to or away from edge)
Embedment
Depth, in. 4-1/2 9 12 4-1/2 9 12 4-1/2 9 12 4-1/2 9 12 5-5/8 11-1/4 15 5-5/8 11-1/4 15 5-5/8 11-1/4 15 5-5/8 11-1/4 15
2-1/4 0.75 0.60 0.17 0.45
2-1/2 0.76 0.62 0.19 0.46
2-13/16 0.77 0.65 0.22 0.48 0.75 0.60 0.17 0.45
3 0.78 0.67 0.24 0.50 0.76 0.61 0.18 0.46
3-1/2 0.80 0.71 0.29 0.53 0.78 0.65 0.22 0.48
4 0.82 0.76 0.33 0.56 0.79 0.68 0.26 0.51
4-1/2 0.84 0.75 0.80 0.60 0.38 0.17 0.59 0.45 0.81 0.72 0.29 0.53
5 0.85 0.76 0.84 0.62 0.42 0.20 0.62 0.47 0.82 0.76 0.33 0.56
5-5/8 0.88 0.77 0.90 0.65 0.48 0.24 0.66 0.50 0.84 0.75 0.80 0.60 0.38 0.17 0.59 0.45
6 0.89 0.78 0.75 0.93 0.67 0.60 0.52 0.26 0.17 0.68 0.51 0.45 0.85 0.76 0.83 0.61 0.41 0.19 0.61 0.46
6-3/4 0.92 0.79 0.76 1.00 0.70 0.63 0.59 0.31 0.20 0.72 0.54 0.47 0.87 0.77 0.88 0.64 0.46 0.23 0.64 0.49
Spacing (s)/Edge Distance (c), in.

7-1/2 0.95 0.81 0.77 0.73 0.65 0.65 0.35 0.24 0.77 0.57 0.50 0.90 0.78 0.75 0.93 0.67 0.60 0.52 0.26 0.17 0.68 0.51 0.45
8 0.96 0.82 0.78 0.76 0.67 0.70 0.39 0.26 0.80 0.59 0.51 0.91 0.79 0.76 0.97 0.68 0.61 0.55 0.29 0.19 0.70 0.53 0.46
8-7/16 0.98 0.82 0.79 0.78 0.68 0.74 0.41 0.28 0.83 0.61 0.52 0.92 0.79 0.76 1.00 0.70 0.63 0.59 0.31 0.20 0.72 0.54 0.47
9 1.00 0.84 0.79 0.80 0.70 0.79 0.45 0.31 0.86 0.63 0.54 0.94 0.80 0.77 0.72 0.64 0.63 0.34 0.23 0.75 0.56 0.49
10 0.85 0.81 0.84 0.73 0.88 0.51 0.35 0.92 0.67 0.57 0.97 0.82 0.78 0.76 0.67 0.70 0.39 0.26 0.80 0.59 0.51
11-1/4 0.88 0.82 0.90 0.78 1.00 0.59 0.41 1.00 0.72 0.61 1.00 0.84 0.79 0.80 0.70 0.79 0.45 0.31 0.86 0.63 0.54
12 0.89 0.84 0.93 0.80 0.63 0.45 0.76 0.63 0.85 0.80 0.83 0.72 0.85 0.48 0.34 0.90 0.66 0.56
13 0.91 0.85 0.98 0.83 0.69 0.49 0.80 0.66 0.86 0.81 0.86 0.75 0.92 0.53 0.37 0.95 0.69 0.58
13-1/2 0.92 0.86 1.00 0.85 0.72 0.52 0.82 0.68 0.87 0.82 0.88 0.76 0.96 0.56 0.39 0.97 0.71 0.60
14-1/16 0.93 0.86 0.87 0.76 0.54 0.84 0.70 0.88 0.82 0.90 0.78 1.00 0.59 0.41 1.00 0.72 0.61
16 0.96 0.89 0.93 0.88 0.63 0.92 0.76 0.90 0.85 0.97 0.83 0.68 0.48 0.79 0.66
16-7/8 0.98 0.90 0.96 0.93 0.67 0.95 0.78 0.92 0.86 1.00 0.85 0.72 0.52 0.82 0.68
18 1.00 0.92 1.00 1.00 0.72 1.00 0.82 0.93 0.87 0.88 0.78 0.56 0.85 0.71
20 0.95 0.82 0.88 0.96 0.89 0.93 0.88 0.63 0.92 0.76
22 0.97 0.91 0.94 0.99 0.91 0.99 0.98 0.71 0.98 0.80
22-1/2 0.98 0.93 0.95 1.00 0.92 1.00 1.00 0.72 1.00 0.82
24 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.93 0.78 0.85
26 0.96 0.85 0.90
28 0.98 0.93 0.95
30 1.00 1.00 1.00

Note:
Tables apply for listed embedment depths. Reduction factors for
other embedment depths must be calculated using equations below.

Spacing Edge Distance

for scr > s > smin for ccr > c > cmin

Tension and Shear Tension

smin = 0.5 hef, scr = 2.0 hef cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 1.5 hef
fAN = 0.165 (s/hef) + 0.67 fRN = 0.40 (c/hef) + 0.4

Shear, where hef < 9.0 x d1

cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 2.5 hef

⊥ toward edge II or away from edge

fRV1 = 0.415 (c/h ef ) – 0.0375 fRV2 = 0.275 (c/h ef ) + 0.312

Shear, where hef ≥ 9.0 x d1

cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 2.0 hef

⊥ toward edge II or away from edge

fRV1 = 0.554 (c/h ef ) – 0.107 fRV2 = 0.366 (c/h ef ) + 0.267
1 d = nominal bolt diameter

190 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
05_4.2.4_HY150MAX.QXD:H440.04_04b HY 150 [Link] 12/30/07 1:00 AM Page 191

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-HY 150 MAX Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.4

Anchor Spacing and Edge Distance Guidelines in Concrete for HIT-TZ and HIT-RTZ Threaded Rods
Load Adjustment Factors for 3/8" and 1/2" Diameter Anchors
Anchor 3/8" diameter 1/2" diameter
Diameter
Adjustment Spacing Edge Distance Edge Distance Edge Distance Spacing Edge Distance Edge Distance Edge Distance
Factor Tension/Shear, Tension, Shear, fRV1 Shear, fRV2 Tension, Tension, Shear, fRV1 Shear, fRV2
fA fRN (⊥ toward edge) (II to or away from edge) fAN fRN (⊥ toward edge) (II to or away from edge)
Embedment
Depth, in. 2-7/8 2-7/8 2-7/8 2-7/8 3-1/2 3-1/2 3-1/2 3-1/2
2 0.77 0.63 0.25 0.53
2-7/16 0.79 0.68 0.35 0.59 0.77 0.63 0.25 0.53
Spacing (s)/Edge Distance (c), in.

3 0.81 0.74 0.46 0.67 0.79 0.68 0.35 0.59

3-3/8 0.83 0.78 0.55 0.72 0.80 0.71 0.42 0.63
4 0.86 0.84 0.68 0.80 0.83 0.77 0.53 0.70
4-3/8 0.87 0.88 0.76 0.85 0.84 0.80 0.59 0.75
5 0.90 0.95 0.90 0.94 0.86 0.85 0.71 0.82
5-1/4 0.91 0.98 0.95 0.97 0.87 0.88 0.75 0.84
5-7/16 0.92 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.88 0.89 0.79 0.87
6 0.95 0.90 0.94 0.88 0.93
6-11/16 0.98 0.92 1.00 1.00 1.00
7 0.99 0.94
7-3/16 1.00 0.94
8-1/2 0.99
8-3/4 1.00

Note:
Tables apply for listed embedment depths. Reduction factors for
other embedment depths must be calculated using equations below.

Spacing Edge Distance

for scr>s>smin for ccr>c>cmin

Tension and Shear Tension

smin = 0.7 hef, scr = 2.5 hef cmin = 0.7 hef, ccr = 1.9 hef
fA = 0.128 (s/hef) + 0.68 fRN = 0.308 (c/hef) + 0.414

Shear
cmin = 0.7 hef, ccr = 1.9 hef

⊥ toward edge II or away from edge

fRV1 = 0.625 (c/hef) – 0.1875 fRV2 = 0.392 (c/hef) + 0.256

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 191
05_4.2.4_HY150MAX.QXD:H440.04_04b HY 150 [Link] 12/30/07 1:00 AM Page 192

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.4 HIT-HY 150 MAX Adhesive Anchoring System

Anchor Spacing and Edge Distance Guidelines in Concrete for HIT-TZ and HIT-RTZ Threaded Rods
Load Adjustment Factors for 5/8" and 3/4" Diameter Anchors
Anchor 5/8" diameter 3/4" diameter
Diameter
Adjustment Spacing Edge Distance Edge Distance Edge Distance Spacing Edge Distance Edge Distance Edge Distance
Factor Tension/Shear, Tension, Shear, fRV1 Shear, fRV2 Tension, Tension, Shear, fRV1 Shear, fRV2
fA fRN (⊥ toward edge) (II to or away from edge) fAN fRN (⊥ toward edge) (II to or away from edge)
Embedment
Depth, in 4 4 4 4 5-1/4 5-1/4 5-1/4 5-1/4
2-13/16 0.77 0.63 0.25 0.53
3 0.78 0.65 0.28 0.55
3-11/16 0.80 0.70 0.39 0.62 0.77 0.63 0.25 0.53
4-5/16 0.82 0.75 0.49 0.68 0.79 0.67 0.33 0.58
Spacing (s)/Edge Distance (c), in.

4-1/2 0.82 0.76 0.52 0.70 0.79 0.68 0.35 0.59

4-3/4 0.83 0.78 0.55 0.72 0.80 0.69 0.38 0.61
5 0.84 0.80 0.60 0.75 0.80 0.71 0.42 0.63
5-3/4 0.86 0.86 0.71 0.82 0.82 0.75 0.50 0.69
6-3/4 0.90 0.93 0.87 0.92 0.84 0.81 0.62 0.76
7-3/16 0.91 0.97 0.94 0.96 0.86 0.84 0.67 0.79
7-5/8 0.92 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.87 0.86 0.72 0.82
8 0.94 0.88 0.88 0.76 0.85
8-7/16 0.95 0.89 0.91 0.82 0.89
9 0.97 0.90 0.94 0.88 0.93
10 1.00 0.92 1.00 1.00 1.00
11-1/4 0.95
12 0.97
13-1/8 1.00

Note:
Tables apply for listed embedment depths. Reduction factors for
other embedment depths must be calculated using equations below.

Spacing Edge Distance

for scr>s>smin for ccr>c>cmin

Tension and Shear Tension

smin = 0.7 hef, scr = 2.5 hef cmin = 0.7 hef, ccr = 1.9 hef
fA = 0.128 (s/hef) + 0.68 fRN = 0.308 (c/hef) + 0.414

Shear
cmin = 0.7 hef, ccr = 1.9 hef

⊥ toward edge II or away from edge

fRV1 = 0.625 (c/hef) – 0.1875 fRV2 = 0.392 (c/hef) + 0.256

192 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
05_4.2.4_HY150MAX.QXD:H440.04_04b HY 150 [Link] 12/30/07 1:00 AM Page 193

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-HY 150 MAX Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.4

Resistance of HIT-HY 150 MAX to Chemicals

Chemical Behavior Samples of the HIT-HY 150 MAX resin were immersed in the
Sulphuric acid conc. – various chemical compounds for up to one year. At the time
30% • of the test period, the samples were analyzed. Any samples
10% + showing no visible damage and having less than a 25%
Hydrochloric acid conc. •
reduction in bending (flexural) strength were classified as
10% +
Nitric acid conc. –
“Resistant.” Samples that had slight damage, such as small
10% • cracks, chips, etc. or reduction in bending strength of 25%
Phosphoric acid conc. + or more, were classified as “Partially Resistant.” Samples
10% + that were heavily damaged or destroyed were classified as
Acetic acid conc. • “Not Resistant.”
10% +
Formic acid conc. – Note: In actual use, the majority of the resin is encased in the
10% • base material, leaving very little surface area exposed. In
Lactic acid conc. +
some cases, this would allow the HIT-HY 150 MAX to be
10% +
Citric acid 10% +
used where it would be exposed to the “Partially Resistant”
Sodium Hydroxide 40% • chemical compounds.
(Caustic soda) 20% +
5% +
Ammonia conc. •
Open Gel Time (Approximate)1, 2
5% +
Soda solution 10% + Base Material Temperature Approximate
Common salt solution 10% +
°F °C Gel Time
Chlorinated lime solution 10% +
Sodium hypochlorite 2% + 14 -10 100 min
Hydrogen peroxide 10% + 23 -5 40 min
Carbolic acid solution 10% – 32 0 20 min
Ethanol –
50 10 8 min
Sea water +
68 20 6 min
Glycol +
86 30 3 min
Acetone –
Carbon tetrachloride – 104 40 2 min
Toluene +
Petrol/Gasoline • Final Cure Time (Approximate)1, 2
Machine oil •
Diesel oil • Base Material Temperature Approximate
°F °C Cure Time
Key: – non-resistant + resistant • limited resistance
14 -10 12 hrs
23 -5 4 hrs
32 0 2 hrs
140
50 10 1 hr
120
68 20 30 min
100 86 30 30 min
80 104 40 30 min
60 1 The temperature of the HIT-HY 150 MAX adhesive must be
between 32˚F (0˚C) and 104˚F (40˚C) at the time of installation.
40
2 Use of HIT-HY 150 MAX with HIT-TZ rods must be installed in
20 base material temperatures ≥ 40˚F (5˚C).

0
0 50 100 150 200

Note: Test procedure involves the concrete being held at the

elevated temperature for 24 hours, then removing it from the
controlled environment and testing to failure.

Long term creep test in accordance with AC58 is available;

please contact Hilti Technical Services.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 193
 05_4.2.4_HY150MAX.QXD:H440.04_04b HY 150 [Link] 12/30/07 1:00 AM Page 194
2x
2x 2x 2x 2x

SI at
CFM Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.4 HIT-HY 150 MAX Adhesive Anchoring System

[Link] Installation Instructions

HAS Rod, Rebar and Insert Installation Instructions

2x
1 2 3 3X
4
90 PSI at
3.5 CFM

90 PSI at
3.5 CFM
9080psi
PSI at 90 PSI at 9080psi
PSI90atPSI at
3.56 CFM
bar 3.5 CFM 6 bar
3.5 3.5 CFM
CFM

1. Drill anchor hole with a 2. Insert air nozzle to bottom of 3. Clean hole with wire brush. 4. Insert air nozzle to bottom of
carbide bit. hole and blow out all dust Proper hole cleaning is hole and blow out all dust
and debris from the hole usin essential. and debris from the hole
compressed air.* using compressed air.
2 2
5 6 7 8

1 2 33 122
2 90 PSI at 2 2 2
3.5 CFM 330ml = 2X
1 1
1 500ml = 3x*
1 1 1 1
5. Put foil pack into foil pack 6. Screw on static mixer. 7. Put holder/ foil pack into 8. Discard first trigger pulls
holder. Remove cap covering appropriate dispenser. of adhesive from each foil
threaded projection. pack. *Below 41°F (5°C)
discard four trigger pulls.

9 10 11 12

9. Inject adhesive into hole 10. After injecting adhesive 11. Insert rod, insert or rebar. 12. Do not disturb anchor
without forming air pockets depressurize the dispenser Twist during installation. between specified gel
starting at the bottom until 1/2 by pressing the release Fastener may be adjusted time and cure time.
to 2/3 full. Use mixer filler tube button. during specified gel time.
extensions when needed to
reach the hole bottom.

13

13. Apply specified torque as

required to secure items to be
fastened. Do not exceed
maximum torque specified.

* For holes with standing water, holes must be flushed clean with water, brushed with a wire brush and again
flushed clean with water or other means removing any debris or slurry in the hole. Standing water must be
removed prior to performing the remainder of anchor installation.

194 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
05_4.2.4_HY150MAX.QXD:H440.04_04b HY 150 [Link] 12/30/07 1:00 AM Page 195

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-HY 150 MAX Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.4

HIT-I Inserts and HIT-A Rods into Hollow Brick, Hollow Block or Tile

1. Select the proper bit. Set the 2. Proper hole cleaning is 3. Use compressed air to blow 4. Insert specified HIT-S type
depth gauge, drill the hole, essential. Use a nylon brush out the hole from the bottom. screen tube into hole.
rotation only. Hilti URM bits to remove loose material. Do The Hilti air nozzle is designed
are recommended for drilling not use brushes with metal for hole cleaning.
into masonry. bristles.

330ml = 2X
500ml = 3x*

5. Insert refill pack into holder. 6. Screw on mixing nozzle with 7. Put holder into dispenser. 8. Discard first two trigger pulls of
extension. adhesive from each foil pack.
*Below 41°F (5°C) discard four
10 trigger pulls.

The minimum number

of trigger pulls to fill each
screen is as follows:
S12 1 pump
S16/2 4 pumps
9. Fill HIT-S type screen tube 10. Unlock dispenser S16 6 pumps
completely from back to front
S22/2 4 pumps
edge of screen using the
minimum number of trigger S22 6 pumps
pulls listed in table.

11 12 13 14
HIT-I INSERT

≤ Tmax

11. Insert HIT-I Insert, or HIT-A 12. Fastener may be adjusted 13. Do not disturb fastener 14. Apply torque to anchor.
OR Rod into adhesive-filled during specified gel time. between specified gel and Do not exceed maximum
screen, twisting slightly. cure time. recommended torque.

15 16 17 18
≤ Tmax
HIT-A ROD

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 195
05_4.2.4_HY150MAX.QXD:H440.04_04b HY 150 [Link] 12/30/07 1:00 AM Page 196

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.4 HIT-HY 150 MAX Adhesive Anchoring System

HIT-TZ and HIT-RTZ Installation Instructions
1 2 3 4 5 5 6
PUSH

Do Not
Twist.

HIT-HY HIT-HY HIT-HY HIT-HY

150 MAX 150 MAX 150 MAX 150 MAX

Drill hole using a Push the HT-TZ in the hole to verify Inject adhesive Fill the hole 1/2 to 2/3 full. If the hole Do not adjust the
roto-hammer or sufficient hole depth (only threads starting from the is full of water, it is suggested to start HIT-TZ rod between
Hilti diamond visible). For floor applications pushing bottom of the hole. injecting from the bottom of the hole the gel and cure
coring machine. the rod compacts the drill dust. and fill entirely with adhesive. times. Apply a load
only after the
appropriate cure
time has elapsed.

HIT-HY 150 MAX Volume Charts

Threaded Rod and HIT-TZ Rod Metric Rebar Installation
Installation Rebar Installation (Canada Only)
Rod Drill Bit1 Adhesive Volume Rod Drill Bit1 Adhesive Volume Bar Drill Bit1 Adhesive Volume
Diameter Diameter Required per Inch Diameter Diameter Required per Inch Diameter Diameter Required per Inch
(in.) (in.) of embedment (in 3) (in.) (in.) of embedment (in3) (in.) (in.) embedment (in3)
1/4 5/16 0.055 #3 or 3/8 1/2 0.110 10M 5/8 0.186
3/8 7/16 0.095 #4 or 1/2 5/8 0.146 15M 3/4 0.170
1/2 9/16 0.133 #5 or 5/8 3/4 0.176 20M 1 0.388
5/8 3/4 0.261 #6 or 3/4 7/8 0.218 25M 1-1/8 0.289
3/4 7/8 0.326 #7 or 7/8 1 0.252 30M 1-3/8 0.481
7/8 1 0.391 #8 or 1 1-1/8 0.299
1 1 1/8 0.478 #9 or 1 1/8 1-3/8 0.601
1-1/4 1 3/8 0.626 #10 or 1 1/4 1-1/2 0.659
1 Rebar diameter may vary. Use smallest drill bit which will accommodate rebar.

Example: Determine approximate Note: Estimated useable volume of:

fastenings for 5/8" rod embedded 10" deep.
HIT-HY 150 MAX 11.1 oz cartridge is
10 x 0.261 = 2.61 in3 of adhesive per anchor
16.5 in3 (270 ml)

HIT-HY 150 MAX 11.1 oz:

HIT-HY 150 MAX 16.9 oz cartridge is
16.5 ÷ 2.61= 6 fastenings
26.9 in3 (440 ml)

HIT-HY 150 MAX 16.9 oz:

HIT-HY 150 MAX Jumbo cartridges are
26.9 ÷ 2.61= 10 fastenings
81.8 in3

HIT-HY 150 MAX Jumbo:

81.8 ÷ 2.61= 31 fastenings

196 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
05_4.2.4_HY150MAX.QXD:H440.04_04b HY 150 [Link] 12/30/07 1:00 AM Page 197

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-HY 150 MAX Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.4

Technical data
Product: Hybrid/urethane
methacrylate
Gel time (68°F/20°C): 5 min*
Cure time (68°F/20°C): 30 min*
Base material temp: 14˚F (-10˚C) to
104˚F (40˚C)
Diameter range: 3/8” to 1 1/4”
* approximately

HIT-HY 150 MAX

Foil Pack
HIT Adhesives
Item No. Description Contents
283548 HIT-HY 150 MAX 11.1 fl oz (330 ml) 1 Foil Pack, 1 Mixer with Filler Tube
3412766 HIT-HY 150 MAX 11.1 fl oz (330 ml) MC 25 Foil Packs, 25 Mixers, 25 Filler Tubes
283549 HIT-HY 150 MAX 16.9 fl oz (500 ml) MC 20 Foil Packs, 20 Mixers, 20 Filler Tubes
283550 HIT-HY 150 MAX Jumbo 47.3 fl oz (1400 ml) MC 4 Foil Packs, 4 Mixers

HIT Dispensers
Battery Powered Dispenser
Item No. Description ED 3500
3245363 ED 3500 2.0 Ah Kit Battery Dispenser

MD 2000 MD 2500
Manual Dispensers Dispenser Dispenser
Item No. Description
229154 MD 2000 Manual Dispenser + 1 foil pack holder for HIT HY foil packs
338853 MD 2500 Manual Dispenser + 1 foil pack holder for HIT HY foil packs
229170 Foil Pack Holder Replacement for MD 2000 or BD 2000 dispensers
339477 Foil Pack Holder for 16.9 fl oz (500 ml) (MD 2500, P 3500)

P 3500 P 8000
Pneumatic Dispensers Dispenser Dispenser
Item No. Description
354180 HIT P 3500 Pneumatic Dispenser + 1 foil pack holder for HIT HY foil packs
373959 HIT P 8000-D Pneumatic Dispenser (for Jumbo cartridges)
373960 Jumbo Foil Pack Holder Replacement for HIT P 8000 dispenser

HIT-RE-M HIT Filler Tube

Mixers and Filler Tubes
Item No: Description Qty/Pkg Notes
337111 HIT-RE Mixer 1 For use with any cartridge size

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 197
05_4.2.4_HY150MAX.QXD:H440.04_04b HY 150 [Link] 12/30/07 1:00 AM Page 198

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.4 HIT-HY 150 MAX Adhesive Anchoring System

[Link] Ordering Information

HAS-E, HAS-R & HAS Super Rods, HIS Inserts and HIT-TZ & HIT-RTZ Rods

HAS Rod 5.8 HAS Super A193, HAS-R 304 Stainless Steel HAS-R Rods 316 Stainless Steel
B7 High Strength Rods
Master
Item No. Carton Qty Qty Qty Qty
(Box) (MC) Description Box/MC Item No. Description Box Item No. Description Box Item No. Description Box
385417 3432178 3/8x3 10/360
385418 3432179 3/8x4-3/8 10/240
385419 3432180 3/8x5-1/8 20/240 68657 3/8x5-1/8 10 385462 3/8x5-1/8 20 3024335 3/8x5-1/8 10
385420 3432181 3/8x8 10/160 385463 3/8x8 10
385421 3432182 3/8x12 10/90
385422 3432183 1/2x3-1/8 10/240
385423 3432184 1/2x4-1/2 10/160
385424 3432185 1/2x6-1/2 20/160 68658 1/2x6-1/2 10 385464 1/2x6-1/2 20 3024336 1/2x6-1/2 10
385425 3432239 1/2x8 10/120 385465 1/2x8 10
385426 3432186 1/2x10 10/120 385466 1/2x10 10
3024337 1/2x11 10
385427 3432187 1/2x12 10/80
385428 3432188 5/8x8 20/80 333783 5/8x7-5/8 10 385467 5/8x7-5/8 20 333781 5/8x7-5/8 10
385468 5/8x10 10
385429 3432189 5/8x9 10/60 3024338 5/8x9 10
385430 3432190 5/8x12 10/60 3024339 5/8x12 10
385431 3432191 5/8x17 10/40
385432 3432052 3/4x10 10/40 68660 3/4x9-5/8 5 385469 3/4x9-5/8 10 3024340 3/4x9-5/8 5
385433 3432163 3/4x11 10/30
385434 3432164 3/4x12 10/30 385470 3/4x12 10
385435 3432165 3/4x14 10/30 3006083 3/4x14 5 385471 3/4x14 10
385472 3/4x16 10
385436 3432166 3/4x17 10/20
385437 3432167 3/4x19 10/20
385438 3432168 3/4x21 10/20
385439 3432169 3/4x25 10/20
385440 3432170 7/8x10 10/20 68661 7/8x10(HDG) 5 385473 7/8x10 10
3006077 7/8x12(HDG) 5
385441 3432171 7/8x13 10/20 45259 7/8x16(HDG) 5
385442 3432172 1x12 4/16 68662 1x12 5 385474 1x12 4 3024341 1x12 4
385443 3432173 1x14 2/16 3006079 1x14 5
385444 3432174 1x16 2/12 3006080 1x16 5
385445 3432175 1x20 2/12 3006081 1x21 5
385446 3432176 1-1/4x16 4/8 333779 1 1/4x16 4
385447 3432177 1-1/4x22 4/8
3006082 1 1/4x23 4

HIS Carbon Steel and HIS-R 316 Stainless Steel Internally Threaded Inserts
HIS HIS-R Usable Thread Qty
Item No. Item No. Description Length (in.) Box
258020 258029 3/8x4-1/4 1 10
258021 258030 1/2x5 1-3/16 5
258022 258031 5/8x6-5/8 1-1/2 5
258023 258032 3/4x8-1/4 2 5

HIT-TZ and HIT-RTZ Rods

Maximum Item No. Item No.
Threaded Rod Drill Bit Depth of Fastening Overall Qty HIT-TZ ISO 5.8 HIT-RTZ 316
Diameter (in.) Diameter (in.) Embedment (in.) Thickness (in.) Length (in.) Box Carbon Steel Stainless Steel Description
3/8 7/16 2-7/8 1 4-1/2 40 337484 337498 HIT-TZ 3/8x2-7/8/1
1/2 9/16 3-1/2 1-1/2 5-11/16 24 337485 337499 HIT-TZ 1/2x3-1/2/1-1/2
5/8 11/16 4 2-1/4 7-1/16 16 337486 337500 HIT-TZ 5/8x4/2-1/4
3/4 13/16 5-1/4 2-1/4 8-9/16 8 337487 337501 HIT-TZ 3/4x5-1/4/2-1/4

198 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
05_4.2.4_HY150MAX.QXD:H440.04_04b HY 150 [Link] 12/30/07 1:00 AM Page 199

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-HY 150 MAX Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.4

HIT-A and HIT-I Inserts and Screen Tubes

Approximate1
Anchor Base HIT Rod-A/Insert-1 HIT-S Screen Tube Recommended
System Material Item No. (10 pcs/pkg) Item No. (10 pcs/pkg) Hilti Bit
HIT-A Rod 1/4 x 2-1/2 HIT Combi-S12/A TE-CX 1/2 - 6
78739 49765 2” long 205352
HIT-A Rod 5/16 x 4 HIT-S-16 TE-C+ 5/8 - 8
Brick with 88977 68613 3-3/8” long 28043
Holes HIT-A Rod 3/8 x 4-3/8 HIT-S-16 TE-C+ 5/8 - 8
88978 68613 3-3/8” long 28043
HIT-A Rod 1/2 x 4-1/2 HIT-S-16 TE-C+ 5/8 - 8
88979 68613 3-3/8” long 28043
HIT-A Rod 1/4 x 2-1/2 HIT Combi-S12/A TE-CX 1/2 - 6
HIT-A 78739 49765 2” long 205352
Standard Hollow Block HIT-A Rod 5/16 x 2-1/2 HIT-S-16/2 TE-C+ 5/8 - 8
and HIT-A Lightweight 88392 77810 2” long 28043
Short or Normal HIT-A Rod 3/8 x 3 HIT-S-16/2 TE-C+ 5/8 - 8
Anchor Weight 88393 77810 2” long 28043
Rods HIT-A Rod 1/2 x 3-1/8 HIT-S-16/2 TE-C+ 5/8 - 8
88394 77810 2” long 28043
HIT-A Rod 1/4 x 2-1/2 HIT Combi-S12/A TE-CX 1/2 - 6
78739 49765 2” long 205352
HIT-A Rod 5/16 x 2-1/2 HIT-S-16/2 TE-C+ 5/8 - 8
88392 77810 2” long 28043
Clay Tile
HIT-A Rod 3/8 x 3 HIT-S-16/2 TE-C+ 5/8 - 8
88393 77810 2” long 28043
HIT-A Rod 1/2 x 3-1/8 HIT-S-16/2 TE-C+ 5/8 - 8
88394 77810 2” long 28043
Screen Tube with Insert Combi-S12/I TE-CX 1/2 - 6
(for #14 screw) 49766 2”long 28043
HIT-I Insert 5/16 x 3-3/16 HIT-S-16 TE-C+ 5/8 - 8
Brick with 88996 68613 3-3/8” long 28043
Holes HIT-I Insert 3/8 x 3-3/16 HIT-S-22 TE-C-S 27/32-12
88997 68615 3-3/8” long 28623
HIT-I Insert 1/2 x 3-3/16 HIT-S-22 TE-C-S 27/32-12
88998 68615 3-3/8” long 28623
HIT-I Screen Tube with Insert Combi-S12/I TE-CX 1/2 - 6
Standard (for #14 screw) 49766 2”long 205352
Hollow Block HIT-I Insert 5/16 x 2 HIT-S-16/2 TE-C+ 5/8 - 8
and HIT-I
Lightweight 88397 77810 2” long 28043
Short
or Normal HIT-I Insert 3/8 x 2 HIT-S-22/2 TE-C-S 27/32-12
Internally Weight 88398 77811 2” long 28623
Threaded HIT-I Insert 1/2 x 2 HIT-S-22/2 TE-C-S 27/32-12
Inserts 88399 77811 2” long 28623
Screen Tube with Insert Combi-S12/I TE-CX 1/2 - 6
(for #14 screw) 49766 2”long 205352
HIT-I Insert 5/16 x 2 HIT-S-16/2 TE-C+ 5/8 - 8
88397 77810 2” long 28043
Clay Tile
HIT-I Insert 3/8 x 2 HIT-S-22/2 TE-C-S 27/32-12
88398 77811 2” long 28623
HIT-I Insert 1/2 x 2 HIT-S-22/2 TE-C-S 27/32-12
88399 77811 2” long 28623

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 199
05_4.2.4_HY150MAX.QXD:H440.04_04b HY 150 [Link] 12/30/07 1:00 AM Page 200

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.5 HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Adhesive Anchoring System

4.2.5 HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 [Link] Product Description
[Link] Product Description Hilti HIT-HY 150 is a hybrid adhesive Product Features of HIT-ICE/HY 150
[Link] Material Specifications consisting of a methacrylate resin, • Small edge distance and anchor
[Link] Technical Data hardener, cement and water. It is spacing allowance
formulated for fast curing and • Mixing tube provides proper
[Link] Installation Instructions
installation in a wide range of solid base mixing and accurate dispensing
[Link] Ordering Information of mixed resin
material temperatures from 104°F (40°C)
down to 23°F (–5°C). For colder • Contains no styrene; virtually
environmental installations, HIT-ICE odorless
adhesive is a winter formulation of for • Cures quickly over a large range of
HIT-ICE Cartridge base material temperatures
base material temperatures down to
–10°F (–23°C). HIT-ICE consists of an • Excellent weathering resistance;
epoxy acrylate and hardener. high temperature resistance
• High load capacities
The systems consist of adhesive refill
HIT-HY 150 Refill Pack • HIT-ICE has equivalent load perfor-
packs, a mixing nozzle, a HIT dispenser mance to HIT-HY 150
and either a threaded rod, rebar, HIS • Seismic qualified per IBC®/IRC®
Listings/Approvals
internally threaded insert or eyebolts. 2000 and UBC® 1997 (ICC-ES
ICC-ES (International Code Council)
ER-5193 (HIT-HY 150 only) HIT-ICE/HY 150 is specifically designed AC58). HIT-HY 150 only.
City of Los Angeles for fastening into solid base materials Please refer to ER-5193
Research Report # 25257 such as concrete, grout, stone or grout
(HIT-HY 150 only)
NSF/ANSI Standard 61 filled block.
Certification for use of HIT-HY 150
in potable water The Hilti HIT-TZ is an innovative
Metro-Dade County threaded rod installed with HIT-HY 150
Approval 06-1127.06 hybrid adhesive or HIT-ICE. Please refer
(HIT-HY 150 only)
to section 4.2.3 for details on HIT-TZ.
Europan Technical Approval
(HIT-HY 150 only) With the combination of HIT-ICE/HY 150
ETA-05/0049 and the innovative design of the HIT-TZ
ETA-05/0050 rod, anchoring into uncleaned holes, wet
ETA-05/0051
holes (including standing water) and/or
Hilti matched tolerance diamond-cored
holes does not adversely affect tensile
capacity. Use HIT-ICE in base material
Code Compliance temperatures below 40° F (5° C).
IBC®/IRC® 2000 (ICC-ES AC58,
HIT-HY 150 only)
UBC® 1997 (ICC-ES AC58,
HIT-HY 150 only)
LEED ®: Credit 4.1-Low Emitting
Materials

The Leadership in Energy and

Environmental Design (LEED® ) Green
Building Rating systemTM is the nationally
accepted benchmark for the design, con-
struction and operation of high perfor-
mance green buildings.

200 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
06_4.2.5_HIT-ICE_HY.QXD:H440.04_04c [Link] 12/30/07 1:02 AM Page 201

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.5

Guide Specifications separate. Containers shall be designed Anchor Rods shall be furnished with
to accept static mixing nozzle which chamfered ends so that either end will
Master Format Section:
thoroughly blends component A and accept a nut and washer. Alternatively,
03250 (Concrete accessories)
component B and allows injection anchor rods shall be furnished with a 45
Related Sections:
directly into drilled hole. Only injection degree chisel point on one end to allow
03200 (Concrete Reinforcing)
tools and static mixing nozzles as for easy insertion into the adhesive-filled
05050 (Metal Fabrication)
recommended by manufacturer shall be hole. Anchor rods shall be manufactured
05120 (Structural Steel; Masonry
used. Manufacturer’s instructions shall to meet the following requirements: 1.
Accessories)
be followed. Injection adhesive shall be ISO 898 Class 5.8 2. ASTM A 193,
Injectable adhesive shall be used for formulated to include resin and hardener Grade B7 (high strength carbon steel
installation of all reinforcing steel dowels to provide optimal curing speed as well anchor); 3. AISI 304 or AISI 316 stainless
or threaded anchor rods and inserts into as high strength and stiffness. Typical steel, meeting the requirements of
new or existing concrete. Adhesive shall curing time at 68°F shall be 50 minutes ASTM F 593 (condition CW).
be furnished in containers which keep for HIT-HY 150 and 1 hour for HIT-ICE.
Special order length HAS Rods may
component A and component B Injection adhesive shall be HIT-HY 150
vary from standard product.
or HIT-ICE, as furnished by Hilti.
Nuts and Washers shall be furnished to
meet the requirements of the above
anchor rod specifications.

Fastener Components

HIT-ICE Mixer HIT-ICE Cartridge HIT-ICE Dispenser

ED 3500
Battery
Dispenser

HIT-HY 150 Refill Pack HIT Refill Pack Holder

Mixing Nozzle
MD 2000
Dispenser

P 3500
Dispenser

P 8000
Dispenser

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 201
06_4.2.5_HIT-ICE_HY.QXD:H440.04_04c [Link] 12/30/07 1:02 AM Page 202

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.5 HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Adhesive Anchoring System

[Link] Material Specifications

Material Properties for Cured Adhesive HIT-HY 150 HIT-ICE
Compressive Strength ASTM C 579 (HIT-HY 150) DIN 53454 (HIT-ICE) 71.8 MPa 10,420 psi 72 MPa 10,440 psi
Tensile Strength ASTM C 307 (HY 150) DIN/EN 527-1 (HIT-ICE) 15.9 MPa 2310 psi 12 MPa 1740 psi
Flexural Strength ASTM C 580 29.3 MPa 4250 psi — —
Modulus of Elasticity ASTM C 307 7032 MPa 1.02 x 106 psi — —
Water Absorption ASTM D 570 (HIT-HY 150) DIN 53495 (HIT-ICE) 0.12% 0.12% 2.4% 2.4%
Electrical Resistance DIN/VDE 0303T3 (HIT-HY 150) DIN/VDE 0303T3 (HIT-ICE) 2x1011 OHM/cm 5.1x1011 OHM/in. 2x1011OHM/in. 5.1x1011OHM/in.

Mechanical Properties
Material fy min. fu
ksi (MPa) ksi (MPa)
Standard HAS-E rod material meets the requirements of ISO 898 Class 5.8 58 (400) 72.5 (500)
High Strength or ‘Super HAS’ rod material meets the requirements of ASTM A 193, Grade B7 105 (724) 125 (862)
Stainless HAS rod material meets the requirements of ASTM F 593 (AISI 304/316) Condition CW 3/8" to 5/8" 65 (448) 100 (689)
Stainless HAS rod material meets the requirements of ASTM F 593 (AISI 304/316) Condition CW 3/4" to 1-1/4" 45 (310) 85 (586)
HIS Insert 11MnPb30+C Carbon Steel conforming to DIN 10277-3 54.4 (375) 66.7 (460)
HIS-R Insert X5CrNiMo17122 K700 Stainless Steel conforming to DIN EN 10088-3 50.8 (350) 101.5 (700)
HAS Super & HAS-E Standard Nut material meets the requirements of ASTM A 563, Grade DH
HAS Stainless Steel Nut material meets the requirements of ASTM F 594
HAS Standard and Stainless Steel Washers meet dimensional requirements of ANSI B18.22.1 Type A Plain
HAS Stainless Steel Washers meet the requirements of AISI 304 or AISI 316 conforming to ASTM A 240
HAS Super & HAS-E Standard Washers meet the requirements of ASTM F 436
All HAS Super Rods (except 7/8") & HAS-E Standard, HIS inserts, nuts & washers are zinc plated to ASTM B 633 SC 1
7/8" HAS Super rods hot-dip galvanized in accordance with ASTM A 153
Note: Special Order threaded rods may vary from standard materials.

[Link] Technical Data

HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Installation Specification Table for HAS Rods

HAS Rod Size in. 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/4
Details (mm) (9.5) (12.7) (15.9) (19.1) (22.2) (25.4) (31.8) dbit Tmax

dbit bit diameter1 in. 7/16 9/16 11/16 13/16 15/16 1-1/16 1-1/2 hef t

hef = hnom in. 3-1/2 4-1/4 5 6-5/8 7-1/2 8-1/4 12 ᐉ

std. depth of embed.2 (mm) (90) (110) (125) (170) (190) (210) (305) h

Tmax All hef ≥ hnom ft lb 18 30 75 150 175 235 400

max. HILTI (Nm) (24) (41) (102) (203) (237) (319) (540)
tighening Threaded hef < hnom ft lb 15 20 50 105 125 165 280
torque Rods (Nm) (20) (27) (68) (142) (169) (224) (375)
h hef = hnom in. 5-1/2 6-1/4 7 8-5/8 9-1/2 10-1/2 15
1 Use Hilti matched tolerance carbide
minimum (mm) (140) (160) (180) (220) (240) (270) (380) tipped bits.
base material 1.0 hef+ 1.0 hef+ 1.0 hef+ 1.0 hef+ 1.0 hef+ 1.0 hef+ 1.0 hef+ 2 Data available for varying embedments;
thickness3 hef ≠ hnom in. 2 2 2 2 2 2-1/4 3 see Load Tables.
(mm) (51) (51) (51) (51) (51) (57) (76) 3 Minimum base material thickness given
to avoid backside blowout during drilling
Approximate number of fastenings at standard embedment process. Ability of base material to
HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Small Refill Pack 45/50 28/31 16/18 9/10 7/8 5/6 2/2 withstand loads applied (e.g. bending of
concrete slab) should be determined by
HIT-HY 150 Jumbo Cartridge 236 145 85 45 38 29 7 design engineer.

202 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
06_4.2.5_HIT-ICE_HY.QXD:H440.04_04c [Link] 12/30/07 1:02 AM Page 203

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.5

HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Installation Specification Table for HIS Inserts

HIS Insert in. 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4

Details (mm) (9.5) (12.7) (15.9) (19.1) dbit Tmax
dbit bit diameter1 in. 11/16 7/8 1-1/8 1-1/4
hnom std. depth in. 4-1/4 5 6-5/8 8-1/4
hnom
ef
of embed. (mm) (110) (125) (170) (210)
h
ᐉth useable thread in. 1 1-3/16 1-1/2 2
length (mm) (25) (30) (40) (50)
Tmax Max. tightening ft-lb 18 35 80 160
torque (Nm) (24) (47) (108) (217)
h min. base material in. 6-3/8 7-1/2 10 12-3/8
thickness (mm) (162) (191) (254) (314)
Recommended Hilti TE 6, 16, TE 16, 25, TE 46, 56
Rotary Hammer Drill 25, 35 35, 46, 76
1 Hilti matched tolerance carbide tipped drill bits

HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Installation Specification Table for Rebar in Concrete

Rebar Size: No. 3 No. 4 No. 5 No. 6 No. 7 No. 8 No. 9 No. 10 No. 11
Details
dbit: bit diameter1, 2 in. 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/8 1-3/8 1-1/2 1-5/8
1 Rebar diameters may vary. Use smallest drill bit which will accommodate rebar.
2 Hilti matched tolerance carbide tipped drill bits

HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Installation Specification Table for

Metric Rebar in Concrete (Canada Only)
Rebar Number : 10M 15M 20M 25M 30M 35M

dbit : bit diameter1, 2 14 mm 3/4" 24mm 1-1/8" 37mm 1-9/16"

1 Rebar diameters may vary. Use smallest drill bit which will accommodate rebar.
2 Hilti matched tolerance carbide tipped drill bits

Combined Shear and Tension Loading

≤ 1.0 (Ref. Section [Link])

5/3 5/3
( NN ) + ( VV )
d
rec
d
rec

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 203
06_4.2.5_HIT-ICE_HY.QXD:H440.04_04c [Link] 12/30/07 1:02 AM Page 204

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.5 HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Adhesive Anchoring System

HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Allowable and Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity for HAS Rods in Normal-Weight Concrete1,2,3
HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Allowable Bond/Concrete Capacity HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity
Tensile Shear Tensile Shear
Anchor Embedment f'c = 2000 psi f'c = 4000 psi f'c = 2000 psi f'c = 4000 psi f'c = 2000 psi f'c = 4000 psi f'c = 2000 psi f'c = 4000 psi
Diameter Depth
(13.8 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (13.8 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (13.8 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (13.8 MPa) (27.6 MPa)
in (mm) in (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
1-3/4 720 1265 1395 1970 2710 4750 4175 5900
(44) (3.2) (5.6) (6.2) (8.8) (12.1) (21.1) (18.6) (26.2)
3/8 3-1/2 1895 2705 3335 4715 7120 10160 10000 14140
(9.5) (89) (8.4) (12.0) (14.8) (21.0) (31.7) (45.2) (44.5) (62.9)
5-1/4 2635 2800 6120 8655 9880 10510 18360 25960
(133) (11.7) (12.5) (27.2) (38.5) (44.0) (46.8) (81.7) (115.5)
2-1/8 1220 1575 1980 2800 4580 5910 5940 8400
(54) (5.4) (7.0) (8.8) (12.5) (20.4) (26.3) (26.4) (37.4)
1/2 4-1/4 2725 3935 5150 7280 10220 14760 15440 21840
(12.7) (108) (12.1) (17.5) (22.9) (32.4) (44.5) (65.7) (68.7) (97.1)
6-3/8 4300 5295 9455 13375 16140 19860 28360 40120
(162) (19.1) (23.6) (42.1) (59.5) (71.8) (88.3) (126.2) (178.5)
2-1/2 1620 1985 2460 3480 6090 7460 7380 10440
(64) (7.2) (8.8) (10.9) (15.5) (27.1) (33.2) (32.8) (46.4)
5/8 5 4395 5250 7350 10390 16480 19690 22040 31160
(15.9) (127) (19.6) (23.4) (32.7) (46.2) (73.3) (87.6) (98.0) (138.6)
7-1/2 6025 8225 13495 19080 22595 30850 40480 57240
(191) (26.8) (36.6) (60.0) (84.9) (100.5) (137.2) (180.0) (254.6)
3-3/8 2365 3925 5435 7680 8870 14720 16295 23040
(86) (10.5) (17.5) (24.2) (34.2) (39.5) (65.5) (72.5) (102.5)
3/4 6-5/8 4655 8885 12270 17355 17460 33330 36800 52060
(19.1) (168) (20.7) (39.5) (54.6) (77.2) (77.7) (148.3) (163.7) (231.6)
10 9515 12140 22755 32180 35695 45530 68260 96540
(254) (42.3) (54.0) (101.2) (143.1) (158.8) (202.5) (303.6) (429.4)
3-3/4 3080 4800 6705 9480 11555 18000 20105 28430
(95) (13.7) (21.4) (29.8) (42.4) (51.4) (80.1) (89.4) (126.5)
7/8 7-1/2 7845 11020 15960 22575 29430 41000 47880 67720
(22.2) (191) (34.9) (49.0) (71.0) (100.4) (130.9) (182.3) (213.0) (301.2)
11-1/4 13330 16645 29330 41475 49990 62425 87980 124420
(286) (59.3) (74.0) (130.5) (184.5) (222.4) (277.7) (391.4) (553.4)
4-1/8 3445 4865 8265 11685 12920 18250 24790 35050
(105) (15.3) (21.6) (36.8) (52.0) (57.5) (81.2) (110.3) (155.9)
1 8-1/4 8330 11635 19690 27840 31250 43640 59060 83520
(25.4) (210) (37.1) (51.8) (87.6) (123.8) (139.0) (194.1) (262.7) (371.5)
12-3/8 15540 19525 36170 51150 58280 73220 108500 153440
(314) (69.1) (86.85) (160.9) (227.5) (259.3) (325.7) (482.6) (682.5)
6 4645 7000 14760 20870 17430 26265 44280 62610
(152) (20.7) (31.1) (65.7) (92.8) (77.5) (116.8) (197.0) (278.5)
1-1/4 12 15490 20770 38615 54610 58085 77900 115840 163820
(31.8) (305) (68.9) (92.4) (171.8) (242.9) (258.4) (346.5) (515.3) (728.7)
15 19210 26815 53960 76315 72040 100560 161880 228940
(381) (85.5) (119.3) (240.0) (339.5) (320.5) (447.3) (720.1) (1018.4)
1 Influence factors for spacing and/or edge distance 2 For hef ≥ hnom average ultimate concrete shear 3 All values based on holes drilled with carbide bit and
are applied to concrete/bond values above, and then capacity based on Concrete Capacity Design (CCD) cleaned with compressed air and a wire brush per
compared to the steel value. The lesser of the val- method. For hef < hnom average ultimate concrete manufacturer’s instructions.
ues is to be used for the design. shear values based on testing.

204 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
06_4.2.5_HIT-ICE_HY.QXD:H440.04_04c [Link] 12/30/07 1:02 AM Page 205

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.5

Allowable Steel Strength for HAS Rods1
Rod HAS-E Standard HAS Super HAS SS
Diameter ISO 898 Class 5.8 ASTM A 193 B7 AISI 304/316 SS
in. Tensile Shear Tensile Shear Tensile Shear
(mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
3/8 2640 1360 4555 2345 3645 1875
(9.5) (11.7) (6.0) (20.3) (10.4) (16.2) (8.3)
1/2 4700 2420 8100 4170 6480 3335
(12.7) (20.9) (10.8) (36.0) (18.5) (28.8) (14.8)
5/8 7340 3780 12655 6520 10125 5215
(15.9) (32.7) (16.8) (56.3) (29.0) (45.0) (23.2)
3/4 10570 5445 18225 9390 12390 6385
(19.1) (47.0) (24.2) (81.1) (41.8) (55.1) (28.4)
7/8 14385 7410 24805 12780 16865 8690
(22.2) (64.0) (33.0) (110.3) (56.9) (75.0) (38.6)
1 18790 9680 32400 16690 22030 11350
(25.4) (83.6) (43.0) (144.1) (74.2) (98.0) (50.5)
1-1/4 29360 15125 50620 26080 34425 17735
(31.8) (130.6) (67.3) (225.2) (116.0) (153.1) (78.9)

1 Steel strength as defined in AISC Manual of Steel Construction (ASD):

Tensile = 0.33 x Fu x Nominal Area

Shear = 0.17 x Fu x Nominal Area

Ultimate Steel Strength for HAS Rods1

Rod HAS-E Standard HAS Super HAS SS
Diameter ISO 898 Class 5.8 ASTM A 193 B7 AISI 304/316 SS
in. Yield Tensile Shear Yield Tensile Shear Yield Tensile Shear
(mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
3/8 4495 6005 3605 8135 10350 6210 5035 8280 4970
(9.5) (20.0) (26.7) (16.0) (36.2) (43.4) (27.6) (22.4) (36.8) (22.1)
1/2 8230 10675 6405 14900 18405 11040 9225 14720 8835
(12.7) (36.6) (47.5) (28.5) (66.3) (79.0) (49.1) (41.0) (65.5) (39.3)
5/8 13110 16680 10010 23730 28760 17260 14690 23010 13805
(15.9) (58.3) (74.2) (44.5) (105.6) (125.7) (76.8) (65.3) (102.4) (61.4)
3/4 19400 24020 14415 35120 41420 24850 15050 28165 16800
(19.1) (86.3) (106.9) (64.1) (156.2) (185.7) (110.5) (66.9) (125.3) (75.2)
7/8 26780 32695 19620 48480 56370 33825 20775 38335 23000
(22.2) (119.1) (145.4) (87.3) (215.7) (256.9) (150.5) (92.4) (170.5) (102.3)
1 35130 42705 25625 63600 73630 44180 27255 50070 30040
(25.4) (156.3) (190.0) (114.0) (282.9) (337.0) (196.5) (121.2) (222.7) (133.6)
1-1/4 56210 66730 40035 101755 115050 69030 43610 78235 46940
(31.8) (250.0) (296.8) (178.1) (452.6) (511.8) (307.1) (194.0) (348.0) (208.8)
1 Steel strength as defined in AISC Manual of Steel Construction 2nd Ed. (LRFD):

Yield = Fy x Tensile Stress Area

Tensile = 0.75 x Fu x Nominal Area
Shear = 0.45 x Fu x Nominal Area

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 205
06_4.2.5_HIT-ICE_HY.QXD:H440.04_04c [Link] 12/30/07 1:02 AM Page 206

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.5 HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Adhesive Anchoring System

HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Allowable Bond/Concrete Capacity and Steel Strength
for HIS Carbon Steel and HIS-R Stainless Steel Internally Threaded Inserts

HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Allowable Allowable Bolt Strength1,2

Bond/Concrete Capacity
Tensile Shear ASTM A 325 ASTM F 593
Anchor Embedment f'c ≥2000 psi f'c ≥2000 psi Carbon Steel Stainless Steel
Diameter Depth (13.8 MPa) (13.8 MPa) Tensile1 Shear1 Tensile1 Shear1
in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
3/8 4-1/4 2750 1605 4370 2250 3645 1875
(9.5) (108) (12.2) (7.1) (19.4) (10.0) (16.2) (8.3)
1/2 5 4195 3040 7775 4005 6480 3335
(12.7) (127) (18.7) (13.5) (34.6) (17.8) (28.8) (14.8)
5/8 6-5/8 6700 4575 12150 6260 10125 5215
(15.9) (168) (29.8) (20.4) (54.0) (27.8) (45.0) (23.2)
3/4 8-1/4 7855 6305 17495 9010 12395 6385
(19.1) (210) (34.9) (28.0) (77.8) (40.1) (55.1) (28.4)

HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity and Steel Strength

for HIS Carbon Steel and HIS-R Stainless Steel Internally Threaded Inserts

HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Ultimate Ultimate Bolt Strength1,2

Bond/Concrete Capacity2
Tensile Shear ASTM A 325 ASTM F 593
Anchor Embedment f'c ≥2000 psi f'c ≥2000 psi Carbon Steel Stainless Steel
Diameter Depth (13.8 MPa) (13.8 MPa) Tensile1 Shear1 Tensile1 Shear1
in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
3/8 4-1/4 11000 6425 9935 5960 8280 4970
(9.5) (108) (48.9) (28.6) (44.2) (26.5) (36.8) (22.1)
1/2 5 16790 12170 17665 10600 14720 8835
(12.7) (127) (74.7) (54.1) (78.6) (47.2) (65.5) (39.3)
5/8 6-5/8 26795 18310 27610 16565 23010 13805
(15.9) (168) (119.2) (81.5) (122.8) (73.7) (102.4) (61.4)
3/4 8-1/4 31430 25215 39760 23855 28165 16900
(19.1) (210) (139.8) (112.2) (176.9) (106.1) (125.3) (75.1)
1 Steel values in accordance with AISC
ASTM A 325 bolts: Fy = 92 ksi , Fu = 120 ksi
ASTM F 593 (AISI 304/316): Fy = 65 ksi, Fu = 100 ksi for 3/8" thru 5/8"
Fy = 45 ksi, Fu = 85 ksi for 3/4"
Allowable Load Values Ultimate Load Values
Tension = 0.33 x Fu x Anom Tension = 0.75 x Fu x Anom
Shear = 0.17 x Fu x Anom Shear = 0.45 x Fu x Anom
2 Use lower value of either bond/concrete capacity or steel strength.

206 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
06_4.2.5_HIT-ICE_HY.QXD:H440.04_04c [Link] 12/30/07 1:02 AM Page 207

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.5

HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Allowable and Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity for HAS Rods
Installed in Lightweight Concrete 3000 psi (20.7 MPa)2

Anchor Embedment Allowable Bond/Concrete Capacity1 Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity

Diameter Depth lb (kN) lb (kN)
in. (mm) in. (mm) Tensile Shear Tensile Shear
1-3/4 (44) 745 (3.3) 1285 (5.7) 2980 (13.3) 5150 (22.9)
3/8 (9.5)
3-1/2 (89) 1220 (5.4) 1580 (7.0) 4920 (21.9) 6320 (28.1)
2-1/8 (54) 975 (4.3) 2130 (9.5) 3900 (17.3) 8520 (37.9)
1/2 (12.7)
4-1/4 (108) 1210 (5.4) 2910 (12.9) 4840 (21.5) 11640 (51.8)
5/8 (15.9) 2-1/2 (63) 1200 (5.3) 2480 (11.0) 4800 (21.4) 9920 (44.1)
3/4 (19.1) 3-3/8 (86) 1760 (7.8) 4000 (17.8) 7040 (31.3) 15985 (71.1)
1 Influence factors for spacing and/or edge distance are applied to allowable 2 All values based on holes drilled with matched tolerance carbide tipped bit and
concrete/bond values above, and then compared to the allowable steel value (See cleaned with a wire brush per manufacturer’s instructions..
page 210). The lesser of these values is to be used for design.

HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Allowable Bond/Concrete Capacity for Sill Plate Applications

Allowable Loads for Attachment of Sill Plates to f'c = 2000 PSI Normal Weight Concrete
with HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 1501
Anchor Embedment Edge Shear lb (kN)
Diameter Depth Distance Tension
in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (kN) Load II to Edge Load ⬜ to Edge
1-3/4 (44.5) 1280 (5.3) 1445 (6.4) 400 (1.8)
1/2 (12.7) 4-1/4 (108.0)
2-3/4 (69.9) 1800 (8.1) 2100 (9.5) 845 (3.8)
1-3/4 (44.5) 1700 (7.6) 1445 (6.4) 400 (1.8)
5/8 (15.9) 5 (127.0)
2-3/4 (69.9) 2725 (12.1) 2455 (10.9) 960 (4.3)

Allowable Loads for Attachment of Sill Plates to top of grout filled block wall with HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 1501
Anchor Embedment Edge Shear lb (kN)
Diameter Depth Distance Tension
in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (kN) Load II to Edge Load ⬜ to Edge
1-3/4 (44.5) 1395 (6.2) 1425 (6.3) 560 (2.5)
1/2 (12.7) 4-1/4 (108.0)
2-3/4 (69.9) 1795 (8.0) 2085 (9.3) 1110 (4.9)
1-3/4 (44.5) 1840 (8.2) 1800 (8.0) 680 (3.0)
5/8 (15.9) 5 (127.0)
2-3/4 (69.9) 1965 (8.7) 3070 (13.7) 1110 (4.9)
1 Loads are based on concrete or masonry failure. Steel strength must be checked separately. Values based on safety factor of 4.0

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 207
06_4.2.5_HIT-ICE_HY.QXD:H440.04_04c [Link] 12/30/07 1:02 AM Page 208

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.5 HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Adhesive Anchoring System

HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Allowable Loads for Threaded Rods in Grout-Filled Concrete Masonry Units
(ASTM C 90 Block)1, 2, 3, 4
Anchor Diameter Embedment Depth Distance from Edge Tension5 Shear lb (kN)5
in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (kN) HAS-E HAS Super HAS SS
4 (101.6)
3/8 ( 9.5 ) 3-1/2 ( 88.9 ) 1550 ( 6.9 ) 1360 ( 6.0) 2020 (9.0) 1875 ( 8.3)
_>12 (304.8)
4 (101.6) 2020 ( 9.0) 2020 ( 9.0) 2020 ( 9.0)
1/2 (12.7) 4-1/4 ( 108 ) 1785 ( 7.9 )
_>12 (304.8) 2420 (10.8) 4170 (18.5) 3335 (14.8)
4 (101.6) 2020 ( 9.0) 2020 ( 9.0) 2020 ( 9.0)
5/8 (15.9) 5 ( 127 ) 2265 (10.1)
_>12 (304.8) 3780 (16.8) 5625 (25.0) 5215 (23.2)
4 (101.6) 2020 ( 9.0) 2020 ( 9.0) 2020 ( 9.0)
3/4 (19.1) 6-5/8 (168.3) 3740 (16.6)
_>12 (304.8) 5445 (24.2) 5625 (25.0) 5625 (25.0)

HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Ultimate Loads for Threaded Rods in Grout-Filled Concrete Masonry Units
(ASTM C 90 Block)1, 2, 3, 4

Anchor Diameter Embedment Depth Distance from Edge Tension lb (kN)5 Shear lb (kN)5
in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) HAS-E HAS Super HAS SS (304SS) HAS-E HAS Super HAS SS
4 (101.6)
3/8 (9.5) 3-1/2 (88.9) 6005 (26.7) 6200 (27.6) 6200 (27.6) 3605 (16.0) 6210 (27.6) 4970 (22.1)
_>12 (304.8)
4 (101.6) 8075 (35.9) 8075 (35.9)
1/2 (12.7) 4-1/4 (108) 7140 (31.8) 7140 (31.8) 7140 (31.8) 6405 (28.5)
_>12 (304.8) 11040 (49.1) 8835 (39.3)
4 (101.6) 8075 (35.9) 8075 (35.9) 8075 (35.9)
5/8 (15.9) 5 (127) 9060 (40.3) 9060 (40.3) 9060 (40.3)
_>12 (304.8) 10010 (44.2) 17260 (76.8) 13805 (61.4)
4 (101.6) 8075 (44.2) 8075 (35.9) 8075 (35.9)
3/4 (19.1) 6-5/8 (168.3) 14970 (66.6) 14970 (66.6) 14970 (66.6)
_>12 (304.8) 14415 (64.1) 22500 (100.1) 16800 (75.2)
1 Values are for lightweight, medium weight or normal weight concrete masonry units 4 Values for edge distances between 4 inches and 12 inches can be calculated by
conforming to ASTM C 90 with 2000 psi grout conforming to ASTM C 476. linear interpolation.
2 Embedment depth is measured from the outside face of the concrete masonry unit. 5 Loads are based on the lesser of bond strength, steel strength or base material
strength.
3 Values are for anchors located in the grouted cell, head joint, bed joint, “T” joint,
cross web or any combination of the above.

208 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
06_4.2.5_HIT-ICE_HY.QXD:H440.04_04c [Link] 12/30/07 1:02 AM Page 209

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.5

Anchor Spacing and Edge Distance Guidelines for Grout-Filled Block

Influence of Anchor Spacing and Edge Distance

Anchor in. 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 N
Size (mm) (9.5) (12.7) (15.8) (19.1)
hnom in. 3-1/2 4-1/4 5 6-5/8
s
(mm) (90) (110) (125) (170) V
hnom = standard embedment depth
c

Edge Distance for Shear and Tension:

Grout Filled, Normal Weight and Lightweight Block
ccr = 12 in. (305 mm) minimum from free edge
cmin = 4 in. (102 mm) minimum from free edge

Anchor Spacing for Shear and Tension:

Grout Filled, Normal Weight and Lightweight Block
scr = smin = One (1) anchor per cell (max), and 8 in. (203mm) (min)

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 209
06_4.2.5_HIT-ICE_HY.QXD:H440.04_04c [Link] 12/30/07 1:02 AM Page 210

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.5 HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Adhesive Anchoring System

HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Ultimate Bond Strength and Steel Strength for Rebar in Concrete
Concrete Compressive Strength
Grade 60 Rebar
f'c = 2000 psi (13.8 MPa) f'c = 4000 psi (27.6 MPa)
Nominal Embed.
Rebar Depth Ultimate Embed. to Embed. to Ultimate Embed. to Embed. to
Size in. (mm) Bond Yield Tensile
Develop Yield Develop Tensile Bond Develop Yield Develop Tensile Strength Strength
Strength Strength1 Strength1 Strength Strength1 Strength1
lb (kN) in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm)
1-1/2 2500 3800
(38) (11.1) (16.9)
3-1/2 6300 3-3/4 5-1/2 8200 2-3/4 4-1/4 6600 9900
#3 (89) (28.0) (95.3) (139.7) (36.5) (69.9) (108.0) (29.4) (44.0)
7 12600 16500
(178) (56.0) (73.4)
2 4200 6000
(51) (18.7) (26.7)
4 9000 5-1/2 8 11800 4-1/4 6-1/4 12000 18000
#4 (102) (40.0) (139.7) (203.2) (52.5) (108.0) (158.8) (53.4) (80.1)
8 18000 23600
(203) (80.1) (105.0)
2-1/2 5600 6900
(64) (24.9) (30.7)
5 13500 7 10-1/4 17700 5-1/4 8 18600 27900
#5 (127) (60.1) (177.8) (260.4) (78.7) (133.4) (203.2) (82.7) (124.1)
10 27000 35300
(254) (120.1) (157.0)
3-1/2 10200 12800
(90) (45.4) (56.9)
7 22100 8-1/2 12-3/4 28900 6-1/2 9-3/4 26400 39600
#6 (178) (98.3) (215.9) (323.9) (128.6) (165.1) (247.7) (117.4) (176.2)
14 44200 57700
(356) (196.6) (256.7)
3-3/4 10700 15800
(95) (47.6) (70.3)
7-1/2 27100 10 15 35300 7-3/4 11-1/2 36000 54000
#7 (190) (120.6) (254.0) (381) (157.0) (196.9) (292.1) (160.1) (240.2)
15 54200 70700
(380) (241.1) (314.5)
4 14100 18100
(102) (62.7) (80.5)
8 32500 11-3/4 17-1/2 42400 9 13-1/2 47450 71100
#8 (204) (144.6) (298.5) (444.5) (188.6) (228.6) (342.9) (211.1) (316.3)
16 65000 84800
(408) (289.1) (377.2)
5 16700 21800
(127) (74.3) (97.0)
10 47400 12-3/4 19 61800 10 15-3/4 60000 90000
#9 (254) (210.9) (323.9) (482.6) (274.9) (254.0) (400.1) (266.9) (400.4)
18 85300 111300
(457) (379.4) (495.1)
6 23300 32400
(152) (103.6) (144.1)
12 59600 15-1/2 23 77700 12 17-3/4 76200 114300
#10 (304) (265.1) (393.7) (584.2) (345.6) (304.8) (450.9) (339.0) (508.5)
20 99300 129600
(508) (441.7) (576.5)
7 32000 41300
(178) (142.3) (183.7)
14 75800 17-1/4 26 99000 13-1/2 20 93600 140400
#11 (356) (337.2) (438.2) (660.4) (440.4) (342.9) (508.0) (416.4) (624.6)
20 108400 141400
(508) (482.2) (629.0)
1 Based on comparison of average ultimate adhesive bond test values versus minimum yield and ultimate tensile strength of rebar; for more information, contact Hilti.

210 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
06_4.2.5_HIT-ICE_HY.QXD:H440.04_04c [Link] 12/30/07 1:02 AM Page 211

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.5

HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Bond Strength and Steel Strength for Metric Rebar in Concrete (Canada Only) 3,4
HIT-ICE Tensile Bond Strength 2, 3, 4 Strength Properties of Metric Rebar 2, 3
f'c = 14 MPa f'c = 28 MPa f y = 400 MPa
Rebar Embedment Ultimate Allowable Ultimate Allowable Yield Tensile
Size Depth Bond Bond Bond Bond Strength Strength
(mm) (kN) (kN) (kN) (kN) (kN) (kN)

10M 40 11.1 2.8 16.9 4.2

(#3) 90 28.0 7.0 36.5 9.1 40 60
180 56.0 14.0 73.4 18.3
15M 65 24.9 6.2 30.7 7.7
(#5) 130 60.1 15.0 78.7 19.7 80 120
250 120 30.0 157 39.2
20M 90 45.4 11.3 56.9 14.2
(#6) 180 98.3 24.6 129 32.2 120 180
355 197 49.2 257 64.2
25M 100 62.7 15.7 80.5 20.1
(#8) 200 145 36.2 189 47.2 200 300
405 289 72.2 377 94.2
30M 125 74.3 18.6 97.0 24.2
(#9) 250 211 52.8 275 68.8 280 420
455 379 94.8 495 124
35M 180 142 35.5 184 46.0
(#11) 355 337 84.2 440 110 400 600
510 482 120 629 157
1 Use lesser value of bond strength or rebar’s steel strength for tensile capacity.
2 Actual tensile bond test data developed for imperial-sized rebar. Yield and ultimate rebar strengths are for metric sizes.
3 Test data developed for hammer-drilled holes. For diamond cored holes, contact Hilti Engineering.
4 For anchoring spacing and edge distance guidelines, please refer to page 212 of this HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Injection Adhesive Anchor section.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 211
06_4.2.5_HIT-ICE_HY.QXD:H440.04_04c [Link] 12/30/07 1:02 AM Page 212

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.5 HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Adhesive Anchoring System

Anchor Spacing and Edge Distance Guidelines in Concrete for HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150

N Anchor Spacing Adjustment Factors Edge Distance Adjustment Factors

s = Actual spacing c = Actual edge distance

s s min = 0.5 h ef cmin = 0.5 h ef
V
s cr = 1.5 h ef c cr = 1.5 h ef Tension
c h ef = Actual embedment = 2.0 h ef for Shear
h h ef = Actual embedment

scr ccr
1.5 2.0

Shear (' to Edge)

Note: Tables apply for listed

Shear & Tension ccr
1.0 1.5
embedment depths. Reduction
factors for other embedment s Shear (II to Edge)
depths must be calculated hef
using equations below. smin
0.5 1.0
Spacing Tension/Shear c
smin = 0.5 hef, scr = 1.5 hef hef Tension
cmin
fA = 0.3 (s/hef) + 0.55 0.5
for scr>s>smin 0
0 .2 .4 .6 .8 1.0
Edge Distance Tension Anchor Spacing Adjustment Factor
(fA)
cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 1.5 hef 0
fRN = 0.4(c/hef) + 0.40 0 .2 .4 .6 .8 1.0
for ccr>c>cmin Edge Distance Adjustment Factor
(fRV, fRN)
Edge Distance Shear
( ⊥ toward edge)
cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 2.0 hef
fRV1 = 0.54(c/hef) – 0.09 Load Adjustment Factors for 3/8" Diameter Anchor
for ccr>c>cmin Anchor
3/8" diameter
Diameter
Edge Distance Shear Adjustment Spacing Edge Distance Edge Distance Shear Edge Distance Shear
(II to or away from edge) Factor Tension/Shear, Tension, (⬜ toward edge), (II to or away from edge),
fA fRN fRV1 fRV2
cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 2.0 hef Embedment
Depth, in. 1-3/4 3-1/2 5-1/4 1-3/4 3-1/2 5-1/4 1-3/4 3-1/2 5-1/4 1-3/4 3-1/2 5-1/4
fRV2 = 0.36(c/hef) + 0.28 7/8 0.70 0.60 0.18 0.46
for ccr>c>cmin 1-1/4 0.76 0.69 0.30 0.54
1-3/4 0.85 0.70 0.80 0.60 0.45 0.18 0.64 0.46
2 0.89 0.72 0.86 0.63 0.53 0.22 0.69 0.49
Spacing (s)/Edge Distance (c), in.

2-5/8 1.00 0.78 0.70 1.00 0.70 0.60 0.72 0.32 0.18 0.82 0.55 0.46
3 0.81 0.72 0.74 0.63 0.84 0.37 0.22 0.90 0.59 0.49
3-1/2 0.85 0.75 0.80 0.67 1.00 0.45 0.27 1.00 0.64 0.52
4 0.89 0.78 0.86 0.70 0.53 0.32 0.69 0.55
4-1/2 0.94 0.81 0.91 0.74 0.60 0.37 0.74 0.59
5-1/4 1.00 0.85 1.00 0.80 0.72 0.45 0.82 0.64
6-1/2 0.92 0.90 0.91 0.58 0.95 0.73
7 0.95 0.93 1.00 0.63 1.00 0.76
7-7/8 1.00 1.00 0.72 0.82
9 0.84 0.90
10-1/2 1.00 1.00

212 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
06_4.2.5_HIT-ICE_HY.QXD:H440.04_04c [Link] 12/30/07 1:02 AM Page 213

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.5

Note: Tables apply for listed
Load Adjustment Factors for 1/2" Diameter Anchor embedment depths. Reduction
Anchor factors for other embedment
1/2" diameter
Diameter depths must be calculated
Adjustment Spacing Edge Distance Edge Distance Shear Edge Distance Shear using equations below.
Factor Tension/Shear, Tension, (⬜ toward edge), (II to or away from edge),
fA fRN fRV1 fRV2 Spacing Tension/Shear
Embedment
Depth, in. 2-1/8 4-1/4 6-3/8 2-1/8 4-1/4 6-3/8 2-1/8 4-1/4 6-3/8 2-1/8 4-1/4 6-3/8 smin = 0.5 hef, scr = 1.5 hef
1-1/16 0.70 0.60 0.18 0.46 fA = 0.3 (s/hef) + 0.55
1-1/2 0.76 0.68 0.29 0.53 for scr>s>smin
2 0.83 0.78 0.42 0.62
2-1/8 0.85 0.70 0.80 0.60 0.45 0.18 0.64 0.46 Edge Distance Tension
2-3/4 0.94 0.74 0.92 0.66 0.61 0.26 0.75 0.51 cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 1.5 hef
3 0.97 0.76 0.96 0.68 0.67 0.29 0.79 0.53
Spacing (s)/Edge Distance (c), in.

3-3/16 1.00 0.78 0.70 1.00 0.70 0.60 0.72 0.32 0.18 0.82 0.55 0.46 fRN = 0.4(c/hef) + 0.40
4 0.83 0.74 0.78 0.65 0.93 0.42 0.25 0.96 0.62 0.51 for ccr>c>cmin
4-1/4 0.85 0.75 0.80 0.67 1.00 0.45 0.27 1.00 0.64 0.52 Edge Distance Shear
5 0.90 0.79 0.87 0.71 0.55 0.33 0.70 0.56 ( ⊥ toward edge)
6 0.97 0.83 0.96 0.78 0.67 0.42 0.79 0.62
6-3/8 1.00 0.85 1.00 0.80 0.72 0.45 0.82 0.64 cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 2.0 hef
7 0.88 0.84 0.80 0.50 0.87 0.68 fRV1 = 0.54(c/hef) – 0.09
7-1/2 0.90 0.87 0.86 0.55 0.92 0.70 for ccr>c>cmin
8-1/2 0.95 0.93 1.00 0.63 1.00 0.76
9 0.97 0.96 0.67 0.79 Edge Distance Shear
9-9/16 1.00 1.00 0.72 0.82 (II to or away from edge)
10 0.76 0.84 cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 2.0 hef
11 0.84 0.90
12-3/4 1.00 1.00 fRV2 = 0.36(c/hef) + 0.28
for ccr>c>cmin

Load Adjustment Factors for 5/8" and 3/4" Diameter Anchors

Anchor
5/8" diameter 3/4" diameter
Diameter
Adjustment Spacing Edge Distance Edge Distance Shear Edge Distance Shear Spacing Edge Distance Edge Distance Shear Edge Distance Shear
Factor Tension/Shear, Tension, (⬜ toward edge), (II to or away from edge), Tension/Shear, Tension, (⬜ toward edge), (II to or away from edge),
fA fRN fRV1 fRV2 fA fRN fRV1 fRV2
Embedment
Depth, in. 2-1/2 5 7-1/2 2-1/2 5 7-1/2 2-1/2 5 7-1/2 2-1/2 5 7-1/2 3-3/8 6-5/8 10 3-3/8 6-5/8 10 3-3/8 6-5/8 10 3-3/8 6-5/8 10
1-1/4 0.70 0.60 0.18 0.46
1-11/16 0.75 0.67 0.27 0.52 0.70 0.60 0.18 0.46
2 0.79 0.72 0.34 0.57 0.73 0.64 0.23 0.49
2-1/2 0.85 0.70 0.80 0.60 0.45 0.18 0.64 0.46 0.77 0.70 0.31 0.55
3 0.91 0.73 0.88 0.64 0.56 0.23 0.71 0.50 0.82 0.76 0.39 0.60
3-5/16 0.95 0.75 0.93 0.67 0.63 0.27 0.76 0.52 0.84 0.70 0.79 0.60 0.44 0.18 0.63 0.46
3-3/4 1.00 0.78 0.70 1.00 0.70 0.60 0.72 0.32 0.18 0.82 0.55 0.46 0.88 0.72 0.84 0.63 0.51 0.22 0.68 0.48
4 0.79 0.71 0.72 0.61 0.77 0.34 0.20 0.86 0.57 0.47 0.91 0.73 0.87 0.64 0.55 0.24 0.71 0.50
4-1/2 0.82 0.73 0.76 0.64 0.88 0.40 0.23 0.93 0.60 0.50 0.95 0.75 0.93 0.67 0.63 0.28 0.76 0.52
5 0.85 0.75 0.80 0.67 1.00 0.45 0.27 1.00 0.64 0.52 0.99 0.78 0.70 0.99 0.70 0.60 0.71 0.32 0.18 0.81 0.55 0.46
Spacing (s)/Edge Distance (c), in.

5-1/16 0.85 0.75 0.81 0.67 0.46 0.27 0.64 0.52 1.00 0.78 0.70 1.00 0.71 0.60 0.72 0.32 0.18 0.82 0.56 0.46
5-1/2 0.88 0.77 0.84 0.69 0.50 0.31 0.68 0.54 0.80 0.72 0.73 0.62 0.79 0.36 0.21 0.87 0.58 0.48
6 0.91 0.79 0.88 0.72 0.56 0.34 0.71 0.57 0.82 0.73 0.76 0.64 0.87 0.40 0.23 0.92 0.61 0.50
6-3/4 0.96 0.82 0.94 0.76 0.64 0.40 0.77 0.60 0.86 0.75 0.81 0.67 1.00 0.46 0.27 1.00 0.65 0.52
7-1/2 1.00 0.85 1.00 0.80 0.72 0.45 0.82 0.64 0.89 0.78 0.85 0.70 0.52 0.32 0.69 0.55
8 0.87 0.83 0.77 0.49 0.86 0.66 0.91 0.79 0.88 0.72 0.56 0.34 0.71 0.57
8-1/2 0.89 0.85 0.83 0.52 0.89 0.69 0.93 0.81 0.91 0.74 0.60 0.37 0.74 0.59
9 0.91 0.88 0.88 0.56 0.93 0.71 0.96 0.82 0.94 0.76 0.64 0.40 0.77 0.60
9-15/16 0.95 0.93 0.98 0.63 1.00 0.76 1.00 0.85 1.00 0.80 0.72 0.45 0.82 0.64
10 0.95 0.93 1.00 0.63 0.76 0.85 0.80 0.73 0.45 0.82 0.64
11-1/4 1.00 1.00 0.72 0.82 0.89 0.85 0.83 0.52 0.89 0.69
12 0.77 0.86 0.91 0.88 0.89 0.56 0.93 0.71
13-1/4 0.86 0.92 0.95 0.93 1.00 0.63 1.00 0.76
14 0.92 0.95 0.97 0.96 0.67 0.78
15 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.72 0.82
16 0.77 0.86
18 0.88 0.93
20 1.00 1.00

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 213
06_4.2.5_HIT-ICE_HY.QXD:H440.04_04c [Link] 12/30/07 1:02 AM Page 214

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.5 HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Adhesive Anchoring System

Note: Tables apply for listed
Load Adjustment Factors for 7/8" Diameter Anchor embedment depths. Reduction
Anchor factors for other embedment
7/8" diameter
Diameter depths must be calculated
Adjustment Spacing Edge Distance Edge Distance Shear Edge Distance Shear using equations below.
Factor Tension/Shear, Tension, (⬜ toward edge), (II to or away from edge),
fA fRN fRV1 fRV2 Spacing Tension/Shear
Embedment
Depth, in. 3-3/4 7-1/2 11-1/4 3-3/4 7-1/2 11-1/4 3-3/4 7-1/2 11-1/4 3-3/4 7-1/2 11-1/4 smin = 0.5 hef, scr = 1.5 hef
1-7/8 0.70 0.60 0.18 0.46 fA = 0.3 (s/hef) + 0.55
2-1/2 0.75 0.67 0.27 0.52 for scr>s>smin
3 0.79 0.72 0.34 0.57
3-3/4 0.85 0.70 0.80 0.60 0.45 0.18 0.64 0.46 Edge Distance Tension
4 0.87 0.71 0.83 0.61 0.49 0.20 0.66 0.47 cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 1.5 hef
4-1/2 0.91 0.73 0.88 0.64 0.56 0.23 0.71 0.50
5 0.95 0.75 0.93 0.67 0.63 0.27 0.76 0.52 fRN = 0.4(c/hef) + 0.40
5-5/8 1.00 0.78 0.70 1.00 0.70 0.60 0.72 0.32 0.18 0.82 0.55 0.46 for ccr>c>cmin
6 0.79 0.71 0.72 0.61 0.77 0.34 0.20 0.86 0.57 0.47
Spacing (s)/Edge Distance (c), in.

Edge Distance Shear

6-1/2 0.81 0.72 0.75 0.63 0.85 0.38 0.22 0.90 0.59 0.49 ( ⊥ toward edge)
7 0.83 0.74 0.77 0.65 0.92 0.41 0.25 0.95 0.62 0.50
7-1/2 0.85 0.75 0.80 0.67 1.00 0.45 0.27 1.00 0.64 0.52 cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 2.0 hef
8 0.87 0.76 0.83 0.68 0.49 0.29 0.66 0.54 fRV1 = 0.54(c/hef) – 0.09
8-1/2 0.89 0.78 0.85 0.70 0.52 0.32 0.69 0.55 for ccr>c>cmin
9 0.91 0.79 0.88 0.72 0.56 0.34 0.71 0.57
9-15/16 0.95 0.82 0.93 0.75 0.63 0.39 0.76 0.60 Edge Distance Shear
10 0.95 0.82 0.93 0.76 0.63 0.39 0.76 0.60 (II to or away from edge)
11-1/4 1.00 0.85 1.00 0.80 0.72 0.45 0.82 0.64 cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 2.0 hef
12 0.87 0.83 0.77 0.49 0.86 0.66
14 0.92 0.90 0.92 0.58 0.95 0.73 fRV2 = 0.36(c/hef) + 0.28
15 0.95 0.93 1.00 0.63 1.00 0.76 for ccr>c>cmin
16-7/8 1.00 1.00 0.72 0.82
18 0.77 0.86
20 0.87 0.92
22-1/2 1.00 1.00

Load Adjustment Factors for 1" and 1 1/4" Diameter Anchors

Anchor
1" diameter 1 1/4" diameter
Diameter
Adjustment Spacing Edge Distance Edge Distance Shear Edge Distance Shear Spacing Edge Distance Edge Distance Shear Edge Distance Shear
Factor Tension/Shear, Tension, (⊥ toward edge), (II to or away from edge), Tension/Shear, Tension, (⊥ toward edge), (II to or away from edge),
fA fRN fRV1 fRV2 fA fRN fRV1 fRV2
Embedment
Depth, in. 4-1/8 8-1/4 12-3/8 4-1/8 8-1/4 12-3/8 4-1/8 8-1/4 12-3/8 4-1/8 8-1/4 12-3/8 6 12 15 6 12 15 6 12 15 6 12 15
2-1/16 0.70 0.60 0.18 0.46
3 0.77 0.69 0.30 0.54 0.70 0.60 0.18 0.46
3-1/2 0.80 0.74 0.37 0.59 0.73 0.63 0.23 0.49
4-1/8 0.85 0.70 0.80 0.60 0.45 0.18 0.64 0.46 0.76 0.68 0.28 0.53
5 0.91 0.73 0.88 0.64 0.56 0.24 0.72 0.50 0.80 0.73 0.36 0.58
5-1/2 0.95 0.75 0.93 0.67 0.63 0.27 0.76 0.52 0.83 0.77 0.41 0.61
6 0.99 0.77 0.98 0.69 0.70 0.30 0.80 0.54 0.85 0.70 0.80 0.60 0.45 0.18 0.64 0.46
6-3/16 1.00 0.78 0.70 1.00 0.70 0.60 0.72 0.32 0.18 0.82 0.55 0.46 0.86 0.70 0.81 0.61 0.47 0.19 0.65 0.47
7-1/2 0.82 0.73 0.76 0.64 0.89 0.40 0.24 0.93 0.61 0.50 0.93 0.74 0.70 0.90 0.65 0.60 0.59 0.25 0.18 0.73 0.51 0.46
8-1/4 0.85 0.75 0.80 0.67 1.00 0.45 0.27 1.00 0.64 0.52 0.96 0.76 0.72 0.95 0.68 0.62 0.65 0.28 0.21 0.78 0.53 0.48
Spacing (s)/Edge Distance (c), in.

9 0.88 0.77 0.84 0.69 0.50 0.30 0.67 0.54 1.00 0.78 0.73 1.00 0.70 0.64 0.72 0.32 0.23 0.82 0.55 0.50
9-1/2 0.90 0.78 0.86 0.71 0.53 0.32 0.69 0.56 0.79 0.74 0.72 0.65 0.77 0.34 0.25 0.85 0.57 0.51
10 0.91 0.79 0.88 0.72 0.56 0.35 0.72 0.57 0.80 0.75 0.73 0.67 0.81 0.36 0.27 0.88 0.58 0.52
10-1/2 0.93 0.80 0.91 0.74 0.60 0.37 0.74 0.59 0.81 0.76 0.75 0.68 0.86 0.38 0.29 0.91 0.60 0.53
12 0.99 0.84 0.98 0.79 0.70 0.43 0.80 0.63 0.85 0.79 0.80 0.72 1.00 0.45 0.34 1.00 0.64 0.57
12-3/8 1.00 0.85 1.00 0.80 0.72 0.45 0.82 0.64 0.86 0.80 0.81 0.73 0.47 0.36 0.65 0.58
14 0.89 0.85 0.83 0.52 0.89 0.69 0.90 0.83 0.87 0.77 0.54 0.41 0.70 0.62
16-1/2 0.95 0.93 1.00 0.63 1.00 0.76 0.96 0.88 0.95 0.84 0.65 0.50 0.78 0.68
18 0.99 0.98 0.70 0.80 1.00 0.91 1.00 0.88 0.72 0.56 0.82 0.71
18-9/16 1.00 1.00 0.72 0.82 0.92 0.90 0.75 0.58 0.84 0.73
20 0.78 0.86 0.95 0.93 0.81 0.63 0.88 0.76
22-1/2 0.89 0.93 1.00 1.00 0.92 0.72 0.96 0.82
24 0.96 0.98 1.00 0.77 1.00 0.86
24-3/4 1.00 1.00 0.80 0.87
26 0.85 0.90
28 0.92 0.95
30 1.00 1.00

214 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
06_4.2.5_HIT-ICE_HY.QXD:H440.04_04c [Link] 12/30/07 1:02 AM Page 215

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.5

Resistance of HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 to Chemicals
Samples of the HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 resin were immersed in
Chemical Behavior
the various chemical compounds for up to one year. At the
Sulphuric acid conc. –
30% • end of the test period, the samples were analyzed. Any
10% + samples showing no visible damage and having less than a
Hydrochloric acid conc. • 25% reduction in bending (flexural) strength were classified
10% + as “Resistant”. Samples that had slight damage, such as
Nitric acid conc. –
10% • small cracks, chips, etc. or reduction in bending strength of
Phosphoric acid conc. + 25% or more, were classified as “Partially Resistant”.
10% + Samples that were heavily damaged or destroyed were
Acetic acid conc. • classified as “Not Resistant”.
10% +
Formic acid conc. – Note: In actual use, the majority of the resin is encased in the
10% • base material, leaving very little surface area exposed. In
Lactic acid conc. +
10% + some cases, this would allow the HIT-ICE, HIT-HY 150 to be
Citric acid 10% + used where it would be exposed to the “Partially Resistant”
Sodium Hydroxide 40% • chemical compounds.
(Caustic soda) 20% +
5% + Open Gel Time Table (Approximate)1
Ammonia conc. • Base Material Temperature
5% +
°F °C HIT-HY 1502 HIT-ICE
Soda solution 10% +
Common salt solution 10% + –10 –23 – 1.5 hrs
Chlorinated lime solution 10% + 0 –18 – 1.5 hrs
Sodium hypochlorite 2% + 23 –5 25 min 40 min
Hydrogen peroxide 10% + 32 0 18 min 26 min
Carbolic acid solution 10% –
41 5 13 min 11 min
Ethanol –
68 20 5 min 4 min
Sea water +
Glycol + 86 30 4 min 1.5 min
Acetone – 104 40 2 min –
Carbon tetrachloride – Final Cure Time Table (Approximate)1
Toluene + Base Material Temperature
Petrol/Gasoline •
Machine oil • °F °C HIT-HY 1502 HIT-ICE
Diesel oil •
–10 –23 – 36 hrs
Key: – non-resistant + resistant • limited resistance
0 –18 – 24 hrs
23 –5 6 hrs 6 hrs
32 0 3 hrs 4 hrs
41 5 90 min 2 hrs
Influence of Temperature on Bond Strength 68 20 50 min 1 hrs
86 30 40 min 30 min
104 40 30 min –
1 Product temperatures must be maintained above 41°F (5°C), with the
Allowable Bond Strength
(% of load at 70°F)

exception of HIT-ICE which must be above 0°F (–18°C).

2 Use of HIT-HY 150 and HIT-TZ rods must be installed in base material
temperatures 40° F (5° C).
Influence of High Energy Radiation on HIT-HY 1501
Radiation Detrimental Recommendation
Exposure2, 3 Effect for Use
< 10 Mrad Insignificant Full Use
10 – 100 Mrad Moderate Restricted Use
Base Material Temperature (°F) Frec. = 0.5 Fperm.
Note: Test procedure involves the concrete being held at the elevated temperature for > 100 Mrad Medium to strong No recommendation
24 hours them removing it from the controlled environment and testing to failure. for use
Long term creep test in accordance with AC58 is available; please contact Hilti 1 HIT-ICE information is unavailable.
Technical Services.
2 Mrad = Megarad
3 Dosage over a life span.
Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 215
 06_4.2.5_HIT-ICE_HY.QXD:H440.04_04c [Link] 12/30/07 1:02 AM Page 216

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.5 HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Adhesive Anchoring System

[Link] Installation Instructions

HAS, Rebar and Insert Installation Instructions

1 2 3 3X 4 5
3X 3X

1. Drill anchor hole with a car- 2 . Insert air nozzle to bottom of 3. Clean hole with wire brush. 4. Insert air nozzle to bottom of 5. HIT-HY 150 only: Put refill
bide bit. Contact Hilti for use hole and blow out hole using Proper hole cleaning is hole and blow out hole using pack into holder. Remove cap
of Diamond Core bits. a pump, or compressed air. essential. a pump, or compressed air. covering threaded projection.

6 2 7 8 9 10
2 2
3 2
2 1 2 2 2 3X
1 2 1
1
1 6. Screw on static mixer. 1 1 1into
7. Put holder/cartridge 8. Discard first three trigger 9. Inject adhesive into hole start- 10. Unlock dispenser.
1
appropriate dispenser. pulls of adhesive from each ing at the bottom until 1/2 to
refill pack or cartridge. 2/3 full. Use mixer filler tube
extensions when needed to
reach the hole bottom.

Rod
9 10 11 12
≤T
≤ Tmax
max

9. Insert rod. Twist during installa- 10. Fastener may be adjusted dur- 11. Do not disturb anchor between 12. Apply specified torque as
tion. ing specified gel time. specified gel time and cure required to secure items to be
time. fastened. Do not exceed maxi-
mum torque specified.
Insert
9 10 11 12
≤T
≤ Tmax
max

9. Insert threaded insert. 10. Fastener may be adjusted dur- 11. Do not disturb anchor between 12. Apply specified torque as
Twist during installation. ing specified gel time. specified gel time and cure required to secure items to be
time. fastened. Do not exceed maxi-
mum torque specified.
Rebar
9 10 11 12

9. Insert rebar. Twist during installa- 10. Fastener may be adjusted dur- 11. Do not disturb anchor between 12. Apply specified torque as
tion. ing specified gel time. specified gel time and cure required to secure items to be
time. fastened. Do not exceed maxi-
mum torque specified.

216 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
06_4.2.5_HIT-ICE_HY.QXD:H440.04_04c [Link] 12/30/07 1:02 AM Page 217

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.5

HIT HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Volume Charts

Threaded Rod & HIT-TZ Rod Metric Rebar Installation

Installation Rebar Installation (Canada Only)
Rod Drill Bit1 Adhesive Volume Rod Drill Bit1 Adhesive Volume Bar Drill Bit1 Adhesive Volume
Diameter Diameter Required per Inch Diameter Diameter Required per Inch Diameter Diameter Required per Inch
(in.) (in.) of embedment (in 3) (in.) (in.) of embedment (in3) of embedment (in3)
1/4 5/16 0.055 #3 or 3/8 1/2 0.110 10M 14 mm 0.101
3/8 7/16 0.095 #4 or 1/2 5/8 0.146 15M 3/4" 0.176
1/2 9/16 0.133 #5 or 5/8 3/4 0.176 20M 24 mm 0.268
5/8 11/16 0.184 #6 or 3/4 7/8 0.218 25M 1-1/8" 0.309
3/4 13/16 0.232 #7 or 7/8 1 0.252 30M 37 mm 0.644
7/8 24mm 0.272 #8 or 1 1-1/8 0.299 35M 1-9/16" 0.480
1 1-1/16 0.366 #9 or 1-1/8 1-3/8 0.601
1-1/4 1-1/2 0.918 #10 or 1-1/4 1-1/2 0.659
#11 or 1-3/8 1-9/16 0.547
Example: Determine approximate fastenings for
5/8" rod embedded 10" deep. Note: Useable volume of:
10 x 0.184 = 1.84 in3 of adhesive per anchor • HIT-HY 150 refill pack is 16.5 in3 (270ml).
• HIT-HY 150 medium cartridges is 26.9 in3 (440ml).
• HIT-HY 150 small cartridge:
16.5 ÷ 1.84 ≈ 9 fastenings • HIT-HY 150 jumbo cartridges is 81.8 in3 (1340 ml).

• HIT-HY 150 medium cartridge: • HIT-ICE is 18 in3 (297 ml)

26.9 ÷ 1.84 ≈ 15 fastenings
• HIT-HY 150 jumbo cartridge:
81.8 ÷ 1.84 ≈ 45 fastenings
• HIT-ICE cartridge:
18.0 ÷ 1.84 ≈ 10 fastenings

1 Rebar diameter may vary. Use smallest drill bit which will accommodate rebar. Use Hilti matched tolerance carbide tipped drill bits.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 217
06_4.2.5_HIT-ICE_HY.QXD:H440.04_04c [Link] 12/30/07 1:02 AM Page 218

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.5 HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Adhesive Anchoring System

[Link] Ordering Information

HIT Adhesives
Item No. Description Contents
372705 HIT-ICE (10 oz) 297 ml 24 Cartridges, 24 Mixers HIT-ICE Cartridge
332230 HIT-HY 150 (11.1 oz) 330 ml 1 Refill Pack, 1 Mixer w/ filler tube
285594 HIT-HY 150 Medium (16.9 oz) 500 ml 25 Cartridges, 25 Mixers
305713 HIT-HY 150 Jumbo (47.3 oz) 1400 ml 4 Cartridges, 4 Mixers

HIT Dispensers ED 3500 HIT-HY 150 Refill Pack

Battery HIT-HY 150 Medium Cartridge
Battery Powered Dispenser HIT-HY 150 Jumbo Cartridge
Dispenser
Item No. Description
3245363 ED 3500 2.0 Ah Kit

MD1000
Dispenser MD2000 MD2500
Dispenser Dispenser
Manual Dispensers
Item No. Description
371291 MD1000 Dispenser for HIT-ICE Cartridges
229154 MD2000 Dispenser + 1 refill holder for HIT HY refill packs
338853 MD2500 Manual Dispenser
229170 Refill Holder Replacement for MD2000
339477 Refill Holder Replacement for MD2500 or ED3500

P-3500 P-8000D
Pneumatic Pneumatic
Dispenser Dispenser
Pneumatic Dispensers
Item No. Description
354180 HIT P-3500 Pneumatic Dispenser, + 1 refill holder for HIT HY refill packs
373959 HIT P-8000 Pneumatic Dispenser (for Jumbo cartridges)
373960 Jumbo pack holder replacement fo HIT P-8000D Dispenser

218 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
06_4.2.5_HIT-ICE_HY.QXD:H440.04_04c [Link] 12/30/07 1:02 AM Page 219

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.5

HIT Filler Tube

HIT-HY Mixer (Large)

HIT-M Mixer (Small) HIT-ICE Mixer

Mixers & Filler Tubes

Item No. Description Qty/Pkg Notes
68156 HIT-M, Mixer for HIT-HY 150 1 For use with small HIT-HY 150 refill packs
337111 HIT-RE-M Static Mixer, Large HIT-HY 150 1 For use with Jumbo cartridges
371290 HIT-M2 for HIT-ICE 1 For use with HIT-ICE cartridges

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 219
06_4.2.5_HIT-ICE_HY.QXD:H440.04_04c [Link] 12/30/07 1:02 AM Page 220

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.5 HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Adhesive Anchoring System

HAS-E Threaded Rods
HAS ISO HAS ISO
HAS 898 Class 5.8 HAS 898 Class 5.8
Description Item No. Qty/Pkg Description Item No. Qty/Pkg
3/8" x 3" 385417 10 3/4" x 10" 385432 10
3/8" x 4-3/8" 385418 10 3/4" x 11" 385433 10
3/8" x 5-1/8" 385419 20 3/4" x 12" 385434 10
3/8" x 8" 385420 10 3/4" x 14" 385435 10
3/8" x 12" 385421 10 3/4" x 17" 385436 10
1/2" x 3-1/8" 385422 10 3/4" x 19" 385437 10
1/2" x 4-1/2" 385423 10 3/4" x 21" 385438 10
1/2" x 6-1/2" 385424 20 3/4" x 25" 385439 10
1/2" x 8" 385425 10 7/8" x 10" 385440 10
1/2" x 10" 385426 10 7/8" x 13" 385441 10
1/2" x 12" 385427 10 1" x 12" 385442 4
5/8" x 8" 385428 20 1" x 14" 385443 2
5/8" x 9" 385429 10 1" x 16" 385444 2
5/8" x 12" 385430 10 1" x 20" 385445 2
5/8" x 17" 385431 10 1-1/4" x 16" 385446 4
1-1/4" x 22" 385447 4

HAS Super, HAS Stainless Steel Rods, HIS and HIS-R Stainless Steel Inserts3

HAS Super 3 HAS-R 304 SS2,3 HIS HIS Insert HIS-R 316 SS Insert
Description Item No. Item No. Qty/Box Description Item No. Item No. Qty/Box
3/8" x 5-1/8" 68657 385462 10 3/8" x 4-1/4" 258020 258029 10
1/2" x 6-1/2" 68658 385464 10 1/2" x 5" 258021 258030 5
5/8" x 7-5/8" 333783 385467 10 5/8" x 6-5/8" 258022 258031 5
3/4" x 9-5/8" 68660 385469 5 3/4" x 8-1/4" 258023 258032 5
7/8" x 10" 686611 385473 5
1" x 12" 68662 385474 5
1-1/4" x 16" 333779 4
1 Hot Dipped Galvanized (3/8" rod only). Coating thickness 2 mils (50.8µm)
2 316 Stainless Steel HAS Rods are also available.
3 More HAS rod lengths are available, refer to Hilti Full Line Catalog or contact a Customer Service Representative.
4. Available by the individual piece.

HIT-TZ and HIT-RTZ Rods

HIT-TZ & HIT-RTZ Description Item No. HIT-TZ Item No. HIT-RTZ Qty/Box
3/8" x 2-7/8" / 1" 337484 337498 40
1/2" x 3-1/2" / 1-1/2" 337485 337499 24
5/8" x 4" / 2-1/4" 337486 337500 16
3/4" x 5-1/4" / 4-1/16" 337487 337501 8

220 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
07_HIT RE [Link]:H440.04_04d [Link] 12/30/07 1:04 AM Page 221

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.6

[Link] Product Description [Link] Product Description

[Link] Material Specifications

[Link] Strength Design

Fastener Components [Link] Technical Data
ED 3500
Battery
Dispenser [Link] Installation Instructions

[Link] Ordering Information

HIT-RE 500-SD [Link] Sample Calculations
Refill Pack
Refill Pack Holder P3500
HIT RE Mixer Dispenser
Listings/Approvals
ICC-ES (International Code Council)
HIT-RE 500-SD MD2500
Dispenser
ESR-2322
Medium Cartridge
NSF/ANSI Std 61
certification for use in potable water
European Technical Approval
ETA-07/0260
Refill Pack Holder
HIT-RE 500-SD P8000D
Jumbo Cartridge Dispenser

Hilti HIT-RE 500-SD Adhesive Anchoring Product Features

Code Compliance
System is an injectable two-component • Superior bond performance
IBC®/IRC® 2006 (ICC-ES AC308)
epoxy adhesive. The two components • Seismic qualified per IBC®/IRC® IBC®/IRC® 2003 (ICC-ES AC308)
are kept separate by means of a dual- 2006, IBC®/IRC® 2003, IBC®/IRC® IBC®/IRC® 2000 (ICC-ES AC308)
cylinder foil pack attached to a 2000 and UBC® 1997 (ICC-ES UBC® 1997 (ICC-ES AC308)
AC308). Please refer to ESR-2322 LEED ®: Credit 4.1-Low Emitting
manifold. The two components (ICC-ES AC308) for Seismic Design Materials
combine and react when dispensed Category A through F
through a static mixing nozzle attached • Use in diamond cored or pneumat-
to the manifold. ic drilled holes and under water up
to 165 feet (50 m)
Hilti HIT-RE 500-SD Adhesive Anchoring • Meets requirements of ASTM C
881-90, Type IV, Grade 2 and 3, The Leadership in Energy and
System may be used with continuously
Class A, B, C except gel times Environmental Design (LEED® ) Green
threaded rod, Hilti HIS-N and HIS-RN Building Rating systemTM is the nationally
internally-threaded inserts or deformed • Meets requirements of AASHTO accepted benchmark for the design, con-
specification M235, Type IV, Grade struction and operation of high perfor-
reinforcing bar installed in cracked or 3, Class A, B, C except gel times mance green buildings.
uncracked concrete. The primary • Mixing tube provides proper mix-
components of the Hilti Adhesive ing, eliminates measuring errors
Anchoring System are: and minimizes waste Components
• Contains no styrene; virtually
• Hilti HIT-RE 500-SD adhesive pack- odorless
aged in foil packs
• Extended temperature range from HAS Threaded Rods
• Adhesive mixing and dispensing 41°F to 104°F (5°C to 40°C)
equipment
• Excellent weathering resistance;
• Equipment for hole cleaning and Resistance against elevated
adhesive injection HIS Internally Threaded Inserts
temperatures

Rebar (supplied by contractor)

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 221
07_HIT RE [Link]:H440.04_04d [Link] 12/30/07 1:04 AM Page 222

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.6 HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System

Guide Specifications which thoroughly blends component A 1. ISO 898 Class 5.8
and component B and allows injection
Master Format Section: 2. ASTM A 193, Grade B7 (high strength
directly into drilled hole. Only injection
carbon steel anchor);
03250 (Concrete accessories) tools and static mixing nozzles as
recommended by manufacturer shall be 3. AISI 304 or AISI 316 stainless steel,
Related Sections:
used. Manufacturer’s instructions shall meeting the requirements of ASTM F
03200 (Concrete Reinforcing- be followed. Injection adhesive shall be 593 (condition CW).
Reinforcing Accessories) formulated to include resin and hardener
Special order length HAS Rods may
05050 (Metal Fabrication) to provide optimal curing speed as well
vary from standard product.
05120 (Structural Steel; Masonry as high strength and stiffness. Typical
Accessories) curing time at 68°F (20°C) shall be Nuts and Washers of other grades and
approximately 12 hours. styles having specified proof load
Injectable adhesive shall be used for
stresses greater than the specified
installation of all reinforcing steel dowels Injection adhesive shall be
grade and style are also suitable. Nuts
or threaded anchor rods and inserts into HIT-RE 500-SD, as furnished by Hilti.
must have specified proof load stresses
new or existing concrete. Adhesive shall
Anchor Rods shall be furnished with equal to or greater than the minimum
be furnished in side-by-side refill packs
chamfered ends so that either end will tensile strength of the specified
which keep component A and
accept a nut and washer. Alternatively, threaded rod.
component B separate. Side-by-side
anchor rods shall be furnished with a 45
packs shall be designed to compress
degree chisel point on one end to allow
during use to minimize waste volume.
for easy insertion into the adhesive-filled
Side-by-side packs shall also be
hole. Anchor rods shall be manufactured
designed to accept static mixing nozzle
to meet the following requirements:

[Link] Material Specifications

Bond Strength ASTM C882-911
2 day cure 12.4 MPa 1800 psi
7 day cure 12.4 MPa 1800 psi
Compressive Strength ASTM D-695-961 82.7 MPa 12,000 psi
Compressive Modulus ASTM D-695-961 1493 MPa 0.22 x 106 psi
Tensile Strength 7 day ASTM D-638-97 43.5 MPa 6310 psi
Elongation at break ASTM D-638-97 2.0% 2.0%
Heat Deflection Temperature ASTM D-648-95 63°C 146°F
Absorption ASTM D-570-95 0.06% 0.06%
Linear Coefficient of Shrinkage on Cure ASTM D-2566-86 0.004 0.004
Electrical resistance DIN IEC 93 (12.93) 6.6 x 1013 Ω/m 1.7 x 1012Ω/in.
1 Minimum values obtained as a result of three cure temperatures (23°, 40°, 60°F)

222 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
07_HIT RE [Link]:H440.04_04d [Link] 12/30/07 1:04 AM Page 223

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.6

[Link] Strength Design

STRENGTH DESIGN D.5.2.8 — The limiting concrete strength D.5.3.8 — The critical spacing and
of adhesive anchors in tension shall be critical edge distance shall be calculated
Design strengths are determined in
calculated in accordance with D.5.2.1 to as follows:
accordance with ACI 318-05 Appendix D τk,uncr
(ACI 318) and this report1. Design
D.5.2.7 where the value of kc to be used scr,Na = 20 . d . ––––––––– ≤ 3 . hef (D-14h)
in Eq. (D-7) shall be: 1,450
parameters are provided in Table 7
through Table 34. Strength reduction kc,cr where analysis indicates cracking scr,Na
ccr,Na = ––––– (D-14i)
factors  as given in ACI 318 D.4.4 shall at service load levels in the 2
be used for load combinations calculated anchor vicinity (cracked concrete)
D.5.3.9 — The basic strength of a single
in accordance with Section 1612.2 of the
kc,uncr where analysis indicates no adhesive anchor in tension in cracked
UBC or Section 1605.2 of the 2000, 2003
cracking at service load levels in concrete shall not exceed
NaO = τkcr . π . d . hef
or 2006 IBC. Strength reduction factors 
the anchor vicinity (un-cracked (D-14j)
as given in ACI 318 D.4.5 shall be used
concrete)
for load combinations calculated in D.5.3.10 — The modification factor for
accordance with Section 1909.2 of D.5.3.7 — The nominal bond strength of
the influence of the failure surface of a
the UBC. an adhesive anchor Na or group of
group of adhesive anchors is
adhesive anchors Nag in tension shall
This section provides amendments to (D-14k)
not exceed
ACI 318-05 Appendix D (ACI 318) as
required for the strength design of (a) for a single anchor
ANa . 
g,Na = g,NaO +
[( )
S
–––––
Scr,Na
. (1– g,NaO) ≥ 1.0
0.5

]
adhesive anchors. In conformance with Na = ––––– p,Na . Na0 (D-14a) where
Aa0
ACI 318-05, all equations are expressed
τk,cr
in inch-pound units. (b) for a group of anchors (D-14l)

D.4.1.2 — In Eq. (D-1) and (D-2), Nn and

ANa . 
Nag = –––––
(D-14b)
ed,Na . g,Na . ec,Na . p,Na . Na0
g,Nao = n –
[
( n – 1)
(τ ) ]
––––––––
k,max,cr
1.5
≥ 1.0

Vn are the lowest design strengths Aa0 With n as the number of tension-loaded
determined from all appropriate failure adhesive anchors in a group.
where
τk,max,cr = –––––––
modes. Nn is the lowest design strength
kc,cr hef . f’c (D-14m)
in tension of an anchor or group of Ana is the projected area of the failure .d
anchors as determined from surface for the anchor or group of D.5.3.11 — The modification factor for
consideration of Nsa, either Na or Nag and anchors that shall be approximated as eccentrically loaded adhesive anchor
either Ncb or Ncbg. Vn is the lowest design the base of the rectilinear geometrical groups is
strength in shear of an anchor or a group figure that results from projecting the 1 ≤ 1.0
ec,Na = ––––––––– (D-14n)
of anchors as determined from failure surface outward a distance from 2e'n
1 + –––––
consideration of: Vsa, either Vcb or Vcbg, and the centerlines of the anchor, or in the Scr,Na
either Vcp or Vcpg. case of a group of anchors, from a line s
Eq. (D-14n) is valid for e'N ≤ –––––
through a row of adjacent anchors. Ana 2
D.4.1.4 — For adhesive anchors
shall not exceed nAna0 where n is the If the loading on an anchor group is
installed overhead and subjected to
number of anchors in tension in the such that only some anchors are in
tension resulting from sustained loading,
group. (Refer to ACI 318 Figures tension, only those anchors that are in
Eq. (D-1) shall also be satisfied taking Nn
RD.5.2.1a and RD.5.2.1b and replace tension shall be considered when
= 0.75 Na for single anchors and Nn =
the terms 1.5hef and 3.0hef with ccr,Na and determining the eccentricity e'N for use in
0.75 Nag for groups of anchors, whereby
scr,Na, respectively.) Eq. (D-14n).
Nua is determined from the sustained
load alone, e.g., the dead load and that ANa0 is the projected area of the failure In the case where eccentric loading
portion of the live load acting that may surface of a single anchor without the exists about two orthogonal axes, the
be considered as sustained. Where influence of proximate edges in modification factor ec,Na shall be
shear loads act concurrently with the accordance with Eq. (D-14c): computed for each axis individually and
sustained tension load, interaction of 2 the product of these factors used as
tension and shear shall be checked in ( )
ANa0 = scr,Na (D-14c) ec,Na in Eq. (D-14b).
accordance with Section D.4.1.3. with D.5.3.12 — The modification factor for
scr,Na = as given by Eq. (D-14h) the edge effects for single adhesive
1 ACI 318-02 may also be used. The section references and terminology are different from those given in this section.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 223
07_HIT RE [Link]:H440.04_04d [Link] 12/30/07 1:04 AM Page 224

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.6 HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System

anchors or anchor groups loaded on where Section D.8.5, minimum member
tension is: thicknesses hmin as given in this section
kcp = 1.0 for hef < 2.5 in. (64 mm)
are applicable.
ed,Na = 1.0 when ca,min ≥ ccr,Na (D-14o)
kcp = 2.0 for hef ≥ 2.5 in. (64 mm)
Critical edge distance cac:
for Ca,min < C cr,Na
Na is calculated in accordance with Eq.
In lieu of ACI 318 Section D.8.6, cac may
(
ed,Na = 0.7 + 3.1 c––––––
a,min
ccr,Na )
≤ 1.0 (D-14p) (D-14a)
be taken as follows:
D.5.3.13 — When an adhesive anchor or Nag is calculated in accordance with Eq. 2
for h = hmin : cac = 3(h ef) + 1.63hef
–––––––
a group of adhesive anchors is located in (D-14b) 32d
a region of a concrete member where
Ncb, Ncbg are determined in accordance
analysis indicates no cracking at service
with D.5.2.8 for h ≥ hef + 5 (ca,min)3/4
load levels, the nominal strength Na or Nag
of a single adhesive anchor or a group of D.8.7 — For adhesive anchors that will where
adhesive anchors shall be calculated remain untorqued, the minimum edge
hef ≤ 8d : cac = 1.5hef
according to Eq. (D-14a) and Eq. (D-14b) distance shall be based on minimum
cover requirements for reinforcement in (hef)2 + 1.33hef
hef > 8d : cac = –––––
with k,uncr substituted for k,cr in the
48d
calculation of the basic strength in 7.7. For adhesive anchors that will be
for all other h ≥ hmin : cac = 2.5hef
accordance with Eq. (D-14j). k,uncr shall be torqued, the minimum edge distance
established based on tests in accordance and spacing shall be taken as 6do and Design strength in SDC C, D, E and F:
with AC308. The factor g,Na0 shall be 5do, respectively, unless otherwise Where anchors are designed to resist
calculated in accordance with Eq. (D-14l) determined in accordance with AC308. earthquake forces in structures assigned
whereby the value of k,max,uncr shall be to Seismic Design Categories C, D, E or
Bond strength determination:
calculated in accordance with Eq. (D-14q) F, the anchor strength shall be adjusted
and substituted for k,max,cr in Eq. (D-14l). Bond strength values are a function of
in accordance with 2006 IBC Section
τk,max,uncr = –––––––
kc,uncr h . f’ concrete condition (cracked, un-
ef c (D-14q) 1908.1.16. The nominal steel shear
.d cracked), drilling method (hammer drill,
strength, Vsa, shall be adjusted by V,seis.
D.5.3.14 — When an adhesive anchor or core drill) and installation conditions
The nominal bond strength kcr shall be
a group of adhesive anchors is located (dry, water-saturated, etc.). Bond
adjusted by N,seis.
in a region of a concrete member where strength values shall be modified with
analysis indicates no cracking at service the factor nn for cases where holes are
load levels, the modification factor shall drilled in water-saturated concrete
be taken as ( w s ), where the holes are water-filled
at the time of anchor installation ( w f ),
(D-14r)
or where the application is carried out
p,Na = 1.0 when ca,min ≥ cac
underwater ( uw ).

(D-14s) Where applicable, the modified bond

max | ca,min ; ccr,Na | when c < c
p,Na = –––––––––––––––––––––– a,min ac strength values shall be used in lieu of
τk,cr and τk,uncr in Equations (D-14d),
cac
For all other cases, p,Na = 1.0. (D-14f), (D-14j), (D-14m), and (D-14o).
The resulting nominal bond strength
D.6.3.2 — The nominal pryout strength
shall be multiplied by the associated
of an adhesive anchor or group of
strength reduction factor nn.
adhesive anchors shall not exceed
Minimum member thickness hmin,
(a) for a single adhesive anchor
anchor spacing smin and edge
Vcp = min | kcp . Na ; kcp . Ncb | (D-28a) distance cmin:
(b) for a group of adhesive anchors In lieu of ACI 318 Section D.8.3, values
Vcpg = min | kcp . Nag ; kcp . Ncbg | (D-28b) of cmin and smin as given in this section are
applicable. Likewise, in lieu of ACI 318

224 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
07_HIT RE [Link]:H440.04_04d [Link] 12/30/07 1:04 AM Page 225

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.6

[Link] Technical Data

Table 1 — DESIGN TABLE INDEX

Threaded rod Hilti HIS internally Deformed reinforcement

Design strength1 threaded insert
fractional metric fractional metric US EU Canadian
Steel N sa, Vsa Table 7 Table 11 Table 15 Table 19 Table 23 Table 27 Table 31
Concrete Npn, Nsb, Nsbg, Ncb, Ncbg, Vcb, Vcbg, Vcp, Vcpg Table 8 Table 12 Table 16 Table 20 Table 24 Table 28 Table 32
hammer-drilled holes Table 9 Table 13 Table 17 Table 21 Table 25 Table 29 Table 33
Bond2 Na a , Nag
diamond cored holes Table 10 Table 14 Table 18 Table 22 Table 26 Table 30 Table 34
1 Ref. ACI 318 Section D.4.1.2
2 See Section 4.1

Bond strength design flowchart

Cracked Concrete Un-cracked Concrete

Hammer Drilled Hammer Drilled Diamond Cored

Dry Water Dry Water Water Under Dry Water

(D) Saturated (D) Saturated Filled Water (D) Saturated
Installation

(borehole)
Condition

(WS) (WS) (WF) (UW) (WS)

D WS D WS WF UW D WS

τk,cr τk,uncr τk,uncr

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 225
07_HIT RE [Link]:H440.04_04d [Link] 12/30/07 1:04 AM Page 226

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.6 HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System

Table 2 — TENSILE PROPERTIES OF COMMON CARBON STEEL THREADED ROD MATERIALS1

Minimum Minimum
Reduction
THREADED ROD SPECIFICATION specified specified yield futa /fya Elongation, Specification for nuts6
of Area,
ultimate strength 0.2% min. %5
min. %
strength futa offset fya
ASTM A 1932 Grade B7 psi 125,000 105,000
1.19 16 50 ASTM A 563 Grade DH
≤ 2-1/2 in. (≤ 64 mm) (MPa) (862) (724)
ASTM F 568M3 Class 5.8
psi 72,500 58,000 1.25 10 35 DIN 934 (8-A2K)
M5 (1/4 in.) to M24 (1 in.)
(MPa) (500) (400) ASTM A 563 Grade DH7
(equivalent to ISO 898-1)
MPa 800 640
ISO 898-14 Class 8.8 1.25 12 52 DIN 934 (8-A2K)
(psi) (116,000) (92,800)
1 Hilti HIT-RE 500-SD may be used in conjunction with all grades of continuously threaded carbon steel rod (all-thread) that conform to the code and that have thread
characteristics comparable with ANSI B1.1 UNC Coarse Thread Series or ANSI B1.13M M Profile Metric Thread Series. Values for threaded rod types and associated nuts
supplied by Hilti are provided here.
2 Standard Specification for Alloy-Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting Materials for High-Temperature Service
3 Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Externally Threaded Metric Fasteners
4 Mechanical properties of fasteners made of carbon steel and alloy steel — Part 1: Bolts, screws and studs
5 Based on 2-in. (50 mm) gauge length except for A193 and A449, which are based on a gauge length of 4D and ISO 898 which is based on 5D.
6 Nuts of other grades and styles having specified proof load stresses greater than the specified grade and style are also suitable. Nuts must have specified proof load
stresses equal to or greater than the minimum tensile strength of the specified threaded rod.
7 Nuts for fractional rods.

Table 3 — TENSILE PROPERTIES OF COMMON STAINLESS STEEL THREADED ROD MATERIALS1

Minimum Minimum
THREADED ROD SPECIFICATION specified specified yield futa /fya Elongation, Reduction of Specification for nuts4
ultimate strength 0.2% min. % Area, min. %
strength futa offset fya
ASTM F 5932 CW1 (316) psi 100,000 65,000
1.54 20 - F 594
1/4 to 5/8 in. (MPa) (689) (448)
ASTM F 5932 CW2 (316) psi 85,000 45,000
1.89 25 - F 594
3/4 to 1-1/2 in.(MPa) (MPa) (586) (310)
ISO 3506-13 A4-70 MPa 700 450
1.56 40 - ISO 4032
M8 – M24 (psi) (101,500) (65,250)
ISO 3506-13 A4-50 MPa 500 210
2.00 40 - ISO 4032
M27 – M30 (psi) (72,500) (30,450)
1 Hilti HIT-RE 500-SD may be used in conjunction with all grades of continuously threaded stainless steel rod (all-thread) that conform to the code and that have thread
characteristics comparable with ANSI B1.1 UNC Coarse Thread Series or ANSI B1.13M M Profile Metric Thread Series. Values for threaded rod types and associated
nuts supplied by Hilti are provided here.
2 Standard Steel Specification for Stainless Steel Bolts, Hex Cap Screws, and Studs
3 Mechanical properties of corrosion-resistant stainless steel fasteners – Part 1: Bolts, screws and studs
4 Nuts of other grades and styles having specified proof load stresses greater than the specified grade and style are also suitable. Nuts must have specified proof load
stresses equal to or greater than the minimum tensile strength of the specified threaded rod. Differing grades of steel may affect corrosion resistance.

226 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
07_HIT RE [Link]:H440.04_04d [Link] 12/30/07 1:04 AM Page 227

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.6

Table 4 — TENSILE PROPERTIES OF FRACTIONAL AND METRIC HIS-N AND HIS-RN INSERTS

Minimum specified Minimum specified yield

HILTI HIS AND HIS-R INSERTS
ultimate strength futa strength fya
DIN 1651 9SMNPB28K
MPa 490 410
Carbon Steel
(psi) (71,050) (59,450)
3/8 and M8 to M10
DIN 1651 9SMNPB28K
MPa 460 375
Carbon Steel
(psi) (66,700) (54,375)
1/2 to 3/4 and M12 to M20
DIN 17440 X5CrNiMo17122 MPa 700 350
Stainless Steel (psi) (101,500) (50,750)

Table 5 — TENSILE PROPERTIES OF COMMON BOLTS, CAP SCREWS AND STUDS FOR USE WITH HIS-N
AND HIS-RN INSERTS1,2

Minimum Minimum
Reduction
BOLT, CAP SCREW OR STUD specified specified yield futa /fya Elongation, Specification for nuts6
of Area,
SPECIFICATION ultimate strength 0.2% min.
min.
strength futa offset fya
psi 120,000 92,000
SAE J4293 Grade 5 1.30 14 35 SAE J995
(MPa) (828) (634)
psi 120,000 92,000 A 563 C, C3, D, DH,
ASTM A 3254 1/2 to 1-in. 1.30 14 35
(MPa) (828) (634) DH3 Heavy Hex
ASTM F A1935 Grade B8M
psi 110,000 95,000 1.16 15 45 F 5947
(AISI 316) for use with
(MPa) (759) (655)
HIS-RN
ASTM F A1935 Grade B8M
psi 125,000 100,000 1.25 12 35 F 5947
(AISI 316) for use with
(MPa) (862) (690)
HIS-RN
1 Minimum Grade 5 bolts, cap screws or studs should be used in conjunction with carbon steel HIS inserts.
2 Use only stainless steel bolts, cap screws or studs with HIS-R inserts.
3 Mechanical and Material Requirements for Externally Threaded Fasteners
4 Standard Specification for Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated, 120/105 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength
5 Standard Specification for Alloy-Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting Materials for High-Temperature Service
6 Nuts must have specified minimum proof load stress equal to or greater than the specified minimum full-size tensile strength of the specified stud.
7 Nuts for stainless steel studs must be of the same alloy group as the specified stud.

Table 6 — TENSILE PROPERTIES OF COMMON REINFORCING BARS

Minimum Minimum
REINFORCING BAR SPECIFICATION specified ultimate specified yield
strength futa strength fya
psi 90,000 60,000
ASTM A 6151 Gr. 60
(MPa) (620) (414)
psi 60,000 40,000
ASTM A 6151 Gr. 40
(MPa) (414) (276)
MPa 550 500
DIN 4882 BSt 500
(psi) (79,750) (72,500)
MPa 540 400
CAN/CSA-G30.183 Gr. 400
(psi) (78,300) (58,000)
1 Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement
2 Reinforcing steel; reinforcing steel bars; dimensions and masses
3 Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 227
07_HIT RE [Link]:H440.04_04d [Link] 12/30/07 1:04 AM Page 228

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.6 HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System

Table 7 — STEEL DESIGN INFORMATION FOR FRACTIONAL THREADED ROD1

Nominal rod diameter (in.)

DESIGN INFORMATION Symbol Units
3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/4
in. 0.375 0.5 0.625 0.75 0.875 1 1.25
Rod O.D. d
(mm) (9.5) (12.7) (15.9) (19.1) (22.2) (25.4) (31.8)
in.2 0.0775 0.1419 0.2260 0.3345 0.4617 0.6057 0.9691
Rod effective cross-sectional area Ase
(mm2) (50) (92) (146) (216) (298) (391) (625)
lb 5,619 10,288 16,385 24,251 33,472 43,912 70,258
Nsa
(kN) (25.0) (45.8) (72.9) (107.9) (148.9) (195.3) (312.5)
ISO 898-1 Class 5.82

Nominal strength as governed

by steel strength lb 2,809 6,173 9,831 14,550 20,083 26,347 42,155
Vsa
(kN) (12.5) (27.5) (43.7) (64.7) (89.3) (117.2) (187.5)
Reduction for seismic shear V,seis - 0.70
Strength reduction factor  for tension2  - 0.65
Strength reduction factor  for shear2  - 0.60
lb 9,687 17,737 28,249 41,812 57,711 75,711 121,135
Nsa
Nominal strength as governed (kN) (43.1) (78.9) (125.7) (186.0) (256.7) (336.8) (538.8)
ASTM A 193 B72

by steel strength lb 4,844 10,642 16,950 25,087 34,627 45,426 72,681

Vsa
(kN) (21.5) (47.3) (75.4) (111.6) (154.0) (202.1) (323.3)
Reduction for seismic shear V,seis - 0.70
Strength reduction factor  for tension2  - 0.75
Strength reduction factor  for shear2  - 0.65
lb 7,750 14,190 22,600 28,432 39,244 51,483 82,372
ASTM F593, CW Stainless2

Nsa
Nominal strength as governed (kN) (34.5) (63.1) (100.5) (126.5) (174.6) (229.0) (366.4)
by steel strength lb 3,875 8,514 13,560 17,059 23,546 30,890 49,423
Vsa
(kN) (17.2) (.37.9) (60.3) (75.9) (104.7) (137.4) (219.8)
Reduction for seismic shear V,seis - 0.70
Strength reduction factor  for tension2  - 0.75
Strength reduction factor  for shear2  - 0.65
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 lbf = 4.448 N, 1 psi = 0.006897 MPa
For pound-inch units: 1 mm = 0.03937 inches, 1 N = 0.2248 lbf, 1 MPa = 145.0 psi
1 Values provided for common rod material types based on published strengths and calculated in accordance with ACI 318-05 Eq. (D-3) and Eq. (D-20). Other material
specifications are admissible. Use nuts and washers appropriate for the rod strength. Differing grades of steel may affect corrosion resistance.
2 For use with the load combinations of ACI 318-05 Section 9.2. See ACI 318-05 Section D.4.4.

228 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
07_HIT RE [Link]:H440.04_04d [Link] 12/30/07 1:04 AM Page 229

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.6

Table 8 — CONCRETE BREAKOUT DESIGN INFORMATION FOR FRACTIONAL THREADED ROD IN HOLES
DRILLED WITH A HAMMER DRILL AND CARBIDE BIT1

Nominal rod diameter (in.)

DESIGN INFORMATION Symbol Units
3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/4
in-lb 17
Effectiveness factor for cracked concrete kc,cr
(SI) (7.1)
in-lb 24
Effectiveness factor for un-cracked concrete kc,uncr
(SI) (10)
in. 1-7/8 2-1/2 3-1/8 3-3/4 4-3/8 5 6-1/4
Min. anchor spacing smin
(mm) (48) (64) (79) (95) (111) (127) (159)
in. 1-7/8 2-1/2 3-1/8 3-3/4 4-3/8 5 6-1/4
Min. edge distance cmin
(mm) (48) (64) (79) (95) (111) (127) (159)
in. hef + 1-1/4
Minimum member thickness hmin hef + 2d o
(mm) (hef + 30)
Critical edge distance — splitting
cac - See Strength Design provisions above
(for un-cracked concrete)
Strength reduction factor for tension,
 - 0.65
concrete failure modes, Condition B2
Strength reduction factor for shear,
 - 0.70
concrete failure modes, Condition B2
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 lbf = 4.448 N, 1 psi = 0.006897 MPa
For pound-inch units: 1 mm = 0.03937 inches, 1 N = 0.2248 lbf, 1 MPa = 145.0 psi
1 For additional setting information, see installation instructions.
2 Values provided for post-installed anchors with category as determined from ACI 355.2 given for Condition B without supplementary reinforcement.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 229
07_HIT RE [Link]:H440.04_04d [Link] 12/30/07 1:04 AM Page 230

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.6 HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System

Table 9 — BOND STRENGTH DESIGN INFORMATION FOR FRACTIONAL THREADED ROD IN HOLES DRILLED
WITH A HAMMER DRILL AND CARBIDE BIT1,4

Nominal rod diameter (in.)

DESIGN INFORMATION Symbol Units
3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/4

τ
psi 1,092 1,073 1,044 999 917 852 732
Characteristic bond strength and
k,cr (N/mm2) (7.5) (7.4) (7.2) (6.9) (6.3) (5.9) (5.0)
Temperature range A3

minimum anchor embedment in

cracked concrete in. 2.43 2.81 3.14 3.44 3.71 4.0 5.0
h
ef,min (mm) (62) (71) (80) (87) (94) (102) (127)

τ
psi 2,283 2,236 2,142 2,067 2,002 1,946 1,862
Characteristic bond strength and
k,uncr (N/mm2) (15.7) (15.4) (14.8) (14.3) (13.8) (13.4) (12.8)
minimum anchor embedment in
un-cracked concrete in. 2.43 2.81 3.14 3.44 3.71 4.0 5.0
h
ef,min (mm) (62) (71) (80) (87) (94) (102) (127)

τ
psi 444 431 379 345 316 294 260
Characteristic bond strength and
k,cr (N/mm2) (3.1) (3.0) (2.6) (2.4) (2.2) (2.0) (1.8)
Temperature range B3

minimum anchor embedment

in cracked concrete2 in. 1.73 2.20 3.61 3.01 3.50 4.0 5.0
h
ef,min (mm) (44) (56) (66) (76) (89) (102) (127)

τ
psi 788 772 739 714 691 672 643
Characteristic bond strength and
k,uncr (N/mm2) (5.4) (5.3) (5.1) (4.9) (4.8) (4.6) (4.4)
minimum anchor embedment in
un-cracked concrete2 in. 1.73 2.20 3.61 3.01 3.50 4.0 5.0
h
ef,min (mm) (44) (56) (66) (76) (89) (102) (127)
Permissible installation conditions

Dry concrete d - 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.55 0.55 0.55

ws - 0.55 0.55 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45
Water-saturated concrete
ws - 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.99 0.94
wf - 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45
Water-filled hole
wf - 1.00 1.00 0.96 0.91 0.87 0.84 0.79
uw - 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45
Underwater application
uw - 0.95 0.94 0.94 0.93 0.92 0.92 0.91
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 lbf = 4.448 N, 1 psi = 0.006897 MPa
For pound-inch units: 1 mm = 0.03937 inches, 1 N = 0.2248 lbf, 1 MPa = 145.0 psi
1 Bond strength values correspond to concrete compressive strength range 2,500 psi ≤ f’c ≤ 4,500 psi. For 4,500 psi ≤ f’c ≤ 6,500 psi, tabulated characteristic
bond strength may be increased by 6%. For 6,500 psi ≤ f’c ≤ 8,000 psi, tabulated characteristic bond strength may be increased by 10%.
2 Bond strength values are for sustained loads including dead and live loads. For short-term loads including wind and seismic, bond strengths may be increased
40%.
3 Temperature range A: Max. short term temperature = 110°F (43°C), max. long term temperature = 80°F (26°C).
Temperature range B: Max. short term temperature = 162°F (72°C), max. long term temperature = 110°F (43°C).
Short term elevated concrete temperatures are those that occur over brief intervals, e.g., as a result of diurnal cycling. Long term concrete temperatures are roughly
constant over significant periods of time.
4 For structures assigned to SDC C, D, E or F, bond strength values shall be multiplied by  N,seis = 0.65.

230 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
07_HIT RE [Link]:H440.04_04d [Link] 12/30/07 1:04 AM Page 231

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.6

Table 10 — BOND STRENGTH DESIGN INFORMATION FOR FRACTIONAL THREADED ROD IN HOLES DRILLED
WITH A CORE DRILL1,4

Nominal rod diameter (in.)

DESIGN INFORMATION Symbol Units
3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/4

τk,uncr
psi 1,740 1,703 1,553 1,441 1,356 1,282 1,169
Temperature

Characteristic bond strength and

range A3

(N/mm2) (12.0) (11.7) (10.7) (9.9) (9.4) (8.8) (8.1)

minimum anchor embedment in
un-cracked concrete in. 2.43 2.81 3.14 3.44 3.71 4.0 5.0
hef,min
(mm) (62) (71) (80) (87) (94) (102) (127)

τk,uncr
psi 601 588 536 497 468 442 404
Temperature

Characteristic bond strength and

range B3

(N/mm2) (4.1) (4.1) (3.7) (3.4) (3.2) (3.1) (2.8)

minimum anchor embedment in
un-cracked concrete2 in. 1.57 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 5.0
hef,min
(mm) (40) (51) (64) (76) (89) (102) (127)
Dry concrete d - 0.65 0.65 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.45 0.45
Permissible
installation
conditions

ws - 0.55 0.55 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45

Water-saturated concrete
ws - 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.95 0.88
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 lbf = 4.448 N, 1 psi = 0.006897 MPa
For pound-inch units: 1 mm = 0.03937 inches, 1 N = 0.2248 lbf, 1 MPa = 145.0 psi
1 Bond strength values correspond to concrete compressive strength range 2,500 psi ≤ f’c ≤ 4,500 psi. For 4,500 psi ≤ f’c ≤ 6,500 psi, tabulated characteristic bond
strength may be increased by 6%. For 6,500 psi ≤ f’c ≤ 8,000 psi, tabulated characteristic bond may be increased by 10%.
2 Characteristic bond strengths are for sustained loads including dead and live loads. For short-term loads including wind and seismic, bond strengths may be
increased 40%.
3 Temperature range A: Max. short term temperature = 110°F (43°C), max. long term temperature = 80°F (26°C).
Temperature range B: Max. short term temperature = 162°F (72°C), max. long term temperature = 110°F (43°C).
Short term elevated concrete temperatures are those that occur over brief intervals, e.g., as a result of diurnal cycling. Long term concrete temperatures are roughly
constant over significant periods of time.
4 Bond strength values applicable to SDC A and B only.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 231
07_HIT RE [Link]:H440.04_04d [Link] 12/30/07 1:04 AM Page 232

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.6 HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System

Table 11 — STEEL DESIGN INFORMATION FOR METRIC THREADED ROD1

Nominal rod diameter (mm)

DESIGN INFORMATION Symbol Units
8 10 12 16 20 24 27 30
Rod O.D. mm 8 10 12 16 20 24 27 30
d
(in.) (0.31) (0.39) (0.47) (0.63) (0.79) (0.94) (1.06) (1.18)
Rod effective cross-sectional area mm2 36.6 58 84.3 157 245 353 459 561
Ase
(in.2) (0.057) (0.090) (0.131) (0.243) (0.380) (0.547) (0.711) (0.870)
kN 18.3 29.0 42.2 78.5 122.5 176.5 229.5 280.5
Nsa
Nominal strength as governed (lb) (4,114) (6,519) (9,476) (17,647) (27,539) (39,679) (51,594) (63,059)
ISO 898-1 Class 5.8

by steel strength
kN 9.2 14.5 25.3 47.1 73.5 105.9 137.7 168.3
Vsa
(lb) (2,057) (3,260) (5,685) (10,588) (16,523) (23,807) (30,956) (37,835)
Reduction for seismic shear V,seis - 0.70
Strength reduction factor  for tension2  - 0.65
Strength reduction factor  for shear2  - 0.60
kN 29.3 46.4 67.4 125.6 196.0 282.4 367.2 448.8
Nsa
Nominal strength as governed (lb) (6,582) (10,431) (15,161) (28,236) (44,063) (63,486) (82,550) (100,894)
ISO 898-1 Class 8.8

by steel strength
kN 14.6 23.2 40.5 75.4 117.6 169.4 220.3 269.3
Vsa
(lb) (3,291) (5,216) (9,097) (16,942) (26,438) (38,092) (49,530) (60,537)
Reduction for seismic shear V,seis - 0.70
Strength reduction factor  for tension2  - 0.65
Strength reduction factor  for shear2  - 0.60
ISO 3506-1 Class A4 Stainless3

kN 25.6 40.6 59.0 109.9 171.5 247.1 229.5 280.5

Nsa
Nominal strength as governed (lb) (5,760) (9,127) (13,266) (24,706) (38,555) (55,550) (51,594) (63,059)
by steel strength
kN 12.8 20.3 35.4 65.9 102.9 148.3 137.7 168.3
Vsa
(lb) (2,880) (4,564) (7,960) (14,824) (23,133) (33,330) (30,956) (37,835)
Reduction for seismic shear V,seis - 0.70
Strength reduction factor  for tension2  - 0.75
Strength reduction factor  for shear2  - 0.65
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 lbf = 4.448 N, 1 psi = 0.006897 MPa
For pound-inch units: 1 mm = 0.03937 inches, 1 N = 0.2248 lbf, 1 MPa = 145.0 psi
1 Values provided for common rod material types based on published strengths and calculated in accordance with ACI 318-05 Eq. (D-3) and Eq. (D-20). Other material
specifications are admissible. Use nuts and washers appropriate for the rod strength.
2 For use with the load combinations of ACI 318-05 Section 9.2. See ACI 318-05 Section D.4.4.
3 A4-70 Stainless (M8- M24); A4-502 Stainless (M27- M30)

232 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
07_HIT RE [Link]:H440.04_04d [Link] 12/30/07 1:04 AM Page 233

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.6

Table 12 — CONCRETE BREAKOUT DESIGN INFORMATION FOR METRIC THREADED ROD IN HOLES DRILLED WITH
A HAMMER DRILL AND CARBIDE BIT1

Nominal rod diameter (mm)

DESIGN INFORMATION Symbol Units
8 10 12 16 20 24 27 30
SI 7.1
Effectiveness factor for cracked concrete kc,cr
(in-lb) (17)
SI 10
Effectiveness factor for un-cracked concrete kc,uncr
(in-lb) (24)
mm 40 50 60 80 100 120 135 150
Min. anchor spacing smin
(in.) (1.6) (2.0) (2.4) (3.2) (3.9) (4.7) (5.3) (5.9)
mm 40 50 60 80 100 120 135 150
Min. edge distance cmin
(in.) (1.6) (2.0) (2.4) (3.2) (3.9) (4.7) (5.3) (5.9)
mm hef + 30
Minimum member thickness hmin hef + 2d o
(in.) (hef + 1-1/4)
Critical edge distance — splitting
cac - See Strength Design provisions above
(for un-cracked concrete)
Strength reduction factor for tension,
 - 0.65
concrete failure modes, Condition B2
Strength reduction factor for shear,
 - 0.70
concrete failure modes, Condition B2
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 lbf = 4.448 N, 1 psi = 0.006897 MPa
For pound-inch units: 1 mm = 0.03937 inches, 1 N = 0.2248 lbf, 1 MPa = 145.0 psi
1 For additional setting information, see installation instructions.
2 Values provided for post-installed anchors with category as determined from ACI 355.2 given for Condition B without supplementary reinforcement.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 233
07_HIT RE [Link]:H440.04_04d [Link] 12/30/07 1:04 AM Page 234

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.6 HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System

Table 13 — BOND STRENGTH DESIGN INFORMATION FOR METRIC THREADED ROD IN HOLES DRILLED WITH A
HAMMER DRILL AND CARBIDE BIT1,4

Nominal rod diameter (mm)

DESIGN INFORMATION Symbol Units
8 10 12 16 20 24 27 30

τk,cr
N/mm2 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.2 6.7 6.0 5.7 5.3
Characteristic bond strength and
(psi) (1,092) (1,092) (1,092) (1,044) (972) (877) (831) (768)
Temperature range A3

minimum anchor embedment

in cracked concrete mm 57 63 69 80 89 98 108 120
hef,min
(in.) (2.23) (2.49) (2.73) (3.15) (3.52) (3.86) (4.25) (4.72)

τk,uncr
N/mm2 15.6 15.6 15.6 14.8 14.1 13.6 13.3 13.0
Characteristic bond strength and
(psi) (2,264) (2,264) (2,264) (2,142) (2,039) (1,974) (1,927) (1,880)
minimum anchor embedment
in un-cracked concrete mm 57 63 69 80 89 98 108 120
hef,min
(in.) (2.23) (2.49) (2.73) (3.15) (3.52) (3.86) (4.25) (4.72)

τk,cr
N/mm2 3.1 3.1 3.1 2.6 2.3 2.1 2.0 1.9
Characteristic bond strength and
(psi) (444) (444) (444) (379) (336) (303) (287) (268)
Temperature range B3

minimum anchor embedment

in cracked concrete2 mm 40 46 53 67 80 96 108 120
hef,min
(in.) (1.57) (1.80) (2.10) (2.62) (3.15) (3.78) (4.25) (4.72)

τk,uncr
N/mm2 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.1 4.9 4.7 4.6 4.5
Characteristic bond strength and
(psi) (781) (781) (781) (739) (704) (681) (665) (649)
minimum anchor embedment
in un-cracked concrete2 mm 40 46 53 67 80 96 108 120
hef,min
(in.) (1.57) (1.80) (2.10) (2.62) (3.15) (3.78) (4.25) (4.72)
Dry concrete d - 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.55 0.55 0.55
ws - 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45
Permissible installation

Water-saturated concrete
ws - 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.98 0.95
conditions

wf - 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45

Water-filled hole
wf - 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.96 0.90 0.86 0.83 0.81
uw - 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45
Underwater application
uw - 0.95 0.95 0.95 0.94 0.93 0.92 0.92 0.91
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 lbf = 4.448 N, 1 psi = 0.006897MPa
For pound-inch units: 1 mm = 0.03937 inches, 1 N = 0.2248 lbf, 1 MPa = 145.0 psi
1 Bond strength values correspond to concrete compressive strength range 2,500 psi ≤ f’c ≤ 4,500 psi. For 4,500 psi ≤ f’c ≤ 6,500 psi, tabulated characteristic bond strength
may be increased by 6%. For 6,500 psi ≤ f’c ≤ 8,000 psi, tabulated characteristic bond strength may be increased by 10%.
2 Characteristic bond strengths are for sustained loads including dead and live loads. For short-term loads including wind and seismic, bond strengths may be increased 40%.
3 Temperature range A: Max. short term temperature = 110°F (43°C), max. long term temperature = 80°F (26°C).
Temperature range B: Max. short term temperature = 162°F (72°C), max. long term temperature = 110°F (43°C).
Short term elevated concrete temperatures are those that occur over brief intervals, e.g., as a result of diurnal cycling. Long term concrete temperatures are roughly constant
over significant periods of time.
4 For structures assigned to SDC C, D, E or F, bond strength values shall be multiplied by  N,seis = 0.65.

234 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
07_HIT RE [Link]:H440.04_04d [Link] 12/30/07 1:04 AM Page 235

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.6

Table 14 — BOND STRENGTH DESIGN INFORMATION FOR METRIC THREADED ROD IN HOLES DRILLED WITH A
CORE DRILL1,4

Nominal rod diameter (mm)

DESIGN INFORMATION Symbol Units
8 10 12 16 20 24 27 30

τk,uncr
N/mm2 12.0 12.0 12.0 10.7 9.7 9.0 8.6 8.3
Temperature

Characteristic bond strength and

range A3

(psi) (1,740) (1,740) (1,740) (1,553) (1,413) (1,310) (1,254) (1,197)

minimum anchor embedment
in un-cracked concrete mm 56 63 69 80 89 98 108 120
hef,min
(in.) (2.19) (2.49) (2.73) (3.15) (3.52) (3.86) (4.25) (4.72)

τk,uncr
N/mm2 4.1 4.1 4.1 3.7 3.4 3.1 3.0 2.8
Temperature

Characteristic bond strength and

range B3

(psi) (601) (601) (601) (536) (488) (452) (433) (413)

minimum anchor embedment
in un-cracked concrete2 mm 40 41 48 64 80 96 108 120
hef,min
(in.) (1.57) (1.61) (1.89) (2.52) (3.15) (3.78) (4.25) (4.72)
Dry concrete d - 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.45 0.45
Permissible
installation
conditions

ws - 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45

Water-saturated concrete
ws - 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.97 0.93 0.90
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 lbf = 4.448 N, 1 psi = 0.006897MPa
For pound-inch units: 1 mm = 0.03937 inches, 1 N = 0.2248 lbf, 1 MPa = 145.0 psi
1 Bond strength values correspond to concrete compressive strength range 2,500 psi ≤ f’c ≤ 4,500 psi. For 4,500 psi ≤ f’c ≤ 6,500 psi, tabulated characteristic bond strength
may be increased by 6%. For 6,500 psi ≤ f’c ≤ 8,000 psi, tabulated characteristic bond strength may be increased by 10%.
2 Characteristic bond strengths are for sustained loads including dead and live loads. For short-term loads including wind and seismic, bond strengths may be increased 40%.
3 Temperature range A: Max. short term temperature = 110°F (43°C), max. long term temperature = 80°F (26°C).
Temperature range B: Max. short term temperature = 162°F (72°C), max. long term temperature = 110°F (43°C).
Short term elevated concrete temperatures are those that occur over brief intervals, e.g., as a result of diurnal cycling. Long term concrete temperatures are roughly constant
over significant periods of time.
4 Bond strength values applicable to SDC A and B only.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 235
07_HIT RE [Link]:H440.04_04d [Link] 12/30/07 1:04 AM Page 236

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.6 HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System

Table 15 — STEEL DESIGN INFORMATION FOR FRACTIONAL HILTI HIS-N AND HIS-RN INSERTS1

Nominal bolt/cap screw diameter (in.)

DESIGN INFORMATION Symbol Units
3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4
in. 0.65 0.81 1 1.09
HIS insert O.D. d
(mm) (16.5) (20.5) (25.4) (27.6)
in.2 0.0775 0.1419 0.2260 0.3345
Bolt effective cross-sectional area Ase
(mm2) (50) (92) (146) (216)
in.2 0.178 0.243 0.404 0.410
HIS insert effective cross-sectional area Ainsert
(mm2) (115) (157) (260) (265)
lb 9,296 17,020 27,108 40,122
Nominal strength as governed by Nsa
(kN) (41.3) (75.7) (120.6) (178.5)
steel strength — A 193 B7
bolt/cap screw lb 5,577 10,212 16,265 24,073
Vsa
ASTM A 193 B7

(kN) (24,8) (45.4) (72.3) (107.1)

Nominal strength as governed by lb 12,648 16,195 26,926 27,362
Nsa
steel strength — HIS-N insert (kN) (56.3) (72.0) (119.8) (121.7)
Reduction for seismic shear V,seis - 0.7
Strength reduction factor  for tension2  - 0.75
Strength reduction factor  for shear2  - 0.65
lb 7,750 14,190 22,599 28,432
Nominal strength as governed by steel Nsa
(kN) (34.5) (63.1) (100.5) (126.5)
ASTM F A193 Grade B8M SS

strength — ASTM F A193 Grade

B8M SS bolt/cap screw lb 4,650 8,514 13,560 17,059
Vsa
(kN) (20.7) (37.9) (60.3) (75.9)
Nominal strength as governed by steel lb 18,068 24,645 40,974 41,638
Nsa
strength — HIS-RN insert (kN) (80.4) (109.6) (182.3) (185.2)
Reduction for seismic shear V,seis - 0.7
Strength reduction factor  for tension2  - 0.65
Strength reduction factor  for shear2  - 0.60
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 lbf = 4.448 N, 1 psi = 0.006897MPa
For pound-inch units: 1 mm = 0.03937 inches, 1 N = 0.2248 lbf, 1 MPa = 145.0 psi
1 Values provided for common rod material types based on published strengths and calculated in accordance with ACI 318-05 Eq. (D-3) and Eq. (D-20). Other material
specifications are admissible. Use nuts and washers appropriate for the rod strength.
2 For use with the load combinations of ACI 318-05 Section 9.2. See ACI 318-05 Section D.4.4. Values correspond to a ductile steel element.

236 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
07_HIT RE [Link]:H440.04_04d [Link] 12/30/07 1:04 AM Page 237

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.6

Table 16 — CONCRETE BREAKOUT DESIGN INFORMATION FOR FRACTIONAL HILTI HIS-N AND HIS-RN INSERTS 1

Nominal bolt/cap screw diameter (in.)

DESIGN INFORMATION Symbol Units
3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4
in. 4-3/8 5 6-3/4 8-1/8
Effective embedment depth hef
(mm) (110) (125) (170) (205)
in-lb 17
Effectiveness factor for cracked concrete kc,cr
(SI) (7.1)
in-lb 24
Effectiveness factor for un-cracked concrete kc,uncr
(SI) (10)
in. 3-1/4 4 5 5-1/2
Minimum anchor spacing smin
(mm) (83) (102) (127) (140)
in. 3-1/4 4 5 5-1/2
Minimum edge distance cmin
(mm) (83) (102) (127) (140)
in. 5.9 6.7 9.1 10.6
Minimum member thickness hmin
(mm) (150) (170) (230) (270)
Critical edge distance — splitting
cac - See Strength Design provisions above
(for un-cracked concrete)
Strength reduction factor for tension,
 - 0.65
concrete failure modes, Condition B2
Strength reduction factor for shear,
 - 0.70
concrete failure modes, Condition B2
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 lbf = 4.448 N, 1 psi = 0.006897MPa
For pound-inch units: 1 mm = 0.03937 inches, 1 N = 0.2248 lbf, 1 MPa = 145.0 psi
1 For additional setting information, see installation instructions.
2 Values provided for post-installed anchors with category as determined from ACI 355.2 given for Condition B without supplementary reinforcement.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 237
07_HIT RE [Link]:H440.04_04d [Link] 12/30/07 1:04 AM Page 238

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.6 HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System

Table 17 — BOND STRENGTH DESIGN INFORMATION FOR FRACTIONAL HILTI HIS-N AND HIS-RN INSERTS IN HOLES
DRILLED WITH A HAMMER DRILL AND CARBIDE BIT 1,4

Nominal bolt/cap screw diameter (in.)

DESIGN INFORMATION Symbol Units
3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4
in. 4-3/8 5 6-3/4 8-1/8
Effective embedment depth hef
(mm) (110) (125) (170) (205)
in. 0.65 0.81 1 1.09
HIS insert O.D. d
(mm) (16.5) (20.5) (25.4) (27.6)

τk,cr
Characteristic bond strength in psi 1040 957 845 806
Temperature
range A3

cracked concrete (N/mm2) (7.2) (6.6) (5.8) (5.6)

τk,uncr
Characteristic bond strength in psi 2124 2030 1946 1908
un-cracked concrete (N/mm2) (14.6) (14.0) (13.4) (13.2)

τk,cr
Characteristic bond strength in psi 374 330 292 278
Temperature
range B3

cracked concrete2 (N/mm2) (2.6) (2.3) (2.0) (1.9)

τk,uncr
Characteristic bond strength in psi 733 701 672 659
un-cracked concrete2 (N/mm2) (5.1) (4.8) (4.6) (4.5)
Dry concrete d - 0.65 0.65 0.55 0.55
ws - 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45
Permissible installation

Water-saturated concrete
ws - 1.00 1.00 0.99 0.97
conditions

wf - 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45

Water-filled hole
wf - 0.95 0.89 0.84 0.82
uw - 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45
Underwater application
uw - 0.93 0.93 0.92 0.92
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 lbf = 4.448 N, 1 psi = 0.006897MPa
For pound-inch units: 1 mm = 0.03937 inches, 1 N = 0.2248 lbf, 1 MPa = 145.0 psi
1 Bond strength values correspond to concrete compressive strength range 2,500 psi ≤ f’c ≤ 4,500 psi. For 4,500 psi ≤ f’c ≤ 6,500 psi, tabulated characteristic bond strength
may be increased by 6%. For 6,500 psi ≤ f’c ≤ 8,000 psi, tabulated characteristic bond strength may be increased by 10%.
2 Characteristic bond strengths are for sustained loads including dead and live loads. For short-term loads including wind and seismic, bond strengths may be increased 40%.
3 Temperature range A: Max. short term temperature = 110°F (43°C), max. long term temperature = 80°F (26°C).
Temperature range B: Max. short term temperature = 162°F (72°C), max. long term temperature = 110°F (43°C).
Short term elevated concrete temperatures are those that occur over brief intervals, e.g., as a result of diurnal cycling. Long term concrete temperatures are roughly constant over
significant periods of time.
4 For structures assigned to SDC C, D, E or F, bond strength values shall be multiplied by  N,seis = 0.65.

238 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
07_HIT RE [Link]:H440.04_04d [Link] 12/30/07 1:04 AM Page 239

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.6

Table 18 — BOND STRENGTH DESIGN INFORMATION FOR FRACTIONAL HILTI HIS-N AND HIS-RN INSERTS IN HOLES
DRILLED WITH A CORE DRILL1,4

Nominal bolt/cap screw diameter (in.)

DESIGN INFORMATION Symbol Units
3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4
in. 4-3/8 5 6-3/4 8-1/8
Effective embedment depth hef
(mm) (110) (125) (170) (205)
in. 0.65 0.81 1 1.09
HIS insert O.D. d
(mm) (16.5) (20.5) (25.4) (27.6)
Temperature Temperature

τk,uncr
range A3

Characteristic bond strength in psi 1534 1403 1282 1235

un-cracked concrete (N/mm2) (10.6) (9.7) (8.8) (8.5)

τk,uncr
range B3

Characteristic bond strength in psi 530 484 442 426

un-cracked concrete2 (N/mm2) (3.7) (3.3) (3.1) (2.9)

Dry concrete d - 0.55 0.55 0.45 0.45

Permissible
installation
conditions

ws - 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45

Water-saturated concrete
ws - 1.00 1.00 0.95 0.92
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 lbf = 4.448 N, 1 psi = 0.006897MPa
For pound-inch units: 1 mm = 0.03937 inches, 1 N = 0.2248 lbf, 1 MPa = 145.0 psi
1 Bond strength values correspond to concrete compressive strength range 2,500 psi ≤ f’c ≤ 4,500 psi. For 4,500 psi ≤ f’c ≤ 6,500 psi, tabulated characteristic bond strength
may be increased by 6%. For 6,500 psi ≤ f’c ≤ 8,000 psi, tabulated characteristic bond strength may be increased by 10%.
2 Characteristic bond strengths are for sustained loads including dead and live loads. For short-term loads including wind and seismic, bond strengths may be increased 40%.
3 Temperature range A: Max. short term temperature = 110°F (43°C), max. long term temperature = 80°F (26°C).
Temperature range B: Max. short term temperature = 162°F (72°C), max. long term temperature = 110°F (43°C).
Short term elevated concrete temperatures are those that occur over brief intervals, e.g., as a result of diurnal cycling. Long term concrete temperatures are roughly constant over
significant periods of time.
4 Bond strength values applicable to SDC A and B only.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 239
07_HIT RE [Link]:H440.04_04d [Link] 12/30/07 1:04 AM Page 240

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.6 HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System

Table 19 — STEEL DESIGN INFORMATION FOR METRIC HILTI HIS-N AND HIS-RN INSERTS1

Nominal bolt/cap screw diameter (mm)

DESIGN INFORMATION Symbol Units
8 10 12 16 20
mm 12.5 16.5 20.5 25.4 27.6
HIS insert O.D. d
(in.) (0.49) (0.65) (0.81) (1.00) (1.09)
mm2 36.6 58 84.3 157 245
Bolt effective cross-sectional area Ase
(in.2) (0.057) (0.090) (0.131) (0.243) (0.380)
mm2 51.5 108 169.1 256.1 237.6
HIS insert effective cross-sectional area Ainsert
(in.2) (0.080) (0.167) (0.262) (0.397) (0.368)
kN 29.3 46.4 67.4 125.6 196.0
Nominal strength as governed Nsa
(lb) (6,582) (10,431) (15,161) (28,236) (44,063)
by steel strength — ISO 898-1
Class 8.8 bolt/cap screw kN 17.6 27.8 40.5 75.4 117.6
Vsa
ISO 898-1 Class 8.8

(lb) (3,949) (6,259) (9,097) (16,942) (26,438)

Nominal strength as governed kN 25.2 52.9 77.8 117.8 109.3
Nsa
by steel strength — HIS-N insert (lb) (5,669) (11,894) (17,488) (26,483) (24,573)
Reduction for seismic shear V,seis - 0.7
Strength reduction factor 
 - 0.65
for tension2
Strength reduction factor 
 - 0.60
for shear2
kN 25.6 40.6 59.0 109.9 171.5
Nominal strength as governed by Nsa
(lb) (5,760) (9,127) (13,266) (24,706) (38,555)
ISO 3506-1 Class A4-70 Stainless

steel strength — ISO 3506-1 Class

A4-70 Stainless bolt/cap screw kN 15.4 24.4 35.4 65.9 102.9
Vsa
(lb) (3,456) (5,476) (7,960) (14,824) (23,133)
Nominal strength as governed kN 36.0 75.6 118.4 179.3 166.3
Nsa
by steel strength — HIS-RN insert (lb) (8,099) (16,991) (26,612) (40,300) (37,394)
Reduction for seismic shear V,seis - 0.7
Strength reduction factor  for
 - 0.75
tension2
Strength reduction factor 
 - 0.65
for shear2
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 lbf = 4.448 N, 1 psi = 0.006897MPa
For pound-inch units: 1 mm = 0.03937 inches, 1 N = 0.2248 lbf, 1 MPa = 145.0 psi
1 Values provided for common rod material types based on published strengths and calculated in accordance with ACI 318-05 Eq. (D-3) and Eq. (D-20). Other
material specifications are admissible. Use nuts and washers appropriate for the rod strength.
2 For use with the load combinations of ACI 318-05 Section 9.2. See ACI 318-05 Section D.4.4. Values correspond to a ductile steel element.

240 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
07_HIT RE [Link]:H440.04_04d [Link] 12/30/07 1:04 AM Page 241

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.6

Table 20 — CONCRETE BREAKOUT DESIGN INFORMATION FOR METRIC HILTI HIS-N AND HIS-RN INSERTS 1

Nominal bolt/cap screw diameter (mm)

DESIGN INFORMATION Symbol Units
8 10 12 16 20
mm 90 110 125 170 205
Effective embedment depth hef
(in.) (3.5) (4.3) (4.9) (6.7) (8.1)
Effectiveness factor for SI 7.1
kc,cr
cracked concrete (in-lb) (17)
Effectiveness factor for SI 10
kc,uncr
un-cracked concrete (in-lb) (24)
mm 40 50 60 80 100
Minimum anchor spacing smin
(in.) (1.6) (2.0) (2.4) (3.2) (3.9)
mm 40 50 60 80 100
Minimum edge distance cmin
(in.) (1.6) (2.0) (2.4) (3.2) (3.9)
mm 120 150 170 230 270
Minimum member thickness hmin
(in.) (4.7) (5.9) (6.7) (9.1) (10.6)
Critical edge distance — splitting
cac - See Strength Design provisions above
(for un-cracked concrete)
Strength reduction factor for tension,
 - 0.65
concrete failure modes, Condition B2
Strength reduction factor for shear,
 - 0.70
concrete failure modes, Condition B2
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 lbf = 4.448 N, 1 psi = 0.006897MPa
For pound-inch units: 1 mm = 0.03937 inches, 1 N = 0.2248 lbf, 1 MPa = 145.0 psi
1 For additional setting information, see installation instructions.
2 Values provided for post-installed anchors with category as determined from ACI 355.2 given for Condition B without supplementary reinforcement.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 241
07_HIT RE [Link]:H440.04_04d [Link] 12/30/07 1:04 AM Page 242

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.6 HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System

Table 21 — BOND STRENGTH DESIGN INFORMATION FOR METRIC HILTI HIS-N AND HIS-RN INSERTS IN
HOLES DRILLED WITH A HAMMER DRILL AND CARBIDE BIT 1,4

Nominal bolt/cap screw diameter (mm)

DESIGN INFORMATION Symbol Units
8 10 12 16 20
mm 90 110 125 170 205
Effective embedment depth hef
(in.) (3.5) (4.3) (4.9) (6.7) (8.1)
mm 12.5 16.5 20.5 25.4 27.6
HIS insert O.D. d
(in.) (0.49) (0.65) (0.81) (1.00) (1.09)
N/mm2
τk,cr
Characteristic bond strength 7.4 7.2 6.6 5.8 5.6
Temperature
range A3

in cracked concrete (psi) (1,080) (1,040) (957) (845) (806)

Characteristic bond strength N/mm2 15.5 14.6 14.0 13.4 13.2
k,uncr
in un-cracked concrete (psi) (2,245) (2,124) (2,030) (1,946) (1,908)
N/mm2
τk,cr
Characteristic bond strength 3.0 2.6 2.3 2.0 1.9
Temperature
range B3

in cracked concrete2 (psi) (433) (374) (330) (292) (278)

N/mm2
τk,uncr
Characteristic bond strength 5.3 5.1 4.8 4.6 4.5
in un-cracked concrete2 (psi) (775) (733) (701) (672) (659)
Dry concrete d - 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.55 0.55
ws - 0.55 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45
Permissible installation

Water-saturated concrete
ws - 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.99 0.97
conditions

wf - 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45

Water-filled hole
wf - 1.00 0.95 0.89 0.84 0.82
uw - 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45
Underwater application
uw - 0.94 0.93 0.93 0.92 0.92
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 lbf = 4.448 N, 1 psi = 0.006897MPa
For pound-inch units: 1 mm = 0.03937 inches, 1 N = 0.2248 lbf, 1 MPa = 145.0 psi
1 Bond strength values correspond to concrete compressive strength range 2,500 psi ≤ f’c ≤ 4,500 psi. For 4,500 psi ≤ f’c ≤ 6,500 psi, tabulated characteristic
bond strength may be increased by 6%. For 6,500 psi ≤ f’c ≤ 8,000 psi, tabulated characteristic bond strength may be increased by 10%.
2 Characteristic bond strengths are for sustained loads including dead and live loads. For short-term loads including wind and seismic, bond strengths may be
increased 40%.
3 Temperature range A: Max. short term temperature = 110°F (43°C), max. long term temperature = 80°F (26°C).
Temperature range B: Max. short term temperature = 162°F (72°C), max. long term temperature = 110°F (43°C).
Short term elevated concrete temperatures are those that occur over brief intervals, e.g., as a result of diurnal cycling. Long term concrete temperatures are
roughly constant over significant periods of time.
4 For structures assigned to SDC C, D, E or F, bond strength values shall be multiplied by  N,seis = 0.65.

242 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
07_HIT RE [Link]:H440.04_04d [Link] 12/30/07 1:04 AM Page 243

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.6

Table 22 — BOND STRENGTH DESIGN INFORMATION FOR METRIC HILTI HIS-N AND HIS-RN INSERTS IN
HOLES DRILLED WITH A CORE DRILL 1,4

Nominal bolt/cap screw diameter (mm)

DESIGN INFORMATION Symbol Units
8 10 12 16 20
mm 90 110 125 170 205
Effective embedment depth hef
(in.) (3.5) (4.3) (4.9) (6.7) (8.1)
mm 12.5 16.5 20.5 25.4 27.6
HIS insert O.D. d
(in.) (0.49) (0.65) (0.81) (1.00) (1.09)
Temperature Temperature
range A3

N/mm2
τk,cr
Characteristic bond strength 11.8 10.6 9.7 8.8 8.5
in un-cracked concrete (psi) (1,712) (1,534) (1,403) (1,282) (1,235)
range B3

N/mm2
τk,cr
Characteristic bond strength 4.1 3.7 3.3 3.1 2.9
in un-cracked concrete2 (psi) (591) (530) (484) (442) (426)

Dry concrete d - 0.65 0.55 0.45 0.45 0.45

Permissible
installation
conditions

ws - 0.55 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45

Water-saturated concrete
ws - 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.95 0.92
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 lbf = 4.448 N, 1 psi = 0.006897MPa
For pound-inch units: 1 mm = 0.03937 inches, 1 N = 0.2248 lbf, 1 MPa = 145.0 psi
1 Bond strength values correspond to concrete compressive strength range 2,500 psi ≤ f’c ≤ 4,500 psi. For 4,500 psi ≤ f’c ≤ 6,500 psi, tabulated characteristic
bond strength may be increased by 6%. For 6,500 psi ≤ f’c ≤ 8,000 psi, tabulated characteristic bond strength may be increased by 10%.
2 Characteristic bond strengths are for sustained loads including dead and live loads. For short-term loads including wind and seismic, bond strengths may be
increased 40%.
3 Temperature range A: Max. short term temperature = 110°F (43°C), max. long term temperature = 80°F (26°C).
Temperature range B: Max. short term temperature = 162°F (72°C), max. long term temperature = 110°F (43°C).
Short term elevated concrete temperatures are those that occur over brief intervals, e.g., as a result of diurnal cycling. Long term concrete temperatures are roughly
constant over significant periods of time.
4 For structures assigned to SDC C, D, E or F, bond strength values shall be multiplied by  N,seis = 0.65.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 243
07_HIT RE [Link]:H440.04_04d [Link] 12/30/07 1:04 AM Page 244

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.6 HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System

Table 23 — STEEL DESIGN INFORMATION FOR FRACTIONAL REINFORCING BARS1

Bar size
DESIGN INFORMATION Symbol Units
#3 #4 #5 #6 #7 #8 #9 #10
in. 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/8 1-1/4
Nominal bar diameter d
(mm) (9.5) (12.7) (15.9) (19.1) (22.2) (25.4) (28.6) (31.8)
in.2 0.11 0.2 0.31 0.44 0.6 0.79 1.0 1.27
Bar effective cross-sectional area Ase
(mm2) (71) (129) (200) (284) (387) (510) (645) (819)
lb 6,600 12,000 18,600 26,400 36,000 47,400 60,000 76,200
Nominal strength as Nsa
(kN) (29.4) (53.4) (82.7) (117.4) (160.1) (210.9) (266.9) (339.0)
governed by steel
lb 3,960 7,200 11,160 15,840 21,600 28,440 36,000 45,720
ASTM A 615 Gr. 40

strength
Vsa
(kN) (17.6) (32.0) (49.6) (70.5) (96.1) (126.5) (160.1) (203.4)
Reduction for seismic shear V,seis - 0.70
Strength reduction factor
 - 0.75
 for tension2
Strength reduction factor
 - 0.65
 for shear2
lb 9,900 18,000 27,900 39,600 54,000 71,100 90,000 114,300
Nominal strength as Nsa
(kN) (44.0) (80.1) (124.1) (176.2) (240.2) (316.3) (400.4) (508.5)
governed by steel
ASTM A 615 Gr. 60

strength lb 5,940 10,800 16,740 23,760 32,400 42,660 54,000 68,580

Vsa
(kN) (26.4) (48.0) (74.5) (105.7) (144.1) (189.8) (240.2) (305.1)
Reduction for seismic shear V,seis - 0.70
Strength reduction factor
 - 0.75
 for tension2
Strength reduction factor
 - 0.65
 for shear2
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 lbf = 4.448 N, 1 psi = 0.006897MPa
For pound-inch units: 1 mm = 0.03937 inches, 1 N = 0.2248 lbf, 1 MPa = 145.0 psi
1 Values provided for common rod material types based on published strengths and calculated in accordance with ACI 318-05 Eq. (D-3) and Eq. (D-20). Other material
specifications are admissible. Use nuts and washers appropriate for the rod strength.
2 For use with the load combinations of ACI 318-05 Section 9.2. See ACI 318-05 Section D.4.4.

244 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
07_HIT RE [Link]:H440.04_04d [Link] 12/30/07 1:04 AM Page 245

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.6

Table 24 — CONCRETE BREAKOUT DESIGN INFORMATION FOR FRACTIONAL REINFORCING BARS IN
HOLES DRILLED WITH A HAMMER DRILL AND CARBIDE BIT1

Bar size
DESIGN INFORMATION Symbol Units
#3 #4 #5 #6 #7 #8 #9 #10
Effectiveness factor for in-lb 17
kc,cr
cracked concrete (SI) (7.1)
Effectiveness factor for in-lb 24
kc,uncr
un-cracked concrete (SI) (10)
in. 1-7/8 2-1/2 3-1/8 3-3/4 4-3/8 5 5-5/8 6-1/4
Minimum bar spacing smin
(mm) (48) (64) (79) (95) (111) (127) (143) (159)
in. 1-7/8 2-1/2 3-1/8 3-3/4 4-3/8 5 5-5/8 6-1/4
Minimum edge distance cmin
(mm) (48) (64) (79) (95) (111) (127) (143) (159)
in. hef + 1-1/4
Minimum member thickness hmin hef + 2d o
(mm) (hef + 30)
Critical edge distance — splitting
cac - See Strength Design provisions above
(for un-cracked concrete)
Strength reduction factor for
tension, concrete failure  - 0.65
modes, Condition B2
Strength reduction factor for
shear, concrete failure  - 0.70
modes, Condition B2
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 lbf = 4.448 N, 1 psi = 0.006897MPa
For pound-inch units: 1 mm = 0.03937 inches, 1 N = 0.2248 lbf, 1 MPa = 145.0 psi
1 For additional setting information, see installation instructions.
2 Values provided for post-installed anchors with category as determined from ACI 355.2 given for Condition B without supplementary reinforcement.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 245
07_HIT RE [Link]:H440.04_04d [Link] 12/30/07 1:04 AM Page 246

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.6 HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System

Table 25 — BOND STRENGTH DESIGN INFORMATION FOR FRACTIONAL REINFORCING BARS IN HOLES
DRILLED WITH A HAMMER DRILL AND CARBIDE BIT1,4

Bar size
DESIGN INFORMATION Symbol Units
#3 #4 #5 #6 #7 #8 #9 #10

τk,cr
Characteristic bond psi 1,092 1,073 1,044 999 917 852 799 732
strength and minimum (N/mm2) (7.5) (7.4) (7.2) (6.9) (6.3) (5.9) (5.5) (5.0)
Temperature range A3

anchor embedment in in. 2.43 2.81 3.14 3.44 3.71 4.00 4.50 5.00
cracked concrete hef,min
(mm) (62) (71) (80) (87) (94) (102) (114) (127)

τk,uncr
Characteristic bond psi 2,264 2,236 2,142 2,067 2,002 1,946 1,899 1,862
strength and minimum (N/mm2) (15.6) (15.4) (14.8) (14.3) (13.8) (13.4) (13.1) (12.8)
anchor embedment in in. 2.43 2.81 3.14 3.44 3.71 4.00 4.50 5.00
un-cracked concrete hef,min
(mm) (62) (71) (80) (87) (94) (102) (114) (127)

τk,cr
Characteristic bond psi 444 431 379 345 316 294 276 260
strength and minimum (N/mm2) (3.1) (3.0) (2.6) (2.4) (2.2) (2.0) (1.9) (1.8)
Temperature range B3

anchor embedment in in. 1.73 2.20 2.61 3.00 3.50 4.00 4.50 5.00
cracked concrete2 hef,min
(mm) (44) (56) (66) (76) (89) (102) (114) (127)

τk,uncr
Characteristic bond psi 781 772 739 714 691 672 656 643
strength and minimum (N/mm2) (5.4) (5.3) (5.1) (4.9) (4.8) (4.6) (4.5) (4.4)
anchor embedment in in. 1.73 2.20 2.61 3.00 3.50 4.00 4.50 5.00
un-cracked concrete2 hef,min
(mm) (44) (56) (66) (76) (89) (102) (114) (127)
Dry concrete d - 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55
ws - 0.55 0.55 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45
Permissible installation

Water-saturated
concrete ws - 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.99 0.97 0.94
conditions

wf - 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45

Water-filled hole
wf - 1.00 1.00 0.96 0.91 0.87 0.84 0.82 0.79
uw - 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45
Underwater application
uw - 0.95 0.94 0.94 0.93 0.92 0.92 0.92 0.91
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 lbf = 4.448 N, 1 psi = 0.006897MPa
For pound-inch units: 1 mm = 0.03937 inches, 1 N = 0.2248 lbf, 1 MPa = 145.0 psi
1 Bond strength values correspond to concrete compressive strength range 2,500 psi ≤ f’c ≤ 4,500 psi. For 4,500 psi ≤ f’c ≤ 6,500 psi, tabulated characteristic
bond strength may be increased by 6%. For 6,500 psi ≤ f’c ≤ 8,000 psi, tabulated characteristic bond strength may be increased by 10%.
2 Characteristic bond strengths are for sustained loads including dead and live loads. For short-term loads including wind and seismic, bond strengths may be
increased 40%.
3 Temperature range A: Max. short term temperature = 110°F (43°C), max. long term temperature = 80°F (26°C).
Temperature range B: Max. short term temperature = 162°F (72°C), max. long term temperature = 110°F (43°C).
Short term elevated concrete temperatures are those that occur over brief intervals, e.g., as a result of diurnal cycling. Long term concrete temperatures are roughly
constant over significant periods of time.
4 For structures assigned to SDC C, D, E or F, bond strength values shall be multiplied by  N,seis = 0.65.

246 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
07_HIT RE [Link]:H440.04_04d [Link] 12/30/07 1:04 AM Page 247

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.6

Table 26 — BOND STRENGTH DESIGN INFORMATION FOR FRACTIONAL REINFORCING BARS IN HOLES
DRILLED WITH A CORE DRILL1,4

Bar size
DESIGN INFORMATION Symbol Units
#3 #4 #5 #6 #7 #8 #9 #10

τk,uncr
Characteristic bond psi 1,740 1,703 1,553 1,441 1,356 1,282 1,226 1,169
Temperature

(N/mm2)
range A3

strength and minimum (12.0) (11.7) (10.7) (9.9) (9.4) (8.8) (8.4) (8.1)
anchor embedment in in. 2.43 2.81 3.14 3.44 3.71 4.00 4.50 5.00
un-cracked concrete hef,min
(mm) (62) (71) (80) (87) (94) (102) (114) (127)

τk,uncr
Characteristic bond psi 601 588 536 497 468 442 423 404
Temperature
range B3

strength and minimum (N/mm2) (4.1) (4.1) (3.7) (3.4) (3.2) (3.1) (2.9) (2.8)
anchor embedment in in. 1.57 2.00 2.50 3.00 3.50 4.00 4.50 5.00
un-cracked concrete2 hef,min
(mm) (40) (51) (64) (76) (89) (102) (114) (127)
Dry concrete d - 0.65 0.65 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.45 0.45 0.45
Permissible
installation
conditions

Water-saturated ws - 0.65 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45
concrete ws - 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.95 0.91 0.88
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 lbf = 4.448 N, 1 psi = 0.006897MPa
For pound-inch units: 1 mm = 0.03937 inches, 1 N = 0.2248 lbf, 1 MPa = 145.0 psi
1 Bond strength values correspond to concrete compressive strength range 2,500 psi ≤ f’c ≤ 4,500 psi. For 4,500 psi ≤ f’c ≤ 6,500 psi, tabulated characteristic bond
strength may be increased by 6%. For 6,500 psi ≤ f’c ≤ 8,000 psi, tabulated characteristic bond strength may be increased by 10%.
2 Characteristic bond strengths are for sustained loads including dead and live loads. For short-term loads including wind and seismic, bond strengths may be increased
40%.
3 Temperature range A: Max. short term temperature = 110°F (43°C), max. long term temperature = 80°F (26°C).
Temperature range B: Max. short term temperature = 162°F (72°C), max. long term temperature = 110°F (43°C).
Short term elevated concrete temperatures are those that occur over brief intervals, e.g., as a result of diurnal cycling. Long term concrete temperatures are roughly
constant over significant periods of time.
4 Bond strength values applicable to SDC A and B only.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 247
07_HIT RE [Link]:H440.04_04d [Link] 12/30/07 1:04 AM Page 248

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.6 HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System

Table 27 — STEEL DESIGN INFORMATION FOR EU METRIC REINFORCING BARS1

Bar size
DESIGN INFORMATION Symbol Units
8 10 12 14 16 20 25 28 32
mm 8.0 10.0 12.0 14.0 16.0 20.0 25.0 28.0 32.0
Nominal bar diameter d
(in.) (0.315) (0.394) (0.472) (0.551) (0.630) (0.787) (0.984) (1.102) (1.260)
Bar effective cross-sectional mm2 50.3 78.5 113.1 153.9 201.1 314.2 490.9 615.8 804.2
Ase
area (in.2) (0.078) (0.122) (0.175) (0.239) (0.312) (0.487) (0.761) (0.954) (1.247)
kN 27.6 43.2 62.2 84.7 110.6 172.8 270.0 338.7 442.3
Nominal strength Nsa
(lb) (6,215) (9,711) (13,984) (19,034) (24,860) (38,844) (60,694) (76,135) (99,441)
as governed
DIN 488 BSt 550/500

by steel strength kN 16.6 25.9 37.3 50.8 66.4 103.7 162.0 203.2 265.4
Vsa
(lb) (3,729) (5,827) (8,390) (11,420) (14,916) (23,307) (36,416) (45,681) (59,665)
Reduction for seismic shear V,seis - 0.70
Strength reduction
 - 0.65
factor  for tension2
Strength reduction
 - 0.60
factor  for shear2
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 lbf = 4.448 N, 1 psi = 0.006897MPa
For pound-inch units: 1 mm = 0.03937 inches, 1 N = 0.2248 lbf, 1 MPa = 145.0 psi
1 Values provided for common rod material types based on published strengths and calculated in accordance with ACI 318-05 Eq. (D-3) and Eq. (D-20). Other material
specifications are admissible. Use nuts and washers appropriate for the rod strength.
2 For use with the load combinations of ACI 318-05 Section 9.2. See ACI 318-05 Section D.4.4.

Table 28 — CONCRETE BREAKOUT DESIGN INFORMATION FOR EU METRIC REINFORCING BARS IN HOLES
DRILLED WITH A HAMMER DRILL AND CARBIDE BIT1

Bar size
DESIGN INFORMATION Symbol Units
8 10 12 14 16 20 25 28 32
Effectiveness factor SI 7.1
kc,cr
for cracked concrete (in-lb) (17)
Effectiveness factor SI 10
kc,uncr
for un-cracked concrete (in-lb) (24)
mm 40 50 60 70 80 100 125 140 160
Minimum bar spacing smin
(in.) (1.6) (2) (2.4) (2.8) (3.1) (3.9) (4.9) (5.5) (6.3)
mm 40 50 60 70 80 100 125 140 160
Minimum edge distance cmin
(in.) (1.6) (2) (2.4) (2.8) (3.1) (3.9) (4.9) (5.5) (6.3)
Minimum member mm hef+ 30
hmin hef + 2d o
thickness (in.) (hef + 1-1/4)
Critical edge distance — splitting
cac - See Strength Design provisions above
(for un-cracked concrete)
Strength reduction factor for
tension, concrete failure  - 0.65
modes, Condition B2
Strength reduction factor for
shear, concrete failure modes,  - 0.70
Condition B2
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 lbf = 4.448 N, 1 psi = 0.006897MPa
For pound-inch units: 1 mm = 0.03937 inches, 1 N = 0.2248 lbf, 1 MPa = 145.0 psi
1 For additional setting information, see installation instructions.
2 Values provided for post-installed anchors with category as determined from ACI 355.2 given for Condition B without supplementary reinforcement.

248 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
07_HIT RE [Link]:H440.04_04d [Link] 12/30/07 1:04 AM Page 249

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.6

Table 29 — BOND STRENGTH DESIGN INFORMATION FOR EU METRIC REINFORCING BARS IN HOLES DRILLED
WITH A HAMMER DRILL AND CARBIDE BIT1,4

Bar size
DESIGN INFORMATION Symbol Units
8 10 12 14 16 20 25 28 32
N/mm2
τk,cr
Characteristic bond 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.4 7.2 6.7 5.9 5.6 5.0
strength and minimum (psi) (1,092) (1,092) (1,092) (1,068) (1,044) (972) (862) (806) (732)
Temperature range A3

anchor embedment in mm 57 63 69 75 80 89 100 112 128

cracked concrete hef,min
(in.) (2.23) (2.49) (2.73) (2.95) (3.15) (3.52) (3.94) (4.41) (5.04)
N/mm2
τk,uncr
Characteristic bond 15.6 15.6 15.6 15.2 14.8 14.1 13.5 13.2 12.8
strength and minimum (psi) (2,264) (2,264) (2,264) (2,198) (2,142) (2,039) (1,955) (1,908) (1,862)
anchor embedment in mm 57 63 69 75 80 89 100 112 128
un-cracked concrete hef,min
(in.) (2.23) (2.49) (2.73) (2.95) (3.15) (3.52) (3.94) (4.41) (5.04)
N/mm2
τk,cr
Characteristic bond 3.1 3.1 3.1 2.8 2.6 2.3 2.1 1.9 1.8
strength and minimum (psi) (444) (444) (444) (410) (379) (336) (298) (278) (260)
Temperature range B3

anchor embedment in mm 40 46 53 60 67 80 100 112 128

cracked concrete2 hef,min
(in.) (1.57) (1.80) (2.10) (2.37) (2.62) (3.15) (3.94) (4.41) (5.04)
N/mm2
τk,uncr
Characteristic bond 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.2 5.1 4.9 4.7 4.5 4.4
strength and minimum (psi) (781) (781) (781) (759) (739) (704) (675) (659) (643)
anchor embedment in mm 40 46 53 60 67 80 100 112 128
un-cracked concrete2 hef,min
(in.) (1.57) (1.80) (2.10) (2.37) (2.62) (3.15) (3.94) (4.41) (5.04)
Dry concrete d - 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55
ws
Permissible installation

Water-saturated - 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45
concrete ws - 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.97 0.94 0.94
conditions

wf - 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45
Water-filled hole
wf - 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.96 0.93 0.87 0.82 0.79 0.79

Underwater uw - 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45
application uw - 0.95 0.95 0.94 0.94 0.93 0.92 0.92 0.91 0.91
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 lbf = 4.448 N, 1 psi = 0.006897MPa
For pound-inch units: 1 mm = 0.03937 inches, 1 N = 0.2248 lbf, 1 MPa = 145.0 psi
1 Bond strength values correspond to concrete compressive strength range 2,500 psi ≤ f’c ≤ 4,500 psi. For 4,500 psi ≤ f’c ≤ 6,500 psi, tabulated characteristic bond strength
may be increased by 6%. For 6,500 psi ≤ f’c ≤ 8,000 psi, tabulated characteristic bond strength may be increased by 10%.
2 Characteristic bond strengths are for sustained loads including dead and live loads. For short-term loads including wind and seismic, bond strengths may be increased 40%.
3 Temperature range A: Max. short term temperature = 110°F (43°C), max. long term temperature = 80°F (26°C).
Temperature range B: Max. short term temperature = 162°F (72°C), max. long term temperature = 110°F (43°C).
Short term elevated concrete temperatures are those that occur over brief intervals, e.g., as a result of diurnal cycling. Long term concrete temperatures are roughly constant
over significant periods of time.
4 For structures assigned to SDC C, D, E or F, bond strength values shall be multiplied by  N,seis = 0.65.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 249
07_HIT RE [Link]:H440.04_04d [Link] 12/30/07 1:04 AM Page 250

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.6 HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System

Table 30 — BOND STRENGTH DESIGN INFORMATION FOR EU METRIC REINFORCING BARS IN HOLES DRILLED
WITH A CORE DRILL1,4

Bar size
DESIGN INFORMATION Symbol Units
8 10 12 14 16 20 25 28 32
N/mm2
τk,uncr
12.0 12.0 12.0 11.3 10.7 9.7 8.9 8.5 8.1
Temperature

Characteristic bond
range A3

strength and minimum (psi) (1,740) (1,740) (1,740) (1,637) (1,553) (1,413) (1,291) (1,235) (1,169)
anchor embedment in mm 56 63 69 75 80 89 100 112 128
un-cracked concrete hef,min
(in.) (2.19) (2.49) (2.73) (2.95) (3.15) (3.52) (3.94) (4.41) (5.04)
N/mm2
τk,uncr
4.1 4.1 4.1 3.9 3.7 3.4 3.1 2.9 2.8
Temperature

Characteristic bond
range B3

strength and minimum (psi) (601) (601) (601) (565) (536) (488) (446) (426) (404)
anchor embedment mm 40 41 48 56 64 80 100 112 128
in un-cracked concrete2 hef,min (in.) (1.57) (1.61) (1.89) (2.20) (2.52) (3.15) (3.94) (4.41) (5.04)
Dry concrete d - 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.45 0.45 0.45
Permissible
installation
conditions

Water-saturated ws - 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45
concrete ws - 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.92 0.88 0.88
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 lbf = 4.448 N, 1 psi = 0.006897MPa
For pound-inch units: 1 mm = 0.03937 inches, 1 N = 0.2248 lbf, 1 MPa = 145.0 psi
1 Bond strength values correspond to concrete compressive strength range 2,500 psi ≤ f’c ≤ 4,500 psi. For 4,500 psi ≤ f’c ≤ 6,500 psi, tabulated characteristic bond strength
may be increased by 6%. For 6,500 psi ≤ f’c ≤ 8,000 psi, tabulated characteristic bond strength may be increased by 10%.
2 Characteristic bond strengths are for sustained loads including dead and live loads. For short-term loads including wind and seismic, bond strengths may be increased 40%.
3 Temperature range A: Max. short term temperature = 110°F (43°C), max. long term temperature = 80°F (26°C).
Temperature range B: Max. short term temperature = 162°F (72°C), max. long term temperature = 110°F (43°C).
Short term elevated concrete temperatures are those that occur over brief intervals, e.g., as a result of diurnal cycling. Long term concrete temperatures are roughly constant
over significant periods of time.
4 Bond strength values applicable to SDC A and B only.

Table 31 — STEEL DESIGN INFORMATION FOR CANADIAN METRIC REINFORCING BARS1

Bar size
DESIGN INFORMATION Symbol Units
10 M 15 M 20 M 25 M 30 M
mm 11.3 16.0 19.5 25.2 29.9
Nominal bar diameter d
(in.) (0.445) (0.630) (0.768) (0.992) (1.177)
Bar effective cross-sectional mm2 100.3 201.1 298.6 498.8 702.2
Ase
area (in.2) (0.155) (0.312) (0.463) (0.773) (1.088)
kN 54.2 108.6 161.3 269.3 379.2
Nominal strength Nsa
(lb) (12,175) (24,408) (36,255) (60,548) (85,239)
as governed by
steel strength kN 32.5 65.1 96.8 161.6 227.5
Vsa
(lb) (7,305) (14,645) (21,753) (36,329) (51,144)
CSA G30

Reduction for seismic

V,seis - 0.70
shear
Strength reduction
 - 0.65
factor  for tension2
Strength reduction
 - 0.60
factor  for shear2
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 lbf = 4.448 N, 1 psi = 0.006897MPa
For pound-inch units: 1 mm = 0.03937 inches, 1 N = 0.2248 lbf, 1 MPa = 145.0 psi
1 Values provided for common rod material types based on published strengths and calculated in accordance with ACI 318-05 Eq. (D-3) and Eq. (D-20). Other material
specifications are admissible. Use nuts and washers appropriate for the rod strength.
2 For use with the load combinations of ACI 318-05 Section 9.2. See ACI 318-05 Section D.4.4.

250 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
07_HIT RE [Link]:H440.04_04d [Link] 12/30/07 1:04 AM Page 251

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.6

Table 32 — CONCRETE BREAKOUT DESIGN INFORMATION FOR CANADIAN METRIC REINFORCING BARS IN HOLES
DRILLED WITH A HAMMER DRILL AND CARBIDE BIT1

Bar size
DESIGN INFORMATION Symbol Units
10 M 15 M 20 M 25 M 30 M
Effectiveness factor for SI 7.1
kc,cr
cracked concrete (in-lb) (17)
Effectiveness factor for SI 10
kc,uncr
un-cracked concrete (in-lb) (24)
mm 57 80 98 126 150
Minimum bar spacing smin
(in.) (2.2) (3.1) (3.8) (5.0) (5.9)
mm 57 80 98 126 150
Minimum edge distance cmin
(in.) (2.2) (3.1) (3.8) (5.0) (5.9)
mm hef + 30
Minimum member thickness hmin hef + 2d o
(in.) (hef + 1-1/4)
Critical edge distance —
cac - See Strength Design provisions above
splitting (for un-cracked concrete)
Strength reduction factor
for tension, concrete failure  - 0.65
modes, Condition B2
Strength reduction factor
for shear, concrete failure  - 0.70
modes, Condition B2
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 lbf = 4.448 N, 1 psi = 0.006897MPa
For pound-inch units: 1 mm = 0.03937 inches, 1 N = 0.2248 lbf, 1 MPa = 145.0 psi
1 For additional setting information, see installation instructions.
2 Values provided for post-installed anchors with category as determined from ACI 355.2 given for Condition B without supplementary reinforcement.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 251
07_HIT RE [Link]:H440.04_04d [Link] 12/30/07 1:04 AM Page 252

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.6 HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System

Table 33 — BOND STRENGTH DESIGN INFORMATION FOR CANADIAN METRIC REINFORCING BARS IN HOLES
DRILLED WITH A HAMMER DRILL AND CARBIDE BIT1,4

Bar size
DESIGN INFORMATION Symbol Units
10 M 15 M 20 M 25 M 30 M
N/mm2
τk,cr
Characteristic bond 7.5 7.2 6.8 5.9 5.4
strength and minimum (psi) (1,092) (1,044) (991) (852) (777)
Temperature range A3

anchor embedment in mm 67 80 88 101 120

cracked concrete hef,min
(in.) (2.65) (3.15) (3.48) (3.97) (4.71)
N/mm2
τk,uncr
Characteristic bond 15.6 14.8 14.2 13.5 13.0
strength and minimum (psi) (2,264) (2,142) (2,058) (1,955) (1,880)
anchor embedment in mm 67 80 88 101 120
un-cracked concrete hef,min
(in.) (2.65) (3.15) (3.48) (3.97) (4.71)
N/mm2
τk,cr
Characteristic bond 3.1 2.6 2.4 2.0 1.9
strength and minimum (psi) (444) (379) (342) (294) (271)
Temperature range B3

anchor embedment in mm 51 67 78 101 120

cracked concrete2 hef,min
(in.) (2.00) (2.62) (3.07) (3.97) (4.71)
N/mm2
τk,uncr
Characteristic bond 5.4 5.1 4.9 4.7 4.5
strength and minimum (psi) (781) (739) (710) (675) (649)
anchor embedment in mm 51 67 78 101 120
un-cracked concrete2 hef,min
(in.) (2.00) (2.62) (3.07) (3.97) (4.71)
Dry concrete d - 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.55 0.55
ws
Permissible installation

Water-saturated - 0.55 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45

concrete ws - 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.96
conditions

wf - 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45

Water-filled hole
wf - 1.00 0.96 0.91 0.85 0.81
Underwater uw - 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45
application uw - 0.95 0.94 0.93 0.92 0.91
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 lbf = 4.448 N, 1 psi = 0.006897MPa
For pound-inch units: 1 mm = 0.03937 inches, 1 N = 0.2248 lbf, 1 MPa = 145.0 psi
1 Bond strength values correspond to concrete compressive strength range 2,500 psi ≤ f’c ≤ 4,500 psi. For 4,500 psi ≤ f’c ≤ 6,500 psi, tabulated characteristic bond strength
may be increased by 6%. For 6,500 psi ≤ f’c ≤ 8,000 psi, tabulated characteristic bond strength may be increased by 10%.
2 Characteristic bond strengths are for sustained loads including dead and live loads. For short-term loads including wind and seismic, bond strengths may be increased 40%.
3 Temperature range A: Max. short term temperature = 110°F (43°C), max. long term temperature = 80°F (26°C).
Temperature range B: Max. short term temperature = 162°F (72°C), max. long term temperature = 110°F (43°C).
Short term elevated concrete temperatures are those that occur over brief intervals, e.g., as a result of diurnal cycling. Long term concrete temperatures are roughly constant over
significant periods of time.
4 For structures assigned to SDC C, D, E or F, bond strength values shall be multiplied by  N,seis = 0.65.

252 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
07_HIT RE [Link]:H440.04_04d [Link] 12/30/07 1:04 AM Page 253

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.6

Table 34 — BOND STRENGTH DESIGN INFORMATION FOR CANADIAN METRIC REINFORCING BARS IN HOLES
DRILLED WITH A CORE DRILL1,4

Bar size
DESIGN INFORMATION Symbol Units
10 M 15 M 20 M 25 M 30 M
N/mm2
τk,uncr
12.0 10.7 9.9 8.9 8.3
Temperature

Characteristic bond
range A3

strength and minimum (psi) (1,740) (1,553) (1,431) (1,291) (1,197)

anchor embedment mm 67 80 88 101 120
in un-cracked concrete hef,min
(in.) (2.65) (3.15) (3.48) (3.97) (4.71)
N/mm2
τk,uncr
4.1 3.7 3.4 3.1 2.8
Temperature

Characteristic bond
range B3

strength and minimum (psi) (601) (536) (494) (446) (413)

anchor embedment mm 45 64 78 101 120
in un-cracked concrete hef,min
(in.) (1.78) (2.52) (3.07) (3.97) (4.71)
Dry concrete d - 0.65 0.55 0.55 0.45 0.45
Permissible
installation
conditions

Water-saturated ws - 0.55 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45

concrete ws - 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.96 0.90
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 lbf = 4.448 N, 1 psi = 0.006897MPa
For pound-inch units: 1 mm = 0.03937 inches, 1 N = 0.2248 lbf, 1 MPa = 145.0 psi
1 Bond strength values correspond to concrete compressive strength range 2,500 psi ≤ f’c ≤ 4,500 psi. For 4,500 psi ≤ f’c ≤ 6,500 psi, tabulated characteristic bond strength
may be increased by 6%. For 6,500 psi ≤ f’c ≤ 8,000 psi, tabulated characteristic bond strength may be increased by 10%.
2 Characteristic bond strengths are for sustained loads including dead and live loads. For short-term loads including wind and seismic, bond strengths may be increased 40%.
3 Temperature range A: Max. short term temperature = 110°F (43°C), max. long term temperature = 80°F (26°C).
Temperature range B: Max. short term temperature = 162°F (72°C), max. long term temperature = 110°F (43°C).
Short term elevated concrete temperatures are those that occur over brief intervals, e.g., as a result of diurnal cycling. Long term concrete temperatures are roughly constant over
significant periods of time.
4 Bond strength values applicable to SDC A and B only.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 253
07_HIT RE [Link]:H440.04_04d [Link] 12/30/07 1:04 AM Page 254

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.6 HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System

[Link] Installation Instructions

Adhesive anchoring system for fastenings in normal Method 2 — for water filled boreholes, submerged concrete
weight concrete or diamond cored boreholes:
Prior to use of product follow instructions for use and • Flush hole 2 times by inserting a water hose (water-line
pressure) to the back of the borehole until water runs clear.
recommended safety precautions.
• Brush 2 times with the specified brush size (brush Ø =
• Check expiration date: See expiration date imprint on
borehole Ø) by inserting the round steel brush to the back of
foilpack manifold. (Month/Year). Do not use expired product. the borehole with a twisting motion and removing it. The
• Foil pack temperature: Must be between 41°F and 104°F brush should resist insertion into the borehole — if not, the
(5°C - 40°C) when in use. brush is too small and must be replaced with the proper brush
• Base material temperature at time of installation: Must be diameter.
between 41°F and 110°F (5°C - 43°C). • Flush again 2 times until water runs clear.
• Instructions for transport and storage: Keep in a cool, dry • Important! For diamond cored boreholes and if a dry
and dark place between 41°F and 77°F (5°C - 25°C). borehole is required for injection (e.g. water flows into
cleaned borehole), continue with borehole cleaning as
• Material Safety Data Sheet: Review the MSDS before use.
described by methode 1. Remove all standing water
Installation Instructions: Follow the pictograms 1-14 for the completely (i.e. vacuum, compressed air or other appropriate
sequence of operations and refer to tables 1-3 for setting details. For procedure). To attain a dried borehole, a Hilti HIT-DL air nozzle
any application not covered by this document (e.g. “h ef” beyond attachment is recommended for borehole depth up to 10 inch
values specified in setting details), contact Hilti. (250 mm) and required for borehole depth > 10 inch (250 mm).
Installation flow Chart The borehole must be free of dust, debris, ice, oil, grease
Hammer Drilling Diamond Coring Hammer Drilling and other contaminants prior to adhesive injection.
Check Water Water
Inadequate borehole cleaning = poor load values
borehole Dry saturated Dry saturated Water-filled Submerged
conditions 5. Insert foil pack in foil pack holder. Never use damaged foil
Borehole packs and/or damaged or unclean foil pack holders.
Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning
Cleaning method 1 method 2+1 method 2
instructions 6. Tightly attach Hilti HIT-RE-M mixer to foil pack manifold.
Attach new mixer prior to dispensing a new foil pack (snug fit).
Borehole
Clean and dry Clean and water-filled
conditions Do not modify the mixer in any way. Make sure the mixing
element is in the mixer. Use only the mixer supplied with the
Installation Horizontal All
direction and vertical
Overhead directions adhesive.
7. Insert foil pack holder with foil pack into HIT-dispenser.
Drilling 10 inch > 10 inch All drilling All drilling Push release trigger, retract plunger and insert foil pack holder
depth (250 mm) (250 mm) depth depth
into the appropriate Hilti dispenser.
Injection HIT-SZ/IP HIT-SZ/IP HIT-SZ/IP HIT-SZ/IP 8. Discard initial adhesive. The foil pack opens automatically as
instructions not required recommended required required
dispensing is initiated. Depending on the size of the foil pack an
1. Drill hole normal to the surface with a hammer drill set in initial amount of adhesive has to be discarded. See pictogram 8
rotation-hammer mode using an appropriately sized carbide for discard quantities. If a new mixer is installed onto a
drill bit, or with a core rig and an appropriately sized diamond previously-opened foil pack, the first trigger pulls must also be
core bit, to the required embedment depth. See tables discarded as described above. For each new foil pack a new
describing setting details. (Drill bits must conform to ANSI mixer must be used.
B212-1994.) 9-10. Inject adhesive from the back of the borehole without
2-4. Clean hole: Cleaning method has to be decided based on forming air voids:
drilling method and borehole conditions (see flow chart above). Verify if borehole conditions have changed (e.g. water in the
Just before setting an anchor/rebar, the borehole must be free borehole) after cleaning. If yes, repeat cleaning according
of dust and debris by one of the following methods: points 2 - 4.
Method 1 — for dry or water saturated concrete (refer to • Inject the adhesive starting at the back of the borehole (use
pictograms): the extension for deep boreholes), slowly withdraw the mixer
• Blow from the back of the borehole with oil-free compressed with each trigger pull. Fill holes approximately 2/3 full, or as
air (min. 90psi at 3.5 CFM (6 bar at 6 m3/h)) fully retracting the required to ensure that the annular gap between the anchor/
air extension 2 times until return air stream is free of rebar and the concrete is completely filled with adhesive
noticeable dust. along the embedment length. After injection is completed,
depressurize the dispenser by pressing the release trigger.
• Brush 2 times with the specified brush size (brush Ø =
This will prevent further adhesive discharge from the mixer.
borehole Ø) by inserting the round steel brush to the back of
the borehole in a twisting motion and removing it. The brush • Piston plug injection — HIT-SZ/IP recommended for
should resist insertion into the borehole — if not, the brush is borehole depth > 10 inch/250 mm. For water filled
too small and must be replaced with the proper brush boreholes or submerged concrete, and overhead
diameter. installation the piston plugs are required. Assemble HIT-
RE-M mixer, extension(s) and appropriately sized piston
• Blow again with compressed air 2 times until return air stream
plug HIT-SZ/IP. Insert piston plug to back of the borehole and
is free of noticeable dust.

254 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
07_HIT RE [Link]:H440.04_04d [Link] 12/30/07 1:04 AM Page 255

Installation Instructions

HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.6

inject adhesive as described in the
injection method above. During
injection the piston plug will be or
naturally extruded out of the borehole
by the adhesive pressure.
11. Insert anchor/rebar into borehole.
Mark and set anchor/rebar to the
required embedment depth. Before
use, verify that the anchor/rebar is dry
and free of oil and other contaminants.
To ease installation, anchor/rebar may
be slowly twisted as they are inserted.
After installing an anchor/rebar, the
annular gap must be completely filled
with adhesive. If the borehole is not
completely filled along the embedment
depth the installation should be
rejected. Hilti should be contacted for
further information.
Attention! For overhead applications
take special care when inserting the
anchor/rebar. Excess adhesive will be
forced out of the borehole — take
appropriate steps to prevent it from
falling onto the installer. Position the
anchor/rebar and secure it from
moving/falling during the curing time
(e.g. wedges). Observe the gel time “t
gel”, which varies according to
temperature of base material. Minor or
adjustments to the anchor/rebar
position may be performed during the
gel time. See table.
12. Do not disturb the anchor/rebar
once the gel time “t gel” has elapsed
until “t cure, ini” has passed. *) Please refer to technical literature (approvals, setting instructions) for detail.
13. Preparation work may continue for
rebar applications. Between “t cure,
ini” and “t cure, full” the adhesive has
a limited load bearing capacity, do not
apply a torque or load on the
anchor/rebar during this time.
14. Apply load/torque after “t cure, full”
has passed, and the fixture to be
attached has been positioned.
Partly used foil packs must be used up
within four weeks. Leave the mixer attached
to the foil pack manifold and store under the
recommended storage conditions. If reused, °F °C twork / tgel tcure, ini tcure, full Time
attach a new mixer and discard the initial
41 5 2.5 hrs 18 hrs 72 hrs
quantity of anchor adhesive as described by
point 8. 50 10 2 hrs 12 hrs 48 hrs
59 15 1.5 hrs 8 hrs 24 hrs
68 20 30 min 6 hrs 12 hrs
86 30 20 min 4 hrs 8 hrs
104 40 12 min 2 hrs 4 hrs

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 255
07_HIT RE [Link]:H440.04_04d [Link] 12/30/07 1:04 AM Page 256

Installation Instructions

4.2.6 HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System

Table 1 — Setting Details of Hilti HIT-RE 500-SD with threaded rod

d do hef min-max Tinst df hmin

[inch] [mm] [inch] [inch] [mm] [ft-lb] [Nm] [inch] [inch]
3/8 9.5 7/16 1-1/2 – 7 1/2 40 – 191 15 20 7/16 hef + 1-1/4
1/2 12.7 9/16 2 – 10 51 – 254 30 41 9/16 (30 mm)

5/8 15.9 3/4 2-1/2 – 12-1/2 64 – 318 60 81 11/16

3/4 19.1 7/8 3 – 15 76 – 381 100 136 13/16
7/8 22.2 1 3-1/2 – 17-1/2 89 – 445 125 169 15/16 hef + 2 d0
1 25.4 1-1/8 4 – 20 102 – 508 150 203 1-1/8
1-1/4 31.8 1-3/8 5 – 25 127 – 635 200 271 1-3/8
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [Nm] [mm] [mm]
M8 10 40 – 160 10 9
M10 12 41 – 200 20 12 hef + 30
M12 14 48 – 240 40 14
M16 18 64 – 320 80 18
M20 24 80 – 400 150 22
M24 28 96 – 480 200 26 hef + 2 d0
M27 30 108 – 540 270 30
M30 35 120 – 600 300 33

Table 2 — Setting Details of Hilti HIT-RE 500-SD with HIS-N and HIS-RN Inserts

d do hef Tinst df hmin

[inch] [mm] [inch] [inch] [mm] [ft-lb] [Nm] [inch] [inch] [mm]
3/8 9.5 11/16 4 3/8 110 15 20 7/16 5-3/4 150
1/2 12.7 7/8 5 125 30 41 9/16 6-3/4 170
5/8 15.9 1-1/8 6 3/4 170 60 81 11/16 9 230
3/4 19.1 1-1/4 8-1/8 205 100 136 13/16 10-3/4 270
[mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [mm] [mm]
M8 14 90 10 9 120
M10 18 110 20 12 150
M12 22 125 40 14 170
M16 28 170 80 18 230
M20 32 205 150 22 270

256 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
07_HIT RE [Link]:H440.04_04d [Link] 12/30/07 1:04 AM Page 257

Installation Instructions

HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.6

Table 3 — Setting Details of Hilti HIT-RE 500-SD with reinforcement bars

d do hef min-max hmin

US rebar [inch] [inch] [mm] [inch]
#3 1/2 1-1/2 – 7-1/2 40 – 191
h + 1-1/4 (30 mm)
ef
#4 5/8 2 – 10 51 – 254
#5 3/4 2-1/2 – 12-1/2 64 – 318
#6 7/8 3 – 15 76 – 381
#7 1 3-1/2 – 17-1/2 89 – 445 hef + 2 d0
#8 1-1/8 4 – 20 102 – 508
#9 1-3/8 4-1/2 – 22-1/2 114 – 572
# 10 1-1/2 5 – 25 127 – 635
Rebar [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
8 12 40 – 160
h + 30
ef
10 14 41 – 200
12 16 48 – 240
14 18 56 – 280
16 20 64 – 320
20 25 80 – 400 hef + 2 d0
25 32 100 – 500
28 35 112 – 560
32 40 128 – 640
CA rebar [inch] [mm] [inch]
10 M 9/16 45 – 226 hef + 1-1/4 (30 mm)
15 M 3/4 64 – 320
20 M 1 78 – 390
h +2d
ef 0
25 M 1-1/4 101 – 504
30 M 1-1/2 120 – 598

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 257
07_HIT RE [Link]:H440.04_04d [Link] 12/30/07 1:04 AM Page 258

Installation Instructions

4.2.6 HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System

[Link] Ordering Information

HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchor System Technical Data
Product Epoxy Adhesive
• First adhesive anchor to comply with the latest Base material temperature 41°F to 120°F (+5°C to 49°C)
Diameter range 3/8" to 1-1/4"
building code offering designers a strength Listings/Approvals
design solution for anchors and rebar ICC-ES ESR 2322
NSF/ANSI standard 61 Certification for potable water
• Enables threaded rod and dowelling Package volume
• Volume of HIT-RE 500-SD 11.1fl oz/330 ml foil pack is 20.1 in3
applications in seismic design conditions • Volume of HIT-RE 500-SD 16.9fl oz/500 ml foil pack is 30.5 in3
under the latest building codes
Gel/Full Cure Time Table (Approximate)
Base Material
Temperature
Item No. Description °F °C tgel tcure
41 5 2.5 hrs 72 hrs
241382 HIT-RE 500-SD (11.1 fl oz/330 ml) – 1 pack
50 10 2 hrs 48 hrs
Includes 1 mixer and 3/8" filler tube per package
59 15 1.5 hrs 24 hrs
3425973 HIT-RE 500-SD (11.1 fl oz/330 ml) MC – 25 packs 68 20 30 min 12 hrs
Includes 1 mixer and 3/8" filler tube per package 86 30 20 min 8 hrs
3428744 HIT-RE 500-SD (11.1 fl oz/330 ml) 104 40 12 min 4 hrs
Includes 1 MC and mixer and and choice of MD 2000 or MD 2500 dispenser
241383 HIT-RE 500-SD (16.9 fl oz/500 ml) MC – 20 packs
Includes 1 mixer and 3/8" filler tube per package
3433546 HIT-RE 500-SD (16.9 fl oz/500 ml)
Includes 2 MC and MD 2500 dispenser
3426080 HIT-RE 500-SD (16.9 fl oz/500 ml)
Includes 5 MC and ED 3500 dispenser 2.0 Ah Kit ED 3500 2.0 Ah Kit

Dispensers
Battery Powered
Item No. Description
3425363 ED 3500 2.0 Ah NiCd Kit
Includes dispenser, (2) 2.0-Ah NiCd battery, C 7/24 standard charger and accessories in an
impact-resistant plastic tool box
273676 ED 3500 Dispenser Foil Pack Holder
Includes dispenser only in cardboard box
340888 SFB 121 2.0-Ah NiCd Battery for ED 3500
378449 C 7/24 Standard Charger for ED 3500

Manual
Item No. Description MD 2500 Manual Dispenser
338853 MD 2500 Manual Dispenser with Foil Pack Holder
For use with HIT 11.1 fl oz/330ml and 16.9oz/500ml foil packs√
339477 Foil Pack Holder
Replacement for MD 2500 and ED 3500

Hole Cleaning/Injection Accessories

Imperial Metric
Hole Hole
Dia. (d0) Round Brush Injection Piston Air Nozzle Round Brush Injection Piston Air Nozzle
Dia. (d0)
HIT-SZ HIT-SZ HIT-RB
Ø [inch] HIT-RB Item no. (IP) Item no. HIT-DL Item no. Ø [inch] HIT-RB Item no. Item no. HIT-DL Item no. (Round Brush)
(IP)
7/16 7/16" 273203 – – – 10 10 380917 – – – –
1/2 1/2" 273204 1/2" 274019 1/2" 38237 12 8/12 336548 8/12 351989 8/12 371715
9/16 9/16" 273205 9/16" 274020 9/16" 38238 14 10/14 336549 10/14 351990 10/14 371716
HIT-SZ (IP)
5/8 5/8" 273207 5/8" 274021 9/16" 38238 16 12/16 336550 12/16 351991 12/16 371717 (Injection Piston)
11/16 11/16" 273209 11/16" 274022 11/16" 38239 18 14/18 336551 14/18 351992 14/18 371718
3/4 3/4" 273210 3/4" 274023 3/4" 38240 20 16/20 336552 16/20 351993 16/20 371719
7/8 7/8" 273211 7/8" 274024 7/8" 38241 22 18/22 370774 18/22 269618 16/20 371719
1 1" 273212 1" 274025 1" 38242 24 24 380918 24 269619 16/20 3 71719 HIT-DL
1-1/8 1-1/8" 273214 1-1/8" 274026 1" 38242 25 20/25 336553 20/25 351994 20/25 371720 (Air Nozzle)
1-1/4 1-1/4" 273216 1-1/4" 274027 1" 38242 28 28 380919 28 269620 20/25 371720
1-3/8 1-3/8" 273217 1-3/8" 274028 1-3/8" 38243 30 30 380920 30 269621 20/25 371720
1-1/2 1-1/2" 273218 1-1/2" 274029 1-3/8" 38243 32 25/32 336554 25/32 351995 25/32 371721
1-3/4 1-3/4" 273219 1-3/4" 274030 1-3/8" 38243 35 35 380921 35 269622 25/32 371721 Introdu
cing
37 37 382259 37 271499 25/32 371721
40 40 382260 40 269623 25/32 371721
Contact Hilti for 42 42 382261 42 269624 25/32 371721 Hilti Accredited
Adhesive Anchor
a complete listing of additional accessories and 45 45 382262 45 269625 25/32 371721 Installer Program –
extensions for air nozzles, brushes and injection 47 47 382264 47 269626 25/32 371721 call Hilti for details

pistons to handle embedment. 52 52 382265 52 271476 25/32 371721

55 55 382266 55 271477 25/32 371721

258 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
07_HIT RE [Link]:H440.04_04d [Link] 12/30/07 1:04 AM Page 259 d

hef

dbit

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.6

[Link] Sample Calculations A

ca,min
A
N
ANa
Given: 1/2-in. A193 B7 Tmax
ALL-THREAD ANc ccr,Na

2 1/2-in. HIT RE 500-SD adhesive

anchors subjected to a tension load as d
s/2
N
shown. hef s

s/2
Design objective: h

Calculate the design tension resistance dbit

ccr,Na

for this configuration.

ccr,Na ca,min
Dimensional parameters: Specifications/assumptions: A-A

h ef = 9.0 in. ASTM A193 B7 all-thread rods, UNC thread, A 563 Grade HD hex nuts.
s = 4.0 in. Normal weight concrete, A f’c = 4,000 psi.
Na

c a,min = 2.5 in. Seismic design category A (SDC) B

Nc c cr,Na

h = 12.0 in. No supplementary reinforcing per ACI 318-05 D.1.

d = 1/2 in. Assume maximum short term (diurnal) base material temperature ≤ 100 0F.
materialstemperature ≤ 80 0F.
s/2
Assume maximum long term base N

Assume installation in dry

s/2 concrete and hammer-drilled holes.
Assume concrete will remain uncracked for service life of anchorage.
Calculation per ACI 318-05 Appendix D and this report. ccr,Na ACI 318 Code Ref.
Step 1. Check minimum edge distance, anchor spacing and member thickness: –
cmin = 2.5 in. ≤ ca,min therefore ok. c c cr,Na a,min
– Table 8
A-A
smin = 2.5 in. ≤ s therefore ok. – Table 8
hmin = hef + 1.25 = 9 + 1.25 = 10.25 in. ≤ h therefore ok. – Table 8

B7 rods are considered ductile per ACI 318-05. ...Φ = 0.75

Step 2. Calculate steel strength: Nsa = n x A se x f uta –
D.5.1.2

... Φ Nsa = Φ x n x A se x f uta = 0.75 x 2 x 0.1419 x 125,000 = 26,606 lb = 26.6 k

–
D.1 & D.4.4a

or, using Table 7, ...Φ Nsa = 0.75 x 2 x 17,737 = 26.6 k D.5.1.2 Table 7
Step 3. Determine concrete breakout strength:
D.5.2.1 &
A Nc –
N cbg = ( ) ( ed,N ) ( c,N ) ( cp,N ) ( N b ) Eq. (D-5)
A N c O ec,N
A Nc = (3hef + s) (1.5 hef + c a,min ) = (27 + 4) (13.5 + 2.5) = 496 in 2 – –
D.5.2.1 & –
A NcO = 9 hef 2 = 729 in 2
Eq. (D-5)
 ec,N = no eccentricity of tension load with respect to tension-loaded anchors D.5.2.4

 ed,N = 0.7 + 0.3 x a,min for c a,min ≤ 1.5 hef

c D.5.2.1 &
–
1.5 hef & Eq. (D-5)
c a,min = 2.5 < 1.5 x 4.5. – –
2.5
...  ed,N = 0.7 + 0.3 x = 0.76 – –
1.5 x 9
 c,N = 1.0 uncracked concrete assumed (k c,uncr = 24) D.5.2.6 Table 8
Determine c ac :
Section
hef + 5 (c a,min ) 0.75 = 9 + 5 (2.5) 0.75 = 18.9 in. > 12 in. therefore, c ac = 2.5 hef D.5.12.7
4.1.3
c ac = 2.5 (9 in.) = 22.5 in.
max | c a,min ; 1.5 h ef | max | 2.5 ; 1.5 x 9 D.5.2.7
For c a,min < c ac  cp,N = = = 0.60 –
cac 22.5 & Eq. (D-13)
D.5.2.2 –
Nb = kc,uncr f 'c x hef1.5 = 2.4 4000 x (9)1.5 = 40,983 lb
& Eq. (D-7)
496
Ncbg = x 1.0 x 0.76 x 1.0 x 0.60 x 40,983 = 12715 lb – –

Φ N cbg = 0.65 x 12,715 = 8,265 lb = 8.3k

729
D.4.4c –

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 259
07_HIT RE [Link]:H440.04_04d [Link] 12/30/07 1:04 AM Page 260

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.6 HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System

Calculation per ACI 318-05 Appendix D and this report. ACI 318 Code Ref.
Step 4. Determine bond strength: Section
A Na 4.2.6 3
N ag = ( ) ( g,Na ) ( ec,Na ) ( p,Na ) ( N aO )
A N aO ed,Na Eq. (D-14b)

τ k,uncr 2,236 Section

(
Scr,Na = min 20 x d
1450
)
; 3 hef = 20 x 0.5
1450
= 12.4 in
– [Link]

3 h ef = 27 in ≥ 12.4 . . s cr,Na = 12.4 in.

. Table 9

Section
scr,Na
c cr,Na = = 6.2 in. – [Link]
2
Eq. (D-14i)
Section
A Na = (2ccr,Na + s) (ccr,Na + c a,min ) = 143.0 in 2 – [Link]
Eq. (D-14i)
Section
A NaO = ( scr,Na ) 2 = 154.2 in 2 – 4.2.6 3
D.5.3.7
c a,min
For c a,min < ccr,Na :  ed,Na =
( 0.7 + 0.3 c cr,Na ) Section
[Link]
2.5 Section
 ed,Na =
( 0.7 + 0.3 6.2 ) = 0.82 [Link]
Section
τ k,max,uncr =
k k,uncr 24
hef x f 'c = 9 x 4000 = 2,899 psi [Link]
xd  x 0.5
Table 8

[( n - 1 )( τ
1.5 1.5
Section
 g,NaO = n - k,uncr

k,max,uncr
) ]= 2- [( 2 - 1 )( 2,236
2,899 )]
= 1.13 [Link]
Table 9
0.5 0.5
[( s s ) 2.5 Section
 g,Na = g,NaO +
cr,Na
]
x (1 - g,NaO ) = 1.13 + [(12.4 ) ]
x (1-1.13) = 1.06
[Link]

 ec,Na = 1.0 no eccentricity - loading is concentric – –

max | c a,min ; c cr,Na | max | 2.5 ; 6.2 |
 p,Na = = = 0.28 – –
cac 22.5
Section
NNaO = τ k,uncr  d h ef = 2,236  0.5 9 = 31,610 lb – [Link]
Eq. (D-14j)
A Na
N ag = ( ) ( g,Na ) ( ec,N ) ( p,Na ) ( N aO ) Section
A N aO ed,Na
[Link]
143.0
N ag = (0.82) (1.06) (1.0) (0.28) (31,610) = 7,134 lb.

...  = 0.65
Eq. (D-14b)
154.2
– Table 9
 N ag = 0.65 (7,134) = 4,637 lb = 4.6 k –
Step 5. Determine controlling strength: D.4.1.2 –
Steel strength  Nsa = 26.6 k
Concrete breakout strength  Ncbg = 8.3 k
Bond strength  Nag = 4.6 k controls

Step 6. Convert strength to ASD using average load factor:

Section
N  Nn 4.6
N allow,ASD = d = = = 3.3 k 4.2
  1.4

260 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
08_4.2.6_HIT RE [Link]:H440.04_04d [Link] 12/30/07 1:06 AM Page 261

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-RE 500 Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.7

[Link] Product Description [Link] Product Description

[Link] Material Specifications

[Link] Technical Data

Fastener Components [Link] Installation Instructions
ED 3500
Battery
Dispenser [Link] Ordering Information

HIT-RE 500 Refill Pack Listings/Approvals

Refill Pack Holder P3500 City of Los Angeles
Dispenser
HIT RE Mixer Research Report #25514
NSF/ANSI Std 61
certification for use in potable water
MD2500 Europan Technical Approval
Dispenser
HIT-RE 500 Medium Cartridge ETA-04/0027
ETA-04/0028
ETA-04/0029

HIT-RE 500 Jumbo Cartridge Refill Pack Holder P8000D

Pneumatic Dispenser
Code Compliance
The Hilti HIT-RE 500 System is a high Product Features IBC®/IRC® 2003 (ICC-ES AC58)
IBC®/IRC® 2000 (ICC-ES AC58)
strength, two part epoxy adhesive. The • Superior bond performance UBC® 1997 (ICC-ES AC58)
system consists of a side-by-side • Use in diamond cored or LEED ®: Credit 4.1-Low Emitting
adhesive refill pack, a mixing nozzle, a pneumatic drilled holes and under Materials
HIT dispenser with refill pack holder, and water up to 165 feet (50 m)
either a threaded rod, rebar, HIS • Meets DOT requirements for
most states; contact the Hilti
internally threaded insert or smooth Technical Staff
epoxy coated bar. HIT-RE 500 is • Meets requirements of ASTM C The Leadership in Energy and
specifically designed for fastening into 881-90, Type IV, Grade 2 and 3, Environmental Design (LEED® ) Green
solid base materials such as concrete, Class A, B, C except gel times Building Rating systemTM is the nationally
grout, stone or solid masonry. HIT-RE • Meets requirements of AASHTO accepted benchmark for the design, con-
specification M235, Type IV, Grade struction and operation of high perfor-
500 may be used in underwater
3, Class A, B, C except gel times mance green buildings.
fastenings and for oversized holes up to
• Mixing tube provides proper mix-
2 times the rod diameter (2-1/2” rod and ing, eliminates measuring errors
Components
3" max. hole diameter) and for diamond- and minimizes waste
cored holes. • Contains no styrene; virtually
odorless
• Extended temperature range from HAS Threaded Rods
23°F to 104°F (–5°C to 40°C)
• Excellent weathering resistance;
HIS Internally Threaded Inserts
Resistance against elevated
temperatures
• Suitable for oversized holes
Rebar (supplied by contractor)
• Seismic qualified per IBC®/IRC®
2003, IBC®/IRC® 2000 and UBC®
1997 (ICC-ES AC58). Please refer Smooth, epoxy coated bar
to ESR-1682. (supplied by contractor)

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 261
08_4.2.6_HIT RE [Link]:H440.04_04d [Link] 12/30/07 1:06 AM Page 262

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.7 HIT-RE 500 Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System

Guide Specifications which thoroughly blends component A 1. ISO 898 Class 5.8
and component B and allows injection
Master Format Section: 2. ASTM A 193, Grade B7 (high strength
directly into drilled hole. Only injection
carbon steel anchor);
03250 (Concrete accessories) tools and static mixing nozzles as
supplied by manufacturer shall be used. 3. AISI 304 or AISI 316 stainless steel,
Related Sections:
Manufacturer’s instructions shall be meeting the requirements of ASTM F
03200 (Concrete Reinforcing- followed. Injection adhesive shall be 593 (condition CW).
Reinforcing Accessories) formulated to include resin and hardener
Special order length HAS Rods may
05050 (Metal Fabrication) to provide optimal curing speed as well
vary from standard product.
05120 (Structural Steel; as high strength and stiffness. Typical
Masonry Accessories) curing time at 68°F (20°C) shall be Nuts and Washers Shall be furnished
approximately 12 hours. to meet the requirements of the above
Injectable adhesive shall be used for
anchor rod specifications.
installation of all reinforcing steel dowels Injection adhesive shall be HIT-RE 500,
or threaded anchor rods and inserts into as furnished by Hilti.
new or existing concrete. Adhesive
Anchor Rods Shall be furnished with
shall be furnished in side-by-side refill
chamfered ends so that either end will
packs which keep component A and
accept a nut and washer. Alternatively,
component B separate. Side-by-side
anchor rods shall be furnished with a 45
packs shall be designed to compress
degree chisel point on one end to allow
during use to minimize waste volume.
for easy insertion into the adhesive-filled
Side-by-side packs shall also be
hole. Anchor rods shall be manufactured
designed to accept static mixing nozzle
to meet the following requirements:

Fastener Components
ED 3500
Battery
Dispenser

HIT-RE 500 Refill Pack

Refill Pack Holder P3500
HIT RE Mixer Dispenser

MD2500
HIT-RE 500 Medium Cartridge Dispenser

HIT-RE 500 Jumbo Cartridge Refill Pack Holder P8000D

Pneumatic Dispenser

262 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
08_4.2.6_HIT RE [Link]:H440.04_04d [Link] 12/30/07 1:06 AM Page 263

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-RE 500 Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.7

[Link] Material Specifications

Material Properties for HIT-RE 500 – Cured Adhesive
1 Minimum values obtained as the
Bond Strength ASTM C882-911 result of tests at three cure
2 day cure 12.4 MPa 1800 psi temperatures (23, 40, 60°F).
7 day cure 12.4 MPa 1800 psi
Compressive Strength ASTM D-695-961 82.7 MPa 12,000 psi
Compressive Modulus ASTM D-695-961 1493 MPa 0.22 x 106 psi
Tensile Strength 7 day ASTM D-638-97 43.5 MPa 6310 psi
Elongation at break ASTM D-638-97 2.0% 2.0%
Heat Deflection Temperature ASTM D-648-95 63°C 146°F
Absorption ASTM D-570-95 0.06% 0.06%
Linear Coefficient of Shrinkage on Cure ASTM D-2566-86 0.004 0.004
Electrical resistance DIN IEC 93 (12.93) 6.6 x 1013 Ω/m 1.7 x 1012Ω/in. Mechanical Properties
fy min. fu
Material Specifications ksi (MPa) ksi (MPa)
Standard HAS-E rod material meets the requirements of ISO 898 Class 5.8 58 (400) 72.5 (500)
High Strength or ‘Super HAS’ rod material meets the requirements of ASTM A 193, Grade B7 105 (724) 125 (862)
Stainless HAS rod material meets the requirements of ASTM F 593 (304/316) Condition CW 3/8" - 5/8" 65 (448) 100 (689)
Stainless HAS rod material meets the requirements of ASTM F 593 (304/316) Condition CW 3/4" -1 1/4" 45 (310) 85 (586)
HIS Insert 11MnPb30+C Carbon Steel conforming to DIN 10277-3 54.4 (375) 66.7 (460)
HIS-R Insert X5CrNiMo17122 K700 Stainless Steel conforming to DIN EN 10088-3 50.8 (350) 101.5 (700)
HAS Super & HAS-E Standard Nut material meets the requirements of ASTM A 563, Grade DH
HAS Stainless Steel Nut material meets the requirements of ASTM F 594
HAS-E Carbon Steel and Stainless Steel Washers meet dimensional requirements of ANSI B18.22.1 Type A Plain
HAS Super & HAS-E Standard Washers meet the requirements of ASTM F 436
All HAS-E & HAS Super Rods (except 7/8") & HAS-E Standard, HIS inserts, nuts & washers are zinc plated to ASTM B 633 SC 1
7/8" Standard HAS-E & HAS Super rods hot-dip galvanized in accordance with ASTM A 153
Note: Special Order steel rod material may vary from standard steel rod materials.

[Link] Technical Data

HIT-RE 500 Installation Specification Table for HAS Threaded Rods

HAS Rod Size in. 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/4
Details (mm) (9.5) (12.7) (15.9) (19.1) (22.2) (25.4) (31.8)
dbit Tmax
dbit bit diameter1 in. 7/16 9/16 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/8 1-3/8
hef t
hnom std. depth of embed. in. 3-3/8 4-1/2 5-5/8 6-3/4 7-7/8 9 11-1/4
,
(mm) (90) (110) (143) (171) (200) (229) (286) h

Tmax Embed. ft lb 18 30 75 150 175 235 400

max. HAS-E Rods ≥ hnom (N·m) (24) (41) (102) (203) (237) (319) (540) 1 Use matched tolerance carbide tipped
bits or Hilti matched tolerance DD-B or
tightening HAS SS Embed. ft lb 15 20 50 105 125 165 280 DD-C diamond core bits.
torque HAS-Super < hnom (N·m) (20) (27) (68) (142) (169) (224) (375) 2 Assumes no waste.
h min. base material (in.) 1.5 hef
thickness
Approx. number of fastenings per cartridge at standard embedment 2
Small Cartridge 52 28 11 7 5 4 2
Medium Cartridge 84 45 18 11 8 6 3
Jumbo Cartridge 255 137 56 37 27 19 12

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 263
08_4.2.6_HIT RE [Link]:H440.04_04d [Link] 12/30/07 1:06 AM Page 264

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.7 HIT-RE 500 Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System

HIT-RE 500 Installation Specification Table for HIS Inserts

HIS Insert in. 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4

Details (mm) (9.5) (12.7) (15.9) (19.1)
dbit Tmax
dbit bit diameter1, 2 in. 11/16 7/8 1-1/8 1-1/4
hnom std. embed. depth in. 4-1/4 5 6-5/8 8-1/4
hef
(mm) (110) (125) (170) (210)
h
ᐉth useable thread in. 1 1-3/16 1-1/2 2
length (mm) (25) (30) (40) (50)
Tmax Max. tightening ft lb 18 35 80 160
torque (N·m) (24) (47) (108) (217)
h min. base material in. 6-3/8 7-1/2 10 12-3/8
thickness (mm) (162) (191) (254) (314)
Approx. number of fastenings per cartridge at standard embedment2 1 Use matched tolerance carbide tipped bits
Small Cartridge 27 16 6 4 or Hilti matched tolerance DD-B or DD-C
diamond core bits.
Medium Cartridge 49 30 11 8
2 Assumes no waste.
Jumbo Cartridge 168 105 38 27

HIT-RE 500 Installation Specification Table for Rebar in Concrete

Rebar Size: No. 3 No. 4 No. 5 No. 6 No. 7 No. 8 No. 9 No. 10 No. 11
Details
Bit diameter 1, 2, 3 in. 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/8 1-3/8 1-1/2 1-3/4
hnom std. embed. depth in. 3-3/8 4-1/2 5-5/8 6-3/4 7-7/8 9 10-1/8 11-1/4 12-3/8
(mm) (86) (114) (143) (171) (200) (229) (257) (286) (314)
Approx. number of fastenings per cartridge at standard embedment3
Small Cartridge 44 25 16 11 8 6 3 2 1
Medium Cartridge 72 41 27 18 13 10 5 3 2
Jumbo Cartridge 221 125 83 56 41 31 14 11 7
1 Rebar diameters may vary. Use smallest drill bit which will accommodate rebar.
2 Use matched tolerance carbide tipped bits or Hilti matched tolerance DD-B or DD-C diamond core bits.
3 Assumes no waste.

HIT-RE 500 Installation Specification Table for Metric Rebar in Concrete (Canada Only)

Rebar Size: 10M 15M 20M 25M 30M 35M

Details
Bit diameter 1, 2 in. 5/8 3/4 1 1-1/8 1-3/8 1-3/4
hnom std. embed. depth (mm) 115 145 200 230 260 315
Approx. number of fastenings per cartridge at standard embedment2
Small Cartridge 20 17 5 6 3 1 1 Rebar diameters may vary. Use smallest
bit which will accommodate rebar.
Medium Cartridge 32 28 9 10 5 2 2 Assumes no waste.
Jumbo Cartridge 98 84 27 31 16 7

Combined Shear and Tension Loading

≤ 1.0 (Ref. Section [Link])

5/3 5/3
( NN ) + ( VV )
d
rec
d
rec

264 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
08_4.2.6_HIT RE [Link]:H440.04_04d [Link] 12/30/07 1:06 AM Page 265

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-RE 500 Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.7

HIT-RE 500 Allowable and Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity for HAS Rods in Normal Weight Concrete1,2,3,4
HIT-RE 500 Allowable Bond/Concrete Capacity HIT-RE 500 Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity
Tensile Shear Tensile Shear
Anchor Embedment f'c = 2000 psi f'c = 4000 psi f'c = 2000 psi f'c = 4000 psi f'c = 2000 psi f'c = 4000 psi f'c = 2000 psi f'c = 4000 psi
Diameter Depth
(13.8 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (13.8 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (13.8 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (13.8 MPa) (27.6 MPa)
in (mm) in (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
1-3/4 645 1095 1510 2135 2580 4370 4530 6405
(44) (2.9) (4.9) (6.7) (9.5) (11.5) (19.4) (20.2) (28.4)
3/8 3-3/8 2190 2585 3155 4460 8760 10345 9460 13380
(9.5) (86) (9.7) (11.5) (14.0) (19.8) (39.0) (46.0) (42.1) (59.5)
4-1/2 2420 2585 4855 6860 9685 10335 14560 20580
(114) (10.8) (11.5) (21.6) (30.5) (43.1) (46.0) (64.8) (91.5)
2-1/4 1130 1965 2510 3550 4530 7860 7525 10640
(57) (5.0) (8.7) (11.2) (15.8) (20.2) (35.0) (33.4) (47.3)
1/2 4-1/2 4045 5275 5610 7935 16185 21095 16820 23800
(12.7) (114) (18.0) (23.5) (25.0) (35.3) (72.0) (93.8) (74.8) (105.9)
6 4775 5380 8635 12210 19095 21520 25900 36620
(152) (21.2) (23.9) (38.4) (54.3) (84.9) (95.7) (115.2) (162.9)
2-7/8 1690 3045 5245 7420 6770 12175 15735 22250
(73) (7.5) (13.5) (23.3) (33.0) (30.1) (54.2) (70.0) (99.0)
5/8 5-5/8 6560 7355 8760 12395 26240 29420 26280 37180
(15.9) (143) (29.2) (32.7) (39.0) (55.1) (116.7) (130.9) (116.9) (165.4)
7-1/2 7320 7515 13615 19080 29290 30060 40840 57240
(190) (32.6) (33.4) (60.6) (84.9) (130.3) (133.7) (180.1) (254.6)
3-3/8 2310 4515 7335 10370 9250 18065 22000 31108
(86) (10.3) (20.1) (32.6) (46.1) (41.1) (80.4) (97.9) (138.4)
3/4 6-3/4 8670 10755 12615 17840 34685 43020 37840 53520
(19.1) (172 ) (38.6) (47.8) (56.1) (79.4) (154.3) (191.4) (168.3) (238.1)
9 10385 12995 19430 27470 41535 51985 58280 82400
(229) (46.2) (57.8) (86.4) (122.2) (184.8) (231.3) (259.2) (366.5)
4 3005 5665 7795 11020 12030 22670 23375 33050
(101) (13.4) (25.2) (34.7) (49.0) (53.5) (100.8) (104.0) (147.0)
7/8 7-7/8 12495 15875 17175 24290 49975 63495 51520 72860
(22.2) (200) (55.6) (70.6) (76.4) (108.0) (222.3) (282.5) (229.2) (324.1)
10-1/2 14705 16185 26440 37390 58820 64730 79320 112160
(267) (65.4) (72.0) (117.6) (166.3) (261.7) (287.9) (352.8) (498.9)
4-1/2 3945 8440 10035 14190 15790 33765 30104 42565
(114) (17.5) (37.5) (44.6) (63.1) (70.2) (150.2) (133.9) (189.4)
1 9 13845 17365 22435 31720 55380 69465 67300 95160
(25.4) (229) (61.6) (77.2) (99.8) (141.1) (246.4) (309.0) (299.4) (423.3)
12 17935 17935 34535 48830 71740 71740 103600 146480
(305) (79.8) (79.8) (153.6) (217.2) (319.1) (319.1) (460.8) (651.6)
5-5/8 5760 12815 14760 20870 23045 51270 44280 62610
(143) (25.6) (57.0) (65.7) (92.8) (102.5) (228.1) (196.9) (278.5)
1-1/4 11-1/4 24610 31620 35050 49570 98430 126480 105140 148710
(31.8) (286) (109.5) (140.7) (155.9) (220.5) (437.9) (562.6) (467.7) (661.4)
15 34130 35270 53960 76300 136525 141090 161880 228900
(381) (151.8) (156.9) (240.0) (339.4) (607.3) (627.6) (720.1) (1018.2)
1 Influence factors for spacing and/or edge distance are applied to concrete/bond values above, and then compared to the steel value. The lesser of the values is to be used for
the design.
2 Average ultimate concrete shear capacity based on Concrete Capacity Design (CCD) method for standard and deep embedment and based on testing for shallow embedment.
3 All values based on holes drilled with carbide bit and cleaned with brush per manufacturer’s instructions. Ultimate tensile concrete/bond loads represent the average values
obtained in testing.
4 For underwater applications up to 165 feet/50m depth reduce the tabulated concrete/bond values 30% to account for reduced mechanical properties of saturated concrete.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 265
08_4.2.6_HIT RE [Link]:H440.04_04d [Link] 12/30/07 1:06 AM Page 266

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.7 HIT-RE 500 Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System

Allowable Steel Strength for Carbon Steel & Stainless Steel HAS Rods1
Rod HAS-E Standard HAS Super HAS SS
Diameter ISO 898 Class 5.8 ASTM A 193 B7 AISI 304/316 SS
in. Tensile Shear Tensile Shear Tensile Shear
(mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
3/8 2640 1360 4555 2345 3645 1875
(9.5) (11.7) (6.0) (20.3) (10.4) (16.2) (8.3)
1/2 4700 2420 8100 4170 6480 3335
(12.7) (20.9) (10.8) (36.0) (18.5) (28.8) (14.8)
5/8 7340 3780 12655 6520 10125 5215
(15.9) (32.7) (16.8) (56.3) (29.0) (45.0) (23.2)
3/4 10570 5445 18225 9390 12390 6385
(19.1) (47.0) (24.2) (81.1) (41.8) (55.1) (28.4)
7/8 14385 7410 24805 12780 16865 8690
(22.2) (64.0) (33.0) (110.3) (56.9) (75.0) (38.6)
1 18790 9680 32400 16690 22030 11350
(25.4) (83.6) (43.0) (144.1) (74.2) (98.0) (50.5)
1-1/4 29360 15125 50620 26080 34425 17735
(31.8) (130.6) (67.3) (225.2) (116.0) (153.1) (78.9)

1 Steel strength as defined in AISC Manual of Steel Construction (ASD):

Tensile = 0.33 x Fu x Nominal Area

Shear = 0.17 x Fu x Nominal Area

Ultimate Steel Strength for Carbon Steel & Stainless Steel HAS Rods1
Rod HAS-E Standard HAS Super HAS SS
Diameter ISO 898 Class 5.8 ASTM A 193 B7 AISI 304/316 SS
in. Yield Tensile Shear Yield Tensile Shear Yield Tensile Shear
(mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
3/8 4495 6005 3605 8135 10350 6210 5035 8280 4970
(9.5) (20.0) (26.7) (16.0) (36.2) (43.4) (27.6) (22.4) (36.8) (22.1)
1/2 8230 10675 6405 14900 18405 11040 9225 14720 8835
(12.7) (36.6) (47.5) (28.5) (66.3) (79.0) (49.1) (41.0) (65.5) (39.3)
5/8 13110 16680 10010 23730 28760 17260 14690 23010 13805
(15.9) (58.3) (74.2) (44.5) (105.6) (125.7) (76.8) (65.3) (102.4) (61.4)
3/4 19400 24020 14415 35120 41420 24850 15050 28165 16800
(19.1) (86.3) (106.9) (64.1) (156.2) (185.7) (110.5) (66.9) (125.3) (75.2)
7/8 26780 32695 19620 48480 56370 33825 20775 38335 23000
(22.2) (119.1) (145.4) (87.3) (215.7) (256.9) (150.5) (92.4) (170.5) (102.3)
1 35130 42705 25625 63600 73630 44180 27255 50070 30040
(25.4) (156.3) (190.0) (114.0) (282.9) (337.0) (196.5) (121.2) (222.7) (133.6)
1-1/4 56210 66730 40035 101755 115050 69030 43610 78235 46940
(31.8) (250.0) (296.8) (178.1) (452.6) (511.8) (307.1) (194.0) (348.0) (208.8)
1 Steel strength as defined in AISC Manual of Steel Construction 2nd Ed. (LRFD):

Yield = Fy x Tensile Stress Area

Tensile = 0.75 x Fu x Nominal Area
Shear = 0.45 x Fu x Nominal Area

266 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
08_4.2.6_HIT RE [Link]:H440.04_04d [Link] 12/30/07 1:06 AM Page 267

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-RE 500 Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.7

HIT-RE 500 Allowable Bond/Concrete Capacity and Steel Strength for HIS Carbon Steel
and HIS-R Stainless Steel Internally Threaded Inserts
HIT-RE 500 Allowable Bond/Concrete Capacity2 Steel Bolt Strength1,2
Anchor Embedment Tensile Shear
f'c ≥ 2000 psi f'c ≥ 2000 psi
Diameter Depth ASTM A 325 Carbon Steel ASTM F 593 Stainless Steel
in. (mm) in. (mm) Tensile1 Shear1 Tensile1 Shear1
(13.8 MPa) (13.8 MPa) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
lb (kN) lb (kN)
3/8 4-1/4 2870 1565 4370 2250 3645 1875
(9.5) (108) (12.8) (7.0) (19.4) (10.0) (16.2) (8.3)
1/2 5 4530 2890 7775 4005 6480 3335
(12.7) (127) (20.1) (12.9) (34.6) (17.8) (28.8) (14.8)
5/8 6-5/8 8255 4635 12150 6260 10125 5215
(15.9) (168) (36.7) (20.6) (54.0) (27.8) (45.0) (23.2)
3/4 8-1/4 9030 6695 17945 9010 12395 6385
(19.1) (210) (40.1) (29.8) (77.8) (40.1) (55.1) (28.4)

HIT-RE 500 Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity and Steel Strength for HIS Carbon Steel
and HIS-R Stainless Steel Internally Threaded Inserts
HIT-RE 500 Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity2 Ultimate Bolt Strength1,2
Anchor Embedment Tensile Shear
f'c ≥ 2000 psi f'c ≥ 2000 psi
Diameter Depth ASTM A 325 Carbon Steel ASTM F 593 Stainless Steel
in. (mm) in. (mm) Tensile1 Shear1 Tensile1 Shear1
(13.8 MPa) (13.8 MPa) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
lb (kN) lb (kN)
3/8 4-1/4 11480 6260 9935 5960 8280 4970
(9.5) (108) (51.0) (27.8) (44.2) (26.5) (36.8) (22.1)
1/2 5 18115 11565 17665 10600 14720 8835
(12.7) (127) (80.5) (51.4) (78.6) (47.2) (65.5) (39.3)
5/8 6-5/8 33025 18550 27610 16565 23010 13805
(15.9) (168) (146.9) (82.5) (122.8) (73.7) (102.4) (61.4)
3/4 8-1/4 36125 26775 39760 23855 28165 16900
(19.1) (210) (160.6) (119.1) (176.9) (106.1) (125.3) (75.1)
1 Steel values in accordance with AISC
ASTM A 325 bolts: Fy = 92 ksi , Fu = 120 ksi
ASTM F 593 (AISI 304/316): Fy = 65 ksi, Fu = 100 ksi for 3/8" thru 5/8"
Fy = 45 ksi, Fu = 85 ksi for 3/4"

Allowable Load Values Ultimate Load Values

Tension = 0.33 x Fu x Anom Tension = 0.75 x Fu x A nom
Shear = 0.17 x Fu x Anom Shear = 0.45 x Fu x A nom

2 Use lower value of either bond/concrete capacity or steel strength.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 267
08_4.2.6_HIT RE [Link]:H440.04_04d [Link] 12/30/07 1:06 AM Page 268

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.7 HIT-RE 500 Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System

HIT-RE 500 Ultimate Bond Strength and Steel Strength for Rebar in Concrete1
Concrete Compressive Strength
Grade 60 Rebar
f'c = 2000 psi (13.8 MPa) f'c = 4000 psi (27.6 MPa)
Nominal Embed.
Rebar Depth Ultimate Embed. to Embed. to Ultimate Embed. to Embed. to
Size in. (mm) Bond Yield Tensile
Develop Yield Develop Tensile Bond Develop Yield Develop Tensile Strength Strength
Strength Strength1 Strength1 Strength Strength 1 Strength 1
lb (kN) in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm)
3-3/8 10105 10810
(86) (45.0) 2-1/4 3-3/8 (48.1) 2-1/8 3-1/4 6600 9900
#3
4-1/2 10920 (57) (86) 10810 (54) (84) (29.4) (44.0)
(114) (48.6) (48.1)
4-1/2 15980 18540
(114) (71.1) 3-3/8 5-5/8 (82.5) 3 4-3/8 12000 18000
#4
6 18830 (86) (143) 18655 (76) (111) (53.4) (80.1)
(152) (83.8) (83.0)
5-5/8 20630 27790
(143) (91.8) 5-1/8 8-7/8 (123.6) 3-7/8 5-3/4 18600 27900
#5
7-1/2 24870 (130) (225) 31155 (98) (146) (82.7) (124.1)
(191) (110.6) (138.6)
6-3/4 33695 44675
(171) (149.9) 5-3/8 9-3/8 (198.7) 4 6 26400 39600
#6
9 38960 (136) (238) 44870 (102) (152) (117.4) (176.2)
(229) (173.3) (200.0)
7-7/8 40525 59340
(200) (180.3) 7 12-3/8 (264.0) 4-7/8 7-1/4 36000 54000
#7
10-1/2 48460 (178) (314) 61720 (124) (184) (160.1) (240.2)
(267) (215.6) (274.6)
9 63940 72820
(229) (284.4) 8-1/4 12-7/8 (323.9) 5-7/8 8-7/8 47400 71100
#8
12 69610 (210) (327) 72950 (149) (225) (210.9) (316.3)
(305) (309.7) (324.5)
10-1/8 72245 81235
(257) (321.4) 8-1/2 13 (361.4) 7-1/2 12 60000 90000
#9
13-1/2 94205 (216) (330) 104060 (191) (305) (266.9) (400.4)
(343) (419.1) (462.9)
11-1/4 92000 96725
(286) (409.3) 9-3/8 17-7/8 (430.3) 8-7/8 14 76200 114300
#10
15 95850 (238) (454) 97070 (225) (356) (339.0) (508.5)
(381) (426.4) (431.8)
12-3/8 118615 123120
(314) (527.6) 9-7/8 18-3/4 (547.7) 9-1/2 16-1/2 93600 140400
#11
16-1/2 123570 (251) (476) 161675 (241) (419) (416.4) (624.6)
(419) (549.7) (719.2)
1 Based on comparison of average ultimate adhesive bond test values versus minimum yield and ultimate tensile strength of rebar. For more information, contact Hilti.

268 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
08_4.2.6_HIT RE [Link]:H440.04_04d [Link] 12/30/07 1:06 AM Page 269

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-RE 500 Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.7

HIT-RE 500 Bond Strength and Steel Strength for Metric Rebar in Concrete (Canada Only) 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
HIT-RE 500 Tensile Bond Strength Strength Properties of Metric Rebar
f'c = 14 MPa f'c = 28 MPa f'c = 400 MPa
Embedment Ultimate Allowable Ultimate Allowable Yield Tensile
Rebar Depth Bond Bond Bond Bond Strength Strength
Size mm kN kN kN kN kN kN
(in) (lb) (lb) (lb) (lb) (lb) (lb)
115 71.1 17.8 82.5 20.6
(4-1/2) (15980) (3995) (18540) (4635) 40 60
10M
150 83.8 20.9 83.0 20.7 (8990) (13490)
(6) (18830) (4705) (18655) (4665)
145 91.8 22.9 123.7 30.9
(5-5/8) (20630) (5155) (27810) (6950) 80 120
15M
190 110.6 27.6 123.6 30.9 (17985) (26975)
(7-1/2) (24870) (6215) (27790) (6945)
200 180.3 45.1 264 66
(7-7/8) (40525) (10130) (59340) (14835) 120 180
20M
265 215.6 53.9 274.6 68.6 (26975) (40465)
(10-1/2) (48460) (12115) (61720) (15430)
230 284.4 71.0 323.9 81.0
(9) (63940) (15985) (72820) (18205) 200 300
25M
305 309.7 77.4 324.5 81.1 (44960) (67440)
(12) (69610) (17400) (72950) (18235)
260 321.4 80.3 361.4 90.3
(10-1/8) (72245) (18060) (81235) (20305) 280 420
30M
345 419.1 104.8 373.7 93.4 (62945) (94415)
(13-1/2) (94205) (23550) (84015) (21000)
315 527.6 131.9 547.7 136.9
(12-3/8) (118615) (29650) (123120) (30780) 400 600
35M
420 549.7 137.4 550.7 137.6 (89920) (134880)
(16-1/2) (123570) (30890) (123790) (30945)
1 Based on minimum steel strength and nominal cross-sectional area of rebar. 5 Allowable tension for adhesive bond based on a safety factor of 4.0.
2 Use lesser value of bond strength or steel strength. 6 For anchor spacing and edge distance guidelines, please refer to the following
3 Minimum concrete thickness must be equal to 1.5 times the anchor embedment. pages.
4 Testing done with imperial rebar in same size holes. 7 Ultimate tensile concrete/bond loads represent the average values obtained in testing.

HIT-RE 500 Ultimate Tensile Strength for Smooth Epoxy

Coated Dowel Bars in Concrete ≥ 2410 psi (15.9 MPa)
Anchor Drill Bit Embedment Ultimate
Diameter Diameter Depth Tensile Load
in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (kN)
1 1-1/8
(25.4) (29)
1-1/4 1-3/8 9 40385
(31.8) (34.9) (229) (179.7)
1-1/2 1-5/8
(38.1) (41)

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 269
08_4.2.6_HIT RE [Link]:H440.04_04d [Link] 12/30/07 1:06 AM Page 270

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.7 HIT-RE 500 Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System

Anchor Spacing and Edge Distance Guidelines in Concrete

Anchor Spacing Adjustment Factors Edge Distance Adjustment Factors

N

s = Actual spacing c = Actual edge distance

h ef = Actual embedment h ef= Actual embedment
s
V s min = 0.5 h ef cmin = 0.5 h ef Tension and shear
s cr = 1.5 h ef ccr = 1.5 h ef Tension
c
= 2.0 h ef Shear
h ⊥ = Perpendicular to edge
ll = Parallel to edge

scr ccr
1.5 2.0
Shear &
Tension
Note: Tables apply for listed ccr
embedment depths. Reduction 1.0 1.5
factors for other embedment

(I)
depths must be calculated s

r
ea
using equations below. hef

Sh
smin 1.0
Spacing Tension/Shear 0.5

( I I)

n
c

sio
ear
smin = 0.5 hef, scr = 1.5 hef

Ten
hef

Sh
fA = 0.3 (s/hef) + 0.55 cmin
0 0.5
for scr>s>smin
0 .2 .4 .6 .8 1.0
Edge Distance Tension Anchor Spacing Adjustment Factor
(fA)
cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 1.5 hef 0
0 .2 .4 .6 .8 1.0
fRN = 0.3(c/hef) + 0.55 Edge Distance Adjustment Factor
for ccr>c>cmin (fRV,fRN)
Edge Distance Shear
( ⊥ toward edge)
Load Adjustment Factors for 3/8" Diameter Anchor
cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 2.0 hef
Anchor Diameter: 3/8" diameter
fRV1 = 0.54(c/hef) – 0.09
for ccr>c>cmin Adjustment Spacing Edge Distance Edge Distance Edge Distance
Factor Tension/Shear, Tension, Shear, fRV1 Shear, fRV2
fA fRN (⊥ toward edge) (II to or away from edge)
Edge Distance Shear
Embed. Depth (in.) 1-3/4 3-3/8 4-1/2 1-3/4 3-3/8 4-1/2 1-3/4 3-3/8 4-1/2 1-3/4 3-3/8 4-1/2
(II to or away from edge)
7/8 0.70 0.70 0.18 0.46
cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 2.0 hef 1 0.72 0.72 0.22 0.49
fRV2 = 0.36(c/hef) + 0.28 1 11/16 0.84 0.70 0.84 0.70 0.43 0.18 0.63 0.46
Spacing (s)/Edge Distance (c), in.

2 0.89 0.73 0.89 0.73 0.53 0.23 0.69 0.49

for ccr>c>cmin
2 1/4 0.94 0.75 0.70 0.94 0.75 0.70 0.60 0.27 0.18 0.74 0.52 0.46
2 5/8 1.00 0.78 0.73 1.00 0.78 0.73 0.72 0.33 0.23 0.82 0.56 0.49
3 0.82 0.75 0.82 0.75 0.84 0.39 0.27 0.90 0.60 0.52
3 1/2 0.86 0.78 0.86 0.78 1.00 0.47 0.33 1.00 0.65 0.56
4 0.91 0.82 0.91 0.82 0.55 0.39 0.71 0.60
5 1/16 1.00 0.89 1.00 0.89 0.72 0.52 0.82 0.69
5 1/2 0.92 0.92 0.79 0.57 0.87 0.72
6 0.95 0.95 0.87 0.63 0.92 0.76
6 3/4 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.72 1.00 0.82
8 0.87 0.92
9 1.00 1.00

270 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
08_4.2.6_HIT RE [Link]:H440.04_04d [Link] 12/30/07 1:06 AM Page 271

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-RE 500 Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.7

Anchor Spacing and Edge Distance Guidelines in Concrete

Note: Tables apply for listed
embedment depths. Reduction
factors for other embedment
Load Adjustment Factors for 1/2" Diameter Anchor depths must be calculated
using equations below.
Anchor Diameter: 1/2" diameter
Adjustment Spacing Edge Distance Edge Distance Edge Distance
Spacing Tension/Shear
Factor Tension/Shear, Tension, Shear, fRV1 Shear, fRV2 s min = 0.5 h ef, s cr = 1.5 h ef
fA fRN (⊥ toward edge) (II to or away from edge)
Embed. Depth (in.) 2-1/4 4-1/2 6 2-1/4 4-1/2 6 2-1/4 4-1/2 6 2-1/4 4-1/2 6 fA = 0.3 (s/h ef) + 0.55
1 for s cr>s>s min
1-1/8 0.70 0.70 0.18 0.46
1-1/2 0.75 0.75 0.27 0.52 Edge Distance Tension
1-3/4 0.78 0.78 0.33 0.56 c min = 0.5 h ef, ccr = 1.5 h ef
2 0.82 0.82 0.39 0.60
2-1/4 0.85 0.70 0.85 0.70 0.45 0.18 0.64 0.46 fRN = 0.3(c/h ef) + 0.55
Spacing (s)/Edge Distance (c), in.

2-1/2 0.88 0.72 0.88 0.72 0.51 0.21 0.68 0.48 for c cr>c>c min
3 0.95 0.75 0.70 0.95 0.75 0.70 0.63 0.27 0.18 0.76 0.52 0.46 Edge Distance Shear
3-3/8 1.00 0.78 0.72 1.00 0.78 0.72 0.72 0.32 0.21 0.82 0.55 0.48 ( ⊥ toward edge)
4 0.82 0.75 0.82 0.75 0.87 0.39 0.27 0.92 0.60 0.52
cmin = 0.5 h ef, c cr = 2.0 h ef
4-1/2 0.85 0.78 0.85 0.78 1.00 0.45 0.32 1.00 0.64 0.55
5 0.88 0.80 0.88 0.80 0.51 0.36 0.68 0.58 fRV1 = 0.54(c/h ef) – 0.09
6 0.95 0.85 0.95 0.85 0.63 0.45 0.76 0.64 for c cr>c>c min
6-3/4 1.00 0.89 1.00 0.89 0.72 0.52 0.82 0.69
7 0.90 0.90 0.75 0.54 0.84 0.70 Edge Distance Shear
8 0.95 0.95 0.87 0.63 0.92 0.76 (II to or away from edge)
9 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.72 1.00 0.82 c min = 0.5 h ef, c cr = 2.0 h ef
10 0.81 0.88
fRV2 = 0.36(c/h ef) + 0.28
11 0.90 0.94
for c cr>c>c min
12 1.00 1.00

Load Adjustment Factors for 5/8" and 3/4" Diameter Anchors

Anchor Diameter 5/8" diameter 3/4" diameter

Adjustment Spacing Edge Distance Edge Distance Edge Distance Spacing Edge Distance Edge Distance Edge Distance
Factor Tension/Shear Tension Shear, fRV1 Shear, fRV2 Tension/Shear Tension Shear, fRV1 Shear, fRV2
fA fRN (⊥ toward edge) (II to or away from edge) fA fRN (⊥ toward edge) (II to or away from edge)
Embed. Depth (in.) 2-7/8 5-5/8 7-1/2 2-7/8 5-5/8 7-1/2 2-7/8 5-5/8 7-1/2 2-7/8 5-5/8 7-1/2 3-3/8 6-3/4 9 3-3/8 6-3/4 9 3-3/8 6-3/4 9 3-3/8 6-3/4 9
1-7/16 0.70 0.70 0.18 0.46
1-11/16 0.73 0.73 0.23 0.49 0.70 0.70 0.18 0.46
2 0.76 0.76 0.29 0.53 0.73 0.73 0.23 0.49
2-13/16 0.84 0.70 0.84 0.70 0.44 0.18 0.63 0.46 0.80 0.80 0.36 0.58
3-3/8 0.90 0.73 0.90 0.73 0.54 0.23 0.70 0.50 0.85 0.70 0.85 0.70 0.45 0.18 0.64 0.46
3-3/4 0.94 0.75 0.70 0.94 0.75 0.70 0.61 0.27 0.18 0.75 0.52 0.46 0.88 0.72 0.88 0.72 0.51 0.21 0.68 0.48
Spacing (s)/Edge Distance (c), in.

4-5/16 1.00 0.78 0.72 1.00 0.78 0.72 0.72 0.32 0.22 0.82 0.56 0.49 0.93 0.74 0.93 0.74 0.60 0.26 0.74 0.51
4-1/2 0.79 0.73 0.79 0.73 0.76 0.34 0.23 0.84 0.57 0.50 0.95 0.75 0.70 0.95 0.75 0.70 0.63 0.27 0.18 0.76 0.52 0.46
5-1/16 0.82 0.75 0.82 0.75 0.86 0.40 0.27 0.91 0.60 0.52 1.00 0.78 0.72 1.00 0.78 0.72 0.72 0.32 0.21 0.82 0.55 0.48
5-5/8 0.85 0.78 0.85 0.78 0.97 0.45 0.32 0.98 0.64 0.55 0.80 0.74 0.80 0.74 0.81 0.36 0.25 0.88 0.58 0.51
5-3/4 0.86 0.78 0.86 0.78 1.00 0.46 0.32 1.00 0.65 0.56 0.81 0.74 0.81 0.74 0.83 0.37 0.26 0.89 0.59 0.51
6-3/4 0.91 0.82 0.91 0.82 0.56 0.40 0.71 0.60 0.85 0.78 0.85 0.78 1.00 0.45 0.32 1.00 0.64 0.55
8-7/16 1.00 0.89 1.00 0.89 0.72 0.52 0.82 0.69 0.93 0.83 0.93 0.83 0.59 0.42 0.73 0.62
10-1/8 0.96 0.96 0.88 0.64 0.93 0.77 1.00 0.89 1.00 0.89 0.72 0.52 0.82 0.69
11-1/4 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.72 1.00 0.82 0.93 0.93 0.81 0.59 0.88 0.73
12 0.77 0.86 0.95 0.95 0.87 0.63 0.92 0.76
13-1/2 0.88 0.93 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.72 1.00 0.82
15 1.00 1.00 0.81 0.88
16 0.87 0.92
18 1.00 1.00

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 271
08_4.2.6_HIT RE [Link]:H440.04_04d [Link] 12/30/07 1:06 AM Page 272

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.7 HIT-RE 500 Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System

Anchor Spacing and Edge Distance Guidelines in Concrete

Note: Tables apply for listed
embedment depths. Reduction
factors for other embedment
Load Adjustment Factors for 7/8" Diameter Anchor depths must be calculated
Anchor Diameter: 7/8" diameter using equations below.

Adjustment Spacing Edge Distance Edge Distance Edge Distance Spacing Tension/Shear
Factor Tension/Shear, Tension, Shear, fRV1 Shear, fRV2
fA fRN (⊥ toward edge) (II to or away from edge) s min = 0.5 h ef, s cr = 1.5 h ef
Embed. Depth (in.) 4 7-7/8 10-1/2 4 7-7/8 10-1/2 4 7-7/8 10-1/2 4 7-7/8 10-1/2
fA = 0.3 (s/h ef) + 0.55
2 0.70 0.70 0.18 0.46
for s cr>s>s min
2-1/2 0.74 0.74 0.25 0.51
3 0.78 0.78 0.32 0.55 Edge Distance Tension
3-1/2 0.81 0.81 0.38 0.60
3-15/16 0.85 0.70 0.85 0.70 0.44 0.18 0.63 0.46 c min = 0.5 h ef, ccr = 1.5 h ef
4-1/2 0.89 0.72 0.89 0.72 0.52 0.22 0.69 0.49
Spacing (s)/Edge Distance (c), in.

fRN = 0.3(c/h ef) + 0.55

5 0.93 0.74 0.93 0.74 0.59 0.25 0.73 0.51 for c cr>c>c min
5-1/4 0.94 0.75 0.70 0.94 0.75 0.70 0.62 0.27 0.18 0.75 0.52 0.46
Edge Distance Shear
( ⊥ toward edge)
6 1.00 0.78 0.72 1.00 0.78 0.72 0.72 0.32 0.22 0.82 0.55 0.49
6-1/2 0.80 0.74 0.80 0.74 0.79 0.36 0.24 0.87 0.58 0.50
7 0.82 0.75 0.82 0.75 0.86 0.39 0.27 0.91 0.60 0.52 cmin = 0.5 h ef, c cr = 2.0 h ef
8 0.85 0.78 0.85 0.78 1.00 0.46 0.32 1.00 0.65 0.55
fRV1 = 0.54(c/h ef) – 0.09
10 0.93 0.84 0.93 0.84 0.60 0.42 0.74 0.62
for c cr>c>c min
11-13/16 1.00 0.89 1.00 0.89 0.72 0.52 0.82 0.69
12 0.89 0.89 0.73 0.53 0.83 0.69 Edge Distance Shear
14 0.95 0.95 0.87 0.63 0.92 0.76 (II to or away from edge)
15-3/4 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.72 1.00 0.82
c min = 0.5 h ef, c cr = 2.0 h ef
18 0.84 0.90
20 0.94 0.97 fRV2 = 0.36(c/h ef) + 0.28
21 1.00 1.00 for c cr>c>c min

Load Adjustment Factors for 1" and 1-1/4" Diameter Anchors

Anchor Diameter 1" diameter 1-1/4" diameter

Adjustment Spacing Edge Distance Edge Distance Edge Distance Spacing Edge Distance Edge Distance Edge Distance
Factor Tension/Shear Tension Shear, fRV1 Shear, fRV2 Tension/Shear Tension Shear, fRV1 Shear, fRV2
fA fRN (⊥ toward edge) (II to or away from edge) fA fRN (⊥ toward edge) (II to or away from edge)
Embed. Depth (in.) 4-1/2 9 12 4-1/2 9 12 4-1/2 9 12 4-1/2 9 12 5-5/8 11-1/4 15 5-5/8 11-1/4 15 5-5/8 11-1/4 15 5-5/8 11-1/4 15
2-1/4 0.70 0.70 0.18 0.46
2-3/4 0.73 0.73 0.24 0.50 0.70 0.70 0.18 0.46
3 0.75 0.75 0.27 0.52 0.71 0.71 0.20 0.47
4 0.82 0.82 0.39 0.60 0.76 0.76 0.29 0.54
4-1/2 0.85 0.70 0.85 0.70 0.45 0.18 0.64 0.46 0.79 0.79 0.34 0.57
5 0.88 0.72 0.88 0.72 0.51 0.21 0.68 0.48 0.82 0.82 0.39 0.60
5-5/8 0.93 0.74 0.93 0.74 0.59 0.25 0.73 0.51 0.85 0.70 0.85 0.70 0.45 0.18 0.64 0.46
6 0.95 0.75 0.70 0.95 0.75 0.70 0.63 0.27 0.18 0.76 0.52 0.46 0.87 0.71 0.87 0.71 0.49 0.20 0.66 0.47
Spacing (s)/Edge Distance (c), in.

6-3/4 1.00 0.78 0.72 1.00 0.78 0.72 0.72 0.32 0.21 0.82 0.55 0.48 0.91 0.73 0.91 0.73 0.56 0.23 0.71 0.50
7-1/2 0.80 0.74 0.80 0.74 0.81 0.36 0.25 0.88 0.58 0.51 0.95 0.75 0.70 0.95 0.75 0.70 0.63 0.27 0.18 0.76 0.52 0.46
8-1/4 0.83 0.76 0.83 0.76 0.90 0.41 0.28 0.94 0.61 0.53 0.99 0.77 0.72 0.99 0.77 0.72 0.70 0.31 0.21 0.81 0.54 0.48
9 0.85 0.78 0.85 0.78 1.00 0.45 0.32 1.00 0.64 0.55 0.79 0.73 0.79 0.73 0.77 0.34 0.23 0.86 0.57 0.50
10 0.88 0.80 0.88 0.80 0.51 0.36 0.68 0.58 0.82 0.75 0.82 0.75 0.87 0.39 0.27 0.92 0.60 0.52
11 0.92 0.83 0.92 0.83 0.57 0.41 0.72 0.61 0.84 0.77 0.84 0.77 1.00 0.44 0.31 0.98 0.63 0.54
12 0.95 0.85 0.95 0.85 0.63 0.45 0.76 0.64 0.87 0.79 0.87 0.79 0.49 0.34 0.66 0.57
13-1/2 1.00 0.89 1.00 0.89 0.72 0.52 0.82 0.69 0.91 0.82 0.91 0.82 0.56 0.40 0.71 0.60
14 0.90 0.90 0.75 0.54 0.84 0.70 0.92 0.83 0.92 0.83 0.58 0.41 0.73 0.62
16-7/8 0.97 0.97 0.92 0.67 0.96 0.79 1.00 0.89 1.00 0.89 0.72 0.52 0.82 0.69
18 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.72 1.00 0.82 0.91 0.91 0.77 0.56 0.86 0.71
20 0.81 0.88 0.95 0.95 0.87 0.63 0.92 0.76
22-1/2 0.92 0.96 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.72 1.00 0.82
24 1.00 1.00 0.77 0.86
27 0.88 0.93
30 1.00 1.00

272 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
08_4.2.6_HIT RE [Link]:H440.04_04d [Link] 12/30/07 1:06 AM Page 273

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-RE 500 Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.7

Resistance of HIT-RE 500 to Chemicals
Samples of the HIT-RE 500 resin were immersed in the various chemical
Not compounds for up to one year. At the end of the test period, the samples were
Chemical Chemicals Tested Resistant Resistant analyzed. Any samples showing no visible damage and having less than a 25%
Alkalinize Concrete drilling mud (10%) pH=12.6 + reduction in bending (flexural) strength were classified as “Resistant.” Samples
(Base material Concrete drilling mud (10%) pH=13.2 + that were heavily damaged or destroyed were classified as “Not Resistant.”
concrete) Concrete potash solution (10%) pH=14.0 +
Acetic acid (10%) concrete was -
Acids Nitric acid (10%) { dissolved by acid -
Note: In actual use, the majority of the resin is encased in the base
material, leaving very little surface area exposed.
Hydrochloric acid (10%) 3 month - -
Sulfuric acid (10%) -
Benzyl alcohol -
Solvents Ethanol -
Ethyl acetate - Full Cure Time Table1 (100% of working load)
Methyl ethyl ketone (MEK) -
Trichlorethylene - Base Material Temperature Approx.
Xylene (mixture) + °F °C Full Curing Time
Concrete plasticizer + 23 –5 72 hours
Chemicals Diesel oil +
32 0 50 hours
used on job sites Oil +
Petrol + 50 10 24 hours
Oil for form work (forming oil) + 68 20 12 hours
Salt water + 86 30 8 hours
Environmental de-mineralized water +
Chemicals salt spraying test +
104 40 4 hours
SO2 +
Initial Cure Time Table1 (25% of working load)
Environment / Weather +
Base Material Temperature Approx.
Influence of Temperature on Bond Strength °F °C Initial Cure Time
23 –5 36 hours
120
32 0 25 hours
(37.5% at 212°F)
Allowable Bond Strength

100 50 10 12 hours
(% of Load at 70°F)

80 68 20 6 hours
(100% at 120°F)
(100% at 23°F)

60 86 30 4 hours
104 40 2 hours
40

20 Gel Time Table1 (Approximate)

0
Base Material Temperature Approx.
20 60 100 140 180 220
°F °C Gel Time
Base Material Temperature (°F)
23 –5 4 hours
Note: Test procedure involves the concrete being held at the elevated temperature for 32 0 3 hours
24 hours then removing it from the controlled environment and testing to failure.
50 10 2 hours
Long term creep test in accordance with AC58 is available; please contact Hilti 68 20 30 minutes
Technical Services.
86 30 20 minutes
104 40 12 minutes
1 Minimum product temperature must be maintained above 41°F (5°C)
prior/during installation.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 273
 08_4.2.6_HIT RE [Link]:H440.04_04d [Link] 12/30/07 1:06 AM Page 274

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.7 HIT-RE 500 Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System

[Link] Installation Instructions

1 2 3 4 5

1 2 3 4A

4B

1. Drill anchor hole using carbide 2. Insert air nozzle to bottom of 3. Clean hole with a nylon or wire 4. Insert air nozzle to bottom of 5. Insert refill pack into holder.
or diamond core bits. hole and blow out hole using a brush. Proper hole cleaning is hole and blow out hole using a Remove cap covering
pump, or compressed air. For essential. pump, or compressed air. For threaded projection.
underwater applications and underwater applications and
diamond coring, flush until diamond coring, flush until
water runs clear from hole. water runs clear from hole.
Remove water (e.g. vacuum
or comp. air).
3 2
6 37 2 8 9 10
3 2 2
2 3 2
3 231
1
1 3 2
1 1 1
1
6. Screw on static mixer. 7. Put holder into dispenser. 8. Discard first three trigger pulls 9. Inject adhesive into hole 10. Unlock dispenser
of adhesive from each refill starting at the bottom until
1 pack or cartridge. 1/2 to 2/3 full. Use mixer filler
3 2 tube extensions when needed
Rod to reach the hole bottom.

9 103 2 11 12
1 ≤T
≤ Tmax
max
1

Insert
9 10 11 12
≤ ≤TTmax
max

Rebar
9 10 11 12

9. Insert rod, threaded insert or rebar. 10. Fastener may be adjusted during 11. Do not disturb anchor between 12. After full cure time, apply
Twist during installation. specified gel time. specified gel time and initial cure time. specified torque as required to
At the initial cure time the fastener has secure items to be fastened.
25% of full working load. Work may Do not exceed maximum
proceed (e.g. tying rebar, setting steel) torque specified.
which will not exceed 25% of the full
working load. Do not torque anchor.

274 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
08_4.2.6_HIT RE [Link]:H440.04_04d [Link] 12/30/07 1:06 AM Page 275

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-RE 500 Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.7

HIT HIT-RE 500 Volume Charts

Metric Rebar Installation

Threaded Rod Installation Rebar Installation (Canada Only)

Rod Drill Bit1 Adhesive Volume Rod Drill Bit1 Adhesive Volume Bar Drill Bit1 Adhesive Volume
Diameter Diameter Required per Inch Diameter Diameter Required per Inch Diameter Diameter Required per Inch
(in.) (in.) of embedment (in 3) (in.) (in.) of embedment (in3) (in.) of embedment (in3)
1/4 5/16 0.055 #3 or 3/8 1/2 0.110 10M 5/8 0.186
3/8 7/16 0.095 #4 or 1/2 5/8 0.146 15M 3/4 0.170
1/2 9/16 0.133 #5 or 5/8 3/4 0.176 20M 1 0.388
5/8 3/4 0.261 #6 or 3/4 7/8 0.218 25M 1-1/8 0.289
3/4 7/8 0.326 #7 or 7/8 1 0.252 30M 1-3/8 0.481
7/8 1 0.391 #8 or 1 1-1/8 0.299 35M 1-3/4 0.996
1 1-1/8 0.478 #9 or 1-1/8 1-3/8 0.601
1-1/4 1-3/8 0.626 #10 or 1-1/4 1-1/2 0.659
EXAMPLE: #11 or 1-3/8 1-3/4 1.037
Determine approximate fastenings for 5/8" rod NOTE: Useable volume of HIT-RE 500 refill cartridge
embedded 10" deep. is 16.5 in3 (270 ml).
Useable volume of HIT-RE 500 medium refill
10 x 0.261 = 2.61 in3 of adhesive per anchor cartridge is 26.9 in3 (440 ml).
16.5 ÷ 2.61 ≈ 6 fastenings per small cartridge
81.8 ÷ 2.61 ≈ 31 fastenings per jumbo cartridge
Useable volume of HIT-RE 500 jumbo refill
cartridge is 81.8 in3 (1340 ml).

1 Rebar diameter may vary. Use smallest drill bit which will accommodate rebar.

[Link] Ordering Information

HIT RE Mixer

HIT-RE 500 Refill Pack HIT-RE 500 Medium Cartridge HIT-RE 500 Jumbo Cartridge
HIT Adhesives
Item No. Description
340225 HIT-RE 500 11.1 oz (330 ml)
Includes (1) Refill Pack and (1) Mixer with filler tube

369251 HIT-RE 500 MC 11.1 oz (330 ml)

Includes (25) Refill Packs and (25) Mixers with filler tube

369110 HIT-RE 500 Medium 16.9 oz (500 ml)

Includes (20) Refill Packs and (20) Mixers with filler tube

373958 HIT-RE 500 Jumbo 47.3 oz (1400 ml)

Includes (4) Jumbo Refill Packs and (4) Mixers

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 275
08_4.2.6_HIT RE [Link]:H440.04_04d [Link] 12/30/07 1:06 AM Page 276

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.7 HIT-RE 500 Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System

Dispensers
Battery Powered
Item No. Ordering designation
3245363 ED3500 2.0 Ah kit ➀ ➀

Manual
Item No. Ordering designation
➁
371291 MD 1000 Manual Dispenser for HIT-ICE ➁
229154 MD 2000 dispenser — includes foil pack holder ➂
338853 MD 2500 Manual Dispenser ➃
229170 Refill Holder Replacement for MD2000, ED 3500 or P-3000HY dispensers ➄

Pneumatic Dispenser with 1/4" internally threaded compressed air coupling ➂

➄
Item No. Ordering designation
354180 P-3500 dispenser (for foil packs) ➅
373959 HIT-P8000D pneumatic dispenser (for jumbo cartridges) ➆
➃
373960 Jumbo pack holder replacement for P8000D
Mixers and Filler Tubes
➅
Item No. Ordering designation Qty/pkg
337111 HIT-RE-M static mixer (suitable for foil pack and jumbo cartridges) 1

HIT-RE-M Mixer

276 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
08_4.2.6_HIT RE [Link]:H440.04_04d [Link] 12/30/07 1:06 AM Page 277

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-RE 500 Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.7

Threaded Rods

HAS Rods 5.8 HAS Super A193, B7 High Strength Rods HAS-R Rods 304 Stainless Steel HAS-R Rods 316 Stainless Steel
Master Carton Qty Qty Qty Qty
Item No. (Box) (MC) Description (in.) Box/MC Item No. Description Box Item No. Description Box Item No. Description Box
385417 3432178 3/8 x 3 10/360
385418 3432179 3/8 x 4-3/8 10/240
385419 3432180 3/8 x 5-1/8 20/240 68657 3/8x5-1/8 10 385462 3/8x5-1/8 10 3024335 3/8x5-1/8 1
385420 3432181 3/8-8 10/160 385463 3/8 x 8 10
385421 3432182 3/8 x 12 10/90
385422 3432183 1/2 x 3-1/8 10/240
385423 3432184 1/2 x 4-1/2 10/160
385424 3432185 1/2 x 6-1/2 20/160 68658 1/2x6-1/2 10 385464 1/2x6-1/2 10 3024336 1/2x6-1/2 1
385425 3432239 1/2 x 8 10/120 385465 1/2x8 1
385426 3432186 1/2 x 10 10/120 385466 1/2x10 1
3024337 1/2x11 1
385427 3432187 1/2 x 12 10/80
385428 3432188 5/8 x 8 20/80 333783 5/8x7-5/8 10 385467 5/8x7-5/8 10 333781 5/8x7-5/8 10
385468 5/8x10 1
385429 3432189 5/8 x 9 10/60 3024338 5/8x9 1
385430 3432190 5/8 x 12 10/60 3024339 5/8x12 1
385431 3432191 5/8 x 17 10/40
385432 3432052 3/4 x 10 10/40 68660 3/4x9-5/8 5 385469 3/4x9-5/8 5 3024340 3/4x9-5/8 1
385433 3432163 3/4 x 11 10/30
385434 3432164 3/4 x 12 10/30 385470 3/4x12 1
385435 3432165 3/4 x 14 10/30 3006083 3/4 x 14 5 385471 3/4x14 1
385472 3/4x16 1
385436 3432166 3/4 x 17 10/20
385437 3432167 3/4 x 19 10/20
385438 3432168 3/4 x 21 10/20
385439 3432169 3/4 x 25 10/20
385440 3432170 7/8 x 10 10/20 68661 7/8x10 (HDG)1 5 385473 7/8x10 1
3006077 7/8x12 (HDG)1 5
385441 3432171 7/8 x 13 10/20 45259 7/8x16 (HDG)1 5
385442 3432172 1 x 12 4/16 68662 1x12 5 385474 1x12 1 3024341 1x12 4/16
385443 3432173 1 x 14 2/16 3006079 1x14 5
385444 3432174 1 x 16 2/12 3006080 1x16 5
385445 3432175 1 x 20 2/12 3006081 1x21 5
385446 3432176 1-1/4 x 16 4/8 333779 1-1/4x16 4
385447 3432177 1-1/4 x 22 4/8
3006082 1-1/4x23 5
1 Hot dipped galvanized (7/8" rod only). Coating thickness 2 mils (50.8 µm).

HIS Internally Threaded Inserts

Useable
HIS HIS-R Thread Qty
Item No. Item No. Description Length (in.) Box
258020 258029 3/8x4-1/4 1 10
258021 258030 1/2x5 1-3/16 5
258022 258031 5/8x6-5/8 1-1/2 5
258023 258032 3/4x8-1/4 2 5

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 277
08_4.2.6_HIT RE [Link]:H440.04_04d [Link] 12/30/07 1:06 AM Page 278

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.8 HIT-HY 20 for Masonry Construction

[Link] Product Description [Link] Product Description
[Link] Material Specifications
The Hilti HIT HY 20 System is based on Product Features
[Link] Technical Data a hybrid adhesive. The system consists
• Accurate dispensing of resin
[Link] Installation Instructions of a dual cylinder adhesive refill pack, a and hardener into the wire mesh
mixing nozzle, a screen tube, a HIT screen tube
[Link] Ordering Information
dispenser with refill pack holder, and
• Mixing tube ensures proper mixing
either a threaded rod, rebar or HIT and eliminates measuring errors
Listings/Approvals internally threaded insert. HIT HY 20 is
• Contains no styrene; virtually
ICC-ES (International Code Council) specifically designed for fastening into
odorless
ER-4815 (URM only) material containing voids and holes
City of Los Angeles • For use in hollow or multi-wythe
such as hollow block, lightweight hollow
Research Report No. 24564 (URM only) base materials
block, brick with holes, multi-wythe
brick walls and clay tile. • Excellent weathering resistance
• Enhanced load values in a variety
of base materials
Code Compliance • Suitable for seismic retrofitting in
IBC®/IRC® 2000 (ICC-ES AC60) unreinforced masonry. Please refer
UBC® 1997 (ICC-ES AC60) to ER-4815 (ICC-ES AC60)
LEED ®: Credit 4.1-Low Emitting
Materials

The Leadership in Energy and

Environmental Design (LEED® ) Green
Building Rating systemTM is the nationally
accepted benchmark for the design, con-
struction and operation of high perfor-
mance green buildings.

Components

Std. HIT-A Anchor Rod with Nut & Washer

Std. HIT-I Internally Threaded Insert

Anchor Rod with Nut and Washer (URM) or

HAS-E Rod with 22.5° beveled square washer

HAS-E with Nut and Washer

Rebar for URM (supplied by contractor)

278 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
09_4.2.7_HIT HY [Link]:H440.04_04d [Link] 12/30/07 1:09 AM Page 279

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-HY 20 for Masonry Anchoring System 4.2.8

Guide Specifications cartridges for high volume work. Only Mesh Screen Tube Shall be formed into a
injection tools and static mixing nozzles as cylindrical shape, with one end closed to
Master Format Section:
recommended by the manufacturer shall by prevent extrusion of adhesive through that
03250 (Concrete accessories) used. Manufacturer’s instructions shall be end. Screen tube shall be manufactured
followed. with a mesh size, length and diameter as
Related Sections:
Injection adhesive shall be formulated to specified by the adhesive manufacturer.
03200 (Concrete Reinforcing- include resin, hardener, cement and water Mesh shall be manufactured from: 1. Low
Reinforcing Accessories) to provide optimal curing speed as well as carbon steel with zinc electro-plating or 2.
05050 (Metal Fabrication) high strength and stiffness. Typical curing AISI 304 stainless steel or 3. plastic.
05120 (Structural Steel) time at 68°F shall be 60 minutes.
Anchor rods and screens shall be the Hilti
Adhesive anchors shall consist of a Injection adhesive shall be HIT HY 20, as HIT system as manufactured by Hilti.
threaded anchor rod, nut, and washer; a manufactured by Hilti.
cylindrical mesh screen tube, and an Anchor Rods Furnish with chamfered
injectable adhesive material. ends so that either end will accept a nut
Injection adhesive shall be packaged in and washer. Manufactured to meet the
side by side refill packs which keep following requirements: 1. ISO 898 Class
separate component A and component B. 5.8 2. AISI 304 or AISI 316 stainless steel,
Side by side packs shall be designed to meeting the requirements of ASTM F 593
compress during use to minimize waste (condition CW).
volume. Side by side packs shall also be
designed to accept static mixing nozzle Special order length HAS or HIT Rods may
which thoroughly blends component A and vary from standard product.
component B and allows injection directly
Furnish Nuts and Washers to meet the
into a mesh screen tube. Alternately,
requirements of the above anchor rod
product may be furnished in large rigid
specifications.

Fastener Components
ED 3500
Battery
Dispenser

HIT-HY 20 Refill Pack

Refill Pack Holder P3500
Mixing Nozzle Dispenser

MD2500
Dispenser
HIT-HY 20 Medium Cartridge

HIT-HY 20 Jumbo Cartridge Refill Pack Holder

P8000D
Pneumatic Dispenser

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 279
09_4.2.7_HIT HY [Link]:H440.04_04d [Link] 12/30/07 1:09 AM Page 280

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.8 HIT-HY 20 for Masonry Anchoring System

[Link] Material Specifications

Material Properties for HIT-HY 20—Cured Adhesive

Compressive Strength ASTM D 695/DIN 53454 7410 psi 51.1 MPa

Modulus of elasticity (Compression test) ASTM D 790/DIN 53452 0.33 x 106 psi 2300 MPa
Water absorption ASTM D 570/DIN 53495 2.5% 2.5%
Electrical resistance VDE/DIN 0303T3 7.9 x 1010 ohm/in. 2 x 1011 ohm/cm

Material Mechanical Properties

fy min. fu
ksi (MPa) ksi (MPa)
HIT-A Rod material ASTM A 36, 9SMNPB36K &/or 9SMN36K conforming to DIN 1651.
Mechanical properties meet or exceed values for ASTM A 36 36 (248) 58 (400)
HAS-E Rod material meets the requirements of ISO 898 Class 5.8. 58 (400) 72.5 (500)
Stainless HAS rod material meets the requirements of ASTM F 593 (AISI 304) Condition CW 3/8"-5/8" 65 (448) 100 (689)
Stainless HAS rod material meets the requirements of ASTM F 593 (AISI 304) Condition CW 3/4"-1" 45 (310) 85 (586)
HIT-I Insert, 11SMnPb30+C steel conforming to 10277-3 54.4 (375) 66.7 (460)
HIT and HAS-E Standard Nut material meets the requirements of ASTM A 563, Grade A
HAS Stainless Steel Nut material meets dimensional requirements of ASTM F 594
HIT Standard and Stainless Steel Washer material meets the requirements of ANSI B18.22.1 Type A Plain
All standard HIT and HAS-E Rods, inserts, nuts & washers are plated to ASTM B 633 SC 1
Note: Special Order product may vary from standard materials.

[Link] Technical Data

HY 20 Installation Specification Table for HAS-E Threaded Rods in Masonry Construction

Anchor Rod Size in. 3/8 x 8 3/8 x 12 1/2 x 8 1/2 x 12 5/8 x 8 5/8 x 12 3/4 x 10 3/4 x 17
Details (mm) (9.5 x 203) (9.5 x 305) (12.7 x 203) (12.7 x 305) (15.9 x 203) (15.9 x 305) (19.1 x 254) (19.1 x 432)
dbit Bit diameter1 in. 1/2 1/2 11/16 11/16 27/32 27/32 1 1
hef Actual depth of in. 6 10 6 10 6 10 8 13
embedment (mm) (152) (254) (152) (254) (152) (254) (203) (330)
Required in. 3/8 x 6 3/8 x 10 1/2 x 6 1/2 x 10 5/8 x 6 5/8 x 10 3/4 x 8 3/4 x 13
screen size (mm) (9.5 x 152) (9.5 x 254) (12.7 x 152) (12.7 x 254) (15.9 x 152) (15.9 x 254) (19.1 x 203) (19.1 x 330)
Tmax Max. tightening ft lb 10 10 30 30 45 45 60 60
torque (Nm) (13) (13) (41) (41) (62) (62) (81) (81)
Small 15 9 7 4 4 3 3 2
Approximate fastenings
Medium 24 14 11 6 6 5 5 3
per Cartridge
Jumbo 70 42 33 19 19 14 14 9.5
1 Hilti matched tolerance carbide tipped drill bits

280 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
09_4.2.7_HIT HY [Link]:H440.04_04d [Link] 12/30/07 1:09 AM Page 281

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-HY 20 for Masonry Anchoring System 4.2.8

HIT-HY 20 Installation Specifications for HIT-A Rods in Hollow Block, Tile & Brick with Holes
Anchor System HIT Combi-Rod HIT-A Short Rod HIT-A Standard Rod
Application Tile Hollow and Lightweight Block Brick w/Holes, Clay Tile
Anchor Rod in. 1/4 x 2-1/2 5/16 x 2-1/2 3/8 x 3 1/2 x 3-1/8 5/16 x 4 3/8 x 4-3/8 1/2 x 4-1/2
Details Size (mm) (6.4 x 64) (7.9 x 63.5) (9.5 x 76.2) (12.7 x 79.4) (7.9 x 101.6) (9.5 x 111.1) (12.7 x 114.3)
dbit bit diameter1 in. 1/2 5/8
minimum hole in. Through Through 3-1/2
depth (mm) Material Face of Hollow Base Material (90)
required screen HIT S - 12A HIT S - 16/2 HIT S - 16
t max. thickness in. 1/2 1/2 3/4 3/4 1/2 3/4 3/4
fastened (mm) (13) (13) (19) (19) (13) (19) (19)
Tinst recommended ft lb Finger 3.7 5.9 7.4 3.7 5.9 7.4
max. install. torque (Nm) Tight (5) (8) (10) (5) (8) (10)
Small 38 13 10
Approximate fastenings
Medium 60 20 16
per cartridge
Jumbo 180 61 47
1 Hilti matched tolerance carbide tipped drill bits

HIT-HY 20 Installation Specifications for HIT-I Inserts in Hollow Block, Tile & Brick with Holes
Anchor System HIT Combi-Insert HIT-I Short Insert HIT-I Standard Insert
Application Tile Hollow and Lightweight Block Brick w/Holes, Clay Tile
Anchor Rod in. #14 5/16 x 2 3/8 x 2 1/2 x 2 5/16 x 3-3/16 3/8 x 3-3/16 1/2 x 3-3/16
Details Size (mm) — (7.9 x 51) (9.5 x 51) (12.7 x 51) (7.9 x 30) (9.5 x 30) (12.7 x 30)
dbit bit diameter1 in. 1/2 5/8 27/32 27/32 5/8 27/32 27/32
minimum hole in. Through Through 3-1/2
depth (mm) Material Face of Hollow Base Material (90)
required screen HIT S - 12/I HIT S - 16/2 HIT S - 22/2 HIT S - 22/2 HIT S - 16 HIT S - 22 HIT S - 22
Tinst recommended ft lb Finger 3.7 5.9 7.4 3.7 5.9 7.4
max install. torque (Nm) Tight (5) (8) (10) (5) (8) (10)
Small 38 13 10
Approximate fastenings
Medium 60 20 16
per cartridge
Jumbo 180 61 47
1 Hilti matched tolerance carbide tipped drill bits
HIT-HY 20 Allowable Tension and Shear Strength for Threaded
HAS-E Rods in Multi-Wythe Brick Walls1, 2
Anchor Embedment Allowable Allowable
Diameter Depth Tension Shear
in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN)
3/8 6 685 590 Combined Shear and Tension Loading
(9.5) (152) (3.1) (2.6)
Nd V
3/8 10 815 590 + d 1.0 (Ref. Section [Link])
(9.5) (254) (3.6) (2.6) N rec Vrec
1/2 6 745 930
(12.7) (152) (3.3) (4.1)
1/2 10 1270 930
(12.7) (254) (5.6) (4.1)
5/8 6 815 1355
(15.9) (152) (3.6) (6.0)
5/8 10 1285 1355
(15.9) (254) (5.7) (6.0)
3/4 8 1400 1800
(19.1) (203) (6.2) (8.0)
3/4 13 2100 1800
(19.1) (330) (9.3) (8.0)
1 Values based on mortar shear strength of 45 psi or greater.
2 Based on using a safety factor of 5.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 281
09_4.2.7_HIT HY [Link]:H440.04_04d [Link] 12/30/07 1:09 AM Page 282

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.8 HIT-HY 20 for Masonry Anchoring System

HIT HY 20 Allowable Loads for Threaded HIT-A Rods in Hollow Concrete Block,
Lightweight Concrete Block, Brick with Holes, Clay Tile1, 2

HIT-A Short 2" (51mm) Embedment HIT-A Standard 3-3/8" (86mm) Embedment
Anchor
Anchor L/W or N/W Hollow Concrete Block Brick with Holes Clay Tile
Diameter
Type
in. (mm) Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
1/4 3 255 340 365 305 130 100
(6.4) 3 (1.1) (1.5) (1.6) (1.4) (0.6) (0.4)
HIT-A 5/16 370 505 565 530 150 220
Rod (7.9) (1.6) (2.2) (2.5) (2.4) (0.7) (1.0)
Anchor 3/8 525 790 775 930 150 220
(9.5) (2.3) (3.5) (3.4) (4.1) (0.7) (2.2)
1/2 525 1230 775 1375 150 500
(12.7) (2.3) (5.5) (3.4) (6.1) (0.7) (2.2)
1 Based on using a safety factor of 6 for tension and 4 for shear.
2 Due to wide strength variations encountered in masonry, these values should be considered as guide values.
3 1/4" anchor diameter installed at 2" embedment in brick with holes and clay tile.

HIT HY 20 Allowable Loads for Threaded HIT-I Inserts in Hollow Concrete Block,
Lightweight Concrete Block, Brick with Holes, Clay Tile1, 2

HIT Short 2" (51mm) Embedment HIT Standard 3-3/8" (86mm) Embedment
Anchor
Anchor L/W or N/W Hollow Concrete Block Brick with Holes Clay Tile
Diameter
Type
in. (mm) Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
No 14 screw
w/ insert3 240 510 300 530 85 150
(6.4) (1.1) (2.3) (1.3) (2.4) (0.4) (0.7)
HIT-I 5/16 400 780 585 750 175 220
Insert (7.9) (1.8) (3.5) (2.6) (3.3) (0.8) (1.0)
Anchor 3/8 400 1425 1160 1380 185 435
(9.5) (1.8) (6.3) (5.2) (6.1) (0.8) (1.9)
1/2 400 1800 1160 1635 185 500
(12.7) (1.8) (8.0) (5.2) (7.3) (0.8) (2.2)
1 Based on using a safety factor of 6 for tension and 4 for shear.
2 Due to wide strength variations encountered in masonry, these values should be considered as guide values.
3 1/4" anchor installed at 2" embedment in brick with holes and clay tile.

Anchor Spacing and Edge Distance Guidelines

Brick with Holes & Multi-Wythe Clay Tile Hollow, Normal Weight &
Brick Walls Spacing: Lightweight Concrete Block
Spacing: scr = smin = One (1) anchor per tile cell Spacing:
s cr = s min = Two (2) complete bricks scr = smin = One (1) anchor
in any direction Edge Distance: per block cell
ccr = cmin = 12" (305 mm)
Edge Distance: from free edge Edge Distance:
c cr = c min = Two (2) complete bricks, ccr = cmin = 12" (305 mm) min. from
or free edge
16" (406 mm) in any
direction (whichever is less.)

Wall Elevation

282 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
09_4.2.7_HIT HY [Link]:H440.04_04d [Link] 12/30/07 1:09 AM Page 283

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-HY 20 for Masonry Anchoring System 4.2.8

Resistance of HIT HY 20 to Chemicals
Samples of the HY 20 resin were immersed in the various
Chemical Behavior
chemical compounds for up to one year. At the end of the test
Sulphuric acid conc. –
30% • period, the samples were analyzed. Any samples showing no
10% + visible damage and having less than a 25% reduction in
Hydrochloric acid conc. • bending (flexural) strength were classified as “Resistant.”
10% + Samples that had slight damage, such as small cracks, chips,
Nitric acid conc. – etc. or reduction in bending strength of 25% or more, were
10% • classified as “Partially Resistant.” Samples that were heavily
Phosphoric acid conc. +
damaged or destroyed were classified as “Not Resistant.”
10% +
Acetic acid conc. • Note: In actual use, the majority of the resin is encased in the
10% + base material, leaving very little surface area exposed. In
Formic acid conc. – some cases, this would allow the HY 20 to be used where it
10% •
would be exposed to the “Partially Resistant” chemical
Lactic acid conc. +
10% + compounds.
Citric acid 10% + Curing Time Table1 (Approximate)
Caustic soda 40% •
20% + Base Material Temperature Approx.
5% +
°F °C Curing Time
Ammonia conc. •
5% + 23 –5 6 hrs
Soda solution 10% + 32 0 4 hrs
Common salt solution 10% + 41 5 2 hrs
Chlorinated lime solution 10% +
50 10 90 mins
Sodium hypochlorite 2% +
68 20 60 mins
Hydrogen peroxide 10% +
86 30 45 mins
Carbolic acid solution 10% –
104 40 30 mins
Ethanol –
Sea water +
Gel Time Table1 (Approximate)
Glycol +
Acetone – Base Material Temperature Approx.
Carbon tetrachloride –
Toluene + °F °C Gel Time
Petrol/Gasoline • 23 –5 40 Minutes
Machine oil • 32 0 30 Minutes
Diesel oil •
41 5 20 Minutes
Key: – non-resistant + resistant • partially resistant 50 10 11 Minutes
68 20 6 Minutes
86 30 3 Minutes
Influence of Temperature on Bond Strength 104 40 1 Minute
110
Note: Test procedure involves 1 Minimum product temperature must be maintained above 41°F (5°C)
100
the concrete being held at the prior/during installation.
90
elevated temperature for 24
Allowable Bond Strength

100% at 70°F

80 hours then removing it from the

(% of load at 70°F)

70
controlled environment and Influence of High Energy Radiation1,2
60 testing to failure.
50 Radiation Detrimental Recommendation
55% at 212°F

40
Exposure Effect for Use
30
20 < 10 Mrad Insignificant Full Use
10
0 10 – 100 Mrad Moderate Restricted Use
20 70 120 170 220 Frec. = 0.5 Fperm.
BBase Material Temperature (°F)
> 100 Mrad Medium to strong No recommendation
for use
Long term creep test in accordance with AC58 is available;
please contact Hilti Technical Services. 1 Mrad = Megarad
2 Dosage over life span.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 283
09_4.2.7_HIT HY [Link]:H440.04_04d [Link] 12/30/07 1:09 AM Page 284

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.8 HIT-HY 20 for Masonry Anchoring System

[Link] Installation Instructions

HIT-I Inserts and HIT-A Rods into Hollow Brick, Hollow Block or Tile

1 2 3 4

1. Select the proper bit. Set the depth 2. Use compressed air to blow out the 3. Proper hole cleaning is essential. Use 4. Use compressed air to blow out the
gauge, drill the hole, rotation only. hole from the bottom. The Hilti air a nylon brush to remove loose mater- hole from the bottom. The Hilti air
Hilti URM bits are recommended for nozzle is designed for hole cleaning. ial. Do not use brushes with metal nozzle is designed for hole cleaning.
drilling into masonry. bristles.

5 6 7 8

5. Insert specified HIT-S type screen 6. Insert refill pack into holder. 7. Screw on mixing nozzle with extension. 8. Put holder into dispenser.
tube into hole.

9 10 11 The minimum number

of trigger pulls to fill each
screen is as follows:
S12 1 pump
S16/2 4 pumps
S16 6 pumps
S22/2 4 pumps
9. DISCARD FIRST THREE TRIGGER- 10. Fill HIT-S type screen tube completely 11. Unlock dispenser. S22 6 pumps
PULLS OF ADHESIVE FROM EACH from back to front edge of screen
REFILL PACK. using the minimum number of trigger
pulls listed in table.

12 13 14 15
≤ Tmax
HIT-I INSERT

12. Insert HIT-I Insert, or HIT-A Rod 13. Fastener may be adjusted during 14. Do not disturb fastener between 15. Apply torque to anchor. Do not exceed
OR into adhesive-filled screen, specified gel time. specified gel and cure time. maximum recommended torque.
twisting slightly.

12 13 14 15
≤ Tmax
HIT-A ROD

284 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
09_4.2.7_HIT HY [Link]:H440.04_04d [Link] 12/30/07 1:09 AM Page 285

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-HY 20 for Masonry Anchoring System 4.2.8

Installation of HAS-E Rods in Masonry Construction with Voids

(e.g. Multi-wythe Construction)

1 2 23 4

1. Select the proper bit. Set the depth 2. Use compressed air to blow out the 3. Proper hole cleaning is essential. 4. Use compressed air to blow out the
gauge. Drill the hole, rotation only hole from the bottom. The Hilti air Use a nylon brush to remove loose hole from the bottom. The Hilti air
(unless otherwise specified). nozzle is designed for hole cleaning. material. Do not use brushes with nozzle is designed for hole cleaning.
metal bristles.

5 6 7 8

5. Insert refill pack into holder. 6. Screw on mixer and remove extension. 7. Put holder into dispenser. 8. DISCARD FIRST THREE TRIGGER
PULLS OF ADHESIVE FROM EACH
REFILL PACK.

9 10 11 12

1. Fill the screen tube completely, 2. Insert specified screen tube into hole. 3. Insert HAS-E or HIT Rod into adhesive- 4. Fastener may be adjusted during
beginning at the bottom. Use filled screen, twisting slightly. specified gel time.
mixer filler extension tubes when
needed to reach the screen
tube bottom.

13 14

1. Do not disturb faster between 2. Load fastener only after cure time
specified gel and cure time. has elapsed.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 285
09_4.2.7_HIT HY [Link]:H440.04_04d [Link] 12/30/07 1:09 AM Page 286

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.8 HIT-HY 20 for Masonry Anchoring System

[Link] Ordering Information

Fastener Components

ED 3500
Battery
Dispenser

HIT-HY 20 Refill Pack

P3500
Refill Pack Holder
Dispenser
Mixing Nozzle

MD2500
Dispenser
HIT-HY 20 Medium Cartridge

HIT-HY 20 Jumbo Cartridge Refill Pack Holder

P8000D
Pneumatic Dispenser

HIT Adhesives

Item No. Description Contents Includes in Pkg Application

371959 HY 20 (11.1 oz) 1 Refill Pack 1 Mixer with extension Use with screen in hollow base
285595 HY 20 Medium (16.9 oz) 20 Cartridges 20 Mixers Use with screen in hollow base
373957 HY 20 Jumbo (47.3 oz) 4 Cartridges 4 Mixers Use with screen in hollow base

HIT Dispensers
Item No. Description
354180 P-3500 Pneumatic Dispenser, + 1 refill holder
373959 HIT P-8000 D Pneumatic Dispenser, jumbo cartridge
229154 MD2000 Dispenser + 1 refill holder
338853 MD2500 Manual Dispenser
229170 Refill Holder Replacement for MD2000, ED 3500 or P-3000HY dispensers
3245363 ED 3500 Dispenser Kit Complete
373960 Jumbo Pack Holder Replacement for P-8000D

Mixers and Filler Tubes

Item No. Description Notes
68071 HIT-ME, Mixer with extension Mixer with extension for S16, S16/2, S22, S22/2 screen tubes – Qty 1
68156 HIT-M, Mixer for HY For use with small HIT-HY refill packs – Qty 1
337111 HIT-RE-M Static Mixer For use with jumbo HIT-HY cartridge – Qty 1

286 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
09_4.2.7_HIT HY [Link]:H440.04_04d [Link] 12/30/07 1:09 AM Page 287

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-HY 20 for Masonry Anchoring System 4.2.8

HAS-E Threaded Rods and Screen Tubes for Threaded Rods

Filler Tube
Description Item No. Qty Description1 Item No. Qty/Pkg Incl/Pkg
HAS-E 3/8 x 8 with Nut and Washer 333186 10 Screen Tube 3/8" x 6" 20953 10 3/8" x 8"
HAS-E 3/8 x 12 with Nut and Washer 333187 10 Screen Tube 3/8" x 10" 20954 10 3/8" x 8"
HAS-E 1/2 x 8 with Nut and Washer 333191 10 Screen Tube 1/2" x 6" 20955 10 –
HAS-E 1/2 x 12 with Nut and Washer 333193 10 Screen Tube 1/2" x 10" 20956 10 1/2" x 11-1/2"
HAS-E 5/8 x 8 with Nut and Washer 333194 20 Screen Tube 5/8" x 6" 63930 10 –
HAS-E 5/8 x 12 with Nut and Washer 333195 10 Screen Tube 5/8" x 10" 63931 10 1/2" x 11-1/2"
HAS-E 5/8 x 17 with Nut and Washer 333196 10
HAS-E 3/4 x 10 with Nut and Washer 333201 10 Screen Tube 3/4" x 8" 20836 10 –
HAS-E 3/4 x 12 with Nut and Washer 333202 10
HAS-E 3/4 x 14 with Nut and Washer 333203 10
HAS-E 3/4 x 17 with Nut and Washer 333204 10 Screen Tube 3/4" x 13" 20837 10 1/2" x 11-1/2"
HAS-E 3/4 x 19 with Nut and Washer 333205 10 Screen Tube 3/4" x 17" 20838 10 1/2" x 17-1/2"
HAS-E 3/4 x 21 with Nut and Washer 333206 10
HAS-E 3/4 x 25 with Nut and Washer 333207 10 Screen Tube 3/4" x 21" 20839 10 1/2" x 17-1/2"
1 For stainless steel screens and rods contact the Hilti Customer Service Department.

HIT-A Standard and Short Threaded Rods HIT-I Standard and Short Inserts

Description Item No. Qty/Pkg Description Item No. Qty/Pkg

HIT-A Rod 1/4" x 2-1/2" 78739 10 HIT-I Insert 5/16" x 2" 88397 10
HIT-A Rod 5/16" x 2-1/2" 88392 10 HIT-I Insert 5/16" x 3-3/16" 88996 10
HIT-A Rod 5/16" x 4" 88977 10 HIT-I Insert 3/8" x 2" 88398 10
HIT-A Rod 3/8" x 3" 88393 10 HIT-I Insert 3/8" x 3-3/16" 88997 10
HIT-A Rod 3/8" x 4-3/8" 88978 10 HIT-I Insert 1/2" x 2" 88399 10
HIT-A Rod 1/2" x 3-1/8" 88394 10 HIT-I Insert 1/2" x 3-3/16" 88998 10
HIT-A Rod 1/2" x 4-1/2" 88979 10

HIT-S Screen Tubes for HIT-A Rods and HIT-I Inserts

Description Item No. Qty/Pkg Description Item No. Qty/Pkg

HIT S–12/A (1/4" rod) 49765 10 HIT S–12/I (1/4" screw) 49766 10
HIT S–16/2 (5/16" rod) 77810 10 HIT S–22/2 (1/2" & 3/8" rod) 77811 10
HIT S–16 (5/16" rod) 68613 10 HIT S–22 (1/2" & 3/8" rod) 68615 10

Accessories

22.5° Applications

Description Item No. Qty/Pkg Notes

Beveled 22.5° Square Washer 65797 10 Use 3/4" diameter threaded HAS-E rod and screen tube in
seismic upgrade of URM buildings for 22.5° shear/tension anchor
Hilti Rod 3/4 x 19 Bent 20951 10 Seismic upgrade of URM buildings

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 287
09_4.2.7_HIT HY [Link]:H440.04_04d [Link] 12/30/07 1:09 AM Page 288

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

Notes

288 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
10_HDAUndercut.QXD:H440.04_04d [Link] 12/30/07 1:11 AM Page 289

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

HDA Undercut Anchor 4.3.1

[Link] Product Description [Link] Product Description

The Hilti HDA Undercut Anchor is a concrete (tension zones, earth- [Link] Material Specifications
heavy duty mechanical undercut anchor quake-resisting structures) [Link] Technical Data
whose undercut segments incorporate • Undercut keying load transfer
[Link] Installation Instructions
carbide tips so as to perform a self- allows for reduced edge distances
and anchor spacings [Link] Ordering Information
undercutting process designed to
develop a ductile steel failure. The HDA • Through-set style provides [Link] HDA Removal Tool
increased shear capacity
system includes either preset (HDA-P) [Link] Sample Calculations
• Fully removable
or through-set (HDA-T) style anchors,
stop drill bits, setting tool, and roto- • Sherardized (53 m zinc) and
316 stainless steel for corrosive
hammer drill for four metric bolt sizes:
environments
M10 (3/8"), M12 (1/2"), M16 (5/8") and
• Sherardized zinc coating has
M20 (3/4"). The HDA is available in a equivalent corrosion resistance to
sherardized and 316 stainless steel hot dipped galvanizing
versions for outdoor environments.
Guide Specifications
Each size/style is offered in two lengths
to accommodate various material Undercut Anchors Undercut anchors
thicknesses to be fastened (except shall be of an undercut style with brazed
M10). tungsten carbides on the embedded
end that perform the self-undercutting
Product Features
process. Undercut portion of anchor
• Undercut segments provide cast- shall have a minimum projected bearing
in-place like performance with
area equal to or greater than 2.5 times
limited expansion stresses
the nominal bolt area. The bolt shall
• Bolt meets ductility requirements
of ACI 318-05 Section D1 conform to ISO 898 class 8.8 strength
requirements. Anchors dimensioned
• Self-undercutting wedges provide
an easy, fast and reliable anchor and supplied by Hilti.
installation
Installation Refer to [Link] and [Link].
• Excellent performance in cracked

Mechanical Properties
[Link] Material Specifications fy min. fu HDA-P HDA-T
ksi (MPa) ksi (MPa) Undercut Anchor Undercut Anchor
HDA-T/-TF/-P/-PF carbon steel cone bolt; M10, M12, M16 and M20 (Pre-Set Type) (Through-Set Type)
meets strength requirements of ISO 898, class 8.8 92.8 (640) 116 (800)
Listings/Approvals
HDA-T/-TF/-P/-PF carbon steel sleeve; M10 & M12
ICC-ES (International Code Council)
conforms to European Standard No. 25CrMoS4 – 123.3 (850) ESR-1546
HDA-T/-TF/-P/-PF carbon steel sleeve; M16 City of Los Angeles
conforms to European Standard No. 25CrMoS4 – 101.5 (700) Research Report No. 25422
HDA-T/-TF/-P/-PF carbon steel sleeve; M20 European Technical Approval (ETA)
ETA-99/0009
conforms to European Standard No. 25CrMoS4 – 79.8 (550)
ETA-99/0016
HDA-TR/-PR stainless steel cone bolt; M10, M12 and M16 Qualified under NQA-1 Nuclear Quality
conforms to AISI 316 or 316 Ti 87 (600) 116 (800) Program
HDA-TR/-PR stainless steel sleeve; M10 and M12
conforms to AISI 316 or 316 Ti – 123.3 (850)
HDA-TR/-PR stainless steel sleeve; M16 conforms to AISI 316 or 316 Ti – 101.5 (700)
Building Code Compliance
HDA-T/-TF/-P/-PF nut conforms to DIN 934, grade 8
IBC 2006
HDA-TR/-PR nut conforms to DIN 934, grade A4-80 UBC 1997
HDA-T/-TF/-TR/-P/-PF/-PR washer conforms to DIN 6796
HDA-T/-P components are electroplated min. 5 µm zinc
HDA-TF/-PF sherardized components have average 53 µm zinc

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 289
10_HDAUndercut.QXD:H440.04_04d [Link] 12/30/07 1:11 AM Page 290

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.1 HDA Undercut Anchor

[Link] Technical Data

Anchor Nomenclature

Hilti Design Anchor

P-pre-set before baseplate
T-through-set after/through
do baseplate

t fix
do dh
t fix

dh
Blank-carbon steel zinc plated
F-carbon steel sherardized
R-R-316 stainless steel
Drill bit diameter (mm)
h ef

h ef
ho

ho
Metric
h

h Thread diameter (mm)

HDA-PF 22 M 12 x 125 / 50
Minimum embedment of undercut
Maximum fastening thickness
HDA-T d bit HDA-P d bit
Table 1 - HDA Specifications
Anchor Size HDA-T/HDA-P M10 x 100/20 M12 x 125/30 M12 x 125/50 M16 x 190/40 M16 x 190/60 M20 x 250/50 M20 x 250/100
h Thickness of base
material, min.1 mm (in.) 170 (6-3/4) 190 (7-1/2) 190 (7-1/2) 270 (10-5/8) 270 (10-5/8) 350 (13-3/4) 350 (13-3/4)
ᐍ Total anchor length mm (in.) 150 (5.90) 190 (7.48) 210 (8.27) 275 (10.83) 295 (11.61) 360 (14.17) 410 (16.14)
length I.D. code2 letter I L N R S V W
tfix Fastening thickness
HDA-T, min.3 mm (in.) 10 (0.39) 10 (0.39) 10 (0.39) 15 (0.59) 15 (0.59) 20 (0.79) 20 (0.79)
HDA-T, max. mm (in.) 20 (0.79) 30 (1.18) 50 (1.97) 40 (1.58) 60 (2.36) 50 (1.97) 100 (3.94)
HDA-P, max. mm (in.) 20 (0.79) 30 (1.18) 50 (1.97) 40 (1.58) 60 (2.36) 50 (1.97) 100 (3.94)
d bit Nom. dia. of drill bit4 mm 20 22 22 30 30 37 37
ho Min. depth of drill hole mm (in.) 107 (4.21) 134.5 (5.30) 134.5 (5.30) 203 (7.99) 203 (7.99) 266 (10.47) 266 (10.47)
h ef Effective anchoring depth mm (in.) 100 (3.94) 125 (4.92) 125 (4.92) 190 (7.48) 190 (7.48) 250 (9.84) 250 (9.847)
dh Recommended clearance
hole (min.) HDA-T mm (in.) 21 (7/8) 23 (15/16) 23 (15/16) 32 (1-1/4) 32 (1-1/4) 40 (1-9/16) 40 (1-9/16)
HDA-P mm (in.) 12 (1/2) 14 (9/16) 14 (9/16) 18 (3/4) 18 (3/4) 22 (7/8) 22 (7/8)
do Anchor Diameter, HDA-T mm (in.) 19 (0.748) 21 (0.827) 21 (0.827) 29 (1.142) 29 (1.142) 36 (1.42) 36 (1.42)
HDA-P mm (in.) 10 (0.394) 12 (0.472) 12 (0.472) 16 (0.630) 16 (0.630) 20 (0.78) 20 (0.78)
dw Washer diameter mm (in.) 27.5 (1.08) 33.5 (1.32) 33.5 (1.32) 45.5 (1.79) 45.5 (1.79) 50 (1.97) 50 (1.97)
Sw Width across flats mm (in.) 17 19 19 24 24 30 30
Tmax. Max. tightening torque5 Nm (ft-lb) 50 (37) 80 (59) 80 (59) 120 (88) 120 (88) 300 (221) 300 (221)
Sleeve properties
A sl Cross sectional area mm2 (in2) 196 (0.304) 223 (0.346) 223 (0.346) 445 (0.690) 445 (0.690) 675.6 (1.047) 675.6 (1.047)
S sl Elastic section modulus mm3 (in3) 596 (0.0364) 779 (0.0475) 779 (0.0475) 2110 (0.1288) 2110 (0.1288) 3950 (0.241) 3950 (0.241)
Bolt properties
Ab Bolt nominal area mm2 (in2) 78.5 (0.122) 113 (0.175) 113 (0.175) 201 (0.312) 201 (0.312) 314.16 (0.487) 314.16 (0.487)
At Bolt tension area mm2 (in2) 58 (0.090) 84.3 (0.131) 84.3 (0.131) 157 (0.243) 157 (0.243) 245 (0.380) 245 (0.380)
Sb Elastic section modulus mm3 (in3) 67 (0.0041) 117 (0.0071) 117 (0.0071) 293 (0.0179) 293 (0.0179) 541.3 (0.033) 541.3 (0.033)
A brg Undercut bearing area6 mm2 (in2) 260 (0.403) 354 (0.549) 354 (0.549) 624 (0.967) 624 (0.967) 707.1 (1.096) 707.1 (1.096)
1 Base material thickness as required to minimize split- 3 Minimum thickness of fastened part as required to 5 Torque tightening of the anchor is not required for
ting as per the CCD design method. ensure engagement of full sleeve cross section in proper set. Torque tightening may reduce initial slip
2 Length code in accordance with ICC-ES Acceptance shear. under load and can improve fatigue performance.
Criteria AC193. 4 Metric stop drill bit must be used. See Section [Link] 6 Recommended area for calculating maximum bearing
for use of matched tolerance diamond core bits. stress in accordance with the CCD method.

290 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
10_HDAUndercut.QXD:H440.04_04d [Link] 12/30/07 1:11 AM Page 291

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

HDA Undercut Anchor 4.3.1

[Link].1 Design Information – [Link].2 Design Method

Undercut Anchors
[Link].2.1 Strength Design
Undercut anchors represent the state of the art in post- (LRFD)
installed anchor technology. When properly designed and
ACI 318 Appendix D replaces the strength design provisions of
proportioned, they transfer tension loads to the concrete in
the IBC 2006 and provides a comprehensive and rational
much the same way as cast-in-place headed bolts, that is, via
framework for calculating anchor capacity. The applicability of
bearing. Since friction is less critical in developing tension
the method to the HDA Undercut Anchor is based on the
capacity, lower expansion forces are transmitted to the
similarity of performance and failure modes established for the
concrete. This reduces the overall stress state in the concrete
HDA with those associated for cast-in-place headed bolts.
prior to and during loading. The Hilti HDA Undercut Anchor
This method can also be used for design in Canada according
System is the result of extensive research to determine the
to CSA A23.3-94 providing the appropriate f factors for steel
optimum geometry for load transfer at the bearing surface.
and concrete. See Section 4.1.6.
Besides allowing for easy installation, the self-undercutting
system automatically results in an excellent fit between the [Link].2.2 Allowable Stress
anchor bearing surface and the undercut, critical for limiting Design (ASD)
initial displacements. Maximum bearing stresses
Compatible with existing Hilti design methods. Test data to
corresponding to steel failure are limited to approximately 12
develop the average ultimate load capacity, and evaluating
fc, sufficiently low to preclude crushing in the bearing region.
the data using the 5% fractile method to determine the
This limits displacements at both service and ultimate loads.
allowable working load. See ESR-1546 Section 4.2.
The HDA is equipped with a shear sleeve machined from high
grade carbon steel. When used in the pre-set configuration
(HDA-P), shear loads are transferred through the threaded bolt
to the sleeve and subsequently to the concrete in bearing. In
through-set applications (HDA-T), the sleeve engages the part
to be fastened, thus substantially increasing the ultimate
shear capacity of the anchorage. At ultimate, the sleeve and
bolt act in concert to develop the full shear capacity of the
anchor.

The HDA Undercut Anchor is proportioned to consistently

develop the bolt strength in tension at critical edge distances
and spacings. At spacings and edge distances less than
critical, concrete cone failure will generally limit the ultimate
load. The reduction of expansion forces allows for designed
installations at minimum edge distances and spacings
significantly less than those typically used for other types of
mechanical expansion anchors. It is virtually impossible for
the HDA Undercut Anchor to fail by pullout or pull-through.
The predictability of the failure modes associated with the
HDA Undercut Anchor allow for increased repeatability in
determining ultimate capacities for a particular design
condition.

The HDA Undercut Anchor was extensively tested prior to

market introduction. Testing included static tension, shear,
and oblique loading of both single anchors and groups,
shock, seismic groups, seismic and shock loading. Exhaustive
testing of the HDA performance in cracks confirms it’s
suitability for installation in tension zones. Design data is
provided in three formats.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 291
10_HDAUndercut.QXD:H440.04_04d [Link] 12/30/07 1:11 AM Page 292

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.1 HDA Undercut Anchor

Table 2 — HDA Strength Design Information

Nominal anchor diameter

Design parameter Symbol Units M10 M12 M16 M20
HDA HDA-F HDA-R HDA HDA-F HDA-R HDA HDA-F HDA-R HDA
mm 19 21 29 35
Anchor O.D. do
(in.) (0.75) (0.83) (1.14) (1.38)
mm 100 125 190 250
Effective min. embedment depth1 h ef,min
(in.) (3.94) (4.92) (7.48) (9.84)
mm 80 100 150 200
Minimum edge distance c min
(in.) (3-1/8) (4) (5-7/8) (7-7/8)
mm 100 125 190 250
Minimum anchor spacing s min
(in.) (4) (5) (7-1/2) (9-7/8)
mm 170 190 270 350
Minimum member thickness h min
(in.) (6-3/4) (7-1/2) (10-5/8) (13-3/4)
Anchor category2 1,2 or 3 - 1
Strength reduction factor for tension,
 - 0.75
steel failure modes3
Strength reduction factor for shear
 - 0.65
steel failure modes3
Strength reduction factor for tension, Cond. A 0.75

concrete failure modes3 Cond. B 0.65
Strength reduction factor for shear, Cond. A 0.75

concrete failure modes3 Cond. B 0.70
Yield strength of anchor steel fy lb/in2 92,800 87,000 92,800 87,000 92,800 87,000 92,800
Ultimate strength of anchor steel f ut lb/in2 116,000
Tensile stress area A se in2 0.090 0.131 0.243 0.380
Steel strength in tension N sa lb 10,440 15,196 28,188 44,080
Effectiveness factor uncracked concrete k uncr - 30 30
Effectiveness factor cracked concrete4 k cr - 24 24
kuncr/kcr5  c,N - 1.25 1.25
Pullout strength cracked concrete6 N pn,cr lb 8,992 11,240 22,481 33,721
Steel strength in shear static7
Vsa lb 5,013 6,070 7,284 8,992 13,556 16,861 20,772
HDA-P/PF/PR
Steel strength in shear, seismic7, 8
Vsa,seis lb 4,496 5,620 6,519 8,093 12,140 15,062 18,659
HDA-P/PF/PR
Axial stiffness in service load range
 1000 lb/in. 80 / 100
in cracked / uncracked concrete10
1 Actual h ef for HDA-T is given by h ef,min + (t fix - t actual ) where t fix is given in Table 1 and t actual is the thickness of the part(s) being fastened.
2 See ACI 318-05 D.4.4.
3 For use with the load combinations of ACI 318-05 9.2. Condition A applies where the potential concrete failure surfaces are crossed by supplementary rein-
forcement proportioned to tie the potential concrete failure prism into the structural member. Condition B applies where such supplementary reinforcement is
not provided, or where pullout or pryout strength governs.
4 See ACI 318-05 D.5.2.2.
5 See ACI 318-05 D.5.2.6.
6 See ESR-1546, Section 4.1.3.
7 For HDA-T see Table 3.
8 See ESR-1546, Section 4.1.6.
9 Splitting failure under external load does not govern the resistance of the HDA. Therefore, no values for the critical edge distance c cr are provided since this
calculation is not required for design.
10 Minimum axial stiffness values, maximum values may be 3 times larger (e.g. due to high strength concrete)

292 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
10_HDAUndercut.QXD:H440.04_04d [Link] 12/30/07 1:11 AM Page 293

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

HDA Undercut Anchor 4.3.1

Table 3 - Steel Strength in Shear, HDA-T (lb)

Steel Strength Steel Strength

Anchor Designation Thickness of fastened part(s) in Shear, in Shear,
Static Seismic1
mm in. Vsa Vsa,seis
10
t  15 3/8
t  5/8 13,938 12,589
HDA-T 20-M10x100
15
t  20 5/8
t  13/16 15,737 14,163
10
t  15 3/8
t  5/8 16,636 15,062
HDA-T HDA-TF

HDA-T 22-M12x125
15
t
50 5/8
t  2 18,659 16,636
15
t  20 5/8
t  13/16 30,574 27,427
20
t  25 13/16
t  1 34,621 31,248
HDA-T 30-M16x190
25
t  30 1
t  1-3/16 38,218 34,396
30
t
60 1-3/16
t  2-3/8 41,365 37,093
20
t  35 13/16
t  1-3/8 45,187 40,690
HDA-T 37-M20x250 35
t  50 1
t2 50,807 45,636
50
t
100 2
t4 54,629 49,233
10
t  15 3/8
t  5/8 15,512 13,938
HDA-TR 20-M10x100
15
t  20 5/8
t  13/16 16,186 14,613
10
t  15 3/8
t  5/8 20,233 17,985
HDA-TR 22-M12x125
HDA-TR

15
t
50 5/8
t  2 22,256 20,008

15
t  20 5/8
t  13/16 35,745 32,148
20
t  25 13/16
t  1 37,768 33,946
HDA-TR 30-M16x190
25
t  30 1
t < 1-3/16 39,566 35,520
30
t
60 1-3/16
t  2-3/8 40,915 36,869
1 The nominal steel strength Vsa,seis for the HDA-P shall be taken from Table 2.
Table 4 - HDA-P/T, HDA-PF/TF & HDA-PR/TR Allowable Static Tension (ASD), Normal Weight Uncracked Concrete (lb)1,3,4
Concrete Compressive Strength2
Nominal Embedment f 'c= 2500 psi f 'c= 3000 psi f 'c= 4000 psi f 'c= 6000 psi
Anchor Depth h ef Condition Condition Condition Condition Condition Condition Condition Condition
Diameter mm in. A B A B A B A B
M10 100 3.94 5,593 4,872 5,593 5,593 5,593 5,593 5,593 5,593
M12 125 4.92 7,844 6,798 8,141 8,141 8,141 8,141 8,141 8,141
M16 190 7.48 14,704 12,743 15,101 15,101 15,101 15,101 15,101 15,101
M20 250 9.84 22,185 19,227 23,614 23,548 23,614 23,614 23,614 23,614
1 Values are for single anchors with no edge distance or spacing reduction. For other cases, see ICC ESR-1546, Section 4.2.
2 Values are for normal weight concrete. For sand-lightweight concrete, multiply values by 0.85. For all-lightweight concrete, multiply values by 0.75. See ACI 318-05 D.3.4.
3 Condition A applies where the potential concrete failure surfaces are crossed by supplementary reinforcement proportioned to tie the potential concrete failure prism into the
structural member. Condition B applies where such supplementary reinforcement is not provided, or where pullout or pryout strength governs. See ACI 318-05 D.4.4.
4 Allowable static tension loads for 2,500 psi are calculated by multiplying the concrete breakout strength N b by the strength reduction φ factor of 0.65 and dividing by an α of 1.4
according to ICC ESR-1546 Section 4.2. N b is calculated as per ACI 318-05 D.5.2.2. This load may be adjusted for other concrete strengths according to ICC ESR-1546 Section
4.1.3 by using the following equation.

N b,f ' c = N b f 'c

2500
Table 5 - HDA-P/T, HDA-PF/TF & HDA-PR/TR Allowable Static Tension (ASD), Normal Weight Cracked Concrete (lb)1,3,4
Nominal Embedment
Anchor Depth h ef Concrete Compressive Strength 2
Diameter
mm in. f 'c= 2000 psi f 'c= 3000 psi f 'c= 4000 psi f 'c= 6000 psi
M10 100 3.94 3,734 4,573 5,281 5,593
M12 125 4.92 4,668 5,717 6,601 8,085
M16 190 7.48 9,336 11,434 13,203 15,101
M20 250 9.84 14,003 17,150 19,804 23,614
1 Values are for single anchors with no edge distance or spacing reduction. For other cases, see ICC ESR-1546, Section 4.2.
2 Values are for normal weight concrete. For sand-lightweight concrete, multiply values by 0.85. For all-lightweight concrete, multiply values by 0.75. See ACI 318-05 D.3.4.
3 All values applicable to either Condition A or Condition B (pullout or steel failure control). See ACI 318-05 D.4.4.
4 Allowable static tension loads for 2,500 are calculated by multiplying the pullout strength N pn by the strength reduction φ factor of 0.65 and dividing by an α of 1.4 according to
ICC ESR-1546 Section 4.2. See Table 2 for N pn. This load may be adjusted for other concrete strengths according to ICC ESR-1546 Section 4.1.3 by using the following equation.

N pn,cr,f ' c = N pn,cr f 'c

2500

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 293
10_HDAUndercut.QXD:H440.04_04d [Link] 12/30/07 1:11 AM Page 294

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.1 HDA Undercut Anchor

Table 6 - HDA-P/T, HDA-PF/TF & HDA-PR/TR Allowable Seismic Tension (ASD), Normal Weight Concrete (lb)1,3,4
Nominal Embedment
Anchor Depth h ef Concrete Compressive Strength 2
Diameter
mm in. f 'c= 2000 psi f 'c= 3000 psi f 'c= 4000 psi f 'c= 6000 psi
M10 100 3.94 3,564 4,365 5,041 5,339
M12 125 4.92 4,455 5,457 6,301 7,717
M16 190 7.48 8,911 10,914 12,603 14,414
M20 250 9.84 13,367 16,371 18,904 22,541
1 Values are for single anchors with no edge distance or spacing reduction. For other cases, see ICC ESR-1546, Section 4.2.
2 Values are for normal weight concrete. For sand-lightweight concrete, multiply values by 0.85. For all-lightweight concrete, multiply values by 0.75. See ACI 318-05 D.3.4.
3 All values applicable to either Condition A or Condition B (pullout or steel failure control). See ACI 318-05 D.4.4.
4 Allowable seismic tension loads for 2,500 psi are calculated by multiplying the pullout strength N pn by the strength reduction φ factor of 0.65, then multiplying by a 0.75 factor
describe in ACI 318-05 D.3.3.3, and dividing by an α of 1.1 according to ICC ESR-1546 Section 4.2. See Table 2 for N pn. This load may be adjusted for other concrete
strengths according to ICC ESR-1546 Section 4.1.3 by using the following equation.

N pn,cr,f ' c = N pn,cr f 'c

2500

Table 7 - HDA-P, HDA-PF & HDA-PR Allowable Static and Seismic Shear (ASD), Steel (lb)1

Nominal anchor diameter

Design parameter Units M10 M12 M16 M20
HDA HDA-R HDA HDA-R HDA HDA-R HDA
Allowable static steel capacity2
lb 2,327 2,818 3,382 4,175 6,294 7,828 9,644
HDA-P/PR
Allowable seismic steel capacity3
lb 1,993 2,491 2,889 3,587 5,380 6,675 8,269
HDA-P/PR
1 Values are for single anchors with no edge distance or spacing reduction due to concrete failure.
2 Allowable static shear loads are calculated by multiplying Vsa by the strength reduction φ factor of 0.65 and dividing by an α of 1.4 according to ICC ESR-1546 Section 4.2.
See Table 2 for Vsa .
3 Allowable seismic shear loads are calculated by multiplying Vsa by the strength reduction φ factor of 0.65, then multiply by 0.75 as per ACI 318-05 D.3.3.3, and dividing by an α
of 1.1 according to ICC ESR-1546 Section 4.2. See Table 2 for Vsa .

Table 8 - HDA-T/TF/TR Allowable Static and Seismis Shear (ASD), Steel (lb)1,2

Allowable Allowable
Anchor Designation Thickness of fastened part(s) Static Steel Seismic Steel
Capacity Capacity
mm in. Vs Vs,seismic
10
t  15 3/8
t  5/8 6,471 5,579
HDA-T 20-M10x100
15
t  20 5/8
t  13/16 7,306 6,277
10
t  15 3/8
t  5/8 7,724 6,675
HDA-T HDA-TF

HDA-T 22-M12x125
15
t
50 5/8
t  2 8,663 7,373
15
t  20 5/8
t  13/16 14,195 12,155
20
t  25 13/16
t  1 16,074 13,849
HDA-T 30-M16x190
25
t  30 1
t  1-3/16 17,744 15,244
30
t
60 1-3/16
t  2-3/8 19,205 16,439
20
t  35 13/16
t  1-3/8 20,980 18,033
HDA-T 37-M20x250 35
t  50 1
t2 23,589 20,225
50
t
100 2
t4 25,363 21,819
10
t  15 3/8
t  5/8 7,202 6,177
HDA-TR 20-M10x100
15
t  20 5/8
t  13/16 7,515 6,476
10
t  15 3/8
t  5/8 9,394 7,971
HDA-TR 22-M12x125
HDA-TR

15
t
50 5/8
t  2 10,333 8,867

15
t  20 5/8
t  13/16 16,596 14,247
20
t  25 13/16
t  1 17,535 15,044
HDA-TR 30-M16x190
25
t  30 1
t < 1-3/16 18,370 15,742
30
t
60 1-3/16
t  2-3/8 18,996 16,340
1 Values are for single anchors with no edge distance or spacing reduction due to concrete failure.
2 Allowable shear loads calculated using the steel strengths in shear from Table 3, multiplying by by the strength reduction φ factor of 0.65, and dividing by 1.4 according to ICC
ESR-1546 Section 4.2.

294 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
10_HDAUndercut.QXD:H440.04_04d [Link] 12/30/07 1:11 AM Page 295

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

HDA Undercut Anchor 4.3.1

[Link] Installation Instructions

Setting Operation HDA-P/-PR/-PF (Pre-Set Style)

1. Drill a hole to the required depth using a stop drill bit 2. Clean hole with compressed air or a hand air pump 3. Insert the anchor into the hole by hand, so that the
matched to the anchor, (refer to specification table such that drilling debris is evacuated. cone sits on the bottom of the drilled hole. Do not
and ordering info.). If rebar is encountered, use a Hilti remove the plastic cap which protects the threaded
metric matched tolerance diamond core bit to drill rod. Using the assigned setting tool and Hilti hammer
through the rebar. Remove the concrete core and drill, the setting tool is guided over the anchor rod and
finish drilling the hole with the stop drill bit. Always engages the grooves in the sleeve. It is critical to use
consult with the Engineer of Record before cutting the specified Hilti hammer drills.
rebar.

4. The anchor is set with the specified 5. The anchor is correctly set and the 6. Remove the plastic thread protector cap. Secure the
Hilti hammer drill in hammer drill mode undercut is fully formed when the red part to be fastened by using the conical spring wash-
and in the specified gear. During the setting mark on the anchor bolt is visible above the er and nut provided. Apply a torque not to exceed the
procedure, both drilling and impact energy are top edge of the sleeve. The top edge of the maximum values given in the Specification Table.
transferred to the sleeve by the setting tool, causing anchor sleeve must be positioned approx. 3mm Torque is not required to set the anchor.
the sleeve to slide over the conical end of the anchor below the concrete surface. If the anchor setting time
bolt while forming the undercut in the base material. exceeds 60 seconds for M10, M12 or M16 anchors
On the setting tool, the red ring indicates the progress or 120 seconds for M20 anchors the installation
of the setting operation. When this marking is flush failed and the anchors must not be loaded.
with the concrete surface, check the anchor for prop-
er setting (refer to step 5).

Setting Operation HDA-T/-TR/-TF (Through-Set Style)

1. Drill a hole to the required depth using a stop drill bit 2. Clean hole with compressed air or a hand air pump 3. Insert the anchor into the hole by hand, so that the
matched to the anchor, (refer to specification table such that drilling debris is evacuated. cone sits on the bottom of the drilled hole. Do not
and ordering info.). If rebar is encountered, use a Hilti remove the plastic cap which protects the threaded
metric matched tolerance diamond core bit to drill rod. Using the assigned setting tool and Hilti hammer
through the rebar. Remove the concrete core and fin- drill, the setting tool is guided over the anchor rod
ish drilling the hole with the stop drill bit. Always con- and engages the grooves in the sleeve. It is critical
sult with the Engineer of Record before cutting rebar. to use the specified Hilti hammer drills.

4. The anchor is set with the specified 5. The anchor is set and the 6. Remove the plastic thread protector cap. Secure the
Hiltli hammer drill in hammer drill undercut is fully formed when the part to be fastened by using the conical spring wash-
mode and in the specified gear. During red marking on the anchor bolt is visible er and nut provided. Apply a torque not to exceed the
the setting procedure, both drilling and above the top edge of the sleeve. The top maximum values given in the Specification Table.
impact energy are transferred to the sleeve by edge of the anchor sleeve must be positioned Torque is not required to set the anchor.
the setting tool, causing the sleeve to slide over approx. 3mm below the surface of the fixture. If
the conical end of the anchor bolt while forming the anchor setting time exceeds 60 seconds for M10,
undercut in the base material. On the setting tool, M12 or M16 anchors or 120 seconds for M20
the red ring indicates the progress of the setting anchors the installation failed and the anchor
operation. When this marking is flush with the con- must not be loaded.
nected part, check the anchor for proper setting (refer
to step 5).

The HDA Undercut Anchor, designed to carry significant, safety-relevant loads, must be installed correctly with the prescribed tools
to function properly. Carefully follow all instructions located inside the box. Installer training is also available upon request.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 295
10_HDAUndercut.QXD:H440.04_04d [Link] 12/30/07 1:11 AM Page 296

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.1 HDA Undercut Anchor

Table 9 - Equipment required for setting HDA Anchors
HDA carbon steel - galvanized
Anchor Hilti Hammer Drill Stop drill bit Setting tool Single impact RPM under
TE 25 TE 35 TE 56/ TE 75 TE 76/ energy for load (1/min)
(1st gear) TE 56-ATC 76-ATC setting
max impact energy
HDA-P 20-M10x100/20 • TE-C-HDA-B 20x100 TE-C-HDA-ST 20 M10 3.7 - 4.7 250 - 500
• TE-Y-HDA-B 20x100 TE-Y-HDA-ST 20 M10 6.5 - 7.5 480 - 500
HDA-T 20-M10x100/20 • TE-C-HDA-B 20x120 TE-C-HDA-ST 20 M10 3.7 - 4.7 250 - 500
• TE-Y-HDA-B 20x120 TE-Y-HDA-ST 20 M10 6.5 - 7.5 480 - 500
HDA-P 22-M12x125/30 • TE-C-HDA-B 22x125 TE-C-HDA-ST 22 M12 3.7 - 4.7 250 - 500
• TE-Y-HDA-B 22x125 TE-Y-HDA-ST 22 M12 6.5 - 7.5 480 - 500
HDA-T 22-M12x125/30 • TE-C-HDA-B 22x155 TE-C-HDA-ST 22 M12 3.7 - 4.7 250 - 500
• TE-Y-HDA-B 22x155 TE-Y-HDA-ST 22 M12 6.5 - 7.5 480 - 500
HDA-P 22-M12x125/50 • TE-C-HDA-B 22x125 TE-C-HDA-ST 22 M12 3.7 - 4.7 250 - 500
• TE-Y-HDA-B 22x125 TE-Y-HDA-ST 22 M12 6.5 - 7.5 480 - 500
HDA-T 22-M12x125/50 • TE-C-HDA-B 22x175 TE-C-HDA-ST 22 M12 3.7 - 4.7 250 - 500
• TE-Y-HDA-B 22x175 TE-Y-HDA-ST 22 M12 6.5 - 7.5 480 - 500
HDA-P 30-M16x190/40 • • TE-Y-HDA-B 30x190
HDA-T 30-M16x190/40 • • TE-Y-HDA-B 30x230
TE-Y-HDA-ST 30 M16 7.0 - 9.0 150 - 350
HDA-P 30-M16x190/60 • • TE-Y-HDA-B 30x190
HDA-T 30-M16x190/60 • • TE-Y-HDA-B 30x250
HDA-P 37-M20x250/50 • TE-Y-HDA-B 37x250
HDA-T 37-M20x250/50 • TE-Y-HDA-B 37x300
TE-Y-HDA-ST 37 M20 8.0 - 9.0 280
HDA-P 37-M20x250/100 • TE-Y-HDA-B 37x250
HDA-T 37-M20x250/100 • TE-Y-HDA-B 37x300

HDA-R carbon steel - galvanized

Anchor Hilti Hammer Drill Stop drill bit Setting tool Single impact RPM under
TE 25 TE 35 TE 56/ TE 75 TE 76/ energy for load (1/min)
(1st gear) TE 56-ATC 76-ATC setting
max impact energy
HDA-PR 20-M10x100/20 • • TE-C-HDA-B 20x100 TE-C-HDA-ST 20 M10 3.7 - 4.7 250 - 620
• TE-Y-HDA-B 20x100 TE-Y-HDA-ST 20 M10 6.5 - 7.5 480 - 500
HDA-TR 20-M10x100/20 • • TE-C-HDA-B 20x120 TE-C-HDA-ST 20 M10 3.7 - 4.7 250 - 620
• TE-Y-HDA-B 20x120 TE-Y-HDA-ST 20 M10 6.5 - 7.5 480 - 500
HDA-PR 22-M12x125/30 • • TE-C-HDA-B 22x125 TE-C-HDA-ST 22 M12 3.7 - 4.7 250 - 620
• TE-Y-HDA-B 22x125 TE-Y-HDA-ST 22 M12 6.5 - 7.5 480 - 500
HDA-TR 22-M12x125/30 • • TE-C-HDA-B 22x155 TE-C-HDA-ST 22 M12 3.7 - 4.7 250 - 620
• TE-Y-HDA-B 22x155 TE-Y-HDA-ST 22 M12 6.5 - 7.5 480 - 500
HDA-PR 22-M12x125/50 • • TE-C-HDA-B 22x125 TE-C-HDA-ST 22 M12 3.7 - 4.7 250 - 620
• TE-Y-HDA-B 22x125 TE-Y-HDA-ST 22 M12 6.5 - 7.5 480 - 500
HDA-TR 22-M12x125/50 • • TE-C-HDA-B 22x175 TE-C-HDA-ST 22 M12 3.7 - 4.7 250 - 620
• TE-Y-HDA-B 22x175 TE-Y-HDA-ST 22 M12 6.5 - 7.5 480 - 500
HDA-PR 30-M16x190/40 • • TE-Y-HDA-B 30x190
HDA-TR 30-M16x190/40 • • TE-Y-HDA-B 30x230
TE-Y-HDA-ST 30 M16 7.0 - 9.0 150 - 350
HDA-PR 30-M16x190/60 • • TE-Y-HDA-B 30x190
HDA-TR 30-M16x190/60 • • TE-Y-HDA-B 30x250

HDA carbon steel - sheradized

Anchor Hilti Hammer Drill Stop drill bit Setting tool Single impact RPM under
TE 25 TE 35 TE 56/ TE 75 TE 76/ energy for load (1/min)
(1st gear) TE 56-ATC 76-ATC setting
max impact energy
HDA-PF 20-M10*x100/20 • TE-C-HDA-B 20*x100
TE-C-HDA-ST 20 M10 3.5 - 4.0 610 - 630
HDA-TF 20-M10*x100/20 • TE-C-HDA-B 20*x120
HDA-PF 22-M12*x125/30 • TE-C-HDA-B 22*x125
HDA-TF 22-M12*x125/30 • TE-C-HDA-B 22*x155
TE-C-HDA-ST 22 M12 3.5 - 4.0 610 - 630
HDA-PF 22-M12*x125/50 • TE-C-HDA-B 22*x125
HDA-TF 22-M12*x125/50 • TE-C-HDA-B 22*x175
HDA-PF 30-M16*x190/40 • • TE-Y-HDA-B 30*x190
HDA-TF 30-M16*x190/40 • • TE-Y-HDA-B 30*x230
TE-Y-HDA-ST 30 M16 7.0 - 9.0 150 - 350
HDA-PF 30-M16*x190/60 • • TE-Y-HDA-B 30*x190
HDA-TF 30-M16*x190/60 • • TE-Y-HDA-B 30*x250

296 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
10_HDAUndercut.QXD:H440.04_04d [Link] 12/30/07 1:11 AM Page 297

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

HDA Undercut Anchor 4.3.1

[Link] Ordering Information

HDA-T Anchor

HDA-T HDA-T F HDA-T R HDA HDA-T Anchor Stop Drill Bit Diamond Core Bit Setting Tool
Anchor (mm)
Item No. Item No. Item No. Box dia x [Link]/max. Description (mm)
Galvanized Sherardised 316 Stainless Qty thickness fastened Item No. dia. x drill depth Diameter Item No. Description
332090 TE-C-B20x120 331843 TE-C-ST-M10
331545 339361 339351 12 HDA-T M10x100/20 20mm (25/32")
237450 TE-Y-B20x120 287133 TE-Y-ST-M10
332092 TE-C-B22x155 331844 TE-C-ST-M13
331548 339362 339352 8 HDA-T M12x125/30 22mm (7/8")
237452 TE-Y-B22x155 287134 TE-Y-ST-M12
331549 339363 339353 8 HDA-T M12x125/50 332093 TE-C-B22x175 22mm (7/8") 331844 TE-C-ST-M12
331552 339364 339354 4 HDA-T M16x190/40 332098 TE-Y-B30x230 30mm (1-1/8") 331846 TE-Y-ST-M16
331553 339365 339355 4 HDA-T M16x190/60 332099 TE-Y-B30x250 30mm (1-1/8") 331846 TE-Y-ST-M16
339267 – – 2 HDA-T M20x250/50 339271 TE-Y-B37x300 37mm (1-3/8") 339269 TE-Y-ST-M20
339268 – – 2 HDA-T M20x250/100 339272 TE-Y-B37x350 37mm (1-3/8") 339269 TE-Y-ST-M20

HDA-T Anchor

HDA-P HDA-P F HDA-P R HDA HDA-P Anchor Stop Drill Bit Diamond Core Bit Setting Tool
Anchor (mm)
Item No. Item No. Item No. Box dia x [Link]/max. Description (mm)
Galvanized Sherardised 316 Stainless Qty thickness fastened Item No. dia. x drill depth Diameter Item No. Description

332089 TE-C-B20x100 331843 TE-C-ST-M10

331544 339356 339346 12 HDA-P M10x100/20 20mm (25/32")
237449 TE-Y-B20x100 287133 TE-Y-ST-M10
331091 TE-C-B22x125 331844 TE-C-ST-M13
331546 339357 339347 8 HDA-P M12x125/30 22mm (7/8")
237451 TE-Y-B22x125 287134 TE-Y-ST-M13
331547 339358 339348 8 HDA-P M12x125/50 332091 TE-C-B22x125 22mm (7/8") 331844 TE-C-ST-M12
331550 339359 339349 4 HDA-P M16x190/40 332097 TE-Y-B30x190 30mm (1-1/8") 331846 TE-Y-ST-M16
331551 339360 339350 4 HDA-P M16x190/60 332097 TE-Y-B30x190 30mm (1-1/8") 331846 TE-Y-ST-M16
339265 – – 2 HDA-P M20x250/50 339270 TE-Y-B37x250 37mm (1-3/8") 339269 TE-Y-ST-M20
339266 – – 2 HDA-P M20x250/100 339270 TE-Y-B37x250 37mm (1-3/8") 339269 TE-Y-ST-M20

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 297
10_HDAUndercut.QXD:H440.04_04d [Link] 12/30/07 1:11 AM Page 298

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.1 HDA Removal Tool

[Link] HDA Removal

The Hilti HDA Removal Tool is designed to remove the Hilti Product Features
HDA Undercut Mechanical Anchor when installed in standard • Complete removal of HDA design anchors for temporary
applications in accordance with Hilti guidelines. applications
• The removal process strips the threads to prevent reuse
of anchors for safety purposes
• Suitable for all rotary hammers with TE-C style chucks

Removal Instructions

TE-C

HDA-P HDA-T

1. Remove the nut and washer 2. Push back the grip (against 4. Insert the adapter (drive) into 5. Put adapter (drive) onto the 8. To return the tool to its start-
from the threaded rod, (also this spring pressure). the drill chuck and lock threaded spindle of the ing position, put the adapter
remove fastening part for 3. Allow the two drive lugs to (TE 25 recommended). removal tool and switch (drive) on the other end of
HDA-P applications). engage the groove in the Important: on the drill. the threaded spindle.
anchor sleeve using a slight • Switch off the hammer- 6. The anchor sleeve will be 9. Switch on the hammer drill
twisting movement of the ing action (the removal extracted. until the adapter stop reach-
grip. Release the grip. tool will be permanently 7. Disengage the drive lugs es the removal tool.
damaged if this step from the groove by lifting
is neglected.). up and twisting the grip.
• Use low speed
(setting 1 for the TE 25).

Removal Tool with Adapter

Applicable
Item No. Description Qty/Pkg Anchor Sizes
333433 TE-C-HDA-RT 20-M10 1 HDA M10
333434 TE-C-HDA-RT 22-M12 1 HDA M12
333435 TE-C-HDA-RT 30-M16 1 HDA M16
339273 TE-C-HDA-RT 37-M20 1 HDA M20

298 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
10_HDAUndercut.QXD:H440.04_04d [Link] 12/30/07 1:11 AM Page 299

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

HDA Undercut Anchor 4.3.1

[Link] Sample Calculations

3.000 lb shear
6.000 lb tension

h = 7"
c = 8"
s = 11" s = 11"
Plan Section

Given:
f 'c = 3,500 psi, Cracked Concrete, No Supplementary Reinforcement

Loads: Tension 4,000 lb DL

2,000 lb LL
No Eccentricity, Non-Seismic Loads
Shear 2,000 lb DL
1,000 lb LL
No Eccentricity, Non-Seismic Loads

Calculation per ACI 318-05 Appendix D and ESR-1546 ACI 318-05 Reference
Try an HDA-T M10 Anchor hef = 3.94 in. Code Reference

Check Spacing, Edge Distance, Thickness ESR-1546

Table 5
s min = 4 in. < 11 in. OK
c min = 3.125 in. < 8 in. OK
h min = 6.75 in. < 7 in. OK

Calculate Factored Loads

Use ACI 318-05 Chapter 9 Load Factors 9.2.1
Nua = 1.2 (4,000 lb) + 1.6 (2,000 lb) = 8,000 lb for anchor group
Nua = 4000 lb / anchor

Vua = 1.2 (2,000 lb) + 1.6 (1,000 lb) = 4,000 lb for anchor group
Vua = 2000 lb / anchor

Calculate Steel Strength in Tension  N sa

 = 0.75 D.4.4(a)(i) ESR-1546
N sa = (n) ( A se ) ( futa ) D.5.1.2 Table 5
= (2) (0.09 in2 ) (116,000 lb/in2 ) (D-3)
= 20,880 lb for anchor group

N sa = 10,440 lb/anchor ESR-1546

N sa = (2-anchors) (10,440 lb/anchor) Table 5
N sa = 20,880 lb for anchor group

 N sa = (0.75)(10,440 lb/anchor) = 7830 lb/anchor

For the anchor group: (2)( N sa ) = (2)(7830 lb/anchor)
→  N sa for the anchor group = 15,660 lb

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 299
10_HDAUndercut.QXD:H440.04_04d [Link] 12/30/07 1:11 AM Page 300

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.1 HDA Undercut Anchor

Calculate Concrete Breakout Strength in Tension  N cbg
Category 1, Condition B  = 0.65 D.4.4(c)(ii) ESR-1546
Table 5

A Nc
Ncbg = [( A Nco)( ec,N ) ( ed,N ) ( c,N ) ( cp,N ) ( N b )] D.5.2.1
(D-5)

h ef = 3.94 in. → 1.5 h ef = 5.91 in. → 3 h ef = 11.82 in. ESR-1546

Table 5

1.5 h ef

1.5 h ef
8"

1.5h ef 11" 1.5h ef

ANco = 9( h ef ) 2 = 139.7 in 2 D.5.2.1(b) (D-6)

→
A Nc
ANc = ( 5.9 + 11 + 5.9) (5.9 + 5.9) = 269.7 in 2 = 1.93
A Nco

no eccentricity ec,N = 1.0 D.5.2.4

(D-9)
ca,min = 8 in. 1.5 hef = 5.91 in. D.5.2.5
(D-10)
ca,min > 1.5h ef → ed,N = 1.0

use c,N = 1.0 D.5.2.6

use k cr for cracked concrete to calculate N b

splitting does not govern D.5.2.7 ESR-1546

Sect. 4.1.2
cp,N = 1.0

Nb = k cr f'c ( h ef )1.5

k cr = 24 , h ef = 3.94 in. ESR-1546

Table 5
 N cbg = (0.65) [(1.93)(1.0)(1.0)(1.0)(1.0)(11,104 lb)] = (0.65) [(21,431 lb)]

 N cbg = 13,930 lb

Calculate Pullout Strength  N sa

Category 1, Condition B  = 0.65 D.4.4(c)(ii) ESR-1546
Anchor Category 1, Condition B Table 5

N pn = c,P N p D.5.3.1
(D-14)
N p for post-installed anchors based on testing D.5.3.2

300 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
10_HDAUndercut.QXD:H440.04_04d [Link] 12/30/07 1:11 AM Page 301

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

HDA Undercut Anchor 4.3.1

f 'c
N pn,f'c = N pn,cr for cracked concrete ESR-1546
2500
Sect. 4.1.3
ESR-1546 (Table 5) Npn,cr = 8992 lb for one anchor ESR-1546
Table 5
3500
[
Npn,f'c = (8992 lb)
2500 ]
Npn,f'c = 10,639 lb / anchor

 Npn,f'c = (0.65)(10,639) = 6915 lb /anchor

Concrete side-face blowout strength of a headed anchor in tension D.5.4

RD.5.4
The design requirements for side-face blowout….”are applicable to headed anchors that usually
are cast-in anchors. Splitting during installation rather than side-face blowout generally governs
post-installed anchors…….”. Side-face blowout for post-installed anchors could be calculated
if the bearing area A brg is known. A brg is given for HDA anchors in Table 1 of this section.
Side-face blowout will not control for this example.

Summary for Tension

Design steel strength =  N sa = 7830 lb/anchor

Factored service load =  N ua = 4000 lb/anchor
 N sa > N ua → OK

Design concrete breakout strength =  N cbg = 13,930 lb for anchor group

Factored service load = N ua = 8000 lb for anchor group
 N cbg > N ua → OK
Design pullout strength =  N pn = 6915 lb/anchor
Factored service load = N ua = 4000 lb/anchor  N pn > N ua → OK

Calculate Steel Strength in Shear  V sa

 = 0.65 D.4.4(a)(ii) ESR-1546

Table 5

V sa = 13,938 lb/anchor ESR-1546

Assume base plate thickness = 0.50 in. Table 6

 Vs = (0.65)(13,938 lb/anchor) = 9059 lb/anchor

Calculate Concrete Breakout Strength in Shear  V cbg

Condition B  = 0.70 D.4.4(c)(i) ESR-1546

Table 5
A Vc
Vcbg = ( A Vco )( ec,V ) ]
( ed,V ) ( c,V ) ( Vb ) D.6.2.1(b)
(D-22)

Vua

ca1

1.5ca1 11" 1.5ca1

Plan 1.5ca1 11" 1.5ca1
Section

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 301
10_HDAUndercut.QXD:H440.04_04d [Link] 12/30/07 1:11 AM Page 302

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.1 HDA Undercut Anchor

AVco = ( 4.5)(ca1) 2 = ( 4.5)(8 in.) 2 = 288 in 2 D.6.2.1
(D-23)
AVc = ( 1.5ca1 + 11 in. + 1.5ca1)(7 in.) = (12 in. + 11 in. +12 in)(7 in.) = 245 in2

A Vc
= 0.85
A Vco

 ec,V = 1.0 no eccentricity D.6.2.5

(D-2)
ca2 > 1.5ca1 no edge condition perpendicular to shear load D.6.2.6
(D-27)
 ed,V = 1.0

cracked concrete , no supplementary reinforcement D.6.2.7

 c,V = 1.0

ᐍe
( )
0.2 1.5
Vb = 7 d do f 'c (ca1) D.6.2.2
o
(D-24)
ᐍe = hef for HDA-T M10 → ᐍe = 3.94 in

do = 0.75 in. for HDA-T M10 anchor ESR-1546

Note: ESR-1546 only lists do for HDA-T anchors. If HDA-P anchors Table 5
are being used, refer to the Hilti Product Tech Guide to obtain
values of do.
do = 0.394 in. for HDA-P M10 anchor
For this example, an HDA-T anchor is being considered
so use do = 0.75 in.
f'c = 3,500 psi c a1 = 8 in.

( 3.94 in.
)
0.2 1.5
Vb = 7 0.75 in. 3,500 in. (8 in.)
0.75 in.

→ Vb = 11,308 lb / anchor

 Vcbg = (0.70)[(0.85)(1.0)(1.0)(1.0)(11,308 lb) = 11,308 lb

= (0.70)[(9612)]

 Vcbg = 6728 lb

Calculate Pryout Strength  Vcpg

Condition B  = 0.70 D.4.4(c)(i) ESR-1546

Table 5

Vcpg = ( k cp )( N cbg ) D.6.3.1 (b)

(D-30)
h ef = 3.94 in. > 2.5 in. → k cp = 2.0 ESR-1546
Table 5
N cbg = 21,431 lb

 Vcpg = (0.70)(2)(21,431 lb) = 30,003 for anchor group

302 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
10_HDAUndercut.QXD:H440.04_04d [Link] 12/30/07 1:11 AM Page 303

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

HDA Undercut Anchor 4.3.1

Summary for Shear

Design steel strength =  Vsa = 9059 lb/anchor

Factored service load = Vua = 2000 lb/anchor
 Vsa > Vua → OK

Design concrete breakout strength =  Vcbg = 6728 lb for anchor group

Factored service load = Vua = 4000 lb for anchor group
 Vcbg > → OK

Design concrete pryout strength =  Vcp = 15,001 lb/anchor

Factored service load = Vua = 2000 lb/anchor
 Vcp > Vua → OK

Check Interaction Equation

Determine controlling design loads:

Tension:  N sa = (2-anchors) (7830 lb/anchor) = 15,660 lb for anchor group

 N cbg = 13,930 lb for anchor group

CONTROLS  Npn = (2-anchors) (6915 lb/anchor) = 13,830 lb for anchor group

Shear:  Vsa = (2-anchors) (9059 lb/anchor) = 18,118 lb for anchor group

CONTROLS  Vcbg = 6728 lb for anchor group

 Vcbg = 30,003 lb for anchor group

(0.2) ( Vcpg ) = 1346 lb Vua = 4000 lb Vua > (0.2) ( Vcbg) D.7.1

(0.2) ( Npn ) = 2766 lb Nua = 8000 lb Nua > (0.2) ( Npn) D.7.2

Nua V
+ ua
1.2 D.7.3
 Nn  Vn
(D-31)

8,000 lb + 4,000 lb = 0.579 + 0.595 = 1.17

13,830 lb 6,728 lb

1.17 < 1.2 → OK

USE HDA-T M10 Anchor

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 303
10_HDAUndercut.QXD:H440.04_04d [Link] 12/30/07 1:12 AM Page 304

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.2 HSL-3 Heavy Duty Expansion Anchor

[Link] Product Description [Link] HSL-3 Product Description
[Link] Material Specifications

[Link] Technical Data

[Link] Installation Instructions HSL-3 Heavy Duty Expansion Anchor HSL-3-B Heavy Duty Expansion Anchor
with Torque Cap
[Link] Ordering Information
Red Setting Indicator
Three accurately sized
HSL-3-G Heavy Duty Expansion shear pins are provided in
Bolt Anchor with Threaded Rod the red indicator cap. As
the required installation
Washer Maximum fastened torque (Tinst) is reached the red indicator cap
Metric thickness (mm) shears off. A green seal on the bolt head
appears which indicates that the anchor has
HSL-3-G M 12/25 been set properly.
Heavy duty blank-bolt Metric thread Example: HSL-3-G M12/25
Minimum Expansion G stud size (mm); not This is an HSL-3 stud anchor. The thread size
Embedment Anchor B torque cap hole diameter is 12 mm and this anchor can attach up to a
Mark 25 mm thick plate
Spacer
Sleeve
The Hilti HSL-3 Heavy Duty Expansion • Force-controlled expansion which
Anchor is a torque-controlled expansion allows for follow-up expansion
Plastic
bolt designed for high performance in • Reliable clamping of part fastened
collapsible
static and dynamic application including to overcome gaps
section
with the tension zone of concrete structures • Suitable for dynamic loading,
anchor where cracking can be expected. HSL- including seismic, fatigue
rotation and shock
3 anchors are available in metric sizes
prevention • No spinning of the anchor in hole
from M8 to M24. With a variety of head
when tightening bolt or nut
configurations, including bolt, stud and
• Seismic qualification per ICC-ES
torque cap. All versions are available in
AC193 and the requirements of ACI
Expansion zinc-plated carbon steel. 318-05 Appendix D
Sleeve
Product Features Guide Specifications
Cone • Approved for use in the concrete Expansion Anchors: Carbon steel
tension zone (cracked concrete) anchor consists of hex head bolt
• Data for use with the Strength (threaded stud), sleeve, expansion
Listings/Approvals Design provisions of ACI 318-05
sleeve, expansion cone, collapsible
Appendix D and ACI 349-01
ICC-ES (International Code Council) plastic sleeve, (nut) and washer.
Appendix B
ESR-1545 Anchors shall be torque controlled
European Technical Approval (ETA) • Allowable Stress Design data for
ETA-02/0042 use with ASD expansion bolt as manufactured
Qualified under NQA-1 Nuclear Quality by Hilti.
Program • High load capacity

[Link] Material Specifications

Carbon Steel Bolt or Threaded Rod for HSL-3 (Bolt), HSL-3 (Stud) and HSL-3-B
conform to DIN EN ISO 898-1, Grade 8.8, fy > 93 ksi, fu > 116 ksi
Building Code Compliance Carbon Steel Nut conforms to DIN 934, Grade 8, fu > 116 ksi
IBC® 2006 Carbon Steel Washer conforms to DIN 1544, Grade St37, fu > 100 ksi
IRC® 2006 Carbon Steel Expansion Cone conforms to DIN 1654-4, fu > 80 ksi
UBC® 1997
Carbon Steel Expansion Sleeve (M8-M16) conforms to DIN 10139 and (M20-M24)
conforms to DIN 2393-2
Carbon Steel Spacing Sleeve conforms to DIN 2393 T1, fu > 100 ksi
Collapsible Sleeve is made from acetal polyoxymethylene (POM) resin

304 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
11_HSL-[Link]:KB3 PTG Supplemental [Link] 12/30/07 1:13 AM Page 305

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

HSL-3 Heavy Duty Expansion Anchor 4.3.2

[Link] Technical Data

Table 1 — HSL-3 Specifications
HSL-3 Anchor Thread Diameter (mm)
Details
M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
nominal drill bit diameter1 d bit mm 12 15 18 24 28 32
Hilti matched-tolerance TE-CX 12/22 TE-CX 15/27 TE-C 18/22 TE-C-T 24/27 TE-C-T 28/27
- - TE-YX 32/37
carbide-tipped drill bit TE-YX 12/35 TE-YX 15/35 TE-YX 18/32 TE-YX 24/32 TE-YX 28/32
minimum base material thickness mm 110 (120) 120 (140) 135 (160) 160 (200) 190 (250) 225 (300)
h min
to obtain smallest critical edge distance (in.) 4 3/8 (4-3/4) 4 3/4 (5-1/2) 5 3/8 (6 1/4) 6 1/4 (7-7/8) 7 1/2 (9-7/8) 8 7/8 (11-7/8)
mm 80 90 105 125 155 180
minimum hole depth ho
(in.) (3-1/8) (3-1/2) (4-1/8) (4-7/8) (6-1/8) (7-1/8)
mm 60 70 80 100 125 150
effective embedment depth h ef,min
(in.) (2-3/8) (2-3/4) (3-1/8) (3-7/8) (4-7/8) (5-7/8)
minimum clearance hole diameter mm 14 17 20 26 31 35
dh
in part being fastened (in.) (9/16) (11/16) (13/16) (1) (1-1/4) (1-3/8)
max. cumulative gap between part(s) - mm 4 5 8 9 12 16
being fastened and concrete surface (in.) (1/8) (3/16) (5/16) (3/8) (1/2) (5/8)
maximum thickness of part fastened mm 20 40 20 40 25 50 25 50 30 60 30 60
t
HSL-3, HSL-3-B (in.) (3/4) (1-1/2) (3/4) (1-1/2) (1) (2) (1) (2) (1-1/8) (2-1/4) (1-1/8) (2-1/4)
overall length of anchor mm 98 118 110 130 131 156 153 178 183 213 205 235
-
HSL-3, HSL-3-B (in.) (3-7/8) (4-5/8) (4-3/8) (5 1/8) (5-1/8) (6 1/8) (6) (7) (7-1/4) (8-3/8) (8) (9-1/4)
maximum thickness of part fastened mm 20 20 25 50 25 50 30 60
t
HSL-3-G (in.) (3/4) (3/4) (1) (2) (1) (2) (1-1/8) (2-1/4)
overall length of anchor mm 102 115 139 164 163 188 190 220
-
HSL-3-G (in.) (4) (4-1/2) (5-1/2) (6-3/8) (6-3/8) (7-3/8) (7-1/2) (8-3/4)
washer diameter mm 20 25 30 40 45 50
dw
(in.) (3/4) (1) (1-1/8) (1-9/16) (1-3/4) (2)
installation torque HSL-3 Nm 25 50 80 120 200 250
Tinst
(ft-lb) (18) (37) (59) (89) (148) (185)
installation torque HSL-3-G Nm 20 35 60 80 160
Tinst
(ft-lb) (15) (26) (44) (59) (118)
wrench size HSL-3, HSL-3-G - mm 13 17 19 24 30 36
wrench size HSL-3-B - mm 24 30 36 41
1 Use metric bits only.

dw

dh t

,
h nom
ho
h

d bit

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 305
11_HSL-[Link]:KB3 PTG Supplemental [Link] 12/30/07 1:13 AM Page 306

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.2 HSL-3 Heavy Duty Expansion Anchor

Table 2 — HSL-3 Strength Design Information
Nominal anchor diameter
Design parameter Symbol Units
M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
mm 12 15 18 24 28 32
Anchor O.D. do
in. 0.47 0.59 0.71 0.94 1.10 1.26
mm 60 70 80 100 125 150
Effective min. embedment depth1 h ef,min
in. 2.36 2.76 3.15 3.94 4.92 5.91
Anchor category2 1,2 or 3 - 1 1 1 1 1 1
Strength reduction factor for tension,
␾ - 0.75
steel failure modes3
Strength reduction factor for shear, steel
␾ - 0.65
failure modes3
Strength reduction factor for tension, Cond.A 0.75
␾
concrete failure modes3 Cond.B 0.65
Strength reduction factor for shear, Cond.A 0.75
␾
concrete failure modes3 Cond.B 0.70
Yield strength of anchor steel fy lb/in2 92,800
Ultimate strength of anchor steel f ut lb/in2 116,000
Tensile stress area A se in2 0.057 0.090 0.131 0.243 0.380 0.547
Steel strength in tension N sa lb 6,612 10,440 15,196 28,188 44,080 63,452
Effectiveness factor uncracked concrete k uncr - 24 24 24 24 24 24
Effectiveness factor cracked concrete4 k cr - 17 24 24 24 24 24
kuncr/kcr5 ⌿c,N - 1.41 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Pullout strength uncracked concrete6 N pn,uncr lb 4,204 - - - - -
Pullout strength cracked concrete6 N pn,cr lb 2,810 4,496 - - - -
Steel strength in shear HSL-3,-B Vsa lb 7,239 10,229 14,725 26,707 39,521 45,951
Steel strength in shear HSL-3-G Vsa lb 6,070 8,385 12,162 22,683 33,159
Tension pullout strength seismic7 N pn,seismic lb - - - - - 14,320
Steel strength in shear, seismic7
lb 4,609 8,453 11,892 24,796 29,135 38,173
HSL-3,-B,-SH,-SK
V sa,seismic
Steel strength in shear, seismic7
lb 3,777 6,924 9,824 21,065 24,459
HSL-3-G
uncracked
␤ uncr 300
Axial stiffness in service concrete
1000 lb/in.
load range8 cracked
concrete
␤ cr 30 70 130 130 130 130

1 See table 1.
2 See ACI 318-05 Section D.4.4.
3 For use with the load combinations of ACI 318-05 Section 9.2. Condition A applies where the potential concrete failure surfaces are crossed by supplementary reinforcement
proportioned to tie the potential concrete failure prism into the structural member. Condition B applies where such supplementary reinforcement is not provided, or where
pullout or pryout strength governs.
4 See ACI 318-05 Section D.5.2.2.
5 See ACI 318-05 Section D.5.2.6.
6 See Section 4.1.3 of ICC ESR-1546.
7 See Section 4.1.6 of ICC ESR-1546.
8 Minimum axial stiffness values, maximum values may be 3 times larger due to high strength concrete.

306 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
11_HSL-[Link]:KB3 PTG Supplemental [Link] 12/30/07 1:13 AM Page 307

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

HSL-3 Heavy Duty Expansion Anchor 4.3.2

Table 3 — Edge Distance, Spacing and Member Thickness Requirements1,2

Case3 Dimensional parameter Symbol Units Nominal anchor diameter

M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
in. 4-3/4 5-1/2 6-1/4 7-7/8 9-7/8 11-7/8
A Minimum concrete thickness h min,A
(mm) (120) (140) (160) (200) (250) (300)
in. 4-3/8 4-3/8 4-3/4 5-7/8 8-7/8 8-7/8
A Critical edge distance2 c cr,A
(mm) (110) (110) (120) (150) (225) (225)
in. 2-3/8 2-3/4 3-1/2 4-3/4 5 5-7/8
A Minimum edge distance3 c min,AA
(mm) (60) (70) (90) (120) (125) (150)
in. 5-1/2 9-1/2 11 12-5/8 13-3/4 11-7/8
A Minimum anchor spacing3 s min,AA
(mm) (140) (240) (280) (320) (350) (300)
in. 3-3/8 5 6-1/8 7-7/8 8-1/4 8-1/4
A Minimum edge distance3 c min,AB
(mm) (85) (125) (155) (200) (210) (210)
in. 2-3/8 2-3/4 3-1/8 4 5 5-7/8
A Minimum anchor spacing3 s min,AB
(mm) (60) (70) (80) (100) (125) (150)
in. 4-3/8 4-3/4 5-3/8 6-1/4 7-1/2 8-7/8
B Minimum concrete thickness hmin,B
(mm) (110) (120) (135) (160) (190) (225)
in. 5-7/8 6-7/8 7-7/8 9-7/8 12-3/8 14-3/4
B Critical edge distance2 c cr,B
(mm) (150) (175) (200) (250) (312.5) (375)
in. 2-3/8 3-1/2 4-3/8 6-1/4 7-7/8 8-7/8
B Minimum edge distance3 c min,BA
(mm) (60) (90) (110) (160) (200) (225)
in. 7 10-1/4 12-5/8 15 15-3/4 15
B Minimum anchor spacing3 s min,BA
(mm) (180) (260) (320) (380) (400) (380)
in. 4 6-1/4 7-7/8 10-5/8 11-7/8 12-5/8
B Minimum edge distance3 c min,BB
(mm) (100) (160) (200) (270) (300) (320)
in. 2-3/8 2-3/4 3-1/8 4 5 5-7/8
B Minimum anchor spacing3 s min,BB
(mm) (60) (70) (80) (100) (125) (150)
1 In lieu of ACI 318 D.3.3. minimum edge distance, spacing and member thickness shall comply with ESR-1545 Table 4.
2 The concrete breakout strength calculated according to ACI 318 D.5.2, shall be further multiplied by ⌿ed,N. See ESR-1545 Section 4.1.2.
3 Denotes admissible combinations of h min, c cr, c min, and s min. For example, hmin,A + c min,AA + s min,AA or h min,A + c cr,A + c min,AB + s min,AB are admissible, but h min,A + c cr,B +
c min,AB + s min,BB is not. However, other admissible combinations for minimum edge distance c min and spacing s min for hmin,A or h min,B may be derived by linear interpolation
between boundary values (see example for h min,A below).

Example of allowable interpolation of minimum edge distance and minimum spacing

s design c design
spacing

h min, AA
c min,AA, s min,AA

h
s design c min,AB, s min,AB

c design
edge distance

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 307
11_HSL-[Link]:KB3 PTG Supplemental [Link] 12/30/07 1:13 AM Page 308

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.2 HSL-3 Heavy Duty Expansion Anchor

Table 4 - HSL-3 Allowable Static Tension (ASD), Normal Weight Uncracked Concrete (lb)1,3,4

Concrete Compressive Strength2

Nominal Embedment f 'c = 2000 psi f 'c = 3000 psi f 'c = 4000 psi f 'c = 6000 psi
Anchor Depth hef Condition Condition Condition Condition Condition Condition Condition Condition
Diameter mm (in.) A B A B A B A B
M8 60 2.36 1,746 1,746 2,139 2,139 2,470 2,470 3,025 3,025
M10 70 2.76 2,631 2,280 3,222 2,792 3,720 3,224 4,556 3,949
M12 80 3.15 3,214 2,785 3,936 3,411 4,545 3,939 5,567 4,825
M16 100 3.94 4,492 3,893 5,501 4,768 6,352 5,505 7,780 6,743
M20 125 4.92 6,277 5,440 7,688 6,663 8,877 7,694 10,873 9,423
M24 150 5.91 8,252 7,152 10,106 8,759 11,670 10,114 14,292 12,387
1 Values are for single anchors with no edge distance or spacing reduction. For other cases, see ESR-1545 Section 4.2 Eq. 5.
2 Values are for normal weight concrete. For sand-lightweight concrete, multiply values by 0.85. For all-lightweight concrete, multiply values by 0.75. See ACI 318-05 Section D.3.4.
3 Condition A applies where the potential concrete failure surfaces are crossed by supplementary reinforcement proportioned to tie the potential concrete failure prism into the struc-
tural member. Condition B applies where such supplementary reinforcement is not provided, or where pullout or pryout strength governs.
4 Allowable static tension loads for 2,500 psi are calculated by multiplying the concrete breakout strength N b by the strength reduction φ factor of 0.65 and dividing by an α of 1.4
according to ICC ESR-1545 Section 4.2. N b is calculated as per ACI 318-05 D.5.2.2. This load may be adjusted for other concrete strengths according to ICC ESR-1545 Section
4.1.3 by using the following equation.

N b,f ' c = N b f 'c

2500
Table 5 - HSL-3 Allowable Static Tension (ASD), Normal Weight Cracked Concrete (lb)1,3,4

Concrete Compressive Strength2

Nominal Embedment f 'c = 2000 psi f 'c = 3000 psi f 'c = 4000 psi f 'c = 6000 psi
Anchor Depth hef Condition Condition Condition Condition Condition Condition Condition Condition
Diameter mm (in.) A B A B A B A B
M8 60 2.36 1,167 1,167 1,429 1,429 1,650 1,650 2,021 2,021
M10 70 2.76 1,867 1,867 2,286 2,286 2,640 2,640 3,233 3,233
M12 80 3.15 3,214 2,785 3,936 3,411 4,545 3,939 5,567 4,825
M16 100 3.94 4,492 3,893 5,501 4,768 6,352 5,505 7,780 6,743
M20 125 4.92 6,277 5,440 7,688 6,663 8,877 7,694 10,873 9,423
M24 150 5.91 8,252 7,152 10,106 8,759 11,670 10,114 14,292 12,387
1 Values are for single anchors with no edge distance or spacing reduction. For other cases, see ESR-1545 Section 4.2 Eq. 5.
2 Values are for normal weight concrete. For sand-lightweight concrete, multiply values by 0.85. For all-lightweight concrete, multiply values by 0.75. See ACI 318-05 Section D.3.4.
3 Condition A applies where the potential concrete failure surfaces are crossed by supplementary reinforcement proportioned to tie the potential concrete failure prism into the struc-
tural member. Condition B applies where such supplementary reinforcement is not provided, or where pullout or pryout strength governs.
4 Allowable static tension loads for 2,500 psi are calculated by multiplying the pullout strength N pn by the strength reduction φ factor of 0.65 and dividing by an α of 1.4 according to
ICC ESR-1545 Section 4.2. See Table 2 for N pn. This load may be adjusted for other concrete strengths according to ICC ESR-1545 Section 4.1.3 by using the following equation.

N pn,cr,f ' c = N pn,cr f 'c

2500
Table 6 - HSL-3 Allowable Static Shear (ASD), Steel (lb)1,2

Nominal Allowable Steel Capacity, Shear

Anchor
Diameter HSL-3, HSL-3-B HSL-3-G
M8 3,361 2,818
M10 4,749 3,893
M12 6,837 5,647
M16 12,400 10,531
M20 18,349 15,395
M24 21,334
1 Values are for single anchors with no edge distance or spacing reduction due
to concrete failure.

reduction φ factor of 0.65 and dividing by an α of 1.4 according to ICC ESR-

2 Allowable static shear loads are calculated by multiplying Vsa by the strength

1545 Section 4.2. See Table 2 for Vsa .

308 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
11_HSL-[Link]:KB3 PTG Supplemental [Link] 12/30/07 1:13 AM Page 309

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

HSL-3 Heavy Duty Expansion Anchor 4.3.2

Table 7 - HSL-3 Allowable Seismic Tension (ASD), Normal Weight Cracked Concrete (lb)1,3,4

Concrete Compressive Strength2

Nominal Embedment f 'c = 2000 psi f 'c = 3000 psi f 'c = 4000 psi f 'c = 6000 psi
Anchor Depth h ef Condition Condition Condition Condition Condition Condition Condition Condition
Diameter mm (in.) A B A B A B A B
M8 60 2.36 1,114 1,114 1,364 1,364 1,575 1,575 1,929 1,929
M10 70 2.76 1,782 1,782 2,182 2,182 2,520 2,520 3,086 3,086
M12 80 3.15 3,068 2,659 3,757 3,256 4,339 3,760 5,314 4,605
M16 100 3.94 4,288 3,716 5,251 4,551 6,063 5,255 7,426 6,436
M20 125 4.92 5,992 5,193 7,339 6,360 8,474 7,344 10,378 8,995
M24 150 5.91 6,550 5,676 8,022 6,952 9,263 8,028 11,344 9,832
1 Values are for single anchors with no edge distance or spacing reduction. For other cases, see ESR-1545 Section 4.2 Eq. 5.
2 Values are for normal weight concrete. For sand-lightweight concrete, multiply values by 0.85. For all-lightweight concrete, multiply values by 0.75. See ACI 318-05 Section D.3.4.
3 Condition A applies where the potential concrete failure surfaces are crossed by supplementary reinforcement proportioned to tie the potential concrete failure prism into the
structural member. Condition B applies where such supplementary reinforcement is not provided, or where pullout or pryout strength governs.
4 Allowable seismic tension loads for 2,500 psi are calculated by multiplying the pullout strength N pn by the strength reduction φ factor of 0.65, then multiplying by a 0.75 factor
describe in ACI 318-05 D.3.3.3, and dividing by an α of 1.1 according to ICC ESR-1545 Section 4.2. See Table 2 for N pn. This load may be adjusted for other concrete strengths
according to ICC ESR-1545 Section 4.1.3 by using the following equation.

N pn,cr,f ' c = N pn,cr f 'c

2500

Table 8 - HSL-3 Allowable Seismic Shear (ASD), Steel (lb)1,2

Nominal Allowable Steel Capacity, Shear

Anchor
Diameter HSL-3, HSL-3-B HSL-3-G
M8 2,043 1,674
M10 3,746 3,069
M12 5,270 4,354
M16 10,989 9,336
M20 12,912 10,840
M24 16,918
1 Values are for single anchors with no edge distance or spacing reduction
due to concrete failure.

strength reduction φ factor of 0.65, then multiply by 0.75 as per ACI 318-
2 Allowable seismic shear loads are calculated by multiplying V sa,seis by the

05 D.3.3.3, and dividing by an α of 1.1 according to ICC ESR-1545 Section

4.2. See Table 2 for V sa,seis .

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 309
11_HSL-[Link]:KB3 PTG Supplemental [Link] 12/30/07 1:13 AM Page 310

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.2 HSL-3 Heavy Duty Expansion Anchor

[Link] HSL-3 Installation Instructions

1. Using the correct diameter metric bit, drill hole 2. Remove drilling debris with a blowout bulb or
to minimum required hole depth or deeper. with compressed air.

3. Using a hammer, tap the anchor through 4. Using a torque wrench, apply the specified
the part being fastened into the drilled hole installation torque. HSL-3-B does not require
until the washer is in contact with the use of a torque wrench. Tighten until torque
fastened part. Do not expand anchor by cap shears off.
hand prior to installation.

[Link] Ordering Information

HSL-3 Bolt Version HSL-3-B Torque Cap HSL-3-G Stud Version

Item No. Description Box Qty Item No. Description Box Qty Item No. Description Box Qty
371775 HSL-3 M 8/20 40 371807 HSL-3-B M 12/5 20 371793 HSL-3-G M 8/20 40
371776 HSL-3 M 8/40 40 371808 HSL-3-B M 12/25 20 371796 HSL-3-G M 10/20 20
371778 HSL-3 M 10/20 20 371809 HSL-3-B M 12/50 10 371799 HSL-3-G M 12/25 20
371779 HSL-3 M 10/40 20 371810 HSL-3-B M 16/10 10 371800 HSL-3-G M 12/50 10
371781 HSL-3 M 12/25 20 371811 HSL-3-B M 16/25 10 371802 HSL-3-G M 16/25 10
371782 HSL-3 M 12/50 20 371814 HSL-3-B M 20/30 6 371803 HSL-3-G M 16/50 10
371784 HSL-3 M 16/25 10 371817 HSL-3-B M 24/30 4 371805 HSL-3-G M 20/30 6
371785 HSL-3 M 16/50 10 371806 HSL-3-G M 20/60 6
371787 HSL-3 M 20/30 6
371788 HSL-3 M 20/60 6
371790 HSL-3 M 24/30 4
371791 HSL-3 M 24/60 4

310 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
12_HSL.QXD:H440.04_04e [Link] 12/30/07 1:14 AM Page 311

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

HSL Heavy Duty Expansion Anchor 4.3.3

[Link] Product Description [Link] Product Description

[Link] Material Specifications

[Link] Technical Data

[Link] Installation Instructions

HSL-I M12 Flush Anchor HSLG-R Stainless Steel [Link] Ordering Information
with Torque Nut with Thread Rod

Flush mount applications accommodated

by short removable stud
Bolt
Washer
The Hilti HSL Heavy Duty Sleeve Anchor Guide Specifications
is a torque controlled expansion bolt
Expansion Anchors Carbon (Stainless)
designed for high performance in static
steel anchor consists of hex bolt Minimum
and dynamic load applications. HSL Embedment
(threaded stud), sleeve, expansion Mark
anchors are available in metric sizes
sleeve, expansion cone and collapsible
from 12 mm to 20 mm diameters.
plastic sleeve, (nut) and washer.
Product Features Anchors shall be torque controlled Spacer
Sleeve
• High load capacity expansion bolt as manufactured
by Hilti.
• Spacer sleeve provides enhanced
shear capacity Installation Refer to Section [Link]
• Force controlled expansion and [Link]
Expansion
• Reliable pull-down of part fastened Sleeve
Combined Shear and Tension Loading
to overcome gaps
( NN ) + ( VV ) ≤ 1.0
5/3 5/3
• Suitable for dynamic loading d d

(fatigue, seismic, and shock rec rec

Cone
loading)
Refer to Section [Link]
• Suitable for tension zone
of concrete Dynamic Loading Plastic collapsible section
• No spinning of anchor in hole when with anchor rotation
The HSL anchor has been tested prevention
tightening bolt or nut
under shock, seismic and fatigue
• Good performance in Hilti Matched
(2 x 106 cycles) loading conditions.
Tolerance DD-B or DD-C Diamond
Core Bit holes Contact your Hilti Field Engineer for
Listings/Approvals
additional information.
City of Los Angeles
Research Report No. 25290

Building Code Compliance

UBC® 1997

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 311
12_HSL.QXD:H440.04_04e [Link] 12/30/07 1:14 AM Page 312

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.3 HSL Heavy Duty Expansion Anchor

[Link] Material Specifications

Carbon Steel Bolt or threaded rod conform to ISO 898-1, Class 8.8, fy  93 ksi, fu  116 ksi
Carbon Steel expansion sleeve conforms to DIN 2393, Grade ST-52-3
Carbon Steel nut conforms to DIN 934, Grade 8, fu  116 ksi
Stainless steel threaded rod conforms to DIN 267, Type A4-70, fy = 65 ksi, fu  102 ksi
Stainless steel expansion sleeve conforms to DIN 17440, fu  102 ksi
Stainless Steel cone conforms to DIN 17440, fu  102 ksi
Stainless Steel washer conforms to DIN 17441, 74 ksi
fu
103 ksi
Stainless Steel nut conforms to DIN 934
Collapsible sleeve is made of Acetal resin plastic
Carbon Steel cone conforms to DIN 1654, Type CQ35, fu  87 ksi
Carbon Steel washer conforms to DIN 1544, Grade ST37, fu  91 ksi

[Link] Technical Data

Table 1 - HSL Specification Table

HSL Anchor Thread Diameter (mm) dw

Details 12 12 16 16 20 20 20 20
d bit nominal bit dia. mm 10 18 24 28
T
mm 85 100 125 150
h0 min. hole depth
(in.) (3-3/8) (4) (5) (6)
h nom min. depth of mm 75 80 105 130
hn
embedment (in.) (3) (3-3/16) (4-1/8) (5-1/8) t
t max. thickness mm 20 40 25 50 25 50 30 60
dh
fastened (in.) (3/4) (1-1/2) (1) (2) (1) (2) (1-1/8) (2-1/4)
ᐉ anchor length
mm 107 127 120 145 148 173 183 213 ,
(in.) (4-1/4) (5) (4-3/4) (5-3/4) (5-3/4) (6-3/4 (7-1/4) (8-3/8) h nom
hn head height mm 10 11 14 17 h0
+ washer (in.) (3/8) (7/16) (9/16) (11/16)
Tmax max. tightening Nm 55 80 200 400 h
torque (ft lb) (40) (60) (150) (300)
mm 5 8 9 12
max. gap1
(in.) (3/16) (5/16) (3/8) (1/2)
wrench size (mm) HSL/HSLG 17 19 24 30
mm 17-18 20-21 26-28 31-33
dh clearance hole
(in.) (11/16) (13/16) (1-1/8) (1-5/16)
d bit
mm 25 30 40 45
dw washer diameter
(in.) (1) (1-3/16) (1-9/16) (1-3/4)
h min min. base material mm 140 160 180 220
thickness (in.) (5-1/2) (6-1/4) (7) (8-3/4)
1 For pull-down of parts to be fastened.

312 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
12_HSL.QXD:H440.04_04e [Link] 12/30/07 1:14 AM Page 313

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

HSL Heavy Duty Expansion Anchor 4.3.3

Table 2 - Stainless Steel HSLG-R Allowable Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete

13.8 MPa 20.7 MPa 27.6 MPa 41.4 MPa

Embedment (2000 psi) (3000 psi) (4000 psi) (6000 psi)
Anchor
Depth
Diameter
mm (in.) Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear
kN (lb) kN (lb) kN (lb) kN (lb) kN (lb) kN (lb) kN (lb) kN (lb)
75 6.8 13.7 9.1 14.8 11.5 15.8 11.5 16.4
M10
(3) (1535) (3090) (2055) (3325) (2575) (3560) (2595) (3690)
80 8.7 20.2 11.3 21.8 13.8 23.3 17.5 25.0
M12
(3-3/16) (1960) (4540) (2530) (4890) (3105) (5245) (3925) (5615)
105 17.6 34.7 20.9 39.9 24.2 45.0 30.7 46.9
M16
(4-1/8) (3965) (7805) (4705) (8965) (5450) (10125) (6900) (10550)
130 25.1 52.9 30.7 58.7 36.4 64.5 44.5 64.5
M20
(5-1/8) (5650) (11900) (6910) (13195) (8175) (14490) (10005) (14490)

Table 3 -Stainless Steel HSLG-R Ultimate Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete

13.8 MPa 20.7 MPa 27.6 MPa 41.4 MPa

Embedment (2000 psi) (3000 psi) (4000 psi) (6000 psi)
Anchor
Depth
Diameter
mm (in.) Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear
kN (lb) kN (lb) kN (lb) kN (lb) kN (lb) kN (lb) kN (lb) kN (lb)
75 23.8 47.8 31.9 51.6 40.0 55.2 40.3 57.3
M10
(3) (5350) (10785) (7165) (11595) (8985) (12410) (9055) (12880)
80 30.4 70.5 39.3 75.9 48.2 81.4 60.9 87.1
M12
(3-3/16) (6830) (15845) (8830) (17070) (10835) (18300) (13700) (19590)
105 61.6 121.1 73.0 139.1 84.5 157.1 107.0 163.7
M16
(4-1/8) (13840) (27220) (16420) (31270) (19005) (35320) (24065) (36800)
130 87.7 184.7 107.3 204.7 126.9 224.8 155.3 224.8
M20
(5-1/8) (19715) (41510) (24115) (46025) (28520) (50540) (34910) (50540)

Table 4 -HSL-I Flush Anchor (Internally Threaded) in Normal-Weight Concrete

Anchor Minimum Average Ultimate Loads1 Allowable Working Loads1

Bit dia Length Embedment in 4000 psi Concrete 4000 psi Concrete
Description (mm) (mm) Depth (mm) Tension (lb) Shear (lb) Tension (lb) Shear (lb)
HSL - I M12 65/80 18 113/130 65/80 9345/12597 9055/9408 2480/2875 2420/2605
12mm Metric Flush Anchor with Torque Nut
1 Loads indicated are for 65/80 mm embedment respectively.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 313
12_HSL.QXD:H440.04_04e [Link] 12/30/07 1:14 AM Page 314

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.3 HSL Heavy Duty Expansion Anchor

Anchor Spacing and Edge Distance Guidelines (see Anchoring Technology Section 4.1.3)

N
Anchor Spacing Adjustment Factors Edge Distance Adjustment Factors
s = Actual Spacing c = Actual Edge Distance
s s min = 1.0 h nom c min = 1.0h nom
V Tension
s cr = 3.0 h ef c cr = 2.5 h ef
c c min = 1.0 h nom
Shear
c cr = 2.5 h nom
h

s cr
Anchor Size h nom mm (in.) 3.0 3.0
ccr
M10 75 (3)
Shear &
2.0 Tension 2.0 Shear
M12 80 (3-3/16) s c
h ef h ef
M16 105 (4-1/8) s min cmin Tension
1.0 c 1.0
M20 130 (5-1/8) h nom
h ef - actual embedment depth
0 0
h nom - standard embedment depth 0 .2 .4 .6 .8 1.0 0 .2 .4 .6 .8 1.0
Anchor Spacing Adjustment Factor Edge Distance Adjustment Factor
(fA) (fRV, fRN)

Load Adjustment Factors (Anchor Spacing) f A Load Adjustment Factors (Edge Disdtance) f R

Tension/Shear Tension f RN Shear f RV

Anchor Edge Anchor Anchor
Spacing
Diameter Distance Diameter Diameter
s c
mm (in.) M10 M12 M16 M20 M10 M12 M16 M20 M10 M12 M16 M20
mm (in.)
65 ( 2-1/2) 65 ( 2-1/2)
75 ( 3) .70 75 ( 3) .70 .30
80 ( 3-1/8) .71 .70 80 ( 3-1/8) .71 .70 .33 .30
105 ( 4-1/8) .76 .74 .70 105 ( 4-1/8) .78 .76 .70 .48 .44 .30
130 ( 5-1/8) .81 .79 .73 .70 130 ( 5-1/8) .85 .83 .74 .70 .64 .59 .41 .30
155 ( 6-1/8) .86 .84 .77 .72 155 ( 6-1/8) .91 .88 .79 .73 .80 .74 .52 .39
175 ( 6-7/8) .90 .87 .80 .75 162 ( 6-3/8) .93 .90 .80 .75 .84 .78 .55 .41
195 ( 7-5/8) .94 .91 .82 .77 187 ( 7-3/8) 1.0 .96 .85 .78 1.0 .92 .66 .50
225 ( 8-7/8) 1.0 .97 .87 .80 200 ( 7-7/8) 1.0 .88 .80 1.0 .72 .55
240 ( 9-3/8) 1.0 .89 .82 225 ( 8-7/8) 1.0 .92 .84 1.0 .83 .64
275 (10-3/4) .94 .86 265 (10-3/8) 1.0 .91 1.0 .79
315 (12-3/8) 1.0 .91 275 (10-3/4) 1.0 .92 1.0 .82
350 (13-3/4) .95 300 (11-3/4) 1.0 .96 1.0 .91
395 (15-1/2) 1.0 325 (12-3/4) 1.0 1.0
430 (17) 350 (13-3/4) 1.0 1.0
470 (18-1/2) 390 (15-3/8)

s min = 1.0 h nom s cr = 3.0 h ef c min = 1.0 h nom c cr = 2.5 h ef c min = 1.0 h nom c cr = 2.5 h nom
s c – 1.0 hnom c
f A = 0.15
h ef
+ 0.55 f RN = (0.30)
( 2.5 h ef – 1.0 h nom )
+ 0.70 f RV = 0.47
h nom
– 0.17

for s cr > s > s min for c cr > c > c min for c cr > c > c min

314 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
 12_HSL.QXD:H440.04_04e [Link] 12/30/07 1:14 AM Page 315

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

HSL Heavy Duty Expansion Anchor 4.3.3

[Link] Installation Instructions

1. Drill a hole with the prescribed 2. Clean the hole using 3. Using a hammer, tap the pre- 4. Tighten bolt or nut to the
Hilti metric carbide or dia- compressed air. assembled anchor through specified torque, using a
mond core bit. Note: the HSL the object being anchored torque wrench.
can be installed in a and into the hole. The anchor
bottomless hole. should be seated firmly
against the base plate. Note:
Do not expand the anchor by
hand before tapping it into
hole depth = 80 mm

hole depth = 95 mm
the hole.
hef = 65 mm

hef = 80 mm
hef = 65mm spacer sleeve for
Setting Instructions for the HSL-I M12-0 65/80 hef = 80mm

60 Ft -lbs-80 Nm/ 60 Ft -lbs-80 Nm/

HSL-I
torque nutM12-0 65 HSL-I M12-0 80 torque nut

Ø 18 mm Ø 18 mm
hole depth = 80 mm

hole depth = 80 mm

hole depth = 95 mm

hole depth = 95 mm
hef = 65 mm

hef = 65 mm

hef = 80 mm

hef = 80 mm
hef = 65mm hef = 65mm spacer sleeve for spacer sleeve for
hef = 80mm hef = 80mm

60 Ft -lbs-80 Nm/ 60 Ft -lbs-80 Nm/ 60 Ft -lbs-80 Nm/ 60 Ft -lbs-80 Nm/

torque nut torque nut torque nut torque nut

Ø 18 mm Ø 18 mm Ø 18 mm Ø 18 mm

hef = 65mm
hef = 80mm pre-setting final setting

360° - 720° min.

1 - 2 turns 7 turns

Ø18 mm
284900

hef = 65mm hef = 65mm

hef = 80mm forhhef
pre-setting ef= 80mm pre-setting final setting final setting
80 mm only
360° - 720° min.
360° - 720° min.
1 - 2 turns 7 turns
1 - 2 turns 7 turns

Ø18 mm Ø18 mm
[Link] Ordering Information
284900

284900

HSLG-R Stainless Steel Anchor

for hef for hef HSL-I Flush Anchor
80 mm only 80 mm only
Material: Stainless Steel AISI 316 (Internally Threaded)
Item No. Description Box Qty Item No. Description Box Qty
67922 HSLG-R M 10/20 20 284908 HSL-I M12 65/80 20
67924 HSLG-R M 12/25 20
67926 HSLG-R M 16/25 10
67928 HSLG-R M 20/30 6

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 315
12_HSL.QXD:H440.04_04e [Link] 12/30/07 1:14 AM Page 316

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.4 Kwik Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor

[Link] Product Description [Link] Kwik Bolt TZ Product Description
[Link] Material Specifications
The Kwik Bolt TZ (KB-TZ) is a torque Product Features
[Link] Technical Data controlled expansion anchor which is • Product and length identification
[Link] Installation Instructions especially suited to seismic and cracked marks facilitate quality control after
[Link] Ordering Information
concrete applications. This anchor line installation.
is available in carbon steel with zinc • Through fixture installation and
[Link] Sample Calculations
electroplated coating and 304 stainless variable thread lengths improve
steel versions. The anchor diameters productivity and accommodate
Impact Section various base plate thicknesses.
(Dog Point) range from 3/8 to 3/4 inch in a variety of
lengths. Applicable base materials • 316 Stainless Steel wedges pro-
vide superior performance in
include normal-weight concrete,
cracked concrete.
structural lightweight concrete, and
Nut • Ridges on expansion wedges
lightweight concrete over metal deck. provide increased reliability.
Washer Guide Specifications • Mechanical expansion allows
immediate load application.
Red Torque controlled expansion anchors
• Raised impact section (dog point)
Setting shall be Kwik Bolt TZ (KB-TZ) supplied prevents thread damage during
Mark by Hilti meeting the description in installation.
Federal Specification A-A 1923A, Type • Bolt meets ductility requirements
Anchor
Thread 4. The anchor bears a length of ACI 318-05 Section D1.
identification mark embossed into the Installation
impact section (dog point) of the anchor
surrounded by four embossed notches Drill hole in base material to the
identifying the anchor as a Hilti Kwik appropriate depth using a Hilti carbide
Anchor tipped drill bit. Drive the anchor into the
Body Bolt TZ in the installed condition.
Anchors are manufactured to meet one hole using a hammer. A minimum of four
of the following conditions: threads must be below the fastening
surface prior to applying installation
Stainless • The carbon steel anchor body, nut,
torque. Tighten the nut to the
Steel and washer have an electroplated
Expansion zinc coating conforming to ASTM recommended installation torque.
Sleeve B633 to a minimum thickness of 5
(Wedges) µm. The stainless steel expansion
sleeve conforms to AISI 316.
• Stainless steel anchor body, nut
and washer conform to AISI 304.
Stainless steel expansion sleeve
Expansion Cone conforms to AISI 316.

Listings/Approvals
ICC-ES (International Code Council)
ESR-1917
FM (Factory Mutual) Supplemental Design Provisions for ACI 318-05 Appendix D
Pipe Hanger Components for Automatic
Sprinkler Systems (3/8" - 3/4") Design strengths are determined in accordance with ACI 318-05 Appendix D and
UL (Underwriters Laboratories)
ICC Evaluation Service ESR-1917 Hilti Kwik Bolt TZ Carbon and Stainless Steel
Pipe Hanger Equipment for Fire
Protection Services (3/8" - 3/4") Anchors in Concrete. The relevant design parameters are reiterated in Tables 1, 2,
and 3 of this document. Supplemental provisions required for the design of the
KB-TZ are enumerated in Section 4.0 of ESR-1917 (DESIGN AND INSTALLATION).
C
Note that these design parameters are supplemental to the design provisions
Building Code Compliance of ACI 318-05.
IBC® 2006
IRC® 2006
UBC® 1997

316 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
13_KB-[Link]:KB3 PTG Supplemental [Link] 12/30/07 1:16 AM Page 317

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

Kwik Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor 4.3.4

[Link] Material Specifications

Carbon steel with electroplated zinc
• Carbon steel KB-TZ anchors have the following minimum bolt fracture loads1

Anchor Shear Tension

Diameter (in.) (lb) (lb)
3/8 NA 6744
1/2 7419 11240
5/8 11465 17535
3/4 17535 25853

• Carbon steel anchor components plated in accordance with ASTM B633 to a minimum thickness of 5µm.
• Nuts conform to the requirements of ASTM A563, Grade A, Hex.
• Washers meet the requirements of ASTM F844.
• Expansion sleeves (wedges) are manufactured from AISI 316 stainless steel.

Stainless steel
• Stainless steel KB-TZ anchors are made of AISI 304 material and have the following minimum bolt fracture loads1

Anchor Shear Tension

Diameter (in.) (lb) (lb)
3/8 5058 6519
1/2 8543 12364
5/8 13938 19109
3/4 22481 24729

• Nuts meet the dimensional requirements of ASTM F594.

• Washers meet the dimensional requirements of ANSI B18.22.1, Type A, plain.
• Expansion Sleeve (wedges) are made from AISI 316.
• All nuts and washers are made from AISI 304 stainless steel.

1 Bolt fracture loads are determined by testing in jig as part of product QC. These loads are not intended for design purposes. See Tables 2 and 3.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 317
13_KB-[Link]:KB3 PTG Supplemental [Link] 12/30/07 1:16 AM Page 318

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.4 Kwik Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor

[Link] Technical Data

Table 1 — Kwik Bolt TZ Specification Table

SETTING Nominal anchor diameter (in.)

Symbol Units
INFORMATION 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4
in. 0.375 0.5 0.625 0.75
Anchor O.D. do
(mm) (9.5) (12.7) (15.9) (19.1)
Nominal bit
d bit in. 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4
diameter
Effective min. in. 2 2 3-1/4 3-1/8 4 3-3/4 4-3/4
h ef
embedment (mm) (51) (51) (83) (79) (102) (95) (121)
in. 2-5/8 2-5/8 4 3-3/4 4-3/4 4-5/8 5-3/4
Min. hole depth ho
(mm) (67) (67) (102) (95) (121) (117) (146)
Min. thickness of in. 1/4 3/4 1/4 3/8 3/4 1/8 1-5/8
t min
fixture1 (mm) (6) (19) (6) (9) (19) (3) (41)
Max. thickness of in. 2-1/4 4 2-3/4 5-5/8 4-3/4 4-5/8 3-5/8
t max
fixture (mm) (57) (101) (70) (143) (121) (117) (92)
ft-lb 25 40 60 110
Installation torque T inst
(Nm) (34) (54) (81) (149)
Min. dia. of hole in. 7/16 9/16 11/16 13/16
dh
in fixture (mm) (11.1) (14.3) (17.5) (20.6)

Available anchor in. 3 3-3/4 5 3-3/4 4-1/2 5-1/2 7 4-3/4 6 8-1/2 10 5-1/2 8 10
ᐍ anch
lengths (mm) (76) (95) (127) (95) (114) (140) (178) (121) (152) (216) (254) (140) (203) (254)
Threaded length in. 7/8 1-5/8 2-7/8 1-5/8 2-3/8 3-3/8 4-7/8 1-1/2 2-3/4 5-1/4 6-3/4 1-1/2 4 6
ᐍ thread
including dog point (mm) (22) (41) (73) (41) (60) (86) (178) (38) (70) (133) (171) (38) (102) (152)
in. 2-1/8 2-1/8 3-1/4 4
Unthreaded length ᐍ unthr
(mm) (54) (54) (83) (102)
Installation in. 2-1/4 2-3/8 3-5/8 3-5/8 4-1/2 4-3/8 5-3/8
h nom
embedment (mm) (57) (60) (92) (92) (114) (111) (137)

1 The minimum thickness of the fastened part is based on use of the anchor at minimum embedment and is controlled by the length of thread. If a thinner fastening thickness is
required, increase the anchor embedment to suit.

Figure 1 — Kwik Bolt TZ installed

thread
dh
t

anch

unthr
h ef h nom h o
do

318 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
13_KB-[Link]:KB3 PTG Supplemental [Link] 12/30/07 1:16 AM Page 319

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

Kwik Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor 4.3.4

Table 2 — Carbon Steel Kwik Bolt TZ Strength Design Information

DESIGN Symbol Units Nominal anchor diameter

INFORMATION 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4
in. 0.375 0.5 0.625 0.75
Anchor O.D. do
(mm) (9.5) (12.7) (15.9) (19.1)
Effective min. in. 2 2 3-1/4 3-1/8 4 3-3/4 4-3/4
h ef
embedment1 (mm) (51) (51) (83) (79) (102) (95) (121)
in. 4 5 4 6 6 8 5 6 8 6 8 8
Min. member thickness h min
(mm) (102) (127) (102) (152) (152) (203) (127) (152) (203) (152) (203) (203)
in. 4-3/8 4 5-1/2 4-1/2 7-1/2 6 6-1/2 8-3/4 6-3/4 10 8 9
Critical edge distance c ac
(mm) (111) (102) (140) (114) (191) (152) (165) (222) (171) (254) (203) (229)
in. 2-1/2 2-3/4 2-3/8 3-5/8 3-1/4 4-3/4 4-1/8
ca,min
(mm) (64) (70) (60) (92) (83) (121) (105)
Min. edge distance
for s  in. 5 5-3/4 5-3/4 6-1/8 5-7/8 10-1/2 8-7/8
(mm) (127) (146) (146) (156) (149) (267) (225)
s min in. 2-1/2 2-3/4 2-3/8 3-1/2 3 5 4
(mm) (64) (70) (60) (89) (76) (127) (102)
Min. anchor spacing
in. 3-5/8 4-1/8 3-1/2 4-3/4 4-1/4 9-1/2 7-3/4
for c 
(mm) (92) (105) (89) (121) (108) (241) (197)
Min. hole depth in. 2-5/8 2-5/8 4 3-7/8 4-3/4 4-5/8 5-3/4
ho
in concrete (mm) (67) (67) (102) (98) (121) (117) (146)
Min. specified lb/in2 100000 84800 84800 84800
fy
yield strength (N/mm2) (690) (585) (585) (585)
Min. specified lb/in2 125000 106000 106000 106000
fu
ult. strength (N/mm2) (862) (731) (731) (731)
Effective tensile in2 0.052 0.101 0.162 0.237
A se
stress area (mm2) (33.6) (65.0) (104.6) (152.8)
Steel strength lb 6500 10705 17170 25120
N sa
in tension (kN) (28.9) (47.6) (76.4) (111.8)
Steel strength lb 3595 6405 10555 15930
Vsa
in shear (kN) (16.0) (28.5) (47.0) (70.9)
Steel strength in lb 2255 6405 10555 14245
V s,seis
shear, seismic (kN) (10.0) (28.5) (47.0) (63.4)
Steel strength in shear, lb 2130 3000 4945 4600 6040
Vs,deck NP
concrete on metal deck 2 (kN) (9.5) (13.3) (22) (20.5) (26.9)
Pullout strength lb 2515 5,515 9,145 8,280 10,680
N p,uncr NA NA
uncracked concrete 3 (kN) (11.2) (24.5) (40.7) (36.8) (47.5)
Pullout strength lb 2270 4,915
N p,cr NA NA NA
cracked concrete 3 (kN) (10.1) (21.9)
Pullout strength concrete lb 1460 1460 2620 2000 4645
N p,deck,cr NP
on metal deck 4 (kN) (6.5) (6.5) (11.7) (8.9) (20.7)
Anchor category 5 1
Effectiveness factor k uncr uncracked concrete 24
Effectiveness factor k cr cracked concrete 6 17
c,N = k uncr /k cr 7 1.41
Strength reduction factor  for tension,
0.75
steel failure modes 8
Strength reduction factor  for shear, steel
0.65
failure modes 8
Strength reduction factor  for tension, concrete
0.65
failure modes, Condition B 9
Strength reduction factor  for shear, concrete
0.70
failure modes
1 See Fig. 1. 7 See ACI 318 D.5.2.6.
2 NP (not permitted) denotes that the condition is not supported. 8 The KB-TZ is a ductile steel element as defined by ACI 318 D.1.
3 NA (not applicable) denotes that this value does not control for 9 For use with the load combinations of ACI 318 9.2. Condition B
design. applies where supplementary reinforcement in conformance with
4 NP (not permitted) denotes that the condition is not supported. ACI 318 D.4.4 is not provided, or where pullout or pryout strength
Values are for cracked concrete. Values are applicable to both governs. For cases where the presence of supplementary rein-
static and seismic load combinations. forcement can be verified, the strength reduction factors
associated with Condition A may be used.
5 See ACI 318 D.4.4.
6 See ACI 318 D.5.2.2.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 319
13_KB-[Link]:KB3 PTG Supplemental [Link] 12/30/07 1:16 AM Page 320

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.4 Kwik Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor

Table 3 — Stainless Steel Kwik Bolt TZ Strength Design Information

DESIGN Symbol Units Nominal anchor diameter

INFORMATION 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4
in. 0.375 0.5 0.625 0.75
Anchor O.D. do
(mm) (9.5) (12.7) (15.9) (19.1)
Effective min. in. 2 2 3-1/4 3-1/8 4 3-3/4 4-3/4
h ef
embedment1 (mm) (51) (51) (83) (79) (102) (95) (121)
in. 4 5 4 6 6 8 5 6 8 6 8
Min. member thickness h min
(mm) (102) (127) (102) (152) (152) (203) (127) (152) (203) (152) (203)
in. 4-3/8 3-7/8 5-1/2 4-1/2 7-1/2 6 7 8-7/8 6 10 7 9
Critical edge distance c ac
(mm) (111) (98) (140) (114) (191) (152) (178) (225) (152) (254) (178) (229)
in. 2-1/2 2-7/8 2-1/8 3-1/4 2-3/8 4-1/4 4
ca,min
(mm) (64) (73) (54) (83) (60) (108) (102)
Min. edge distance
in. 5 5-3/4 5-1/4 5-1/2 5-1/2 10 8-1/2
for s 
(mm) (127) (146) (133) (140) (140) (254) (216)
in. 2-1/4 2-7/8 2 2-3/4 2-3/8 5 4
s min
(mm) (57) (73) (51) (70) (60) (127) (102)
Min. anchor spacing
in. 3-1/2 4-1/2 3-1/4 4-1/8 4-1/4 9-1/2 7
for c 
(mm) (89) (114) (83) (105) (108) (241) (178)
Min. hole depth in. 2-5/8 2-5/8 4 3-3/4 4-3/4 4-5/8 5-3/4
ho
in concrete (mm) (67) (67) (102) (95) (121) (117) (146)
Min. specified lb/in 2 92000 92000 92000 76125
fy
yield strength (N/mm 2) (634) (634) (634) (525)
Min. specified lb/in 2 115000 115000 115000 101500
fu
ult. strength (N/mm 2) (793) (793) (793) (700)
Effective tensile in 2 0.052 0.101 0.162 0.237
A se
stress area (mm 2) (33.6) (65.0) (104.6) (152.8)
Steel strength lb 5980 11615 18630 24055
N sa
in tension (kN) (26.6) (51.7) (82.9) (107.0)
Steel strength lb 4870 6880 11835 20050
V sa
in shear (kN) (21.7) (30.6) (52.7) (89.2)
Steel strength in tension, lb 2,735
N sa,seis NA NA NA NA
seismic 2 (kN) (12.2)
Steel strength in shear, lb 2825 6880 11835 14615
V sa,seis
seismic 2 (kN) (12.6) (30.6) (52.6) (65.0)
Pullout strength lb 2630 5760 12040
N pn,uncr NA NA NA
uncracked concrete 2 (kN) (11.7) (25.6) (53.6)
Pullout strength cracked lb 2340 3180 5840 8110
N pn,cr NA NA NA
concrete 2 (kN) (10.4) (14.1) (26.0) (36.1)
Anchor category 3 1
Effectiveness factor k uncr uncracked concrete 24
Effectiveness factor k cr cracked concrete 4 17 24 17 17 17 24 17
c,N = k uncr /k cr 5 1.41 1.00 1.41 1.41 1.41 1.00 1.41
Strength reduction factor  for tension, steel
0.75
failure modes 6
Strength reduction factor  for shear, steel
0.65
failure modes 6
Strength reduction factor  for tension,
0.65
concrete failure modes, Condition B 7
Strength reduction factor  for shear,
0.70
concrete failure modes
1 See Fig. 1.
2 NA (not applicable) denotes that this value does not control for design.
3 See ACI 318 D.4.4.
4 See ACI 318 D.5.2.2.
5 See ACI 318 D.5.2.6.
6 The KB-TZ is a ductile steel element as defined by ACI 318 D.1.
7 For use with the load combinations of ACI 318 9.2. Condition B applies where supplementary reinforcement in conformance with ACI 318
D.4.4 is not provided, or where pullout or pryout strength governs. For cases where the presence of supplementary reinforcement can be
verified, the strength reduction factors associated with Condition A may be used.

320 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
13_KB-[Link]:KB3 PTG Supplemental [Link] 12/30/07 1:16 AM Page 321

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

Kwik Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor 4.3.4

Figure 2 — Interpolation of Minimum Edge Distance and Anchor Spacing

c a, min at s >

s design s min at c >

c design
edge distance c

Table 4 — Mean Axial Stiffness Values (1000 lb/in.) for Kwik Bolt TZ Carbon
and Stainless Steel Anchors in Normal-Weight Concrete1

Concrete condition carbon steel KB-TZ, all diameters stainless steel KB-TZ, all diameters
uncracked concrete 700 120
cracked concrete 500 90
1 Mean values shown. Actual stiffness may vary considerably depending on concrete strength, loading and geometry of application.

Figure 3 — Installation in Concrete over Metal Deck Floor

Min. 5/8" Typical

Min. 1-1/2"

in Ridge

Min. 3000 psi Normal or Sand -

Anchor

Lightweight Concrete
Max. 3"

Upper
Flute
(Valley) Minimum
No. 20 Gauge
Min. 4-1/2" Min. 4-1/2" Steel Deck

Lower
Flute
Max. 1" Offset Typical (Ridge)

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 321
13_KB-[Link]:KB3 PTG Supplemental [Link] 12/30/07 1:16 AM Page 322

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.4 Kwik Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor

Allowable Stress Design

Design values for use with allowable stress design (working stress design) shall be established as follows: Rallow,ASD = Rαd

where Rd =  Rk represents the limiting design strength in tension ( Nn ) or shear (  Vn ) as calculated according to ACI 318 D.4.1.1 and D.4.1.2

Table 5 — The value of α shall be taken as follows:

Reference for strength α
reduction factors including seismic excluding seismic
ACI 318 D.4.4 1.1 1.4
ACI 318 D.4.5 1.2 1.55

Table 6 - Kwik Bolt TZ Carbon and Stainless Steel Allowable Static Tension (ASD),
Normal-Weight Uncracked Concrete, Condition B (lb)1,2,3,4
Concrete Compressive Strength2
Nominal Embedment f 'c= 2500 psi f 'c= 3000 psi f 'c= 4000 psi f 'c= 6000 psi
Anchor Depth hef Carbon Stainless Carbon Stainless Carbon Stainless Carbon Stainless
Diameter (in.) Steel Steel Steel Steel Steel Steel Steel Steel
3/8 2 1168 1221 1279 1338 1477 1545 1809 1892
2 1576 1576 1726 1726 1993 1993 2441 2441
1/2
3-1/4 2561 2674 2805 2930 3239 3383 3967 4143
3-1/8 3078 3078 3372 3372 3893 3893 4768 4768
5/8
4 4246 4457 4651 4883 5371 5638 6578 6905
3-3/4 3844 4046 4211 4432 4863 5118 5956 6268
3/4
4-3/4 4959 5590 5432 6124 6272 7071 7682 8660
1 Values are for single anchors with no edge distance or spacing reduction. For other cases, calculation of R d as per ACI 318-05 and conversion to ASD in accordance with Table 5.
2 Values are for normal weight concrete. For sand-lightweight concrete, multiply values by 0.85. For all-lightweight concrete, multiply values by 0.75. See ACI 318-05 D.3.4.
3 Condition B applies where supplementary reinforcement in conformance with ACI 318-05 D.4.4 is not provided, or where pullout or pryout strength governs. For cases where the
presence of supplementary reinforcement can be verified, the strength reduction factors associated with Condition A may be used.
4 Allowable static tension loads for 2,500 psi are calculated by multiplying the concrete breakout strength N b by the strength reduction φ factor of 0.65 and dividing by an α of 1.4
according to ICC ESR-1917 Section 4.2. N b is calculated as per ACI 318-05 D.5.2.2. This load may be adjusted for other concrete strengths according to ICC ESR-1917 Section
4.1.3 by using the following equation.

N b,f ' c = N b f 'c

2500

Table 7 - Kwik Bolt TZ Carbon and Stainless Steel Allowable Static Tension (ASD),
Normal-Weight Cracked Concrete, Condition B (lb)1,2,3,4
Concrete Compressive Strength2
Nominal Embedment f 'c= 2500 psi f 'c= 3000 psi f 'c= 4000 psi f 'c= 6000 psi
Anchor Depth hef Carbon Stainless Carbon Stainless Carbon Stainless Carbon Stainless
Diameter (in.) Steel Steel Steel Steel Steel Steel Steel Steel
3/8 2 1054 1086 1155 1190 1333 1374 1633 1683
2 1116 1476 1223 1617 1412 1868 1729 2287
1/2
3-1/4 2282 2312 2500 2533 2886 2925 3535 3582
3-1/8 2180 2180 2388 2388 2758 2758 3377 3377
5/8
4 3157 2711 3458 2970 3994 3430 4891 4201
3-3/4 2866 3765 3139 4125 3625 4763 4440 5833
3/4
4-3/4 4085 4085 4475 4475 5168 5168 6329 6329
1 Values are for single anchors with no edge distance or spacing reduction. For other cases, calculation of R d as per ACI 318-05 and conversion to ASD in accordance with Table 5.
2 Values are for normal weight concrete. For sand-lightweight concrete, multiply values by 0.85. For all-lightweight concrete, multiply values by 0.75. See ACI 318-05 D.3.4.
3 Condition B applies where supplementary reinforcement in conformance with ACI 318-05 D.4.4 is not provided, or where pullout or pryout strength governs. For cases where the
presence of supplementary reinforcement can be verified, the strength reduction factors associated with Condition A may be used.
4 Allowable static tension loads for 2,500 psi are calculated by multiplying the pullout strength N pn by the strength reduction φ factor of 0.65 and dividing by an α of 1.4 according to
ICC ESR-1917 Section 4.2. See Table 2 for N pn. This load may be adjusted for other concrete strengths according to ICC ESR-1917 Section 4.1.3 by using the following equation.

N pn,cr,f ' c = N pn,cr f 'c

2500

322 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
13_KB-[Link]:KB3 PTG Supplemental [Link] 12/30/07 1:16 AM Page 323

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

Kwik Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor 4.3.4

Table 8 - Kwik Bolt TZ Carbon and Stainless Steel
Allowable Static Shear (ASD), Steel (lb)1,2
Nominal Allowable Steel Capacity, Static Shear
Anchor
Diameter Carbon Steel Stainless Steel
3/8 1669 2661
1/2 2974 3194
5/8 4901 5495
3/4 7396 9309
1 Values are for single anchors with no edge distance or spacing
reduction due to concrete failure.

strength reduction φ factor of 0.65 and dividing by an α of 1.4

2 Allowable static shear loads are calculated by multiplying Vsa by the

according to ICC ESR-1917 Section 4.2. See Table 2 for Vsa .

Table 9 - Kwik Bolt TZ Carbon and Stainless Steel Allowable Seismic Tension (ASD),
Normal-Weight Cracked Concrete, Condition B (lb)1,2,3,4
Concrete Compressive Strength2
Nominal Embedment f 'c= 2500 psi f 'c= 3000 psi f 'c= 4000 psi f 'c= 6000 psi
Anchor Depth hef Carbon Stainless Carbon Stainless Carbon Stainless Carbon Stainless
Diameter (in.) Steel Steel Steel Steel Steel Steel Steel Steel
3/8 2 1006 1037 1102 1136 1273 1312 1559 1607
2 1065 1212 1167 1328 1348 1533 1651 1878
1/2
3-1/4 2178 2207 2386 2418 2755 2792 3375 3419
3-1/8 2081 2081 2280 2280 2632 2632 3224 3224
5/8
4 3014 2588 3301 2835 3812 3274 4669 4010
3-3/4 2736 3594 2997 3937 3460 4546 4238 5568
3/4
4-3/4 3900 3900 4272 4272 4933 4933 6042 6042
1 Values are for single anchors with no edge distance or spacing reduction. For other cases, calculation of R d as per ACI 318-05 and conversion to ASD in accordance with Table 5.
2 Values are for normal weight concrete. For sand-lightweight concrete, multiply values by 0.85. For all-lightweight concrete, multiply values by 0.75. See ACI 318-05 D.3.4.
3 Condition B applies where supplementary reinforcement in conformance with ACI 318-05 D.4.4 is not provided, or where pullout or pryout strength governs. For cases where the
presence of supplementary reinforcement can be verified, the strength reduction factors associated with Condition A may be used.
4 Allowable seismic tension loads for 2,500 psi are calculated by multiplying the pullout strength N pn by the strength reduction φ factor of 0.65, then multiplying by a 0.75 factor
describe in ACI 318-05 D.3.3.3, and dividing by an α of 1.1 according to ICC ESR-1917 Section 4.2. See Table 2 for N pn. This load may be adjusted for other concrete
strengths according to ICC ESR-1917 Section 4.1.3 by using the following equation.

N pn,cr,f ' c = N pn,cr f 'c

2500

Table 10 - Kwik Bolt TZ Carbon and Stainless Steel

Allowable Seismic Shear (ASD), Steel (lb)1,2
Nominal Allowable Steel Capacity, Seismic Shear
Anchor
Diameter Carbon Steel Stainless Steel
3/8 999 1252
1/2 2839 3049
5/8 4678 5245
3/4 6313 6477
1 Values are for single anchors with no edge distance or spacing reduction
due to concrete failure.

strength reduction φ factor of 0.65, then multiply by 0.75 as per ACI 318-
2 Allowable seismic shear loads are calculated by multiplying Vsa, seis by the

05 D.3.3.3, and dividing by an α of 1.1 according to ICC ESR-1917 Section

4.2. See Table 2 for Vsa, seis .

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 323
13_KB-[Link]:KB3 PTG Supplemental [Link] 12/30/07 1:16 AM Page 324

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.4 Kwik Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor

Table 11 - Kwik Bolt TZ Carbon Steel Allowable Tension and Shear Loads (ASD),
Installed into the Underside of a Lightweight Concrete over Metal Deck Slab1,2,3
Nominal Embedment Tension Tension Shear Shear
Anchor Depth h ef Seismic non-Seismic Seismic non-Seismic
Diameter (in.) (lb)4 (lb)5 (lb)4 (lb)5
3/8 2 709 743 944 989
1/2 2 709 743 1330 1393
1/2 3-1/4 1272 1333 2192 2296
5/8 3-1/8 971 1017 2039 2136
5/8 4 2255 2362 2677 2804
1 Pullout strength values N pn,deck are for anchors installed in lightweight concrete having a minimum 2,500 psi compressive strength at the time of installation. See Table 3
ESR-1917. The values listed in Table 11 have been calculated assuming a minimum 3,000 psi concrete compressive strength. The pullout strength may be adjusted for
other lightweight concrete compressive strengths according to ICC ESR-1917 Section 4.1.3 using the following equation:

N pn,deck,f ' c = N pn,deck f 'c (lb, psi)

2500
2 Minimum anchor spacing along the flute shall be the greater of 3.0 h ef or 1.5 times the flute width in accordance with ICC ESR-1917 Section 4.1.3.
3 Anchors in the lower flute may be installed with a maximum 1-inch offset in either direction. See Figure 5 in ESR-1917.
4 Allowable seismic tension and shear loads are calculated by multiplying N pn,deck and V sa,deck by the strength reduction φ factor of 0.65, the seismic reduction φ factor of
0.75 according to ACI 318 D3.3.3, and then divided by an α of 1.1 according to ICC ESR-1917 Section 4.2.
5 Allowable non-seismic tension and shear loads are calculated by multiplying N pn,deck and V sa,deck by the strength reduction φ factor of 0.65 and dividing by an α of 1.4
according to ICC ESR-1917 Section 4.2.

Table 12 — Kwik Bolt TZ Length Identification System

Length ID marking A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W
on bolt head
Length of From 11⁄2 2 21⁄2 3 31⁄2 4 41⁄2 5 51⁄2 6 61⁄2 7 71⁄2 8 81⁄2 9 91⁄2 10 11 12 13 14 15
anchor, Up to but
ᐍ anch (in.) not 2 21⁄2 3 31⁄2 4 41⁄2 5 51⁄2 6 61⁄2 7 71⁄2 8 81⁄2 9 91⁄2 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
including

Figure 4 — Bolt Head with Length Identification Mark and Kwik Bolt TZ Head Notch Embossment

324 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
13_KB-[Link]:KB3 PTG Supplemental [Link] 12/30/07 1:16 AM Page 325

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

Kwik Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor 4.3.4

[Link] Kwik Bolt TZ Anchor Installation Instructions

into normal-weight and lightweight concrete

1. Hammer drill a hole to the same nominal 2. Clean hole.

diameter as the Kwik Bolt TZ. The hole depth
must exceed the anchor embedment by at least
1/4 inch. The fixture may be used as a drilling
template to ensure proper anchor location.

3. Drive the Kwik Bolt TZ into the hole using 4. Tighten the nut to the recommended
a hammer. The anchor must be driven installation torque.
until at least 4 threads are below the
surface of the fixture.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 325
13_KB-[Link]:KB3 PTG Supplemental [Link] 12/30/07 1:16 AM Page 326

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.4 Kwik Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor

[Link] Kwik Bolt TZ Anchor Ordering Information

Item No. Description Length (in.) Thread Length (in.) Box Quantity
304581 KB-TZ 3/8x3 3 7/8 50
304582 KB-TZ 3/8x3-3/4 3-3/4 1-5/8 50
304583 KB-TZ 3/8x5 5 2-7/8 50
304584 KB-TZ 1/2x3-3/4 3-3/4 1-5/8 25
304585 KB-TZ 1/2x4-1/2 4-1/2 2-3/8 25
304586 KB-TZ 1/2x5-1/2 5-1/2 3-3/8 25
304587 KB-TZ 1/2x7 7 4-7/8 25
304588 KB-TZ 5/8x4-3/4 4-3/4 1-1/2 15
304589 KB-TZ 5/8x6 6 2-3/4 15
304590 KB-TZ 5/8x8-1/2 8-1/2 5-1/4 15
304591 KB-TZ 5/8x10 10 6-3/4 15
202880 KB-TZ 3/4x5-1/2 5 1/2 1-1/2 10
202881 KB-TZ 3/4x8 8 4 10
202882 KB-TZ 3/4x10 10 6 10

202883 KB-TZ SS304 3/8x3 3 7/8 50

202884 KB-TZ SS304 3/8x3-3/4 3-3/4 1-5/8 50
202885 KB-TZ SS304 3/8x5 5 2-7/8 50
202886 KB-TZ SS304 1/2x3-3/4 3-3/4 1-5/8 25
202887 KB-TZ SS304 1/2x4-1/2 4-1/2 2-3/8 25
202888 KB-TZ SS304 1/2x5-1/2 5-1/2 3-3/8 25
202889 KB-TZ SS304 1/2x7 7 4-7/8 25
202890 KB-TZ SS304 5/8x4-3/4 4-3/4 1-1/2 15
202891 KB-TZ SS304 5/8x6 6 2-3/4 15
202892 KB-TZ SS304 5/8x8-1/2 8-1/2 5-1/4 15
202893 KB-TZ SS304 5/8x10 10 6-3/4 15
202894 KB-TZ SS304 3/4x5-1/2 5-1/2 1-1/2 10
202895 KB-TZ SS304 3/4x8 8 4 10
202896 KB-TZ SS304 3/4x10 10 6 10

326 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
13_KB-[Link]:KB3 PTG Supplemental [Link] 12/30/07 1:16 AM Page 327

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

Kwik Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor 4.3.4

[Link] Kwik Bolt TZ Anchor Sample Calculations

Given:
(2) 1/2 in. KB-TZ anchors under AN
static tension load as shown. 1.5h ef
h ef = 3.25 in.
Normal wt. concrete, f'c = 3,000 psi
No supplementary reinforcing. s = 6''
Assume uncracked concrete. 6"

Condition B per ACI 318-05 D.4.4(c)

1.5h ef
Calculate the allowable tension load 1.5h ef c = 4''
for this configuration.

Calculation per ACI 318-05 Appendix D and ICC ESR-1358. Code Ref. Reference
D.5.1.2
Step 1. Calculate steel strength of anchor in tension:  N n = n * N sa = 0.75 * 2 * 10,706 = 16,059 lb Table 2
D.4.4
Step 2. Calculate concrete breakout strength of anchor in tension. See ESR-1917 for edge factor cp,N .
ESR-1917
A D.5.2.1
N cbg = N c ( ec,N ) ( ed,N,c,N ) ( cp,N ) N b 4.1.2
A Nco
Step 2a. Verify minimum member thickness, spacing and edge distance: D.8 Table 2
2.375, 5.75
h min = 6 in.
6 in. ... ok S min Fig. 2
2.375 – 5.75
slope = = –3.0
3.5 – 2.375
for c min = 4 in. ⇒ y 1 - y 2 = m (x 1 - x 2 ) 2.375 controls 3.5, 2.375
s min = 5.75 – [(2.375 – 4.0) – (3.0)] =0.875 < 2.375 in. < 6 in. ... ok 0.875 C min

Step 2b. Check: 1.5h ef = (1.5 ) (3.25) = 4.88 in. > c 3.0h ef = (3) (3.25) = 9.75 in. > s D.5.2.1 Table 2

Step 2c. Calculate A Nco and A Nc for the anchorage: A Nco = 9h ef 2 = (9) (3.25)2 = 95.1 in 2
D.5.2.1 Table 2
A Nc = (1.5) (h ef + c) (3) (h ef + s ) = [(1.5) (3.25) + 4] [(3 x 3.25) + 6] = 139.8 in 2 < 2A Nco ... ok
Step 2d. Calculate  ec,N : eN' = O,  ec,N = 1 D.5.2.4

Step 2e. Calculate N b : N b = k cr f 'c ( h ef ) 1.5 = 17 3000 (3.25)1.5 = 5,456 lb D.5.2.2 Table 2

4
Step 2f. Calculate modification factor for edge distance:  ed,N = 0.7 + 0.3 = 0.95 D.5.2.5 Table 2
(1.5) (3.25)

Step 2g.  c,N = 1.4 (uncracked concrete) D.5.2.6 Table 2

Step 2h. Calculate modification factor for splitting:

= 0.65 ⇒ 0.53 < 0.65 . .
c 1.5h e f 4 (1.5) (3.25) . 1.5h ef D.5.2.7 Table 2
 cp,N = a,min  check: = 0.53 : controls
c ac c ac 7.5 7.5 c ac

Step 2i. Calculate N cbg : N cbg =

( 139.8
95.1 )
(1) (0.95) (1.4) (5,456) (0.65) = 6,983 lb D.5.2.1 Table 2

Step 3. Check pullout strength: See ESR-1917 for adjustment for concrete strength Table 2
D.5.3.2
[
: N pn,f'c (1) = 2 N pn, uncr f 'c
2500
] [
= 2 (5,515) 3000
2500
] = 12,082 lb ESR-1917
4.1.6
.
Step 4. Controlling strength:  N cbg = (0.65) (6,983) = 4,539 lb <  N n . .  N cbg controls D.4.4(c) Table 2

4,539
Step 5. Convert value to ASD: T allow = = 3,242 lb - Table 5
1.4

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 327
13_KB-[Link]:KB3 PTG Supplemental [Link] 12/30/07 1:16 AM Page 328

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.5 Kwik Bolt 3 Expansion Anchor

[Link] Product Description [Link] Product Description
[Link] Material Specifications
The Kwik Bolt 3 (KB3) is a torque Product Features
[Link] Strength Design (LRFD) controlled expansion anchor, which • Length identification code facili-
[Link] Allowable Stress Design (ASD) provides consistent performance for a tates quality control and inspection
wide range of mechanical anchor after installation.
[Link] Installation Instructions
applications. This anchor series is • Through fixture installation and
[Link] Ordering Information variable thread lengths improve
available in carbon steel with zinc
[Link] Sample Calculations productivity and accommodate
electroplated coating, carbon steel with
various base plate thicknesses.
hot-dip galvanized coating, 304
Impact Section • Raised impact section (Dog Point)
(Dog Point) stainless steel and 316 stainless steel prevents thread damage during
[Link] threaded stud version of installation.
the anchor is available in a variety of • Anchor size is same as drill bit size
Nut diameters ranging from 1/4 in. to 1 in. for easy installation. For temporary
depending on the steel and coating applications anchors may be driven
Washer into drilled holes after usage.
type. Applicable base materials include
normal-weight concrete, structural • Mechanical expansion allows
lightweight concrete, lightweight immediate load application.
Anchor concrete over metal deck, and grout Installation
Thread
filled concrete masonry.
Drill hole in concrete, structural
Guide Specifications lightweight concrete, or grout filled
Anchor concrete masonry using a Hilti carbide
Body Torque controlled expansion anchors
shall be Kwik Bolt 3 supplied by Hilti tipped drill bit and a Hilti rotary hammer
meeting the description in Federal drill. Remove dust from the hole with oil
Expansion free compressed air or vacuum.
Specification A-A 1923A, Type 4. The
Element Alternately for 1/2, 5/8, 3/4, and 1 inch
(Wedges) anchor bears a length identification
mark embossed into the impact section diameter Kwik Bolt 3 anchors, the hole
(dog point) of the anchor identifying the may be drilled using a matched
anchor as a Hilti Kwik Bolt 3 in the tolerance Hilti DD-C wet diamond core
installed condition. Anchors are bit for anchoring applications. The slurry
Expansion Cone
manufactured to meet one of the must be flushed from the diamond
Listings/Approvals cored hole prior to anchor installation.
following conditions:
ICC-ES (International Code Council) The minimum hole depth must exceed
AC 193 ESR pending 1. The carbon steel anchor body,
ICC-ES ESR-1385 the anchor embedment prior to torquing
nut and washer have an electro-
Grout filled concrete masonry plated zinc coating conforming by one hole, diameter. Drive the anchor
City of Los Angeles to ASTM B633 to a minimum into the hole using a hammer. A
thickness of 5 µm.
Research Report No. 25577
FM (Factory Mutual) minimum of six threads must be below
Pipe Hanger Components for 2. The carbon steel hot-dip galva- the surface of the fixture. Tighten the nut
Automatic Sprinkler (3/8" - 3/4") nized anchor body, nut, and to the recommended installation torque.
UL (Underwriters Laboratories) washer conform to ASTM A153.
UL 203 Pipe Hanger Equipment for Fire
The stainless steel expansion
Protection Services (3/8" - 3/4")
Miami-Dade County elements conform to either
NOA No. 06-0810.13 AISI 304 or AISI 316.
Qualified under an NQA-1 Nuclear Quality 3. The stainless steel anchor body,
Program nut, and washer conform to AISI
304. The stainless steel expansion
C
elements conform to either
AISI 304 or AISI 316.
*Please refer to the reports to verify that the type
and diameter specified is included 4. The stainless steel anchor body,
nut, and washer conform to AISI
Building Code Compliance 316. The stainless steel expansion
IBC® 2006 (for masonry only) elements conform to AISI 316.
IRC® 2006 (for masonry only)
UBC® 1997

328 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
14_Kwik Bolt [Link]:KB3 PTG (Supp) [Link] 12/30/07 1:17 AM Page 329

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

Kwik Bolt 3 Expansion Anchor 4.3.5

[Link] Material Specifications

Carbon steel with electroplated zinc
All Carbon Steel Kwik Bolt 3, Long Thread Kwik Bolt 3 and Rod Coupling Anchors, excluding the 3/4 x 12 and 1 inch diameter
sizes, have the minimum tensile bolt fracture loads shown in Table 7.
All carbon steel 3/4 x 12 and 1 inch diameter sizes and carbon steel countersunk Kwik Bolt 3 anchor bodies have mechanical
properties as listed in Table 7.
Carbon steel anchor components plated in accordance with ASTM B633 to a minimum thickness of 5 µm.
Nuts conform to the requirements of ASTM A563, Grade A, Hex.
Washers meet the requirements of ASTM F844.
Expansion elements (wedges) are manufactured from carbon steel, except the following anchors have stainless steel wedges:
• All 1/4 inch diameter anchors
• KB3 3/4x12
• All 1 inch diameter anchors
• All countersunk Kwik Bolt 3

Carbon steel with hot-dip galvanized coating

Anchor bodies manufactured from carbon steel have the minimum tensile bolt fracture loads shown in Table 7.
Carbon steel anchor components hot-dip galvanized according to ASTM A153, Class C (43 µm min.).
Nuts conform to the requirements of ASTM A563, Grade A, Hex.
Washers meet the requirements of ASTM F844.
Stainless steel expansion elements (wedges) are manufactured from either AISI 304 or AISI 316.

Stainless steel
Anchor bodies smaller than 3/4 inch, excluding all Countersunk Kwik Bolt 3 anchors, are produced from AISI 304 or 316
stainless steel having the minimum bolt fracture loads shown in Table 7.
Anchor bodies 3/4 inch and larger, and all stainless steel Countersunk Kwik Bolt 3 anchor bodies, are produced from AISI 304
or 316 stainless steel have the minimum mechanical properties shown in Table 7.
Nuts meet the dimensional requirements of ASTM F594.
Washers meet the dimensional requirements of ANSI B18.22.1, Type A, plain.
Stainless steel expansion elements for AISI 304 anchors are made from either AISI 304 or AISI 316. Stainless steel expansion
elements for AISI 316 anchors are made from AISI 316. All stainless steel nuts and washers for AISI 304 and 316 anchors are
manufactured from AISI 304 and 316, respectively.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 329
14_Kwik Bolt [Link]:KB3 PTG (Supp) [Link] 12/30/07 1:17 AM Page 330

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.5 Kwik Bolt 3 Expansion Anchor

[Link] Strength Design (LRFD)

Section [Link] provides ACI 318-05 strength design For more detailed information, please contact Hilti Technical
information for the Kwik Bolt 3 used where the required for Support. Note that the allowable load tables are not
post-installed anchor design must comply with according to developed using the same safety factors as the allowable
the IBC 2003 and IBC 2006. Testing was conducted in load Table 6 to 15 provided in the allowable load Section
accordance with ACI 355.2 and ICC-ES AC193 in uncracked [Link] of the 2008 Product Technical Guide and should not
concrete. Engineering design based on this section is limited be interchanged. Edge distance and anchor spacing
to uncracked concrete and seismic design categories A & B. guidelines are specific for each design method. The
installation torques for the 5/8, 3/4, and 1- inch diameter
anchors have been reduced in order to maintain reasonable
spacing guidelines as developed in accordance with
ACI 355.2.

Figure 1 - Kwik Bolt 3 Installation

Table 1 - Installation Information Strength Design

DESIGN Symbol Units Nominal anchor diameter
INFORMATION 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 1
in. 0.25 0.375 0.5 0.625 0.75 1
Anchor O.D. do
(mm) (6.4) (9.5) (12.7) (15.9) (19.1) (25.4)
in. 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 1
ANSI drill bit dia dbit
(mm) (6.4) (9.5) (12.7) (15.9) (19.1) (25.4)
Effective min. in. 1-1/2 2 2 3-1/4 3-1/8 4 3-3/4 5 4 5-3/4
hef
embedment (mm) (38) (51) (51) (83) (79) (102) (95) (127) (102) (146)
in. 2 2-5/8 2-5/8 4 3-7/8 4-3/4 4-1/2 5-3/4 5 6-3/4
Min hole depth ho
(mm) (51) (67) (67) (102) (98) (121) (114) (146) (127) (171)
ft-lb 4 20 40 60 110 150
Installation torque Tinst
(Nm) (5) (27) (54) (81) (149) (203)
Expansion element in. 5/16 7/16 9/16 11/16 13/16 1-1/8
dh
clearance hole (mm) (7.9) (11.1) (14.3) (17.5) (20.6) (28.6)

330 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
14_Kwik Bolt [Link]:KB3 PTG (Supp) [Link] 12/30/07 1:17 AM Page 331

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

Kwik Bolt 3 Expansion Anchor 4.3.5

Table 2 - Carbon Steel KB3 Strength Design

Nominal Anchor Diameter

DESIGN INFORMATION Symbol Units
1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4
in. 0.25 0.375 0.5 0.625 0.75
Anchor O.D. d0
(mm) (6.4) (9.5) (12.7) (15.9) (19.1)
Effective min. in. 1.5 2 2 3.25 3.125 4 3.75 5
h ef
embedment 1 (mm) (38) (51) (51) (83) (79) (102) (95) (127)
in. 4 4 5 4 6 6 8 5 6 8 6 8 8
Min. member thickness h min
(mm) (102) (102) (127) (102) (152) (152) (203) (127) (152) (203) (152) (203) (203)
in. 2.75 4.5 3.875 4.875 3.625 6.75 5.625 7.5 9.5 7.5 9.75 7.5 9.5
Critical edge distance 2 c cr
(mm) (70) (114) (98) (124) (92) (171) (143) (191) (241) (191) (248) (191) (241)
in. 1.375 2 1.5 2.125 2 1.625 1.625 2.25 1.75 1.75 2.75 2.625 2.5
c min
2 (mm) (35) (51) (38) (54) (51) (41) (41) (57) (44) (44) (70) (67) (64)
Min. edge distance
for s ≥ in. 1.75 2.875 3.5 4.875 4.75 4.25 4 5.25 4.75 4 6.875 6.5 6.375
(mm) (44) (73) (89) (124) (121) (108) (102) (133) (121) (102) (175) (165) (162)
in. 1.25 1.75 1.75 2.5 2.25 2 1.875 2.375 2.125 2.125 3.75 3.375 3.25
s min
(mm) (32) (44) (44) (64) (57) (51) (48) (60) (54) (54) (95) (86) (83)
Min. anchor spacing
for c ≥ in. 1.625 2.375 2.375 2.625 2.375 2.25 2 3.125 2.375 2.25 3.75 3.375 3.375
(mm) (41) (60) (60) (67) (60) (57) (51) (79) (60) (57) (95) (86) (86)
Min. hole depth in in. 2 2.625 2.625 4 3.875 4.75 4.5 5.75
h0
in concrete (mm) (51) (67) (67) (102) (98) (121) (114) (146)
Min. specified psi 84,800 84,800 84,800 84,800 84,800
fy
yield strength (N/mm2) (585) (585) (585) (585) (585)
psi 106,000 106,000 106,000 106,000 106,000
Min. specified ult. strength f ut
(N/mm2) (731) (731) (731) (731) (731)
Effective tensile in 2 0.02 0.06 0.11 0.17 0.24
A se
stress area (mm2) (12.9) (38.7) (71.0) (109.7) (154.8)
lb 2,120 6,360 11,660 18,020 25,440
Steel strength in tension N sa
(kN) (9.4) (28.3) (51.9) (80.2) (113.2)
lb 1,640 4,470 5,925 6,760 12,230 15,660 20,630
Steel strength in shear V sa
(kN) (7.3) (19.9) (26.4) (30.1) (54.4) (69.7) (91.8)
Steel strength in shear, lb 1,930 2,840 3,155 6,585
Vsa,deck NP
concrete on metal deck (kN) (8.6) (12.6) (14.0) (29.3)
Pullout strength lb 1,575 6,890 10,585
N pn,uncr NA NA NA NA
uncracked concrete (kN) (7.0) (30.6) (47.1)
Pullout strength concrete N lb 1,750 2,245 2,730 4,765
pn,deck,uncr NP
on metal deck 5 (kN) (7.8) (10.0) (12.1) (21.2)
Anchor category 6 1,2 or 3 – 1
Effectiveness factor
k uncr – 24
uncracked concrete 7
ft*lb 4 20 40 60 110
Installation torque Tinst
(Nm) (5) (27) (54) (81) (149)

β
Axial stiffness in service
(lb/in) 116,150 162,850 203,500 191,100 222,150 170,700 207,400 164,000
β
load range
COV % 60 42 29 29 25 21 19 24
Strength reduction factor ␾ for tension, steel failure modes 8 0.75
Strength reduction factor ␾ for shear, steel failure modes 8 0.65
Strength reduction factor ␾ for tension concrete failure modes, Condition B 9 0.65
Strength reduction factor ␾ for shear concrete failure modes, Condition B 9 0.70
1 See Figure 1.
2 For KB3 into the soffit of sand lightweight or normal-weight concrete on metal deck floor and roof assemblies, see Figure 3 associated to Table II.
3 NP (not permitted) denotes that the condition is not supported.
4 NA (not applicable) denotes that this value does not govern for design.
5 NP (not permitted) denotes that the condition is not supported.
6 See ACI 318-05 Section D.4.4.
7 See ACI 318-05 Section D.5.2.2.
8 The KB3 is a ductile steel element as defined by ACI 318 Section D.1.
9 For use with the load combinations of ACI 318 Section 9.2. Condition B applies where supplementary reinforcement in conformance with ACI 318-05 Section
D.4.4 is not provided, or where pull-out or pry out strength governs. For cases where the presence of supplementary reinforcement can be verified, the strength
reduction factors associated with Condition A may be used.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 331
14_Kwik Bolt [Link]:KB3 PTG (Supp) [Link] 12/30/07 1:17 AM Page 332

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.5 Kwik Bolt 3 Expansion Anchor

Table 3 - Stainless Steel KB3 Strength Design Information

Nominal Anchor Diameter

DESIGN INFORMATION Symbol Units
1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 1
in. 0.25 0.375 0.5 0.625 0.75 1
Anchor O.D. d0
(mm) (6.4) (9.5) (12.7) (15.9) (19.1) (25.4)
Effective min. in. 1.5 2 2 3.25 3.125 4 3.75 5 4 5.75
h ef
embedment 1 (mm) (38) (51) (51) (83) (79) (102) (95) (127) (102) (146)
in. 4 4 5 4 6 6 8 5 6 8 6 8 8 8 10
Min. member thickness h min
(mm) (102) (102) (127) (102) (152) (152) (203) (127) (152) (203) (152) (203) (203) (203) (254)
in. 3 4.375 3.875 4.875 4 6.75 5.75 7.375 9.5 7.5 10.5 9.25 9.75 10 11
Critical edge distance2 c cr
(mm) (76) (111) (98) (124) (102) (171) (146) (187) (241) (191) (267) (235) (248) (254) (279)
in. 1.375 2 1.625 2.5 1.875 1.625 1.625 3.25 2.5 2.5 3.25 3 2.875 3.5 3
c min
(mm) (35) (51) (41) (64) (48) (41) (41) (83) (64) (64) (83) (76) (73) (89) (76)
Min. edge distance2
for s ≥ in. 1.75 4 3.625 5 4.625 4.5 4.25 5.625 5.25 5 7 6.875 6.625 6.75 6.75
(mm) (44) (102) (92) (127) (117) (114) (108) (143) (133) (127) (178) (175) (168) (172) (172)
in. 1.25 2 1.75 2.5 2.25 2.125 1.875 3.125 2.125 2.125 4 3.5 3.5 5 4.75
s min
(mm) (32) (51) (44) (64) (57) (54) (48) (79) (54) (54) (102) (89) (89) (127) (121)
Min. anchor spacing
for c ≥ in. 1.625 3.25 2.5 2.875 2.375 2.375 2.125 3.875 3 2.75 4.125 3.75 3.75 4.25 3.75
(mm) (41) (83) (64) (73) (60) (60) (54) (98) (76) (70) (105) (95) (95) (108) (95)
Min. hole depth in in. 2 2.625 2.625 4 3.875 4.75 4.5 5.75 5 6.75
h0
in concrete (mm) (51) (67) (67) (102) (98) (121) (114) (146) (127) (171)
Min. specified psi 92000 92,000 92,000 92,000 76,000 76,000
fy
yield strength (N/mm2) (634) (634) (634) (634) (524) (524)
psi 115000 115,000 115,000 115,000 90,000 90,000
Min. specified ult. strength f ut
(N/mm2) (793) (793) (793) (793) (621) (621)
Effective tensile in2 0.02 0.06 0.11 0.17 0.24 0.47
A se
stress area (mm2) (12.9) (38.7) (71.0) (109.7) (154.8) (303.2)
lb 2300 6,900 12,650 19,550 21,600 42,311
Steel strength in tension N sa
(kN) (10.2) (30.7) (56.3) (87.0) (96.1) (188.2)
Steel strength in shear V sa lb 1680 4,980 4,195 6,940 8,955 14,300 11,900 23,545 12,510 30,000
(kN) (7.5) (22.2) (18.7) (30.9) (39.8) (63.6) (52.9) (104.7) (55.6) (133.5)
Steel strength in shear, lb 2,020 2,580 1,745 5,690
Vsa,deck NP NP
concrete on metal deck 3 (kN) (9.0) (11.5) (7.8) (25.3)
Pullout strength lb 1325 3,120 3,310 6,340 6,230 7,830 8,555 10,830 NA 15,550
N pn,uncr
uncracked concrete 4 (kN) (5.9) (13.9) (14.7) (28.2) (27.7) (34.8) (38.1) (48.2) (69.2)
Pullout strength concrete lb 1805 2,580 1,945 4,430
Npn,deck,uncr NP NP
on metal deck 5 (kN) (8.0) (11.5) (8.7) (19.7)
Anchor category 6 1,2 or 3 - 2 1
Effectiveness factor
k uncr - 24
uncracked concrete7
ft*lb 4 20 40 60 110 150
Installation torque Tinst
(Nm) (5) (27) (54) (81) (149) (203)

β
Axial stiffness in service
(lb/in) 57,400 158,300 154,150 77,625 227,600 189,200 275,600 187,000 126,400 174,800
β
load range
COV % 40 34 36 17 31 22 35 21 38 22
Strength reduction factor ␾
0.75
for tension, steel failure modes 8
Strength reduction factor ␾ for
0.65
shear, steel failure modes 8
Strength reduction factor ␾ for
0.65
tension concrete failure modes, Condition B 9
Strength reduction factor ␾ for
0.70
shear concrete failure modes, Condition B 9
1 See Figure 1.
2 For KB3 into the soffit of sand lightweight or normal-weight concrete on metal deck floor and roof assemblies, see Figure 3.
3 NP (not permitted) denotes that the condition is not supported by this report.
4 NA (not applicable) denotes that this value does not govern for design.
5 NP (not permitted) denotes that the condition is not supported by this report.
6 See ACI 318-05 Section D.4.4.
7 See ACI 318-05 Section D.5.2.2.
8 The KB3 is a ductile steel element as defined by ACI 318 Section D.1.
9 For use with the load combinations of ACI 318 Section 9.2. Condition B applies where supplementary reinforcement in conformance with ACI 318-05 Section
D.4.4 is not provided, or where pull-out or pry out strength governs. For cases where the presence of supplementary reinforcement can be verified, the strength
reduction factors associated with Condition A may be used.

332 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
14_Kwik Bolt [Link]:KB3 PTG (Supp) [Link] 12/30/07 1:17 AM Page 333

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

Kwik Bolt 3 Expansion Anchor 4.3.5

Table 4 - Hot-Dip Galvanized KB3 Strength Design Information

Nominal anchor Diameter

DESIGN INFORMATION Symbol Units
1/2 5/8 3/4
in. 0.5 0.625 0.75
Anchor O.D. d0
(mm) (12.7) (15.9) (19.1)
Effective min. in. 2 3.25 3.125 4 3.75 5
h ef
embedment2 (mm) (51) (83) (79) (102) (95) (127)
in. 4 6 6 8 5 6 8 6 8 8
Min. member thickness h min
(mm) (102) (152) (152) (203) (127) (152) (203) (152) (203) (203)
in. 4.875 3.625 6.75 5.625 7.5 9.5 7.5 9.75 7.5 9.5
Critical edge distance c cr
(mm) (124) (92) (171) (143) (191) (241) (191) (248) (191) (241)
in. 3.25 2.625 2 2.25 2 1.875 3.5 3.625
c min
(mm) (83) (67) (51) (57) (51) (48) (89) (92)
Min. edge distance
for s ≥
in. 6.25 5.5 4.875 5.25 5 4.75 7.5 7.375
(mm) (159) (140) (124) (133) (127) (121) (191) (187)
in. 3.125 2.75 2.375 2.125 2.5 2.125 2.125 4 3.875
s min
(mm) (79) (70) (60) (54) (64) (54) (54) (102) (98)
Min. anchor spacing
for c ≥ in. 3.75 2.75 2.625 2.25 3.5 2.5 2.25 6.5 4.75
(mm) (95) (70) (67) (57) (89) (64) (57) (165) (121)
Min. hole depth in in. 2.625 4 3.875 4.75 4.5 5.75
h0
in concrete (mm) (67) (102) (98) (121) (114) (146)
Min. specified psi 84,800 84,800 84,800
fy
yield strength (N/mm2) (585) (585) (585)
psi 106,000 106,000 106,000
Min. specified ult. strength f ut
(N/mm2) (731) (731) (731)
Effective tensile in2 0.11 0.17 0.24
A se
stress area (mm2) (71.0) (109.7) (154.8)
lb 11,660 18,020 25,440
Steel strength in tension N sa
(kN) (51.9) (80.2) (113.2)
lb 4,200 5,870 11,635 17,000
Steel strength in shear V sa
(kN) (18.7) (26.1) (51.8) (75.6)
Pullout strength lb 6,540 6,465 9,375 10,175
N pn,uncr NA NA
uncracked concrete4 (kN) (29.1) (28.8) (41.7) (45.3)
Anchor category6 1,2 or 3 - 1
Effectiveness factor
k uncr - 24
uncracked concrete7
ft*lb 40 60 110
Installation torque Tinst
(Nm) (54) (81) (149)

β
Axial stiffness in service
(lb/in) 177,000 332,850 347,750 190,130 364,725 314,650

β
load range
COV % 42 18 37 36 27 21
Strength reduction factor ␾ for
0.75
tension, steel failure modes 5
Strength reduction factor ␾ for
0.65
shear, steel failure modes 5
Strength reduction factor ␾ for
0.65
tension , concrete failure modes, Condition B 6
Strength reduction factor ␾ for shear , concrete
0.70
failure modes, Condition B 6
1 See Table 16 and the associated figure.
2 NA (not applicable) denotes that this value does not govern for design.
3 See ACI 318-05 Section D.4.4.
4 See ACI 318-05 Section D.5.2.2.
5 The KB3 is a ductile steel element as defined by ACI 318 Section D.1
6 For use with the load combinations of ACI 318 Section 9.2. Condition B applies where supplementary reinforcement in conformance with ACI 318-05
Section D.4.4 is not provided, or where pull-out or pry out strength governs. For cases where the prescence of supplimentray reinfircement can be
verified, the strength reduction factors associated with Condition A may be used.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 333
14_Kwik Bolt [Link]:KB3 PTG (Supp) [Link] 12/30/07 1:17 AM Page 334

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.5 Kwik Bolt 3 Expansion Anchor

Figure 2 - Interpolation of Minimum Edge Distance and Anchor Spacing

s design c design

hmin
ca min at s ≥

spacing s
sdesign

smin at c ≥

h ≥ h min
cdesign
edge distance c

Length Identification System

Stamp on Anchor A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T
From 1 2 2-1/2 3 3-1/2 4 4-1/2 5 5-1/2 6 6-1/2 7 7-1/2 8 8-1/2 9 9-1/2 10 11 12
Length of Up To
Anchor But Not 2 2-1/2 3 3-1/2 4 4-1/2 5 5-1/2 6 6-1/2 7 7-1/2 8 8-1/2 9 9-1/2 10 11 12 13
(inches) Including

Length
Identification Mark

334 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
14_Kwik Bolt [Link]:KB3 PTG (Supp) [Link] 12/30/07 1:17 AM Page 335

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

Kwik Bolt 3 Expansion Anchor 4.3.5

[Link] Allowable Stress Design

Table 5 - Kwik Bolt 3 Specifications1

Bolt Size in. 1/4 3/8 1/2

Details (mm) (6.4) (9.5) (12.7)

d bit nominal bit diameter2 in. 1/4 3/8 1/2

h min/h nom/h deep depth of embedment in. 1-1/8 2 3 1-5/8 2-1/2 3-1/2 2-1/4 3-1/2 4-3/4
(mm) (29) (51) (76) (41) (64) (89) (57) (89) (121)
ho minimum/standard/deep in. 1-3/8 2-1/4 3-1/4 2 2-7/8 3-7/8 2-3/4 4 5-1/4
hole depth (mm) (35) (57) (83) (51) (73) (89) (70) (102) (133)
dh wedge clearance in. 5/16 7/16 9/16
hole in fixture (mm) (8) (11) (14)
Normal Carbon Steel ft-lb 4 20 40
Tinst weight & HDG (Nm) (5) (27) (54)
Recom- Light
weight Stainless ft-lb 6 20 40
mended Concrete Steel (Nm) (8) (27) (54)
Installation
Torque Grout ft-lb 4 15 25
Filled Carbon Steel (5) (20) (34)
Block (Nm)

h min. base material thickness in. 3 inch (76 mm) or 1.3 times embedment, whichever number is greater
Carbon Steel 2900 lb 4,6 7200 lb 4,6 12400 lb 4
Bolt Fracture
HDG no offering no offering 12400 lb 4
Load
Stainless steel 2900 lb 4,7 7200 lb 4,7 12400 lb 4

Bolt Size in. 5/8 3/4 1

Details (mm) (15.9) (19.1) (25.4)

d bit nominal bit diameter2 in. 5/8 3/4 1

h min/h nom/h deep minimum/standard/deep in. 2-3/4 4 5-1/2 3-1/4 4-3/4 6-1/23 4-1/2 6 9
depth of embedment (mm) (70) (102) (140) (83) (121) (165) (114) (152) (229)
ho minimum/standard/deep in. 3-3/8 4-5/8 6-1/8 4 5-1/2 7 5-1/2 7 10
hole depth (mm) (86) (117) (156) (102) (140) (178) (140) (178) (254)
dh wedge clearance in. 11/16 13/16 1-1/8
hole in fixture (mm) (17) (21) (29)
Normal Carbon Steel ft-lb 85 150 250
Tinst weight & HDG (Nm) (115) (203) (339)
Recom- Light
weight Stainless ft-lb 85 150 235
mended Concrete Steel (Nm) (115) (203) (319)
Installation
Torque Grout ft-lb 65 120
Filled Carbon Steel –
(Nm) (88) (1663)
Block
h min. base material thickness in. 3 inch (76 mm) or 1.3 times embedment, whichever number is greater
Carbon Steel 19600 lb4 28700 lb 4,8 f ut ≥ 88 ksi, f y ≥ 75 ksi 5
Bolt Fracture
HDG 19600 lb4 28700 lb 4 no offering
f ut ≥ 76 ksi, f y ≥ 64 ksi 5 f ut ≥ 76 ksi, f y ≥ 64 ksi 5
Load
Stainless steel 21900 lb4
1 See Kwik Bolt 3 Product Line Table in Section [Link] for a full list and anchor length and thread length
configurations.
2 Loads for Kwik Bolt 3 are applicable for both carbide drill bits and matched tolerance Hilti DD-B or DD-C
diamond core bits in sizes ranging from 1/2 inch to 1 inch.
3 The deep embedment depth for stainless steel Kwik Bolt 3 anchors is 8 inch (203 mm).
4 Bolt fracture loads are determined by testing in a jig as part of product quality control. These values are
not intended for design purposes.
5 Bolt strength specified by minimum tensile and yield strength. Bolt fracture load not applicable.
6 Bolt fracture load not applicable to carbon steel Countersunk Kwik Bolt 3. The tensile and yield strengths
are, f ut ≥ 105 ksi and f y ≥ 90 ksi.
7 Bolt fracture load not applicable to stainless steel Countersunk Kwik Bolt 3. The tensile and yield strengths
are, fut ≥ 90 ksi and f y ≥ 76 ksi.
8 For 3/4 x 12, fut ≥ 88 ksi and f y ≥ 75 ksi. Bolt fracture load not applicable.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 335
14_Kwik Bolt [Link]:KB3 PTG (Supp) [Link] 12/30/07 1:17 AM Page 336

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.5 Kwik Bolt 3 Expansion Anchor

Table 6 - Carbon Steel Kwik Bolt 3 Allowable Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete1

Anchor Embedment ƒ'c = 2000 psi (13.8 MPa) ƒ'c = 3000 psi (20.7 MPa) ƒ'c = 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) ƒ'c = 6000 psi (41.4 MPa)
Diameter Depth Tension Shear 2 Tension Shear 2 Tension Shear 2 Tension Shear 2
in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
300 365 430 550
1-1/8 (29)
(1.3) (1.6) (1.9) (2.4)
1/4 635 530 715 530 800 530 530
2 (51)
(6.4) (2.8) (2.4) (3.2) (2.4) (3.6) (2.4) 845 (2.4)
755 795 840 (3.8)
3 (76)
(3.4) (3.5) (3.7)
730 1135 910 1275 1095 1420 1090
1-5/8 (41)
(3.2) (5.0) (4.0) (5.7) (4.9) (6.3) (4.8)
3/8 1260 1555 1850 2060 1460 3
2-1/2 (64)
3 3 3
(9.5) (5.6) 1460 (6.9) 1460 (8.2) 1460 (9.2) (6.5)
1580 (6.5) 1770 (6.5) 1965 (6.5) 2150
3-1/2 (89)
(7.0) (7.9) (8.7) (9.6)
1235 1865 1430 2300 1620 2735 4 1975
2-1/4 (57)
(5.5) (8.3) (6.4) (10.2) (7.2) (12.2) (8.8)
1/2 1930 2185 2440 3240 3020 5
3-1/2 (89)
5 5 5
(12.7) (8.6) 3020 (9.7) 3020 (10.9) 3020 (14.4) (13.4)
2135 (13.4) 2355 (13.4) 2575 (13.4) 3620
4-3/4 (121)
(9.5) (10.5) (11.5) (16.1)
1920 2750 2065 3410 2210 4070 6 2830
2-3/4 (70)
(8.5) (12.2) (9.2) (15.2) (9.8) (18.1) (12.6)
5/8 2660 3020 3385 4770 4885 5
4 (102)
5 5 5
(15.9) (11.8) 4885 (13.4) 4885 (15.1) 4885 (21.2) (21.7)
3285 (21.7) 3695 (21.7) 4100 (21.7) 5325
5-1/2 (140)
(14.6) (16.4) (18.2) (23.7)
2120 4090 2425 4900 2730 5710 6 3785 5710 6
3-1/4 (83)
(9.4) (18.2) (10.8) (21.8) (12.1) (25.4) (16.8) (25.4)
3/4 3240 4260 5285 6155
4-3/4 (121)
(19.1) (14.4) 5340 (18.9) 5340 (23.5) 7325 7 (27.4) 7325 8
4535 (23.8) 5860 (23.8) 7185 (32.6) 7005 (32.6)
6-1/2 (165)
(20.2) (26.1) (32) (31.2)
3330 7070 4050 7600 4670 8140 5070
4-1/2 (114)
(14.8) (31.4) (18.0) (33.8) (20.8) (36.2) (22.6)
1 4930 6000 7070 8400 9200
6 (152)
(25.4) (21.9) 9200 (26.7) 9200 (31.4) 9200 (37.4) (40.9)
6670 (40.9) 7670 (40.9) 8670 (40.9) 10670
9 (229)
(29.7) (34.1) (38.6) (47.5)

1 Intermediate load values for other concrete strengths and embedments can be
calculated by linear interpolation.
2 Unless otherwise noted, values shown are valid for the shear plane acting
through either the anchor body or the anchor threads.
3 Values shown are for a shear plane through the anchor body. When
the shear plane is acting through the threads, reduce the shear value by 10%.
4 Values shown are for a shear plane through the anchor body. When
the shear plane is acting through the threads, reduce the shear value by 12%.
5 Values shown are for a shear plane through the anchor body. When
the shear plane is acting through the threads, reduce the shear value by 20%.
6 Values shown are for a shear plane through the anchor body. When
the shear plane is acting through the threads, reduce the shear value by 7%.
7 Values shown are for a shear plane through the anchor body. When
the shear plane is acting through the threads, reduce the shear value by 25%.
8 Values shown are for a shear plane through the anchor body. When the shear
plane is acting through the threads, reduce the shear value by 15%.

336 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
14_Kwik Bolt [Link]:KB3 PTG (Supp) [Link] 12/30/07 1:17 AM Page 337

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

Kwik Bolt 3 Expansion Anchor 4.3.5

Table 7 - Carbon Steel Kwik Bolt 3 Ultimate Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete1

Anchor Embedment ƒ'c = 2000 psi (13.8 MPa) ƒ'c = 3000 psi (20.7 MPa) ƒ'c = 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) ƒ'c = 6000 psi (41.4 MPa)
Diameter Depth Tension Shear 2 Tension Shear 2 Tension Shear 2 Tension Shear 2
in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
1120 1370 1615 2060
1-1/8 (29)
(5.0) (6.1) (7.2) (9.2)
1/4 2375 1995 2690 1995 3000 1995 1995
2 (51)
(6.4) (10.5) (8.9) (12.0) (8.9) (13.3) (8.9) 3165 (8.9)
2830 2990 3150 (14.1)
3 (76)
(12.6) (13.3) (14.0)
2740 4250 3420 4790 4100 5328 4095
1-5/8 (41)
(12.2) (18.9) (15.2) (21.3) (18.2) (23.7) (18.2)
3/8 4720 5830 6935 7730 5475 3
2-1/2 (64)
3 3 3
(9.5) (21.0) 5475 (25.9) 5475 (30.8) 5475 (34.4) (24.4)
5925 (24.4) 6645 (24.4) 7365 (24.4) 8055
3-1/2 (89)
(26.4) (29.6) (32.8) (35.8)
4635 7000 5355 8630 6075 10260 4 7410
2-1/4 (57)
(20.6) (31.1) (23.8) (38.4) (27.0) (45.6) (33.0)
1/2 7240 8195 9145 12140 11330 5
3-1/2 (89)
5 5 5
(12.7) (32.2) 11330 (36.5) 11330 (40.7) 11330 (54.0) (50.4)
8000 (50.4) 8830 (50.4) 9655 (50.4) 13585
4-3/4 (121)
(35.6) (39.3) (42.9) (60.4)
7210 10315 7750 12790 8285 15265 6 10615
2-3/4 (70)
(32.1) (45.9) (34.5) (56.9) (36.9) (67.9) (47.2)
5/8 9975 11335 12690 17890 18315 5
4 (102)
5 5 5
(15.9) (44.4) 18315 (50.4) 18315 (56.4) 18315 (79.6) (81.5)
12315 (81.5) 13850 (81.5) 15385 (81.5) 19970
5-1/2 (140)
(54.8) (61.6) (68.4) (88.8)
7955 15335 9100 18375 10245 21410 6 14185 21410 6
3-1/4 (83)
(35.4) (68.2) (40.5) (81.7) (45.6) (95.2) (63.1) (95.2)
3/4 12150 15985 19820 23085
4-3/4 (121)
(19.1) (54.0) 20030 (71.1) 20030 (86.2) 27475 7 (102.7) 27475 8
17000 (89.1) 21970 (89.1) 26935 (122.2) 26260 (122.2)
6-1/2 (165)
(75.6) (97.7) (119.8) (116.8)
12500 26500 15200 28500 17500 30500 19000
4-1/2 (114)
(55.6) (117.9) (67.6) (126.8) (77.8) (135.7) (84.5)
1 18500 22500 26500 31500 34500
6 (152)
(25.4) (82.3) 34500 (100.1) 34500 (117.9) 34500 (140.1) (153.5)
25000 (153.5) 28750 (153.5) 32500 (153.5) 40000
9 (229)
(111.2) (127.9) (144.6) (177.9)

1 Intermediate load values for other concrete strengths and embedments can be
calculated by linear interpolation.
2 Unless otherwise noted, values shown are valid for the shear plane acting
through either the anchor body or the anchor threads.
3 Values shown are for a shear plane through the anchor body. When
the shear plane is acting through the threads, reduce the shear value by 10%.
4 Values shown are for a shear plane through the anchor body. When
the shear plane is acting through the threads, reduce the shear value by 12%.
5 Values shown are for a shear plane through the anchor body. When
the shear plane is acting through the threads, reduce the shear value by 20%.
6 Values shown are for a shear plane through the anchor body. When
the shear plane is acting through the threads, reduce the shear value by 7%.
7 Values shown are for a shear plane through the anchor body. When
the shear plane is acting through the threads, reduce the shear value by 25%.
8 Values shown are for a shear plane through the anchor body. When the shear
plane is acting through the threads, reduce the shear value by 15%.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 337
14_Kwik Bolt [Link]:KB3 PTG (Supp) [Link] 12/30/07 1:17 AM Page 338

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.5 Kwik Bolt 3 Expansion Anchor

Table 8 - Stainless Steel Kwik Bolt 3 Allowable Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete1

Anchor Embedment ƒ'c = 2000 psi (13.8 MPa) ƒ'c = 3000 psi (20.7 MPa) ƒ'c = 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) ƒ'c = 6000 psi (41.4 MPa)
Diameter Depth Tension Shear 2 Tension Shear 2 Tension Shear 2 Tension Shear 2
in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
260 595 320 380 725 470
1-1/8 (29)
(1.2) (2.6) (1.4) (1.7) (3.2) (2.1)
1/4 540 625 675 705 805
2 (51)
(6.4) (2.4) 675 (2.8) (3.0) (3.1) 805 910 (3.6)
685 (3.0) 750 810 (3.6) (4.0)
3 (76)
(3) (3.3) (3.6)
605 880 670 1110 730 1345 950 1690
1-5/8 (41)
(2.7) (3.9) (3.0) (4.9) (3.2) (6.0) (4.2) (7.5)
3/8 1285 1430 1575 1940
2-1/2 (64)
(9.5) (5.7) 1655 3 (6.4) 1655 3 (7.0) 1870 4 (8.6) 1870 4
1620 (7.4) 1755 (7.4) 1885 (8.3) 2035 (8.3)
3-1/2 (89)
(7.2) (7.8) (8.4) (9.1)
1015 1875 1230 2130 1450 2380 1620 2740
2-1/4 (57)
(4.5) (8.3) (5.5) (9.5) (6.4) (10.6) (7.2) (12.2)
1/2 1445 1975 2655
3-1/2 (89)
(12.7) (6.4) 3170 3 (8.8) 3170 3 2510 3580 4 (11.8) 3580 4
1990 (14.1) 2250 (14.1) (11.2) (15.9) 2985 ( 15.9)
4-3/4 (121)
(8.9) (10.0) (13.3)
1650 2875 1755 3485 1860 4095 2335
2-3/4 (70)
(7.3) (12.8) (7.8) (15.5) (8.3) (18.2) (10.4)
5/8 2455 2900 3340 4395 4870 3
4 (102)
3 3 3
(15.9) (10.9) 4870 (12.9) 4870 (14.9) 4870 (19.5) (21.7)
3480 (21.7) 3885 (21.7) 4290 (21.7) 6260
5-1/2 (140)
(15.5) (17.3) (19.1) (27.8)
1550 3945 1950 4260 2350 2610
3-1/4 (83)
(6.9) (17.5) (8.7) (18.9) (10.5) (11.6)
3/4 2510 3250 3870 5645 4670 5645
4-3/4 (121)
(19.1) (11.2) 5535 (14.5) 5535 (17.2) (25.1) (20.8) (25.1)
2930 (24.6) 3735 (24.6) 4530 5120
8 (203)
(13.0) (16.6) (20.2) (22.8)
3120 6080 3870 6770 4610 4800
4-1/2 (114)
(13.9) (27.0) (17.2) (30.1) (20.5) (21.4)
1 4400 6400 7200 7420 7330 7470
6 (152)
(25.4) (19.6) 7470 (28.5) 7470 (32.0) (33.0) (32.6) (33.2)
5600 (33.2) 8000 (33.2) 9390 9390
9 (229)
(24.9) (35.6) (41.8) (41.8)

1 Intermediate load values for other concrete strengths and embedments can be
calculated by linear interpolation.
2 Unless otherwise noted, values shown are valid for the shear plane
acting through either the anchor body or the anchor threads.
3 Values shown are for a shear plane through the anchor body. When
the shear plane is acting through the anchor threads, reduce the shear value
by 5%.
4 Values shown are for a shear plane through the anchor body. When
the shear plane is acting through the anchor threads, reduce the shear value
by 15%.

338 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
14_Kwik Bolt [Link]:KB3 PTG (Supp) [Link] 12/30/07 1:17 AM Page 339

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

Kwik Bolt 3 Expansion Anchor 4.3.5

Table 9 - Stainless Steel Kwik Bolt 3 Ultimate Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete1

Anchor Embedment ƒ'c = 2000 psi (13.8 MPa) ƒ'c = 3000 psi (20.7 MPa) ƒ'c = 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) ƒ'c = 6000 psi (41.4 MPa)
Diameter Depth Tension Shear2 Tension Shear2 Tension Shear2 Tension Shear2
in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
980 2240 1205 1430 2725 1755
1-1/8 (29)
(4.4) (10.0) (5.4) (6.4) (12.1) (7.8)
1/4 2035 2340 2530 2640 3020
2 (51)
(6.4) (9.1) 2530 (10.4) (11.3) (11.7) 3020 3415 (13.4)
2580 (11.3) 2810 3040 (13.4) (15.2)
3 (76)
(11.5) (12.5) (13.5)
2275 3300 2505 4175 2735 5045 3560 6330 3
1-5/8 (41)
(10.1) (14.7) (11.1) (18.6) (12.2) (22.4) (15.8) (28.2)
3/8 4825 5365 5905 7270
2-1/2 (64)
(9.5) (21.5) 6210 3 (23.9) 6210 3 (26.3) 7005 4 (32.3) 7005 4
6075 (27.6) 6575 (27.6) 7075 (31.2) 7625 (31.2)
3-1/2 (89)
(27.0) (29.2) (31.5) (33.9)
3805 7030 4620 7980 5435 8930 6080 10285
2-1/4 (57)
(16.9) (31.3) (20.6) (35.5) (24.2) (39.7) (27.0) (45.7)
1/2 5415 7410 9950
3-1/2 (89)
(12.7) (24.1) 11885 3 (33.0) 11885 3 9405 13425 4 (44.3) 13425 4
7460 (52.9) 8435 (52.9) (41.8) (59.7) 11200 (59.7)
4-3/4 (121)
(33.2) (37.5) (49.8)
6185 10790 6580 13075 6975 15360 8760
2-3/4 (70)
(27.5) (48.0) (29.3) (58.2) (31.0) (68.3) (39.0)
5/8 9205 10870 12530 16490 18270 3
4 (102)
3 3 3
(15.9) (40.9) 18270 (48.4) 18270 (55.7) 18270 (73.4) (81.3)
13040 (81.3) 14560 (81.3) 16080 (81.3) 23475
5-1/2 (140)
(58.0) (64.8) (71.5) (104.4)
5800 14790 7300 15980 8800 9800
3-1/4 (83)
(25.8) (65.8) (32.5) (71.1) (39.1) (43.6)
3/4 9400 11950 14500 21160 17500 21160
4-3/4 (121)
(19.1) (41.8) 20750 (53.2) 20750 (64.5) (94.1) (77.8) (94.1)
11000 (92.3) 14000 (92.3) 17000 19200
8 (203)
(48.9) (62.3) (75.6) (85.4)
11700 22800 14500 25400 17300 18000
4-1/2 (114)
(52.0) (101.4) (64.5) (113.0) (77.0) (80.1)
1 16500 21750 27000 28000 27500 28000
6 (152)
(25.4) (73.4) 28000 (96.7) 28000 (120.1) (124.6) (122.3) (124.6)
21000 (124.6) 28100 (124.6) 35200 35200
9 (229)
(93.4) (125.0) (156.6) (156.6)

1 Intermediate load values for other concrete strengths and embedments can be
calculated by linear interpolation.
2 Unless otherwise noted, values shown are valid for the shear plane
acting through either the anchor body or the anchor threads.
3 Values shown are for a shear plane through the anchor body. When
the shear plane is acting through the anchor threads, reduce the shear value
by 5%.
4 Values shown are for a shear plane through the anchor body. When
the shear plane is acting through the anchor threads, reduce the shear value
by 15%.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 339
14_Kwik Bolt [Link]:KB3 PTG (Supp) [Link] 12/30/07 1:17 AM Page 340

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.5 Kwik Bolt 3 Expansion Anchor

Table 10 - Hot-Dip Galvanized Kwik Bolt 3 Allowable Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete1, 2

Anchor Embedment ƒ'c = 2000 psi (13.8 MPa) ƒ'c = 3000 psi (20.7 MPa) ƒ'c = 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) ƒ'c = 6000 psi (41.4 MPa)
Diameter Depth Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear
in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
2-1/4 1125 1785 1265 1785 1400 1655
(57) (5.0) (7.9) (5.6) (7.9) (6.2) (7.4)
1/2 3-1/2 1895 2115 2335 2190 3105 2190
(12.7) (89) (8.4) 2190 (9.4) 2190 (10.4) (9.7) (13.8) (9.7)
4-3/4 2215 (9.7) 2530 (9.7) 2845 3740
(121) (9.9) (11.3) (12.7) (16.6)
2-3/4 1785 1965 2140 2745
(70) (7.9) (8.7) (9.5) (12.2)
5/8 4 2545 3780 3155 3780 3765 3780 5280 3790
(15.9) (102) (11.3) (16.8) (14.0) (16.8) (16.7) (16.8) (23.5) (16.8)
5-1/2 3375 4030 4030 6055
(140) (15.0) (17.9) (17.9) (26.9)
3-1/4 2355 4240 2545 4240 2735 2825
(83) (10.5) (18.9) (11.3) (18.9) (12.2) (12.6)
3/4 4-3/4 3730 4350 4970 5340 5805 5340
(19.1) (121) (16.6) 5340 (19.3) 5340 (22.1) (23.8) (25.8) (23.8)
6-1/2 5115 (23.8) 5805 (23.8) 6495 7520
(165) (22.8) (25.8) (28.9) (33.5)

1 Intermediate load values for other concrete strengths and embedments can be calculated by linear interpolation.
2 Values shown are for shear plane acting through anchor threads.

Table 11 - Hot-Dip Galvanized Kwik Bolt 3 Ultimate Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete1, 2

Anchor Embedment ƒ'c = 2000 psi (13.8 MPa) ƒ'c = 3000 psi (20.7 MPa) ƒ'c = 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) ƒ'c = 6000 psi (41.4 MPa)
Diameter Depth Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear
in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
2-1/4 4220 6695 4740 6695 5255 6210
(57) (18.8) (29.8) (21.1) (29.8) (23.4) (27.6)
1/2 3-1/2 7100 7935 8765 8210 11645 8210
(12.7) (89) (31.6) 8210 (35.3) 8210 (39.0) (36.5) (51.8) (36.5)
4-3/4 8310 (36.5) 9495 (36.5) 10675 14030
(121) (37.0) (42.2) (47.5) (62.4)
2-3/4 6690 7360 8030 10295
(70) (29.8) (32.7) (35.7) (45.8)
5/8 4 9550 14170 11835 14170 14120 14170 19800 14170
(15.9) (102) (42.5) (63.0) (52.6) (63.0) (62.8) (63.0) (88.1) (63.0)
5-1/2 12650 15115 17575 22705
(140) (56.3) (67.2) (78.2) (101.0)
3-1/4 8825 15900 9545 15900 10260 10600
(83) (39.3) (70.7) (42.5) (70.7) (45.6) (47.2)
3/4 4-3/4 13995 16315 18635 20030 21765 20030
(19.1) (121) (62.3) 20030 (72.6) 20030 (82.9) (89.1) (96.8) (89.1)
6-1/2 19180 (89.1) 21770 (89.1) 24355 28210
(165) (85.3) (96.8) (108.3) (125.5)

1 Intermediate load values for other concrete strengths and embedments can be calculated by linear interpolation.
2 Values shown are for shear plane acting through anchor threads.

340 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
14_Kwik Bolt [Link]:KB3 PTG (Supp) [Link] 12/30/07 1:18 AM Page 341

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

Kwik Bolt 3 Expansion Anchor 4.3.5

Table 12 - Carbon Steel Kwik Bolt 3 Allowable Loads in Lightweight Concrete1, 3
Anchor Anchor Tension Tension Tension Shear2
Diameter Depth ƒ'c = 2000 psi (13.8 MPa) ƒ'c = 3000 psi (20.7 MPa) ƒ'c = 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) ƒ'c = 2000 psi (13.8 MPa)
in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
1/4 1-1/8 (29) 275 (1.2) 335 (1.5) 400 (1.8) 400 (1.8)
(6.4) 2 (51) 595 (2.6) 675 (3.0) 750 (3.3) 400 (1.8)
3/8 1-5/8 (41) 585 (2.6) 685 (3.0) 785 (3.5) 890 (4.0)
(9.5) 2-1/2 (64) 1120 (5.0) 1340 (6.0) 1560 (6.9) 1345 (5.9)
1/2 2-1/4 (57) 1160 (5.2) 1340 (6.0) 1520 (6.8) 1750 (7.8)
(12.7) 3-1/2 (89) 1810 (8.1) 2050 (9.1) 2285 (10.2) 2835 (12.6)
5/8 2-3/4 (70) 1560 (6.9) 1815 (8.1) 2070 (9.2) 2580 (11.5)
(15.9) 4 (102) 2485 (11.1) 2830 (12.6) 3170 (14.1) 3360 (14.9)
3/4 3-1/4 ( 83) 1920 (8.5) 2240 (10.0) 2560 (11.4) 3835 (17.1)
(19.1) 4-3/4 (121) 3035 (13.5) 3995 (17.8) 4955 (22) 5010 (22.3)
1 Allowable loads based on safety factor of 4.0.
2 Values shown are for shear plane acting through anchor threads.
3 Intermediate load values for other concrete strengths and embedments can be calculated by linear interpolation.

Table 13 - Stainless Steel Kwik Bolt 3 Allowable Loads in Lightweight Concrete1, 3

Anchor Anchor Tension Tension Tension Shear2
Diameter Depth ƒ'c = 2000 psi (13.8 MPa) ƒ'c = 3000 psi (20.7 MPa) ƒ'c = 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) ƒ'c = 2000 psi (13.8 MPa)
in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
1/4 1-1/8 (29) 245 (1.1) 300 (1.3) 355 (1.6) 545 (2.4)
(6.4) 2 (51) 510 (2.3) 585 (2.6) 660 (2.9) 630 (2.8)
3/8 1-5/8 (41) 560 (2.5) 625 (2.8) 685 (3.0) 825 (3.7)
(9.5) 2-1/2 (64) 920 (4.1) 1200 (5.3) 1475 (6.6) 1345 (6.0)
1/2 2-1/4 (57) 950 (4.2) 1155 (5.1) 1360 (6.0) 1755 (7.8)
(12.7) 3-1/2 (89) 1355 (6.0) 1855 (8.3) 2350 (10.5) 2955 (13.1)
5/8 2-3/4 (70) 1470 (6.5) 1605 (7.1) 1745 (7.8) 2695 (12.0)
(15.9) 4 (102) 2300 (10.2) 2715 (12.1) 3130 (13.9) 4500 (20.0)
1 Allowable loads based on safety factor of 4.0.
2 Values shown are for shear plane acting through anchor threads.
3 Intermediate load values for other concrete strengths and embedments can be calculated by linear interpolation.

Table 14 - Carbon Steel Kwik Bolt 3 Allowable Loads for anchor

installed at 1-3/4 in. Edge Distance in Normal-Weight Concrete1
ƒ'c ≥ 2000 psi (13.8 MPa)
Anchor Min Depth Shear
Diameter Enbedment Tension Perpendicular Parallel
in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (kN) to Edge to Edge
lb (kN) lb (kN)
3/8 (9.5) 3 (76) 955 (4.2) 410 (1.8) 915 (4.1)
3 (76) 930 (4.1) 375 (1.7) 1000 (4.4)
1/2 (12.7)
4-1/2 (114) 1285 (5.7) 445 (2.0) 1415 (6.3)
1 Allowable loads based on safety factor of 4.0.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 341
14_Kwik Bolt [Link]:KB3 PTG (Supp) [Link] 12/30/07 1:18 AM Page 342

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.5 Kwik Bolt 3 Expansion Anchor

Table 15 - Carbon Steel and Stainless Steel Kwik Bolt 3 Installed into
the Underside of Metal Profile Deck into Lightweight Concrete1
Anchor Embedment ƒ'c = 3000 psi (20.7 MPa)
Anchor Diameter Depth
Material Tension Shear2
in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN)
1/4 (6.4) 2 (51) 620 (2.8) 713 (3.2)
Carbon 3/8 (9.5) 2-1/2 (64) 1035 (4.6) 1370 (6.1)
Steel 1/2 (12.7) 3-1/2 (89) 1725 (7.7) 2435 (10.8)
5/8 (15.9) 4 (102) 2220 (9.9) 3160 (14.1)
1/4 (6.4) 2 (51) 615 (2.7) 650 (2.9)
Stainless 3/8 (9.5) 2-1/2 (64) 1015 (4.5) 1450 (6.4)
Steel 1/2 (12.7) 3-1/2 (89) 1475 (6.6) 2200 (9.8)
5/8 (15.9) 4 (102) 2220 (9.8) 3355 (14.9)
1 Allowable loads based on using a safety factor of 4.0.

Figure 3 - Installation in Concrete over Metal Deck

Table 16 - Countersunk Kwik Bolt Allowable Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete1

Anchor Embedment ƒ'c = 3000 psi (20.7 MPa)
Anchor
Material Diameter Depth Tension Shear2
in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN)
Carbon 1/4 (6.4) 1-1/8 (29) 365 (1.6) 350 (1.6)
Steel 3/8 (9.5) 1-5/8 (41) 810 (3.6) 750 (3.3)
Stainless 1/4 (6.4) 1-1/8 (29) 320 (1.4) 500 (2.2)
Steel 3/8 (9.5) 1-5/8 (41) 670 (3.0) 1330 (5.9)
1 Allowable loads based on using a safety factor of 4.0.
2 Shear values acting thru threads of anchor bolt. If acting through the empty shell,
reduce loads by 70%.

342 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
14_Kwik Bolt [Link]:KB3 PTG (Supp) [Link] 12/30/07 1:18 AM Page 343

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

Kwik Bolt 3 Expansion Anchor 4.3.5

Table 17 - Carbon Steel Kwik Bolt 3 Allowable Loads for Anchors Installed
in Top of Grout-Filled Concrete Masonry Wall1
Anchor Anchor Shear V2
Diameter Tension
Depth V1 V2
lb (kN)
in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN)
1/2 (12.7) 3 (76) 645 (2.9) 310 (1.4) 615 (2.7) V1
5/8 (15.9) 3-1/2 (89) 850 (3.8) 310 (1.4) 615 (2.7)
1 Masonry prism strength must be at least 1500 psi at the time of installation in accordance with
UBC Standard 21-17.

Table 18 - HHDCA Ceiling Hanger Allowable Loads1

Anchor Minimum Normal-Weight Concrete 2 Lightweight Concrete 3 Lightweight over Metal Deck 3
Diameter Embedment Tension Shear Tension Tension
in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
1/4 (6.4) 1-1/4 (32) 410 (1.8) 425 (1.9) 260 (1.2) 294 (1.3)
1 Allowable loads based on using a safety factor of 4.0.
2 Allowable loads are for anchors installed into normal-weight concrete having a minimum compressive strength of 3500 psi at the time of installation.
3 Allowable loads are for anchors installed into lightweight concrete having a minimum compressive strength of 3000 psi at the time of installation.

Combined Shear and Tension Loading

( NN ) + ( VV ) ≤ 1.0
5/3 5/3
d d (Ref. Section [Link])

rec rec

Anchor Spacing and Edge Distance Guidelines

1 s = on-center fastening spacing

c = edge distance from center of bolt.
2 Apply appropriate load reduction factors for tension and shear N
if anchor spacing and/or edge distance is less the the critical
spacing (s cr ) or edge distance (c cr ) as defined by Hilti.
3 See Section [Link] for determinig compounded spacing and c1 V
edge distance reduction as well as intermediate load values
for concrete strengths and embedments. s c2
h t

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 343
14_Kwik Bolt [Link]:KB3 PTG (Supp) [Link] 12/30/07 1:18 AM Page 344

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.5 Kwik Bolt 3 Expansion Anchor

Table 19 - Carbon Steel Kwik Bolt 3 Allowable Loads in Grout-Filled
Concrete Masonry Units1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6

Anchor Anchor Min. Distance

Diameter Depth from Edge of Block Tension Shear
in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN)
1-1/8 (29) 4 (102) 150 (0.7) 380 (1.7)
1/4 12 (305)
(6.4) 2 (51) 4 (102)
540 (2.4) 445 (2.0)
12 (305)
1-5/8 (41) 4 (102) 320 (1.4) 735 (3.3)
3/8 12 (305) 340 (1.5) 940 (4.2)
(9.5) 2-1/2 (64) 4 (102) 1010 (4.5)
780 (3.5)
12 (305) 1395 (6.2)
2-1/4 (57) 4 (102) 630 (2.8) 830 (3.7)
1/2 12 (305) 665 (3.0) 1465 ( 6.5)
(12.7) 3-1/2 (89) 4 (102) 1080 (4.8)
905 (4.0)
12 (305) 2375 (10.6)
2-3/4 (70) 4 (102) 815 (3.6) 890 (4.0)
5/8 12 (305) 865 (3.8) 2165 (9.6)
(15.9) 4 (102) 4 (102) 1240 (5.5) 970 (4.3)
12 (305) 1295 (5.8) 2770 (12.3)
3-1/4 (83) 4 (102) 785 (3.5)
1035 (4.6)
3/4 12 (305) 3135 (13.8 )
(19.1) 4-3/4 (121) 4 (102) 1645 (7.3) 825 (3.7)
12 (305) 1710 (7.6) 3305 (14.7 )
1 Values are for anchors installed in Type 1 Grade N, lightweight, medium-weight, or normal-weight concrete
masonry units conforming to UBC Standard 21-4. The masonry units must be fully grouted with coarse grout
conforming to UBC Standard 21-15, Type S, N, or M. Masonry prism compressive strength must be at least
1500 psi at the time of installation when tested in accordance with UBC Standard 21-17.
2 Anchors must be installed a minimum of 1-3/8 inch from any vertical mortar joint (see figure).
3 Anchor locations are limited to one per masonry cell.
4 Embedment depth is measured from the outside face of the concrete masonry unit.
5 Linear interpolation to determine load values at intermediate edge distances is permitted.
6 All allowable loads based on safety factor of 4.0

Figure 4 - Installation in grout-filled concrete masonry unit

1 Anchor installation is allowed in all non-shaded areas.

344 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
14_Kwik Bolt [Link]:KB3 PTG (Supp) [Link] 12/30/07 1:18 AM Page 345

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

Kwik Bolt 3 Expansion Anchor 4.3.5

Edge Distance Adjustment Factors

Edge Reduction Factor

Tension Adjustment Critical Edge Minimum Edge
Conditions Distance Distance

Emb Ratio c/h c = 1.75 c/h c = 1.00

Reduction f RN = 1.00 f RN = 0.80
for h min ≤ h act ≤ h nom
c/h c

h c = h act
h c = h nom for h act > h nom
h act = Actual Embedment
c = Actual Edge Distance
f RN = Edge Distance Reduction Factor for Tension
Loading
fRN
Adjustment Conditions
Edge Reduction Factor
Shear Plane fRV Reduction factor at
Shear Conditions Min. Edge Distance
Shear
Correlation
f RV1 Shear towards edge f RV1 = 0.50
f RV2 Shear parallel edge f RV2 = 0.60
f RV3 Shear away from edge f RV3 = 0.83
embedment to edge distance ratio
c/h min

c/h min = 3.00

at critical edge distance
embedment to edge distance ratio
c/h min = 1.50
at minimum edge distance
c = Actual Edge Distance
h min = Min Embedment for Specific Anchor Diameter
fRV

Anchor Spacing Adjustment Factors

Anchor Spacing Reduction Factor Adjustment Critical Anchor Minimum Anchor

Tension Conditions Spacing Spacing

Emb Ratio s/h c = 2.25 s/h c = 1.00

Reduction f AN = 1.00 f AN = 0.60
h c = h act for h min ≤ h act ≤ h nom
h c = h nom for h act > h nom
s/h c

h act = Actual Embedment

c = Actual Anchor Spacing Distance
f AN = Anchor Spacing Reduction Factor for Tension
Loading

fAN
Adjustment Critical Anchor Minimum Anchor
Anchor Spacing Reduction Factor Conditions Spacing Spacing
Shear
Emb Ratio s/h c = 2.25 s/h c = 1.00
Reduction f AV = 1.00 f AV = 0.90
h c = hact for h min ≤ h act ≤ h nom
h c = hnom for h act > h nom
s/h c

h act = Actual Embedment

c = Actual Anchor Spacing Distance
f AN = Anchor Spacing Reduction Factor for Tension
Loading

fAV

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 345
14_Kwik Bolt [Link]:KB3 PTG (Supp) [Link] 12/30/07 1:18 AM Page 346

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.5 Kwik Bolt 3 Expansion Anchor

Influence of Edge Distance and Anchor Spacing on Anchor Performance
Load Adjustment Factors for 1/4 in. Diameter Anchors Standard Anchor Embedments (in.)
Edge Distance Shear h min 1-1/8
Adjustment Spacing Edge Distance Spacing ⊥ II ⊥ away
Factor Tension Tension, Shear toward to from 1/4 h nom 2
1/4 in. f AN f RN f AV edge edge edge h deep 3
f RV1 f RV2 f RV3
h min 1-5/8
≥2 ≥2 ≥2 ≥ 1-1/8 ≥ 1-1/8 ≥ 1-1/8
Embedment 1-1/8 1-1/8 1-1/8
Depth, in. 3/8 h nom 2-1/2
1-1/8 0.60 0.80 0.90 h deep 3-1/2
1-11/16 0.75 0.93 0.94 0.50 0.60 0.83
h min 2-1/4
1-3/4 0.78 0.95 0.94 0.52 0.61 0.84
2 0.85 0.60 1.00 0.80 0.96 0.90 0.59 0.67 0.86 1/2 h nom 3-1/2
2 -1/4 0.92 0.64 0.83 0.98 0.91 0.67 0.73 0.89 h deep 4-3/4
Spacing (in.)

2-1/2 0.99 0.68 0.87 1.00 0.92 0.74 0.79 0.91

3 1.00 0.76 0.93 0.94 0.89 0.91 0.96
3-3/8 0.82 0.98 0.96 1.00 1.00 1.00
3-1/2 0.84 1.00 0.96
4 0.92 0.98
Note: Tables apply for listed embedment
4-1/2 1.00 1.00 depths. Reduction factors for
4-3/4 other embedment depths must be
5 calculated using equations below.

Load Adjustment Factors for 3/8 in. Diameter Anchors

Edge Distance Shear Spacing — Tension
Adjustment Spacing Edge Distance Spacing ⊥ II ⊥ away
Factor Tension Tension, Shear toward to from h min≤ h act≤h nom h act ≥ h nom
3/8 in. f AN f RN f AV edge edge edge s/hact + 0.88 s/h nom + 0.88
f RV1 f RV2 f RV3 f AN = f AN =
3.13 3.13
≥2-1/2 1-5/8 ≥2-1/2 1-5/8 ≥ 2-1/2 ≥ 1-5/8 ≥ 1-5/8 ≥ 1-5/8
Embedment 1-5/8
Depth, in.
1-5/8 0.60 0.80 0.90
2 0.67 0.86 0.92 Edge Distance — Tension
2-1/4 0.72 0.90 0.93 h min≤ h act≤h nom h act ≥ h nom
2-1/2 0.77 0.60 0.94 0.80 0.94 0.90 0.51 0.61 0.83 c/h act + 2 c/h nom + 2
f RN = f RN =
3 0.87 0.66 1.00 0.85 0.97 0.92 0.62 0.69 0.87 3.75 3.75
Spacing (in.)

3-1/4 0.92 0.70 0.88 0.98 0.92 0.67 0.73 0.89

3-1/2 0.97 0.73 0.91 0.99 0.93 0.72 0.77 0.90
3-3/4 1.00 0.76 0.93 1.00 0.94 0.77 0.82 0.92 Spacing — Shear
4 0.79 0.96 0.95 0.82 0.86 0.94
h min≤ h act≤h nom h act ≥ h nom
4-1/2 0.86 1.00 0.96 0.92 0.94 0.97
5 0.92 0.98 1.00 1.00 1.00 s/hact + 10.25 s/h nom + 10.25
f AV = f AV =
5-5/8 1.00 1.00 12.5 12.5
5-3/4
Load Adjustment Factors for 1/2 in. Diameter Anchors Edge Distance — Shear
Edge Distance Shear h act ≥ h min
Adjustment Spacing Edge Distance Spacing ⊥ II ⊥ away
Factor Tension Tension, Shear toward to from perpendicular toward edge
1/2 in. f AN f RN f AV edge edge edge c
f RV1 f RV2 f RV3 f RV1 =
3h min
≥3-1/2 2-1/4 ≥3-1/2 2-1/4 ≥3-1/2 ≥2-1/4 ≥2-1/4 ≥2-1/4
Embedment 2-1/4
Depth, in. parallel to edge
2-1/4 0.60 0.80 0.90 c/h min + 0.75
2-1/2 0.64 0.83 0.91 f RV2 =
3.75
3 0.71 0.89 0.93
perpendicular away from edge
3-3/8 0.76 0.93 0.94 0.50 0.60 0.83
c/h min + 5.82
3-3/4 0.81 0.62 0.98 0.82 0.95 0.91 0.56 0.64 0.85 f RV3 =
Spacing (in.)

4-1/4 0.88 0.67 1.00 0.86 0.97 0.92 0.63 0.70 0.87 8.82
4-3/4 0.96 0.71 0.90 0.99 0.93 0.70 0.76 0.90
5 1.00 0.74 0.91 1.00 0.93 0.74 0.79 0.91
5-3/4 0.81 0.97 0.95 0.85 0.88 0.95
6 0.83 1.00 0.96 0.89 0.91 0.96 Note: Edge distance and anchor spacing for all light-
6-1/2 0.87 0.97 0.96 0.97 0.99 weight and sand-lightweight concrete are obtained by
7-1/4 0.94 0.99 1.00 1.00 1.00 dividing the normal-weight dimensions by 0.75 and
7-3/4 1.00 1.00 0.85, respectively.

346 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
14_Kwik Bolt [Link]:KB3 PTG (Supp) [Link] 12/30/07 1:18 AM Page 347

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

Kwik Bolt 3 Expansion Anchor 4.3.5

Influence of Edge Distance and Anchor Spacing on Anchor Performance
Load Adjustment Factors for 5/8 in. Diameter Anchors Standard Anchor Embedments (in.)
Edge Distance Shear h min 2-3/4
Adjustment Spacing Edge Distance Spacing ⊥ II ⊥ away
Factor Tension Tension, Shear toward to from 5/8 h nom 4
5/8 in. f AN f RN f AV edge edge edge h deep 5-1/2
f RV1 f RV2 f RV3
h min 3-1/4
≥4 ≥4 ≥4 ≥ 2-3/4 ≥ 2-3/4 ≥ 2-3/4
Embedment 2-3/4 2-3/4 2-3/4
Depth, in. 3/4 h nom 4-3/4
2-3/4 0.60 0.80 0.90 h deep 6-1/21
3-1/2 0.69 0.87 0.92
h min 4-1/2
4 0.75 0.60 0.92 0.80 0.94 0.90
4-1/4 0.77 0.62 0.95 0.82 0.94 0.91 0.52 0.61 0.84 1 h nom 6
4-3/4 0.83 0.66 1.00 0.85 0.96 0.92 0.58 0.66 0.86 h deep 9
Spacing (in.)

5-1/2 0.92 0.72 0.90 0.98 0.93 0.67 0.73 0.89 1 Embedment depth shown reflects embedment for carbon
6 0.98 0.76 0.93 0.99 0.94 0.73 0.78 0.91 steel anchor, deep embedment depth for stainless steel
6-1/4 1.00 0.78 0.95 1.00 0.95 0.76 0.81 0.92 anchor is 8 inch.
7 0.84 1.00 0.96 0.85 0.88 0.95
7-1/2 0.88 0.97 0.91 0.93 0.97
Note: Tables apply for listed embedment
7-3/4 0.90 0.98 0.94 0.95 0.98 depths. Reduction factors for
8-1/2 0.96 0.99 1.00 1.00 1.00 other embedment depths must be
9 1.00 calculated using equations below.

Load Adjustment Factors for 3/4 in. Diameter Anchors

Edge Distance Shear Spacing — Tension
Adjustment Spacing Edge Distance Spacing ⊥ II ⊥ away
Factor Tension Tension, Shear toward to from h min≤ h act≤h nom h act ≥ h nom
3/4 in. f AN f RN f AV edge edge edge s/hact + 0.88 s/h nom + 0.88
f RV1 f RV2 f RV3 f AN = f AN =
3.13 3.13
≥4-3/4 3-1/4 ≥4-3/4 3-1/4 ≥ 4-3/4 ≥ 3-1/4 ≥ 3-1/4 ≥ 3-1/4
Embedment 3-1/4
Depth, in.
3-3/8 0.61 0.81 0.90
4 0.67 0.86 0.92 Edge Distance — Tension
5 0.77 0.62 0.94 0.81 0.94 0.90 0.51 0.61 0.83 h min≤ h act≤h nom h act ≥ h nom
5-3/4 0.85 0.67 1.00 0.86 0.96 0.92 0.59 0.67 0.86 c/h act + 2 c/h nom + 2
f RN = f RN =
6-1/4 0.90 0.70 0.88 0.97 0.93 0.64 0.71 0.88 3.75 3.75
Spacing (in.)

6-1/2 0.92 0.72 0.90 0.98 0.93 0.67 0.73 0.89

7 0.97 0.75 0.93 0.99 0.94 0.72 0.77 0.90
7-1/2 1.00 0.79 0.95 1.00 0.95 0.77 0.82 0.92 Spacing — Shear
8-1/4 0.84 1.00 0.96 0.85 0.88 0.95
h min≤ h act≤h nom h act ≥ h nom
9 0.89 0.97 0.92 0.94 0.97
9-3/4 0.94 0.98 1.00 1.00 1.00 s/hact + 10.25 s/h nom + 10.25
f AV = f AV =
10-1/4 0.97 0.99 12.5 12.5
10-3/4 1.00 1.00
Load Adjustment Factors for 1 in. Diameter Anchors Edge Distance — Shear
Edge Distance Shear h act ≥ h min
Adjustment Spacing Edge Distance Spacing ⊥ II ⊥ away
Factor Tension Tension, Shear toward to from perpendicular toward edge
1 in. f AN f RN f AV edge edge edge c
f RV1 f RV2 f RV3 f RV1 =
3h min
≥6 ≥6 ≥6 ≥4-1/2 ≥4-1/2 ≥4-1/2
Embedment 4-1/2 4-1/2 4-1/2
Depth, in. parallel to edge
4-1/2 0.60 0.80 0.90 c/h min + 0.75
6 0.71 0.60 0.89 0.80 0.93 0.90 f RV2 =
3.75
7 0.78 0.65 0.95 0.84 0.94 0.91 0.52 0.61 0.84
perpendicular away from edge
8 0.85 0.71 1.00 0.89 0.96 0.93 0.59 0.67 0.86
c/h min + 5.82
9 0.92 0.76 0.93 0.98 0.94 0.67 0.73 0.89 f RV3 =
Spacing (in.)

9-3/4 0.97 0.80 0.97 0.99 0.95 0.72 0.78 0.91 8.82
10-1/4 1.00 0.83 0.99 1.00 0.96 0.76 0.81 0.92
11-1/4 0.88 1.00 0.97 0.83 0.87 0.94
11-5/8 0.90 0.98 0.86 0.89 0.95
12-1/2 0.95 0.99 0.93 0.94 0.97 Note: Edge distance and anchor spacing for all light-
13 0.97 0.99 0.96 0.97 0.99 weight and sand-lightweight concrete are obtained by
13-1/2 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 dividing the normal-weight dimensions by 0.75 and
14-3/4 0.85, respectively.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 347
14_Kwik Bolt [Link]:KB3 PTG (Supp) [Link] 12/30/07 1:18 AM Page 348

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.5 Kwik Bolt 3 Expansion Anchor

[Link] Installation Instructions

1. Hammer drill a hole to the same nominal 2. Clean hole.

diameter as the Kwik Bolt 3. The hole depth
must exceed the anchor embedment by at least
one diameter. The fixture may be used as a
drilling template to ensure proper anchor
location.

3. Drive the Kwik Bolt 3 into the hole using 4. Tighten the nut to the recommended
a hammer. The anchor must be driven installation torque.
until at least six threads are below the
surface of the fixture.

348 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
14_Kwik Bolt [Link]:KB3 PTG (Supp) [Link] 12/30/07 1:18 AM Page 349

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

Kwik Bolt 3 Expansion Anchor 4.3.5

Countersunk Kwik Bolt 3 Anchor Installation Instructions

1. Drill. 2. Clean. [Link] post nut completely onto anchor.

Tap into hole.

4. Loosen screw two full turns. 5. Tap-in again. 6. Tighten.

Rod Coupling Kwik Bolt 3 Anchor Installation Instructions

1. Drill. 2. Clean. 3. Tap-in. 4. Tighten.

Hilti Ceiling Kwik Bolt (HHDCA) Anchor Installation Instructions

Drill Depth
1-1/4"

1. Drill hole using 1/4" bit. 2. Tap in. 3. Pry downward.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 349
14_Kwik Bolt [Link]:KB3 PTG (Supp) [Link] 12/30/07 1:18 AM Page 350

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.5 Kwik Bolt 3 Expansion Anchor

[Link] Ordering Information

Kwik Bolt 3 Anchor Product Line

Size Length (ᐉ) Thread Length (ᐉth) ID

Box Item No.
in. (mm) in. (mm) Stamp Carbon Steel 304 SS 316 SS HDG
1/4 x 1-3/4 1-3/4 (44) 3/4 (18) A 282502 282539 - -
1/4 x 2-1/4 2-1/4 (57) 7/8 (22) B 282503 282540 282565 -
2 (51) 100 282504 282541 - -
1/4 x 3-1/4 3-1/4 (83) D
7/8 (22) - - 282566 -
1/4 x 4-1/2 4-1/2 (114) 2-7/8 (75) G 282521 282553 - -
3/8 x 2-1/4 2-1/4 (57) 7/8 (22) B 282505 282542 - -
1-1/4 (32) 282506 282543 282567 -
3/8 x 3 3 (76) D
1-1/2 (40) 282522 282554 - -
1-1/4 (32) 282507 282544 282568 -
3/8 x 3-3/4 3-3/4 (95) E 50
2-1/4 (59) 282523 282555 - -
1-1/4 (32) 282508 282545 - -
3/8 x 5 5 (127) H
3-1/2 (91) 282524 282556 - -
3/8 x 7 7 (178) 5-1/2 (142) L 282525 282557 - -
1/2 x 2-3/4 2-3/4 (70) 1-1/4 (33) C 252509 282546 - -
1-5/16 (35) 282510 282547 282569 -
1/2 x 3-3/4 3-3/4 (95) E
2-3/16 (56) 282526 282558 - 378083
1-5/16 (35) 25 282511 282548 282570 -
1/2 x 4-1/2 4-1/2 (114) G
2-7/8 (75) 282527 282559 - 378084
1-5/16 (35) 282512 282549 282571 -
1/2 x 5-1/2 5-1/2 (140) I
3-3/4 (96) 282528 282560 - 378085
1/2 x 7 7 (178) 4-3/4 (121) L 282529 282561 - 378086
5/8 x 3-3/4 3-3/4 (95) E 282513 282550 282572 -
1-1/2 (41)
282514 282551 282573 -
5/8 x 4-3/4 4-3/4 (121) G
2-3/4 (70) 282530 282562 - 378087
1-1/2 (41) 282515 282552 282574 -
5/8 x 6 6 (152) J
4 (102) 15 282531 - - 378088
1-1/2 (41) 282516 - - -
5/8 x 7 7 (178) L
4-3/4 (121) 282532 - - -
5/8 x 8-1/2 8-1/2 (216) 6-1/2 (166) O 282533 282563 - -
5/8 x 10 10 (254) 7 (180) R 282534 282564 - -
10 282517 - - -
1-1/2 (41)
20 - 286020 286033 -
3/4 x 4-3/4 4-3/4 (121) G
10 282535 - - 378089
2-7/16 (62)
20 - 286021 - -
10 282518 - - -
1-1/2 (41)
20 - 286024 286034 -
3/4 x 5-1/2 5-1/2 (140) I
10 282536 - - 378090
3-7/16 (85)
20 - 286025 - -
1-1/2 (41) 282519 286026 - -
3/4 x 7 7 (178) L
4-5/8 (119) 282537 - - -
3/4 x 8 8 (203) 5-3/4 (146) N 10 282520 286027 - 378091
3/4 x 10 10 (254) R 282538 286028 286035 -
5-7/8 (152)
3/4 x 12 12 (305) T 286016 286029 - -
1x6 6 (152) J 286017 286030 286036 -
2-1/4 (57)
1x9 9 (114) P 5 286018 286031 - -
1 x 12 12 (114) 6 (152) T 286019 286032 - -

350 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
14_Kwik Bolt [Link]:KB3 PTG (Supp) [Link] 12/30/07 1:18 AM Page 351

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

Kwik Bolt 3 Expansion Anchor 4.3.5

Countersunk Kwik Bolt Anchor Product Line
Item No.
Length
Size Box Quantity Carbon Steel 304 SS
in. (mm)

C1/4 x 2 2 (51) 100 286037 -

C1/4 x 3 3 (76) 100 286038 286044
C1/4 x 5 5 (127) 100 286039 -
C3/8 x 2-1/4 2-1/4 (57) 100 286040 -
C3/8 x 3 3 (76) 100 286041 -
C3/8 x 4 4 (102) 50 286042 286045
C3/8 x 5 5 (127) 50 286043 -

Rod Coupling Kwik Bolt 3 Anchor Product Line

Item No.
Length Thread Length ID Box
Size in. (mm) Stamp Quantity
in. (mm) Carbon Steel

3/8 x 2-1/4 2-1/4 (57) 7/8 (22) B 100 283470

HHDCA Ceiling Anchor Product Line

Item No.
Length Eyelet Size
Size Box Quantity Carbon Steel
in. (mm) in.

1/4 x 2 2-1/32 (52) 5/16 100 371389

Kwik Bolt 3 Anchor

Long Thread Kwik Bolt 3 Anchor

Countersunk Kwik Bolt 3 Anchor

Rod Coupling Kwik Bolt 3 Anchor (3/8" x 2 1/4" only)

HHDCA Ceiling Hanger (1/4" x 2" only)

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 351
14_Kwik Bolt [Link]:KB3 PTG (Supp) [Link] 12/30/07 1:18 AM Page 352

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.5 Kwik Bolt 3 Expansion Anchor

[Link] Kwik Bolt 3 Anchor Sample Calculations

Given:
2-1/2 in. KB3 anchors under
AN
static tension load as shown. 1.5h ef

h ef = 3.25”
hef = 3.25 in.
Normal wt. concrete, f'c = 3,000 psi

h = 6”
No supplementary reinforcing.
s = 6''
Assume uncracked concrete.
Condition B per ACI 318-05 D.4.4(c)
Calculate the allowable tension load 1.5h ef
1.5h ef c = 4''
for this configuration.

Calculation per ACI 318-05 Appendix D and this report. Code Ref. Report Ref
Step 1. Calculate steel strength of anchor in tension:
D.5.1.2 Table 17

Step 2. Calculate steel capacity Φ Nsa = (0.75) (23,320) = 17,490 lb .

Nsa = n A se f ut = (2) (0.11) (106,000) = 23,320 lb
D.4.4 a)
Step 3. Calculate concrete breakout strength of anchor in tension
A Nc D.5.2.1
N cbg = (⌿ ec,N ) (⌿ ed,N ) (⌿ c,N ) (⌿ cp,N )
A Nco
Step 3a. Verify minimum member thickness, spacing and edge distance:
h min = 6 in. ≤ 6 in. ... ok D.8 Table 17
From Table 3; c a,min = 1.625 in. when s ≥ 4.25 in. ... ok
Step 3b. Check: 1.5 hef = (1.5) (3.25) = 4.88 in. > c 3.0h ef = (3.0) (3.25) = 9.75 in. > s D.5.2.1 Table 17
Step 3c. Calculate A No and A N for the anchorage: A No = 9h e f 2 = (9) (3.25)2 = 95.1 in 2 D.5.2.1
A N = (1.5 hef + c ) (3hef + s) = [(1.5) (3.25) + 4] [(3) (3.25) + 6] = 139.8 in 2 < 2 x A No ... ok
Step 3d. Calculate ⌿ ec,N : e N' = O: ⌿ e c,N = 1.0 D.5.2.4

Step 3e. Calculate N b : N b = k uncr f 'c (h e f )1.5

D.5.2.4
N b = 24 3000 (3.25)1.5 = 7,702 lb

[ (1.5) (3.25) ] = 0.95

4
Step 3f. Calculate modification factor for edge distance: ⌿ ed,N = 0.7 + 0.3 D.5.2.5 Table 17

Step 3g. Calculate modification factor for splitting:

max | c a,min : 1.5 x h e f | max | 4 : 1.5 x 3.25 | D.5.2.7 Table 17
⌿ cp,N = = = 0.72
c ac 6.75
Step 3h. Calculate N cbg :
N cbg = (
139.8
95.1 )
(1.0) (0.95) (1.0) (0.72) (7,702) = 7,744 lb D.5.2.1 Table 17

Step 4. Check pullout strength: per Table 3, N p, uncr = (2) (6890) 3000 = 15,095 lb D.5.3.2 Table 17
2500
Does not control

Step 5. Controlling strength: ␾ N cbg = (0.65) (7,744 lb) = 5,034 lb, controls D.4.4 c)
5,034
Step 6. Convert value to ASD: N allow = 3,595 lb _
1.4

352 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
15_4.3_HUS-[Link]:H440.04_04e [Link] 12/30/07 1:19 AM Page 353

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

HUS-H Screw Anchor 4.3.6

[Link] Product Description [Link] Product Description

[Link] Material Specifications

The Hilti HUS-H Fastening System • Hilti name and anchor length on
head facilitates quality control and [Link] Technical Data
consists of the HUS-H fastener, the
SI 100 impact wrench and a standard inspection after installation [Link] Installation Instructions
ANSI drill bit. The HUS-H is a concrete • Comprehensive performance test-
[Link] Ordering Information
ing to provide high and consistent
screw anchor designed for use in
performance in concrete
normal-weight concrete. The anchor is
• Keying/Undercutting of threads
formed with a hex head, an integral
allows for immediate load
washer, a double lead thread, and a application
chamfered tip and has a zinc flake • Pressed-on washer for greater set-
coating (Deltatone). ting convenience
Product Features • Tapered tip and double lead thread
allow for easy installation
• Two step hardening process
- Hardened tip to facilitate quick Guide Specifications
and easy cutting into concrete
- Relatively ductile shank to reduce Anchor Concrete anchor shall be
risk of sudden brittle failure carbon steel, screw type with double
and/or Hydrogen Assisted Stress lead thread and a Deltatone coating.
Corrosion Cracking (HASCC) Anchor will bear the diameter and
• Deltatone coating process does length on the bolt head that is visible
not induce HASCC and has up to after installation. Anchors shall be
240 hr. salt spray (tested to ASTM
HUS-H as supplied by Hilti.
B117).
• No special bit required, standard Installation Drill hole with a Hilti ANSI
ANSI bit standard carbide tipped drill bit.
• HUS-H Anchors, SI 100 impact Remove dust from the hole with oil free
wrench, Hilti Drill and Drill Bits compressed air. Using Hilti SI 100
form a total system. impact wrench (or using manual
• Bolt head finish, no protruding Listings/Approvals
wrench), install anchor into hole until
thread European Technical Approval (ETA)
flush against top of fixture. ETA-06/0159

[Link] Material Mechanical Properties

Specifications fy min. fu
ksi (MPa) ksi (MPa)
Carbon Steel HUS-H Screw Anchors conform
DIN EN 10263-4 130 (900) 145 (1000)
Deltatone Coating
Deltatone is a highly reactive zinc-rich system based on an inorganic material. It
sticks to the steel substrate by a chemical reaction instead of mechanical adhesion.
In contrast to electrolytic plating, no hydrogen (which can lead to HASCC). Thanks
to the binding agents and high zinc content, a closed film with cathodic protection
effect is achieved after the curing process. A further important advantage lies in the
suppression of the so-called white corrosion or oxidation of the zinc surface. The
high zinc content of the Deltatone coating material helps protect steel against cor-
rosion. Screw Anchors coated with Deltatone are tested in accordance with DIN
50021 / ASTM B117 and achieve a level of 0 %
Base material Corrosion after 240 hrs. Salt spray Test.
The HUS-H Screw Anchor undergoes a Case Hardening (Carbo Nitration) process,
followed by a partial inductive heat-treatment. This process helps ensure optimum
cutting performance while maintaining a ductile anchor shaft.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 353
15_4.3_HUS-[Link]:H440.04_04e [Link] 12/30/07 1:19 AM Page 354

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.6 HUS-H Screw Anchor

[Link] Technical Data

HUS-H Specification Table

Nominal Anchor in. 3/8 1/2 5/8

Details Diameter (mm) (9.5) (12.7) (15.9)
d bit nominal bit diameter in. 5/16 7/16 9/16
(mm) (7.9) (11.1) (14.3)
h ef min./std/deep in. 2 2-3/4 2 3 2-3/8 4 5-3/8
depth of embedment (mm) (51) (70) (51) (89) (60) (102) (137)
h 1 min. hole depth in. h ef + 3/8 h ef + 3/8 h ef + 3/8
(mm) (h ef + 9.5) (h ef + 9.5) (h ef + 9.5)
Tmax max. tightening ft-lb 26 33 48
torque (Nm) (35) (45) (65)
d h min. thread clearance in. 7/16 9/16 11/16
hole in plate (mm) (11.1) (14.3) (17.5)
h min. base material thickness 3" (76 mm) or 1.3 h ef whichever is greater

HUSH-H Lengths1
Nominal
Length2
Anchor Diameter in. (mm)
2-1/2 (64)
dh 2-5/8 (67)
3 (76)
t 3/8
4 (102)
5 (127)
6 (152)
hef 2-1/2 (64)
h1
h 3 (76)
1/2 4 (102)
5 (128)
6 (152)
3 (76)
4 (102)
5/8
5 (128)
6 (152)
d bit
1 Thickness to be fastened t =
- h ef)

Combined Shear and Tension Loading

≤ 1.0 (Ref. Section [Link])

5/3 5/3
( NN ) + ( VV )
d
rec
d
rec

354 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
15_4.3_HUS-[Link]:H440.04_04e [Link] 12/30/07 1:19 AM Page 355

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

HUS-H Screw Anchor 4.3.6

Carbon Steel HUS-H Allowable Loads in Concrete

Nominal 2000 psi (13.8 Mpa) 4000 psi (27.6 Mpa) 6000 psi (41.4 Mpa)
Anchor Embedment
Diameter Depth Tension2 Shear3 Tension2 Shear3 Tension2 Shear3
in. (mm) In. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
21 810 1190 1025 1175
3/8 (51) (3.6) (5.3) (4.6) 14904 (5.2) 14904
(9.5) 2-3/4 1275 14904 1785 (6.6) 2025 (6.6)
(70) (5.7) (6.6) (7.9) (9.0)
21 815 1370 1055 1760 1175
1/2 (51) (3.6) (6.1) (4.7) (7.8) (5.2) 30004
(12.7) 3 1410 1780 1855 2365 2390 (13.3)
(76) (6.3) (7.9) (8.3) (10.5) (10.6)
2-3/81 1130 1740 1435 3005 2000 3590
(60) (5.0) (7.7) (6.4) (13.4) (8.90) (16.0)
5/8 4 2370 3320 3190 4985
(15.9) (102) (10.5) (14.8) (14.2) 49054 (22.2) 49054
5-3/8 3435 49054 4430 (21.8) 7105 (21.8)
(137) (15.3) (21.8) (19.7) (31.6)
1 IMPORTANT — EMBEDMENTS LESS THEN 2-1/2": To minimize potential con- 3 Except where noted, shear loads based upon concrete pryout failure and a safety
crete thread damage from over spinning, set the SI 100 Trigger to it's lowest instal- factor of 4.0.
lation torque. 4 Noted Shear loads based upon minimum steel strength and a safety factor of 3.0.
2 Allowable tension loads based upon a safety factor of 4.0.

Carbon Steel HUS-H Ultimate Loads in Concrete

Nominal 2000 psi (13.8 Mpa) 4000 psi (27.6 Mpa) 6000 psi (41.4 Mpa)
Anchor Embedment
Diameter Depth Tension Shear2 Tension Shear2 Tension Shear2
in. (mm) In. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
21 3235 4100 4705
3/8 (51) (14.4) 44753 (18.2) 44753 (20.9) 44753
(9.5) 2-3/4 5095 (19.9) 7155 (19.9) 8095 (19.9)
(70) (22.7) (31.8) (36.0)
21 3265 5475 4215 7040 4705
1/2 (51) (14.5) (24.4) (18.7) (31.3) (20.9) 90003
(12.7) 3 5645 7110 7425 90003 9570 (40.0)
(76) (25.1) (31.6) (33.0) (40.0) (42.6)
2-3/81 4520 6960 5730 12025 8000 14365
(60) (20.1) (31.0) (25.5) (53.5) (35.5) (65.5)
5/8 4 9475 13285 12765 19940
(15.9) (102) (42.1) (59.1) (56.8) 147253 (88.7) 147253
5-3/8 13740 147253 17715 (65.5) 28435 (65.5)
(137) (61.1) (65.5) (78.8) (126.5)
1 IMPORTANT — EMBEDMENTS LESS THEN 2-1/2": To minimize potential 2 Except where noted, shear loads based upon concrete pryout/pullout failure.
concrete thread damage from over spinning, set the SI 100 Trigger to it's lowest 3 Noted Ultimate Shear loads limited by minimum steel strength.
installation torque.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 355
15_4.3_HUS-[Link]:H440.04_04e [Link] 12/30/07 1:19 AM Page 356

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.6 HUS-H Screw Anchor

HUS-H Allowable Tension and Shear Values (pounds), Top of Grout-Filled
Concrete Masonry Construction1, 2, 3, 4, 5

Anchor Embedment Edge Shear

Dia. Depth Distance Tension
(inches) (inches) (inches) Perpendicular to wall Parallel to wall
1-3/4 590 245 640
3/8 2-3/4
2-3/4 730 420 745
1-3/4 590 275 865
1/2 3
2-3/4 745 475 1025
1-3/4 900 275 1015
5/8 4
2-3/4 1175 535 1355
1 Anchors must be installed a minimum of 1 inch from any vertical mortar joint.
2 Anchors are limited to one per masonry cell with a minimum spacing of 8 inches on center.
3 Embedment depth is measured from the outside face of the concrete masonry construction.
4 Masonry thickness must be at least 1.5 times anchor embedment.

HUS-H Allowable Tension and Shear Values (pounds), Face of Grout-Filled

Concrete Masonry Construction1, 2, 3, 4

Anchor Embedment Min. Distance

Dia. Depth from edge of Tension Shear
(inches) (inches) wall (inches)
4 695
3/8 2-3/4 1015
12 910
4 695
1/2 3 1720
12 805
4 2585
5/8 4 1370
12 2725
1 Anchor locations are limited to one per masonry cell with minimum spacing of 8 inches on center.
2 Embedment depth is measured from the top edge of the concrete masonry construction.
3 Loads in this table are for HUS-H anchors installed in the masonry at the edge distance listed in this table. No reductions for edge distance are required when anchors are
installed with the minimum edge distance specified in this table. Capacity of attached sill plate or other material to resist loads in this table must comply with the applicable code.
4 Masonry thickness must be at least 1.5 times anchor embedment.
5 Linear interpolation for edge distances between 4 inches and 12 inches is allowed.

356 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
15_4.3_HUS-[Link]:H440.04_04e [Link] 12/30/07 1:19 AM Page 357

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

HUS-H Screw Anchor 4.3.6

Load Adjustment Factors for 3/8" and 1/2" Diameter Anchors

Anchor Diameter 3/8" diameter 1/2" diameter

Adjustment Spacing Spacing Edge Distance Edge Distance Spacing Spacing Edge Distance Edge Distance
Factor Tension, Shear, Tension, Shear Tension, Shear, Tension, Shear
fAN fAV fRN ⬜ toward II or away fAN fAV fRN ⬜ toward II or away
edge, from edge, edge, from
fRV1 fRV2 fRV1 fRV2

≥2 ≥2 ≥2 ≥2
Embed.
2 2-3/4 2 2-3/4 2 2-3/4 2 3 2 3 2 3
Depth, in.
1-3/4 0.75 0.75 0.30 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.20 0.65
2 0.70 0.70 0.80 0.78 0.35 0.77 0.70 0.70 0.80 0.77 0.26 0.68
2-3/4 0.76 0.70 0.81 0.70 0.95 0.86 0.51 0.83 0.76 0.81 0.95 0.84 0.45 0.76
Spacing (s)/Edge Distance (c), in.

3 0.78 0.71 0.85 0.73 1.00 0.88 0.57 0.85 0.78 0.70 0.85 0.70 1.00 0.86 0.51 0.79
3-1/2 0.81 0.74 0.93 0.78 0.93 0.68 0.88 0.81 0.73 0.93 0.75 0.91 0.63 0.84
4 0.85 0.77 1.00 0.84 0.99 0.78 0.92 0.85 0.75 1.00 0.80 0.95 0.75 0.89
4-1/8 0.86 0.78 0.85 1.00 0.81 0.93 0.86 0.76 0.81 0.97 0.78 0.91
4-1/2 0.89 0.80 0.89 0.89 0.96 0.89 0.78 0.85 1.00 0.88 0.95
5 0.93 0.82 0.95 1.00 1.00 0.93 0.80 0.90 1.00 1.00
5-1/2 0.96 0.85 1.00 0.96 0.83 0.95
6 1.00 0.88 1.00 0.85 1.00
7 0.93 0.90
8-1/4 1.00 0.96
9 1.00
Note: Tables apply for listed embedment depths. Reduction factors for
other embedment depths must be calculated using equations below.
Load Adjustment Factors for 5/8" Diameter Anchors
Anchor Diameter 5/8" diameter Spacing
Adjustment Spacing Spacing Edge Distance Edge Distance for scr>s>Smin
Factor Tension Shear Tension Shear
fAN fAV fRN ⬜ II or Tension Shear
toward away from
edge fRV1 edge fRV2 smin = 1.0 hef, scr = 3.0 hef smin = 1.0 hef, scr = 2.0 hef
Embed. Depth, in. 2-3/8 4 5-3/8 2-3/8 4 5-3/8 2-3/8 4 5-3/8 ≥2-3/8 ≥2-3/8 fAN = 0.15(s/hef) + 0.55 fAV = 0.3(s/hef) + 0.4
1-3/4 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.15 0.50
2 0.78 0.76 0.76 0.19 0.52
2-3/8 0.70 0.70 0.84 0.79 0.77 0.25 0.56
Edge Distance
3 0.74 0.78 0.92 0.82 0.80 0.35 0.62
for ccr>c>cmin
3-9/16 0.78 0.85 1.00 0.86 0.82 0.44 0.67 Tension – All Diameters
Spacing (s)/Edge Distance (c), in.

4 0.80 0.70 0.91 0.70 0.88 0.84 0.51 0.71 cmin = 1-3/4", ccr = 1.5 hef
4-3/4 0.85 0.73 1.00 0.76 0.93 0.87 0.62 0.78
fRN = 1.0 – (0.375hef – 0.25c) / (1.5hef – 1 3/4")
5 -3/8 0.89 0.75 0.70 0.80 0.70 0.96 0.89 0.72 0.84 Shear – 3/8" Diameter
6 0.93 0.78 0.72 0.85 0.73 1.00 0.92 0.82 0.90 cmin = 1-3/4", ccr = 5"
6-1/2 0.96 0.79 0.73 0.89 0.76 0.94 0.90 0.94
⬜ toward edge ll or away from edge
7-1/8 1.00 0.82 0.75 0.93 0.80 0.96 1.00 1.00
fRV1 = 0.215c - 0.077 fRV2 = 0.077c + 0.615
7-1/2 0.83 0.76 0.96 0.82 0.98
8 0.85 0.77 1.00 0.85 1.00 Shear – 1/2" Diameter
9 0.89 0.80 0.90 cmin = 1-3/4", ccr = 5"
10 0.93 0.83 0.96
⬜ toward edge ll or away from edge
10-3/4 0.95 0.85 1.00
fRV1 = 0.246c – 0.230 fRV2 = 0.108c + 0.461
12 1.00 0.88
14 0.94 Shear – 5/8" Diameter
16-1/8 1.00 cmin = 1-3/4", ccr = 7-1/8"
⬜ toward edge ll or away from edge
fRV1 = 0.158c – 0.127 fRV2 = 0.093c + 0.337

[Link] Installation Instructions or

1. Hammer drill a hole using appropriate 2. Clean hole with oil free 3A. Using Hilti SI 100 impact wrench, 3B. Or, using a torque wrench install
diameter ANSI carbide-tipped drill bit. compressed air. install anchor into hole. Immediately anchor into hole until flush against
discontinue when anchor is flush top of fixture. Do not exceed Tmax.
against top of fixture.
IMPORTANT — EMBEDMENTS LESS THEN 2-1/2": To minimize potential concrete thread
damage from over spinning, set the SI 100 Trigger to it's lowest installation torque.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 357
15_4.3_HUS-[Link]:H440.04_04e [Link] 12/30/07 1:19 AM Page 358

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.6 HUS-H Screw Anchor

[Link] Ordering Information

HUS-H 3/8" screw anchor with hexagon head 1/2" AF, 11/16" washer dia.
Regular PackagingMaster Carton
Ordering Description Drill Bit Anchor Length Item No. Contents Item No. Contents
HUS-H 3/8 x 2-1/8 5/16" 2-1/8" 336686 50 305618 600
HUS-H 3/8 x 2-5/8 5/16" 2-5/8" 336687 50 305619 600
HUS-H 3/8 x 3 5/16" 3" 336688 50 305620 400
HUS-H 3/8 x 4 5/16" 4" 304503 50 305621 300
HUS-H 3/8 x 5 5/16" 5" 304504 50 305622 300
HUS-H 3/8 x 6 5/16" 6" 336692 50 305623 300
HUS-H 1/2" screw anchor with hexagon head 5/8" AF, 9/10" washer dia.
Regular PackagingMaster Carton
Ordering Description Drill Bit Anchor Length Item No. Contents Item No. Contents
HUS-H 1/2 x 2-1/2 7/16" 2-1/2" 304505 50 305624 300
HUS-H 1/2 x 3 7/16" 3" 304506 50 305625 300
HUS-H 1/2 x 4 7/16" 4" 304507 50 305626 150
HUS-H 1/2 x 5 7/16" 5" 304508 50 305627 150
HUS-H 1/2 x 6 7/16" 6" 304509 50 305628 150
HUS-H 5/8" screw anchor with hexagon head 13/16" AF, 1-3/16" washer dia.
Regular Packaging Master Carton Master Carton
Ordering Description Drill Bit Anchor Length Item No. Contents Item No. Contents
HUS-H 5/8 x 3 9/16" 3" 282903 20 3001533 160
HUS-H 5/8 x 4 9/16" 4" 282904 20 3001534 80
HUS-H 5/8 x 5 9/16" 5" 282905 20 3001535 80
HUS-H 5/8 x 6 9/16" 6" 282906 20 3001536 60

HUS-H Screw Anchor Accessories

SI 100 impact wrench
Description Packaging Contents Item No.
SI 100 impact wrench in tool box 1 334203
Impact sockets for 3/8" HUS-H
Description Length Packaging Contents Ordering Description Item No.
3/8” Short socket wrench insert (non magnetic) 1-9/16" 1 S-NSD 1/2"-3/8" 336703
3/8" Long magnetic socket wrench insert 3-1/2" 1 S-NSD 1/2"-3/8" M 336701
Impact sockets for 1/2" HUS-H
Description Length Packaging Contents Ordering Description Item No.
1/2" Short socket wrench insert (non magnetic) 1-9/16" 1 S-NSD 5/8-1/2" 304786
1/2" Short magnetic socket wrench insert 1-9/16" 1 S-NSD 5/8-1/2" M 304795

Impact sockets for 5/8" HUS-H

Description Length Packaging Contents Ordering Description Item No.
13/16" Short socket wrench insert (non magnetic) 1-9/16” 1 S-NSD 13/16-5/8" 282932
13/16" Short magnetic socket wrench insert 1-9/16” 1 S-NSD 13/16-5/8" M 282933

SI 100 Accessories
Description Packaging Contents Item No.
Pin/O-Ring Set for 1/2" drive sockets 3 sets 336619

358 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
15_4.3_HUS-[Link]:H440.04_04e [Link] 12/30/07 1:19 AM Page 359

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

HCA Coil Anchor 4.3.7

[Link] Product Description [Link] Product Description

[Link] Material Specifications

The Hilti HCA Coil Anchor is a bolt type Guide Specifications
[Link] Technical Data
expansion anchor for use in concrete.
Expansion Anchor – Expansion anchors
[Link] Installation Instructions
Product Features shall be bolt style which meet the
[Link] Ordering Information
• Reusable type anchors, providing mechanical properties of a Grade 5 bolt.
major cost savings* Anchors are to be zinc plated in
• Bolt type anchor enables low accordance with ASTM B633, SC1,
profile fastenings Type III. Anchors shall be Hilti HCA
• Preassembled units allow quick designation as supplied by Hilti.
production fastening
Installation – Install bolt type anchors in
• Utilizes a disposable, low cost
holes drilled with Hilti carbide tipped drill
expansion coil which minimizes
reuse costs bits or DD-B or DD-C diamond core
bits. Install anchors as per
• Heat treated to Grade 5 specifica-
tion, which provides high shear manufacturer’s recommendation.
load capacity

* Test results when reused four times: maximum 20% reduction in tensile capacity;
no reduction in shear.

[Link] Material Mechanical Properties

Specifications min. fu
ksi (MPa)
1/4" HCA Carbon Steel meets the requirements
of case of hardened AISI 1018 100 (690)
3/8"– 3/4" HCA Carbon Steel meets the chemica requirements
of AISI 1035 and heat treated to Grade 5 specification 120 (830)
Coil meets the requirements of plain carbon steel
Carbon Steel HCA and coil are plated in accordance with ASTM B633, SC1, Type III

[Link] Technical Data

HCA Specification Table HCA Lengths2
Bolt Size in. 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 Length

Diameter
Details in. (mm)
1-3/4 (44)
d bit nominal bit diameter1 in. 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4
1/4 2-1/2 (64)
h s depth set mark in. 3/8 5/8 5/8 3/4 1 3-1/2 (89)

anchor length min./max. in. 1-3/4 2-1/4 3 3-1/2 4-1/2 2-1/4 (57)
(other lengths available) in. 3-1/2 5 7 8 10 3/8 3 (76)
d h coil clearance hole in plate in. 5/16 7/16 9/16 11/16 13/16 5 (127)
3 (76)
T inst recommended installation ft-lb 10 40 80 130 180
4 (102)
torque (guide values) 1/2
5-1/2 (140)
h min. base material thickness in. 3" or 1.3 hef, whichever is greater 7 (178)
1 Hilti carbide-tipped drill bit or matched tolerance Hilti DD-B or DD-C diamond core bits 3-1/2 (89)
2 Maximum thickness to be fastened t =
- (h ef + h s ) 3/8 5 (127)
8 (203)
4-1/2 (114)
Combined Shear and Tension Loading 3/4 6 (152)
10 (254)
( NN ) + ( VV )
d d
≤ 1.0 (Ref. Section [Link])
rec rec

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 359
15_4.3_HUS-[Link]:H440.04_04e [Link] 12/30/07 1:19 AM Page 360

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.7 HCA Coil Anchor

Carbon Steel HCA Allowable Concrete/Steel Capacity in Concrete1

Anchor Embedment Allowable Concrete Capacity3,4, lb Allowable

Diameter Depth 2000 psi 4000 psi 6000 psi Steel Strength 2, lb
in. in.
Tension5 Shear Tension5 Shear Tension5 Shear Tension Shear
3/4 230 230 325 330 400 400
1/4 1620 1080
1 355 380 500 535 615 655
1-1/2 650 850 920 1205 990 1475
3/8 4355 2905
2 1005 1390 1420 1965 1740 2410
2 1005 1515 1420 2145 1740 2625
1/2 7775 5180
3 1845 3020 2605 4270 3190 5230
2-3/8 1300 2175 1835 3075 2250 3765
5/8 12145 8095
3-7/8 2705 5000 3825 7070 4685 8660
3-1/4 2080 3915 2940 5540 3600 6780
3/4 17495 11665
4-1/2 3385 6810 4790 9630 5865 11705
1 Use lower value of either concrete or steel strength. 4 Applicable influence factors must be applied to concrete strength values.
2 Steel strength based on 0.22 Fu A g for shear and 0.33 Fu A g for tension. 5 Test results when reused four times: maximum 20% reduction in tensile capacity;
3 Concrete strength based on a safety factor of 4.0. no reduction in shear.

Carbon Steel HCA Ultimate Concrete/Steel Capacity in Concrete1

Anchor Embedment Ultimate Concrete Capacity3,4, lb Ultimate

Diameter Depth 2000 psi 4000 psi 6000 psi Steel Strength 2, lb
in. in.
Tension5 Shear Tension5 Shear Tension5 Shear Tension Shear
3/4 920 930 1305 1315 1595 1610
1/4 3675 2830
1 1420 1515 2005 2145 2460 2625
1-1/2 2610 3410 3690 4825 4515 5910
3/8 9900 7615
2 4015 5565 5675 7865 6950 9635
2 4015 6065 5675 8575 6950 10505
1/2 17665 13570
3 7375 12080 10430 17085 12770 20930
2-3/8 5195 8700 7345 12305 9000 15070
5/8 27605 21240
3-7/8 10825 19995 15305 28275 18745 34630
3-1/4 8315 15660 11760 22150 14400 27125
3/4 39760 30590
4-1/2 13545 27235 19160 38515 23465 47170
1 Use lower value of either concrete or steel strength. 4 Applicable influence factors must be applied to concrete strength values.
2 Steel strength based on 0.57 FuAg for shear and 0.75 FuAg for tension. 5 Test results when reused four times: maximum 20% reduction in tensile capacity;
3 Concrete capacity based on Concrete Capacity Design method and verified by test data. no reduction in shear.

Anchor Spacing and Edge Distance Guidelines

HCA Influence of Edge and On-Center Spacing Distance1,2 See Note4

Influence
Load Direction Critical Minimum Factor3
Tension 3.0 hef 1.0 hef fAN = 0.70 concrete free edge
Spacing

Shear 2.0 hef 1.0 hef fAV = 0.70

Tension 1.5 hef 0.8 hef fRN = 0.75
Edge Distance

Shear 2.5 hef 1.0 hef fRV1 = 0.25

(⬜ toward edge)4
Shear 2.5 hef 1.0 hef fRV2 = 0.50
(II or ⬜ away from edge)4
1 For edge and spacing distances between critical and minimum spacing/edge distances, use linear interpolation.
2 Influence factors are cumulative.
3 Influence factor at minimum spacing/edge distance. Influence factor at critical equals 1.0.
4 For shear loads in between perpendicular and parallel toward edge, use the following equation,
fRVß = 0.25 / (cosß + 0.5 sinß ) for 55°≤ ß < 90°. For 0°≤ ß < 55°, shear load assumed to be perpendicular
toward edge.

* Test results when reused four times: maximum 20% reduction in tensile capacity; no reduction in shear.

360 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
15_4.3_HUS-[Link]:H440.04_04e [Link] 12/30/07 1:19 AM Page 361

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

HCA Coil Anchor 4.3.7

[Link] Installation Important Installation Considerations 3. Anchors are to be installed to the depth
1. Hole depth is determined by the anchor set mark on the shank below the head.
Instructions length minus fixture thickness plus 1/4" Tap anchor to the depth mark before
minimum. tightening.
2. When reassembling the coil tab onto
the tapered end of the bolt, the flattened
portion (tang) must be in the direction of
the head.

Drill hole same diameter as anchor Clean hole

Insert (tap anchor) to anchor’s depth Tighten to required torque

set mark

[Link] Ordering Information

HCA HEX HEAD HCT Replacement Coil

Fixture Thickness Box
Box Bit at minimum Item No. Description Qty
Item No. Description Qty Dia embedment depth 255985 HCT 1/4" 100
252000 HCA 1/4" X 1-3/4" 100 1/4" 5/8" 255987 HCT 3/8" 100
252002 HCA 1/4" X 2-1/2" 100 1/4" 1-3/8" 255988 HCT 1/2" 100
252003 HCA 1/4" X 3-1/2" 100 1/4" 2-3/8" 255989 HCT 5/8" 100
252004 HCA 3/8" X 2-1/4" 100 3/8" 1/8" 255980 HCT 3/4" 50
252005 HCA 3/8" X 3" 100 3/8" 7/8"
252007 HCA 3/8" X 5" 50 3/8" 2-7/8" * Test results when reused four times:
252010 HCA 1/2" X 3" 50 1/2" 3/8" maximum 20% reduction in tensile
252011 HCA 1/2" X 4" 25 1/2" 1-3/8" capacity; no reduction in shear.
252012 HCA 1/2" X 5-1/2" 25 1/2" 2-7/8"
252013 HCA 1/2" X 7" 25 1/2" 4-3/8"
252014 HCA 5/8" X 3-1/2" 25 5/8" 3/8"
252015 HCA 5/8" X 5" 25 5/8" 1-7/8"
252016 HCA 5/8" X 8" 20 5/8" 4-7/8"
252017 HCA 3/4" X 4-1/2" 20 3/4" 1/4"
252018 HCA 3/4" X 6" 10 3/4" 1-3/4"
252019 HCA 3/4" X 10" 10 3/4" 5-3/4"

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 361
15_4.3_HUS-[Link]:H440.04_04e [Link] 12/30/07 1:20 AM Page 362

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.8 HDI & HDI-L Drop-In Anchor

[Link] Product Description [Link] Product Description
[Link] Material Specifications
The Hilti HDI/HDI-L Drop-In anchor is an • Intelligent expansion section
[Link] Technical Data adapts to the base material and
internally threaded, flush mounted
[Link] Installation Instructions expansion anchor for use in concrete. reduces number of hammer blows
up to 50% (HDI-L)
[Link] Ordering Information
Product Features Guide Specifications
HDI Expansion Anchor Expansion anchors
• Anchor, setting tool and Hilti drill bit shall be flush or shell type and zinc
form a matched tolerance system plated in accordance with ASTM B 633,
to provide reliable fastenings SC 1, Type III. Anchors shall be Hilti
• Allows shallow embedment without HDI/HDI-L anchors as supplied by Hilti.
sacrificing performance
• Lip provides flush installation, Installation Install shell or flush type
consistent anchor depth, and easy anchors in holes drilled with Hilti carbide
rod alignment (HDI-L) tipped drill bits. Install anchors as per
• Lip allows accurate flush manufacturer’s recommendations.
surface setting, independent
of hole depth (HDI-L)
• Ideal for repetitive fastenings with
threaded rods of equal length

[Link] Material Specifications

HDI/HDI-L, 1/4", 3/8", 1/2", and HDI 5/8" and 3/4" are manufactured from mild
carbon steel which is plated with a zinc finish for corrosion protection in
accordance with ASTM B 633, SC 1, Type III
HDI Stainless Steel material meets the requirements of AISI 303

Listings/Approvals
City of Los Angeles [Link] Technical Data
Research Report No. 23709 (HDI Only)
FM (Factory Mutual) HDI/HDI-L Specification Table
Pipe Hanger Components for Automatic
Sprinkler Systems (3/8" - 3/4") HDI/HDI-L HDI
(HDI and HDI-L) Anchor
UL (Underwriters Laboratories) Size in. 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4
UL 203 Pipe Hanger Equipment for Fire Details (mm) (6.4) (9.5) (12.7) (15.9) (19.1)
Protection Services (3/8" - 3/4") d bit Nominal Bit diameter in. 3/8 1/2 5/8 27/32 1
h nom Std. depth of embed. in. 1 1-9/16 2 2-9/16 3-3/16
C
Anchor length (mm) (25) (40) (51) (65) (81)
h1 Hole depth

th Useable thread in. 7/16 5/8 11/16 7/8 1-3/8
length (mm) (11) (15) (17) (22) (34)
Threads per inch 20 16 13 11 10
h min. base material in. 3 3-1/8 4 5-1/8 6-3/8
thickness (mm) (76) (79) (102) (130) (162)
T max max. tightening ft-lb 4 11 22 37 80
torque (Nm) (5.4) (14.9) (29.8) (50.2) (108.5)

Combined Shear and Tension Loading

≤ 1.0 (Ref. Section [Link])

5/3 5/3
( NN ) + ( VV )
d
rec
d
rec

362 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
15_4.3_HUS-[Link]:H440.04_04e [Link] 12/30/07 1:20 AM Page 363

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

HDI & HDI-L Drop-In Anchor 4.3.8

Carbon Steel HDI Allowable Loads in Concrete
Anchor size 2000 psi (13.8 MPa) 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) 6000 psi (41.4 MPa)
in. (mm) Tension lb (kN) Shear lb (kN) Tension lb (kN) Shear lb (kN) Tension lb (kN) Shear lb (kN)
HDI HDI-L HDI HDI-L HDI HDI-L HDI HDI-L HDI HDI-L HDI HDI-L
1/4 ( 6.4) 500 ( 2.2) 500 (2.2) 450 ( 8.0) 450 (8.0) 570 ( 2.5) 570 (2.5) 625 ( 2.8) 625 (2.8) 790 ( 3.5) 790 ( 3.5) 700 ( 3.1) 700 ( 3.1)
3/8 ( 9.5) 890 ( 4.0) 890 (4.0) 965 ( 4.3) 965 (4.3) 1115 ( 5.0) 1115 (5.0) 1250 ( 5.6) 1250 (5.6) 1360 ( 6.0) 1360 ( 6.0) 1500 ( 6.7) 1500 ( 6.7)
1/2 (12.7) 1120 ( 5.0) 1120 (5.0) 1500 ( 6.7) 1500 (6.7) 1785 ( 7.9) 1785 (7.9) 2125 ( 9.5) 1940 (8.6) 2345 (10.4) 2345 (10.4) 2500 (11.1) 2500 (11.1)
5/8 (15.9) 1875 ( 8.3) – 2500 (11.1) – 2920 (13.0) – 3250 (14.5) – 3715 (16.5) – 3750 (16.7) –
3/4 (19.1) 2500 (11.1) – 3875 (17.2) – 4065 (18.1) – 5000 (22.2) – 5565 (24.8) – 5500 (24.5) –

Note: The ultimate shear and allowable shear values are based on the use of SAE Grade 5 bolts, (fy = 85 ksi, Fult = 120 ksi) with the exception of the 1/4" HDI/HDI-L in f’c = 6000 psi
concrete which is based upon the use of a SAE Grade 8 bolt (fy = 120 ksi, Fult = 150 ksi).
Carbon Steel HDI Ultimate Loads in Concrete
Anchor size 2000 psi (13.8 MPa) 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) 6000 psi (41.4 MPa)
in. (mm) Tension lb (kN) Shear lb (kN) Tension lb (kN) Shear lb (kN) Tension lb (kN) Shear lb (kN)
HDI HDI-L HDI HDI-L HDI HDI-L HDI HDI-L HDI HDI-L HDI HDI-L
1/4 ( 6.4) 1995 ( 8.9) 1995 ( 8.9) 1800 ( 8.0) 1800 ( 8.0) 2270 (10.1) 2270 (10.1) 2500 (11.1) 2500 (11.1) 3150 (14.0) 3150 (14.0) 2800 (12.5) 2800 (12.5)
3/8 ( 9.5) 3555 ( 15.8) 3555 (15.8) 3850 (17.1) 3850 (17.1) 4460 (19.8) 4460 (19.8) 5000 (22.2) 5000 (22.2) 5430 (24.2) 5430 (24.2) 6000 (26.7) 6000 (26.7)
1/2 (12.7) 4470 ( 19.9) 4470 (19.9) 6000 (26.7) 6000 (26.7) 7140 (31.8) 7140 (31.8) 8500 (37.8) 7750 (34.4) 9375 (41.7) 9375 (41.7) 10000 (44.5) 10000 (44.5)
5/8 (15.9) 7500 ( 33.4) – 10000 (44.5) – 11685 (52.0) – 13000 (57.8) – 14865 (66.1) – 15000 (66.7) –
3/4 (19.1) 10000 ( 44.5) – 15500 (69.0) – 16260 (72.3) – 20000 (89.0) – 22250 (99.0) – 22000 (97.9) –

Carbon Steel HDI Allowable Loads in Lightweight Concrete and

Lightweight Concrete over Metal Deck1, 2
Anchor Anchor Installed in 3000 psi (20.7 MPa) Anchor Installed Through Steel Deck Upper Flute Anchor Installed Through Steel Deck Lower Flute
Size Lt. Wt. Concrete 3 Into 3000 psi (20.7 MPa) Lt. Wt. Concrete 4 Into 3000 psi (20.7 MPa) Lt. Wt. Concrete4
in. (mm) Tension, lb (kN) Shear, lb (kN) Tension, lb (kN) Shear, lb (kN) Tension, lb (kN) Shear, lb (kN)
1/4 (6.4) 465 (2.1) 340 (1.5) 530 (2.4) 335 (1.5) 375 (1.7) 250 (1.1)
3/8 (9.5) 755 (3.4) 940 (4.2) 880 (3.9) 1010 (4.5) 500 (2.2) 500 (2.2)
1/2 (12.7) 1135 (5.0) 1700 (7.6) 1105 (4.9) 1755 (7.8) 625 (2.8) 750 (3.3)
5/8 (15.9) 1465 (6.5) 2835 (12.6) – – 875 (3.9) 875 (3.9)
3/4 (19.1) 2075 (9.2) 3680 (16.4) – – 1250 (5.5) 1000 (4.4)
1 The allowable values are based on the use of SAE Grade 2 bolts installed in the 3 The tabulated shear and tensile values are for anchors installed in structural light-
anchors. weight concrete having the designated ultimate compressive strength at the time of
2 Based on using a safety factor of 4.0. installation. The concrete must comply with ASTM C 330-77.
4 The tabulated shear and tensile values are for anchors installed through 20 gauge
intermediate decking into structural lightweight concrete having the designated
ultimate strength at the time of installation. The concrete must comply with ASTM
C 330-77.
Stainless Steel HDI Allowable Loads in Concrete

Anchor size 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) 6000 psi (41.4 MPa)
in. (mm)
Tension lb (kN) Shear lb (kN) Tension lb (kN) Shear lb (kN)
SS HDI – 1/4 (6.4) 480 (2.1) 600 (2.7) 740 (3.3) 600 (2.7)
SS HDI – 3/8 (9.5) 1040 (4.6) 1230 (5.5) 1460 (6.5) 1230 (5.5)
SS HDI – 1/2 (12.7) 1840 (8.2) 2760 (12.4) 2410 (10.7) 2760 (12.3)
SS HDI – 5/8 (15.9) 2630 (11.7) 4510 (20.1) 3770 (16.8) 4510 (20.1)
SS HDI – 3/4 (19.1) 3830 (17.0) 5580 (24.8) 5030 (22.4) 5580 (24.8)
Note: The ultimate and allowable shear values are based on the use of Type 18-8 bolts.
Stainless Steel HDI Ultimate Loads in Concrete

Anchor size 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) 6000 psi (41.4 MPa)
in. (mm)
Tension lb (kN) Shear lb (kN) Tension lb (kN) Shear lb (kN)
SS HDI – 1/4 (6.4) 1930 (8.6) 2400 (10.7) 2950 (13.1) 2400 (10.7)
SS HDI – 3/8 (9.5) 4170 (18.5) 4920 (21.9) 5850 (26.0) 4920 (21.9)
SS HDI – 1/2 (12.7) 7350 (32.7) 11040 (49.1) 9630 (42.8) 11040 (49.1)
SS HDI – 5/8 (15.9) 10540 (46.9) 18040 (80.2) 15100 (67.2) 18040 (80.2)
SS HDI – 3/4 (19.1) 15340 (68.2) 22320 (99.3) 20130 (89.5) 22320 (99.3)

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 363
15_4.3_HUS-[Link]:H440.04_04e [Link] 12/30/07 1:20 AM Page 364

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.8 HDI & HDI-L Drop-In Anchor

Anchor Spacing and Edge Distance Guidelines (See Anchoring Technology Section 4.1.3)

Anchor Spacing Adjustment Factors Edge Distance Adjustment Factors

s = Actual Spacing c = Actual edge distance
smin = 2.0 hnom cmin = 2.0 hnom
scr = 3.5 hnom ccr = 3.0 hnom

Influence of Anchor Spacing &

Edge Distance fA, fR

Anchor Size hnom

in. (mm) in. (mm)
1/4 (6.4) 1 ( 25)
3/8 (9.5) 1-9/16 (40)
1/2 (12.7) 2 ( 51)
5/8 (15.8) 2-9/16 ( 65)
3/4 (19.1) 3-3/16 ( 81)
hnom = standard embedment depth

Load Adjustment Factors (Anchor Spacing) fA Load Adjustment Factors (Edge Distance) fR
Tension/Shear Loads Tension, fRN Shear, fRV
Spacing Anchor Diameter Edge Distance Anchor Diameter Anchor Diameter
s c
in. (mm) 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 in. (mm) 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4
2 ( 51) .50 2 ( 51) .80 .65
2-1/2 ( 64) .67 2-1/2 ( 64) .90 .83
3 ( 76) .83 .50 3 ( 76) 1.0 .80 1.0 .65
3-1/2 ( 89) 1.0 .58 3-1/2 ( 89) .85 .73
4 (102) .69 .50 4 (102) .91 .80 .85 .65
4-1/2 (114) .79 .58 4-1/2 (114) .98 .85 .96 .74
5 (127) .90 .67 .50 5 (127) 1.0 .90 .80 1.0 .83 .65
5-1/2 (140) 1.0 .75 .55 5-1/2 (140) .95 .83 .91 .70
6 (152) .83 .61 .50 6 (152) 1.0 .87 1.0 .77
7 (178) 1.0 .74 .57 6-1/2 (165) .91 .80 .84 .65
8 (203) .87 .67 7 (178) .95 .84 .91 .72
9 (229) 1.0 .77 8 (203) 1.0 .90 1.0 .83
10 (254) .88 9 (229) .96 .94
11 (279) .98 10 (254) 1.0 1.0
12 (305) 1.0
smin = 2.0 hnom, scr = 3.5 hnom cmin = 2.0 hnom, ccr = 3.0 hnom cmin = 2.0 hnom, ccr = 3.0 hnom
fA = 0.33 s – 0.17 fRN = 0.2 c + 0.4 fRV = 0.35 c – 0.05
hnom hnom hnom
for scr > s > smin for ccr > c > cmin for ccr > c > cmin

364 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
15_4.3_HUS-[Link]:H440.04_04e [Link] 12/30/07 1:20 AM Page 365

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

HDI & HDI-L Drop-In Anchor 4.3.8

[Link] Installation Instructions

1. Adjust depth gauge so that anchor will 2. Hammer drill hole. 3. Clean hole. 4. Install anchor using proper setting
be flush with the concrete surface tool. Setting tool to be driven into
when installed. anchor until setting tool shoulder
meets top of anchor.

[Link] Ordering Information

HDI Anchors

Anchor Carbon Steel Stainless Steel

Thread
Size Description Item No. Description Item No. Description Item No. Box Qty
1/4" HDI 1/4 336425 HDI-L 1/4 283608 HDI 1/4 (SS 303) 336430 100
3/8" HDI 3/8 336426 HDI-L 3/8 283609 HDI 3/8 (SS 303) 336431 50
1/2" HDI 1/2 336427 HDI-L 1/2 283610 HDI 1/2 (SS 303) 336432 50
5/8" HDI 5/8 336428 – – HDI 5/8 (SS 303) 336433 25
3/4" HDI 3/4 336429 – – HDI 3/4 (SS 303) 336434 25

Setting Tools for HDI & HDI-L Anchors

Anchor
Thread Size Description – Manual Setting Tools Item No.
1/4" HST 1/4 Setting Tool 00032978
3/8" HST 3/8 Setting Tool 00032979
1/2" HST 1/2 Setting Tool 00032980
5/8" HST 5/8 Setting Tool 00032981
3/4" HST 3/4 Setting Tool 00032982
Anchor
Thread Size Description – Automatic Setting Tools1 Item No.
3/8" HSD-MM 3/8" (TE-C-24SD10 3/8" Setting tool) 00243751
1/2" HSD-MM 1/2" (TE-C-24SD12 1/2" Setting tool) 00243752
1 Use automatic setting tools with TE-5A, TE-6, TE-15, TE-16, TE-16C, TE-18 and TE-25 rotary hammer drills.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 365
15_4.3_HUS-[Link]:H440.04_04e [Link] 12/30/07 1:20 AM Page 366

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.9 HDI-P Drop-In Anchor

[Link] Product Description [Link] Product Description
[Link] Material Specifications
The Hilti HDI-P Drop-In anchor is an Guide Specifications
[Link] Technical Data
internally threaded, flush mounted
Expansion Anchor Expansion anchors
[Link] Installation Instructions expansion anchor for solid and
shall be flush or shell type and zinc
[Link] Ordering Information hollow concrete.
plated in accordance with ASTM B633,
Product Features SC 1, Type III. Anchors shall be Hilti
• Optimized 3/4" anchor length to HDI-P anchors as supplied by Hilti.
allow reliable fastenings in hollow Installation Install shell or flush type
core panels, precast plank & post
anchors in holes drilled with Hilti carbide
tensioned slabs
tipped drill bits. Install anchors in
• Shallow drilling enables fast
installation accordance with manufacturer’s
recommendations.
• Lip provides flush installation,
consistent anchor depth and easy
rod alignment
Listings/Approvals • Setting tool leaves mark on flange
FM (Factory Mutual) when anchor is set properly to
Pipe Hanger Components for Automatic enable inspection & verification of
Sprinkler Systems proper expansion

[Link] Material Specifications

The HDI-P is manufactured from mild carbon steel, which is zinc plated for
corrosion protection in accordance with ASTM B633, SC 1, Type III

[Link] Technical Data

HDI-P Specification Table
Average Ultimate Loads, lb (kN) Allowable Loads, lb (kN)
4000 psi Concrete Hollow Core 4000 psi Concrete Hollow Core
Length Bit Size (27.6 MPa) (Spancrete) (27.6 MPa) (Spancrete)
Desc. in. (mm) in. Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear
HDI-P 3/8 3/4 (19.1) 1/2 1900 (8.5) 3000 (13.3) 2100 (9.3) 4000 (17.8) 380 (1.7) 600 (2.7) 420 (1.9) 800 (3.6)

[Link] Installation Instructions

1. Set depth 2. Hammer-drill 3. Clean hole. 4. Insert anchor. 5. Insert setting 6. Collar of set-
gauge on drill. hole. tool and ting tool will
strike with leave an
hammer until indentation
anchor is on flange of
fully set. anchor when
properly
[Link] Ordering Information expanded.
HDI-P Anchor
Item No. Description Bit Dia Box Qty
283611 HDI-P 3/8 1/2” 100

Setting Tools for HDI-P Anchors

Item No. Description
283611 HSD-G 3/8" – 3/4" Setting Tool w/ hand guard
253784 HST-P 3/8" – 3/4" Setting Tool

366 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
15_4.3_HUS-[Link]:H440.04_04e [Link] 12/30/07 1:20 AM Page 367

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

HCI-WF/MD Cast-In Anchor 4.3.10

[Link] Product Description [Link] Product Description

[Link] Material Specifications

The Hilti HCI-WF/MD is an internally protective plastic sleeve, steel flange
[Link] Technical Data
threaded cast-in anchor suitable for use with pre-drilled additional fastening
in either wood (WF) or metal deck (MD) holes and placement spring for [Link] Installation Instructions
form work. The HCI-WF/MD is ideally attachment to metal deck, anchor is to [Link] Ordering Information
suited for a variety of rod hanging be secured by clamping the deck
applications and offers significant between the steel flange and the
anchor installation labor savings over protective plastic sleeve. Anchor will
traditional post-installed anchor bear the diameter and manufacturer
solutions. name on its hexagon head. Anchors
shall be HCI-MD as supplied by Hilti.
Product Features
• Installation from above Installation:

- No overhead drilling and anchor HCI-WF: Prior to pouring the concrete HCI-WF
installation. over the wood form, place the anchor
- No ladders or platforms needed. (nails down) on the surface of the wood
• Hexagon head prevents spinning in form at the pre-determined location.
concrete. Drive the anchor down until plastic
• Identification decals for flexible flange is flush with the surface of the
color application. wood form. When all anchors are
• WF: Large plastic flange helps installed, pour the concrete. When wood
ensure anchor is flush with wood HCI-MD
form is removed, the colored flange is
form to prevent concrete from
entering threads. exposed and the three break-off nails
usually remain. Wearing eye protection,
• WF: Easy break-off nails
if desired removal of the nails is best Listings/Approvals
• MD: Protective plastic sleeve to
prevent concrete / firestop spray / done by swiping with hammer. After the FM (Factory Mutual)
insulation spray from entering concrete has properly cured and Pipe Hanger Components for Automatic
threads. reached its design compressive Sprinkler Systems (3/8" - 3/4")
UL (Underwriters Laboratories)
• MD: Flange prepared for additional strength, install the threaded rod, UL 203 Pipe Hanger Equipment for Fire
screws if required for pre-concrete ensuring full thread engagement. Protection Services (3/8" - 3/4")
rod installation.
HCI-MD: Prior to pouring concrete, drill
• MD: Strong placement spring for
a hole through the metal deck at the C
reliable placement.
pre-determined location ( either lower or
Guide Specifications upper flute of the deck ), using the
Anchor: specified diameter metal hole saw.
From the topside of the deck, place the
HCI-WF: Concrete anchor shall be
plastic sleeve through the hole. By
carbon steel, cast-in type with single
stepping on the head of the anchor (or
internal thread and a zinc / yellow
by using a hammer), push it through the
chromate plating and contained by a
hole & compressing the spring until the
plastic flange. Anchor shall have break-
anchor plastic sleeve snaps into place
off nails for attachment to the surface of
(i.e. the metal deck is between the
wood forms. Anchor will bear the
sleeve and the flange of the anchor).
diameter and manufacturer name on its
After all inserts are installed, pour the
hexagon head. Anchors shall be HCI-
concrete. After the concrete has
WF as supplied by Hilti.
properly cured and achieved its design
HCI-MD: Concrete anchor shall be compressive strength, install the
carbon steel, cast-in type with single threaded rod, ensuring full thread
internal thread and a zinc / yellow engagement.
chromate plating. Anchor shall have a

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 367
15_4.3_HUS-[Link]:H440.04_04e [Link] 12/30/07 1:20 AM Page 368

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.10 HCI-WF/MD Cast-In Anchor

[Link] Material Specifications

Component HCI-WF HCI-MD
Insert Body Heat Treated Carbon Steel Heat Treated Carbon Steel
Flange Engineered Plastic Heat Treated Carbon Steel
Spring N/A Carbon Steel Wire
Plating Zinc – yellow chromate Zinc – yellow chromate
Protective Sleeve N/A Engineered Plastic

[Link] Technical Data

HCI-MD Specification Table

Nominal Anchor Dia. in. 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4

Details (Thread Size) (mm) (6.4) (9.5) (12.7) (15.9) (19.1)
d bit Metal hole saw dia. in. 7/8 7/8 1-3/16 1-3/16 1-1/4
h s Height of spring in. 1-7/8 1-7/8 1-7/8 1-7/8 1-7/8
(assembled) (mm) (47.6) (47.6) (47.6) (47.6) (47.6)

th Thread length (min.) in. 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4
(mm) (6.4) (9.5) (12.7) (15.9) (19.1)

sl Length of sleeve in. 3-3/8 3-3/8 3-3/8 3-3/8 3-3/8
(mm) (85.7) (85.7) (85.7) (85.7) (85.7)

Overall length in. 5-7/16 5-7/16 5-7/16 5-7/16 5-7/16
(mm) (138) (138) (138) (138) (138)
t sh Steel head thickness in. 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8
(mm) (3.18) (3.18) (3.18) (3.18) (3.18)
t sf Steel flange thickness in. 5/64 5/64 5/64 5/64 5/64
(mm) (2.00) (2.00) (2.00) (2.00) (2.00)
h MIn. slab thickness1 in. 4 4 4 4 4
(mm) (102) (102) (102) (102) (102)
1 Measured at the location of installation.

HCI-WF Specification Table

Nominal Anchor Dia. in. 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4

Details (Thread Size) (mm) (6.4) (9.5) (12.7) (15.9) (19.1)

th Thread length (min.) in. 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4
(mm) (6.4) (9.5) (12.7) (15.9) (19.1)

d pf Plastic flange diameter in. 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-3/4

(mm) (38.0) (38.0) (38.0) (38.0) (44.5)
t pf Plastic flange thickness in. 7/64 7/64 7/64 7/64 7/64
(mm) (2.78) ( 2.78) ( 2.78) ( 2.78) ( 2.78)

Overall length in. 2 2 2-3/16 2-3/16 2-3/16
(w/o break-off nail) (mm) (51) ( 51) ( 55.6) ( 55.6) ( 55.6)
t sh Steel head thickness in. 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8
(mm) (3.18) (3.18) (3.18) (3.18) (3.18)

n Length of break-off in. 7/8 7/8 7/8 7/8 7/8
nail (mm) (22.2) ( 22.2) ( 22.2) ( 22.2) ( 22.2)
h MIn. slab thickness1 in. 4 4 4 4 4
(mm) (102) (102) (102) (102) (102)
1 Measured at the location of installation.

368 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
15_4.3_HUS-[Link]:H440.04_04e [Link] 12/30/07 1:20 AM Page 369

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

HCI-WF/MD Cast-In Anchor 4.3.10

Combined Shear and Tension Loading

≤ 1.0 (Ref. Section [Link])

5/3 5/3
( NN ) + ( VV )
d
rec
d
rec

HCI-MD Ultimate Loads in 3000 psi (20.7 Mpa) Lightweight Concrete Over Metal Deck1,2
Nominal Embedment Minimum Minimum Anchor Installed in the Anchor installed in the
Anchor Depth Spacing End Upper Flute of the Deck Lower Flute of the Deck3
Diameter Distance Shear
Tension Shear Tension lb (kN)
in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) II to flute ⊥ to flute
1/4 2 9 12 6250 6940 3280 4660 3825
(6.4) (51) (229) (305) (27.8) (30.9) (14.6) (20.7) (17.0)
3/8 2 9 12 6250 6940 3280 4660 3825
(9.5) (51) (229) (305) (27.8) (30.9) (14.6) (20.7) (17.0)
1/2 2 9 12 9485 11010 4710 4660 3825
(12.7) (51) (229) (305) (42.2) (49.0) (21.0) (20.7) (17.0)
5/8 2 9 12 9485 11010 4710 4660 3825
(15.9) (51) (229) (305) (42.2) ( 49.0) (21.0) (20.7) (17.0)
3/4 2 9 12 11195 11010 5010 4660 3825
(19.1) (51) (229) (305) (49.8) (49.0) (22.3) (20.7) (17.0)
1 Allowable loads should be calculated using a minimum safety factor of 4.
2 Load values based on base material or anchor failure modes. Engineer of record must independently evaluate rod/bolt capacity.
3 Anchors installed in lower flute of metal deck should be installed as close to the center as possible. Load values for anchors
installed a maximum of 1-3/8" offset from center of flute. For deck dimensions, see Figure 3 in the Kwik Bolt 3 section.

HCI-WF Ultimate Loads in 3000 psi (20.7 Mpa) Lightweight Concrete1,2

Nominal Embedment Minimum Minimum
Anchor Depth Insert Insert Edge
Diameter Spacing Distance Tension Shear
in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN)
1/4 1-7/8 9 6 6000 4945
(6.4) (48) (229) (152) (26.7) (22.0)
3/8 1-7/8 9 6 6000 4945
(9.5) (48) (229) (152) (26.7) (22.0)
1/2 2 9 6 6000 10510
(12.7) (51) (229) (152) (26.7) (46.8)
5/8 2 9 6 6000 10510
(15.9) (51) (229) (152) (26.7) (46.8)
3/4 2 9 6 6000 10510
(19.1) (51) (229) (152) (26.7) (46.8)
1 Allowable loads should be calculated using a minimum safety factor of 4.
2 Load values based on base material or anchor failure modes. Engineer of record must independently evaluate rod/bolt capacity.

Listings/Approvals
Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL)1,2 and Factory Mutual (FM)
HCI-MD
HCI-WF
Anchor/ Upper Flute Lower Flute
Rod Dia. UL Max Pipe UL Test FM Max Pipe UL Max Pipe UL Test FM Max Pipe UL Max Pipe UL Test FM Max Pipe
(in.) Size (in.) Load3 Size (in.) Size (in.) Load3 Size (in.) Size (in.) Load3 Size (in.)
3/8 4 1500 4 4 1500 4 4 1500 4
1/2 8 4050 8 8 4050 8 8 4050 8
5/8 12 7900 12 - - - 8 4050 -
3/4 12 7900 12 - - - 8 4050 -
1 Intended for installation and use in accordance with NFPA 13.
2 All diameter HCI-MD and HCI-WF anchors are suitable for use in air handling spaces at a minimum 9’ spacing.
3 UL Listing based upon resisting the tabulated load for one minute.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 369
15_4.3_HUS-[Link]:H440.04_04e [Link] 12/30/07 1:20 AM Page 370

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.10 HCI-WF/MD Cast-In Anchor

[Link] Installation Instructions

Installation Procedure for HCI-MD

1. Prior to pouring concrete, drill 2. From the topside of the deck, 3. By stepping on the head of 4. After the concrete has prop-
a hole through the metal place the plastic sleeve the anchor (or by using a erly cured and achieved its
deck, using the specified through the hole. hammer), push it through the design compressive strength,
diameter metal hole saw. hole until the anchor plastic install the threaded rod,
sleeve snaps into place (i.e. ensuring full thread engage-
the deck is between the ment. (Note: Rod may be
sleeve and the flange of the installed prior to concrete
anchor). After all inserts are pour, but should not be
installed, pour the concrete. loaded or disturbed until con-
crete has cured and achieved
its design compressive
strength .
Installation Procedure for HCI-WF

1. Prior to pouring the concrete 2,3. Drive the anchor down until flush with the surface of the wood 4. After the concrete has prop-
over the wood form, place the form. When all anchors are installed, pour the concrete. When erly cured and reached its
anchor (nails down) on the wood form is removed, the three break-off nails usually remain. design compressive
surface of the wood form. Wearing eye protection, remove these nails. strength, install the threaded
rod, ensuring full thread
engagement.

[Link] Ordering Information

HCI – WF Cast – In Anchor Color Identification Decals
for use in Wooden Form for use with HCI – WF
Packaging Packaging
Description Content Item No. Description Content Item No.
HCI – WF 1/4" 150 282907 HCI – WFID Decal Color: Blue 300 284256
HCI – WF 3/8" 150 282908 HCI – WFID Decal Color: Green 300 284257
HCI – WF 1/2" 100 282909
HCI – WF 5/8" 100 285927
HCI – WF 3/4" 100 285928

HCI – MD Cast – In Anchor for use in Metal Deck & Accessories

Packaging Hole Saw Hole Saw Arbor
Description Content Item No. Diameter Item No. Item No.
HCI – MD 1/4" 100 282910 7/8" 283131 283124
HCI – MD 3/8" 100 282911 7/8" 283131 283124
HCI – MD 1/2" 60 285929 1-3/16" 3001812 283124
HCI – MD 5/8" 60 282912 1-3/16" 3001812 283124
HCI – MD 3/4" 60 285930 1-1/4" 283134 283126
Color Identification Decals for use with HCI – MD
Packaging
Description Content Item No.
HCI – MDID Decal Color: Blue 300 284258
HCI – MDID Decal Color: Green 300 284259

370 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
15_4.3_HUS-[Link]:H440.04_04e [Link] 12/30/07 1:20 AM Page 371

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

HLC Sleeve Anchor 4.3.11

[Link] Product Description [Link] Product Description

[Link] Material Specifications

Hilti Sleeve Anchors are mechanical • Comprehensive testing to provide
high performance in block, [Link] Technical Data
expansion bolts consisting of an
externally threaded stud with a full masonry/concrete base materials [Link] Installation Instructions
length expanding sleeve for use in • Bulged mid-section with round and
[Link] Ordering Information
diamond shaped openings help
hollow and solid concrete and masonry
prevent anchor from
base materials. spinning in the hole or dropping out
Product Features when being set overhead

• Stud bolt type anchor design allows Guide Specifications

easy through-type fastenings and
Expansion Anchor Expansion anchors
setting in bottomless hole
shall be stud or flush sleeve type and
• Pre-assembled anchor allows
easy/fast installation zinc plated in accordance with ASTM
B633, SC 1, Type III. Anchors shall be
• Anchor size is same as drill bit size
allowing easy installation Hilti sleeve anchors as supplied by Hilti.
• Variety of head styles, lengths/sizes Installation Install sleeve anchors in
allow versatile application/use holes drilled with Hilti carbide tipped drill
bits. Install anchors in accordance with
manufacturer’s recommendations.

[Link] Material Specifications

Carbon steel sleeves and spacers are manufactured from cold rolled steel
Carbon steel anchors are zinc plated to minimum 5 µm thickness in accordance
with ASTM B633, SC 1, Type III
Stainless steel anchor material (stud, sleeve, nuts and washers) meet the
requirements for AISI 304 stainless steel
Bolt Head (HLC-H)

[Link] Technical Data

Combined Shear and Tension Loading
≤ 1.0 (Ref. Section [Link])
Nd Vd
Sleeve Anchor
Specification Table ( ) ( )
N rec
+
Vrec Hex Nut – HLC-HX

Anchor Size, in. 1/4 5/16 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4

Details (mm) (6.4) (7.9) (9.5) (12.7) (15.9) (19.1)
Flat Phillips Head – HLC-FPH
d thread diameter, in. 3/16 1/4 5/16 3/8 1/2 5/8
dbit bit diameter1, in. 1/4 5/16 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4

hmin min. depth of embed., in. 1 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 2 2

(mm) (25) (25) (32) (38) (51) (51) Tie-Wire Head – HLC-T
h1 hole depth in. 1-3/8 1-3/8 1-3/4 2-1/8 2-5/8 2-5/8
(mm) (35) ( 35) (45) (54) (67) (67)
ft lb 2.2 5 10 15 60 90 Acorn Nut – HLC-AC
Tmax max. tightening HLC-HX, (Nm) (3) (6.8) (13.6) (20) (81.4) (122.1)
torque HLC-H, ft lb 12 18 35
– – –
(Nm) (16) (24.4) (47.4)
Round Head Slotted – HLC-RS
1 Hilti carbide tipped drill bits

Rod Coupling – HLC-RC

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 371
15_4.3_HUS-[Link]:H440.04_04e [Link] 12/30/07 1:20 AM Page 372

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.11 HLC Sleeve Anchor

Carbon Steel Sleeve Anchor Allowable Loads in Concrete1,2

Sleeve Bolt Embedment 2000 psi (13.8 MPa) 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) 6000 psi (41.4 MPa)
Anchor Size Diameter Depth Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear
in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
1/43 ( 6.4) 3/16 ( 4.8) 1 (25) 225 (1.0) 305 (1.4) 250 (1.1) 305 ( 1.4) 250 (1.1) 305 ( 1.4)
5/16 ( 7.9) 1/4 ( 6.4) 1 (25) 350 (1.5) 560 (2.5) 450 (2.0) 560 ( 2.5) 500 (2.2) 560 ( 2.5)
3/83 ( 9.5) 5/16 ( 7.9) 1-1/4 (32) 450 (2.0) 870 (3.9) 565 (2.5) 870 ( 3.9) 700 (3.1) 890 ( 4.4)
1/2 (12.7) 3/8 ( 9.5) 1-1/2 (38) 675 (3.0) 1250 (5.6) 925 (4.1) 1325 ( 5.9) 1100 (4.9) 1325 ( 5.9)
5/8 (15.9) 1/2 (12.7) 2 (51) 1035 (4.6) 1750 (7.8) 1500 (6.7) 2295 (10.2) 1950 (8.7) 2295 (10.2)
3/4 (19.1) 5/8 (15.9) 2 (51) 1125 (5.0) 1750 (7.8) 1500 (6.7) 3000 (13.3) 1950 (8.7) 3010 (13.4)
1 Based on a safety factor of 4.0.
2 Refer to Kwik Bolt 3 data, in Section [Link], page 237, for spacing and edge distance guidelines in Concrete.
3 For 1/4" and 3/8" Flat Phillips head anchors, shear values should be reduced by 57% due to shear acting through the hollow portion of the head.

Stainless Steel Sleeve Anchor Allowable Loads1

Concrete2 Hollow C-90

Anchor Embedment Concrete Block 3,4
Size Depth 2000 psi (13.8 MPa) 4000 psi (27.6 MPa)
in. (mm) in. (mm) Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
1/4 (6.4) 1-1/8 (29) 235 (1.0) 450 (2.0) 300 (1.3) 450 (2.0) 200 (0.9) 400 (1.8)
5/16 (7.9) 1-1/4 (32) 310 (1.4) 675 (3.0) 410 (1.8) 675 (3.0) 335 (1.5) 600 (2.7)
3/8 (9.5) 1-1/2 (38) 450 (2.0) 1000 (4.4) 600 (2.7) 1000 (4.4) 470 (2.1) 890 (4.0)
1 Based on using a safety factor of 4.0. 3 ASTM Specification C90, Type II.
2 Refer to Kwik Bolt 3 data, in Section [Link], page 237, for spacing and edge dis- 4 Refer to HY 20 data, in Section [Link], page 180, for spacing and edge distance
tance guidelines in Concrete. guidelines in Hollow Concrete Block.

Carbon Steel Sleeve Anchor Allowable Loads Carbon Steel Sleeve Anchor Allowable Loads
in Grout Filled Block1,2,3,4,5,6,7 in Hollow Concrete Block1,2,3

Anchor Embed. Edge Sleeve Bolt Tension Shear

Size Depth2 Distance Tension Shear Anchor Size Diameter lb (kN) lb (kN)
in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) in. (mm) in. (mm)
1/4 ( 6.4) 1 (25) 4 (101) 290 (1.3) 305 (1.4) 1/4 ( 6.4) 3/16 (4.8) 350 (1.5) 305 (1.4)
≥12 (305) 5/16 ( 7.9) 1/4 (6.4) 375 (1.7) 560 (2.5)
5/16 ( 7.9) 1 (25) 4 (101) 385 (1.7) 500 (2.2) 3/8 ( 9.5) 5/16 (7.9) 435 (1.9) 800 (3.5)
≥12 (305) 1/2 (12.7) 3/8 (9.5) 565 (2.5) 1125 (5.0)
3/8 ( 9.5) 1-1/4 (32) 4 (101) 435 (1.9) 725 (3.2)
≥12
1 Based on using a safety factor of 4.0.
(305)
1/2 (12.7) 1-1/2 (38) 4 (101) 605 (2.7) 865 (3.8) 2 ASTM Specification C90, Type II.
≥12 (305) 1145 (5.1) 3 Refer to HY 20 data on page 180 for spacing and edge distance guidelines in Hollow
Concrete Block.
5/8 (15.9) 2 (51) 4 (101) 710 (3.2) 1050 (4.7)
≥12 (305) 1815 (8.1) Carbon Steel Sleeve Anchor Allowable Loads
3/4 (19.1) 2 (51) 4 (101) 840 (3.7) 1050 (4.7)
≥12
in Red Brick1,2,3
(305) 1970 (8.8)
1 Values are for Lightweight, Medium Weight or Normal Weight concrete masonry units Embedment Tension Shear
conforming to ASTM C90 with 2000 psi grout conforming to ASTM C474. Anchor Size Depth lb (kN) lb (kN)
in. (mm) in. (mm)
2 Embedment depth is measured from the outside face of the concrete masonry unit.
3 Values are for anchors located in the grouted cell, bed joint, cross web or any
1/4 ( 6.4) 1 (25) 295 (1.3) 335 (1.5)
combination of the above. 5/16 ( 7.9) 1 (25) 345 (1.5) 530 (2.3)
4 For anchors installed in the “T” joint or head joint reduce tension values by 20%. 3/8 ( 9.5) 1-1/4 (32) 375 (1.7) 850 (3.8)
5 Values for edge distances between 4 inches and 12 inches may be calculated by linear 1/2 (12.7) 1-1/2 (38) 435 (1.9) 1230 (5.5)
interpolation.
1 Based on using a safety factor of 6 for tension and 4 for shear.
6 Anchors are limited to one per unit cell.
2 Due to the wide variation in the type and compressive strength of brick, these values
7 Based on using a safety factor of 4.0. should be considered Guide Values.
3 Refer to HY 20 data, on page 180 for spacing and edge distance guidelines in Brick.

372 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
15_4.3_HUS-[Link]:H440.04_04e [Link] 12/30/07 1:20 AM Page 373

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

HLC Sleeve Anchor 4.3.11

[Link] Installation Instructions

1 2 3

1. Drill: Drill the hole. Clean hole with blow 2. Insert: With the bolt flush to the top of the 3. Set: Tighten anchor to the recommended
out bulb. For hollow masonry, switch to nut, drive the sleeve anchor into the hole. torque value. Over-torquing will reduce the
drilling only mode before penetrating pullout and shear loads.
backside.
[Link] Ordering Information
A

Round Head Slotted (RS)

Minimum Fastens
Bit Diameter1 Bolt Diameter Embed. Depth Materials Up To
Description Item No. in. in. in. (mm) in. (mm) Box Qty
HLC-RS 1/4 x 1-1/4 336238 1/4 3/16 1 (25) 1/4 (6.4) 100
HLC-RS 1/4 x 2 336239 1/4 3/16 1 (25) 1 (25) 100
HLC-RS 1/4 x 4 336240 1/4 3/16 1 (25) 3 (76) 100

Bolt Head (H)

Minimum Fastens
Bit Diameter1 Bolt Diameter Embed. Depth Materials Up To
Description Item No. in. in. in. (mm) in. (mm) Box Qty
HLC-H 5/16 x 1-5/8 336244 5/16 1/4 1 (25) 5/8 (16) 100
HLC-H 5/16 x 2-5/8 336245 5/16 1/4 1 (25) 1-5/8 (41) 100
HLC-H 3/8 x 1-7/8 336252 3/8 5/16 1-1/4 (32) 5/8 (16) 50
HLC-H 3/8 x 3 336253 3/8 5/16 1-1/4 (32) 1-3/4 (44) 50
HLC-H 1/2 x 2-1/4 336259 1/2 3/8 1-1/2 (38) 3/4 (20) 50
HLC-H 1/2 x 3 336260 1/2 3/8 1-1/2 (38) 1-1/2 (38) 25
HLC-H 1/2 x 4 336261 1/2 3/8 1-1/2 (38) 2-1/2 (64) 25

Flat Phillips Head (FPH)

Minimum Fastens
Bit Diameter1 Bolt Diameter Embed. Depth Materials Up To
Description Item No. in. in. in. (mm) in. (mm) Box Qty
HLC-FPH 1/4 x 1-3/8 336234 1/4 3/16 1 (25) 3/8 (10) 100
HLC-FPH 1/4 x 2 336235 1/4 3/16 1 (25) 1 (25) 100
HLC-FPH 1/4 x 3 336236 1/4 3/16 1 (25) 2 (51) 100
HLC-FPH 1/4 x 4 336237 1/4 3/16 1 (25) 3 (76) 100
HLC-FPH 3/8 x 2-7/8 336248 3/8 5/16 1-1/4 (32) 1-1/2 (38) 50
HLC-FPH 3/8 x 4 336249 3/8 5/16 1-1/4 (32) 2-3/4 (70) 50
HLC-FPH 3/8 x 5 336250 3/8 5/16 1-1/4 (32) 3-3/4 (95) 25
HLC-FPH 3/8 x 6 336251 3/8 5/16 1-1/4 (32) 4-3/4 (120) 25
1 Hilti carbide tipped drill bits

Definition of Nomenclature Outside diameter of sleeve, see

tables for threaded bolt diameter
HLC-AC 1/4 X 1-3/8
A: the overall length from bottom
Nut Configuration of washer to end of sleeve

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 373
15_4.3_HUS-[Link]:H440.04_04e [Link] 12/30/07 1:20 AM Page 374

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.11 HLC Sleeve Anchor

Hex Nut (HX)

Minimum Fastens
Bit Diameter1 Bolt Diameter Embed. Depth Materials Up To
Description Item No. in. in. in. (mm) in. (mm) Box Qty
HLC-HX 5/16 x 1-5/8 336242 5/16 1/4 1 (25) 1/2 (13) 100
HLC-HX 5/16 x 2-5/8 336243 5/16 1/4 1 (25) 1-1/2 (38) 100
HLC-HX 3/8 x 1-7/8 336246 3/8 5/16 1-1/4 (32) 5/8 (16) 50
HLC-HX 3/8 x 3 336247 3/8 5/16 1-1/4 (32) 1-3/4 (44) 50
HLC-HX 1/2 x 2-1/4 336255 1/2 3/8 1-1/2 (38) 3/4 (19) 25
HLC-HX 1/2 x 3 336256 1/2 3/8 1-1/2 (38) 1-1/2 (38) 25
HLC-HX 1/2 x 4 336257 1/2 3/8 1-1/2 (38) 2-1/2 (64) 25
HLC-HX 1/2 x 6 336258 1/2 3/8 1-1/2 (38) 4-1/2 (114) 15
HLC-HX 5/8 x 2-1/4 336263 5/8 1/2 2 (51) 1/4 (6) 25
HLC-HX 5/8 x 4-1/4 336264 5/8 1/2 2 (51) 2-1/4 (57) 10
HLC-HX 5/8 x 6 336265 5/8 1/2 2 (51) 4 (102) 10
HLC-HX 3/4 x 2-1/2 336266 3/4 5/8 2 (51) 1/2 (13) 10
HLC-HX 3/4 x 4-1/4 336267 3/4 5/8 2-1/2 (64) 1-3/4 (44) 10
HLC-HX 3/4 x 61/4 336268 3/4 5/8 2-1/2 (64) 3-3/4 ( 95) 10

Acorn Head (AC)

Minimum Fastens
Bit Diameter1 Bolt Diameter Embed. Depth Materials Up To
Description Item No. in. in. in. (mm) in. (mm) Box Qty
HLC-AC 1/4 x 1-3/8 336232 1/4 3/16 1 (25) 3/8 (10) 100
HLC-AC 1/4 x 2-1/4 336233 1/4 3/16 1 (25) 1-1/4 (32) 100
A

304SS Sleeve Anchors

Minimum Fastens
Bit Diameter1 Bolt Diameter Embed. Depth Materials Up To
Description Item No. in. in. in. (mm) in. (mm) Box Qty
HLC-HX 304SS 1/4 x 2-1/4 15731 1/4 3/16 1-1/8 (29) 1-1/8 (29) 100
HLC-HX 304SS 5/16 x 1-1/2 15732 5/16 1/4 1-1/4 (32) 1/4 (6.4) 100
HLC-HX 304SS 5/16 x 2-1/2 15733 5/16 1/4 1-1/4 (32) 1-1/4 (32) 100
HLC-HX 304SS 3/8 x 1-7/8 15734 3/8 5/16 1-1/2 (38) 3/8 (9.5) 50
HLC-HX 304SS 3/8 x 3 15735 3/8 5/16 1-1/2 (38) 1-1/2 (38) 50

Rod Coupling (RC)

Minimum
Bit Diameter1 Bolt Diameter Embed. Depth Rod Coupler
Description Item No. in. in. in. (mm) Box Qty
HLC-RC 3/8 x 1-7/8 336254 3/8 5/16 1-1/4 (32) 5/16" x 3/8" 50
HLC-RC 1/2 x 2-1/4 336262 1/2 3/8 1-1/2 (38) 3/8" x 1/2" 25
1 Hilti carbide tipped drill bits

Definition of Nomenclature Outside diameter of sleeve, see

tables for threaded bolt diameter
HLC-AC 1/4 X 1-3/8
A: the overall length from bottom
Nut Configuration of washer to end of sleeve

374 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
15_4.3_HUS-[Link]:H440.04_04e [Link] 12/30/07 1:20 AM Page 375

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

KWIK-CON II+ Fastening System 4.3.12

[Link] Product Description
[Link] Product Description
[Link] Material Specifications
The Hilti KWIK-CON II+ Fastening Guide Specifications
[Link] Technical Data
System for concrete and masonry
Concrete Screw Anchors Concrete or
consists of the KWIK-CON II+ fastener, [Link] Installation Instructions
masonry screw anchors shall be
the KWIK-CON II+ drive tool, and a Hilti [Link] Ordering Information
manufactured from AISI 1021
matched tolerance carbide-tipped
cold rolled steel case hardened to a
drill bit.
minimum Rockwell Hardness C 45 or
Product Features stainless steel conforming to AISI 410.
• Choice of head styles—Torx Hex The concrete or masonry screw anchors
Washer Head for fast, secure dri- shall have a trilobular, cold formed
ving; Torx or Phillips Flat Head for thread design and 8 threads per inch.
countersinking applications Screw anchors shall have one of the
• Matched tolerance carbide-tipped following head design: Tapered flat head
drill bit supplied with each box of with T-25 TORX recess,Tapered flat
100 KWIK-CON II+ fasteners
head with T-27 TORX recess or 5/16"
• Exclusive internal TORX drive hex washer with internal T-25 TORX
• Choice of 1/4" or 3/16" diameter recess. Anchor plating shall be in
fasteners
accordance with ASTM B633 SC 2
• Fasteners protected by corrosive Type II to a minimum thickness of 8 mm.
resistant coating; stainless steel
Anchors shall be Hilti KWIK-CON II
fasteners available in select sizes
anchors as supplied by Hilti.
• High quality Hilti SDS and straight
shank drill bits (Refer to section Installation Concrete or masonry screw
[Link]) anchors shall be installed in holes drilled
with matched tolerance Hilti carbide-
tipped drill bits supplied with each box
of KWIK-CON II anchors. Installations
shall be in accordance with
manufacturer’s installation instructions.

Listings/Approvals
Metro-Dade County
Pending

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 375
15_4.3_HUS-[Link]:H440.04_04e [Link] 12/30/07 1:20 AM Page 376

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.12 KWIK-CON II+ Fastening System

[Link] Material Specifications Mechanical Properties1

fy min. fu
ksi (MPa) ksi (MPa)
Material Composition
1018 to 1022 cold rolled steel (case hardened to HRC 45 minimum) 3/16" 137 138
1/4" 157 163
or 410 Stainless Steel 3/16" 157 184
1/4" 170 194
Head Styles
Tapered flat head with #3 Phillips recess (3/16" and 1/4" diameter anchors)
Tapered flat head with T-25 TORX recess (3/16" diameter anchor)
Tapered flat head with T-27 TORX recess (1/4" diameter anchor)
5/16" hex washer with internal T-25 TORX recess (3/16" and 1/4" diameter anchors)
Head Diameters
0.507" maximum (3/16" and 1/4" tapered Phillips flat head and 1/4" tapered T-27 TORX flat head anchors
0.385" maximum (3/16" tapered T-25 TORX flat head anchor)
0.432" maximum (3/16" and 1/4" T-25 TORX hex washer head anchors
Thread Diameter
Nominal 3/16"; Major: 0.217"; Minor2: 0.145"
Nominal 1/4"; Major: 0.283"; Minor2: 0.190"
Shank Diameter
3/16" – 0.170"
1/4" – 0.224"
Lengths
1-1/4", 1-3/4", 2-1/4", 2-3/4", 3-1/4",3-3/4",4" (See Ordering Information Section [Link])
Thread Design
Trilobular, cold formed
Threads per inch
3/16" anchor = 8 T.P.I.
1/4" anchor = 8 T.P.I.
Inches of Thread per fastener
1.875" maximum
Plating
8 mm zinc/chromate plating in accordance with ASTM B633, Sc 2, Type II, on carbon steel anchors
Bending Capacity
Ductility at 10° minimum
1 Mechanical properties based on limited (30 samples) testing of actual KWIK-CON II samples
(i.e. not based on minimum steel properties).
2 Minor diameter based on average root diamter of 30 KWIK-CON II samples (i.e. not a controlled dimension).

376 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
15_4.3_HUS-[Link]:H440.04_04e [Link] 12/30/07 1:20 AM Page 377

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

KWIK-CON II+ Fastening System 4.3.12

[Link] Technical Data

Tension and Shear Allowable Loads in Concrete 1, 2
2000 psi (13.8 MPa) 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) 6000 psi (41.4 MPa)
Anchor Dia. Embedment Depth Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear
in. in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
1 100 260 125 260 185 280
3/16
(25) (0.44) (1.16) (0.56) (1.16) (0.82) (1.25)
1-3/4 275 260 295 265 325 300
3/16
(44) (1.22) (1.16) (1.31) (1.18) (1.45) (1.33)
1 190 325 240 390 275 540
1/4
(25) (0.85) (1.45) (1.07) (1.73) (1.22) (2.40)
1-3/4 425 560 625 600 650 600
1/4
(44) (1.89) (2.49) (2.78) (2.82) (2.89) (2.67)
1 Published load values represent the average test results of testing conducted in local base materials using Hilti matched-tolerance drill bits.
Because of variations in materials, on-site testing is necessary to determine actual performance at any specific site.
2 Allowable working loads are based on a safety factor of 4.0.

Tension and Shear Ultimate Loads in Concrete1

2000 psi (13.8 MPa) 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) 6000 psi (41.4 MPa)
Anchor Dia. Embedment Depth Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear
in. in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)

3/16 1 400 1050 500 1050 750 1150

(25) (1.78) (4.67) (2.22) (4.67) (3.34) (5.12)
3/16 1-3/4 1100 1050 1180 1070 1300 1200
(44) (4.89) (4.67) (5.25) (4.76) (5.78) (5.34)
1 760 1300 970 1575 1100 2175
1/4
(25) (3.38) (5.78) (4.31) (7.01) (4.89) (9.68)
1-3/4 1700 2250 2500 2400 2600 2400
1/4
(44) (7.56) (10.0) (11.1) (11.3) (11.6) (10.7)

Tension and Shear Allowable Loads Tension and Shear Allowable Loads
in Hollow Block1,2 in Red Brick1, 2

Anchor Dia. Embed. Depth Tension Shear Anchor Dia. Embed. Depth Tension Shear
in. in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) in. in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN)
1 150 225 1 125 235
3/16 3/16
(25) (0.67) (1.00) (25) (0.56) (1.05)
1-3/4 290 300 1-3/4 350 300
3/16 3/16
(44) (1.29) (1.33) (44) (1.56) (1.33)
1 165 275 1 205 415
1/4 1/4
(25) (0.73) (1.22) (25) (0.91) (1.85)
1-3/4 310 400 1-3/4 350 500
1/4 1/4
(44) (1.38) (1.78) (44) (1.56) (2.22)
1 ASTM Specification C90 Grade N. Type II pilot holes drilled with TKB matched 1 This test was performed on individual specimens of ASTM C62 common red brick.
tolerance bits for concrete blocks. Due to the wide variations encountered in the compressive strength of brick, these
2 Allowable working loads are based on a safety factor of 4.0. values should be considered Guide Values.
2 Allowable working loads are based on a safety factor of 4.0.

The anchors are installed a minimum of 12 diameters on center with a minimum edge distance of six diameters for 100 percent
anchor efficiency. Spacing and edge distance may be reduced to six diameter spacing and three diameter edge distance
providing values are reduced 50 percent. Linear interpolation may be used for intermediate spacing and edge margins.

Combined Shear and Tension Loading

( NN ) + ( VV ) ≤ 1.0 (Ref. Section [Link])

d
rec
d
rec

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 377
15_4.3_HUS-[Link]:H440.04_04e [Link] 12/30/07 1:20 AM Page 378

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.12 KWIK-CON II+ Fastening System

[Link] Installation Instructions

Determining the Correct Hole Diameter
KWIK-CON II+ Fastener & Hole Depth
The diameter of the drilled hole is also
The Hilti KWIK-CON II+ masonry important to the performance of the
fastening system consists of the KWIK- KWIK-CON II+ masonry fastening
CON II+ fastener, the KWIK-CON II+ system. Using Hilti TKC (concrete) or
drive tool, and a TKC or TKB matched TKB (block) matched tolerance carbide- A
tolerance carbide-tipped drill bit. tipped bits will help assure consistent
Consistent performance and maximum fastener performance and maximum
pullout strength can be assured only pullout strength.
when all three elements of the system
are properly used.

Fastener Length

The length of the KWIK-CON II+

fastener to be used is determined by
combining the thickness of the fixture B
being attached (A) with the desired
depth of embedment in the masonry
material (B). It is recommended that a
minimum of 1" and a maximum of
1-3/4" embedment be used in
determining fastener length.
Head Styles C
TORX Hex Washer Head 1/2"minimum
KWIK-CON II+ fasteners are available in Uses either TORX or hex
drives
1/4" and 3/16" diameters. The diameter Washer head provides a
of the fastener and the depth of bearing surface for fast,
embedment affect pullout strengths. secure fastening.
TORX or Phillips Flat Head A = Fixture being attached
Application strength requirements and Used when a countersunk
safety factors should be considered appearance is desirable B = KWIK-CON II+ embedment
minimum of 1", maximum of 1-3/4"
when determining the depth of
is recommended
embedment and fastener diameter. For
assistance, contact your local Hilti Sales A + B = Length KWIK-CON II+
to be used
Representative.
B + C = Depth of hole drilled
Hole Depth must be at least 1/2" deeper than
A TKC matched tolerance carbide KWIK-CON II+ embedment
Torx Hex Washer
tipped drill bit is supplied with each box Head Internal Torx
of KWIK-CON II+ fasteners. The correct
hole depth (B+C) can normally be
obtained by drilling the full length of this
bit. In all cases, the hole must be at
least 1/2" deeper than the depth of the
fastener embedment. Torx or Phillips
Flat Head

378 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
15_4.3_HUS-[Link]:H440.04_04e [Link] 12/30/07 1:20 AM Page 379

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

KWIK-CON II+ Fastening System 4.3.12

[Link] Ordering Information

KWIK-CON II+ Fasteners (100 per box including 1 bit except bulk which are 1,000 pieces per box without bit)

Description Item No. Diameter (in.) Total Length (in.) Thread Length (in.) Shank Length (in.)

5/16" Magnetic Nut Setter or T-25 TORX Bit

KWIK-CON II+ 316-114 THWH 256009 3/16 1-1/4 1-1/4 0
KWIK-CON II+ 316-114 THWH Bulk 220590 3/16 1-1/4 1-1/4 0
KWIK-CON II+ 316-134 THWH 256010 3/16 1-3/4 1-3/4 0
KWIK-CON II+ 316-134 THWH Bulk 220591 3/16 1-3/4 1-3/4 0
KWIK-CON II+ 316-214 THWH 256011 3/16 2-1/4 1-3/4 1/2
KWIK-CON II+ 316-234 THWH 256012 3/16 2-3/4 1-3/4 1
KWIK-CON II+ 316-234 THWH Bulk 220592 3/16 2-3/4 1-3/4 1
KWIK-CON II+ 316-314 THWH 256013 3/16 3-1/4 1-3/4 1-1/2
KWIK-CON II+ 316-334 THWH 256014 3/16 3-3/4 1-3/4 2
KWIK-CON II+ 316-4 THWH 256015 3/16 4 1-3/4 2-1/4

5/16" Magnetic Nut Setter or T-25 Bit

KWIK-CON II+ 14-114 THWH 256016 1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 0
KWIK-CON II+ 14-114 THWH Bulk 220593 1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 0
KWIK-CON II+ 14-134 THWH 256017 1/4 1-3/4 1-3/4 0
KWIK-CON II+ 14-134 THWH Bulk 220594 1/4 1-3/4 1-3/4 0
KWIK-CON II+ 14-214 THWH 256018 1/4 2-1/4 1-3/4 1/2
KWIK-CON II+ 14-234 THWH 256019 1/4 2-3/4 1-3/4 1
KWIK-CON II+ 14-234 THWH Bulk 220595 1/4 2-3/4 1-3/4 1
KWIK-CON II+ 14-314 THWH 256020 1/4 3-1/4 1-3/4 1-1/2
KWIK-CON II+ 14-334 THWH 256021 1/4 3-3/4 1-3/4 2
KWIK-CON II+ 14-334 THWH Bulk 220596 1/4 3-3/4 1-3/4 2
KWIK-CON II+ 14-4 THWH 256022 1/4 4 1-3/4 2-1/4
KWIK-CON II+ 14-114 THWH Stainless Steel 256051 1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 0
KWIK-CON II+ 14-234 THWH Stainless Steel 256052 1/4 2-3/4 1-3/4 1

T-25 TORX Bit

KWIK-CON II+ 316-114 TFH 256023 3/16 1-1/4 1-1/8 0
KWIK-CON II+ 316-134 TFH 256024 3/16 1-3/4 1-5/8 0
KWIK-CON II+ 316-134 TFH Bulk 220597 3/16 1-3/4 1-5/8 0
KWIK-CON II+ 316-214 TFH 256025 3/16 2-1/4 1-3/4 3/8
KWIK-CON II+ 316-234 TFH 256026 3/16 2-3/4 1-3/4 7/8
KWIK-CON II+ 316-234 TFH Bulk 220598 3/16 2-3/4 1-3/4 7/8
KWIK-CON II+ 316-314 TFH 256027 3/16 3-1/4 1-3/4 1-3/8
KWIK-CON II+ 316-334 TFH 256028 3/16 3-3/4 1-3/4 1-7/8
KWIK-CON II+ 316-334 TFH Bulk 220599 3/16 3-3/4 1-3/4 1-7/8
KWIK-CON II+ 316-4 TFH 256029 3/16 4 1-3/4 2-1/8

T-27 TORX Bit

KWIK-CON II+ 14-114 TFH 256030 1/4 1-1/4 1-1/16 0
KWIK-CON II+ 14-134 TFH 256031 1/4 1-3/4 1-9/16 0
KWIK-CON II+ 14-134 TFH Bulk 219953 1/4 1-3/4 1-9/16 0
KWIK-CON II+ 14-214 TFH 256032 1/4 2-1/4 1-3/4 5/16
KWIK-CON II+ 14-234 TFH 256033 1/4 2-3/4 1-3/4 13/16
KWIK-CON II+ 14-314 TFH 256034 1/4 3-1/4 1-3/4 1-5/16
KWIK-CON II+ 14-314 TFH Bulk 219954 1/4 3-1/4 1-3/4 1-5/16
KWIK-CON II+ 14-334 TFH 256035 1/4 3-3/4 1-3/4 1-13/16
KWIK-CON II+ 14-4 TFH 256036 1/4 4 1-3/4 2-1/16

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 379
15_4.3_HUS-[Link]:H440.04_04e [Link] 12/30/07 1:20 AM Page 380

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.12 KWIK-CON II+ Fastening System

KWIK-CON II+ Fasteners (100 per box including 1 bit except bulk which are 1,000 pieces per box without bit)
Description Item No. Diameter (in.) Total Length (in.) Thread Length (in.) Shank Length (in.)

#3 Phillips Bit
KWIK-CON II+ 316-114 PFH 256037 3/16 1-1/4 1-1/16 0
KWIK-CON II+ 316-134 PFH 256038 3/16 1-3/4 1-9/16 0
KWIK-CON II+ 316-134 PFH Bulk 219955 3/16 1-3/4 1-9/16 0
KWIK-CON II+ 316-214 PFH 256039 3/16 2-1/4 1-3/4 5/16
KWIK-CON II+ 316-234 PFH 256040 3/16 2-3/4 1-3/4 13/16
KWIK-CON II+ 316-234 PFH Bulk 219956 3/16 2-3/4 1-3/4 13/16
KWIK-CON II+ 316-314 PFH 256041 3/16 3-1/4 1-3/4 1-5/16
KWIK-CON II+ 316-334 PFH 256042 3/16 3-3/4 1-3/4 1-13/16
KWIK-CON II+ 316-4 PFH 256043 3/16 4 1-3/4 2-1/16
KWIK-CON II+ 316-114 PFH Stainless Steel 256053 3/16 1-1/4 1-1/16 0
KWIK-CON II+ 316-234 PFH Stainless Steel 256054 3/16 2-3/4 1-3/4 13/16

#3 Phillips Bit
KWIK-CON II+ 14-114 PFH 256044 1/4 1-1/4 1-1/16 0
KWIK-CON II+ 14-134 PFH 256045 1/4 1-3/4 1-9/16 0
KWIK-CON II+ 14-134 PFH Bulk 219957 1/4 1-3/4 1-9/16 0
KWIK-CON II+ 14-214 PFH 256046 1/4 2-1/4 1-3/4 5/16
KWIK-CON II+ 14-234 PFH 256047 1/4 2-3/4 1-3/4 13/16
KWIK-CON II+ 14-234 PFH Bulk 219958 1/4 2-3/4 1-3/4 13/16
KWIK-CON II+ 14-314 PFH 256048 1/4 3-1/4 1-3/4 1-5/16
KWIK-CON II+ 14-334 PFH 256049 1/4 3-3/4 1-3/4 1-13/16
KWIK-CON II+ 14-4 PFH 256050 1/4 4 1-3/4 2-1/16

KWIK-CON II+ Hex Driver System

Description Item No. Box Qty
KWIK-CON Hex Driver Deluxe Kit 235097 1
KWIK-CON Hex Driver 235098 1
5/16" Hex Driver (all THWH) 83313 1
5/16" Hex Nut Setter/Depth Locator 235100 1
Insert Bit Holder/Depth Locator 235101 1
#3 Phillips Driver (all PFH) 83312 1
T-25 TORX Driver (3/16" TFH) 374714 1
T-27 TORX Driver (1/4" TFH) 374715 1

1
KWIK-CON II+ Matched Tolerance Drill Bits
Bit Diameter
Description Item No. (in.) Box Qty
For 1/4" KWIK-CON II+ Applications in Dense Concrete (2000 psi+)
TKC Large Concrete Bit SDS+ Hex 205114 0.2402 1
TKC Large Concrete Bit TM Hex 205115 0.2402 1
For 1/4" KWIK-CON II+ Applications in Light Concrete, Brick or Block
TKB Large Block Bit SDS+ Hex 205116 0.2260 1
TKB Large Block Bit TM Hex 205117 0.2260 1
For 3/16" KWIK-CON II+ Applications in Dense Concrete (2000 psi+)
TKC Small Concrete Bit SDS+ Hex 205118 0.1902 1
TKC Small Concrete Bit TM Hex 205119 0.1902 1
For 3/16" KWIK-CON II+ Applications in Light Concrete, Brick or Block
TKB Small Block Bit SDS+ Hex 205120 0.1752 1
TKB Small Block Bit TM Hex 205121 0.1752 1

380 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
15_4.3_HUS-[Link]:H440.04_04e [Link] 12/30/07 1:20 AM Page 381

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

Metal Hit Anchor 4.3.13

[Link] Product Description [Link] Product Description

[Link] Material Specifications

The Hilti Metal Hit Anchor is a drive-in Product Features
[Link] Technical Data
type expansion anchor consisting of a • Quick and easy fastening for
zinc plated or stainless steel drive pin maximum speed and installation [Link] Installation Instructions
and an alloy expanding body for light • Low profile mushroom head style [Link] Ordering Information
duty fastenings in concrete and provides a clean, tamper proof
masonry. fastening
• Anchor design allows easy
through-type fastenings even in
bottomless holes
• Consistent load values provide light
duty fastenings in concrete and
masonry
• Choice of stainless steel or carbon
steel finish allows outdoor or indoor
use

[Link] Material Specifications

Body material: Aluminum/Zinc Alloy
Drive Pin: Zinc plated carbon steel conforming to AISI 1018. Type 304 Stainless Steel
(Stainless Steel Version)

[Link] Technical Data

Metal Hit Ultimate Loads
Hollow Red
Concrete Concrete Block Clay Brick
Anchor Embed.
Tension Shear
Size Depth Tension Shear Tension Shear
lb (kN) lb (kN)
in. in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
2000 psi 4000 psi 2000 psi
3/16 5/8 (16) – – – 180 (0.8) 180 (0.8) – –
1/4 3/4 (19) 135 (0.6) 210 (0.9) 280 (1.2) 255 (1.1) 320 (1.4) 180 (0.8) 280 (1.2)
1/4 1 (25) 160 (0.7) 240 (1.1) 315 (1.4) 310 (1.4) 320 (1.4) 245 (1.1) 290 (1.3)
Recommended to use safety factor of 5.0, except overhead applications use 10.0.

[Link] Installation Instructions

1 2 3 4

1. Drill hole at least 1/4" deeper 2. Clean hole. 3. Install anchor through fixture. 4. Hammer in nail until nail head
than anchor. is flush with anchor body. Do
not overdrive.

[Link] Ordering Information

Carbon Stainless Bit Diameter1
Description Item No. Item No. (in.) Box Qty
Metal Hit 3/16" x 7/8" 66137 N/A 3/16 100
Metal Hit 1/4" x 3/4" 15538 N/A 1/4 100
Metal Hit 1/4" x 1" 66138 230567 1/4 100
Metal Hit 1/4" x 1-1/4" 66139 230568 1/4 100
Metal Hit 1/4" x 1-1/2" 66140 230569 1/4 100
Metal Hit 1/4" x 2" 45453 230570 1/4 100
1 Hilti carbide tipped drill bits

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 381
15_4.3_HUS-[Link]:H440.04_04e [Link] 12/30/07 1:20 AM Page 382

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.14 HPS-1 Impact Anchor

[Link] Product Description [Link] Product Description
[Link] Material Specifications
The HPS-1 Impact Anchor consists of a • Can be set with hammer or screw
[Link] Technical Data driver for quick and easy installa-
carbon or stainless steel drive-screw
[Link] Installation Instructions and a plastic expansion body, which tion
combine to form an easy-to-install yet • Available with 304 Stainless Steel
[Link] Ordering Information
Nail for use in corrosive environ-
removable fastening, for light duty
ments
applications in concrete and masonry.
• Plastic body is temperature resis-
Product Features tant from –40°F to 176°F. Anchor
can be installed from 14°F to 104°F.
• Recessed philips drive connection Both temperature ranges allow use
in the screw head provides protec- in extreme climactic conditions
tion during hammering, allowing
simple setting and removal • Suitable for through-hole fasten-
ings to improve productivity
• Anchor collar and screw head form
a compact unit which allows coun- • Easy removal adds to HPS-1 ver-
tersinking in soft wood and solid satility.
clamping action with metal parts
• Expanding head opens in hollow
base material to provide reliable
keying effect
• One type anchor reduces inventory,
provides versatile use in brick, hol-
low block and concrete

[Link] Material Specifications

Corrosion resistant body made of polyamide 6.6 plastic
Carbon steel drive screw material meets the requirements of AISI 1010
Carbon steel drive screw zinc plated to minimum 5 µm thickness in accordance
with ASTM B633, SC 1, Type III
Stainless steel drive screw material meets the requirements of AISI 304

[Link] Technical Data

HPS-1 Allowable Loads1
Anchor HPS-1 HPS-1 HPS-1 HPS-1 HPS-1
1/4 to 1-5/8
Base 3/16 to 1 1/4 to 2-1/16 5/16 to 1-5/8 5/16 to 3-5/8
Material 3/16 to 1-1/2 1/4 to 1 1/4 to 2-5/8 5/16 to 2-1/2 5/16 to 4-3/8
Concrete Tension lb 30 55 70 80 90
2000 psi (N) (133) (245) (311) (356) (400)
(13.8 MPa) Shear lb 95 130 135 215 110
(N) (422) (578) (600) (956) (489)
Tension lb 35 40 45 45
N/A
Brick (N) (155) (178) (200) (200)
Masonry Shear lb 105 145 165 220
N/A
(N) (467) (645) (734) (979)
Hollow Tension lb 50 55 60 65
N/A
Concrete Block (N) (222) (245) (600) (289)
(Normal Wt.) Shear lb 120 140 160 185
N/A
(N) (534) (623) (712) (823)
Concrete in. 3/4 7/8 1 1-3/16 1-3/16
Min. Embed.

(mm) (19) (22) (25) (30) (30)

Depth

Hollow Base in. 5/8 13/16 13/16 1

N/A
(mm) (16) (21) (21) (25)
1 Representative results of testing and a safety factor of 5.0.

382 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
15_4.3_HUS-[Link]:H440.04_04e [Link] 12/30/07 1:20 AM Page 383

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

HPS-1 Impact Anchor 4.3.14

[Link] Installation Instructions

3
Solid Base Materials
1 2

3
OR

1. Drill hole (depth = anchor length 2. Insert anchor.

minus thickness fastened plus 1/2").
• Drive with a hammer or
an electric screwdriver
3. Set the anchor with a hammer or with
an electric screwdriver. • An accurately matched
anchor length provides
Hollow Base Materials optimized holding power
1 2 3 by allowing for expan-
sion in the first part of
the brick or block.

[Link] Ordering Information

Carbon Steel
Fastenable Material
Fastenable Material Thickness in Hollow Bit
Thickness in Concrete Base Materials Diameter1 Box
Description Item No. max in. (mm) max in. (mm) in. Qty
HPS-1 3/16 x 1 260347 3/16 ( 5) 3/8 ( 9) 3/16 200
HPS-1 3/16 x 1-1/2 260348 5/8 (15) 3/4 (19) 3/16 200
HPS-1 1/4 x 1 260368 1/8 ( 3) 3/16 ( 5) 1/4 200
HPS-1 1/4 x 1-5/8 260344 5/8 (15) 3/4 (19) 1/4 100
HPS-1 1/4 x 2-1/16 260345 1 (25) 1-3/16 (30) 1/4 100
HPS-1 1/4 x 2-5/8 260346 1-5/8 (41) 1-3/4 (44) 1/4 100
HPS-1 5/16 x 1-5/8 260353 3/8 ( 9) 5/8 (15) 5/16 100
HPS-1 5/16 x 2-1/2 260354 1-3/16 (30) 1-3/8 (35) 5/16 50
HPS-1 5/16 x 3-5/8 260355 2-3/8 (60) N/A 5/16 50
HPS-1 5/16 x 4-3/8 260356 3-1/8 (85) N/A 5/16 50

Stainless Steel

Fastenable Material
Fastenable Material Thickness in Hollow Bit
Thickness in Concrete Base Materials Diameter1 Box
Description Item No. max in. (mm) max in. (mm) in. Qty
HPS-1 R 3/16 x 1 260357 3/16 ( 5) 3/8 ( 9) 3/16 200
HPS-1 R 3/16 x 1-1/2 260358 5/8 (15) 3/4 (19) 3/16 200
HPS-1 R 1/4 x 1 230520 1/8 ( 3) 3/16 ( 5) 1/4 200
HPS-1 R 1/4 x 1-5/8 230521 5/8 (15) 3/4 (19) 1/4 100
HPS-1 R 1/4 x 2-1/16 230522 1 (25) 1-3/16 (30) 1/4 100
HPS-1 R 1/4 x 2-5/8 230523 1-5/8 (41) 1-3/4 (44) 1/4 100
HPS-1 R 5/16 x 3-5/8 260365 2-3/8 (60) N/A 5/16 50
HPS-1 R 5/16 x 4-3/8 260366 3-1/8 (85) N/A 5/16 50
1 Hilti carbide tipped drill bits

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 383
15_4.3_HUS-[Link]:H440.04_04e [Link] 12/30/07 1:20 AM Page 384

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.15 HTB TOGGLER® Bolt

[Link] Product Description [Link] Product Description
[Link] Material Specifications
The Hilti HTB TOGGLER® Bolt fastening • Plastic pull ring assists in setting
[Link] Technical Data lock cap
system consists of a metal channel
[Link] Installation Instructions threaded to accept a machine bolt, and • Anchor is adjustable for various
base material thicknesses
[Link] Ordering Information unique plastic legs and locking cap for
providing easier installation as well
fastening in a wide range of hollow-wall as minimizing inventory investment
materials.
• Remains mounted in the wall
Product Features without screw for convenient
handling, installation and reuse
• Unique installation legs and locking
• Available in stainless steel and
cap facilitate fastening in wide
carbon steel for different
range of drywall and hollow wall
environments
materials up to 2-1/4" thick
• Comprehensive offering with and
• One piece metal channel provides
without machine screws
greater holding power

[Link] Material Specifications

Zinc plated metal channel material meets the requirements for AISI 1010 steel
[Link] Technical Data
HTB TOGGLER® Bolt Allowable Loads1

Toggler Bolt Hole 1/2" Drywall 5/8" Drywall Hollow Concrete Block
Size Diameter Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear
in. in. lb (N) lb (N) lb (N) lb (N) lb (N) lb (N)
3/16 1/2 30 (133) 70 (311) 45 (200) 95 (423) 140 (623) 160 (712)
1/4 1/2 35 (155) 85 (378) 50 (222) 105 (467) 160 (712) 240 (1068)
3/8 3/4 35 (155) 70 (311) 50 (222) 105 (467) 200 (890) 380 (1690)
3/16" & 1/4" 3/8" & 1/2" 1/2 3/4 35 (155) 85 (378) 50 (222) 110 (489) 240 (1068) 420 (1868)
1 Based on using a safety factor of 4.0.
TOGGLER® is the registered trademark of Mechanical Plastics Corp.

[Link] Installation Instructions

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

1 Drill correct size hole into wall cavity. 4 Pull the metal channel firmly against the 6 Snap the plastic legs off flush at the
2 Position the metal channel parallel inner wall cavity by tugging the plastic plastic cap by pushing outward.
with the plastic legs. pull ring. 7 Secure the item to be fastened with the
3 Insert the metal channel through the 5 Slide the plastic cap forward along the proper size machine screw and screw
drilled hole into the wall cavity. legs until it is seated flush to the work driver. NOTE: Maximum torque on
surface. screw or rod is 5 ft-lb.

[Link] Ordering Information

Machine Screw Machine Screw Bit Box
Description Item No. Dia. (in.) Length (in.) Dia.(in.)1 Qty
HTB TOGGLER® Bolt 3/16” with SRH screw1 374493 3/16 2-1/2 1/2 100
HTB TOGGLER® Bolt 3/16” with PFH screw 2 374497 3/16 2-1/2 1/2 100
HTB TOGGLER® Bolt 3/16” w/o screw 3 374495 3/16 – 1/2 100
HTB TOGGLER® Bolt 1/4” with SRH screw 1 374494 1/4 2-1/2 1/2 100
HTB TOGGLER® Bolt 1/4” with PFH screw 2 374499 1/4 2-1/2 1/2 100
HTB TOGGLER® Bolt 1/4” w/o screw 3 374496 1/4 – 1/2 100
HTB TOGGLER® Bolt 3/8” with SRH screw1 66365 3/8 2-1/2 3/4 25
HTB TOGGLER® Bolt 3/8” w/o screw 3 66370 3/8 – 3/4 25
HTB TOGGLER® Bolt 1/2” with SRH screw1 66366 1/2 2-1/2 3/4 25
HTB TOGGLER® Bolt 1/2” w/o screw 3 66371 1/2 – 3/4 25
1 Round Head (Combination Slotted/Phillips)
2 Phillips Flat Head
3 Machine screws not included
TOGGLER® is the registered trademark of Mechanical Plastics Corp.

384 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
15_4.3_HUS-[Link]:H440.04_04e [Link] 12/30/07 1:20 AM Page 385

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

HLD Kwik Tog 4.3.16

[Link] Product Description [Link] Product Description

[Link] Material Specifications

The Hilti HLD Kwik Tog is a plastic • Leg braces provide added support
[Link] Technical Data
anchor designed to accept #8 or #10 • Ribs on body help prevent anchor
screws for light duty applications in from spinning during installation [Link] Installation Instructions
hollow or solid base materials • Remains mounted in the wall with- [Link] Ordering Information
out screw for convenient handling,
Product Features installation and reuse
• Unique one piece design for
easy setting
• Three convenient sizes for use in a
variety of hollow base materials
from 1/4" drywall to block
and concrete

[Link] Material Specifications

Plastic: polypropylene for use in temperature range from –40°F to 140°F

[Link] Technical Data

Specification Table
S = Thickness of material being fastened

Base Material Drill Bit

Thickness Diameter
(in.) (in.) L d
HLD Kwik Tog 2 specially designed for 1/2" sheetrock
5/32" to 1/2" 3/8" 1-1/4" + S #8 / #10
17/32" to 19/32" 3/8" 1-1/4" + S #8 / #10 HLD Kwik-Tog Allowable Loads1
greater than 1-3/8" 3/8" 1-9/16" + S #10 / #12
Hollow
HLD Kwik Tog 3 specially designed for 5/8" sheetrock Concrete
5/8" to 3/4" 3/8" 1-1/2" + S #8 / #10 1/2" Drywall 5/8" Drywall Block
3/4" to 7/8" 3/8" 1-1/2" + S #8 / #10 Tension Tension Tension
Description lb (N) lb (N) lb (N)
greater than 1-5/8" 3/8" 1-13/16" + S #10 / #12
HLD 2 20 (89) 25 (111) 40 (178)
HLD Kwik Tog 4 HLD 3 — 35 (156) 50 (222)
15/16" to 1-1/8" 3/8" 1-7/8" + S #8 / #10 HLD 4 — — 70 (311)
1-1/8" to 1-1/4" 3/8" 1-7/8" + S #8 / #10
greater than 2" 11/32" 2-3/16" + S #10 / #12 1 Based on using a safety factor of 5.0.

[Link] Installation Instructions

1 2 3

1. Compress wings 2. Insert anchor 3. Insert and tighten

together. through drilled screw through
hole. fixture to expand
wings.

[Link] Ordering Information

HLD Kwik-Tog Anchor Program
Allowable Recommended Screw Size 1
Bit Hollow Base Load in
Dia. Material 5/8" Drywall Hollow Solid Qty
Description Item No. in. Thickness (in.) Tension, lb(kN) Base Mtl. Base Mtl. Per Bag
HLD Kwik Tog 2 (HLD2) 335506 3/8 3/16 to 5/8 25 (0.11) #8 or #10 #10 150
HLD Kwik Tog 3 (HLD3) 335507 3/8 5/8 to 7/8 35 (0.16) #8 or #10 #10 100
HLD Kwik Tog 4 (HLD4) 335508 3/8 15/16 to 1-1/4 — #8 or #10 #10 100
1 Screw not included

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 385
15_4.3_HUS-[Link]:H440.04_04e [Link] 12/30/07 1:20 AM Page 386

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.17 HSP/HFP Drywall Anchor

[Link] Product Description [Link] Product Description
[Link] Material Specifications
The Hilti HSP/HFP Drywall Anchor is a • Can be set with electric or standard
[Link] Technical Data screwdriver for quick and simple
self-drilling anchor designed for fast and
[Link] Installation Instructions reliable fastenings in drywall. installation
• Removability adds to the anchor
[Link] Ordering Information
Product Features versatility
• Shark tooth design for • Available in non-conductive nylon
correct positioning and or zinc for a variety
quick installation of applications
• Cuts its own thread, • Available with and without screws
no predrilling necessary for your convenience

[Link] Material Specifications

HSP Die cast zinc conforming to DIN 1734
HFP Polyamide 6.6 plastic; glass fiber reinforced

[Link] Technical Data

HSP/HFP Drywall Anchor Allowable Loads1
Gypsum Wall Board Thickness 1/2" 5/8"
Tension Shear Tension Shear
Decscription lb (N) lb (N) lb (N) lb (N)
HSP with Screw # 8 x 1-3/16 15 (70) 40 (180) 22 (100) 60 (270)
HSP HFP HFP with Screw # 8 x 1-3/16 15 (70) 40 (180) 22 (100) 60 (270)
1 Based on using a safety factor of 5.0.

[Link] Installation Instructions

1 2 3

1. Push the teeth of the anchor into 2. Drive the anchor (clockwise rota- 3. Drive and tighten the screw with
the drywall panel. tion) until it lies flush with the wall. the Hilti Insert Bit.

[Link] Ordering Information

Anchor length Screw Box
Item No. Description (in.) Dia. Qty
00332682 HSP 1-1/2 #8 100
00332683 HSP-S Delivered with 100 screws, # 8 x 1-3/16" 1-1/2 #8 100
00332686 HFP 1-1/8 #8 100
00332687 HFP-S Delivered with 100 screws, # 8 x 1-3/16" 1-1/8 #8 100
00332688 D-B PH2 HSP/HFP Phillips Head Bit – – 5

386 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
15_4.3_HUS-[Link]:H440.04_04e [Link] 12/30/07 1:20 AM Page 387

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

IDP Insulation Anchor 4.3.18

[Link] Product Description [Link] Product Description

[Link] Material Specifications

The Hilti IDP Insulation Anchor is a • Suitable for insulation thickness up
to 4-3/4" for enhanced versatility [Link] Technical Data
plastic anchor designed for attaching
insulation to concrete and masonry. • Installation in concrete or masonry [Link] Installation Instructions
allows versatile use
[Link] Ordering Information
Product Features
• No metal reduces potential
• Specially structured head helps condensation behind finish coat
ensure bonding of plaster applied of EIFS
directly over the anchor

[Link] Material Specifications

Plastic: polypropylene (not UV resistant)
In-place temperature range: -40°F to 176°F (-40°C to 80°C)
Temperature when setting: 32°F to 104°F (0°C to 40°C)

[Link] Technical Data

Minimum Average Ultimate Pullout4
Anchor Bit Embedment Hollow
Length Diameter1 Depth Insulation Thickness Concrete2 Concrete Block3 Brick
Description in. (mm) in. in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (N) lb (N) lb (N)
IDP 0/2 2 ( 50) 5/16 1-1/8 (29) 0 to 7/8 (0-20)
IDP 2/4 2-3/4 ( 70) 5/16 1-1/8 (29) 7/8 to 1-3/4 (20-40)
IDP 4/6 3-1/2 ( 90) 5/16 1-1/8 (29) 1-3/4 to 2-3/8 (40-60) 110 (489) 45 (200) 55 (245)
IDP 6/8 4-1/4 (110) 5/16 1-1/8 (29) 2-3/8 to 3-1/8 (60-80)
IDP 8/10 5 (130) 5/16 1-1/8 (29) 3-1/8 to 4 (80-100)
IDP 10/12 6 (150) 5/16 1-1/8 (29) 4 to 4-3/4 (100-120)
1 Hilti carbide tipped drill bits
2 Concrete strength f'c = 2500 psi (17.2 MPa).
3 Hollow Concrete Block meets ASTM C90 Grade N Type II.
4 Pullout values may be limited by the strength of the material fastened.

[Link] Installation Instructions

1 2 3

1. Drill a 5/16" diameter hole 2. Hammer anchor into place 3. Anchor is set. For outdoor
through insulation into until washer is flush with application, anchor head
base material. insulation. must be covered by finish.

[Link] Ordering Information

Description Item No. Box Qty
IDP 0/2 332105 250
IDP 2/4 332106 250
IDP 4/6 332107 250
IDP 6/8 332108 250
IDP 8/10 332109 250
IDP 10/12 332110 250

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 387
15_4.3_HUS-[Link]:H440.04_04e [Link] 12/30/07 1:20 AM Page 388

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

Notes

388 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
16_Chemicals.qxd:H440.04_07 [Link] 12/30/07 1:22 AM Page 389

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

Notes

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 389
16_Chemicals.qxd:H440.04_07 [Link] 12/30/07 1:22 AM Page 390

Construction Chemicals

Construction Chemicals Table of Contents

Section Description Page

5.1 Chemical Systems Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391

5.2 Crack Injection System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392

5.2.1 CI 060 Crack Injection System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392

5.3 Repair Mortar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394

5.3.1 RM 700 EP Epoxy Repair Mortar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
5.3.2 RM 710 EP Lo-Temp Mortar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
5.3.3 RM 800 PC Cement Repair Mortar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398

5.4 Cementitious Grout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400

5.4.1 CG 200 PC Cementitious Grout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400

390 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
16_Chemicals.qxd:H440.04_07 [Link] 12/30/07 1:22 AM Page 391

Construction Chemicals

Chemical Systems Overview 5.1

Product Description Features Application 5.1 Chemical Systems Overview

CI 060 EP • 100% solids epoxy • Cracks in 5.2.1 CI 060

Crack Injection System • Easy to use walls
For use in repairing small 5.3.1 RM 700 EP
• No power source • Basements
cracks up to 1/4" in con-
crete base material. needed • Pools 5.3.2 RM 710 EP
• Columns 5.3.3 RM 800 PC

5.4.1 CG 200 PC
RM 700 EP Epoxy • 100% solids epoxy • Heavy traffic
Based Repair Mortar • No primer needed with chemical
Epoxy mortar designed exposure
for applications where • Application temp.
there is high traffic. 50°F to 90°F (10°C to
32°C)

RM 710 EP Epoxy • Low temperature for- • Heavy traffic

Based Lo-Temp Repair mulation with chemical
Mortar exposure
Epoxy mortar designed
• Premeasured
for applications where • Easy to mix
temperatures are below
freezing or a rapid patch
• Application temp. 25°
is needed in high traffic to 90°F
areas. (–4°C to 32°C)

RM 800 PC • Mixes with water • Heavy Traffic

Portland Cement • No primer needed • Short down-
Based
• Excellent adhesion time
Repair Mortar
Fast-setting high early
strength concrete repair
material.

CG 200 PC • Available in 55 lb pails • Leveling

Cementitious Grout machinery
• 10,000+ psi
High strength, non-shrink
grout designed for high
Compressive • Grouting
performance grouting Strength Posts
• Flowable or plastic
consistency

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 391
16_Chemicals.qxd:H440.04_07 [Link] 12/30/07 1:22 AM Page 392

7.2.1 CI 060 Crack Injection System

Construction Chemicals
Construction Chemicals

5.2.1 Cl 060 Crack Injection System

Listings, Approvals [Link] Product Description
& Testing Standards CI 060 EP is a liquid epoxy that is
Meets requirements of ASTM C 881, Type packaged in a self-contained cartridge
IV, Grade 1, Class B with resin and hardener. The CI 060 EP
is designed for repairs of thin cracks
[Link] Material less than 1/4" (6 mm) in concrete base
Specifications material.

• Injection Resin CI 060 EP Product Features

Shelf life from date of manufacture • Low viscosity, penetrates cracks

when stored at 50°F to 80°F (10°C as narrow as 0.002" (0.051mm)
and 27°C) • No shrinkage, no solvent fumes
• Bonds to both concrete and steel
Resin and hardener: 2 years
Rec. application temp. Range • Excellent resistance to water, salt
50° to 113°F (10°C and 45°C) water, alkalis and many chemicals
Working Time • Forms strong, permanent, water
90 minutes at 50°F (10°C)
resistant bonds
40 minutes at 73°F (23°C)
15 minutes at 90°F (32°C)
Min. curing time at 68°F (20°C) [Link] Installation Data
Approx. 24 hrs
Compressive Strength Basic Use Coverage
12,000 psi • 1 cartridge of CI 060 EP = 14.3 in3
CI 060 EP is a heavy duty, low viscosity
Tensile Strength (234 cm3)
7,120 psi epoxy, designed to make repairs in
Compressive Modulus cracked concrete structures. CI 060 EP • One quart of Surface Sealing
265,000 psi Compound = 58 in3 (32 fl oz, 950
offers no shrinkage, no solvent fumes
Contents cm3) and covers approx. 50-70 ft
1 tube CI 060 EP resin and and bonds to concrete and steel. of crack
hardener=14.3 in3 Cracks as narrow as 0.002" to 1/4" wide
Limitations
• Surface Sealing Compounds can be repaired. CI 060 EP forms
Shelf life from date of manufacture strong, permanent water resistant • Minimum crack width 0.002" to
when stored at 59°F to 77°F (15°C bonds that provide excellent resistance maximum crack width 1/4"
and 25°C) • Do not use CI 060 EP system at
Resin and hardener: 1 year to water, salt water, alkalis and many
less than 40°F (4°C) base
Rec. application temp. Range chemicals.
40° to 90°F (4°C and 32°C) material temperature
CI 070EP • Do not use CI 060 EP in cracks
Working Time with flowing or standing water
34 mins at 40°F (4°C)
• Sealing only one side of a crack
10 mins at 77°F (25°C)
Approx. Cure Schedule may cause the loss of epoxy resin
Min. 3 hrs at 70°F (21°C)
Compressive Strength CI 060 EP Crack Injection System Volume of Epoxy required (in3)
11,000 psi per Linear Foot of Crack
Tensile Strength
6,900 psi Crack Width (in.)
Compressive Modulus Depth of 0.0050 0.0100 0.0200 0.0312 0.0400 0.0550 0.0625 0.0700 0.1250 0.1450 0.1770 0.1870 0.2050
Crack (in) (1/32") (1/16") (1/8") (3/16")
293,000 psi
Contents 1" 0.06 0.12 0.24 0.37 0.48 0.66 0.75 0.84 1.50 1.74 2.12 2.24 2.46
1 quart resin and hardener (covers 2" 0.12 0.24 0.48 0.75 0.96 1.32 1.50 1.68 3.00 3.48 4.25 4.49 4.92
approx. 50–70 ft) 4" 0.24 0.48 0.96 1.50 1.92 2.64 3.00 3.36 6.00 6.96 8.50 8.98 9.84
Quick Set Epoxy 6" 0.36 0.72 1.44 2.25 2.88 3.96 4.50 5.04 9.00 10.44 12.74 13.46 14.76
Working Time
8" 0.48 0.96 1.92 3.00 3.84 5.28 6.00 6.72 12.00 13.92 16.99 17.95 19.68
6 mins at 40°F (4°C)
3–4 mins at 77°F (25°C) 10" 0.60 1.20 2.40 3.74 4.80 6.60 7.50 8.40 15.00 17.40 21.24 22.44 24.60
Approx. Cure Schedule 12" 0.72 1.44 2.88 4.49 5.76 7.92 9.00 10.08 18.00 20.88 25.49 26.93 29.52
Approx. 30 mins at 73°F (23°C) 16" 0.96 1.92 3.84 5.99 7.68 10.56 12.00 13.44 24.00 27.84 33.98 35.90 39.36
Contents 18" 1.08 2.16 4.32 6.74 8.64 11.88 13.50 15.12 27.00 31.32 38.23 40.39 44.28
9 fl oz tube (covers approx. 50–70 ft)
24" 1.44 2.88 5.76 8.99 11.52 15.84 18.00 20.16 36.00 41.76 50.98 53.86 59.04
36" 2.16 4.32 8.64 13.48 17.28 23.76 27.00 30.24 54.00 62.64 76.46 80.78 88.56
1 Assumes no waste.

392 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
16_Chemicals.qxd:H440.04_07 [Link] 12/30/07 1:22 AM Page 393

CI 060 Crack Injection System 7.2.1

Crack Injection
Construction System
Chemicals

Cl 060 Crack Injection System 5.2.1

[Link] Installation Instructions

1. Clean surface along the 4. A light tap with a ham- 5. Puncture the seal of the 7. Inject CI 060 EP resin 9. After the injection resin
crack. Blow out crack mer to the rear end of the cartridge tip. Then until it appears visibly in has set, generally over
with dry and oil-free CI 060 EP cartridge screw on connection the next port above. night, the ports and the
compressed air. breaks the internal glass hose. Remove air relief stop- sealing compound can
2. Bond injection ports cylinder, releasing the 6. Plug connection hose to per (non-return valve is be removed with a flat
with CI 070 EP Crack hardener. Mix by see- bottom port. Place air now closed) and insert chisel. If required, the
Sealing Compound. saw motion for approxi- relief stopper in next into next port. Continue surface can be ground
Port spacing approxi- mately 30 motions. port above. injecting into original even.
mately 6" to 12" with Do not shake. port until the port
wider spacing for accepts no more resin
thinner slabs. (when normal hand
pressure is used on the
3. Seal the crack with CI dispenser).
070 EP surface sealing
compound in strips of 8. Detach connection hose
minimum 2" wide, 1/8" from port and plug to
deep. (Seal both sides if the next higher port.
crack goes completely Repeat operating steps
through concrete.) 6 and 7 up to the end of
the crack.

[Link] Ordering Information*

Item No. Description

00220244 CI 060 EP Kit

Includes 12 tubes injection epoxy (172 in3), injection epoxy, 30 ports
with non-return valves, 6 connection hoses with non-return valves,
4 air relief stoppers
00225491 CI 070 EP Surface Sealing Compound (1 quart)
00225493 CI 070 EP Surface Sealing Compound, Case of 4 quarts
00020132 Bag of 30 ports with non-return valves
00020133 Bag of 6 connection hoses with non-return valves
00020134 Bag of 4 air relief stoppers
00055205 CB 200 PI dispenser (fully enclosed)
00024825 Adhesive dispenser for 10.5 oz tubes

*Not available in Canada

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 393
16_Chemicals.qxd:H440.04_07 [Link] 12/30/07 1:22 AM Page 394

7.2.2 RM 700 EP Epoxy Repair Mortar

Crack Injection
Construction System
Chemicals

5.3.1 RM 700 EP Epoxy Repair Mortar

Listings, Approvals [Link] Product Description
& Testing Standards RM 700 EP consists of a 100% solids,
• ASTM D 638 2-part epoxy packaged in kit form with
• ASTM D 695 the proper amount of graded sand to
• ASTM D 790
Meets or exceeds all current make a perfect patch. RM 700 EP is
V.O.C. regulations high strength and designed to resist
USDA Acceptable wear and abrasion for most concrete
repair applications.
[Link] Material
Specifications Product Features

Solids Content • Virtually unaffected by

100% freezing/thawing
Color • Bonds to concrete and steel
Light gray
Shelf Life • No primer required
2 years from date of manufacture • Easily troweled
Application Temp. Range
• All components pre-measured
50° to 90° F (10°C to 32°C)
Pot Life
0.45 cu. ft. mix @ 20–30 mins [Link] Installation Data
Cure Schedule at 70°F (21°C)
Recoat or top coat: 4–5 hrs Basic Use Coverage
Light foot traffic: 10–12 hrs
RM 700 EP is a heavy duty trowelable • 65 lb unit yields 0.45 ft3
Full cure traffic: 2–7 days
Compressive Strength (psi) Mortar designed for repairing damaged • One 65 lb bucket RM 700 EP
10,489 @ ASTM D 695 concrete subject to heavy loads or covers approximately 21.54 square
Tensile Strength (psi) feet at 1/4" thickness
8,157 @ ASTM D 638 severe impact. RM 700 EP is specifically
formulated to be used in federally • One 9 lb bucket RM 700 EP covers
Impact Strength (IZOD)
Excellent approximately 2.7 square feet at
inspected meat and poultry plants,
Heat Deflection Temperature 1/4" thickness
and is acceptable for use in facilities
ASTM D 648, 1/2" x 1/2" bars, Limitations
span = 4" regulated by the U.S. Department
156°F (69°C) @ ASTM D648 of Agriculture. • Substrate temperature must be 5°F
Chemical Resistance (3°C) above dew point
xylene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C RM 700 EP’s fast cure and high
• Minimum depth of patch is 1/8",
1,1,1 trichlorethane . . . . . . C compressive strength make it ideal for
MEK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A except at edges of patch, which
methanol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A repair work in areas where downtime should be 1/4"
ethyl alcohol . . . . . . . . . . . . A must be kept to a minimum, such as • Avoid mixing more RM 700 EP than
skydrol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B plant and warehouse aisleways, truck can be placed in 20 minutes at
10% sodium hydroxide . . . C 70°F (21°C)
docks and entryways. Its inherent
50% sodium hydroxide . . . C
10% sulfuric acid . . . . . . . . B resistance to thermal shock is crucial • Do not place RM 700 EP
70% sulfuric acid . . . . . . . . A when repaired areas are subject to hot when slab temperatures
10% HC1 (aq) . . . . . . . . . . . C are below 50°F (10°C) or above
water washing. Areas which are at
5% acetic acid . . . . . . . . . . B 80°F (27°C)
Rating Key: A - not recommended, ambient temperatures as low as 50°F
• Do not install RM 700 EP on
B - 2 hour term splash spill, C - 8 hour (10°C) may be subjected to cleaning
vertical surfaces without providing
term splash spill solutions and water at temperatures of
Volatile Organic Content (VOC) suitable formwork to retain the
Zero pounds per gallon 200°F (93°C) with no adverse effects. patch during cure
• Do not attempt to feather edges of
patch. Terminate all applications
into a 1/4" sawcut, reveal or reglet
• All new concrete must be cured for
30 days prior to application

394 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
16_Chemicals.qxd:H440.04_07 [Link] 12/30/07 1:22 AM Page 395

RM 700 EP Epoxy Repair Mortar 7.2.2

Repair
Construction Mortar
Chemicals

RM 700 EP Epoxy Repair Mortar 5.3.1

[Link] Installation Instructions

Surface Preparation Troweling Estimating Formula*

The surface to be repaired must be For large patches, apply RM 700 EP Number of Units Required =
(L * W * (Dave / 12)) / Yprod
clean, dry, and free of oil, grease and mortar in 2 foot wide strips. Lattice
loose matter. The bonding surface boards will help ensure proper L = length of void in feet
W = width of void in feet
should be roughened, using a small thickness. Spread and finish with a Dave = ave. depth of void in inches
chipping hammer or bushing tool, swept rectangular steel trowel, taking care to Yprod = Yield for product
clean and blown with clean, dry, oil-free minimize trowel marks. Be sure the (see table below)
compressed air, or vacuumed clean. edges of patch are flush with the Estimated Yield for Repair Mortars
surrounding concrete. For smaller & Grout (Yprod) in ft3
Where the patch will terminate, the Product Yprod
patches, a trowel alone may be
concrete must be sawcut and chipped RM 700 EP (65 lb. unit) 0.450
sufficient. RM 700 EP (9 lb. unit) 0.056
out 1/4" deep.
*Numbers are approximate and assume no waste.
Trowels may be coated with a
No priming is required with RM 700 EP,
commercial solvent such as mineral
so installation is quick, easy and
spirits, to give the finished work a
economical.
smoother appearance. Read product labeling
Temperature and accompanying
Maintenance literature before using.
RM 700 EP should be stored at
RM 700 EP may be cleaned with most
temperatures between 55°F and 90°F
floor cleaning detergents. Aggressive
(13°C and 32°C) prior to use. Substrate
solvents should be avoided.
temperatures may be between 50°F and
80°F (10°C and 27°C). Floor Cleaning

Mixing Caution: Some cleaners may affect the

color of the floor installed. Test each
Proper mixing is critical when installing
cleaner in a small area, utilizing your
epoxy repair mortars. Do not mix more
cleaning technique. If no ill effects are
mortar than can be applied in 20
noted, you can continue to clean with
minutes. Drain the contents of Part B
the product and process tested.
completely into a clean mixing container.
Then drain the contents of Part A into Recoat or Topcoating
the same container. Mix the liquids until
No recoating or topcoating is necessary.
the resultant mixture is free of streaking.
However, if you opt to topcoat the
Next, add the aggregate, a little at a
applied mortar, allow it to cure before
time, while mixing with a mortar mixer or
topcoating. Many epoxies and
a drill with a mixing paddle. Mix until
urethanes can be used.
uniform, being sure that there is no dry
aggregate on the bottom or sides of the
pail. Do Not Mix Partial Units. Failure to
combine components in the proper
ratios can result in poor cure or no cure.

[Link] Ordering Information

RM700EP is available in a convenient, pre-proportioned kit, containing resin,
hardener and select, graded aggregate.
Item No. Description Size

00020264 RM 700 EP 65 lb pail

00020428 RM 700 EP Sample Kit 9 lb unit
00024155 Stainless Steel Paddle Mixer smooth shank (shown below)
Specially designed for epoxy mortar. Use with Jacob’s style chuck.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 395
16_Chemicals.qxd:H440.04_07 [Link] 12/30/07 1:22 AM Page 396

7.2.3 RM 710 EP Lo-Temp Mortar

Repair MortarChemicals
Construction

5.3.2 RM 710 EP Lo-Temp Mortar

Listings, Approvals [Link] Product Description
& Testing Standards RM 710 EP consists of a 100% solids,
• ASTM D 635 2-part epoxy packaged in kit form with
• ASTM D 638 the proper amount of graded sand to
• ASTM D 695
• ASTM D 790 make a reliable patch. The RM 710 EP
Meets or exceeds all current V.O.C. is designed for faster curing and
regulations applications at lower temperatures.
USDA Acceptable
Product Features
• Virtually unaffected by freeze/thaw
[Link] Material • Can be applied at low base
Specifications material temperatures
Solids Content • Very fast curing
100% • No primer required
Color
light gray • Bonds to concrete and steel
Shelf Life • All components premeasured
2 years from date of manufacture
Application Temp. Range
30F° to 80° F (–1°C to 27°C) [Link] Installation Data
Pot Life at 70°F (21°C)
Basic Use Limitations
0.45 cu. ft. mix @ 10-15 min
Cure Schedule at 70°F (21°C) RM 710 EP is a heavy duty trowelable • Minimum depth of patch is 1/8",
Recoat or top coat . . . .-3–4 hrs except at edges of patch, which
Light foot traffic . . . . . .-6–8 hrs mortar which is designed for repairing
should be 1/4"
Full cure traffic . . . . . .-2–7 days damaged concrete, subject to heavy
Foot traffic • Avoid mixing more RM 710 EP than
loads or severe impact. RM 710 EP is
serviceable 24 hrs at 30°F (–1°C) can be placed in 10-15 minutes at
Compressive Strength (psi) specifically formulated to be applied on 35°F (2°C) to 70°F(21°C)
7,560 @ ASTM D695 freezer floors and cold storage areas, at
• Do not place RM 710 EP when slab
Tensile Strength (psi) ASTM D 638 temperatures as low as 30°F (–1°C), temperatures are below 30°F (–1°C)
6,030 @ ASTM D638
where most epoxies will not cure. or above 80°F (27°C)
Impact Strength (IZOD)
Excellent RM 710 EP’s fast cure and high • Do not install RM 710 EP on
Heat Deflection Temperature vertical surfaces without providing
113°F (45°C) @ ASTM D648 compressive strength also make it ideal
suitable formwork to retain the
Chemical Resistance for rapid repair work in areas where patch during cure
xylene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C downtime must be kept to a minimum,
1,1,1 trichlorethane . . . . . . C • Do not attempt to feather edges of
MEK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A such as plant and warehouse aisleways, patch. Terminate all applications
methanol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A truck docks and entryways. into a 1/4" sawcut, reveal or reglet
ethyl alcohol . . . . . . . . . . . . C • Not recommended for immersion
skydrol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B Coverage
in aggressive solvents
10% sodium hydroxide . . . D
• 65 lb unit yields 0.45 ft3 • Not suitable for outdoor use with-
50% sodium hydroxide . . . C
10% sulfuric acid . . . . . . . C • One 65 lb bucket RM 710 EP out UV-resistant coating
70% sulfuric acid . . . . . . . . A covers approximately 20.58 ft2 at • Substrate temperature must be
10% HC1 (aq) . . . . . . . . . . . C 1/4" thickness 5°F (3°C) above the dew point
5% acetic acid . . . . . . . . . . B
• One 9 lb bucket RM 710 EP • When temperatures are low,
Rating Key: A - not recommended,
B - 2 hour term splash spill, C - 8 hour covers approximately 2.57 ft2 at extended time may be required for
term splash spill, D - 72 hour immersion 1/4" thickness the material to cure before allowing
Volatile Organic Content (VOC) industrial traffic
Zero pounds per gallon

396 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
16_Chemicals.qxd:H440.04_07 [Link] 12/30/07 1:22 AM Page 397

RM 710 EP Lo-Temp Mortar 7.2.3

Repair
Construction Mortar
Chemicals

RM 710 EP Lo-Temp Mortar 5.3.2

[Link] Installation Instructions

Surface Preparation Part B completely into a clean mixing Maintenance
container. Then drain the contents of
The surface to be repaired must be RM 710 EP may be cleaned with most
Part A into the same container. Mix the
clean, dry, and free of oil, grease and floor cleaning detergents. Aggressive
liquids until the resultant mixture is free
loose matter. The bonding surface solvents should be avoided.
of streaking. Next, add the aggregate, a
should be roughened, using a small
little at a time, while mixing with a Floor Cleaning
chipping hammer or bushing tool, swept
mortar mixer or a drill with a mixing
clean and blown with clean, dry, oil-free Caution: Some cleaners may affect the
paddle. Mix until uniform, being sure
compressed air, or vacuumed clean. color of the floor installed.
that there is no dry aggregate on the
Test each cleaner in a small area,
Where the patch will terminate, the bottom or sides of the pail. Do Not Mix
utilizing your cleaning technique.
concrete must be sawcut and chipped Partial Units. Failure to combine
If no ill effects are noted, you can
out 1/4" deep. components in the proper ratios can
continue to clean with the product and
result in poor cure or no cure.
No priming is required with RM 710 EP, process tested.
so installation is quick, easy and Troweling
Recoat or Topcoating
economical.
For large patches, apply RM 710 EP
No recoating or topcoating is necessary.
Temperature mortar in 2 foot wide strips. Lattice
However, if you opt to topcoat the
boards will help ensure proper
RM 710 EP should be stored at applied mortar, allow it to cure before
thickness. Spread and finish with a
temperatures between 55°F and 90°F topcoating. Many epoxies and
rectangular steel trowel, taking care
(13°C and 32°C) prior to use. urethanes can be used.
to minimize trowel marks. Be sure
Substrate temperatures may be
the edges of patch are flush with the
between 30°F and 80°F (–1°C and
surrounding concrete. For smaller
27°C).
patches, a trowel alone may be
Mixing sufficient. Trowels may be coated
Proper mixing is critical when installing with a commercial solvent such as
epoxy repair mortars. mineral spirits, to give the finished
Do not mix more mortar than can be work a smoother appearance.
applied in 10-15 minutes at 35°F (2°C)
to 70°F (21°C). Drain the contents of

[Link] Ordering Information

RM 710 EP is available in a convenient, pre-proportioned kits containing
resin, hardener and select, graded aggregate.

Item No. Description Size

00020268 RM 710 EP 65 lb pail

00020429 RM 710 EP Sample Kit 9 lb unit
00024155 Stainless Steel Paddle Mixer smooth shank (shown below)
Specially designed for epoxy mortar. Use with Jacob’s style chuck.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 397
16_Chemicals.qxd:H440.04_07 [Link] 12/30/07 1:22 AM Page 398

7.2.4 RM 800 PC Cement Repair Mortar

Repair MortarChemicals
Construction

5.3.3 RM 800 PC Cement Repair Mortar

Listings, Approvals [Link] Product Description
& Testing Standards RM 800 PC is a fast setting concrete
ASTM C 928 patching material which exhibits high
early strength. RM 800 PC is a
[Link] Material self-bonding patching compound
Specifications blended with special cements and
additives. No bonding agents are
Working Time
15 mins at 75°F (24°C) required. RM 800 PC can accept
Set Time (ASTM C 266) vehicular traffic in three hours and
Initial (Hrs:Min): 0:20 meets the requirements of ASTM C 928
Final (Hrs:Min): 0:30
Flexural Strength for packaged, dry, rapid-hardening
(ASTM C 348) 28 Days cementitious materials for concrete
900 psi repairs.
Compressive Strength
(ASTM C 109) Product Features
3 hrs . . . . . . . . . . .-3000 psi
1 day . . . . . . . . . . .-6000 psi • DOT approved (Tennesse &
28 days . . . . . . . . .-8000 psi Mississippi)
• Suitable for vehicular traffic
Percentage Length Change • Self-bonding, requires no bonding
(ASTM C 157) in 3 hours at 70°F (21°C)
agents or primers
Air-cured . . . . . . . .-–0.082% • Initial set time 20 minutes,
Moist-cured . . . . .-+0.031% • Minimizes downtime final set time 30 minutes
Resistance to deicing salts • Pre-blended; just add water
(ASTM C 672)
(10% Calcium Chloride Solution)
25 cycles - 1 Rating [Link] Installation Data
Water Absorption (ASTM C 642) Basic Use Coverage
9.8%
Freeze-Thaw Resistance, 3000 cycles RM 800 PC is suitable for repair of One 50 lb (22.7 kg) bucket yields 0.42 ft3
(ASTM C 666, Procedure A)
damaged concrete on parking (0.011 m3) and covers approximately 10
88% Dynamic modulus
Flow, 5 min (ASTM C 109) structures, airport runways, warehouse ft2 when applied 1/2" (13 mm) thick.
142% floors and loading docks. It can also be
Color Limitations
used for setting posts, railing and
Concrete gray
Splitting Tensile Strength parking meters. RM 800 PC is designed for use on
(ASTM C 496) horizontal surfaces in thicknesses from
7 day . . . . . . . . . . . .-390 psi 1/2" to 8".
28 day . . . . . . . . . . .-450 psi
[Link] Installation Instructions
Surface Preparation Mixing

The damaged area should be prepared • Do Not add excessive amounts of

by back-cutting, or sawing of a vertical water
edge. This preparation should be • Do Not mix more than can be used
in 10 minutes
performed in a manner which prevents
damage to the surrounding concrete. • Up to 1 lb of cement colorant may
be added to color patch
Provide a minimum depth of 1/2". Loose
scale or dust must be removed using Working time is approximately 10
compressed air or water blasting, minutes at 75°F (24°C), and becomes
leaving only clean, sound concrete. The shorter as the temperature increases.
area to be repaired should be saturated Do Not mix more product than you can
with water, but there should be no place in 10 minutes. Clean mixer or
puddles present. mixing paddle with water between
mixes and after last mix, to avoid build-
up of product.

398 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
16_Chemicals.qxd:H440.04_07 [Link] 12/30/07 1:22 AM Page 399

RM 800 PC Cement Repair Mortar 7.2.4

Repair
Construction Mortar
Chemicals

RM 800 PC Cement Repair Mortar 5.3.3

Application rodding. Surface is ready for brooming Maintenance
or texturing in 20 to 30 minutes.
Air, mix and substrate temperatures RM 800 PC may be cleaned with most
should be between 45°F (7°C) and 90°F • Do Not use in vertical or floor cleaning detergents. Aggressive
(32°C) during repair and for 24 hours overhead surfaces solvents should be avoided.
afterward. Place RM 800 PC in the area Storage Life
to be repaired, filling flush
One year from date of manufacture, in
with surrounding concrete, and
original, unopened container.
consolidate during placement by

Installation Instructions CAUTION: Contains Silicon

Dioxide, Portland Cement and
Calcium Hydroxide.
Your skin may be sensitive
to cement. Wearing rubber gloves
is recommended. Avoid contact
with eyes or prolonged contact
with skin. In case of contact, flush
thoroughly with water.
For eyes, flush with clean water
1. Score concrete 3 Saturate prepared 4. After removing 5. Finish patch with for at least 15 minutes and get
around damaged area with water. excess water trowel. Protect prompt medical attention.
area at a slight Add 2 quarts of from prepared patch from traffic Keep out of reach
backward angle potable water to area, Using a until cured. of children.
to a minimum an empty 5 gallon trowel, place
depth of 1/2" pail. Slowly add mortar and push
using Hilti Dry powdered RM into all corners Estimating Formula*
Diamond Blade. 800PC and mix and edges.
2. Expose fresh using a drill (or Number of Units Required =
concrete surface equivalent) and a
mixing paddle
(L * W * (Dave / 12)) / Yprod
and chip out
edges to a depth (sold below) until L = length of void in feet
of 1/2" using free of lumps.
Add an additional W = width of void in feet
a Hilti
Combihammer quart of water, Dave = ave. depth of void in inches
(Hilti TE 56 sug- alternating with Yprod = Yield for product
gested) and chis- remaining pow-
el or bushing der, until entire Estimated Yield for Repair Mortars
head. Remove contents have & Grout (Yprod) in ft3
dust and debris been
with vacuum or thoroughly Product Yprod
compressed air. blended. RM 800 PC 0.420
* Numbers are approximate and
assume no waste.

[Link] Ordering Information

RM 800 PC is packaged in convenient, reclosable plastic pails, containing 50 lb
(22.7 kg) of product.

Item No. Description Size

00020270 RM 800 PC 50 lb pail

00024155 Stainless Steel Paddle Mixer smooth shank
Specially designed for repair mortar. Use with Jacobs style chuck.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 399
16_Chemicals.qxd:H440.04_07 [Link] 12/30/07 1:22 AM Page 400

7.2.5 CG 200 PC Cementitious Grout

Repair MortarChemicals
Construction

5.4.1 CG 200 PC Cementitious Grout

Listings, Approvals [Link] Product Description
& Testing Standards CG 200 PC is a non-metallic, non-
ASTM C 1107 corrosive, expansive portland-cement
Corps of Engineers grout, intended for interior and exterior
Specification CRD-C-621 Type A,
B&C use, in confined areas. CG 200 PC is
particularly useful in applications where
[Link] Material high fluid mixes or compressive
strengths to 10,000 psi are desired. CG
Specifications
200 PC contains “super plasticizers” for
Color ease of mixing and placing, and requires
Concrete gray
Compressive Strength (psi) ASTM C only the addition of water prior to use.
109 confined Product Features
Plastic Fluid
1 day 3,000 psi 2,500 psi • Non-metallic
3 days 6,000 psi 4,000 psi
• Non-corrosive
7 days 8,000 psi 6,000 psi
28 days 10,000 psi 8,000 psi • Non-shrink
Working Time (minutes) • High early strength
Plastic Fluid
at 75°F (24°C)15–20 15–20 • Pumpable fluid consistency
Set Time (hrs:min) ASTM C 191
Plastic Fluid
[Link] Installation Data
Initial: 2:15 5:15
Final 5:15 7:45 Basic Uses Limitations
Cone, N/A 26 sec.
ASTM C 939 CG 200 PC is suitable for use in the • CG 200 PC is not for use in areas
Volume Change (% expansion) grouting of heavy equipment and subject to spillage of acids or
ASTM C 827 sulfates
machinery, concrete and structural steel
Plastic Fluid • CG 200 PC is not for use in appli-
At time of set:+0.21% +0.30% columns and bearing plates, as well as
cations subject to severe vibration
Volume Change (% expansion) grouting and leveling precast and or sudden dynamic loading, such
ASTM C 1090 prestressed members.
Plastic Fluid
as stamping presses and industrial
3 days +0.03% +0.01% generators and turbines
CG 200 PC is suitable where a
7 days +0.03% +0.01% • CG 200 PC must not be vibrated
14 days +0.03% +0.01% combination of high early strength,
during placement. Consolidation is
28 days +0.03% +0.01% shrinkage compensation and ease of to be by rodding
placement are important.
• CG 200 PC must be coated with
Coverage a protective membrane, when
exposed to acids or sulfates
55 lb unit yields: • DO NOT apply to substrates that
• Trowel Consistency, 0.51 ft3 are frozen or contain frost
• Fluid Consistency, 0.55 ft3 • DO NOT use in applications of high
dynamic loading

400 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
16_Chemicals.qxd:H440.04_07 [Link] 12/30/07 1:22 AM Page 401

CG 200 PC Cementitious Grout 7.2.5

Cementitious
Construction Grout
Chemicals

CG 200 PC Cementitious Grout 5.4.1

[Link] Installation Instructions

CAUTION: Contains Silicon
Temperatures cement or other materials for any Dioxide, Portland Cement and
reason. CG 200 PC is a pre-blended Calcium Hydroxide.
Air, mix and substrate temperatures Your skin may be sensitive
grout which uses a precise blend of
should be between 40°F (4°C) and 90°F to cement. Wearing rubber gloves
select silica aggregate, set accelerators, is recommended. Avoid contact
(32°C) during application and be
water and reducing agents, fluidizers with eyes or prolonged contact
protected from freezing a minimum of with skin. In case of contact, flush
and expansion producing admixtures.
48 hours after installation. thoroughly with water.
The water additions shown will provide a For eyes, flush with clean water
Surface Preparation for at least 15 minutes and get
general guideline for achieving the
prompt medical attention.
Saturate the substrate with water for 24 desired consistency. Amounts shown Keep out of reach
hours prior to grout placement. The area are for 55 lbs (one unit) of powdered of children.
to be grouted must be free of loose or product. The actual amount of water
deteriorated concrete, dust, dirt, grease, required may be affected by the
Estimating Formula*
oil and paints or other coatings. If temperature, batch size and mix method
grouting beneath structural systems, chosen. Number of Units Required =
(L * W * (Dave / 12)) / Yprod
provide air relief holes as necessary.
CG 200 PC may be mixed in a revolving
Remove excess water with absorbent L = length of void in feet
concrete mixer, or in a bucket, using a W = width of void in feet
cloths, compressed air or vacuuming,
Hilti drill and a mixing paddle. The Dave = ave. depth of void in inches
leaving no puddles.
method chosen should allow continuous Yprod = Yield for product
Form Work placements, so that all the grout is in (see table below)
place before any of it has taken a set. Estimated Yield for Repair Mortars
Wood forms or other absorbent forms
& Grout (Yprod) in ft3
should be coated with a form release oil
to prevent adhesion of CG 200 PC and Plastic, Fluid, Product Yprod
Desired Trowel Pumping CG 200 PC (Plastic Consistency) 0.510
to prevent absorption of water by the Consistency Consistency Consistency CG 200 PC (Fluid Consistency) 0.550
form. Forms should be designed to Grout 55 lb 55 lb * Numbers are approximate and
permit rapid, continuous and complete Water 1.0 gal (3.8 L) 1.2 gal (4.5 L) assume no waste.
filling of the space to be grouted. Yield 0.51 cu ft 0.55 cu ft
Unit Weight 126 lb/cu ft 122 lb/cu ft
Use procedures which permit CG 200
PC to flow by gravity between the Discard lumpy material or broken
surfaces and keep the grout in full containers.
contact with these surfaces until it has Storage Life
hardened.
One year from date of manufacture, in
Mixing original, unopened container.
CG 200 PC may be mixed to a dry pack,
hand trowel or fluid pourable
consistency, depending on the amount
of water added. Do not add additional

[Link] Ordering Information*

Item No. Description

00020271 CG 200 PC Cementitious Grout - 55 lb Pail

Packaged in resealable pails containing 55 lb (25.0 kg) of product

*Not available in Canada

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 401
16_Chemicals.qxd:H440.04_07 [Link] 12/30/07 1:22 AM Page 402

Construction Chemicals

Notes

402 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
17_Install.qxd:H440.04_06 [Link] 12/30/07 1:24 AM Page 403

Construction Chemicals

Notes

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 403
17_Install.qxd:H440.04_06 [Link] 12/30/07 1:24 AM Page 404

Installation Systems

Installation Systems Table of Contents

Section Description Page

6.1 Hilti Strut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404

6.1.1 Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405
6.1.2 Material / Finishes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405
6.1.3 Technical Data & Strut Profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
[Link] Beam Loading Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407
[Link].1 Load and Support Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411
[Link] Column Loading Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412
[Link].1 Support Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418

6.2 MQK Brackets and Braces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420

6.3 Strut Fasteners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422

6.4 Hilti 3-D System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425

6.5 Angles & Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426

6.6 MQB Clamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431

6.7 Strut Bases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432

6.8 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434

6.9 SLC Speed Lock Clevis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435

404 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
17_Install.qxd:H440.04_06 [Link] 12/30/07 1:24 AM Page 405

Installation Systems

Hilti Strut 6.1

6.1.1 Product Description

C-Profile Channel Self-Riveted Back-to-Back Strut

The Hilti strut consists of a C-profile Product Description

channel with serrated open edges rolled
Features
inwards. The strut provides an
economical solution for mechanical, • Self-riveting process
provides consistent
electrical and industrial supports.
channel to channel
Features fastening over spot welding
• Slotted back to back profile
• C-Profile with serrated
• Integrity of galvanized coating Self-Riveted Back-to-Back
edges for greater hold
and adjustability is maintained
• Scaled tick marks
every 2" to assist with
measurement, cutting
and installation
• Full slot for greater
flexibility in anchoring
• Longitudinal swaging
for greater strength

C-Profile

6.1.2 Material/Finishes

Pre-galvanized (PG) Electro-Deposition Coating Stainless Steel

(GR-E Coat)
Pre-galvanized strut is manufactured SS 316 Ti — for strut, angles,
using material produced by passing Electro-Deposition Coating or "E- connectors, bases, splices and
carbon steel sheets through a molten Coating" uses electricity to deposit a fasteners.
zinc bath in a process known as “hot- smooth, thin, uniform layer of plastic
Hot Dipped Galvanized
dip mill galvanization”. The material coating on the surface of the steel
conforms to ASTM A 653 GR 33 with a channel. The epoxy-coated strut is then According to ASTM A 123 for strut and
zinc thickness of G90 or 0.9 ounces of cured in an oven at approximately ASTM A 153 for angles, connectors,
zinc per square foot. The channel is 400ºC for at least 20 minutes. Salt spray bases, splices and fasteners.
formed and slots are punched after the (fog) testing has been conducted to
hot-dip process hence the name verify the performance of the finish—the
“pre-galvanized strut”. Surfaces of the plastic coating was tested 600 hours in
punched and cut portions are somewhat a salt spray chamber, in accordance
protected by the adjacent zinc plating with ASTM B 117-95 specification.
which acts as a sacrificial anode Since the coating is applied as a liquid,
impeding corrosion of the raw edges. the epoxy travels into crevices and
trouble spaces so that outside moisture
is less able to invade the coated area
and cause corrosion.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 405
17_Install.qxd:H440.04_06 [Link] 12/30/07 1:24 AM Page 406

Installation Systems

6.1 Hilti Strut

6.1.3 Technical Data & Strut Profiles

12 Gauge 1316-12 158-12 2716-12 1316-12 B2B 158-12 B2B

Profile Weight 1.287 lb/ft 1.92 kg/m 1.881 lb/ft 2.80 kg/m 2.471 lb/ft 3.68 kg/m 2.533 lb/ft 3.77 kg/m 3.588 lb/ft 5.34 kg/m
Area of section 0.378 in2 2.44 cm2 0.552 in2 3.56 cm2 0.725 in2 4.68cm2 0.729 in2 4.70 cm2 1.060 in2 6.84 cm2
Moment of inertia Ix 0.031 in4 1.28 cm4 0.184 in4 7.65 cm4 0.517 in4 21.53cm4 0.137 in4 5.70 cm4 0.892 in4 37.13 cm4
Moment of inertia Iy 0.136 in4 5.67 cm4 0.235 in4 9.76 cm4 0.332 in4 13.83 cm4 0.264 in4 10.97 cm4 0.454 in4 18.91 cm4
Section Modulus Sx 0.065 in3 1.06 cm3 0.203 in3 3.33 cm3 0.392 in3 6.42 cm3 0.170 in3 2.79 cm3 0.549 in3 9.00 cm3
Section Modulus Sy 0.168 in3 2.75 cm3 0.288 in3 4.73 cm3 0.409 in3 6.70 cm3 0.324 in3 5.31 cm3 0.559 in3 9.16 cm3
Radius of Gyration Rx 0.285 in. 0.72 cm 0.577 in. 1.47 cm 0.845 in. 2.15 cm 0.437 in. 1.11 cm 0.917 in. 2.33 cm
Radius of Gyration Ry 0.601 in. 1.53 cm 0.652 in. 1.66 cm 0.677 in. 1.72 cm 0.602 in. 1.53 cm 0.654 in. 1.66 cm
Gravity Axis e1 0.476 in. 1.21 cm 0.904 in. 2.30 cm 1.320 in. 3.35 cm 0.811 in. 2.06 cm 1.626 in. 4.13 cm
Gravity Axis e2 0.335 in. 0.85 cm 0.722 in. 1.83 cm 1.116 in. 2.84 cm 0.811 in. 2.06 cm 1.626 in. 4.13 cm
• Nominal thickness of 12 gauge strip steel is 0.101 inches (2.57mm)
• Single strut data is given for solid strut
Technical Data
• Back to back strut data is given for slotted strut
& Strut Profiles

Slot Configurations

14 Gauge 1316-14 158-14

Profile Weight 1.004 lb/ft 1.49 kg/m 1.445 lb/ft 2.15 kg/m
Area of section 0.295 in2 1.90 cm2 0.424 in2 2.74 cm2
Moment of inertia Ix 0.026 in4 1.08 cm4 0.148 in4 6.16 cm4
Moment of inertia Iy 0.109 in4 4.55 cm4 0.185 in4 7.70 cm4

Industry Half Slot Hilti Full Slot Industry Full Slot Section Modulus Sx 0.055 in3 0.91 cm3 0.165 in3 2.71 cm3
Section Modulus Sy 0.134 in3 2.20 cm3 0.228 in3 3.73 cm3
Radius of Gyration Rx 0.297 in. 0.75 cm 0.591 in. 1.50 cm
Radius of Gyration Ry 0.609 in. 1.55 cm 0.660 in. 1.68 cm
Gravity Axis e1 0.470 in. 1.19 cm 0.895 in. 2.27 cm
Gravity Axis e2 0.341 in. 0.87 cm 0.731 in. 1.86 cm
• Nominal thickness of 14 gauge strip steel is 0.075 inches (1.9 mm)
• Single strut data is given for solid strut

406 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
17_Install.qxd:H440.04_06 [Link] 12/30/07 1:24 AM Page 407

Installation Systems

Hilti Strut 6.1

[Link] Beam Loading Data

Beam Loading Data
Max Allow Deflection Uniform Loading at Deflections
Beam Span Uniform Load at Uniform Load 1/180 Span 1/240 Span 1/360 Span
in. mm lb kN in. mm lb kN lb kN lb kN

1316-12 527 2.389 0.10 2.6 527 2.389 510 2.312 340 1.541

158-12 1,658 7.520 0.05 1.4 1,658 7.520 1,658 7.520 1,658 7.520

2716-12 3,196 14.496 0.04 0.9 3,196 14.496 3,196 14.496 3,196 14.496

1316-12 B2B 24 610 1,377 6.245 0.06 1.5 1,377 6.245 1,377 6.245 1,377 6.245

158-12 B2B 4,475 20.292 0.03 0.8 4,475 20.292 4,475 20.292 4,475 20.292

1316-14 452 2.049 0.10 2.7 452 2.049 432 1.960 288 1.306

158-14 1,349 6.119 0.05 1.4 1,349 6.119 1,349 6.119 1,349 6.119

1316-12 351 1.593 0.23 5.9 302 1.370 227 1.027 151 0.685

158-12 1,105 5.013 0.12 3.1 1,105 5.013 1,105 5.013 904 4.098

2716-12 2,131 9.663 0.08 2.1 2,131 9.663 2,131 9.663 2,131 9.663

1316-12 B2B 36 914 918 4.163 0.14 3.5 918 4.163 918 4.163 673 3.053

158-12 B2B 2,983 13.528 0.07 1.7 2,983 13.528 2,983 13.528 2,983 13.528

1316-14 301 1.366 0.24 6.0 256 1.161 192 0.871 128 0.580

158-14 900 4.079 0.12 3.1 900 4.079 900 4.079 728 3.301

1316-12 263 1.194 0.41 10.5 170 0.770 127 0.578 85 0.385

158-12 829 3.759 0.22 5.5 829 3.759 763 3.457 508 2.305

2716-12 1,598 7.247 0.15 3.8 1,598 7.247 1,598 7.247 1,431 6.487

1316-12 B2B 48 1,219 689 3.122 0.24 6.2 689 3.122 568 2.576 379 1.717

158-12 B2B 2,237 10.145 0.12 3.1 2,237 10.145 2,237 10.145 2,237 10.145

1316-14 226 1.024 0.42 10.6 144 0.653 108 0.490 72 0.326

158-14 675 3.059 0.22 5.6 675 3.059 614 2.785 410 1.857

1 Based on simple beam condition using an allowable design stress of 25000 psi (172 Mpa) with adequate lateral bracing.
2 Refer to Section [Link].1 for different load and support conditions.
3 Self weight of member has not been taken into account for uniform loads above. This member weight must be subtracted from Allowable
Uniform Load to determine the Net Allowable Uniform Load the beam will support.
4 Beam loading data is given for solid strut. For beam loading capacity of 9/16” x 2-1/2” slotted strut, use 85% of appropriate load from chart.
For beam loading capacity of 11/16” x 2-1/2” slotted strut, use 80% of appropriate load from chart.
No load reduction is needed for back to back strut.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 407
17_Install.qxd:H440.04_06 [Link] 12/30/07 1:24 AM Page 408

Installation Systems

6.1 Hilti Strut

Beam Loading Data

Max Allow Deflection Uniform Loading at Deflections
Beam Span Uniform Load at Uniform Load 1/180 Span 1/240 Span 1/360 Span
in. mm lb kN in. mm lb kN lb kN lb kN

1316-12 211 0.955 0.65 16.4 109 0.493 82 0.369 54 0.246

158-12 663 3.007 0.34 8.6 651 2.950 488 2.212 325 1.475

2716-12 1,279 5.797 0.23 5.9 1,279 5.797 1,279 5.797 916 4.151

1316-12 B2B 60 1,524 551 2.497 0.38 9.6 485 2.198 364 1.648 242 1.098

158-12 B2B 1,790 8.116 0.19 4.8 1,790 8.116 1,790 8.116 1,579 7.160

1316-14 181 0.819 0.65 16.6 92 0.418 69 0.313 46 0.209

158-14 540 2.447 0.34 8.7 524 2.377 393 1.782 262 1.188

1316-12 176 0.796 0.93 23.6 76 0.342 57 0.256 38 0.171

158-12 553 2.506 0.49 12.4 452 2.048 339 1.536 226 1.024

2716-12 1,065 4.831 0.34 8.5 1,065 4.831 954 4.324 636 2.882

1316-12 B2B 72 1,829 459 2.081 0.55 13.9 337 1.526 253 1.144 168 0.762

158-12 B2B 1,492 6.763 0.27 6.9 1,492 6.763 1,492 6.763 1,097 4.972

1316-14 151 0.682 0.94 23.9 64 0.290 48 0.217 32 0.145

158-14 450 2.039 0.49 12.6 364 1.650 273 1.237 182 0.825

1316-12 151 0.682 1.27 32.2 56 0.251 42 0.188 28 0.125

158-12 474 2.147 0.67 16.9 332 1.504 249 1.128 166 0.752

2716-12 913 4.140 0.46 11.6 913 4.140 701 3.176 467 2.117

1316-12 B2B 84 2,134 393 1.783 0.74 18.9 247 1.120 186 0.840 124 0.559

158-12 B2B 1,278 5.796 0.37 9.4 1,278 5.796 1,209 5.479 806 3.652

1316-14 129 0.585 1.28 32.5 47 0.213 35 0.159 24 0.106

158-14 386 1.748 0.67 17.1 267 1.212 201 0.909 134 0.606

1 Based on simple beam condition using an allowable design stress of 25000 psi (172 Mpa) with adequate lateral bracing.
2 Refer to Section [Link].1 for different load and support conditions.
3 Self weight of member has not been taken into account for uniform loads above. This member weight must be subtracted from Allowable
Uniform Load to determine the Net Allowable Uniform Load the beam will support.
4 Beam loading data is given for solid strut. For beam loading capacity of 9/16” x 2-1/2” slotted strut, use 85% of appropriate load from chart.
For beam loading capacity of 11/16” x 2-1/2” slotted strut, use 80% of appropriate load from chart.
No load reduction is needed for back to back strut.

408 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
17_Install.qxd:H440.04_06 [Link] 12/30/07 1:24 AM Page 409

Installation Systems

Hilti Strut 6.1

Beam Loading Data

Max Allow Deflection Uniform Loading at Deflections
Beam Span Uniform Load at Uniform Load 1/180 Span 1/240 Span 1/360 Span
in. mm lb kN in. mm lb kN lb kN lb kN

1316-12 132 0.596 1.65 42.0 42 0.192 32 0.144 21 0.095

158-12 415 1.879 0.87 22.1 254 1.151 191 0.863 127 0.575

2716-12 799 3.622 0.60 15.1 715 3.242 536 2.431 358 1.620

1316-12 B2B 96 2,438 344 1.560 0.97 24.6 189 0.857 142 0.642 95 0.428

158-12 B2B 1,119 5.071 0.48 12.3 1,119 5.071 925 4.194 617 2.795

1316-14 113 0.512 1.67 42.5 36 0.163 27 0.122 18 0.081

158-14 337 1.529 0.88 22.3 205 0.928 154 0.695 102 0.463

1316-12 117 0.530 2.09 53.1 34 0.151 25 0.113 17 0.075

158-12 368 1.670 1.10 28.0 201 0.909 151 0.682 100 0.454

2716-12 710 3.219 0.75 19.2 565 2.561 424 1.920 283 1.280

1316-12 B2B 108 2,743 306 1.386 1.23 31.2 150 0.677 112 0.507 75 0.337

158-12 B2B 994 4.507 0.61 15.5 975 4.418 731 3.313 487 2.208

1316-14 100 0.455 2.12 53.8 28 0.128 21 0.096 14 0.064

158-14 300 1.359 1.11 28.2 162 0.733 121 0.549 81 0.366

1316-12 105 0.477 2.58 65.6 27 0.122 20 0.091 - -

158-12 332 1.502 1.36 34.5 163 0.736 122 0.551 81 0.367

2716-12 639 2.897 0.93 23.6 458 2.074 343 1.555 229 1.036

1316-12 B2B 120 3,048 275 1.247 1.51 38.5 121 0.548 91 0.410 61 0.273

158-12 B2B 895 4.056 0.76 19.2 790 3.578 592 2.683 395 1.787

1316-14 90 0.409 2.61 66.4 23 0.104 17 0.078 - -

158-14 270 1.223 1.37 34.9 131 0.593 98 0.444 66 0.296

1 Based on simple beam condition using an allowable design stress of 25000 psi (172 Mpa) with adequate lateral bracing.
2 Refer to Section [Link].1 for different load and support conditions.
3 Self weight of member has not been taken into account for uniform loads above. This member weight must be subtracted from Allowable
Uniform Load to determine the Net Allowable Uniform Load the beam will support.
4 Beam loading data is given for solid strut. For beam loading capacity of 9/16” x 2-1/2” slotted strut, use 85% of appropriate load from chart.
For beam loading capacity of 11/16” x 2-1/2” slotted strut, use 80% of appropriate load from chart.
No load reduction is needed for back to back strut.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 409
17_Install.qxd:H440.04_06 [Link] 12/30/07 1:24 AM Page 410

Installation Systems

6.1 Hilti Strut

Beam Loading Data

Max Allow Deflection Uniform Loading at Deflections
Beam Span Uniform Load at Uniform Load 1/180 Span 1/240 Span 1/360 Span
in. mm lb kN in. mm lb kN lb kN lb kN

1316-12 88 0.397 3.72 94.5 19 0.084 - - - -

158-12 276 1.251 1.96 49.7 113 0.510 85 0.382 56 0.254

2716-12 533 2.413 1.34 34.1 318 1.439 238 1.079 159 0.718

1316-12 B2B 144 3,658 230 1.038 2.18 55.4 84 0.379 63 0.284 42 0.188

158-12 B2B 746 3.378 1.09 27.6 548 2.483 411 1.861 274 1.240

1316-14 75 0.340 3.76 95.6 16 0.072 - - - -

158-14 225 1.018 1.98 50.2 91 0.411 68 0.308 46 0.205

1316-12 75 0.340 5.06 128.6 - - - - - -

158-12 237 1.072 2.66 67.7 83 0.374 62 0.280 41 0.186

2716-12 457 2.068 1.82 46.3 234 1.056 175 0.791 117 0.527

1316-12 B2B 168 4,267 197 0.889 2.97 75.4 62 0.277 46 0.207 - -

158-12 B2B 639 2.895 1.48 37.6 403 1.823 302 1.366 201 0.909

1316-14 65 0.291 5.12 130.1 - - - - - -

158-14 193 0.872 2.69 68.3 67 0.301 50 0.226 33 0.150

1316-12 53 0.237 10.33 262.5 - - - - - -

158-12 166 0.749 5.44 138.1 41 0.181 - - - -

2716-12 320 1.445 3.72 94.6 114 0.515 86 0.385 57 0.255

1316-12 B2B 240 6,096 138 0.620 6.06 153.9 - - - - - -

158-12 B2B 447 2.023 3.02 76.8 197 0.889 148 0.665 99 0.441

1316-14 45 0.203 10.45 265.5 - - - - - -

158-14 135 0.609 5.49 139.5 33 0.146 - - - -

1 Based on simple beam condition using an allowable design stress of 25000 psi (172 Mpa) with adequate lateral bracing.
2 Refer to Section [Link].1 for different load and support conditions.
3 Self weight of member has not been taken into account for uniform loads above. This member weight must be subtracted from Allowable
Uniform Load to determine the Net Allowable Uniform Load the beam will support.
4 Beam loading data is given for solid strut. For beam loading capacity of 9/16” x 2-1/2” slotted strut, use 85% of appropriate load from chart.
For beam loading capacity of 11/16” x 2-1/2” slotted strut, use 80% of appropriate load from chart.
No load reduction is needed for back to back strut.

410 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
17_Install.qxd:H440.04_06 [Link] 12/30/07 1:24 AM Page 411

Installation Systems

Hilti Strut 6.1

[Link].1 Load & Support Condition

Load factor Deflection factor

Simple Beam – Uniform Load 1.00 1.00

Simple Beam – Concentrated Load at Center 0.50 0.80

Simple Beam – Two Equal Concentrated Loads at 1/4 Points 0.50 1.10

Beam Fixed at Both Ends – Uniform Load 1.50 0.30

Beam Fixed at Both Ends – Concentrated Load at Center 1.00 0.4

Cantilever Beam – Uniform Load 0.25 2.40

Cantilever Beam – Concentrated Load at End 0.12 3.20

Continuous Beam – Two Equal Spans, Uniform Load on One Span 1.30 0.92

Continuous Beam – Two Equal Spans, Uniform Load on Both Spans 1.00 0.42

Continuous Beam – Two Equal Spans, Concentrated Load at Center of One Span 0.62 0.71

Continuous Beam – Two Equal Spans, Concentrated Load at Center of Both Spans 0.67 0.48

The beam load tables are for single-span simply supported beams with From beam table, 48 in. span, the maximum allowable load and deflection
uniform loading. Common arrangements of other load and support conditions for a simply supported span with uniform loading is 829 lb and 0.22 in. Using
are presented in the above table. Loads and deflections for these conditions the factors from the above table:
can be determined by multiplying the load value from the tables by the given
Max. allowable load = Max. allowable uniform load x load factor
load or deflection factor.
Max. allowable load = 829 lb x 0.12 = 99 lb
Example: Determine the maximum allowable load and deflection for a 4 foot
Max. deflection = deflection at uniform load x deflection factor
158-12 cantilever beam with a concentrated load on one end.
Max. deflection = 0.22 in. x 3.20 = 0.70 in.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 411
17_Install.qxd:H440.04_06 [Link] 12/30/07 1:24 AM Page 412

Installation Systems

6.1 Hilti Strut

[Link] Column Loading Data

Column Loading Data
Unbraced Maximum Column Load at C.G.
Height K=0.65 K=0.80 K=1.0 K=1.2

in. mm lb kN lb kN lb kN lb kN

1316-12 6,769 30.7 6,769 30.7 6,769 30.7 6,769 30.7

158-12 11,298 51.2 11,298 51.2 11,298 51.2 11,298 51.2

2716-12 15,073 68.4 15,073 68.4 15,073 68.4 15,073 68.4

1316-12 B2B 24 610 14,368 65.2 14,368 65.2 14,368 65.2 14,368 65.2

158-12 B2B 21,973 99.7 21,973 99.7 21,973 99.7 21,973 99.7

1316-14 5,351 24.3 5,351 24.3 5,351 24.3 5,351 24.3

158-14 8,704 39.5 8,704 39.5 8,704 39.5 8,704 39.5

1316-12 5,455 24.7 4,443 20.1 3,292 14.9 2,466 11.2

158-12 10,662 48.4 10,167 46.1 9,406 42.7 8,522 38.6

2716-12 14,388 65.3 13,874 62.9 13,110 59.5 12,231 55.5

1316-12 B2B 36 914 13,110 59.5 12,054 54.7 10,417 47.2 8,702 39.5

158-12 B2B 20,931 94.9 20,142 91.3 18,961 86.0 17,598 79.8

1316-14 4,394 19.9 3,633 16.5 2,729 12.4 2,060 9.3

158-14 8,231 37.3 7,864 35.7 7,302 33.1 6,650 30.2

1316-12 4,024 18.2 2,982 13.5 2,063 9.4 - -

158-12 9,927 45.0 9,124 41.4 7,881 35.7 6,579 29.8

2716-12 13,631 61.8 12,830 58.2 11,579 52.5 10,156 46.1

1316-12 B2B 48 1,219 11,533 52.3 9,841 44.6 7,639 34.6 5,873 26.6

158-12 B2B 19,767 89.6 18,528 84.0 16,588 75.2 14,406 65.3

1316-14 3,309 15.0 2,480 11.2 1,728 7.8 1,256 5.7

158-14 7,686 34.9 7,094 32.2 6,173 28.0 5,193 23.6

Note:
The above column loads are for solid strut. P
* KL > 200, exceeds AISC Slenderness Ratio Limitation.
r

412 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
17_Install.qxd:H440.04_06 [Link] 12/30/07 1:24 AM Page 413

Installation Systems

Hilti Strut 6.1

Column Loading Data

Unbraced Maximum Column Load at C.G.
Height K=0.65 K=0.80 K=1.0 K=1.2

in. mm lb kN lb kN lb kN lb kN

1316-12 2,911 13.2 2,063 9.4 - - - -

158-12 9,052 41.1 7,881 35.7 6,268 28.4 4,893 22.2

2716-12 12,758 57.9 11,579 52.5 9,788 44.4 8,006 36.3

1316-12 B2B 60 1,524 9,697 44.0 7,639 34.6 5,509 25.0 4,072 18.5

158-12 B2B 18,416 83.5 16,588 75.2 13,850 62.8 11,210 50.8

1316-14 2,422 11.0 1,728 7.8 - - - -

158-14 7,041 31.9 6,173 28.0 4,956 22.5 3,893 17.7

1316-12 2,155 9.8 - - - - - -

158-12 8,043 36.5 6,579 29.8 4,893 22.2 3,673 16.7

2716-12 11,747 53.3 10,156 46.1 8,006 36.3 6,214 28.2

1316-12 B2B 72 1,829 7,895 35.8 5,873 26.6 4,072 18.5 2,954 13.4

158-12 B2B 16,847 76.4 14,406 65.3 11,210 50.8 8,630 39.1

1316-14 1,804 8.2 1,256 5.7 - - - -

158-14 6,294 28.5 5,193 23.6 3,893 17.7 2,934 13.3

1316-12 1,646 7.5 - - - - - -

158-12 6,980 31.7 5,404 24.5 3,847 17.4 2,826 12.8

2716-12 10,612 48.1 8,698 39.4 6,481 29.4 4,870 22.1

1316-12 B2B 84 2,134 6,371 28.9 4,578 20.8 3,107 14.1 - -

158-12 B2B 15,101 68.5 12,225 55.4 9,010 40.9 6,732 30.5

1316-14 1,382 6.3 - - - - - -

158-14 5,497 24.9 4,290 19.5 3,072 13.9 2,263 10.3

Note:
The above column loads are for solid strut. P
* KL > 200, exceeds AISC Slenderness Ratio Limitation.
r

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 413
17_Install.qxd:H440.04_06 [Link] 12/30/07 1:24 AM Page 414

Installation Systems

6.1 Hilti Strut

Column Loading Data

Unbraced Maximum Column Load at C.G.
Height K=0.65 K=0.80 K=1.0 K=1.2

in. mm lb kN lb kN lb kN lb kN

1316-12 - - - - - - - -

158-12 5,968 27.1 4,437 20.1 3,075 13.9 2,231 10.1

2716-12 9,420 42.7 7,358 33.4 5,272 23.9 3,885 17.6

1316-12 B2B 96 2,438 5,173 23.5 3,641 16.5 - - - -

158-12 B2B 13,299 60.3 10,269 46.6 7,298 33.1 5,357 24.3

1316-14 - - - - - - - -

158-14 4,725 21.4 3,536 16.0 2,461 11.2 1,788 8.1

1316-12 - - - - - - - -

158-12 5,078 23.0 3,673 16.7 2,503 11.4 - -

2716-12 8,261 37.5 6,214 28.2 4,339 19.7 3,158 14.3

1316-12 B2B 108 2,743 4,252 19.3 2,954 13.4 - - - -

158-12 B2B 11,582 52.5 8,630 39.1 5,990 27.2 4,347 19.7

1316-14 - - - - - - - -

158-14 4,037 18.3 2,934 13.3 2,006 9.1 - -

1316-12 - - - - - - - -

158-12 4,331 19.6 3,075 13.9 - - - -

2716-12 7,204 32.7 5,272 23.9 3,619 16.4 - -

1316-12 B2B 120 3,048 3,543 16.1 - - - - - -

158-12 B2B 10,047 45.6 7,298 33.1 4,986 22.6 - -

1316-14 - - - - - - - -

158-14 3,453 15.7 2,461 11.2 - - - -

Note:
The above column loads are for solid strut.
P
* KL > 200, exceeds AISC Slenderness Ratio Limitation.
r

414 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
17_Install.qxd:H440.04_06 [Link] 12/30/07 1:24 AM Page 415

Installation Systems

Hilti Strut 6.1

Column Loading Data

Unbraced Maximum Column Load at Slot Face
Height K=0.65 K=0.80 K=1.0 K=1.2

in. mm lb kN lb kN lb kN lb kN

1316-12 1,794 8.1 1,794 8.1 1,794 8.1 1,794 8.1

158-12 3,076 13.9 3,076 13.9 3,076 13.9 3,076 13.9

2716-12 4,122 18.7 4,122 18.7 4,122 18.7 4,122 18.7

1316-12 B2B 24 610 3,060 13.9 3,060 13.9 3,060 13.9 3,060 13.9

158-12 B2B 4,994 22.6 4,994 22.6 4,994 22.6 4,994 22.6

1316-14 1,517 6.9 1,517 6.9 1,517 6.9 1,517 6.9

158-14 2,483 11.3 2,483 11.3 2,483 11.3 2,483 11.3

1316-12 1,634 7.4 1,513 6.9 1,349 6.1 1,190 5.4

158-12 2,978 13.5 2,900 13.2 2,785 12.6 2,660 12.1

2716-12 4,049 18.4 3,991 18.1 3,904 17.7 3,808 17.3

1316-12 B2B 36 914 2,937 13.3 2,838 12.9 2,693 12.2 2,539 11.5

158-12 B2B 4,934 22.4 4,880 22.1 4,799 21.8 4,710 21.4

1316-14 1,383 6.3 1,281 5.8 1,142 5.2 1,009 4.6

158-14 2,404 10.9 2,341 10.6 2,248 10.2 2,148 9.7

1316-12 1,458 6.6 1,295 5.9 1,091 4.9 - -

158-12 2,863 13.0 2,744 12.4 2,573 11.7 2,394 10.9

2716-12 3,963 18.0 3,873 17.6 3,740 17.0 3,595 16.3

1316-12 B2B 48 1,219 2,791 12.7 2,643 12.0 2,432 11.0 2,218 10.1

158-12 B2B 4,854 22.0 4,770 21.6 4,646 21.1 4,510 20.5

1316-14 1,235 5.6 1,097 5.0 925 4.2 775 3.5

158-14 2,311 10.5 2,216 10.0 2,078 9.4 1,933 8.8

Note: e1
The above column loads are for solid strut. P
* KL > 200
r

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 415
17_Install.qxd:H440.04_06 [Link] 12/30/07 1:24 AM Page 416

Installation Systems

6.1 Hilti Strut

Column Loading Data

Unbraced Maximum Column Load at Slot Face
Height K=0.65 K=0.80 K=1.0 K=1.2

in. mm lb kN lb kN lb kN lb kN

1316-12 1,281 5.8 1,091 4.9 - - - -

158-12 2,734 12.4 2,573 11.7 2,348 10.6 2,122 9.6

2716-12 3,865 17.5 3,740 17.0 3,558 16.1 3,362 15.2

1316-12 B2B 60 1,524 2,630 11.9 2,432 11.0 2,165 9.8 1,909 8.7

158-12 B2B 4,763 21.6 4,646 21.1 4,474 20.3 4,285 19.4

1316-14 1,086 4.9 925 4.2 - - - -

158-14 2,207 10.0 2,078 9.4 1,896 8.6 1,714 7.8

1316-12 1,115 5.1 - - - - - -

158-12 2,595 11.8 2,394 10.9 2,122 9.6 1,862 8.4

2716-12 3,758 17.0 3,595 16.3 3,362 15.2 3,118 14.1

1316-12 B2B 72 1,829 2,459 11.2 2,218 10.1 1,909 8.7 1,630 7.4

158-12 B2B 4,663 21.1 4,510 20.5 4,285 19.4 4,045 18.3

1316-14 946 4.3 775 3.5 - - - -

158-14 2,096 9.5 1,933 8.8 1,714 7.8 1,504 6.8

1316-12 966 4.4 - - - - - -

158-12 2,450 11.1 2,212 10.0 1,904 8.6 1,625 7.4

2716-12 3,642 16.5 3,442 15.6 3,159 14.3 2,872 13.0

1316-12 B2B 84 2,134 2,285 10.4 2,009 9.1 1,674 7.6 - -

158-12 B2B 4,554 20.7 4,362 19.8 4,086 18.5 3,797 17.2

1316-14 819 3.7 - - - - - -

158-14 1,979 9.0 1,786 8.1 1,538 7.0 1,312 6.0

Note: e1
The above column loads are for solid strut. P
* KL > 200
r

416 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
17_Install.qxd:H440.04_06 [Link] 12/30/07 1:24 AM Page 417

Installation Systems

Hilti Strut 6.1

Column Loading Data

Unbraced Maximum Column Load at Slot Face
Height K=0.65 K=0.80 K=1.0 K=1.2

in. mm lb kN lb kN lb kN lb kN

1316-12 - - - - - - - -

158-12 2,303 10.4 2,033 9.2 1,701 7.7 1,415 6.4

2716-12 3,519 16.0 3,281 14.9 2,954 13.4 2,632 11.9

1316-12 B2B 96 2,438 2,113 9.6 1,812 8.2 - - - -

158-12 B2B 4,437 20.1 4,207 19.1 3,880 17.6 3,546 16.1

1316-14 - - - - - - - -

158-14 1,860 8.4 1,642 7.4 1,374 6.2 1,143 5.2

1316-12 - - - - - - - -

158-12 2,155 9.8 1,862 8.4 1,516 6.9 - -

2716-12 3,392 15.4 3,118 14.1 2,751 12.5 2,403 10.9

1316-12 B2B 108 2,743 1,946 8.8 1,630 7.4 - - - -

158-12 B2B 4,314 19.6 4,045 18.3 3,671 16.6 3,299 15.0

1316-14 - - - - - - - -

158-14 1,741 7.9 1,504 6.8 1,225 5.6 - -

1316-12 - - - - - - - -

158-12 2,011 9.1 1,701 7.7 - - - -

2716-12 3,261 14.8 2,954 13.4 2,554 11.6 - -

1316-12 B2B 120 3,048 1,788 8.1 - - - - - -

158-12 B2B 4,187 19.0 3,880 17.6 3,463 15.7 - -

1316-14 - - - - - - - -

158-14 1,624 7.4 1,374 6.2 - - - -

Note: e1
The above column loads are for solid strut. P
* KL > 200
r

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 417
17_Install.qxd:H440.04_06 [Link] 12/30/07 1:24 AM Page 418

Installation Systems

6.1 Hilti Strut

[Link].1 Support Conditions

Types of Column Load

The interaction effects of a total frame on a column can be estimated with the effective length concept. K-factors are used to
equate the strength of a framed compression element of length L to an equivalent pin-ended member of length KL subjected only
to an axial load. The table below provides theoretical K values for idealized conditions in which joint rotation and translation are
either nonexistent or fully realized. Since joint fixity is seldom fully realized, the slightly higher suggested design values
recommended by the Structural Stability Research Council are used in the calculation of allowable column loads for strut.

The load capacity of a F F F F

column is affected by
whether the load is
concentric or eccentric.1
The column load tables
contain data for both
concentric and eccentric L L L
L
loading conditions. The
load at the slot face is
determined using a K
value of 0.8.

Support Rotation fixed Rotation free and Rotation free and Rotation fixed
Condition and translation translation fixed translation fixed and translation
fixed on both at the top and at both ends. free at the top
ends. rotation fixed and and rotation fixed
translation fixed and translation
at the base. fixed at the base.

Theoretical K 0.5 0.7 1.0 1.0

value

Recommended 0.65 0.8 1.0 1.2

design K value
when ideal
conditions are
approximated

1 Concentric or Eccentric Load

A concentric load is one An eccentric load is one
that is applied to the center that is applied away from the
of gravity of a column center of gravity of the
cross section. column cross section.

An example of concentric An example of eccentric

loading is a column loading is a load passed on
supporting a strut beam to the column through a
passing over it. fitting fastened to the
continuous slot face.

P e1
P

418 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
17_Install.qxd:H440.04_06 [Link] 12/30/07 1:24 AM Page 419

Installation Systems

Hilti Strut 6.1

6.1.4 Ordering Information

12 Gauge Hilti Strut

13/16" 12 gauge
Item No. Description Hole Configuration Weight/Piece (lb)

3424461 1316-12/PG 10' Full Slot 12.2

3424483 1316-12/PG 20' Full Slot 24.3
3424457 1316-12/PGS 10' Solid 15.4
3424459 1316-12/PGS 20' Solid 30.8

13/16" 12 gauge back-to-back

Item No. Description Hole Configuration Weight/Piece (lb)

3424489 1316-12/PG 3m (10'-1") B2B 1-9/16" x 9/16" 23.0

1-5/8" 12 gauge
Item No. Description Hole Configuration Weight/Piece (lb)

3424503 158-12/PG 2' Full Slot 3.6

3424505 158-12/PG 4' Full Slot 7.2
3424507 158-12/PG 6' Full Slot 10.8
3424509 158-12/PG 6'-8' Full Slot 12.0
3424511 158-12/PG 10' Full Slot 18.0
3424519 158-12/PG 10' 2-5/8" x 11/16" 18.0
3424513 158-12/PG 20' Full Slot 36.0
3424499 158-12/PGS 10' Solid 18.5
3424501 158-12/PGS 20' Solid 37.0
3424523 158-12/GR E-Coat 10' Full Slot 18.0
3424525 158-12/GR E-coat 20' Full Slot 36.0

1-5/8" 12 gauge back-to-back

Item No. Description Hole Configuration Weight/Piece (lb)

3424515 158-12/PG 3m (10'-1") B2B 1-9/16" x 9/16" 35.9

2-7/16" 12 gauge
Item No. Description Hole Configuration Weight/Piece (lb)

3424535 2716-12/PG 10' Full Slot 24.5

3424537 2716-12/PG 20' Full Slot 49.0

14 Gauge Hilti Strut

13/16" 14 gauge
Item No. Description Hole Configuration Weight/Piece (lb)

3424491 1316-14/PGS 10' Solid 9.7

3424493 1316-14/PG 10' Full Slot 8.7
3424495 1316-14/PG 20' Full Slot 17.4
3424497 1316-14/GR E-coat 10' Full Slot 8.7
1-5/8" 14 gauge
Item No. Description Hole Configuration Weight/Piece (lb)

3424531 158-14/PG 10' Full Slot 13.6

3424533 158-14/PG 20' Full Slot 27.2
3428084 158-14/PGS 10' Solid 14.5

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 419
17_Install.qxd:H440.04_06 [Link] 12/30/07 1:24 AM Page 420

Installation Systems

6.2 MQK Brackets & Braces

6.2.1 Product Description

Features
• Serrated C-section
• Installation assisted by dimension marking
• Great flexibility due to slots
• Back-to-back brackets welded all around

6.2.2 Material Specifications

Material Carbon steel
Finish Electro-galvanized to 13 microns

1/4" 5/16" 3/8" 5/16"

➀ ➁11-13/ ➂ ➃
16" , 17-11/16" 11-13/16" , 17-11/16"
17-11/16" , 23-5/8"
11-13/16" , 17-11/16" 23-5/8"
23-5/8"
13/16" x 9/16"
13/16" x 9/16" 13/16" x 9/16"
13/16" x 9/16"
3-1/8"
3-1/8"
3-1/8" 4-3/4"
4-15/16" 6-1/2" 4-15/16"
4-15/16"

2" 2"
2" 2-3/8"

6.2.3 Ordering Information

Strut Length Strut Length Strut Section Weight/Piece Box
Item No. Description (in.) (mm) (gauge/mm) (lb) Qty

369607 MQK-21/300 ➀ 11-13/16" 300 14 / 2 1.48 1

369608 MQK-21/450 ➀ 17-11/16" 450 14 / 2 1.96 1
370595 MQK-41/3/300 ➁ 11-13/16" 300 12 / 3 2.62 1
370597 MQK-41/3/600 ➁ 23-5/8" 600 12 / 3 4.54 1
369616 MQK-72/600 ➂ 23-5/8" 600 12 / 2.75 6.90 1
369617 MQK-21D/300 ➃ 11-13/16" 300 14 / 2 2.76 1
369619 MQK-21D/600 ➃ 23-5/8" 600 14 / 2 4.83 1

6.2.4 MQK Angle Brace Product Description

Features
L
2-15/16" • Serrated C-section
• Installation assisted by dimension marking
7/16"
• Great flexibility due to slots
• Back-to-back brackets welded all around

6.2.5 Material Specifications

A
H Material Carbon steel
Finish Electro-galvanized to 13 microns
Material Width 1-9/16" (40 mm)
1-5/16"
Material Thickness 3/16" or 1/8" (4 or 3 mm)
9/16"

6.2.6 Ordering Information

A H L
Item No. Description (in./mm) (in./mm) (in./mm) ␣ Box Qty
369622 MQK-SK Angle brace, short 14"/355 13"/328 12-13/16"/324 45° 10
369621 MQK-SL Angle brace, long 25"/635 20-7/8"/528 20-1/2"/524 45° 10

420 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
17_Install.qxd:H440.04_06 [Link] 12/30/07 1:24 AM Page 421

Hilti Strut 6.1

Installation Systems
Installation Systems

MQK Brackets & Braces 6.2

6.2.7 Technical Data

[Link] Allowable Loads MQK Bracket
F1 F1
F1 = qxl
1/2 1/2

Type of load 1 - uniform Type of load 2 - single Type of load 3

F1 [lb] F1 [lb] F1 [lb]
Bracket Steel 1 Fastener 2 Steel 1 Fastener 2 Steel 1 Fastener 2
(continued below) L (in.) L (mm) lb N lb N lb N lb N lb N lb N
MQK-21/300 11-13/16" 300 205 910 205 910 240 1070 240 1070 75 335 75 335

MQK-21/450 17-11/16" 450 90 400 90 400 140 625 140 625 35 155 35 155

MQK-41/3/300 11-13/16" 300 920 4095 735 3270 920 4095 735 3270 460 2045 365 1625

MQK-41/3/600 23-5/8" 600 395 1755 365 1625 460 2045 365 1625 145 645 145 645

MQK-72/600 23-5/8" 600 1025 4560 645 2870 1025 4560 645 2870 510 2270 320 1425

MQK-21 D/300 11-13/16" 300 680 3025 680 3025 680 3025 680 3025 340 1510 340 1510

MQK-21 D/600 23-5/8" 600 280 1245 280 1245 340 1510 340 1510 105 465 105 465

F2 F2 F3 F3 F3
1/3 1/3 1/3 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4

Type of load 4 Type of load 5

F2 [lb] F3 [lb]
Bracket Steel 1 Fastener 2 Steel 1 Fastener 2
(continued from above) L (in.) L (mm) lb N lb N lb N lb N
MQK-21/300 11-13/16" 300 120 535 120 535 80 355 80 355

MQK-21/450 17-11/16" 450 60 265 60 265 35 155 35 155

MQK-41/3/300 11-13/16" 300 460 2045 365 1625 305 1355 245 1090

MQK-41/3/600 23-5/8" 600 230 1025 180 800 150 665 120 535

MQK-72/600 23-5/8" 600 510 2270 320 1425 340 1510 215 955

MQK-21 D/300 11-13/16" 300 340 1510 340 1510 225 1000 225 1000

MQK-21 D/600 23-5/8" 600 170 755 170 755 110 490 110 490

1 Loading capacity of bracket (steel load capacity) • The bracket’s own weight has been allowed for. • The application guidelines applicable to the
2 Loading capacity of bracket fastened with • Concrete strength minimum 2000 psi. anchor must be observed.
KB3 1/2" x 3-3/4" (with an embedment depth • Fastener loads based on no edge distance or • Load values for steel are based on the lesser
of 3"using published allowable load values) anchor spacing effects. Reference Section 4.3.5 of allowable stress, 25,000 psi, or a deflection
• The loads apply only if bracket fastenings are for details. limit of L/180
correctly positioned, i.e. strut opening pointing at the outer most loading point.
• Engineer of record is responsible for verifying
upwards. suitability of the components, connection,
anchor selection and base material for any
specific application.

[Link] Allowable Loads for MQK Brackets with MQK-SL Braces

F1 F1 F1

Bracket Length MQK-SL MQK-SL MQK-SL

in. mm. lb N lb N lb N
MQK-41/3/600 23-5/8" 600 1010 4500 785 3500 450 2000

MQK-72/600 23-5/8" 600 1350 6000 785 3500 560 2500

MQK-21 D/600 23-5/8" 600 785 3500 785 3500 335 1500

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 421
17_Install.qxd:H440.04_06 [Link] 12/30/07 1:24 AM Page 422

Installation Systems

6.3 Strut Fasteners

6.3.1 Pushbuttons
[Link] Product Description

The Hilti MQN Pushbutton is a single Product Features

unit preassembled hexagon bolt, washer • Spring action of MQN helps
and nut used for connections in the Hilti prevent slippage of connections
metal framing system. during assembly
• For use with Hilti MQW angles,
MQB clamps, MQV connectors,
MQP baseplates
• Single part replaces bolt, nut and
washer for reduced inventory
• Functions in all Hilti strut profiles
eliminating the need to stock
spring nuts for each depth
• Fast and easy installation for labor,
time and cost savings

[Link] Material Specifications

Material Carbon steel or Stainless Steel 316 Ti
Finish Electro-galvanized to 13 microns (PG)
Hot-dip galvanized according to ASTM A153 (HDG)
Width across flats 17mm - 11/16"

[Link] Technical Data

Allowable Loads1
Shear Shear Tightening
Tension single fastening double fastening Torque
Zrec (lb) Qrec (lb) Qrec (lb) MD (ft-lb)
Item 12 ga
MQN (PG) 1800 1125 2025 30
MQN-F (HDG) 1800 400 670 30
MQN-R (SS) 1800 1125 2025 30
1 Based on a safety factor of 2.2. Contact Hilti for loading information when using Hilti Pushbuttons in
non-serrated strut profiles.

[Link] Installation Instructions

1 2 3
MQN Pushbutton

1. Put in position. 2. Press and turn. 3. Tighten.

[Link] Ordering Information

Item No. Description Weight/Piece (lb) Box Qty
369623 MQN Pushbutton (PG) 0.145 50
304130 MQN-F Pushbutton (HDG) 0.185 25
304012 MQN-R Pushbutton (SS) 0.170 25

422 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
17_Install.qxd:H440.04_06 [Link] 12/30/07 1:24 AM Page 423

Installation Systems

Strut Fasteners 6.3

6.3.2 MQA-F Saddle Nut

[Link] Product Description

Features Trapeze application

• A single part for simple, 1. Secure threaded rod to ceiling.
time-saving installation
2. Thread hex nut & saddle nut onto
• For all types of channels
threaded rod.
3. Hold strut in place & simply twist
saddle nut into strut.
4. Tighten hex nut.

[Link] Material Specifications

Material Carbon steel
Finish Electro-galvanized to 13 microns (PG)
Hot-dip galvanized according to ASTM A153 (HDG)

[Link] Technical Data

Allowable Loads1 Tightening
Tension Torque
Zrec (lb) MD (ft-lb) 1/4"

Item 12 ga Finish 3/8"

MQA-F 1/4" 600 7 PG 1/2"
MQA-F 3/8" 1500 15 PG
5/8"
MQA-F 1/2" 1800 30 PG
MQA-F 5/8" 2100 30 PG
MQA-F 3/8"-F 1100 15 HDG
MQA-F 1/2"-F 1800 30 HDG
MQA-F 5/8"-F 1800 30 HDG
1 Based on a safety factor of 2.2.

[Link] Ordering Information

Connection Weight/Piece
Item No. Description Thread (lb) Box Qty

377884 MQA-F 1/4" 1/4" 0.194 50

377885 MQA-F 3/8" 3/8" 0.192 50
377886 MQA-F 1/2" 1/2" 0.183 50
377887 MQA-F 5/8" 5/8" 0.185 50
304143 MQA-F 3/8"-F 3/8" 0.192 25
304144 MQA-F 1/2"-F 1/2" 0.183 25
304145 MQA-F 5/8"-F 5/8" 0.185 25

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 423
17_Install.qxd:H440.04_06 [Link] 12/30/07 1:24 AM Page 424

Installation Systems

6.3 Strut Fasteners

6.3.3 MQM-F Strut Nut

[Link] Product Description

Features
• Alternative to spring nut
• Functions in shallow, standard and deep strut
• Eliminates stocking of spring nuts for each depth of strut
• Fast, easy installation

[Link] Material Specifications

Material Carbon steel or Stainless Steel 316 Ti
Finish Electro-galvanized to 13 microns (PG)
Hot-dip galvanized according to ASTM A153 (HDG)

1/4"
3/8"
1/2"

[Link] Technical Data

Allowable Loads1 Tightening
Tension Shear Torque
Zrec (lb) Qrec (lb) MD (ft-lb)
Item 12 ga Finish
MQM-F 1/4" 300 450 7 PG
MQM-F 3/8" 1500 1000 15 PG
MQM-F 1/2" 1800 1125 30 PG
MQM-F 3/8"-F 1800 400 30 HDG
MQM-F 1/2"-F 1800 400 30 HDG
MQM-F 3/8"-R 1800 1100 30 SS
MQM-F 1/2"-R 1800 1100 30 SS
1 Based on a safety factor of 2.2. Contact Hilti for loading information when using Hilti Strut Nuts
in non-serrated strut profiles.

[Link] Ordering Information

Connection Weight/Piece
Item No. Description Thread (lb) Box Qty
377881 MQM-F-1/4" 1/4" 0.077 50
377882 MQM-F-3/8" 3/8" 0.075 50
377883 MQM-F-1/2" 1/2" 0.073 50
304136 MQM-F-3/8"-F 3/8" 0.080 25
304137 MQM-F-1/2"-F 1/2" 0.080 25
304019 MQM-F-3/8"-R 3/8" 0.050 25
304020 MQM-F-1/2"-R 1/2" 0.050 25

424 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
17_Install.qxd:H440.04_06 [Link] 12/30/07 1:24 AM Page 425

Installation Systems

Hilti 3-D System 6.4

6.4.1 Product Description

Features
• Universal: few parts for • Quick and easy to use
all applications • 45° angle and bracing with
• For installation of angles or predetermined bending point
connectors on-site

6.4.2 Material Specifications

Material Carbon steel
Material Thickness 1/8" (3 mm)
Finish Electro-galvanized to 13 microns
Tightening Torque 30 ft-lb (40 Nm)

Tension/compression bracing
Example of Application Supported at both ends
Frec = 560 Ib (2.5 kN)
➁,➂

s
Variable angle

d
en
Frec = 560 Ib

h
ot
b
(2.5 kN)

at
d
Frec ≤ Qrec MQN

te
or
pp
Su
with MQ3D-B

Frec ≤ Qrec MQN 3/ " 3/ "

4 4
with MQ3D-B
➀,➁
Directly to strut ➂
Frec ≤ Qrec MQM-F3/8"
1-3/8" 3/ "
8
fastened to strut with
– MQZ-L3/8" base plate
– 3/8"-1" (min.) hex. bolt Frec = 560 Ib
– MQM-F3/8" strut nut (2.5 kN)
Variable angle

Note: The pre-assembled bolt may be

➀,➃ removed and replaced with an anchor
Tension bracing
Frec = 560 Ib (2.5 kN) or longer 3/8" bolt when mounting to
Frec ≤ Qrec MQN
with MQ3D-B Variable
surface other than the 3D Base
angle
Connector. All recommended loads
are based on a safety factor of 2.2.

Directly to strut
➃
Frec ≤ Qrec MQM-F3/8"

See Note fastened to strut with

See Note – MQZ-L3/8" base plate Frec = 560 Ib
– 3/8"-1" (min.) hex. bolt (2.5 kN)
Variable angle
– MQM-F3/8" strut nut

See Note

6.4.3 Ordering Information

3-9/16" 2-3/8" ➂ ➃
➀ ➁
1-15/16"
1-15/16"
45°
45°

1"
1"
1-3/16"
7/8" Weight/Piece
Item No. Description Shown above (lb) Box Qty

369694 MQ3D-B 3D Base Connector ➀ 0.454 20

369695 MQ3D-W90° 3D 90° Connector ➁ 0.467 20
369696 MQ3D-W45° 3D 45° Connector ➂ 0.337 16
369697 MQ3D-A 3D Threaded Rod Brace ➃ 0.209 20

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 425
17_Install.qxd:H440.04_06 [Link] 12/30/07 1:24 AM Page 426

Installation Systems

6.5 Angles & Connectors

6.5.1 MQW-Q2 Pre-assembled 90° Angle

[Link] Product Description

Features Advantages
• Single item 90° connection • Reduces inventory costs
• Fits all Hilti Strut • No parts to lose
• Utilizes pushbutton technology • Allows fast installation

[Link] Material Specifications

Material Carbon steel
Finish Electro-galvanized to 13 microns
Tightening Torque 30 ft-lb
Material Thickness 1/8" (3 mm)
Width Across Flats 11/16" (17 mm)

[Link] Installation Instructions

1 2

Frec 900 Ib (4.0 kN)

Supported at both ends

1. Press and turn. 2. Tighten.
Frec based on safety factor of 2.2 * Loads apply when used with Hilti serrated strut. Use with
non-serrated strut may result in a significant reduction in load
capacity. Contact Hilti for details.

[Link] Ordering Information

Weight/Piece
Item No. Description (lb) Box Qty
369655 MQW-Q2 90° Angle 0.441 20
2-3/16"

2-3/16"

426 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
17_Install.qxd:H440.04_06 [Link] 12/30/07 1:24 AM Page 427

Installation Systems

Angles & Connectors 6.5

6.5.2 MQW & MQV Angles & Connectors

[Link] Product Description
Features Opening dimensions:
• Universal: few parts for all applications
• Easy to use
• Three-dimensional

[Link] Material Specifications

Material Carbon steel
Material Thickness 3/16" (4 mm)
Finish Electro-galvanized to 13 microns

[Link] Angle Brackets Ordering Information

Three Hole 90° Angle
Features: Frec 1.8 x Qrec of
• 3- hole angle for Pushbuttons Single MQN pushbutton A
4-3/8"
Item No. Description Weight/Piece (lb) Box Qty 2-3/8" A

369656 MQW-3 0.353 20 Supported at both ends

Frec based on safety factor of 2.2

Four Hole 90° Angle

Features: Frec Qrec
2-3/16" (MQN A )
• 4- hole angle for Pushbuttons
• 90° angle A

• Replace left and right hole single corner connector Supported at both ends

Frec based on safety factor of 2.2

Item No. Description Weight/Piece (lb) Box Qty
369658 MQW-4 0.485 10

Eight Hole 90° Angle

Features: Frec 1.8 x Qrec of
• 8- hole angle for Pushbuttons 4-1/8" Single MQN pushbutton A

• 90° angle
• Replace left and right hole single corner connector A
Supported at both ends

Item No. Description Weight/Piece (lb) Box Qty Frec based on safety factor of 2.2
369659 MQW-8/90° 0.926 10

Three Hole 45° Angle

Compression: Frec 1685 Ib (7.5 kN)
Features: 4-3/16"
Tension: Frec 1350 Ib (6.0 kN)
(double bolted A )
• 3- hole angle for Pushbuttons 45°
A
2-3/16"
Item No. Description Weight/Piece (lb) Box Qty
369657 MQW-3/45° 0.342 20
Frec based on safety factor of 2.2

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 427
17_Install.qxd:H440.04_06 [Link] 12/30/07 1:24 AM Page 428

Installation Systems

6.5 Angles & Connectors

[Link] Angle Brackets Ordering Information

Eight Hole 45° Angle

Features:
• 8- hole angle for Pushbuttons
• Replace left and right hole single corner connector
Item No. Description Weight/Piece (lb) Box Qty
369660 MQW-8/45° 0.904 10

Frec based on safety factor of 2.2

Single Brace Angle Bracket

Features:
• Two-dimensional bracket for Pushbuttons
• For heavy wall/ceiling attachment to strut or base material
Item No. Description Weight/Piece (lb) Box Qty
369664 MQW-S/1 1.014 10
Frec based on safety factor of 2.2

Double Brace Angle Bracket

7-7/8"
Features:
• 4-hole angle for Pushbuttons
• For heavy wall/ceiling attachment to strut or base material
Item No. Description Weight/Piece (lb) Box Qty 7-7/8"

369665 MQW-S/2 2.602 10 Frec based on safety factor of 2.2

3-15/16"

9/ "
16

428 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
17_Install.qxd:H440.04_06 [Link] 12/30/07 1:24 AM Page 429

Installation Systems

Angles & Connectors 6.5

[Link] Angle Brackets Ordering Information

MQV-2/2D Connector
6-1/2"

Features:
• Two-dimensional double connector for Pushbuttons
Item No. Description Weight/Piece (lb) Box Qty 4-7/16"

369638 MQV-2/2D 0.966 10

MQV-3/2D Connector 6-1/2"

Features:
• Three-dimensional double connector for Pushbuttons
Item No. Description Weight/Piece (lb) Box Qty 4-7/16"
369640 MQV-3/2D 1.356 10

MV-3/2D X Connector 10-1/4"

Features:
• Three-dimensional heavy-duty double connector for Pushbuttons 6-11/16"

Item No. Description Weight/Piece (lb) Box Qty

339590 MV-3/2D X 3.245 10

2"

2-3/16"
MQV-3/3D Connector
Features:
• Three-dimensional double connector for Pushbuttons
Item No. Description Weight/Piece (lb) Box Qty
369641 MQV-3/3D 0.994 10 4-7/16"

MQV-4/3D Connector 2-3/16"

Features:
• Three-dimensional double connector for Pushbuttons
Item No. Description Weight/Piece (lb) Box Qty
369642 MQV-4/3D 1.698 10 4-7/16"

MQV-12 Connector
8-1/16"
Features:
1-3/4"
• Splice connector for Hilti strut using Pushbuttons
Item No. Description Weight/Piece (lb) Box Qty
369643 MQV-12 1.224 10

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 429
17_Install.qxd:H440.04_06 [Link] 12/30/07 1:24 AM Page 430

Installation Systems

6.5 Angles & Connectors

[Link] Splice Plates Ordering Information

Four Hole Splice Plate

Features: 8-1/16"

• Splice plate for Pushbuttons

Item No. Description Weight/Piece (lb) Box Qty
369644 MQV-P4 0.415 10

Two Hole Tee Splice Plate

Features:
1-7/8"
• Splice plate for Pushbuttons 3-3/4"

Item No. Description Weight/Piece (lb) Box Qty

370630 MQV-P2 0.22 10 1-5/8"

Four Hole Tee Splice Plate

Features:
• Splice plate for Pushbuttons
Item No. Description Weight/Piece (lb) Box Qty
369645 MQV-T 0.432 10

Three Hole Cross Splice Plate

Features:
• Splice plate for Pushbuttons
Item No. Description Weight/Piece (lb) Box Qty
370629 MQV-P3 0.309 10

Five Hole Cross Splice Plate

Features:
• Splice plate for Pushbuttons
Item No. Description Weight/Piece (lb) Box Qty
370631 MQV-P5 0.309 10

430 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
17_Install.qxd:H440.04_06 [Link] 12/30/07 1:24 AM Page 431

Installation Systems

MQB Clamps 6.6

6.6.1 Product Description

Features
• Universal: few parts for all applications
• Easy to use

6.6.2 Material Specifications

Material Carbon steel
Material Thickness 3/16" (4 mm)
Finish Electro-galvanized to 13 microns

6.6.3 Ordering Information 3/ "

4 3/ "
4

MQB-21 Clamp 6-5/16"

Features: 1-3/8" 3/ "
4-3/16" 8
• 3-hole clamps for Pushbuttons
• For use with 13/16" strut

Item No. Description Weight/Piece (lb) Box Qty

369666 MQB-21 0.465 10

MQB-41 Clamp 6-5/16"

Features: 4-3/16"
• 5-hole clamps for Pushbuttons
• For use with 1-5/8" strut

Item No. Description Weight/Piece (lb) Box Qty

369668 MQB-41 0.536 10

MQB-82 Clamp
6-5/16"
Features:
• 7-hole clamps for Pushbuttons
• For use with 1-5/8" back to back strut

Item No. Description Weight/Piece (lb) Box Qty

369671 MQB-82 0.75 10 4-3/16"

MQB-G41 Clamp 9-1/16"

Features: 6-5/16"
• 3-hole clamps for Pushbuttons
• Wall attachment for 1-5/8" strut

Item No. Description Weight/Piece (lb) Box Qty 13/16" x 9/16"

369674 MQB-G41 0.807 10

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 431
17_Install.qxd:H440.04_06 [Link] 12/30/07 1:24 AM Page 432

Installation Systems

6.7 Strut Bases

6.7.1 Product Description

Features
• Reliable and easy to use
• Connection of strut to base material

6.7.2 Material Specifications

Material Carbon steel
Material Thickness 3/16" (4 mm)
Finish Electro-galvanized to 13 microns

6.7.3 Technical Data

Pushbutton Tightening Torque
Item Frec (lb)1, 2 Bolt (A) MD (ft-lb)
MQV-2/2D-14 1750 Double MQN 30
MQP-21-72 2025 Double MQN 30
3/ " 3/ "
4 4 MQP-82 2835 Quadruple MQN 30
MQP-G 2025 Double MQN 30
MQP 1/1 1125 Single MQN 30
MQP 45 1125 Single MQN 30
1-3/8" 3/ "
8
1 Based on a safety factor of 2.2
2 Separate design verification of the fastening on the base material must be provided

6.7.4 Ordering Information

Wall and Ceiling Strut Base
6-1/2"

A 4-7/16"
Features:
• Two-dimensional double connector for Pushbuttons Frec

• Wall, ceiling or floor mount. Used with KB3 or HDI anchors 4-7/16"
13/ 9/
16" x 16"
Item No. Description Weight/Piece (lb) Box Qty
369639 MQV-2/2D-14 0.966 10

Light Duty Strut Base

Features:
• One hole connector for Pushbuttons
• Attaches strut to base material
9/ 3
16" x /4"
Item No. Description Weight/Piece (lb) Box Qty
2-3/8"
369646 MQP-1/1 0.243 20
2-3/8"

Standard Strut Base

A

Features: 4-1/8"
• 6-hole base for Pushbuttons Frec
13/ 9
16" x /16"
• Attachment to wall, ceiling or floor with KB3 or HDI anchors 1/ "
4
• Baseplate thickness 1/4" (6 mm)
5-5/16"
3-1/8" 7-5/16"
Item No. Description Weight/Piece (lb) Box Qty
369651 MQP-21-72 2.535 12

432 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
17_Install.qxd:H440.04_06 [Link] 12/30/07 1:24 AM Page 433

Installation Systems

Strut Bases 6.7

1-5/8" Back to Back Strut Base

A A

Features:
Frec 3/ " 3/ "
• 12-hole base for Pushbuttons 4-3/16"
4 4
• Attachment to wall, ceiling or floor with KB3 or HDI anchors 13 9
/16" x /16"
• Baseplate thickness 5/16" (8 mm) 5/ "
16

1-3/8" 3/ "
8
Item No. Description Weight/Piece (lb) Box Qty 5-7/8"
3-15/16" 7-7/8"
369652 MQP-82 4.145 8

Pivot Base
Features:
6"
• Attachment to wall, ceiling or floor with KB3 or HDI anchors
• Adjustable Angle
13/ 9 1-15/16"
16" x /16"
Item No. Description Weight/Piece (lb) Box Qty
2-15/16"
369654 MQP-G 2.326 10 2-15/16"
2-1/8" 7-1/2"

45° Base
Features:
• 4-hole 45° angle mount for Pushbuttons
4-1/8"
• Attachment to wall, ceiling or floor with KB3 or HDI anchors
45°

9/
Item No. Description Weight/Piece (lb) Box Qty 16"

369649 MQP-45° 0.772 10 1-5/8" 1-5/8"

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 433
17_Install.qxd:H440.04_06 [Link] 12/30/07 1:24 AM Page 434

Installation Systems

6.8 Accessories

6.8.1 Base Plates

7/ "
[Link] Product Description 16
9/ "
16
11/ "
Features: 16

• For wall, ceiling or floor attachment of angles, 2-1/16"

1-13/16"
connectors or brackets
with KB3 or HDI anchors 3 /16"
• For strut nut or spring nut applications with angles,
connectors and brackets
• Used as heavy plate washer for strut
For Weight/Piece Box
Item No. Description Thread ⭋ (lb/g) Qty
370632 MQZ-L 3/8" 3/8" 7/16" 0.203 / 92 20
370633 MQZ-L 1/2" 1/2" 9/16" 0.185 / 84 20
370634 MQZ-L 5/8" 5/8" 11/16" 0.176 / 80 20

[Link] Material Specifications

Material Carbon steel
Finish Electro-galvanized to 13 microns

6.8.2 Strut Tie

[Link] Product Information

Features:
• For user-assembled back to back struts
➀
Width Across Weight/Piece
Item No. Description Flats (mm) (lb/g) Box Qty

369691 ➀ MQZ-SS* Locking device 13 mm 0.006/2.5 40

All. tensile load,1 All. shear load,1 Tightening torque,

Item Zrec (lb/kN) Qrec (lb/kN) MD (ft-lb/Nm)
MQZ-SS 675/3.0 1125/5.0 15/20
1 All loads based on a safety factor of 2.2

[Link] Material Specifications

Material Carbon steel
Finish Electro-galvanized to 13 microns

6.8.3 Strut End Cap

[Link] Product Information
Features:
• For use with all Hilti strut profiles
• Helps protect sharp edges when handling strut
Item No. Description Box Qty
244886 MEK Red 50
313377 MEK Gray 50

434 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
17_Install.qxd:H440.04_06 [Link] 12/30/07 1:24 AM Page 435

Installation Systems

SLC Speed Lock Clevis 6.9

6.9.1 Product Description

The innovative design of the Speed Features
Lock System greatly increases the • Unique speed lock system elimi-
efficiency and productivity of pipe nates hanger disassembly
installations. • One piece hanger prevents lost or
dropped nuts and bolts
• FM approved and UL, cUL listed
• Stainless-steel spring on locking
device for long term reliable per-
formance

6.9.2 Technical Data

Size Range 2" to 8" pipe sizes
Material Electro-galvanized to 13 microns

6.9.3 Installation Instructions

Listings & Approvals

UL, cUL (Underwriters Laboratories)
2" to 8"
FM (Factory Mutual)
2" to 8"
Conforms with:
Federal specifications WW-H-171E
(Type 1)
Manufacturers Standardization Society RS
MSS-SP-58 (Type 1) Open Hanger
Installation:
Install in accordance with MSS-SP-69

MRI
S A
H CL

Close Hanger

6.9.4 Ordering Information

Weight MRI Max
Item No. Description Qty per Pipe H W CL RS Min. rod A S allow.
piece (lb) size Rod size insertion load (lb)*

SLC-EG 2" 334700 1 0.32 2" 5" 3-9/16" 3-5/8" 3/8" 9/16" 1-1/8" 5/16" 610
SLC-EG 3" 334701 1 0.69 3" 6-7/8" 5-1/16" 4-13/16" 1/2" 3/4" 1-5/16" 7/16" 1130
SLC-EG 4" 334702 1 1.06 4" 8-1/2" 6-1/8" 5-7/8" 5/8" 15/16" 1-5/8" 7/16" 1430
SLC-EG 5" 334703 1 1.33 5" 9-3/4" 7-5/16" 6-9/16" 5/8" 15/16" 1-3/4" 9/16" 1430
SLC-EG 6" 334704 1 2.80 6" 11-1/4" 8-15/16" 7-7/16" 3/4" 1-1/16" 1-13/16" 11/16" 1940
SLC-EG 8" 334705 1 3.75 8" 13-13/16" 11-3/16" 8-15/16" 3/4" 1-3/16" 2-3/16" 11/16" 2000
* Maximum allowable loads based on the lower of:
1 Maximum safe load of the threaded hanger rod at rod temperature of 650°F per Manufacturer’s Standardization Society Standard Practice 58.
2 Allowable load for SLC-EG hanger with a safety factor of 3.
3 Industry standard for clevis hangers.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 435
17_Install.qxd:H440.04_06 [Link] 12/30/07 1:24 AM Page 436

Installation Systems

Notes

436 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
18_Refer.QXD:H440.04_07 [Link] 12/30/07 1:26 AM Page 437

Installation Systems

Notes

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 437
18_Refer.QXD:H440.04_07 [Link] 12/30/07 1:26 AM Page 438

Reference

7.1 Approvals & Listings

7.1.1 ICC-ES
(International 7.1.2 COLA
Code Council) (City of Los Angeles)
Evaluation Reports Approvals

Report No. Title Report No. Title

ESR-1385 Kwik Bolt 3 Masonry Anchors 23709 Hilti HDI Expansion Anchors
ESR-1545 Hilti HSL-3 Carbon Steel Metric Heavy Duty 24564 HIT Adhesive Anchor and HIT Combination
Concrete Anchors in Concrete Anchor for use in unreinforced brick walls
ESR-1546 Hilti HDA Carbon Steel and Stainless Steel 25257 Hilti HIT HY-150 Adhesive Anchor Systems
Metric Undercut Anchors in Concrete
25290 HSL Metric Heavy Duty Expansion Anchors
ESR-1663 Hilti Low-Velocity Powder-Actuated Fasteners
25296 Hilti Fasteners and Self-Drilling Screws for Steel
ESR-1752 Low-Velocity Power-Driven Track Fasteners Diaphragm Attachment
ESR-1917 Hilti Kwik Bolt TZ Carbon and Stainless Steel 25363 Hilti HVA (HVU) Adhesive Anchor System for
Anchors in Concrete Normal Weight Concrete
ESR-1967 Hilti HIT HY-150 MAX Adhesive Anchor System 25422 Hilti HDA Metric Self-undercutting Concrete
Anchors
ESR-2179 CF 810 Crack and Joint Foam
25514 Hilti RE-500 Adhesive Anchoring System
ESR-2184 Hilti Low-Velocity Powder-Actuated Ceiling
Clip Assemblies 25515 Hilti HIT-TZ and HIT-RTZ Adhesive
Anchoring Systems
ESR-2196 Hilti Kwik-Pro Self-Drilling Screws (HWH)
25577 Kwik Bolt 3 Concrete and Masonry Anchors
ESR-2197 Steel Deck and Concrete Filled Diaphragms
Attached with Hilti Fasteners 25646 Hilti Low-Velocity Power Driven Fasteners
ESR-2199 Steel Deck Diaphragms with Verco 25651 Low-Velocity Powder-Actuated Ceiling
Sheartranz II® Resisting Elements Clip Assemblies
ESR-2269 Hilti Low-Velocity X-U Universal Powder- 25662 Low-Velocity Power-Driven Track Fasteners
Actuated Fasteners
25675 Low-Velocity X-U Universal Powder-
ESR-2322 Hilti HIT-RE 500-SD Adhesive Anchors in Driven Fasteners
Concrete
25678 Hilti Kwik-Pro Self-Drilling Screws (HWH)
ESR-2347 Hilti Low-Velocity Powder-Actuated Driven
Threaded Studs for Attachment to Steel 25684 Low-Velocity Powder-Actuated Driven Threaded
Studs for Attachment to Steel
ESR-2379 Exterior or Perimeter Sill and Interior Plate
Anchorages
ER-4780 Hilti Kwik-Flex Self-Drilling Screws 7.1.3 Metro Dade
ER-4815 HIT HY-20 Adhesive Anchor Systems for County Approvals
Un-reinforced Masonry
ER-5193 Hilti HIT HY-150 Adhesive Anchor Systems Report No. Title

ER-5259 Kwik Con II Concrete and Masonry 03-0709.01 Powder Driven Fastener (X-ZF 72 P8S36)
Screw Anchors 06-1127.06 Hilti HIT HY-150 Injection Adhesive Anchor
06-0810.13 Hilti Kwik Bolt 3 Concrete
Expansion Anchors

438 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
18_Refer.QXD:H440.04_07 [Link] 12/30/07 1:26 AM Page 439

Reference

Approvals & Listings 7.1

7.1.4 UL/cUL 7.1.5 FMRC

(Underwriters (Factory Mutual)
Laboratories) Listings Approvals

File No. Title File No. Application / Product

EX2258 Pipe Hangers 3021719 Steel Deck Roof Construction (class 1-90)
Powder Actuated Fasteners Powder-Actuated Steel Deck Fasteners
EW10-30-15P10, W10-30-32P10 and X-ENP-19 L15, ENPH2-21 L15,
W10-30-42P10 X-EDN19 THQ12, X-EDNK22 THQ12
EX2709 Pipe Hangers 3011115 Steel Deck Roof Construction (class 1-90)
Hilti Kwik Bolt 3 Anchors 3/8" to 3/4" Extended Spans for Selected Hilti Steel Deck
Hilti Kwik Bolt TZ Anchors 3/8” to 3/4” Fasteners and Hilti S-MD 12-14x1 Stitch and
Hilti HDI Anchors 3/8" to 3/4" Diameters S-MD 10-16x7/8 Pilot Fasteners for Securing
Hilti HDI-L Anchors 3/8” and 1/2” Diameters Steel Deck Side Laps
Hilti HCI-WF Anchors 3/8" and 1/2" Diameters
Hilti HCI-MD Anchors 3/8" and 1/2" Diameters 3019100 Pipe Hanger Components
Hilti SLC-EG 2" to 8" HDI 3/8" to 3/4" HDI-L 3/8" and 1/2"
HDI-P 3/8"
R13203 Roof Deck Construction Nos 58, 87, 156,
and 157 Powder Actuated and Pneumatic 3021265 Pipe Hanger Components
Driven Fasteners Kwik Bolt 3 Anchors 3/8" to 3/4"

E217969 Power Driven Hangers 3024488 Pipe Hanger Components

Hilti X-HSW6 and X-HSW10 Kwik Bolt TZ Anchors 3/8" to 3/4"

E201485 Wire Positioning Devices 3019101 Pipe Hanger Components

Hilti X-ECH/FR-L, X-ECH/FR-M, X-ECH/FR-S HCI-WF 3/8" to 1/2"
HCI-MD 3/8" to 1/2"
3021617 Pipe Hanger Components
HCI-WF 5/8" to 3/4"
HCI-MD 5/8" to 3/4"
3026695 Pipe Hanger Components
X-EW6H
X-EW10H

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 439
18_Refer.QXD:H440.04_07 [Link] 12/30/07 1:26 AM Page 440

Reference

7.2 Reference Standards

7.2.1 ASTM Standards C34 Standard Specification for Structural Clay Load-
Bearing Wall Tile
for Materials
C36 Standard Specification for Gypsum Wallboard

Standard Title C62 Specification for Building Brick (Solid Masonry

Units Made from Clay or Shale)
A36 Specification for Structural Steel
C90 Specification for Load-Bearing Concrete
A108 Specification for Steel Bars, Carbon, Masonry Units
Cold-finished, Standard Quality
C109 Standard Test Method for Compressive
A109 Standard Specification for Steel, Strip, Strength of Hydraulic Cement Mortars
Carbon (0.25 Maximum Percent), Cold-Rolled (Using 2-in. or [50-mm] Cube Specimens)
A193 Specification for Alloy-Steel and Stainless Steel C150 Standard Specification for Portland Cement
Bolting Materials for High-Temperature Service
C157 Standard Test Method for Length Change
A240 Specification for Heat-resisting Chromium and of Hardened Hydraulic-Cement, Mortar,
Chromium-Nickel Stainless Steel Plate, Sheet, and Concrete
and Strip for Pressure Vessels
C191 Standard Test Method for Time of Setting
A276 Specification for Stainless and Heat-resisting of Hydraulic Cement by Vicat Needle
Steel Bars and Shapes
C230 Standard Specification for Flow Table for Use
A307 Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, in Tests of Hydraulic Cement
60,000 psi Tensile Strength
C266 Standard Test Method for Time of Setting of
A420 Standard Specification for Piping Fittings of Hydraulic-Cement Paste by Gillmore Needles
Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Low-
Temperature Service C270 Standard Specification for Mortar for
Unit Masonry
A446 Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated
(Galvanized) by the Hot-Dip Process, Structural C330 Specification for Lightweight Aggregates
(Physical) Quality (Withdrawn 1994) for Structural Concrete

A493 Specification for Stainless and Heat-resisting C332 Specification for Lightweight Aggregates
Steel for Cold Heading and Cold Forging Bar for Insulating Concrete
and Wire C474 Standard Test Methods for Joint Treatment
A 510 Specification for General Requirements for Wire Materials for Gypsum Board Construction
Rods and Coarse Round Wire, Carbon Steel C476 Specification for Grout for Masonry
A 563 Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts C580 Test Method for Flexural Strength and
A570 Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Modulus of Elasticity of Chemical-Resistant
Strip, Carbon, Hot-Rolled (Withdrawn 2000) Mortars, Grouts, Monolithic Surfacings,
and Polymer Concrete
A572 Standard Specification for High-Strength Low-
Alloy Columbium-Vanadium Structural Steel C642 Standard Test Method for Density, Absorption,
and Voids in Hardened Concrete
A611 Standard Specification for Structural Steel (SS),
Sheet, Carbon, Cold-Rolled (Withdrawn 2000) C652 Standard Specification for Hollow Brick (Hollow
Masonry Units Made from Clay or Shale)
A615 Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel
Bars for Concrete Reinforcement C666 Standard Test Method for Resistance of
Concrete to Rapid Freezing and Thawing
A616 Specification for Rail-Steel Deformed and Plain
Bars for Concrete Reinforcement C672 Standard Test Method for Scaling Resistance
of Concrete Surfaces Exposed to
A617 Specification for Axle-Steel Deformed and Plain Deicing Chemicals
Bars for Concrete Reinforcement
C827 Standard Test Method for Change in Height at
A653 Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc- Early Ages of Cylindrical Specimens of
Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated Cementitious Mixtures
(Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process
C881 Specification for Epoxy-Resin-Base Bonding
A682 Standard Specification for Steel, Strip, High- Systems for Concrete
Carbon, Cold-Rolled, General Requirements For
C882 Test Method for Bond Strength of Epoxy-Resin
A992 Standard Specification for Steel for Structural Systems Used with Concrete
Shapes For Use in Building Framing
C928 Standard Specification for Packaged, Dry,
B117 Standard Practice for Operating Salt Spray Rapid-Hardening Cementitious Materials for
(Fog) Apparatus Concrete Repairs
C33 Specification for Concrete Aggregates continued on following page…

440 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
18_Refer.QXD:H440.04_07 [Link] 12/30/07 1:26 AM Page 441

Reference

Reference Standards 7.2

7.2.1 ASTM Standards G15 Standard Terminology Relating to Corrosion

and Corrosion Testing
for Materials (cont’d)
G85 Standard Practice for Modified Salt Spray
(Fog) Testing
Standard Title
G87 Standard Practice for Conducting Moist
C939 Standard Test Method for Flow of Grout for SO2 Tests
Preplaced-Aggregate Concrete
(Flow Cone Method)
C942 Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength 7.2.2 ASTM Plating Standards
of Grouts for Preplaced-Aggregate Concrete in
the Laboratory
Standard Title
C954 Standard Specifiction for Steel Drill Screws for
the Application of Gypsum Panel Products or A153 Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and
Metal Plaster Bases to Steel Studs From 0.033 Steel Hardware
in. (0.84 mm) to 0.112 in. (2.84 mm) in Thickness
B633 Electrodeposited Coatings of Zinc on Iron
C1002 Standard Specifiction for Steel Drill Screws and Steel
for the Application of Gypsum Board of Metal
Plaster Bases to Wood or Steel Studs B695 Coatings of Zinc Mechanically Deposited on
Iron and Steel
C1090 Standard Test Method for Measuring Changes
in Height of Cylindrical Specimens from F1941 Standard Specification for Electrodeposited
Hydraulic-Cement Grout Coatings on Threaded Fasteners
(Unified Screw Threads, UN/UNR)
C1107 Standard Specification for packaged Dry,
Hydraulic-Cement Grout (Nonshrink)
C1513 Standard Specification for Steel Tapping Screws 7.2.3 Federal Specifications
for Cold-Formed Steel Framing Connections
D256 Standard Test Method for Determining the Izod Standard Title
Pendulm Impact Resistance of Plastics
A-A-1922A Shield, Expansion (Caulking Anchors,
D635 Standard Test Method for Rate of Burning Single Lead)
and/or Extent and Time of Burning of Plastics in
a Horizontal Position A-A-1923A Shield, Expansion (Lag, Machine and
Externally Threaded Wedge Bolt Anchor)
D638 Test Method for Tensile Properties of Plastics
A-A-1924A Shield, Expansion (Self Drilling Tubular
D648 Test Method for Deflection Temperature Expansion Shell Bolt Anchors)
of Plastics Under Flexural Load in the
Edgewise Position A-A-55615 Shield, Expansion (Wood Screw and
Lag Bolt Self-Threading Anchors)
D695 Test Method for Compressive Properties of
Rigid Plastics A-A-55614 Shield, Expansion, Non-drilling (Wood Screw
and Lag Bolt Self-Threading Anchors)
D790 Standard Test Method Flexural Properties of
Unreinforced and Reinforced Plastics and
Electrical Insulating Materials
7.2.4 ANSI Standards
E380 Standard Practice for Use of the International
System of Units, SI (The Modernized
Metric System) Standard Title
E488 Test Method for Strength of Anchors in Concrete A10.3 Powder-Actuated Fastening Systems –
and Masonry Elements Safety Requirements
E1190 Test Methods for Strength of Powder-Actuated B18.2.2 Square and Hex Nuts (Inch Series)
Fasteners Installed in Structural Members
B18.22.1 Plain Washers (Inch Series)
E1512 Standard Test Methods for Testing Bond
Performance of Bonded Anchors B212.15 Carbide-Tipped Masonry Drills and Blanks
for Carbide – Tipped Masonry Drills
F436 Specification for Hardened Steel Washers
Standard 61 Drinking Water System Components –
F593 Specification for Stainless Steel Bolts, Health Effects
Hex Cap Screws and Studs
F594 Specification for Stainless Steel Nuts
F844 Standard Specification for Washers, Steel,
Plain (Flat), Unhardened for General Use

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 441
18_Refer.QXD:H440.04_07 [Link] 12/30/07 1:26 AM Page 442

Reference

7.3 Technical References

7.3.1 Metric Conversions

and Equivalents

The Metric Conversion Act of 1975, as amended by the Table 1 : Diameters

Omnibus Trade and Competitiveness Act of 1988, establish-
Inch-Pound System Hard Metric Conversion Use for Soft Metric
es the SI (System International) metric system as the pre- Inch mm Conversion mm
ferred system of measurement in the United States. 1/4 6.35 6
Many products are currently manufactured and supplied in SI 5/16 7.94 8
or “hard” metric sizes such as anchor bolts of 10 mm, 12 3/8 9.52 10
mm, 26 mm, etc. diameter. Where the inch-pound system is 1/2 12.70 12
given or used, “soft” metric conversion can sometimes be 5/8 15.88 16
used (but specifically not when selecting a drill bit for 3/4 19.05 20
installing mechanical anchors, where it is critical to only use 1 25.40 25
1-1/4 31.75 32
the specified Imperial or Metric diameter bit). The soft
conversion diameters for anchor bolts is given by Table 1.
Standard metric conversion factors commonly used for
fastening products are given in Tables 2 & 3.

Table 2 : Imperial Units to SI Units Table 3 : SI Units to Imperial Units

To Convert Into Multiply By To Convert Into Multiply By

Length Length
inch (in.) millimeter (mm) 25.4000 millimeter (mm) inch (in.) 0.0394
foot (ft) meter (m) 0.3048 meter (m) foot (ft) 3.2808

Area Area
square inch (in2) square millimeter (mm2) 645.1600 square millimeter (mm2) square inch (in2) 0.0016
square inch (in2) square centimeter (cm2) 6.4516 square centimeter (cm2) square inch (in2) 0.1550
square foot (ft2) square meter (m2) 0.0929 square meter (m2) square foot (ft2) 10.7639

Volume Volume
cubic inch (in3) cubic centimeter (cm3) 16.3871 cubic centimeter (cm3) cubic inch (in3) 0.0610
cubic foot (ft3) cubic meter (m3) 0.0283 cubic meter (m3) cubic foot (ft3) 35.3147
gallon (US gal) liter (L) 3.7854 liter (L) gallon (US gal) 0.2642

Force Force
pound force (lbf) newton (N) 4.4482 newton (N) pound force (lbf) 0.2248
pound force (lbf) kilonewton (kN) 0.0044 kilonewton (kN) pound force (lbf) 224.8089

Pressure Pressure
pound/square inch (psi) newton/square millimeter (N/mm2) 0.0069 newton/square millimeter pound/square inch (psi) 145.0400
pound/square inch (psi) mega pascal (MPa) 0.0069 (N/mm2)
KIP/square inch (ksi) mega pascal (MPa) 6.8946 mega pascal (MPa) pound/square inch (psi) 145.0400
pounds/square foot (psf) newton/square meter (N/m2) 47.8801 mega pascal (MPa) KIP/square inch (ksi) 0.1450
newton/square meter (N/m2) pounds/square foot (psf) 0.0209
Torque or Bending Moment
foot pound (ft-lb) newton meter (N/m) 1.3558 Torque or Bending Moment
inch pound (in-lb) newton meter (N/m) 0.1130 newton meter (N/m) foot pound (ft-lb) 0.7376
newton meter (N/m) inch pound (in-lb) 8.8496
Diaphragm Shear
pounds/foot (plf) newton/meter (N/m) 14.5939 Diaphragm Shear
newton/meter (N/m) pounds/lineal foot (plf) 0.0685

442 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
18_Refer.QXD:H440.04_07 [Link] 12/30/07 1:26 AM Page 443

Reference

Technical References 7.3

7.3.2 Mechanical Properties of Materials

Carbon Steel

Grade Nominal Size Min. Yield Strength Min. Ultimate Strength

Designation (in.) ksi (MPa) ksi (MPa)
ASTM A36 All 36 (248) 58 (400)
ASTM A193, B 7 1/4 thru 2-1/2 105 (724) 125 (862)
AISI 1038 (As Rec’d) 1/4 to 1-1/4 41 (282) 75 (517)
AISI 11L41 over 5/8 thru 1 75 (517) 90 (620)
AISI 1110 M (As Rec’d) 1/4 to 5/8 44 (303) 53 (365)
AISI 12L14 5/8 thru 1-1/2 60 (414) 78 (538)
AISI 1010 (As Rec’d) 1/4 thru 3/4 44 (303) 53 (365)
ASTM A307 1/4 to 4 – – 60 (414)
ASTM A325 1/2 thru 1 92 (634) 120 (827)
over 1 thru 1-1/2 81 (558) 105 (724)
ASTM A449 1/4 thru 1 92 (634) 120 (827)
over 1 thru 1-1/2 81 (558) 105 (724)
ASTM A510 3/8 thru 3/4 70 (480) 87 (600)
SAE Grade 2 1/4 thru 3/4 57 (393) 74 (510)
over 3/4 to 1-1/2 36 (248) 60 (414)
SAE Grade 5 1/4 thru 1 92 (634) 120 (827)
over 1 to 1-1/2 81 (558) 105 (724)
SAE Grade 8 1/4 thru 1-1/2 130 (896) 150 (1034)
ISO 898-1 Class 5.8 All 58 (400) 72.5 (500)
ISO 898-1 Class 8.8 All 92.8 (640) 116 (800)

Stainless Steel

Grade Nominal Size Yield Strength Ultimate Strength

ASTM/AISI (in.) ksi (MPa) ksi (MPa)
F 593 / 304 / 316 1/4 thru 5/8 65 (448) 100 (689)
3/4 thru 1-1/2 45 (310) 85 (586)
A 193, B8/304/316 1/4 thru 1-1/2 30 (205) 74.6 (515)
A 276 / 304 1/4 thru 9/16 76 (524) 90 (620)
over 9/16 64 (441) 76 (524)
A 276 / 316 1/4 thru 9/16 76 (524) 90 (620)
over 9/16 64 (441) 76 (524)
A 493 / 304 All 60 (414) 90 (627)
A 582 / 303 All 60 (414) 100 (689)
DIN 267 All 65.3 (450) 101.5 (700)
Part 11, A4-70

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 443
18_Refer.QXD:H440.04_07 [Link] 12/30/07 1:26 AM Page 444

Reference

7.3 Technical References

7.3.3 Bolt Thread Data

Basic Dimensions for UNC Coarse Thread Series—ANSI B1.1-1982

Basic Diameter Threads Area*

Nominal
Major Minor per Nominal Minor Tensile Stress
Size
in. (D) in. Inch (n) in2 in2 in2

No. 10 0.1900 0.1449 24 0.0284 0.0145 0.0175

No. 12 0.2160 0.1709 24 0.0366 0.0206 0.0242
1/4 0.2500 0.1959 20 0.0491 0.0269 0.0318
5/16 0.3125 0.2524 18 0.0767 0.0454 0.0524
3/8 0.3750 0.3073 16 0.1104 0.0678 0.0775
7/16 0.4375 0.3602 14 0.1503 0.0933 0.1063
1/2 0.5000 0.4167 13 0.1963 0.1257 0.1419
9/16 0.5625 0.4723 12 0.2485 0.1620 0.1819
5/8 0.6250 0.5266 11 0.3068 0.2017 0.2260
3/4 0.7500 0.6417 10 0.4418 0.3019 0.3345
7/8 0.8750 0.7547 9 0.6013 0.4192 0.4617
1 1.0000 0.8647 8 0.7854 0.5509 0.6057
1-1/8 1.1250 0.9704 7 0.9940 0.6929 0.7633
1-1/4 1.2500 1.0954 7 1.2272 0.8896 0.9691

( )
2
* Minor Area = 0.7854 D - 1.3
n

( )
2
Tensile Stress Area = 0.7854 D - 0.9743
n

THREAD
PITCH

Basic Profile
Basic
for UN, UNR major
diameter
& Metric M
Basic
Screw pitch
diameter
Threads Minor
diameter

Basic Dimensions for M Profile Metric Thread Series – ANSI B1.13M-1979

Basic Diameter Thread Area*
Nominal Major Minor Pitch Nominal Tensile
Size mm (D) mm mm (P) mm2 Stress mm2
M8 8 6.62 1.25 50.3 36.6
M10 10 8.34 1.50 78.5 58.0
M12 12 10.07 1.75 113.1 84.3
M16 16 13.80 2.00 201.1 157.0
M20 20 17.25 2.50 314.2 245.0
M24 24 20.70 3.00 452.4 353.0

* Tensile Stress Area = 0.7854 (D - 0.9382 P) 2

444 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
18_Refer.QXD:H440.04_07 [Link] 12/30/07 1:26 AM Page 445

Reference

Technical References 7.3

7.3.4 Concrete Reinforcing Bar Data

ASTM Basic Dimensions for Deformed Steel Bars for

Concrete Reinforcement, Inch-Pound Units

Bar Nominal Nominal DimensionsB

Designation Weight Diameter Area Perimeter
No.A lb/ft in. in2 in.
3 0.376 0.375 0.11 1.178
4 0.668 0.500 0.20 1.571
5 1.043 0.625 0.31 1.963
6 1.502 0.750 0.44 2.356
7 2.044 0.875 0.60 2.749
8 2.670 1.000 0.79 3.142
A. Bar designation numbers are based on the
9 3.400 1.128 1.00 3.544
number of eighths of an inch included in the
10 4.303 1.270 1.27 3.990 nominal diameter.
11 5.313 1.410 1.56 4.430 B. The nominal dimensions of a deformed bar
14 7.65 1.693 2.25 5.32 are approximate, being shown as equivalent
to those of a plain round bar having the
18 13.60 2.257 4.00 7.09 same weight per foot as the deformed bar.

ASTM Basic Dimensions for Deformed Steel Bars for

Concrete Reinforcement, SI Units

Bar Nominal DimensionsB

Designation Nominal Mass Diameter Area Perimeter
No.A kg/m mm mm2 mm
10 0.560 9.5 71 29.9
13 0.994 12.7 129 39.9
16 1.552 15.9 199 49.9
19 2.235 19.1 284 59.8
22 3.042 22.2 387 69.8
25 3.973 25.4 510 79.8
29 5.060 28.7 645 90.0 A. Bar designation numbers approximate the
32 6.404 32.3 819 101.3 number of millimeters of the nominal diam-
eter of the bar.
36 7.907 35.8 1006 112.5
B. The nominal dimensions of a deformed bar
43 11.38 43.0 1452 135.1 are approximate, being shown as equivalent
to those of a plain round bar having the
57 20.24 57.3 2581 180.0 same mass per meter as the deformed bar.

CSA G30.12 & G30.16 Basic Dimensions for Deformed Steel Bars for
Concrete Reinforcement, SI Units (Canada Only)

Nominal Nominal DimensionsB

Bar Mass Diameter Area Perimeter
NumberA kg/m mm mm2 mm
10M 0.785 11.3 100 36
15M 1.570 16.0 200 50
20M 2.355 19.5 300 61
25M 3.925 25.2 500 79
30M 5.495 29.9 700 94
A. Bar numbers are based on the rounded off
35M 7.850 35.7 1000 112 nominal diameter of the bars.
45M 11.775 43.7 1500 137 B. Nominal dimensions are equivalent to those
of a plain round bar having the same mass
55M 19.625 56.4 2500 177 per meter as the deformed bar

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 445
18_Refer.QXD:H440.04_07 [Link] 12/30/07 1:26 AM Page 446

Reference

Notes

446 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
18_Refer.QXD:H440.04_07 [Link] 12/30/07 1:26 AM Page 447

Reference

Notes

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 447
18_Refer.QXD:H440.04_07 [Link] 12/30/07 1:26 AM Page 448

Reference

Notes

448 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
Hilti Product Technical Guide Hilti Product Technical Guide

In The United Sates In Canada

PAYMENT TERMS: Net 30 days from date of invoice. Customer agrees to pay all PAYMENT TERMS: Net 30 days from date of invoice.
PROFIS costs incurred by Hilti in collecting any delinquent amounts, Customer agrees to pay all costs incurred
including attorney’s fees. by Hilti in collecting delinquent amounts, if
any, including reasonable attorney’s fees.
FREIGHT: All sales are F.O.B. Destination with transportation allowed via Hilti
designated mode. Delivery dates are estimates only. Additional FREIGHT: Sales are F.O.B. Destination Point with
charges for expedited shipments, special handling requirements, transportation allowed via Hilti designated
and orders below certain dollar amounts shall be the responsibility mode. Additional charges may apply for
of Customer. Fuel surcharges may apply depending on market expedited delivery, special handling
conditions. requirements, and order under certain
limits. A fuel surcharge may apply
CREDIT: All orders sold on credit are subject to Credit Department approval.
depending on market conditions.
RETURN POLICY: Products must be in saleable condition to qualify for return.
CREDIT: All orders sold on credit are subject to
Saleable condition is defined as unused items in original
Credit Department approval.
undamaged packaging and unbroken quantities and in as-new
condition. All returns are subject to Hilti inspection and RETURN POLICY: Product may be returned prepaid (unless
acceptance, and a $125 restocking charge if returned more otherwise authorized) to Hilti provided:
than 90 days after invoice date. Proof of purchase is required i) it is returned by the original purchaser
for all returned materials. Special orders products and
ii) it is not dated product returned more
PROFIS: Firestop Systems Hilti Diaphragm discontinued items are not eligible for return credit. Dated
materials are only returnable in case quantity, and within 30 than 30 days after the original delivery
The World’s Most Powerful When it comes to Life Safety and building Deck Design days after invoice date. date

Anchor Design Software code compliance, Hilti provides complete The Hilti Diaphragm Deck Design WARRANTY: Hilti warrants that for a period of 12 months from the date it sells a iii) it is not discontinued, clearance or
product it will, at its sole option and discretion, refund the purchase special order product
solutions with a wide range of products Program allows designers to quickly price, repair, or replace such product if it contains a defect in iv) it is unused, in original packaging and
• Easy to Learn – Start working in and unmatched technical support. and accurately design roof deck and material or workmanship. Absence of Hilti’s receipt of notification of in unbroken quantities.
any such defect within this 12-month period shall constitute a
just minutes composite floor deck diaphragms. waiver of all claims with regard to such product. Hilti will inspect product and, if the above
• Fast and Powerful – Produce detailed • Firestop Systems Guides requirements are satisfied, will credit to
THE FOREGOING WARRANTY IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER customer the original purchase price. A
designs quickly - Through Penetrations • Ability to design with innovative WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT 15% restocking fee may apply.
• Specify with Confidence – The - Joint Penetrations Hilti fasteners for frame and sidelap LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Hilti shall in no WARRANTY: Other than the manufacturer’s published
largest number of approvals and • FACT Program connection event be liable for, and Customer hereby agrees to indemnify Hilti warranty, no warranties or conditions,
express or implied, written or oral,
latest design codes • FS 411 • Creates easy to use load tables with against all claims related to special, direct, indirect, incidental,
statutory or otherwise are implied. Any and
consequential, or any other damages arising out of or related to the
• BASIC Training span ranges based on user input sale, use, or inability to use the product. all conditions and warranties implied by
No charge. law or by the Sale of Goods Act or any
• Engineering Judgements • Allows for different safety factors ACCEPTANCE OF ORDER: Acceptance is limited to the express terms contained herein, and similar statutes of any Province are hereby
Download now @ [Link] • Firestop Design Center online depending on load type, building terms are subject to change by Hilti without notice. Additional or expressly waived.
different terms proposed by Customer are deemed material and are
@ [Link] code and field quality control objected to and rejected, but such rejection shall not operate as a TITLE TO PRODUCT: Title to product remains with Hilti until the
rejection of the offer unless it contains variances in the terms of the total purchase price of product is paid.
• Direct link to Hilti website description, quantity, price or delivery schedule of the goods. PRICES: Customer agrees to pay Hilti prices set out
Orders are not deemed “accepted” by Hilti unless and until it ships on invoice. Customer agrees to pay taxes
the associated items. as indicated on invoice unless Hilti
DOMESTIC ORIGIN: Any non-domestic Hilti product will be so identified on shipping receives acceptable exemption
documents and invoices for customers who properly identify certificates.
themselves as a federal government entity. All other customers INDEMNIFICATION: Customer agrees to use product at own
may obtain such information by written request to Hilti, Inc., risk and to indemnify Hilti against all
Contract Compliance, P.O. Box 21148, Tulsa, Oklahoma 74121. liabilities, including legal fees, to third
Hilti’s Quality Department personnel are the only individuals parties arising out of the use or
authorized to warrant the country of origin of Hilti products. possession thereof. Hilti shall in no event
BUSINESS SIZE: Hilti is a large business. be liable for special, incidental or
consequential damages.
PRICES: Prices are those stated on the order, and unless otherwise noted
are based on purchasing all items on the order — pricing for CHANGES: Hilti sales personnel are not authorized to
individual products may vary for purchases of different quantities or modify these Terms and Conditions or
item combinations. Hilti does not maintain most favored customer modify Customer’s credit terms. Terms are
records, makes no representation with respect to same, and rejects subject to change by Hilti with reasonable
any price warranty terms proposed by Customer. Hilti's published notice to Customer.
net price list is subject to change without notice. CASH SALES: Payment in full is due prior to goods being
CONSENT TO JURISDICTION: All transactions made pursuant hereto shall be deemed to have released.
been made and entered into in Tulsa, Oklahoma. Any and all QUOTATIONS: All terms and conditions apply once
disputes arising directly or indirectly from such transactions shall be customer agrees to purchase product.
resolved in the courts of the County of Tulsa, State of Oklahoma, to
Hilti Online MI – Industrial the exclusion of any other court, and any resulting judgment may
Quotations on special promotion products
are only valid until end of promotion
Pipe Support be enforced by any court having jurisdiction of such an action. All
transactions shall be governed by and construed in accordance
period.
• Technical Library Technical Guide with the laws of the State of Oklahoma.
• Design Centers A guide to specifying the Hilti modular INDEMNIFICATION: Customer hereby agrees to indemnify Hilti for any costs, including
• Interactive Product Advisors pipe support system for medium to attorney’s fees, incurred by Hilti as a result, in whole or in part, of
any violation by Customer of any Federal, State or Local statute or
• Full-line Product Catalog heavy loads without welding. regulation, or of any nationally accepted standard. It shall be
• Online Ordering Customer’s sole responsibility to comply with all applicable laws
• MI System is the ideal solution for and regulations regarding the handling,use, transportation, or
• Maps to Hilti locations disposal of products upon taking possession of same.
• “Contact Us” program to pipes up to 24 in. diameter AUTHORIZATION: HILTI LEGAL DEPARTMENT PERSONNEL ARE THE ONLY
answer your questions • Reliable fastenings without welds INDIVIDUALS AUTHORIZED TO MODIFY THESE TERMS AND
CONDITIONS, WARRANT PRODUCT SUITABILITY FOR SPECIFIC
• Easily installed APPLICATIONS, OR EXECUTE CUSTOMER DOCUMENTS, AND
ANY SUCH ACTION IS NULL AND VOID UNLESS IN WRITTEN
FORM SIGNED BY SUCH INDIVIDUAL.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | [Link] I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I [Link] I Product Technical Guide 2008
 North American
Product Technical
Guide

A guide to specification
and installation

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

P.O. Box 21148, Tulsa, OK 74121 • Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 [Link] • Servicio al Cliente en español
1-800-879-5000 • Hilti (Canada) Corporation 1-800-363-4458 [Link] • Hilti is an equal opportunity employer
Hilti is a registered trademark of Hilti, Corp. ©Copyright 2006 by Hilti, Inc. • H440 • 3004711 • 1/08 HA
The data contained in this literature was current as of the date of publication. Updates and changes may be made based on later testing. If verification is needed that the
data is still current, please contact the Hilti Technical Support Specialists at 1-800-879-8000. All published load values contained in this literature represent the results of
testing by Hilti or test organizations. Local base materials were used. Because of variations in materials, on-site testing is necessary to determine performance at any *ISO 14001 US Only
specific site. Laser beams represented by red lines in this publication. Printed in the United States
2008 Edition